PROSPER Complete

Petroleum Experts
User Manual
IPM
PROSPER
Version 13
June 2014
PROSPER
IPM - Single Well Model OVERVIEW
by Petroleum Experts Limited
PROSPER is a well performance, design and optimisation program which is part of the
Integrated Production Modelling Toolkit (IPM). This tool is the industry standard well
modelling with the major operators worldwide.
PROSPER is designed to allow the building of reliable and consistent well models, with the
ability to address each aspect of well bore modelling; PVT (fluid characterisation), VLP
correlations (for calculation of flow-line and tubing pressure loss) and IPR (reservoir
inflow).
PROSPER provides unique matching features, which tune PVT, multiphase flow
correlations and IPR to match measured field data, allowing a consistent well model to be
built prior to use in prediction (sensitivities or artificial lift design). PROSPER enables
detailed surface pipeline performance and design: Flow Regimes, pipeline stability, Slug
Size andFrequency
APPLICATIONS
Design and optimise well completions including multi-lateral, multilayer and horizontal
wells
Design and optimise tubing and pipeline sizes
Design, diagnose and optimise Gas lifted, Hydraulic pumps and ESP wells
Generate lift curves for use in simulators
Calculate pressure losses in wells, flow lines and across chokes
Predict flowing temperatures in wells and pipelines
Monitor well performance to rapidly identify wells requiring remedial action
Calculate total skin and determine breakdown (damage, deviation or
partial penetration)
Unique black oil model for retrograde condensate fluids, accounting
for liquid dropout in the wellbore
Allocate production between wells
Copyright Notice
The copyright in this manual and the associated computer program are the property of Petroleum Experts
Ltd. All rights reserved. Both, this manual and the computer program have been provided pursuant to a
Licence Agreement containing restriction of use.
No part of this manual may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or
translated into any language, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, magnetic, optical or
otherwise, or disclose to third parties without prior written consent from Petroleum Experts Ltd., Petex House,
10 Logie Mill, Edinburgh, EH7 4HG, Scotland, UK.
Petroleum Experts Ltd. All rights reserved.
IPM Suite, GAP, PROSPER, MBAL, PVTP, REVEAL, RESOLVE, IFM, ModelCatalogue and OpenServer are
trademarks of Petroleum Experts Ltd.
Microsoft (Windows), Windows (2000) and Windows (XP) are registered trademarks of the Microsoft
Corporation
The software described in this manual is furnished under a licence agreement. The software may be used
or copied only in accordance with the terms of the agreement. It is against the law to copy the software on
any medium except as specifically allowed in the license agreement. No part of this documentation may be
reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying,
recording, or information storage and retrieval systems for any purpose other than the purchaser's personal
use, unless express written consent has been given by Petroleum Experts Limited.
Address:
Petroleum Experts Limited
Petex House
10 Logie Mill
Edinburgh, Scotland
EH7 4HG
Tel : (44 131) 474 7030
Fax : (44 131) 474 7031
email: edinburgh@petex.com
Internet: www.petex.com
1990-2014 Petroleum Experts Limited
PROSPER
Table of Contents
0
Chapter 1
Technical Overview
1 Summary
...................................................................................................................................
of Capabilities
2
2 Fluid modelling
...................................................................................................................................
options
11
3 Inflows...................................................................................................................................
and Sand Control options
14
4 Well bore
...................................................................................................................................
and Pipeline hydraulics
15
5 Artificial
...................................................................................................................................
lift systems
16
6 Flow assurance
................................................................................................................................... 17
Advanced
..........................................................................................................................................................
Thermal Models
17
General Flow
..........................................................................................................................................................
Assurance Features
17
7 What's...................................................................................................................................
New
18
8 Examples
...................................................................................................................................
Guide
47
Chapter 2
User Guide
52
1 Introduction
................................................................................................................................... 52
Using PROSPER
.......................................................................................................................................................... 52
PROSPER
..........................................................................................................................................................
and Systems Analysis
56
About
.........................................................................................................................................................
PROSPER
57
Examples
.......................................................................................................................................................... 59
2 File Management
................................................................................................................................... 60
PROSPER
..........................................................................................................................................................
Files
60
PVT .........................................................................................................................................................
Data (*.PVT)
60
Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data (*.SIN)
60
Analysis
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data (*.ANL)
60
Output
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data (*.OUT)
61
Creating
.........................................................................................................................................................
a New File
61
Opening
.........................................................................................................................................................
an Existing File
62
Saving
.........................................................................................................................................................
a File
62
Copying
.........................................................................................................................................................
a File
63
Preferences
.......................................................................................................................................................... 63
Main.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen
63
File ......................................................................................................................................................... 65
Plot ......................................................................................................................................................... 66
User.........................................................................................................................................................
Applications
68
Limits
......................................................................................................................................................... 69
Units......................................................................................................................................................... 71
Equipment
......................................................................................................................................................... 72
VPC......................................................................................................................................................... 72
Software..........................................................................................................................................................
Key Maintenance
73
FileList .......................................................................................................................................................... 76
Evaluate ..........................................................................................................................................................
OpenServer Statement
77
User Correlations
.......................................................................................................................................................... 79
Printer Setup
.......................................................................................................................................................... 81
Preparing
.........................................................................................................................................................
to Print
81
Contents
II
Selecting
.........................................................................................................................................................
and configuring a Printer
82
Printing
.........................................................................................................................................................
Export Data
82
Selecting
.........................................................................................................................................................
an Exported Data to Print
84
Word Processing
..........................................................................................................................................................
in PROSPER
84
Clipboard
..........................................................................................................................................................
Command
84
Command
..........................................................................................................................................................
Buttons
84
3 Data Input
...................................................................................................................................
- General
86
PROSPER
..........................................................................................................................................................
Main Menu
87
File ......................................................................................................................................................... 87
Options
......................................................................................................................................................... 88
PVT ......................................................................................................................................................... 88
System
......................................................................................................................................................... 88
Matching
......................................................................................................................................................... 88
Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 88
Design
......................................................................................................................................................... 89
Output
......................................................................................................................................................... 89
Wizard
......................................................................................................................................................... 89
Units......................................................................................................................................................... 89
Help ......................................................................................................................................................... 89
Options -..........................................................................................................................................................
Options Selection
89
Fluid.........................................................................................................................................................
Description
91
Fluid Type ......................................................................................................................................... 91
Method
......................................................................................................................................... 91
Equation of State
.........................................................................................................................................
Setup
91
Separator ......................................................................................................................................... 92
Emulsions ......................................................................................................................................... 94
Hydrates
......................................................................................................................................... 94
Water Viscosity
......................................................................................................................................... 94
Viscosity model
......................................................................................................................................... 95
Water Vapour
......................................................................................................................................... 95
Well ......................................................................................................................................................... 95
Flow Type ......................................................................................................................................... 95
Well Type ......................................................................................................................................... 96
Artificial
.........................................................................................................................................................
Lift
96
Method
......................................................................................................................................... 96
Type
......................................................................................................................................... 97
Calculation
.........................................................................................................................................................
Type
100
Predict
......................................................................................................................................... 100
Model
......................................................................................................................................... 100
Calculation......................................................................................................................................... 102
Output
......................................................................................................................................... 102
Steam
.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculation
102
Well.........................................................................................................................................................
Completion
103
Type
......................................................................................................................................... 103
Sand Control
......................................................................................................................................... 103
Reservoir
......................................................................................................................................................... 103
Type
......................................................................................................................................... 103
Gas Coning......................................................................................................................................... 103

User
.........................................................................................................................................................
Information and Comments
103
Options..........................................................................................................................................................
- Perforating Gun DataBase
104
Options..........................................................................................................................................................
- Tubing DataBase
106
Options..........................................................................................................................................................
- Casing DataBase
108
Options..........................................................................................................................................................
- Pipe Schedule
110
Colour Coded
..........................................................................................................................................................
Data Validation
112
June, 2014
PROSPER Manual
III
PROSPER
4 PVT Data
...................................................................................................................................
Input
113
Introduction
.......................................................................................................................................................... 113
Black Oil
..........................................................................................................................................................
- Oil and Water
115
Input
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
115
Black Oil Compressibility
.........................................................................................................................................
Calculation
116
Tables
......................................................................................................................................................... 116
Match
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
117
Regression
......................................................................................................................................................... 118
Match
......................................................................................................................................... 119
Match All ................................................................................................................................... 119

Plot
................................................................................................................................... 120
Parameters
................................................................................................................................... 120
Viewing the
...................................................................................................................................
Match Parameters
120
Matching FVF
...................................................................................................................................
above Bubble Point
121
Correlations
......................................................................................................................................................... 122
Calculate
......................................................................................................................................................... 122
Calculating.........................................................................................................................................
PVT Data
122
Displaying .........................................................................................................................................
the Calculated Data on the screen
124
Plotting the.........................................................................................................................................
Calculated Data
125
Saving PVT.........................................................................................................................................
tables from Calculated Data
126
Save
......................................................................................................................................................... 126
Open
......................................................................................................................................................... 126
Composition
......................................................................................................................................................... 127
Emulsions
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
128
Emulsion Modelling
......................................................................................................................................... 129
Emulsions .........................................................................................................................................
Matching
130
Non-Newtonian
.........................................................................................................................................................
Fluid
132
Power
.........................................................................................................................................................
Fluid Data
134
Diluent
.........................................................................................................................................................
Fluid
136
PVT.........................................................................................................................................................
Warning Tables
139
Black Oil
..........................................................................................................................................................
- Dry And Wet Gas
141
Input
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
141
Black Oil
..........................................................................................................................................................
- Retrograde Condensate
143
Input
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
143
Calculations
......................................................................................................................................................... 144
Export .......................................................................................................................................................... 145
Equation
..........................................................................................................................................................
Of State - All Fluids
145
EOS
.........................................................................................................................................................
Model Setup
147
EOS
.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Input Data
153
Generate PVT
.........................................................................................................................................
properties
155
Properties ......................................................................................................................................... 157
Phase Envelope
......................................................................................................................................... 157
Target GOR
......................................................................................................................................... 159
Steam Calculations
.......................................................................................................................................................... 160
Calculating
.........................................................................................................................................................
Steam Properties
161
Calculate Range
......................................................................................................................................... 161
Calculate Single
......................................................................................................................................... 162
Setting
.........................................................................................................................................................
Steam Quality
164
5 Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Data Input
166
Predicting
..........................................................................................................................................................
Pressure Only
166
Deviation
.........................................................................................................................................................
Survey
167
Filter
......................................................................................................................................... 170
Surface
.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment
173
Contents
IV
Downhole
.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment
176
Temperature
.........................................................................................................................................................
Survey
178
Pipe.........................................................................................................................................................
Schedule and Equipment
179
Predicting
..........................................................................................................................................................
Pressure and Temperature
182
Rough
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approximation
182
Deviation Survey
......................................................................................................................................... 183
Surface Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 183
Downhole Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 184
Geothermal.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
185
Average Heat
.........................................................................................................................................
Capacities
187
Gauge Details
......................................................................................................................................... 187
Enthalpy
.........................................................................................................................................................
Balance
188
Deviation Survey
......................................................................................................................................... 189
Surface Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 189
Downhole Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 191
Temperature
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
193
Drilling and.........................................................................................................................................
Completion
194
Lithology ......................................................................................................................................... 195
Databases ......................................................................................................................................... 196
Gauge Details
......................................................................................................................................... 197
Improved
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approximation
198
Deviation Survey
......................................................................................................................................... 199
Surface Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 199
Downhole Equipment
......................................................................................................................................... 200
Temperature
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
200
6 IPR Data
...................................................................................................................................
Input
201
IPR Single
..........................................................................................................................................................
Well Data
203
The.........................................................................................................................................................
Main Data Entry Screen
203
Action
.........................................................................................................................................................
Buttons_2
204
Model
.........................................................................................................................................................
Selection Section
205
Reservoir
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
207
Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Section
207
Results
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
210
IPR Models
..........................................................................................................................................................
for Oil and Water Wells
210
P.I..........................................................................................................................................................
Entry_2
210
Vogel
......................................................................................................................................................... 211
Composite
......................................................................................................................................................... 211
Darcy
......................................................................................................................................................... 211
Fetkovich
......................................................................................................................................................... 212
Multi-rate
.........................................................................................................................................................
Fetkovich
212
Jones
......................................................................................................................................................... 212
Multi-rate
.........................................................................................................................................................
Jones
213
Transient
......................................................................................................................................................... 213
Hydraulically
.........................................................................................................................................................
Fractured Well
214
Horizontal
.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - No Flow Boundaries
215
Horizontal
.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - Constant Pressure Upper Boundary
216
Multi-Layer
.........................................................................................................................................................
Inflow
217
External
.........................................................................................................................................................
Entry
218
Horizontal
.........................................................................................................................................................
well - dP Friction Loss in Wellbore
220
Multi-Layer
.........................................................................................................................................................
- dP Loss in Wellbore
224
SkinAide
......................................................................................................................................................... 226
Dual.........................................................................................................................................................
Porosity
227
Horizontal
.........................................................................................................................................................
Well with Transverse Vertical Fractures
227
Thermally
.........................................................................................................................................................
Induced Fracture Model
228
June, 2014
PROSPER Manual
PROSPER
Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 228
Data Entry ......................................................................................................................................... 230
Coning
.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculation
231
IPR for Gas
..........................................................................................................................................................
and Retrograde Condensate
232
Jones
......................................................................................................................................................... 232
Forchheimer
......................................................................................................................................................... 233
Back
.........................................................................................................................................................
Pressure
233
C and
.........................................................................................................................................................
n
234
Multi-rate
.........................................................................................................................................................
C and n
234
Multi-rate
.........................................................................................................................................................
Jones
235
External
.........................................................................................................................................................
Entry
235
Petroleum
.........................................................................................................................................................
Experts
235
Hydraulically
.........................................................................................................................................................
Fractured Well
238
Horizontal
.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - No-Flow Boundaries
238
Multi-layer
.........................................................................................................................................................
Inflow
238
Horizontal
.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - dP Friction Loss in Wellbore
238
Dual.........................................................................................................................................................
Porosity
238
Horizontal
.........................................................................................................................................................
Well with Transverse Vertical Fractures
238
Multi-Layer
.........................................................................................................................................................
- dP Loss in Wellbore
239
Modified
.........................................................................................................................................................
Isochronal Inflow Model
239
Forchheimer
.........................................................................................................................................................
with Pseudo Pressure
240
Multirate
.........................................................................................................................................................
Forchheimer with Pseudo Pressure
241
Dietz Shape
..........................................................................................................................................................
Factors
241
IPR for CBM
..........................................................................................................................................................
Wells
243
Skin Models
.......................................................................................................................................................... 244
Mechanical/Geometrical
.........................................................................................................................................................
Skin
244
Deviation/Partial
.........................................................................................................................................................
Penetration Skin
248
Other IPR-related
..........................................................................................................................................................
features
249
Sand
.........................................................................................................................................................
Control Options
250
Gravel Packed
.........................................................................................................................................
Completion
251
Gravel Pack
...................................................................................................................................
Completion Velocities
255
Pre-Packed.........................................................................................................................................
Screen completion
256
Wire-Wrapped
.........................................................................................................................................
Screen Completion
257
Slotted Liner
.........................................................................................................................................
Completion
259
Relative
.........................................................................................................................................................
Permeability Curves_2
261
Relative Permeability
.........................................................................................................................................
Calculation Details_2
262
Test Data_2
......................................................................................................................................... 264
Plot_2
......................................................................................................................................... 264
Viscosity
.........................................................................................................................................................
Modelling_2
264
Compaction
.........................................................................................................................................................
Permeability Reduction_2
265
Injection
..........................................................................................................................................................
Wells_2
267
SkinAide
.......................................................................................................................................................... 267
SkinAide
.........................................................................................................................................................
Theoretical Background
267
Position of.........................................................................................................................................
the producing interval with respect to reservoir geometry
268
Interference.........................................................................................................................................
between perforations and the damaged zone
268
The Crushed
.........................................................................................................................................
Zone
269
Perforation.........................................................................................................................................
tunnel which penetrates the formation
269
Perforation.........................................................................................................................................
tunnel through the casing and cement
270
Annulus between
.........................................................................................................................................
Casing and Screen
270
Hemispherical
.........................................................................................................................................
Flow Model
271
Using
.........................................................................................................................................................
SkinAide
271
Flow Model......................................................................................................................................... 272
Skin Model......................................................................................................................................... 273
Perforation.........................................................................................................................................
Data
273
Contents
VI
Geometry ......................................................................................................................................... 274

Petrophysics
......................................................................................................................................... 275
Damaged Zone
......................................................................................................................................... 276
Cased Hole......................................................................................................................................... 277
Crushed Zone
......................................................................................................................................... 277
Perforations
......................................................................................................................................... 278
SPOT: Shell
..........................................................................................................................................................
Perforating Optimisation Tool
285
Introduction
.........................................................................................................................................................
to SPOT
285
Gun.........................................................................................................................................................
System databases
286
Gun
......................................................................................................................................... 291
Spot Perforation
.........................................................................................................................................
Calculations
292
SPOT:
.........................................................................................................................................................
Model inputs
295
SPOT: Model
.........................................................................................................................................
inputs - Options
296
SPOT: Model
.........................................................................................................................................
inputs - Layers
304
SPOT: Model
...................................................................................................................................
inputs - Rel Perm Data
309
SPOT: Model
...................................................................................................................................
inputs - Mud Invasion
312
SPOT: Model
...................................................................................................................................
inputs - Old Gun
321
SPOT: Model
.........................................................................................................................................
inputs - Log Data
323
SPOT: Model
...................................................................................................................................
inputs - Generate Log Data
327
SPOT: Model
...................................................................................................................................
inputs - Perforation Cutoff
327
SPOT: Model
...................................................................................................................................
inputs - Perforation Depth
328
SPOT: Model
.........................................................................................................................................
inputs - Completion
329
SPOT: Model
.........................................................................................................................................
inputs - Gravel Pack
331
SPOT:
.........................................................................................................................................................
Model Results
332
SPOT: Model
.........................................................................................................................................
Results - Layer Results
333
SPOT: Model
.........................................................................................................................................
Results - Log Results
334
Multi-Lateral
..........................................................................................................................................................
Interface
335
Network
.........................................................................................................................................................
Interface
335
Motivation ......................................................................................................................................... 335
Interface Overview
......................................................................................................................................... 335
Network Window
................................................................................................................................... 337
The Navigator
...................................................................................................................................
Window
339
Toolbar Details
................................................................................................................................... 340
Network Manipulation
................................................................................................................................... 341
Menu Details
................................................................................................................................... 342
Visualisation
...................................................................................................................................
Screens
345
Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
Entry
346
Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 346
Tie-point and
.........................................................................................................................................
Junction Data
347
Tubing Data
......................................................................................................................................... 347
Completion.........................................................................................................................................
Data
348
Reservoir Data
......................................................................................................................................... 348
Multilateral
.........................................................................................................................................................
Example
348
7 Artificial
...................................................................................................................................
Lift Data Input
349
Continuous
..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Input Data
349
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Options
350
Fixed
.........................................................................................................................................................
Depth Of Injection
350
Optimum
.........................................................................................................................................................
Depth of Injection
351
Valve
.........................................................................................................................................................
Depth Specified
352
Gas.........................................................................................................................................................
Lift (Safety Equipment)
353
Gas.........................................................................................................................................................
Lift (Allow injection in Pipe Line above wellhead)
355
Gas Lift..........................................................................................................................................................
For Gas Wells
356
Gas.........................................................................................................................................................
Lift For Gas Wells Input
356
Intermittent
..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift
357
June, 2014
PROSPER Manual
VII
PROSPER
ESP Input
..........................................................................................................................................................
Data
358
Gas.........................................................................................................................................................
Separator Modelling
361
Enter Separator
.........................................................................................................................................
Efficiency
361
Calculate -.........................................................................................................................................
Petroleum Experts
361
Calculate -.........................................................................................................................................
Natural
362
Comparison
.........................................................................................................................................
of Separator Models
363
Separator Efficiency
.........................................................................................................................................
Calculation
363
Pump
.........................................................................................................................................................
Wear Factor
364
Tapered
.........................................................................................................................................................
ESPs
365
ESP
.........................................................................................................................................................
in Pipeline
366
HSP Input
..........................................................................................................................................................
Data
368
Progressive
..........................................................................................................................................................
Cavity Pumps
370
Sucker
.........................................................................................................................................................
Rod Drive
370
Downhole
.........................................................................................................................................................
Motor Drive
372
Coiled Tubing
..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift
373
Diluent ..........................................................................................................................................................
Injection
375
Jet Pumps
.......................................................................................................................................................... 379
Multiphase
..........................................................................................................................................................
Pumps
380
Sucker Rod
..........................................................................................................................................................
Pumps
382
Foam Lift
.......................................................................................................................................................... 384
Foam
.........................................................................................................................................................
Lift Flow Correlations
386
Foam-Homogeneous
.........................................................................................................................................
Flow Correlation
387
Foam-Slippage
.........................................................................................................................................
Flow Correlation
387
Foam-Drift .........................................................................................................................................
Flux Flow Correlation
389
Foam-Modified
.........................................................................................................................................
Drift Flux Flow Correlation
389
References......................................................................................................................................... 389
8 Matching
...................................................................................................................................
Menu
390
VLP/IPR..........................................................................................................................................................
Match and Quality Check
391
Estimate
.........................................................................................................................................................
U Value
394
Correlation
.........................................................................................................................................................
Comparison
394
VLP Quality
.........................................................................................................................................
Check
395
VLP.........................................................................................................................................................
Matching
397
VLP Correlation
.........................................................................................................................................
Applications
400
IPR.........................................................................................................................................................
Matching
401
Adjust IPR......................................................................................................................................... 404
Gradient
..........................................................................................................................................................
Matching
406
Surface..........................................................................................................................................................
Pipe Matching
408
Correlation
..........................................................................................................................................................
Comparison
410
QuickLook
..........................................................................................................................................................
for Gas Lift
415
Calculation
.........................................................................................................................................................
Details
416
Top Down (Measured)
......................................................................................................................................... 416
Bottom Up.........................................................................................................................................
(Calculated)
416
Input
.........................................................................................................................................................
data
417
Performing
.........................................................................................................................................................
the QuickLook Calculation
420
Notes
.........................................................................................................................................................
on Quicklook for Gas Lift
422
Multipoint
..........................................................................................................................................................
QuickLook for GasLift
423
Top.........................................................................................................................................................
Down
424
Bottom
.........................................................................................................................................................
Up
424
Input
......................................................................................................................................................... 424
Results
......................................................................................................................................................... 427
QuickLook
..........................................................................................................................................................
for ESP
430
Calculation
.........................................................................................................................................................
Details
431
From Fixed.........................................................................................................................................
WHP
431
From Static.........................................................................................................................................
BHP
431
Contents
VIII
Input
......................................................................................................................................................... 432
Performing
.........................................................................................................................................................
434
Notes
.........................................................................................................................................................
on ESP Quicklook Matching
437
QuickLook
..........................................................................................................................................................
for HSP
437
Input
......................................................................................................................................................... 438
Pump Speed
.........................................................................................................................................
Method
440
Performing
.........................................................................................................................................................
441
Tubing Parameters
.......................................................................................................................................................... 443
Pipeline..........................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
443
Correlation
..........................................................................................................................................................
Thresholds
443
9 Calculation
...................................................................................................................................
Menu
444
Inflow (IPR)
.......................................................................................................................................................... 445
IPR.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculation Screen
445
IPR Data Input
......................................................................................................................................... 446
IPR Sensitivity
.........................................................................................................................................
Cases
447
IPR Results
......................................................................................................................................... 448
IPR Plot
......................................................................................................................................... 448
IPR Toolbar......................................................................................................................................... 448

Cases
................................................................................................................................... 449
Calculate ................................................................................................................................... 450

Plot
................................................................................................................................... 450
System ..........................................................................................................................................................
(IPR + VLP)
451
System
.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculation Screen
452
Data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 452
Sensitivity .........................................................................................................................................
Cases
455
Results
......................................................................................................................................... 455
System Plot
......................................................................................................................................... 456
Toolbar
......................................................................................................................................... 456
Calculate ................................................................................................................................... 457

Running Sensitivity
...................................................................................................................................
Studies
458
Plotting Sensitivity
...................................................................................................................................
Results
459
Plot
................................................................................................................................... 461
Gradient Calculations
................................................................................................................................... 464
Export Lift...................................................................................................................................
Curves
464
Gradient
..........................................................................................................................................................
(Traverse)
464
Gradient
.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculation Screen
465
Data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 465
Barnea Critera
................................................................................................................................... 467
Slugging Methods
................................................................................................................................... 467
Sensitivity .........................................................................................................................................
Cases
470
Results
......................................................................................................................................... 470
Gradient Plot
......................................................................................................................................... 472
Toolbar
......................................................................................................................................... 473
Calculate ................................................................................................................................... 474

Sensitivity ...................................................................................................................................
Cases
474
Plot
................................................................................................................................... 476
Options
................................................................................................................................... 477
Note
.........................................................................................................................................................
on HSP
477
VLP (Tubing
..........................................................................................................................................................
Curves)
477
VLP.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculation
478
VLP.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculation Screen
479
VLP Input Data
......................................................................................................................................... 480
VLP Sensitivity
.........................................................................................................................................
Cases
482
VLP Results
......................................................................................................................................... 482
June, 2014
PROSPER Manual
IX
PROSPER
VLP Plot ......................................................................................................................................... 483
VLP Toolbar
......................................................................................................................................... 483
Sensitivity ...................................................................................................................................
Cases
484
VLP Recommended
...................................................................................................................................
Variables
485
Export Lift...................................................................................................................................
Curves
486
Choke Performance
.......................................................................................................................................................... 487
Valve Performance
.......................................................................................................................................................... 490
Orifice
.........................................................................................................................................................
Flow
492
Throttling
.........................................................................................................................................................
Flow
494
Valve
.........................................................................................................................................................
Performance References
496
ESP Performance
.......................................................................................................................................................... 496
Generate
..........................................................................................................................................................
for GAP
497
Bottom ..........................................................................................................................................................
Hole Pressure from Wellhead Pressure
499
References
......................................................................................................................................................... 501
Reset Results
.......................................................................................................................................................... 502
Note on..........................................................................................................................................................
Enthalpy Balance Model
502
10 Design
...................................................................................................................................
Menu
503
Continuous
..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Design
504
Menu
.........................................................................................................................................................
Options
504
New.........................................................................................................................................................
Well
505
Setting Up .........................................................................................................................................
the Design Problem
505
Gas Lift Valve
.........................................................................................................................................
Selection
511
Performing.........................................................................................................................................
the Design (New Well)
511
Calculation...................................................................................................................................
of the Design Rate
512
Calculating...................................................................................................................................
the Valve Spacings
514
Plotting the
...................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Design
514
Design Results
................................................................................................................................... 515
Valve Performance
................................................................................................................................... 516
Gas Lift Stability
................................................................................................................................... 516
Transferring
...................................................................................................................................
Design to Model
518
Existing
.........................................................................................................................................................
Mandrels Design
519
Setting Up .........................................................................................................................................
the Design Problem
519
Defining the.........................................................................................................................................
Depths of Existing Mandrels
520
Gas Lift Valve
.........................................................................................................................................
Selection
522
Calculating.........................................................................................................................................
the Design Rate
522
Designing Gas
.........................................................................................................................................
Lift System (Existing Mandrels)
523
Design Results
......................................................................................................................................... 524
Gas.........................................................................................................................................................
Lift Design Sensitivity
524
Gas.........................................................................................................................................................
Lift Adjustments
527
Gaslift
.........................................................................................................................................................
Valve Performance
532
Valve Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Clearinghouse (VPC)
532
Notes
.........................................................................................................................................................
on Gas Lift Design
533
Gas Lift Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Curve
533
Unloading with
.........................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift
535
Spacing Procedure
...................................................................................................................................
for Casing Sensitive Valves in PROSPER
537
Spacing Procedure
...................................................................................................................................
for Tubing Sensitive Valves in PROSPER
538
Valves
................................................................................................................................... 538
Unloading ...................................................................................................................................
with Valves
540
Sizing the ...................................................................................................................................
Valves
542
Use IPR for
...................................................................................................................................
Unloading
545
Check Rate
...................................................................................................................................
Conformance with IPR
547
Proportional
.........................................................................................................................................
Valves
548
Electrical
..........................................................................................................................................................
Submersible Pump Design
551
ESP
.........................................................................................................................................................
Design Parameters
551
Contents
ESP
.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculate
552
Checking Suitability
.........................................................................................................................................
of Separator Efficiency
554
ESP
.........................................................................................................................................................
Design (Pump, Motor and Cable Selection)
555
Checking the
.........................................................................................................................................
Pump Design
556
Hydraulic
..........................................................................................................................................................
Pump Design
557
HSP
.........................................................................................................................................................
Design Parameters
557
HSP
.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculate
559
HSP
.........................................................................................................................................................
Design (Pump and Turbine Selection)
560
Checking the
.........................................................................................................................................
Pump/Turbine Design
562
Progressive
..........................................................................................................................................................
Cavity Pump Design
563
PCP
.........................................................................................................................................................
Design Parameters
563
PCP
.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculate
565
PCP
.........................................................................................................................................................
Design (Sucker Rod Drive)
566
PCP
.........................................................................................................................................................
Design (Down-hole Motor)
568
Coiled Tubing
..........................................................................................................................................................
GasLift Design
569
Coiled
.........................................................................................................................................................
Tubing Design Parameters
569
Coiled
.........................................................................................................................................................
Tubing Design Rate
570
Coiled
.........................................................................................................................................................
Tubing Design
571
Intermittent
..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift
572
Intermittent
.........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Theory
572
Design
.........................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
575
Valves
......................................................................................................................................................... 577
Jet Pump
..........................................................................................................................................................
Design
578
Jet .........................................................................................................................................................
Pump Theory
579
Jet .........................................................................................................................................................
Pump Design Parameters
581
Jet .........................................................................................................................................................
Pump Calculate
581
Jet .........................................................................................................................................................
Pump Design (Pump Selection)
582
Sucker Rod
..........................................................................................................................................................
Pump Design
583
Background
......................................................................................................................................................... 583
Design
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sucker Rod Pump
587
Enter Design
.........................................................................................................................................
Parameters
588
Perform Design
......................................................................................................................................... 589
Rod Sensitivity
......................................................................................................................................... 590
Artificial..........................................................................................................................................................
Lift Database
591
Database
.........................................................................................................................................................
Toolbar
592
Gas.........................................................................................................................................................
Lift Valve Database
593
Adding a New
.........................................................................................................................................
Valve
593
ESP
.........................................................................................................................................................
Database
597
Pump Database
......................................................................................................................................... 597
Adding a New
...................................................................................................................................
Pump
598
Motor Database
......................................................................................................................................... 600
Adding a New
...................................................................................................................................
Motor
601
Cables Database
......................................................................................................................................... 603
Adding a New
...................................................................................................................................
Cable
604
HSP
.........................................................................................................................................................
Database
604
Pumps Database
......................................................................................................................................... 604
Adding a New
...................................................................................................................................
Pump
605
Turbines Database
......................................................................................................................................... 606
Adding a New
...................................................................................................................................
Turbine
607
PCP
.........................................................................................................................................................
Database
609
Pumps Database
......................................................................................................................................... 609
Adding a New
...................................................................................................................................
Pump
610
Sucker Rods
.........................................................................................................................................
Database
614
Adding a New
...................................................................................................................................
Sucker Rod
614
June, 2014
PROSPER Manual
XI
PROSPER
Motor and Cable
.........................................................................................................................................
Databases
615
Jet .........................................................................................................................................................
Pumps Database
615
Adding a New
.........................................................................................................................................
Pump
616
MultiPhase
.........................................................................................................................................................
Pumps Database
616
Adding a New
.........................................................................................................................................
Pump
618
Sucker
.........................................................................................................................................................
Rod Pump
619
Pump database
......................................................................................................................................... 619
Adding a New
...................................................................................................................................
Pump
619
Sucker Rods
.........................................................................................................................................
Database
623
Adding a New
...................................................................................................................................
Sucker Rod
623
11 Output
................................................................................................................................... 624
Report .......................................................................................................................................................... 624
Setting
.........................................................................................................................................................
Up the Reporting System
624
Reports
......................................................................................................................................................... 625
Export .......................................................................................................................................................... 639
Export
.........................................................................................................................................................
Setup
639
Plot
.......................................................................................................................................................... 643
12 Units................................................................................................................................... 644
Units Summary
.......................................................................................................................................................... 645
Unit.........................................................................................................................................................
Systems
646
Changing
.........................................................................................................................................................
Unit Systems for some Variables
646
Changing
.........................................................................................................................................................
the Units
647
Validation
.........................................................................................................................................................
Limits
649
Units
.........................................................................................................................................................
Details
649
Units
.........................................................................................................................................................
Reset
650
13 Wizard
................................................................................................................................... 650
Running..........................................................................................................................................................
the Wizard
650
Creating/Editing
..........................................................................................................................................................
a Wizard
651
Notes
.........................................................................................................................................................
of OS strings
652
Wizard
.........................................................................................................................................................
examples
652
14 Plotting
................................................................................................................................... 652
Selecting
..........................................................................................................................................................
Plotting Method
652
New Plot
..........................................................................................................................................................
Screen
653
Sensitivity
.........................................................................................................................................................
Cases
654
Variables
......................................................................................................................................................... 654
Plotting
.........................................................................................................................................................
Options
655
Plot......................................................................................................................................................... 656
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Plot Data
657
Plotting..........................................................................................................................................................
Variables
657
Plotting
.........................................................................................................................................................
Variables for Single Case
657
Plotting
.........................................................................................................................................................
Variables for Multiple Cases
659
Saving and
..........................................................................................................................................................
Recalling Plots
661
Saving
.........................................................................................................................................................
a Plot
661
Recalling
.........................................................................................................................................................
a Plot
663
15 Help ................................................................................................................................... 663

Finding..........................................................................................................................................................
Information in Help
664
Use.........................................................................................................................................................
the Search feature in Help
664
Use.........................................................................................................................................................
the Help Index
664
Context
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sensitive Help
664
Accessing
..........................................................................................................................................................
Help
664
Help.........................................................................................................................................................
Through the Menu
664
Getting
.........................................................................................................................................................
Help Using the Mouse
665
Contents
XII
Getting
.........................................................................................................................................................
Help Using the Keyboard
665
To Minimise
.........................................................................................................................................................
Help
665
Flow Correlations
.......................................................................................................................................................... 665
Open Server
.......................................................................................................................................................... 665
Help About
..........................................................................................................................................................
PROSPER
665
Web Options
.......................................................................................................................................................... 666
16 Appendix
................................................................................................................................... 666
A - References
.......................................................................................................................................................... 666
PVT.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculations
666
CO2 Injection
......................................................................................................................................... 668
PVT Separator
.........................................................................................................................................
Pressure
668
IPR.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculations
669
Multiphase
.........................................................................................................................................................
Flow Calculations
671
Temperature
.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculations
672
Artificial
.........................................................................................................................................................
Lift Design
672
B - Equations
.......................................................................................................................................................... 673
Black
.........................................................................................................................................................
Oil Model for Condensate
673
Mass Balance
.........................................................................................................................................
Calculations
673
Using the mass
.........................................................................................................................................
balance results to define Condensate Model
676
Estimation.........................................................................................................................................
of CGRmin
678
Multiphase
.........................................................................................................................................................
Pseudo Pressure
678
Temperature
.........................................................................................................................................................
Models
680
Rough Approximation
.........................................................................................................................................
Temperature Model
681
Overall Heat
...................................................................................................................................
Transfer Coefficient
682
Enthalpy Balance
......................................................................................................................................... 683
Default Thermal
...................................................................................................................................
Properties Database
689
Choke
.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculation
691
Sand
.........................................................................................................................................................
Control Calculations
692
Pressure Drop
.........................................................................................................................................
Across Sand Control
695
Gravel Pack
................................................................................................................................... 695
Pre-Packed
...................................................................................................................................
Screen
696
Wire-Wrapped
...................................................................................................................................
Screen
697
Slotted Liner
................................................................................................................................... 698
Multi-Phase
.........................................................................................................................................................
Flow Correlations
702
Multiphase.........................................................................................................................................
Flow Fundamentals
705
Single-Phase
...................................................................................................................................
Energy Balance Equation
705
Multi-Phase
...................................................................................................................................
Energy Balance Equation
706
Multi-Phase
...................................................................................................................................
Flow
708
Flow Regimes
................................................................................................................................... 709
PVT
................................................................................................................................... 711
Historical Development
......................................................................................................................................... 711
VLP Flow Correlations
......................................................................................................................................... 713
Hagedorn Brown
................................................................................................................................... 713
Duns and Ros
................................................................................................................................... 716
Gray
................................................................................................................................... 719
Aziz Govier
...................................................................................................................................
and Fogarisi
721
Beggs and...................................................................................................................................
Brill
723
Orkisewski................................................................................................................................... 726
Pipeline Correlations
......................................................................................................................................... 728
Dukler
................................................................................................................................... 728
Dukler Flanigan
................................................................................................................................... 729
C - Dietz..........................................................................................................................................................
Shape Factors
729
D - File ..........................................................................................................................................................
Formats
731
Introduction
......................................................................................................................................................... 731
June, 2014
PROSPER Manual
XIII
PROSPER
External
.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Tables
731
Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
Curves
732
IPR......................................................................................................................................................... 734
ESP
.........................................................................................................................................................
PUMPS
735
ESP
.........................................................................................................................................................
MOTORS
736
ESP
.........................................................................................................................................................
CABLES
737
HSP
.........................................................................................................................................................
PUMPS
738
HSP
.........................................................................................................................................................
TURBINES
738
E - Glossary
.......................................................................................................................................................... 740
F - Importing
..........................................................................................................................................................
Data from Text Files
747
Chapter 3
Examples Guide
753
1 Prosper
...................................................................................................................................
Tutorials
753
Introduction
..........................................................................................................................................................
to Tutorials in PROSPER
756
Advise
.........................................................................................................................................................
on Input Data
757
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................... 757
Reservoir Data
......................................................................................................................................... 758
Well Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
758
Well Test Data
......................................................................................................................................... 759
Tutorial..........................................................................................................................................................
00 Integrated Oil Well Model
760
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
760
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 760
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
761
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
761
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................... 761
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................... 762
Equipment.........................................................................................................................................
Data
762
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 763
Downhole ...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
763
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient Data
763
Average Heat
...................................................................................................................................
Capacity Data
764
IPR Data ......................................................................................................................................... 764
Completion.........................................................................................................................................
Data
765
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
765
Test Data ......................................................................................................................................... 766
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
766
Setting Up .........................................................................................................................................
the Model
766
Inserting PVT
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
767
PVT Matching
................................................................................................................................... 768
Matching the
...................................................................................................................................
Correlations
769
Selecting the
...................................................................................................................................
Correlation
773
Specifying .........................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data
773
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 774
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 775
Downhole ...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
776
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient
776
Average Heat
...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
777
Gauge Details
................................................................................................................................... 777
Equipment...................................................................................................................................
Summary
778
Inputting IPR
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
779
Entering Data
...................................................................................................................................
for Skin Models
780
Entering Data
...................................................................................................................................
for Sand Control
782
VLP/IPR Matching
......................................................................................................................................... 784
Contents
XIV
Entering Well
...................................................................................................................................
Test Data
785
Matching U
...................................................................................................................................
Value
786
VLP Quality
...................................................................................................................................
Check
788
Correlation...................................................................................................................................
Comparison
792
VLP Matching
................................................................................................................................... 796
IPR Matching
................................................................................................................................... 798
Adjust IPR................................................................................................................................... 800
Water Cut .........................................................................................................................................
Sensitivity
803
Setting Variables
................................................................................................................................... 803
System Calculation
................................................................................................................................... 805
Tutorial..........................................................................................................................................................
01 Basic Oil Well Model
808
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
808
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 808
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
808
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
809
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................... 809
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................... 809
Equipment.........................................................................................................................................
Data
810
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 810
Downhole ...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
810
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient Data
811
Average Heat
...................................................................................................................................
Capacity Data
811
IPR Data ......................................................................................................................................... 811
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
812
Setting Up .........................................................................................................................................
the Model
812
Inserting PVT
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
813
Specifying .........................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data
814
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 815
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 816
Downhole ...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
817
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient
817
Average Heat
...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
818
Gauge Details
................................................................................................................................... 818
Equipment...................................................................................................................................
Summary
819
Inputting IPR
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
820
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
823
Inserting Calculation
...................................................................................................................................
Conditions
824
Running a ...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
825
Tutorial..........................................................................................................................................................
02 - Basic Gas Well Model
827
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
827
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 827
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
827
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
828
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................... 828
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................... 828
Equipment.........................................................................................................................................
Data
829
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 829
Downhole ...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
829
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient
830
IPR Data ......................................................................................................................................... 830
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
831
Setting Up .........................................................................................................................................
The Model
831
Inserting PVT
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
832
Specifying .........................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data
834
June, 2014
PROSPER Manual
XV
PROSPER
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 835
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 836
Downhole ...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
837
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient
838
Average Heat
...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
839
Gauge Details
................................................................................................................................... 839
Equipment...................................................................................................................................
Summary
840
Inputting IPR
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
842
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
844
...................................................................................................................................
Conditions
845
Running a ...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
846
Tutorial..........................................................................................................................................................
03a - Basic Water Injection Model
848
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
848
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 848
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
848
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
849
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................... 849
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................... 849
Equipment.........................................................................................................................................
Data
850
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 850
Downhole ...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
850
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient
851
IPR Data ......................................................................................................................................... 851
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
853
Setting Up .........................................................................................................................................
The Model
853
Inserting PVT
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
854
Specifying .........................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data
855
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 856
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 857
Downhole ...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
858
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient
858
Average Heat
...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
859
Gauge Details
................................................................................................................................... 859
Inputting IPR
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
860
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
862
...................................................................................................................................
Conditions
863
Running a ...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
864
Tutorial..........................................................................................................................................................
03b - Basic Water Injection Model
868
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
868
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 868
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
868
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
869
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................... 869
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................... 869
Equipment.........................................................................................................................................
Data
869
Deviation Survey_2
................................................................................................................................... 869
Downhole ...................................................................................................................................
Equipment_2
870
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient_2
870
IPR Data ......................................................................................................................................... 871
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
871
Setting Up .........................................................................................................................................
The Model
872
Inserting PVT
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
872
Specifying .........................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data
873
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 874
Contents
XVI
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 875
Downhole ...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
876
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient
876
Average Heat
...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
877
Gauge Details
................................................................................................................................... 877
Inputting IPR
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
878
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
880
...................................................................................................................................
Conditions
881
Running a ...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation_3
882
Tutorial..........................................................................................................................................................
04 - Basic Gas Injection Model
884
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
884
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 884
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
884
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
885
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................... 885
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................... 885
Equipment.........................................................................................................................................
Data
886
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 886
Downhole ...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
886
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient
887
IPR Data ......................................................................................................................................... 887
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
888
Setting Up .........................................................................................................................................
The Model
888
Inserting PVT
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
889
Specifying .........................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data
890
Deviation Survey
................................................................................................................................... 891
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 892
Downhole ...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
893
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient
894
Average Heat
...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
894
Gauge Details
................................................................................................................................... 895
Inputting IPR
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
895
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
898
...................................................................................................................................
Conditions
899
Running a ...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
900
Tutorial..........................................................................................................................................................
05 - Matching PVT of an Oil
902
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
902
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 902
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
902
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
903
PVT Match.........................................................................................................................................
Data
903
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
903
Inserting Match
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
903
Matching the
.........................................................................................................................................
Correlations
904
Selecting the
.........................................................................................................................................
Correlation
908
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
908
...................................................................................................................................
Conditions
908
Running a ...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
909
Tutorial..........................................................................................................................................................
06 - Matching PVT of a Gas
911
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
911
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 911
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
911
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
912
PVT Match.........................................................................................................................................
Data
912
June, 2014
PROSPER Manual
XVII
PROSPER
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
912
Inserting Match
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
912
Matching the
.........................................................................................................................................
Correlations
913
Selecting the
.........................................................................................................................................
Correlation
916
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
917
...................................................................................................................................
Conditions
917
Running a ...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
918
Tutorial..........................................................................................................................................................
07 - Adding a Surface Pipeline
920
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
920
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 920
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
920
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
921
Pipeline Data
......................................................................................................................................... 921
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
922
Inserting Pipeline
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
922
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
923
...................................................................................................................................
Conditions
923
Running a ...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
924
Tutorial..........................................................................................................................................................
08 - The Darcy IPR Model
928
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
928
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 928
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
928
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
929
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................
Data
929
Sensitivity .........................................................................................................................................
Study Data
929
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
929
Selecting the
.........................................................................................................................................
Darcy Model
929
Inserting IPR
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
930
Performing.........................................................................................................................................
a Sensitivity Study
932
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
935
...................................................................................................................................
Conditions
935
Running a ...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
936
Tutorial..........................................................................................................................................................
09 - The SPOT IPR Model
938
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
938
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 938
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
938
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
939
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................
Data
939
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
942
Selecting the
.........................................................................................................................................
SPOT Model
942
Inserting IPR
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
942
SPOT Options
................................................................................................................................... 942
SPOT Layers
................................................................................................................................... 943
SPOT Log...................................................................................................................................
Data
948
SPOT Completion
................................................................................................................................... 949
Viewing SPOT
.........................................................................................................................................
Skin Results
951
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
953
...................................................................................................................................
Conditions
954
Running a ...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
954
Tutorial..........................................................................................................................................................
10 - Horizontal Well IPR Model
957
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
957
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 957
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
957
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
958
Contents
XVIII
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................

Data
958
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
959
Selecting the
.........................................................................................................................................
Horizontal Well Model
959
Inserting IPR
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
960
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
961
...................................................................................................................................
Conditions
961
Running a ...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
962
Tutorial..........................................................................................................................................................
11 - Multilayer Well IPR Model
964
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
964
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 964
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
964
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
965
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................
Data
965
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
966
Selecting the
.........................................................................................................................................
Multilayer Model
966
Inserting IPR
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
967
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
972
...................................................................................................................................
Conditions
972
Running a ...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
973
Tutorial..........................................................................................................................................................
12 - Multilateral Well IPR
975
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
975
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 975
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
976
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
976
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................
Data
976
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
979
Setting up .........................................................................................................................................
the Model
979
Multilateral.........................................................................................................................................
IPR Model
980
Building the
...................................................................................................................................
Multilateral Network
981
Adding the...................................................................................................................................
Tie-Point
982
Adding the...................................................................................................................................
Junction
982
Adding the...................................................................................................................................
Completions
983
Adding the...................................................................................................................................
Reservoir
984
Adding the...................................................................................................................................
Links
984
Inputting Model
...................................................................................................................................
Data
985
T1 Input
................................................................................................................................... 986
Joint 1 Input
................................................................................................................................... 988
Branch 1 Input
................................................................................................................................... 989
Branch 2 Input
................................................................................................................................... 992
Reservoir Input
................................................................................................................................... 995
Viewing the
...................................................................................................................................
Well
996
Calculating...................................................................................................................................
the IPR
997
Single Pressure
...................................................................................................................................
Point
997
IPR Curve................................................................................................................................... 1000
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
13 - Modelling Skin
1002
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1002
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1002
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1003
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1003
Completion
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1003
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1004
Selecting .........................................................................................................................................
the Skin Models
1004
Inserting Skin
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1004
Viewing Calculated
.........................................................................................................................................
Skin
1006
June, 2014
PROSPER Manual
XIX
PROSPER
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
1008
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
Calculation Conditions
1008
Running a...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
1009
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
14 - Modelling a Gravel Pack
1011
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1011
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1011
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1011
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1012
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1012
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1012
Saving a Previous
.........................................................................................................................................
Plot
1012
Setting up.........................................................................................................................................
Sand Control
1013
Gravel Pack
.........................................................................................................................................
Input Data
1014
Plotting Saved
.........................................................................................................................................
Streams
1016
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
1017
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
1017
Running a...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
1018
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
15 - Modelling a Frac and Pack Well
1021
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1021
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1021
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1021
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1022
Fracture Data
......................................................................................................................................... 1022
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1022
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1023
Setting up.........................................................................................................................................
Sand Control
1023
IPR Input .........................................................................................................................................
Data
1024
Gravel Pack
.........................................................................................................................................
Input Data
1026
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
1027
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
1027
Running a...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
1028
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
16 - Modelling a Wire-wrapped Screen
1030
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1030
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1030
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1030
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1031
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1031
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1031
Setting up.........................................................................................................................................
Sand Control
1031
Wire-wrapped
.........................................................................................................................................
Screen Input Data
1032
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
1035
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
1035
Running a...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
1035
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
17 - Modelling a Pre-Packed Screen
1038
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1038
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1038
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1038
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1039
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1039
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1039
Setting up.........................................................................................................................................
Sand Control
1039
Pre-Packed
.........................................................................................................................................
Screen Input Data
1040
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
1043
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
1043
Contents
XX
Running a...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
1044
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
18 - Modelling a Slotted Linear
1046
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1046
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1046
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1046
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1047
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1047
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1047
Setting up.........................................................................................................................................
Sand Control
1047
Slotted Liner
.........................................................................................................................................
Input Data
1048
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
1051
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
1051
Running a...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
1051
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
19 - Matching an Oil Well Test
1054
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1054
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1054
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1055
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1055
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1055
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1056
VLP/IPR Matching
......................................................................................................................................... 1056
Entering Well
...................................................................................................................................
Test Data
1057
Matching...................................................................................................................................
U Value
1058
VLP Quality
...................................................................................................................................
Check
1060
Correlation
...................................................................................................................................
Comparison
1064
VLP Matching
................................................................................................................................... 1067
IPR Matching
................................................................................................................................... 1069
Adjust IPR
................................................................................................................................... 1071
Water Cut.........................................................................................................................................
Sensitivity
1074
Setting Variables
................................................................................................................................... 1074
System Calculation
................................................................................................................................... 1076
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
20 - Matching a Gas Well Test
1079
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1079
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1079
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1079
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1080
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1080
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1080
VLP/IPR Matching
......................................................................................................................................... 1081
Entering Well
...................................................................................................................................
Test Data
1081
Matching...................................................................................................................................
U Value
1082
Correlation
...................................................................................................................................
Comparison
1083
VLP Matching
................................................................................................................................... 1087
IPR Matching
................................................................................................................................... 1088
Adjust IPR
................................................................................................................................... 1092
WGR Sensitivity
......................................................................................................................................... 1093
Setting Variables
................................................................................................................................... 1094
System Calculation
................................................................................................................................... 1095
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
21 - Matching a Water Injection Well Test
1098
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1098
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1098
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1098
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1099
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1099
June, 2014
PROSPER Manual
XXI
PROSPER
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1099
VLP/IPR Matching
......................................................................................................................................... 1099
Entering Well
...................................................................................................................................
Test Data
1100
Matching...................................................................................................................................
U Value
1101
Correlation
...................................................................................................................................
Comparison
1103
VLP Matching
................................................................................................................................... 1106
IPR Matching
................................................................................................................................... 1108
Adjust IPR
................................................................................................................................... 1110
Generating
.........................................................................................................................................
VLP Tables
1112
VLP Input...................................................................................................................................
Data
1112
Calculating
...................................................................................................................................
and Exporting VLPs
1115
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
22 - Matching a Gas Injection Well Test
1120
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1120
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1120
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1120
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1121
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1121
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1121
VLP/IPR Matching
......................................................................................................................................... 1121
Entering Well
...................................................................................................................................
Test Data
1122
Matching...................................................................................................................................
U Value
1123
Correlation
...................................................................................................................................
Comparison
1125
VLP Matching
................................................................................................................................... 1128
IPR Matching
................................................................................................................................... 1130
Adjust IPR
................................................................................................................................... 1132
Generating
.........................................................................................................................................
VLP Tables
1134
VLP Input...................................................................................................................................
Data
1134
Calculating
...................................................................................................................................
and Exporting VLPs
1138
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
23 - Designing a Continuous Gas Lift System
1141
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1141
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1141
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1141
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1142
Gas Lift Options
......................................................................................................................................... 1142
IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1142
Completion
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1142
Gas Lift Design
.........................................................................................................................................
Criteria
1143
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1144
Activating.........................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Option
1145
Defining the
.........................................................................................................................................
Annulus
1145
Updating the
.........................................................................................................................................
Reservoir Conditions
1146
Designing.........................................................................................................................................
a Gas Lifted System
1147
Entering the
...................................................................................................................................
Design Criteria
1148
Finding the
...................................................................................................................................
Design Rate
1149
Designing...................................................................................................................................
the Valve Depths
1151
Results of
...................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Design
1153
Checking...................................................................................................................................
the Design Stability
1154
Transferring
.........................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Design
1155
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
1158
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
1158
Running a...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
1159
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
24 - Modelling an Intermitent Gas Lifted Well
1162
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1162
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1162
Contents
XXII
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1162
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1163
Gas Lift Options
......................................................................................................................................... 1163
IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1163
Completion
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1163
Gas Lift Design
.........................................................................................................................................
Criteria
1164
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1165
Activating.........................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Option
1165
Updating the
.........................................................................................................................................
1165
Updating the
.........................................................................................................................................
Downhole Equipment
1167
Designing.........................................................................................................................................
a Gas Lifted System
1167
Constant...................................................................................................................................
Surface Closing Pressure Method
1168
Calculating
.........................................................................................................................................
the Rate from an Intermittent Gas Lifted Well
1169
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
25 - Designing a Coiled Tubing Gas Lift System
1171
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1171
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1171
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1171
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1172
Gas Lift Options
......................................................................................................................................... 1172
IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1172
Gas Lift Design
.........................................................................................................................................
Criteria
1172
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1174
Activating.........................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Option
1174
Updating the
.........................................................................................................................................
1174
Designing.........................................................................................................................................
a Gas Lifted System
1176
Entering the
...................................................................................................................................
Design Criteria
1177
Finding the
...................................................................................................................................
Design Rate
1178
Designing...................................................................................................................................
the Valve Depths
1179
Transferring
.........................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Design
1181
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
1182
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
1182
Running a...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
1183
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
26 - Designing an ESP Lifted System
1186
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1186
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1186
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1186
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1187
ESP Options
......................................................................................................................................... 1187
IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1187
Completion
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1187
ESP Design
.........................................................................................................................................
Criteria
1188
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1188
Activating.........................................................................................................................................
ESP Option
1188
Defining the
.........................................................................................................................................
Annulus
1189
Updating the
.........................................................................................................................................
1190
Designing.........................................................................................................................................
an ESP lifted System
1191
ESP Calculation
................................................................................................................................... 1192
ESP Design
................................................................................................................................... 1194
Transferring
.........................................................................................................................................
ESP to Model
1196
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
1197
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
1197
Running a...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
1199
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
27 - Designing an HSP Lifted System
1202
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1202
June, 2014
PROSPER Manual
XXIII
PROSPER
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1202
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1202
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1203
HSP Options
......................................................................................................................................... 1203
Completion
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1203
IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1203
HSP Design
.........................................................................................................................................
Criteria
1204
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1204
Activating.........................................................................................................................................
HSP Option
1204
Power Fluid
.........................................................................................................................................
Properties
1205
Defining the
.........................................................................................................................................
Annulus
1206
Updating the
.........................................................................................................................................
1207
Designing.........................................................................................................................................
an HSP lifted System
1208
HSP Calculation
................................................................................................................................... 1209
HSP Design
................................................................................................................................... 1210
Transferring
.........................................................................................................................................
HSP to Model
1214
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
1215
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
1215
Running a...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
1217
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
28 - Designing a Sucker Rod Pump System
1220
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1220
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1220
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1220
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1221
SRP Options
......................................................................................................................................... 1221
PVT Data......................................................................................................................................... 1221
Match Data
................................................................................................................................... 1221
Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1221
Deviation...................................................................................................................................
Survey
1222
Downhole...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
1222
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient Data
1222
Average Heat
...................................................................................................................................
Capacity Data
1223
IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1223
SRP Design
.........................................................................................................................................
Criteria
1223
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1224
Setting up.........................................................................................................................................
the Model
1225
Inserting the
.........................................................................................................................................
PVT
1225
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
Match Data
1226
Matching...................................................................................................................................
the Correlations
1226
Selecting...................................................................................................................................
the Correlation
1228
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data
1229
Deviation...................................................................................................................................
Survey
1230
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 1231
Downhole...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
1231
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient
1232
Average Heat
...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
1233
Gauge Details
................................................................................................................................... 1234
Inputting IPR
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1234
Designing.........................................................................................................................................
A Sucker Rod Pump System
1236
Rod Sensitivity
................................................................................................................................... 1238
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
29 - Designing a PCP Lifted System
1241
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1241
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1241
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1241
Contents
XXIV
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1242
PCP Options
......................................................................................................................................... 1242
IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1242
Completion
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1242
PCP Design
.........................................................................................................................................
Criteria
1243
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1243
Activating.........................................................................................................................................
PCP Option
1243
Defining the
.........................................................................................................................................
Annulus
1244
Updating the
.........................................................................................................................................
1245
Designing.........................................................................................................................................
a PCP Lifted System
1246
PCP Calculation
................................................................................................................................... 1247
PCP Design
................................................................................................................................... 1248
Transferring
.........................................................................................................................................
PCP to Model
1250
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
1251
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
1251
Running a...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
1253
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
30 - Modelling Diluent Injection with Gas Lift
1255
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1255
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1255
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1255
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1256
Artifical Lift
.........................................................................................................................................
Options
1256
PVT Data......................................................................................................................................... 1256
IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1256
Completion
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1256
Diluent Injection
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1257
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1257
Activating.........................................................................................................................................
Diluent Injection Option
1257
Define PVT
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1258
Defining the
.........................................................................................................................................
Annulus
1259
Updating the
.........................................................................................................................................
1260
Define the.........................................................................................................................................
Injection Data
1261
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
1262
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
1262
Running a...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
1264
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
31 - Modelling a Surface Multiphase Pump
1267
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1267
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1267
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1267
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1268
Artifical Lift
.........................................................................................................................................
Options
1268
IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1268
Pipeline Data
......................................................................................................................................... 1268
Pump Data
......................................................................................................................................... 1269
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1269
Activating.........................................................................................................................................
the Multiphase Pump Option
1269
Defining the
.........................................................................................................................................
Surface Pipeline
1270
Updating the
.........................................................................................................................................
1272
Define Pump
.........................................................................................................................................
Details
1273
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
1274
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
1274
Running a...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
1276
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
32 - Designing a Jet Pump Lifted System
1279
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1279
June, 2014
PROSPER Manual
XXV
PROSPER
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1279
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1279
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1280
Jet Pump.........................................................................................................................................
Options
1280
Completion
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1280
IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1281
Jet Pump.........................................................................................................................................
Design Criteria
1281
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1281
Activating.........................................................................................................................................
Jet Pump Option
1282
Defining the
.........................................................................................................................................
Power Fluid
1282
Defining the
.........................................................................................................................................
Annulus
1283
Updating the
.........................................................................................................................................
1284
Designing.........................................................................................................................................
a Jet Pump lifted System
1286
Jet Pump...................................................................................................................................
Calculation
1287
Jet Pump...................................................................................................................................
Design
1287
Transferring
.........................................................................................................................................
Jet Pump to Model
1288
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
1289
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
1289
Running a...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
1291
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
33a - Troubleshooting a Gas Lifted Well
1294
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1294
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1294
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1294
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1295
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1295
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1295
Troubleshooting
.........................................................................................................................................
a Gas Lifted Well with Quicklook_3
1295
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
Test Data
1296
Calculate...................................................................................................................................
Quicklook Plot
1298
Finding the
...................................................................................................................................
Injection Depth
1299
Analysing...................................................................................................................................
the From Static BHP Gradient
1301
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
33b - Troubleshooting a Gas Lifted Well - Multipoint Quicklook
1307
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1307
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1307
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1307
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1308
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1308
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1308
Troubleshooting
.........................................................................................................................................
a Gas Lifted Well with Quicklook_2
1308
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
Test Data
1309
Calculate...................................................................................................................................
Quicklook Plot
1311
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
Test Data Into Multipoint Quicklook
1312
Calculate...................................................................................................................................
MultiPoint Quicklook Plot
1314
Analyses...................................................................................................................................
Top Down Curve
1315
Analyse the
...................................................................................................................................
BHP
1317
Update the
...................................................................................................................................
IPR
1320
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
34 - Troubleshooting an ESP Well
1321
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1321
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1322
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1322
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1322
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1322
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1323
Troubleshooting
.........................................................................................................................................
an ESP Well with Quicklook
1323
Contents
XXVI
Inputting ...................................................................................................................................
Quicklook Data
1323
Calculate...................................................................................................................................
Quicklook Plot
1324
Analysing...................................................................................................................................
the Fixed Top Node Pressure Gradient
1325
Analysing...................................................................................................................................
1329
Updating ...................................................................................................................................
the Model
1333
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
35 - Troubleshooting an HSP Well
1337
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1337
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1337
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1337
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1338
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1338
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1338
Troubleshooting
.........................................................................................................................................
an HSP Well with Quicklook
1338
Inputting ...................................................................................................................................
Quicklook Data
1339
Calculate...................................................................................................................................
Quicklook Plot
1339
Analysing...................................................................................................................................
the Fixed Top Node Pressure Gradient
1340
Analysing...................................................................................................................................
1344
Updating ...................................................................................................................................
the Model
1348
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
36 - Trouble-shooting a SRP-lifted well
1352
Dynamometer
.........................................................................................................................................................
Card Analysis
1352
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
37 - Modelling a Fully Compositional Retrograde Condensate Well
1354
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1354
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1354
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1354
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1355
Basic Data
......................................................................................................................................... 1355
PVT Data......................................................................................................................................... 1355
Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1356
Deviation...................................................................................................................................
Survey
1356
Downhole...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
1356
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient
1357
IPR Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1357
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1358
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................
The Model
1358
Inserting PVT
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1361
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data
1364
Deviation...................................................................................................................................
Survey
1365
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 1365
Downhole...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
1366
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient
1367
Average Heat
...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
1367
Gauge Details
................................................................................................................................... 1368
Inputting IPR
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1368
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
1370
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
1371
Running a...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
1372
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
38 - Validation of the Black Oil Retrograde Condensate PVT Model
1374
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1374
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1374
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1375
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1375
Basic Data
......................................................................................................................................... 1375
PVT Data......................................................................................................................................... 1375
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1376
June, 2014
PROSPER Manual
XXVII
PROSPER
Calculating
.........................................................................................................................................
the Gradient with EoS PVT
1376
Saving the
...................................................................................................................................
Plot Results
1378
Extracting.........................................................................................................................................
the PVT Data
1379
Changing .........................................................................................................................................
the Model Set Up
1381
Inserting PVT
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1382
Calculating
.........................................................................................................................................
the Gradient with BO PVT
1383
Recalling...................................................................................................................................
Saved Results
1385
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
39 - Modelling a Fully Compositional CO2 Well
1389
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1389
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1389
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1390
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1390
Basic Data
......................................................................................................................................... 1390
PVT Data......................................................................................................................................... 1390
Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1391
Deviation...................................................................................................................................
Survey
1391
Downhole...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
1391
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient
1392
IPR Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1392
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1394
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................
The Model
1394
Inserting PVT
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1397
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data
1398
Deviation...................................................................................................................................
Survey
1399
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 1400
Downhole...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
1401
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient
1402
Gauge Details
................................................................................................................................... 1402
Inputting IPR
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1403
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
1405
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
1406
Running a...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
1407
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
40 Enthalpy Balance Temperature Model Example
1409
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1409
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1409
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1410
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1410
Basic Data
......................................................................................................................................... 1410
Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1411
Deviation...................................................................................................................................
Survey
1411
Downhole...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
1411
Temperature
...................................................................................................................................
Data
1411
Drilling and
...................................................................................................................................
Completion Data
1412
Lithology ...................................................................................................................................
Data
1413
Gauge Data
................................................................................................................................... 1413
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1413
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................
the Model
1414
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data
1414
Deviation...................................................................................................................................
Survey
1416
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 1416
Downhole...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
1417
Temperature
...................................................................................................................................
Data
1417
Drilling and
...................................................................................................................................
Completion Data
1418
Lithology ...................................................................................................................................
Data
1419
Contents
XXVIII
Databases
................................................................................................................................... 1420
Gauge Details
................................................................................................................................... 1420
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
1421
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
1421
Running a...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
1422
Calculating
...................................................................................................................................
the Equivalent U Values
1423
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
41 Improved Approximation Temperature Model Example
1426
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1426
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1426
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1427
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1427
Basic Data
......................................................................................................................................... 1427
Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1427
Temperature
...................................................................................................................................
Data
1428
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1428
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................
the Model
1428
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data
1429
Temperature
...................................................................................................................................
Data
1430
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
1431
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
1432
Running a...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
1432
Generating
.........................................................................................................................................
VLP Tables
1434
VLP Input...................................................................................................................................
Data
1435
Calculating
...................................................................................................................................
and Exporting VLPs
1438
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
42 Modelling a Steam Injection Well
1441
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1441
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1441
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1442
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1442
Basic Data
......................................................................................................................................... 1442
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1442
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................
the Model
1443
Calculating
.........................................................................................................................................
Saturation Temperature
1444
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data
1447
Temperature
...................................................................................................................................
Data
1448
Running a.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient Calculation
1449
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
1449
Running a...................................................................................................................................
Gradient Calculation
1450
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
43 General Flow Assurance Features
1455
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1455
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1455
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1455
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1456
Test Data......................................................................................................................................... 1456
Water Salinity
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1456
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1457
Instability .........................................................................................................................................
and Liquid Loading
1457
Unstable ...................................................................................................................................
VLP Curves
1457
Theory
................................................................................................................................... 1458
Using the...................................................................................................................................
VLP Curve for Flow Assurance
1459
Turner Velocity
................................................................................................................................... 1460
Theory
................................................................................................................................... 1460
Using the...................................................................................................................................
Turner Velocity for Flow Assurance
1461
Predicting...................................................................................................................................
Instability using Petroleum Experts 5
1462
June, 2014
PROSPER Manual
XXIX
PROSPER
Theory
................................................................................................................................... 1462
Using PE5
...................................................................................................................................
for Flow Assurance
1462
Summary...................................................................................................................................
of Techniques
1464
Hydrate Formation
......................................................................................................................................... 1464
Setting Up
...................................................................................................................................
the Model
1464
Modelling...................................................................................................................................
the Impact of Salts on Hydrate Curves
1466
Calculating
...................................................................................................................................
Hydrate Conditions
1473
Hydrate Flag
...................................................................................................................................
in VLP
1473
Hydrate Flag
...................................................................................................................................
in Gradient Calculation
1474
Erosional .........................................................................................................................................
Velocity Limit
1476
Calculating
...................................................................................................................................
the Erosional Velocity
1476
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
44 Modelling Non-Newtonian Fluids
1480
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1480
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1480
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1480
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1481
Basic Data
......................................................................................................................................... 1481
PVT Data......................................................................................................................................... 1481
Match Data
................................................................................................................................... 1482
Non-Newtonian
...................................................................................................................................
Data
1482
Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1482
Deviation...................................................................................................................................
Survey
1482
Downhole...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
1482
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient Data
1483
Average Heat
...................................................................................................................................
Capacity Data
1483
IPR Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1484
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1484
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................
the Model
1484
Inserting PVT
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1485
Matching...................................................................................................................................
PVT
1486
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data
1489
Deviation...................................................................................................................................
Survey
1490
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 1491
Downhole...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
1491
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient
1492
Average Heat
...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
1492
Gauge Data
................................................................................................................................... 1493
Pressure .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient with Newtonian Fluid
1493
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
Input data
1494
Calculating
...................................................................................................................................
the Pressure Gradient
1494
Saving the
...................................................................................................................................
Plot
1495
Enabling the
.........................................................................................................................................
non-Newtonian Model
1496
Pressure .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient with non-Newtonian Fluid
1498
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
Input data
1498
Calculating
...................................................................................................................................
1499
Comparing
...................................................................................................................................
the Plots
1500
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
45 CBM Water Well
1503
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1503
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1503
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1503
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1504
Basic Data
......................................................................................................................................... 1504
PVT Data......................................................................................................................................... 1504
Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1504
Contents
XXX
Deviation...................................................................................................................................
Survey
1504
Downhole...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
1505
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient Data
1505
Average Heat
...................................................................................................................................
Capacity Data
1506
IPR Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1506
ESP Data......................................................................................................................................... 1507
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1507
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................
the Model
1507
Inserting PVT
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1508
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data
1509
Deviation...................................................................................................................................
Survey
1509
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 1510
Downhole...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
1511
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient
1511
Average Heat
...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
1512
Gauge Data
................................................................................................................................... 1512
Inputting IPR
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1513
Inserting ESP
.........................................................................................................................................
Details
1515
Generating
.........................................................................................................................................
VLP Tables
1516
VLP Input...................................................................................................................................
Data
1517
Calculating
...................................................................................................................................
and Exporting VLPs
1521
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
46 Modelling Emulsions
1524
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1524
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1524
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1524
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1525
Basic Data
......................................................................................................................................... 1525
PVT Data......................................................................................................................................... 1525
Match Data
................................................................................................................................... 1525
Emulsion...................................................................................................................................
Data
1526
Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1526
Deviation...................................................................................................................................
Survey
1526
Downhole...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
1527
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient Data
1527
Average Heat
...................................................................................................................................
Capacity Data
1528
IPR Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1528
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1528
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................
the Model
1528
Inserting PVT
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1529
Matching...................................................................................................................................
PVT
1530
Adding Emulsion
...................................................................................................................................
Data
1533
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data
1536
Deviation...................................................................................................................................
Survey
1537
Surface Equipment
................................................................................................................................... 1538
Downhole...................................................................................................................................
Equipment
1538
Geothermal
...................................................................................................................................
Gradient
1539
Average Heat
...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
1539
Gauge Data
................................................................................................................................... 1540
Pressure .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient without Emulsion
1540
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
Input data
1541
Calculating
...................................................................................................................................
1541
Saving the
...................................................................................................................................
Plot
1542
Enabling the
.........................................................................................................................................
Emulsion Model
1543
Pressure .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient with Emulsion Model
1544
June, 2014
PROSPER Manual
XXXI
PROSPER
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
Input data
1544
Calculating
...................................................................................................................................
1545
Comparing
...................................................................................................................................
the Plots
1545
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
47 - Modelling a Gas Lifted Gas Well
1552
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1552
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1552
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1552
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1553
Gas Lift Options
......................................................................................................................................... 1553
IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................
Data
1553
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1554
Activating.........................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Option
1554
Updating the
.........................................................................................................................................
1554
Inserting the
.........................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Data
1556
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
1557
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
1557
Running a...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
1558
Tutorial
..........................................................................................................................................................
48 - Foam Lift
1562
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
1562
General
.........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
1562
Objectives
......................................................................................................................................................... 1562
Available
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
1563
Step-by-Step
.........................................................................................................................................................
Guide
1563
Update the
.........................................................................................................................................
Model
1563
Liquid Loading
......................................................................................................................................... 1565
Activating.........................................................................................................................................
the Foam Lift Option
1567
Defining the
.........................................................................................................................................
Microannulus
1568
Surfactant......................................................................................................................................... 1569
Running System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calc
1570
Inserting ...................................................................................................................................
1570
Running a...................................................................................................................................
System Calculation
1571
Chapter
PROSPER
Technical Overview
This technical overview contains a summary list of the major technical capabilities of
PROSPER. The capabilities can be divided in the following disciplines:
Fluid modelling (PVT)
Inflow (IPR) and sand control options
Well bore and pipeline hydraulics (VLP)
Artificial lift options
Flow assurance and advanced thermal options
What's New
Examples Guide
1.1
Summary of Capabilities
#
Functionality
Comment
Fluid Descriptions for

Oil and Water, Dry
and Wet Gas and
Retrograde
Condensate.
Depending upon the fluid type selected,

only options relevant to the fluid type that
is selected will be available throughout
the building of the model.
PVT Handling for Black For black oil descriptions, the following
Oil or Fully
correlations are available:
Compositional Models
Pb, Rs, Bo: Glaso, Standing, Lasater,
Petrosky, Al Mahroon
Viscosity:
Beal,
Beggs,
Egbogah, Bergman-Sutton
Petrosky,
Gas viscosity: Lee, Carr

PROSPER includes a proprietary Black
Oil model for Condensates
For fully compositional; PR or SRK EoS
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Technical Overview
descriptions available, with or without

Volume Shift. When using EoS the
viscosity can be modelled using any of
the black oil methods above or the
following models:
Lohrenz Bray Clark (LBC)
LBC with coefficients
Pedersen et al
Multiphase Flash with

Water
Water can be modelled within the EoS

using a multiphase flash with water.
These models include:
Soreide and Whitson
Modified Cubic
CPA
SRK plus Huron Vidal
Accurate CO2
Modelling
The density of CO2 has been corrected

for use within an EoS by adjusting the
volume shift of CO2. This has the
advantage of not limiting the methodology
to the pure component.
The thermal properties have also been
adjusted to give a much more accurate
value over the pressure and temperature
range encountered in normal application.
Hydrates
Hydrate maps can be brought in from an

external program such as PVTp to be
used as a warning to when hydrates may
occur.
Hydrate calculations also include a
comprehensive set of calculations based
on the Hydrafact modified Cubis and CPA
models.
Calculation of Water
This option allows the water vaporised in
PROSPER
Vapour in Gas
gas to be calculated. The model will also

condense or vaporise more water into/out
of the gas as the pressure and
temperature within the system changes.
Steam Enabled
Steam tables have been added to

PROSPER for generating lift curves in
situations where steam is injected in the
reservoir (SAGD, Huff and Puff etc)
Handling of NonNewtonian Fluids
Specific model for the shear thinning or

thickening of fluids. This makes it possible
to handle fluids that traditional viscosity
models (Beal, Petrosky etc) have not
been designed to address.
Handling of Emulsions PROSPER includes a range of models, as

on Pressure Drops
well as Hydraulic Institute data for ESP
and ESP Performance head, power and efficiency corrections.
The user may also choose to enter this
data
based
on
manufacturers
recommendations.
10 Ability to Derive
Equivalent
Compositions from
Black Oil Models
This functionality is necessary in obtaining

thermal properties of hydrocarbon
mixtures for enthalpy balance calculations
when a full EOS description has not been
provided.
11 Large number of
Artificial Lift Options
Continuous and Intermittent Gas Lift,

ESP, Gas Lift, Hydraulic Submersible
Pumps, Progressive Cavity Pumps,
Diluent Injection, Simultaneous Diluent
and Gas Injection, Simultaneous Diluent
Injection with ESPs, Coil Tubing Gas Lift,
Rod Pumps, Jet Pumps, Foam Lift,
Multiphase Pumps
12 Up to Date Artificial
Lift database
Vendors have provided a large number of

pumps, motors and cables to PETEX and
these have been added to PROSPER. We
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Technical Overview
are working very closely with Centrilift for

example, since PROSPER is being used
to complement Autograph in their own
internal
workflows
(design
and
troubleshooting)
Also available are gas lift valves,
Multiphase Pumps, Sucker Rod Pumps,
Sucker Rods, HSP and Jet Pumps.
13 Availability of Tubing, The user can choose the casing or tubing
Casing databases as from the database and add the
well as pipe schedules characteristics on the well equipment
window. This ensures consistency with
manufacturer data when the model is
being constructed.
14 Flow Type for tubing, Flow regime map has been modified to
annular or both (tubing take into account the effects of flowing
and annular)
through tubing or the annulus
15 Pressure Drop Models
for detecting minimum
and maximum
physically possible
pressure in the well
(for troubleshooting
test down-hole gauge
data)
Fancher-Brown and Duns & Ross

Modified are being used as QC models
since they provide the minimum and
maximum physically possible pressures in
the wells.
16 Availability of Flow
Models that can
predict well in all flow
regime areas
The Petroleum Experts models have

been designed to be able to calculate
well in all flow regimes, by combining the
best features of traditional models
(Hagedorn Brown, Duns & Ross, GriffithWallis etc.) along with Prof. Thomas
Goulds flow regime map.
17 Ability to perform
pigging calculations
PROSPER
18 Slug/bubble size and

frequency prediction
models
This is used by flow assurance engineers

to get an idea of what the values will be
without complex and time consuming
OLGA transient calculations.
19 Taitel Duckler Flow

regime map
This feature allows a comparison of the

traditional flow regime maps with the
Taitel Duckler map, which allows for
changing boundaries between flow
regimes depending on the conditions.
20 Correlation available
that has been
specifically developed
for heavy oils
Petroleum Experts 3 includes specialised

corrections for heavy oils and this has
been tested on fluids on fields like
Captain (North Sea 200cp) all the way
to fluids from Venezuela (3000 cp)
21 Advanced Mechanistic PETEX Models: Petroleum Experts 4 and

Models available
5
OLGAS 2 and 3 phase (separate license)
Hydro 3 Phase
GRE Modified by PE
LEDAFLOW
Point
(separate license).
Model
Model
22 Ability to detect
instability through
mechanistic models
Petroleum Experts 5 has been designed

to show negative friction gradients when
a well goes into a region of instability,
indicating that liquid is dropping back
down into the tubing.
23 Simple and Advanced

Temperature
prediction models
available for fluid
travelling in the well
PROSPER
includes
the
Rough
Approximation, Improved Approximation
and Enthalpy Balance models. The Rough
Approximation model allows for grouping
all heat losses in the well into one U value
(heat transfer coefficient).
The
PROSPER Manual
Improved
Approximation
model
June, 2014
Technical Overview
solves the full energy equation, with the

heat transfer entered through multiple U
values.
Enthalpy Balance Model solves full
energy equation predicting temperature
changes,
including
Joules-Thomson
effects, free and forced convection,
conduction and radiation based on full
well completion description. Model is also
transient, predicting temperature changes
in the formation temperature over time.
24 Large Number of IPR
models available
The following IPR models have been

added in PROSPER allowing the users to
choose model depending on their data
and objectives:
PI and Vogel
Composite
Darcy
Fetkovitch
Multi-rate Fetkovitch
Jones
Multi-rate Jones
Transient
Hydraulically fractured
Horizontal Well Models for upper
boundary being no flow or constant
pressure:
Kuchuk and Goode
Babu and Odeh
Goode and Wilkinson
Multilayer
Multilayer with DP Friction loss
Skin-Aide (from Elf)
Dual Porosity
Horizontal well with transverse vertical
fractures
SPOT (Shell Perforation Optimization
Tool)
Additional Gas IPRs:
PROSPER
Petroleum Experts Gas IPR (uses

Pseudo Pressure)Forchheimer (with and
without Pseudo Pressure)
Multi-rate Forchheimer (with Pseudo
Pressure)
Back Pressure
C and n
Multi-rate C and n
Modified Isochronal
Injection wells:
Thermally Induced Fracture
25 Modelled fluid
temperature entering
the wellbore
IPR now includes the calculated bottom

hole flowing temperature which is found
from the Joules-Thompson effect as the
fluid travels through the formation.
26 Relative Permeability
Correction on the IPR
This is done by correcting the calculations

of the above models based on user
defined relative permeability curves.
27 Compaction correction A correction factor can be applied to the

on the IPR
permeability of the reservoir due to
compaction of the formation as the
reservoir pressure drops below its initial
value.
28 Multilateral model able
to predict interference
between large number
of branches
This is a unique model that many

companies have taken advantage of in
studying the performance of complex
multilateral wells without the need to
resort to numerical simulation models.
29 Models able to predict

perforation skin,
including correction on
Section 1 and Section
2 data of API standard
Locke
MacLeod
Karakas and Tariq
The simple analytical models listed above
require the user to enter the depth of
penetration, which the API standard
derived data will not predict correctly
(stress corrections from surface to down-
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Technical Overview
hole conditions not done)

SPOT (Shell Perforation Optimization
Tool) does these corrections and has
been found to be the most advanced
model currently available in a nodal
analysis package and has been given to
PETEX for implementation and distribution
to all PETEX clients.
30 Models predicting
Cinco - Martin Bronz (includes 2 models
Partial Penetration and as described in the literature)
deviation skins
Wong - Clifford
31 Sand Control models
Gravel Packs
Pre-Packed screen
Wire Wrapped Screen
Slotted Liner
32 Gas Coning Model
A relationship between drawdown and

GOR can be inserted to include the
effects of gas coning on the producing
fluid.
33 Ability to view
If calculated velocity is greater than
erosional velocities on calculated erosional velocity at any point
VLPs
in the well a flag will be raised at the
given flow rate on the VLP curve.
34 Ability to view Turner
criteria on VLPs
If calculated velocity is less than

calculated Turner criteria at any point in
the well a flag will be raised at the given
flow rate on the VLP curve.
35 Display of various
The value of the different skin
components of Skin on components and the pressure drop
VLP/IPR plot
associated with each skin can be plotted
on the VLP/IPR plot to assist completion
optimisation.
36 Sensitivity calculations These include completely different tubing
descriptions, gas lift injection points,
10
PROSPER
depth of pumps etc.

37 Ability to sensitise on The SPOT functionality mentioned above
Perforation Guns from allows for the impact of different guns to
a Gun Database
be evaluated on the same plot, allowing
engineers to easily compare guns from
different vendors as to their effectiveness
in depth of penetration and ultimately
recovery from the formation.
38 Lift curve generation
for simulation studies
The following formats are available:
39 Matching models to
test data
To ensure that the pressure drops

calculated in the well model are
representative of the actual flowing
conditions in the well the VLP calculations
can be matched to well test data.
PETEX - GAP/MBAL
Schlumberger - Eclipse
Landmark - VIP
Well Drill - Simco 3
SSI - Comp 3
SSI - Comp 4
ExxonMobil - Pegasus
FranLab - FRAGOR
FranLab - Athos
Landmark - VIP
Roxar - MORE
Shell - MoRes
BP GCOMP
Chevron - CHEARS
ExxonMobil - EMPOWER
ConocoPhillips PSIM
CMG - IMEX/GEM (old format)
CMG IMEX/GEM (Release 2009.10)
Saudi Aramco - POWERS
40 Troubleshooting ability There

are
various
artificial
lift
for artificially lifted
troubleshooting options available in
systems
PROSPER, allowing for investigation of
the performance of gas lifted systems,
ESP wells, HSP wells, Rod pump wells
etc.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Technical Overview
11
For a gas lifted well, Quicklook can be

used as an advanced troubleshooting
feature, which allows troubleshooting the
depth of injection, including the modelling
of multi-pointing and problems with the
valves themselves for gas lift. Messages
on the screen are designed to warn the
user for any problems in the injection
system based on test data as shown
above.
For systems with pumps, it is possible to
compare the modelled inlet and outlet
conditions to measured data as well as
match the dP using a pump wear factor..
41 Design of Artificial Lift
Systems
The following artificial lift methods can be

designed and added to a model using
PROSPER:
Gas Lift (continuous) New Well
Gas Lift (continuous) Existing Mandrels
Gas Lift (intermittent)
Coiled Tubing Gas Lift
Electrical Submersible Pump
Progressive Cavity Pump
Sucker Rod Pump
Jet Pump
Hydraulic Pump
1.2
42 Artificial Lift for Gas

and Retrograde
Condensate Wells
Gas Lift (continuous) is now available for

gas and retrograde condensate wells.
43 Valve Response
Valve response captured including the

throttling effects of the valve stem on the
flow.
Fluid modelling options

PROSPER offers two fluid modelling options with the traditional "black oil" approach
or a "fully compositional" approach.
Black O il
12
PROSPER
PROSPER offers black oil models for:

dry and wet gas
oil and water (heavy oil, "black oil", volatile oils, ...)
retrograde condensate
For all types of fluids, the user can:
use existing black oil correlations
calibrate and validate lab measurements against black oil correlations
use PVT look-up tables over the expected operating pressure and
temperature conditions.
When using black oil models, hydrate curves can be imported from any other
application like PVTp, the thermodynamics package developed by Petroleum Experts.
There is a flag that can be activated whenever calculated operating conditions falls
within the hydrates formation region.
Fully Compositional
In addition to the black oil models, the two majors Equation Of State (EoS) models
used in the oil industry (Peng-Robinson and Soave Redlich Kwong) are also
implemented in PROSPER allowing fully compositional modelling to be peformed. Fully
compositional models require a characterised composition to be imported into
PROSPER from a thermodynamic package such as PVTp. Multiphase flashing is
available within IPM to allow water to be modelled within the EoS using a number of
different models.
users can embed their own proprietary EoS models into PROSPER via Dynamic Link
Library and the format of the DLL can be provided at request.
Hydrate and wax calculations can be performed with compositional fluid models.
Hydrate calculations have been updated to include a comprehensive set of
calculations based on the Hydrafract modified cubic and CPA models. Calculations
can be carried out with a mixture of salts and/or a mixture of inhibitors such as DEG,
TEG, Methanol etc.
CO2 Modelling
When modelling CO2 wells with the fully compositional approach, the density and
thermal properties of the CO2 have been adjusted to give much more accurate values
over the pressure and temperature ranges encountered in normal applications.
PROSPER can model steam injection and steam production. A steam table calculator
is available.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Technical Overview
13
The viscosity of oil and gas can be calculated separately using different methods. A
number of different methods are available for both gas and oil models.
Further fluid modelling options in PROSPER are:
Non-Newtonian fluids,
DLL for proprietary fluid viscosity model for Non-Newtonian fluids
Emulsion models
Back to Overview
14
1.3
PROSPER
Inflows and Sand Control options

More than two dozens of combinations of inflow models exist in PROSPER that can be
selected for different configurations:
straight open or cased hole

slanted well
partially perforated well
horizontal well (with and without friction loss)
horizontal well with transverse vertical fracture
multi-zone completions for stacked reservoirs with possible cross-flow and
pressure loss between the zones
multi-lateral well and smart well
well of any geometry like snaky or U-shaped wells
Hydraulically fractured well
Well in dual-porosity reservoirs (naturally fractured)
water and gas injection wells
water injector with thermally induced fractures
External entry with user-entered IPR look-up tables
Various skin models are currently available:
Locke Skin model

MacLeod Skin model
Karakas & Tariq
Cinco-Ley and Martig-Bronz (I & II)
Wong-Clifford
SkinAide (Elf)
SPOT (Shell)
A DLL template exists that allows the user to import proprietary IPR and skin
models into PROSPER.
The following sand control options are available in PROSPER:
Gravel Pack
Pre-Packed screen,
Wire-wrapped screen and
Slotted liners
Further inflow-related models which are available in PROSPER are:

Mobility corrections using relative permeability
Vogel correction
Permeability reduction due to rock compaction
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Technical Overview
15
Advanced perforation modelling capabilities with integrated tubing / casing

and gun system databases
Gas coning with matching
Analytical coning model for water, gas and gas + water for horizontal wells
(see horizontal well with dP friction)
Back to Overview
1.4
Well bore and Pipeline hydraulics

Nearly two dozen multiphase correlations are available to the PROSPER user. The
flexible architecture of the software gives any user the opportunity to add any number
of proprietary multiphase correlations via DLL. The format of the DLL can be provided
at request by contacting PETEX Technical Support.
Internal research has led to the development of a series of very successful multiphase
correlations that have become benchmarks in the industry today. In particular when
compared to actual measurements, the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation has given
excellent results in a wide range of situations: vertical well, horizontal well, deviated
well, large diameter well,oil wells, gas and retrograde condensate wells, ..
When calculating the pressure drop in a well bore or a pipeline, PROSPER offers the
option to switch from one starting multiphase correlation to another one depending
upon the well or pipe inclination.
PROSPER can handle any combination of flow paths: annular flow only, tubular flow
only, simultaneous annular and tubular flow, sequences of tubular and annular flow or
sequences of mixed flow and tubular or annular flow.
Back to Overview
16
1.5
PROSPER
Artificial lift systems

The following artificial lift options are available in PROSPER:
Continuous gas lift

Intermittent gas lift
Coiled Tubing gas lift
Electrical Submersible Pumps (ESP)
Hydraulic Downhole Pumps (HSP) with Commingled Annular Supply
Hydraulic Downhole Pumps (HSP) with Commingled Tubing Supply
Hydraulic Downhole Pumps (HSP) with Closed Loop Supply
Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCP) with Sucker Rod Drive
Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCP) with Down Hole Motor Drive
Diluent Injection (Annular Injection - Tubing Production)
Diluent Injection (Tubing Injection - Annular Production)
Diluent Injection (Simultaneous Water and Gas Injection at Different Depths)
Diluent Injection with ESP
Jet Pump (Annular Injection - Tubing Production)
Jet Pump (Tubing Injection - Annular Production)
Multiphase Pumps
Foam Lift
Back to Overview
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Technical Overview
1.6
17
Flow assurance
Advanced thermal models and miscellaneous options are available in PROSPER for
flow assurance features studies.
1.6.1 Advanced Thermal Models

For advanced thermal modelling, the user can select the 'Enthalpy Balance' model or
the 'Improved Approximation'.
The 'Enthalpy Balance' is a rigorous thermal model that accounts for forced
convection, free convection, radiation and conduction as the fluid travels up the well
bore. From these different heat transfer methods, the equivalent heat transfer
coefficent is found and used within an enthalpy balance. As this method used a full
enthalpy balance to predict the temperature of the fluid, the Joule-Thompson effects
are accounted for.
Another advanced thermal model is the "improved approximation" which is also a full
enthalpy balance model but, unlike the 'Enthalpy Balance' model, the heat term is
calculated with a variable user-entered overall heat transfer coefficient whereas the
heat transfer coefficient in the full enthalpy balance model is calculated internally.
1.6.2 General Flow Assurance Features

Beside the advanced thermal models, the following options are available in PROSPER
for flow assurance studies:
Hydrate and wax appearance prediction models
Solid Transportation models
Erosional velocity calculation with clean fluid or sand laden fluid
Liquid loading calculations
Pigging calculation: pigged slug length, pigged slug volume, pigged slug
production time and pigged slug residency time
Taitel-Dukler flow regime map along pipeline length with severe-slugging
region (with and without Barnea criteria)
Detailed output for slug and bubble calculations: mean slug length, mean
bubble length, slug frequency, Slug and bubble surge factor, ...
Back to Overview
18
1.7
PROSPER
What's New
This is a list of enhancements to Prosper for each new Version
released.
Version 13.0
This is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated into the
PROSPER program since the 2012 official release.
Interface
Data Validation
o Input data is now colour coded to show if it is within (green), on
(orange) or outside (red) the validation range.
Enhanced IPR Interface
o New calculation screen showing all key input/output IPR data in
one screen.
Artificial Lift
Enhanced Gaslift adjustments interface

Gas-lift Valve Performance
o Valve response captured including the throttling effects of the valve
stem on the flow.
Multipoint Gas Lift Injection in Quicklook
o As the valve response can now be captured, the impact on gaslift
performance can be modelled. This includes troubleshooting test
data to determine if gas is being injected through multiple valves
and capture the effect.
New Artificial Lift Techniques
o Foam Lift
o Diluent Injection in ESP Wells
VLP/IPR Matching for wells with PCPs
Multiphase Pumps
o Ability to model wells with multiphase pumps (One Subsea and
Sulzer)
Flow Correlations
Ability to integrate with the steady state LEDAFLOW Point

model.
o separately licensed product
Version 12.0
Program Version
64 bit
PROSPER is now available in both a 32bit and a 64bit version.
Program Interface
New Screens
The appearance of the screens within PROSPER have been
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Technical Overview
19
updated.
New Plotting
The plotting feature used within PROSPER has been changed
to be consistent with the plotting method used across the IPM
suite.
Plots can also be saved and recalled from different files
File Overwrite check
Possibility to switch on/off a confirmation message when an
existing file is overwritten.
Improved CO2 modeling
The density of CO2 has been corrected for use within an EoS.
The correction os done by adjusting the volume shift of CO2
This has the advantage of not limiting the methodology to the
pure component.
The thermal properties have also been adjusted to give a much
more accurate value over the pressure and temperature ranges
encountered in normal application.
Hydrates
Hydrate calculations have been updated to include a
comprehensive set of calculations based on the Hydrafact
modified cubic and CPA models.
Calculations can be carried out with a mixture of salts and/or a
mixture of inhibitors such as DEG, TEG Methanol etc.
PVT Modelling
Multiphase Flash with Water

Multiphase flashing is being added to IPM to allow water to be
modelled within the EoS. Models will include:
Soreide and Whiton
Modified Cubic
CPA
SRK plus Huron Vidal
Viscosity Modelling for EoS
Viscosity can be modelled separately for gas and oil. Each can
be separately regressed within PVTp and used within
PROSPER.
Oil Models:
LBC
LBC with Coefficients
Pedersen et al
Black Oil - Beal
Black Oil - Beggs
Black Oil - Petrosky
20
PROSPER
Black Oil - Bergman

Black Oil - Egbogah
Gas Models:
IPR Modelling
LBC
LBC with Coefficients
Pedersen et al
Black Oil - Lee
Black Oil - Carr
IPR
PROSPER will now calculate the bottom hole flowing
temperature and how this varies with rate.
Horizontal dP segment results (flow per unit length etc) can now
be saved.
SPOT - Fractional flows and Saturations to Water Cut.
Edit Screens
The screens used to insert data for the equipment have been
updated
Equipment
Gauges
Up to 10 gauges can be specified in the equipment section and
temperatures and pressures at these depths will be reported
after SYSTEM calculations.
ESP
The gas flow in the annulus is now modelled with either casing
head pressure or liquid level being calculated.
New gas separator models have been added which vary the gas
separation efficiency with respect to liquid rate.
The change in temperature of the fluid caused by the Pump and
the Motor are now included.
Tapered ESPs can now be specified in a system to model stages
of different pumps being placed in series.
Artificial Lift
PCP
The gas flow in the annulus is now modelled with either casing
head pressure or liquid level being calculated.
New gas separator models have been added which vary the gas
separation efficiency with respect to liquid rate.
The change in temperature of the fluid caused by the Pump and
the Motor are now included.
Gas Lifted Oil Wells
When carrying out a gas lift design (to find valve depths)
sensitivity studies can now be carried out on certain variables to
see their impact on the valve depths and properties calculated.
Diluent Injection
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Technical Overview
21
Water Injection can now be modelled with the injected water

having a different salinity to the produced water.
Simultaneous water and gas injection at different depths can
now be modelled.
ESP VLP/IPR matching
The VLP/IPR matching for ESP allows to enter the pump intake
and discharge pressures as inputs. These data can then be
passed over to the Quicklook for detailed analysis of the pump
performance
Gas Lift for Gas Wells
Continuous Gas Lift can now be modelled in retrograde
condensate wells.
VLPs
This new type of well can be implemented using new ESP and
PCP models.
Variables for VLP generation can be set as CBM GLR, liquid
Coal Bed Methane
level and Pump Speed.
Producers
The casing pressure and liquid level are now
IPRs
A new CBM Producer IPR model has been included which
models the impact of increasing GLR.
New Sensitivity Variables added
Multi-layer dP Model
Liquid Level (for ESP/PCP)
CBM GLR
Diluent Salinity
Diluent Gas Injection Depth
Diluent GLR Injected
Calculations
Number of Sensitivity variables rationalised

Rather than having different types of VLP and SYSTEM
calculations for each different number of variables (3,4 or multivariable) there is now one calculation screen and the number of
variables used can be selected by the user.
Rates used for SYSTEM and VLP Calculations
To up 50 rates can be used for the generation of VLP curves
and in the SYSTEM calculation screen.
Solids Plot
Critical Transport velocities plot is now available after running
any calculation by accessing the Options button
Miscellaneous
Preferences
Specify the number of rates in the IPR/VLP section
Plots - specify if old plots or new plots should be shown or if the
22
PROSPER
choice should be made at the run time.

Dynamic OLGAS Licensing
New OS Command:
OpenServer
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.VLPIP For correlation c (if c=0 then all

R(c,t)
correlations done)
For test t (if t=0 then all tests done)
Version 11.5
Improved CO2 modeling
PVT Modeling
Condensed Water Vapour with Retrograde Condensate

Condensed water vapour can be modeled with gas retrograde
condensate fluid
Improved Black Oil Retrograde Condensate Model
Changes applied to improve consistency of the black oil model at
the boundaries of its applicability for oil and condensate systems
HSP
Addition of Pump Speed Method (Entered or Calculated) in
Quicklook, Gradient and VLP calculations. It is now possible to
use the program to calculate the pump/turbine speed in order to
operate the pump at the highest efficiency
ESP pump database
Complete CENTRILIFT Pump Database implemented
Artificial Lift
Gas lift Quicklook

Added the possibility to enter DeRating parameters for
Thornhill/Craver to correct the dP through the orifice for actual
performance
ESP VLP/IPR matching
The VLP/IPR matching for ESP allows to enter the pump intake
and discharge pressures as inputs. These data can then be
passed over to the Quicklook for detailed analysis of the pump
performance
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Technical Overview
23
Reset results
An option to erase the results of any calculation previously
performed has been added
Calculations
Gradient Summary Chart

In the Tubing Correlation and Pipeline Correlation Comparison a
Summary section allows the user to compare the pressure drops
and the components of the pressure drops of the selected
multiphase flow correlations and mechanistic models
Solids Plot
Critical Transport velocities plot is now available after running
any calculation by accessing the Options button
Export option in PVT section
In the main PVT section an export facility has been added to
allow the used to export input (Input Data, Match data tables,
Tables) and output (correlation parameters, PVT calculations)
Export/Import
Export/Import option in IPR External Entry

The External Entry IPR can be exported/imported from the IPR
section
Clip to Copy and Paste data in PVT section
The Clip buttons in the PVT Match Data and Tables sections
now allow the user to copy and paste data from/to the Clipboard
to facilitate data import/export
Improved IPR Validation Error Messages
More information are reported when a validation error is
triggered
Program Interface
IPR test data enhancement

In the IPR plot Test Data it is now possible to enter a date
stamp and a comment for each entered test
File Overwrite check
Possibility to switch on/off a confirmation message when an
existing file is overwritten
New OS Commands:
PROSPER.RESET
Reset some or all of the data RESET(ALL)

RESET(PVT)
RESET(SIN)
RESET(ANL)
RESET(OUT)
PROSPER.PVT.IMPORT
Import PVTP file in PVT Tables or

Match sections
OpenServer
24
PROSPER
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.VLPIP Perform the VLP/IPR Matching VLP/

R
IPR Command
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJU
STCALC
Adjust Calculate
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTCAL
C(i)
- for test i (if i=0 then does all tests)
STPI
Adjust PI
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTPI(i)
STPRES
Adjust Pres
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTPRE
S(i)
STRESET
Reset Adjust Data & Results

PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTRES
ET(type,i)
type=1 Reset Amended PI
type=2 Reset Amended PRES
type=3 Calculated FBHP
type=4 Heat Transfer Coefficient
type=5 Calculated Results
type=6 Reset ALL
PROSPER.MENU.FILE.OPE Menu Command - File Open

N
PROSPER.MENU.FILE.SAV Menu Command - File Save As
EAS
PROSPER.MENU.ANL.RES Menu Command - Calculation - Reset
ET
Results
Version 11.0
Inflow
PROSPER Manual
SPOT(Shell Perforation Optimisation Tool) is an IPR calculator

developed originally by Shell.
Its main unique features are: Modelling of different perforating guns selected from a guns
database covering all the major vendors.
Corrects gun test data such as DoP (Depth of penetrationG
and EHD (Entry Hole Diameter) to reservoir conditions.
June, 2014
Technical Overview
25
Log data can be used to model vertical differences in reservoir

parameters such as permeability, porosity and rock strength.
Model to predict sanding.
Several invasion models.
Models reperforation jobs/workovers.
This has been implemented in PROSPER as a new IPR model.
The correction of test DoP and EHD to reservoir conditions is also
available for existing PROSPER IPR models.
Sand Control
Previously the only option for sand control in Prosper was Gravel
Pack. The following options have now been added
Pre Packed Screen
Wire Wrapped Screen
Slotted Liner
Both the Darcy and Non-Darcy effects are modelled for the screen/
liner and any material between the formation and screen/liner
Sand Production (Failure)
Sand Production can be caused by increasing stress near the well
bore resulting from reservoir depletion. The economic impact of the
result is significant both in terms of completion costs (implementing
sand control) and the number of development wells (because of the
lower productivity associated with sand control). Prediction of the
maximum possible drawdown before sand production can therefore
be important in field development.
The aim of this model is to calculate the drawdown at which sand
production can be expected. Stress can be estimated either
From depth and reservoir pressure
From a specified stress
From specified stress gradients and depths
From assumptions if no stress data available
Inflow MultiLayer Models
Automatic transfer of model from Prosper to GAP
Pseudo Pressure table per layer for Gas/Condensate models
Increases accuracy in cases when layer PVT properties are
significantly different
Ability to sensitise on Layer PVT properties in System calculation
Sensitivity
Following new variables are available :

Perforating Gun (SPOT)
Tubing Description
Casing Description
Injection Fluid Temperature
Multi Layer PVT Parameters
Sensitivity Data Export
Sensitivity Generate Options
Databases
Perforating Gun Database

Provided by Shell as part of SPOT
26
PROSPER
Updated and verified by PE in conjunction with the manufacturers

1) Baker
2) DYNA
3) ETA
4) Halliburton
5) Schlumberger
6) Owen
7) INNICOR
8) Titan
9) GeoDynamics
10) CCP
Tubing Database
Available for the following manufacturers
1) Benoit Machine
2) FiberGlass Systems
3) Grant Prideco
4) Halliburton Energy Services
5) Hunting Energy Services
6) JFE Steel
7) Metal One Corp
8) Tenaris Hydril
9) TPS Technitube Rohrenwerke
10) VAM
Casing Database
Available for the following manufacturers
1) Centron International Inc.
2) Dalmine Spa
3) Equivalent S.A.
4) FiberGlass Systems
5) Frank's International
6) GB Connections
7) Grant Prideco (Atlas Bradford)
8) HSC Corp
9) Hunting Energy Services
10) Hydril
11) JFE Steel / Hunting Oilfield
12) Mannesmann
13) Nippon Steel Corp
14) NKK Corp
15) Sidera S.A.I.C.
16) Smith FiberGlass products Inc.
17) Star FiberGlass Systems
18) Tenaris
19) TPS Technitube Rohrenwerke
20) Tubular FiberGlass Corp
21) VAM
22) XL Systems Inc.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Technical Overview
27
Pipe Schedule
Access to the tubing and casing database will also be available from
the equipment date entry screens
Rigorous modelling of CO2 Injection when combined with EoS
PVT
Section
Lumping-DeLumping large compositions

Paired large and small(lumped) compositions with same phase
behaviour and surface properties
Sour Gas Modelling
Originally created to model CO2 rich compositions.
Now improved and extended to other similar mixtures CO2,
H2S, C1 etc
VLP / IPR
Matching
Lift
Curves
Artificial
Lift
Egbogah Viscosity Correlation

Bergman-Sutton Viscosity Correlation
Al Marhoun Correlation for Pb, Rs, Bo and Viscosity
Injection of Non-Newtonian Fluids (Polymers etc)
Interpolation warnings for Bg
Estimated Heat Transfer Coefficient options

We can now transfer the estimated U value (or average of
estimated U values) directly into the geothermal gradient
Estimation of Reservoir Parameters from Match Point data
Many users have used the VLP/IPR Matching section and its
easy access to the Inflow section to adjust reservoir parameters
in order to find a solution that corresponded to the measured data
in the VLP Match record. Thus they were able to track changes in
Reservoir Pressure and P.I. Improvements in IPM6 meant that
this process had become slightly more long winded. This can
now be done automatically in Prosper in IPM7
o Estimation of Reservoir Pressure
o Estimation of PI from (Only if IPR PI method selected)
Multi Variable SYSTEM & VLP commands
Mass and Molar Rate Entry
Independent of separation process
Mass Rates available for Black Oil & EOS models
Molar Rate only for EOS
Eclipse
Generation of files compatible with E300
Molecular weight & Water Molar Fraction as sensitivity variables
Intermittent Gas Lift Design
Spacing Line Design Methodology
Stability Criteria for Gas Lift
Lift Gas Gradient available on gradient calculation screens
Valve Performance Clearinghouse
VPC in Gas Lift Design & QuickLook
VPC Options in Preferences
Hydraulic Submersible Pump
28
PROSPER
Improved sensitivity modelling

Automatic step size reduction.
Addition of complete Centrilift Pump & Motor catalogue
Automatic step size reduction.
SRP
Calculation of Stroke size from Liquid Rate improved
Improved error reporting & database export.
OpenServer
New OS Commands
ANL.SYM.CALC
Perform the System Sensitivity
Calculation (Multi Variables)
ANL.SYM.GENRATES Generate Rates for the System
Sensitivity Calculation (Multi Variables)
ANL.SYM.EXPORT
Export Lift Curves Generated by the
System Sensitivity Command (Multi Variables)
ANL.VLM.CALC
Perform the VLP (Multi Variable)
Sensitivity Command
ANL.VLM.GENRATES Generate Rates for the VLP (Multi
Variable) Sensitivity Command
ANL.VLM.EXPORT
Export Lift Curves Generated by the
VLP (Multi Variable) Sensitivity Command
ANL.GLI.CALC
Perform the Intermittent Gas lift Design
New OS Functions
ANL.NODES.MSD
Returns The Measured Depth Of The ith
Node
(PROSPER.ANL.NODES.MSD[i])
ANL.NODES.TVD
Returns The True Vertical Depth Of The
ith Node (PROSPER.ANL.NODES.TVD[i])
Evaluation Button on Open Server Screen
Miscellaneous
WHPtoBHP to include surface equipment

Hydro3P flow correlation updated
Hydro Choke Model updated
Improved handling of OLGAS licences
Improved Flow Correlation Information
Plots in Deviation Survey
Plotting Improvements
Tubing and Pipe drawings Improved
Free Format number option
Version 10.0
Steam Model in PVT to enable modelling of Steam Injector Wells
Additional Artificial Lift Method to enable the design and modelling of wells produced using Sucker
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Technical Overview
29
Rod Pumps
The Enthalpy Balance Temperature Model now has the same calculation options as the Improved
Approximation Temperature Model (including Choke Performance calculations)
Allow Solution Node at first node for system calculation in Improved Approximation/Enthalpy
Balance models.
ESP modelling (not Design) available for Improved Approximation and Enthalpy Balance
temperature models
Target GOR calculator and extended options
Improvements in phase behaviour calculation for compositions rich in sour gases (CO2 and H2S)
Increase size of PVT Match tables.
Add Impurities to Retrograde Condensate Black Oil model.
Improved error handling and reporting
Calculate the flow velocity across the completion as a function of open perforations, frac pack
properties and formation properties. (Casing Velocity (Vc) & Screen Velocity (Vs) calculated in
Gravel Pack Section)
Add Beta Factor in the gravel pack pressure drop prediction. (Calculated or Entered) (See Gravel
Pack)
IPR Sensitivity Calculations now available from IPR Section.
Pressure dependent permeability
IPR Test Points - this section has now been rewritten and enhanced to separate it from the multirate test point input data. Test points are now displayed on all relevant screens/plots
It is now possible to change the port size and recalculate output parameters in the GasLift Design
Calculation Screen
Enable de-rating of Thornhill-Craver flow rates in GasLift Design
Real GasLift Valve Response Modelling
Add IPR button to GasLift Design screens to enable easy modification of Inflow model during
GasLift Design
Allow Choke Performance calculations in the Prosper Enthalpy Balance Model
Addition of a Choke Performance Plot in the Choke Performance section.
New lift curve formats are available for CMG reservoir simulators IMEX and GEM.
Generate for GAP has been enhanced for Naturally flowing and ESP wells to allow up to ten
manifold pressures as input
OLGAS 2-phase, OLGAS 3-phase, LedaFlow 2P and LedaFlow 3P correlations are now available
directly from Petroleum Experts. Please contact us for details of cost and installation.
Data Entry for Temperature Gradients in Enthalpy Balance model was been rewritten, including the
addition of the Geothermal Gradient to the model.
Injected Fluid Temperature is now available as a sensitivity variable
Heat Transfer Coefficients as sensitivity variables
Ability to put in reservoir pressure in VLP/IPR matching screen that corresponds with each test.
Add "date" field to well test table so the Match Point Comment column can be used for actual
comments.
VLP MAtching for ESPs
QuickLook from VLP/IPR Matching
IPR/VLP plot - include well test date info for test point info entered
Make left hand intersection (for gas coning) available. (This is already automatically done if
coning flag is set)
Preferences Section
It is now possible to display the users Comments on the main screen instead of the Program and
Contact details.
30
PROSPER
user preference to allow the user to set the file name and path displayed/hidden.
The user can specify default roughness for tubings and pipelines.
New OpenServer Generate Rate commands for INF, SYS, SY4, VL3 & VL4
New OpenServer Commands PROSPER.ANL.JET.DESIGN
New OpenServer Function to detect Matched PVT (PROSPER.PVT.MATCHED)
Open server command that would be equivalent to clicking on the Clear button in the sensitivity
variables section.
OS command to implement API RP43 Calculation ( calculate perforation length & diameter)
Open-server variables and command to enter a MD in the deviation survey section, and calculate its
corresponding TVD.
OS Command to do Deviation Survey Filtering
Reset, transfer and calculate angle OS command for Deviation Survey Filter
Implement PROSPER.ANL.SPD.CAL(v1,v2,v3) and PROSPER.ANL.SP4.CALC(v1,v2,v3,v4)
Addition of Sensitivity Summary Export in the 4 Variable System Sensitivity Analysis
Section.
Allow the entry of up to 2 Gauge Depths to VLP calculation screen. Pressures are then calculated
at these depths and displayed and reported. The calculated pressures are also included in exported
TPD files for integration into IFM
New variable available "Gas Fraction At Pump Intake" in ESP design calculations screen
Remove MacLeod as an option for Horizontal Well Models
Warn user if a lift Curve table contains invalid variables for any particular given format. (Warning is
at file creation time)
Increase size of PVT Match Tables
Add Impurities to Retrograde Condensate Section (Black Oil PVT Model only)
Version 9.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 2005 official release.
PVT Enhancements
Equation of State
The objective of the following improvements is to enhance the compositional modelling
capabilities of Prosper:
PVT modelling with EoS available for Injector wells
Enhanced Optimisation
Common EoS options throughout IPM Suite
Path dependent variables (volumetric properties like GOR, FVF, CGR) can be
calculated using three different methods leading to standard conditions:
Straight flash to stock tank conditions
Flash through a train of up to 10 separators
Using individual separator stage or full plant K-values
Enhanced plots of generated fluid properties
FVF calculations with Volume Shift validated for mass balance

Inflow Enhancements
Modified Isochronal IPR model
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Technical Overview
31
This IPR model utilises the modified isochronal well test, which consists of repeated shut-in
periods of equal duration as the flowing periods. The IPR model is based on the back-pressure
equation.
Modelling perforation diameter and length varying rock hardness

The API RP43 can be used to calculate the perforations characteristics
Inflow calculation Improvements
Display calculated inflow model PI on the IPR plots
Use of the Perforation Efficiency in all the skin models

Determines the number of open perforations. It is applied to shot density in a similar
manner to gravel pack calculations
On-screen Help with gravel pack data for given gravel sises
Enabled appropriate Inflow models for given well configuration
Coning Calculation - the length interval has been decreased
Inflow Calculation - the GOR can be entered and sensitised upon

Outflow Enhancements
Gas Condensate Plots

Oil as well as Gas can be plotted on the X-axis
Lift Curves Improvements
Export Options saved to file
More data in comments
user configurable data added to file
System Calculation
4 Variable System Command is available
Export Lift Curves option is available
VLP Matching procedure has been improved
Simultaneous injection of Oil and Water

Flow Modelling Enhancements
Pipeline Calculations
Slug Characteristics
Surge factors for gas and liquid in the bubble and slug are calculated to describe the
slug characteristics of the flow
Pigging Calculations
Calculations to determine the pigging characteristics of the flow
Modelling Pressure and temperature drops across fittings

dP and dT can be calculated for a very wide variety of fittings by using equivalent
lengths. Tabulated L/D values for each fitting type are used to calculate an appropriate K Value for
each different type of fitting and configuration
Artificial Lift Enhancements
Jet Pumps
Modelling of existing Jet Pump installations
PVT modelling of the Power Fluid
Possibility to store the pump models in the Artificial Lift Database
Exporting lift curves to simulators
Design of new Jet Pump installations
Diluent Injection
Modelling of Diluent injection in the wellbore
PVT modelling of the Injection Fluid
Possibility to sensitise on injection depth and rate

32
PROSPER
Multiphase Pumps
Modelling of Multiphase pipeline booster pumps
Wizards
This feature guides the user in setting up models and performing certain tasks following a predefined sequence.
A few wizard examples are available when installing PROSPER. These examples are step-by-step
guides to build typical models, like naturally flowing wells, ESP, etc.
However, the user can create his own wizards to performed given tasks. This option is particularly
useful when repetitive calculations are to be performed on well models.
The Wizard is based on a VB script. The script consists of a series of VB commands using
OpenServer strings to set the values of the input parameters or to call up the appropriate data entry
screen , perform calculations, and retrieve or plot results.
OpenServer Enhancements
New Commands
The following capabilities have been implemented:
PVT Match and Match All
4 Variable System Calculation command
Estimate U Value in VLP /IPR Matching Command
Export of lift curves from VLP and System calculations
HSP design - System Calculation command
Perform Coiled Tubing and Jet Pump Design
Menu commands to open the input, calculation and plot screens
Evaluation dialogueue
This option can be used to test OpenServer Commands without building VB applications. The
basic OS actions (DoSet, DoGet and DoCmd) can also be used to quickly initialise and resetting the
data
Open Server Help
Command List
Variable List
Function List
Miscellaneous Enhancements
Deviation Survey Filter

This feature allow to enter up to 1000 points from deviation survey tables and determines a
minimum number of deviation points that best fits them
Calculate Torque for ESP wells

The Shaft Torque is calculates during the phase of ESP design
Version 8.0
Online PROSPER in GAP
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Technical Overview
33
PROSPER flow modelling is now available in GAP.

It can be used to model pipelines and wells.
It can be used directly as an online calculator or offline to generate lift curves (to speed GAP
network calculations)
Lift Curves
Data stored in GAP
Data stored in external PROSPER file.
PROSPER online
Data stored in GAP
Can be imported from an existing PROSPER file
Calculation Detail
Calculations can be viewed with the precision and detail of PROSPER Gradient screen
Implicit access to all flow and fluid modelling technology in PROSPER
Advanced Flow Correlations (e.g... Petroleum Experts, GRE, Hydro 3 Phase)
Flow Correlation Matching
Choke Modelling
Fluid modelling and matching (especially Condensate)
Enthalpy Balance calculations for rigorous pressure and temperature modelling. Implicitly
includes Joule-Thomson effects
Artificial Lift options
Gas Lift (Standard and Coiled Tubing)
Electrical Submersible Pumps (ESPs)
Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCPs)
PVT Enhancements
Equation Of State
Goal for these improvements is complete compatibility to ensure that results obtained in PVTP
can be reproduced exactly.
Omega A, Omega B can be entered
Choice of Peng-Robinson or Soave-Redlich-Kwong
Parameter Estimation (Fill In Table)
New Composition Export to PVTP
Improved Composition Import from PVTP (including Reservoir Temperature)
True Critical Point calculation included as part of Phase Envelope Calculation.

This helps speed improvements due to quicker phase detection.
Improve calculation speed without compromising results

Optimise - None
- 2 - 3 times faster } Raw PVT
Optimise - Low
- 10 - 20 times faster } Calculation
Optimise - Medium - 30 - 80 times faster
} Speed Improvement
PROSPER Example System Sensitivity on 3 tubing sises
Original
- 3+ hours
None
- 95 minutes
Low
- 12 minutes
Medium
- 2 minutes 40 seconds
Allow more calculation flexibility for Equation of State models

Target GOR
user enters initial composition
Target GORs are entered as sensitivity variables
Program iterates from original composition to a composition with specified GOR
New composition saved as a result for display and/or reporting
Black Oil
PVT Lookup Tables

Increased size
34
PROSPER
(Number of Temperature Tables (10 -> 50 )

Number of Pressure Entries ( 15 -> 100 )
Generate Option
PVT properties for all phases are available in table
user responsibility to ensure material balance is preserved
Standard Conditions Warning
user is notified when there is no entry in the table at standard conditions. Common
cause of problems due to interpolation errors.
Convergence Pressure Method removed.
EoS model improvements (and faster computers) make this redundant
Flow Modelling Enhancements

Norsk Hydro Three Phase Correlation (Hydro3P)
Solves the steady state momentum equations for three-phase gas/oil/water pipe flow computing
pressure drop, water and oil hold-up and oil droplet fraction in the gas. Also models oil-in-water
phase and water-in-oil phase. Initial comparisons very favourable. Reasonably fast and very
robust. Works for a wide range of conditions for all fluid types. Very fast for two-phase system.
Much slower for three-phase systems.
Modified Turner Equation For Liquid Loading
Used to determine unstable flow regions in Gas or Condensate wells with liquid production. Has
been found to be not necessarily reliable. The original Turner Constant was 20.4. It has been
found (using Petroleum Experts 4) that 2.04 gives much more reliable results in a wide range of
examples. This constant can be changed by the user.
Erosional Velocity Calculations With Sand Production
Implementation of a ConocoPhillips paper (An Alternative to API14E Erosional Velocity Limits for
Sand Laden Fluids) which challenges API14E (the industry standard) on the basis that it can be
very conservative for clean service and is not applicable for conditions where corrosion or sand
are present. It proposes a simple alternative approach that has been verified by a comparison with
several multi-phase flow loop tests that cover a broad range of liquid-gas ratios and sand
concentrations.
Step size
This feature allows the user to specify the default step size used in Flow Modelling calculations
Artificial Lift Enhancements
Rewrite database
One database for all artificial lift types
Completely redesigned interface
Booster Pumps
ESPs in pipeline.
Implement Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCPs)
HSP & PCP Lift Curves for GAP
Gaslift
Allow injection in pipeline (above wellhead)
Allow a valve at the design depth of injection (as well as an orifice as at present)
Gaslift Adjustments
Provides additional calculations for testing gas lift designs under operating conditions.
Surface casing pressures when restarting production are presented in addition to input
parameters needed for setting up automatic well controllers
Coiled Tubing Gaslift

Can already be achieved in PROSPER using annular flow but requires manual set up by user
New input options to make problem set-up automatic
Description via ID and Thickness makes sensitivity analysis more flexible
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Technical Overview
35
Enthalpy Balance Model Enhancements
Convection in mud between casings

Selectable the the user
Sea Velocity gradients

As an addition to the Sea Temperature Gradient
Correlation Comparison
Implemented for both Tubing and PipeLine
Extra variables in gradient display

Enthalpy (gas, oil, water)
Conductivity (gas, oil, water)
Specific Heat Capacity (gas, oil, water)
Fix outside casing temperature at time t=0

Diffusivity equation only valid for t > 0.5 days
Casing Conductivity user selectable

Previously was a fixed value
Inflow Performance Enhancements
Simple MultiLayer
Increased number of Layers ( from 5 to 50)
MultiLayer With dP Loss

New Layer Models
Fractured Well
Horizontal Well
Increased number of layers (from 20 to 50 layers)
Gas and Condensate Implemented
Improved IPR DLL

Add a skin model to internal reservoir model
Proper validation of user data
Access to internal model data
Ability to deny access to unauthorised users
Non-Newtonian Fluid Modelling
New Model
Implement Model based on drilling fluid models developed by Total. This will enable foams in
heavy oils to be modelled more accurately. However, it should be noted that this model does
not estimate the apparent viscosity of the emulsion with water. Research on another program
(REVEAL) is ongoing on this subject.
Calculate Equivalent Apparent Viscosity
Oil and Gas viscosities both set equal to Apparent Viscosity
Implemented in reservoir by calculating an equivalent pipe radius
user DLL
user DLL option allows user to test internal models within PROSPER via the usual DLL
interface.
Will allow the user to model viscosity of all phases (if required)
Benefits of testing and implementing engineering technology and research without having to
design and maintain the testbed
Import
DLL
Allows user to import from any file (binary or ascii) if they know the precise format.
Can be used for legacy applications with proprietary format.
Import from a report output of another application
Can be done without any input from Petroleum Experts (avoids confidentiality conflicts)
Integrates seamlessly with File Open option.
36
PROSPER
user file type just becomes another available file type to read
Can be used in batch mode to convert many files and automatically creates PROSPER input
files
Uses OpenServer strings to push the data from user DLL to PROSPER.
Choke DLL Improvements
Allow more user data per DLL
Saving and recalling user data to file
Redesign Choke Performance screen to allow use with user defined choke DLL
Lift Curves
Additional Formats
ChevronTexaco CHEARS
ExxonMobil
EMPOWER
VIP Format Update

Previously if one specified GOR then rates were Oil and if one specified GLR rates where
Liquid
Now, it is possible to mix and match Gas Fraction Types and Rate Types
General Point
Please keep us informed of changes in format - we like to respond as quickly as possible to
keep users up-to-date
Documentation of lift curve format should be as comprehensive as possible. Quite often, the
only documentation is an example file. It can be quite difficult to extrapolate from one example
to a complete solution. The following points are quite useful to note.
Specify all possible Gas Fraction Types (GOR, GLR OGR etc)
Specify all possible Water Fraction Types (WC, WGR, WOR etc)
Rate Types ( Oil, Liquid Gas)
Artificial lift types (don't forget pumps)
All fluid Types (oil, gas and condensate)
Unit types for all variables and unit sets as well (Field, SI, LAB)
Producers and Injectors
Variable Combinations - what is valid and what is invalid
Left Hand Intersection in SYSTEM Calculation
Normally VLP/IPR intersections that occur when the tubing pressures are declining (on the LHS) are
considered to represent unstable flow and are usually ignored.
When Gas Coning occurs however the GOR is changing constantly for different rates and it is
possible to have two solutions and for the LHS intersection to represent stable flow
Add option to allow user to select which intersection to use
Miscellaneous
Units Popup
Right-clicking on units field on screen shows user all available units for the variable and its
current selection and allows the user to change this current selection.
Extended and Improved Data Validation
MultiLateral - set end points for curve calculations
OpenServer - NEWFILE & SHUTDOWN commands
Export - data formatting improvements
Plot Legend - data content improvements
Version 7.5
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Technical Overview
37

Make Prosper more accessible to other IPM Tools
Much work has been done restructuring PROSPER so that all the single-well technology and
engineering can be readily utilised by other programs in the IPM suite.The results of this radical
restructuring are not obvious or available at present but will be incorporated in the next versions of
GAP and MBAL
Model Annulus and Tubing Production
A model has been Implemented for production through the tubing and annulus at the same time and
also a variable flow path i.e. fluid can flow in either the tubing or the annulus or both and this can
vary in different segments of the well
Vlp/Ipr Matching Improvements
Ability to perform a Correlation Comparison for each test point. Data is automatically transferred from
the test point straight to the Correlation Comparison screens.
VLP/IPR plot has been enhanced to provide a VLP curve for each test point for a selection of flow
correlations.
Estimating U values in VLP/IPR matching section from entered Tubing Head Pressures in the Rough
Approximation Temperature Model
Pipe Matching Improvements
Ability to perform a Pipeline Correlation Comparison for each test point. Data is automatically
transferred from the test point straight to the Pipeline Correlation Comparison screens.
Multi-Lateral - Improvements Model
Calculation Dialogue Screen Improvements.
Multi Layer (Layer-by Layer ) response calculated and plotted.
PVT Section
Water Vapour Condensation Correlation for Gas Wells
Water Viscosity Variation with Pressure
Boiling Temperature column in EOS model.
Parachor column in EOS model (for Surface Tension Calculations).
Editable EOS Component Name instead of number
Miscellaneous
New variables displayed in Gradient Calculations.
Oil Viscosity
Water Viscosity
Liquid Density
Total mass Flow Rate
Oil mass Flow Rate
Gas Mass Flow Rate
Water Mass Flow Rate
Oil Formation Volume Factor
Gas Formation Volume Factor
Water Formation Volume Factor
Water Holdup
Slip Water Velocity
Superficial Water Velocity
Cumulative Liquid Volume
Cumulative Water Volume
Cumulative Oil Volume
Cumulative Gas Volume
Cumulative Liquid Holdup
Cumulative Water Holdup
Tubing Flow Rate
Annulus Flow Rate
New layout options in Gradient Calculations
Depth Calculator in Equipment Deviation Survey screen
38
PROSPER
Improved errror checking in IPR section subDialogue screens

Improvments in annulus configuration management (Enthalpy Balance)
Improvements in Drilling section error reporting
Improvements to TPD file generation for ESP wells
File List - browser for viewing /summarising PROSPER files.
Standing correction to Vogel in IPR calculations.
Version 7.0
32-bit
Improved memory management.
Long File and Directory name.
Results Management.
Implementaion of Open Server
Open Data/Function Server implemented the same as GAP and MBAL
MultiLateral
Model has been enhanced and extended
Models all fluid types (oil, Gas and Retrograde Condensate)
Models Producers and Injectors
Can be used in conjuction with artificially lifted wells (Gaslift, ESP and HSP)
Enthalpy Balance Temperature Prediction
Complete rewrite of enthalpy balance temperature prediction method to allow more flexibility and
accuracy.
Account for air and sea velocities.
Improved Completion fluid handling.
Can specify cement and casing conductivity
Account for temperature gradient in the sea.
Improved Rough Approximation Temperature Model
Specify heat transfer coefficient by depth and pipe section
Define a temperature gradient for the sea
Can make use of Joule-Thomson coefficient
Constrained Calculation with Enthalpy Balance
Determine pressure and temperature profile for the entire well from the wellhead pressure and bottom
hole temperature
Thermal Fracturing
Model the combined effects of temperature, stress and fluid mechanics to predict the inflow
behaviour of injection wells
New Correlation (Petroleum Experts 4)
Advanced mechanistic model for any angled wells (including dowhill flow) suitable for any fluid
(including Retrograde Condensate)
Solids Transport
Predicting maximum grain size that can be transported.
Hydrates Flagging
user entered table describing pressure-temperature regions where hydrates formation is likely. The
program will then highlight areas with a potential for Hydrates Formation.
Miscellaneous
user can specify default Units System (on Preferences Screen).
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Technical Overview
39
Version 6.0
INFLOW
New Interface
Implemented for all fluids.
Completely redesigned to ease user input and to integrate with the external, user-written IPR model
enhancement (see below)
MultiLateral/MultiLayer Inflow Model
Deviated Well Model
Based on a model produced by Wong and Clifford
Dual Porosity Model
Assumptions: For naturally fractured reservoirs where the matrix (formation) porosity is greater
than the fracture porosity and the matrix permeability is much smaller than the fracture permeabilty,
but not negligible.
Source: See References
Horizontal Well with Transverse Vertical Fracture(s) Model
Assumptions
1. Circular fractures.
2. Well goes through centre i.e. no shape factor implemented.
3. Fractures are equally spaced - so if there is just one it is in the centre.
user IPR Model DLL
Allows the user to develop their own inflow model(s) and implement it within PROSPER in a similar
fashion to flow correlations. The user-developed model can encompass every element of an inflow
description including the reservoir model and every component of the skin or can simply be any
particular element. Please contact us for details on how to implement this for the specific application
Dietz Shape Factor Calculator
Implemented for 'Darcy-like' models in all fluids.
Assumptions: Calculation is for vertical wells rectangular reservoirs.
Gas Coning
Implemented for oil. Modifies solution GOR by multiplying it by a weighting factor greater than 1,
which is a positive function of the liquid rate. The output is a total, or produced, GOR. This model has
been implemented with the facility of matching/tuning to real test data
Assumptions: High permeability reservoirs.
Source: See References.
EQUIPMENT
More Pipeline nodes
Reverse x,y coordinate system for pipeline data entry
Rate Multiplier Per Node
Option to "disable" Surface Equipment
FLOW MODELLING
Complex Terrain Flow Correlation
Slug modelling
40
PROSPER
Correlation Threshold Angles

Erosional Velocity (C Factor) calculation.
Flow Regime Plots
More detailed data displayed during Gradient calculations
Phase Densities, inter-phase IFTs, slug and bubble properties
ARTIFICIAL LIFT
Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pumps (or HSPs)
Design
System Sensitivity and Lift Curve Generation
QuickLook diagnostic
Pump and Turbine Database management
MISCELLANEOUS
Preferences
All options relating to the customisation of an individual installation of the program have been gathered
together in one location.
This option can be found on the File menu and has four sections (tabs)for ease of use. These are
Screen
File
Plot
user Applications
Welcome Screen
This screen is displayed immediately the program is started and is destroyed as soon as the main
screen appears. There can be a significant time difference in some cases between these two events
and this screen will assure the user that the prgram has indeed started. The reason for the time
difference could be any of the following
1) Program Installation - The program could be on a remote network drive and network traffic would
affect access time.
2) Software Key - a network installation could slow access to the key is the network is busy.
3) Last file loaded - if one automatically reloads the last file on program startup,then the file size and
location(remote network) could make a difference
New import format for PVTP file
The new format exported from the PVTP program includes more details (Volume Shift flag and the
separators included in the analysis.)
Screen Design
Redesign of many data screens. More consistency between data screens, navigation, and flexibility
of screen size (see Preferences-> Screen)
Version 5.1
Changes to EOS model
The method of calculating GOR and FVF has been enhanced to take account of the fluids path back
to surface. Up to 5 separator stages can be defined. The fluid is flashed through any defined stages
to find the resultant gas/oil mixture in the accumulator/stock tank. If no stages are defined a single
flash to ambient conditions is performed.
WHP to BHP
Method for calculating flowing bottom hole pressure from the wellhead pressure for a large number of
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Technical Overview
41
points.
VLP Matching
Ability to allow or disallow the plotting of labels. Added ability to export and report from this screen.
Output more information to reports
Miscellaneous
The following bug fixes/ improvements.
Errors in files when saving long labels from downhole/surface equipment.
Sensible choice for file prefix when saving files.
Improved error checking in relative permeability screen in IPR section.
Scaling problems on status screen IPR plot when changing units have been fixed.
General updates to Status Screen
Errors transferring surface equipment details when changing from Pressure only to Pressure and
temperature prediction have been corrected.
Improved legend for Gaslift Design Plot
Improved legends for plots generally for consistency.
Improved handling of multi rate input data in IPR section.
Load correlation DLLs automatically from run directory.
Fixed errors in PVT matching reports
Fixed errors for water injectors reporting marginal amount of oil
Improved depth error checking in equipment section
Fixed bug in gradient calculation section (not setting Top Node Pressure and Rate correctly)
Insert a check for Choke Model selected when reading files.
Fixed EOS calculation initialisation problems.
Added feature to output 4 variable MBV (lift curve ) files
ESPs - allow user to select location of database files
Sensitivity analysis - improved error checking in variable selection
Status screen error for PVT Condensate display (wrong unit for CGR/WGR)
System Plot - wrong label for Gas Rate has been corrected.
IPR - improved calculation of combined Total GOR for multi layer IPRs
Gray Correlation - advise of unsuitability for use in Pressure and Temperature predictions
PVT Matching - ability to transfer data from Tables and import data from PVT Program
PVT Tables - ability to import data from Matching Section.
Version 5.0
Report Generator
The reporting interface gives complete control over how the reports are formatted and what
information is utilised to make up the report. This is facilitated by the use of report templates which
can be edited to suit the user's own requirements. One can choose to use the default report templates
provided with the system or can choose to create its own slightly different versions of these reports.
The selected templates can then be used to generate the actual reports which can be sent to a variety
of places (printer, file or screen).
Flexible Importing
This facility is designed to let the user import tabular data from a wide variety of files and databases
via ODBC. A filter 'template' is configured visually and can be saved to disk for future use. It can also
be distributed easily to other users.
42
PROSPER
User Choke Model DLL

Allows the user to develop their own choke model and implement it within PROSPER in a similar
fashion to flow correlations
New Choke Model (from ELF)
A model based on Perkin's (SPE 206333) approach along with discharge coefficients determined by
the author (Stephane Rastoin of ELF Aquitaine at TUALP)
Pipe Correlation Comparison
A technique for comparing pipeline flow correlations against observed data similar to the existing
Correlation Comparison for tubing correlations
QuickLook for ESP
A diagnostic technique for analysing ESP lifted systems to determine if the pump is performing as
expected and to trouble shoot for potential problems
Inipath
A option to allow users to run PROSPER from one network copy whilst maintaining their own
configurations in private copies of PROSPER.INI
New Gaslift Design Options
New Emulsion Viscosity Modelling Options
Generate TPD files for GAP
Extended lift curve format to allow modelling of ESP systems in GAP
Expanded EOS Import Format
Allows user to import all the data that is normally generated by Petroleum Experts EOS model. The file
format is flexible to allow for multiple compositions and the results obtained for each composition.
This allows the possibility in the future to generate sensitivities for several compositions. (e.g. EOSbased lift curves)
Gradient Test Data
Allows output of consistent test data on all gradient plots in PROSPER
ESP Database Handling Improved
Database information regarding current pump, motor and cable in use is stored on file to enable
distribution of files easily between users
Water Injector As Specific Well Type
Allows easy setup an minimal PVT data entry to handle this well type.
Variable Solution Node
Allow solution node at sandface, wellhead or manifold
Injection Model For Temperature Improved (Rough Approximation Model)
Improved Equipment Data Entry
Many problems for users are caused by incorrect entry of equipment data. Improving error detection
in this area helps to reduce support requirements and improves usability of the program
Pipeline Calculation Only
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Technical Overview
43
Simplify setup (especially for equipment) in order to model pipeline flow

New Tubing Correlation (Petroleum Experts 3)
Plot Annotations
Version 4.5
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated in
PROSPER since the May 1995 release.
Black Oil PVT
Added new Pressure-Volume-Temperature Correlations for Gulf of Mexico Crude Oils due to
Petrosky et al (SPE26644)
Added new Viscosity Correlations for Gulf of Mexico Crude Oils due to Petrosky et al
(SPE29268)
Allow modelling of emulsion viscosity corrections for OIL-WATER mixtures.
Improved matching for heavy oils.
Equation of State PVT from external DLL

Added a new interface to give user's the ability to program their own equation of state PVT
model and link it to PROSPER.
FLASH.DLL routines updated to closely follow PVT Package calculations. This has resulted
in improved viscosity, liquid densities and phase detection. Stability has improved for low molecular
weight liquids and gas.
ESP's
Emulsion PVT applied to ESP head, power (and consequently) efficiency corrections.
Intake gas fraction sensitivity plot (Dunbar plot).
Tubing automatically terminated at pump depth.
Database report improved.
Inflow Performance
Multi-layer - Upgraded for injection wells.
GAP and MBAL links. IPR points are transferred directly to GAP or saved in a file for
MBAL.
SkinAide - new IPR model from ELF
Gaslift Design
Optional checks for rate conformance with IPR during design.
Expanded design options and additional logic for valve closing pressures.
Improved dome pressure temperature correction above 1200 psi.
Design plot shows unloading fluid gradients, actual surface injection pressure and production
44
PROSPER
rates.
Database report improved.
File handling
Significant reduction in all file sises due to implementation of file compression techniques.
Improved error handling in low space (disk nearly full) situations.
Speed up file reading/writing..
Error Checking
Improved the checking of equipment entry
Units
Revised to include validation option on main Units screen.
New options added to allow user selection of precision of display,
Reports
Screen reporting more flexible
Font handling problems (with regards to font size) fixed. Printer fonts are now entered as
point sises instead of relative size units. This avoids the need to adjust printer font sises when
changing printers
Batch
Automatic Batch generation of tubing curves(VLP) and inflow curves(IPR) via improved
interface with GAP
ProdMan ( Production Manager)

Provision of visual field modelling with automatic access to PROSPER and capability for
batch mode operation for certain calculations.
(GAP without the modelling and optimisation features)
Calculation / Generate for GAP

Rate logic improved for high rate producers and injectors.
Calculation / System
User selection of sensitivity values on plots.
Calculation / Gradient
Plots can now be made for the entire system including both well and pipeline. Extended
range of plot variables available.
Miscellaneous
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Technical Overview
45
Plot results in multirate IPR's.

Reset buttons in sensitivity variable selection screen
Screen appearance has been improved to improve layout and readability.
IPR MultiLayer report
Separate units available for Anisotropy, PumpWearFactor, TimeToSurface and Volume
Allow selection of curves to plot in VLP
Store and report Depth Of Injection in gradient sensitivty analysis
Fluid Flow Correlation Parameters report added
Last file loading option
Previous files loading option.
Version 4.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated in
PROSPER since the May 1994 release.
General
UNIX versions have been shipped for HP 9000 and IBM RISC. Other platforms can be
supported on request.
New program installation procedure build program icon and group automatically.
Stackable keys now supported.
Black Oil PVT

Black oil PVT now handles 100% CO2. (Accuracy verified against measured data)
Composition estimation from Black Oil properties. Estimated composition now used for
calculation of thermodynamic properties (enthalpy, entropy) for choke calculations etc. This
improves the accuracy of the Enthalpy Balance temperature predictions for high GOR cases.
Black oil PVT lookup table file import available.
EOS PVT
EOS PVT input screen editing improved. Now allows input of up to 30 pseudocomponents.
Critical volume is now passed between PVTP and PROSPER. This improves PROSPER
viscosity calculations for some fluids. For old files, Vcrit is estimated using a correlation as before.
EOS algorithms improved and run faster.
EOS oil density now used instead of Standing and Katz.
System I Equipment
Sketches of both surface and downhole equipment can be drawn from the summary screen.
Surface equipment geometry can be optionally entered as TVD, Length or X,Y co-ordinates.
Inflow Performance
Relative permeability can be optionally used in oil IPR calculations. PROSPER allows entry
46
PROSPER
relative permeability curves and the water cut at a test rate. PROSPER now calculates IPR
sensitivities for water cut.
Fractured well IPR improved for both short and long flowing times.
Horizontal well - friction dP. This major development allows modelling of horizontal well
accounting for friction loss, gravel packs for oil, gas and condensate.
Multi-layer - Layer dP. A network algorithm is used to solve multi layer IPR while accounting
for pressure differences between layers. Available for oil now, gas and condensate in Summer 95.
Matching
IPR matching facility added. Allows IPR to be compared to matched test pressures. This is
a useful graphical means to find reservoir pressures and to examine changes in well condition and
quality control the well model.
Match data screen re-worked to allow cut and paste to/from windows clipboard. Match data
comment field added.
Calculation / Inflow
A new Inflow section has been added. This enables sensitivities for IPR variables to be
quickly calculated without the need to calculate the VLP also (System calculation).
The range of sensitivity variables has been expanded with completion design in mind.
User selected rates can be now be Generated if required. This is useful for IPR sensitvities
when Automatic rates are determined by the AOF for the base case. Sensitivity variables values can
be Generated also.
Calculation / System
The range of outputs displayed expanded to include wellhead temperature, pressure loss
components, gas injection depth.
Calculation / Gradient
Plots can now be made for the entire system including both well and pipeline. Extended
range of plot variables available.
Range of sensitivity variables expanded.
Calculation / VLP
Lift curve variables are sorted and filtered so that only valid sensitivity variable are
considered.
Number of VLP table entries increased from 1296 to 10,000
Increased range of VLP variables and simulator formats supported. (COMP3 VIP & MORE)
For oil wells, VLP can be calculated in terms of gas rates
VLP algorithms improved for very high GOR.
Additional VLP correlations - Petroleum Experts 2 (improved loading rate calculations) and
Duns and Ros Original.
Calculation / Choke
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Technical Overview
47
General purpose choke tool can find: flow rate, pressure drop or choke size. Calculation
based on thermodynamic principles, not empirical correlations.
Calculation / Generate for GAP

Now active even if PROSPER has not been called from GAP. This allows an engineer to
work with PROSPER independently of GAP.
For naturally flowing wells, 5 generate pressures can be input and calculated.
Generates performance curves for both injection and flowing wells.
Design / Gaslift design

Design logic has been improved and greater flexibility in design methods is provided.
Fixed mandrel depth design selects the best location for unloading valves from a list of preset mandrel depths.
Design / ESP design

Current (1992) motor characteristics for REDA motors included in database.
ESP Inc. motor and pump data included in database
1.8
Examples Guide
The example guide in Chapter 3 of this manual contains a collection of tutorials
designed to help jump-start the use of PROSPER. The tutorials are grouped by
subjects:
Integrated Oil Well Model

Basic Tutorials for Naturally Flowing Wells
PVT Matching Tutorials
Pipeline Tutorial
Modelling Well Inflow Tutorials
Skin and Sand Control Tutorials
Well Test Matching Tutorials
Artificial lift design tutorials
Tutorials on Trouble-shooting Artificially Lifted Wells
Tutorials on Compositional Modelling
Tutorials on Temperature Modelling and Flow Assurance Studies
Tutorials on Special Topics
Integrated Well-bore Model

Tutori Description
al
00
Integrated oil well model
Reference File
T00_Integrated_Oil_Well.OUT
48
PROSPER
Basic tutorials for naturally flowing wells

Tutori
al
01
02
03
04
Description
Modelling an Naturally Flowing Oil Producer
Modelling a Dry Gas Producer
Modelling a Water Injection Well
Modelling a Gas Injection Well
Reference File
T01_Basic_Oil_Well.OUT
T02_Basic_Gas_Well.OUT
T03_Water_Injector.OUT
T04_Gas_Injector.OUT
PVT Matching
Tutori Description
Reference File
al
05
Modelling an Naturally Flowing Oil Producer T05_PVT_Match_Oil_Well.OUT
T06_PVT_Match_Gas_Well.OUT
06
Pipeline Tutorial
Tutoria Description
l
07
Modelling a Surface Pipeline
Reference File
T07_Modelling_Surface_Pipeline.OU
T

Tutoria Description
l
08
Modelling a Darcy IPR
09
Modelling an IPR using SPOT
10
Modelling a Horizontal Well
11
12
Reference File
T08_Darcy_IPR_Model.OUT
T09_SPOT_lPR_Model.OUT
T10_Modelling_A_Horizontal_Well.
OUT
Modelling a Multilayer Well with dP Loss inT11_Modelling_A_Multilayer_Well.O
UT
Wellbore
T12_Modelling_A_Multilateral_Well.
Modelling a Multilateral Gas Producer
OUT

Tutoria Description
l
13
Modelling Skin
14
Modelling an oil well with gravel-pack
15
Modelling a 'frac and pack' well
16
Modelling a well with wire-wrapped screens
PROSPER Manual
Reference File
T13_Modelling_Skin.OUT
T14_Modelling_A_GravelPack.OUT
T15_Frac_And_Pack_Oil_Well.OUT
T16_Modelling_Wire_Wrapped_scre
June, 2014
Technical Overview
17
Modelling a well with pre-packed screens
18
Modelling a well with slotted liners
49
en.out
T17_Modelling_PrePacked_Screen.O
UT
T18_Modelling_A_Slotted_Liners.ou
t

Tutoria Description
Reference File
l
19
Matching a Naturally Flowing Oil WellT19_Matching_Well_Test_For_Oil_Well.
OUT
Test
T20_Matching_Well_Test_For_Gas_Wel
20
Matching a Gas Well Test
21
Matching a Water Injection Well Test
22
Matching a Gas Injection Well Test
l.OUT
T21_Matching_Water_Injection_Well_T
est.OUT
T22_Matching_Gas_Injection_Well_Test
s.OUT
Artificial Lift Design Tutorials

Tutoria Description
l
23
Continuous Gas lift design
24
25
Coiled Tubing Gas lift Design
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Reference File
T23_Continuous_GasLift_Design.OUT
T24_Intermittent_GasLift_Design.OUT
T25_Coiled_Tubing_Gas_Lift_Design.OU
T
Design of an ESP system for an oilT26_ESP_Design.OUT
producer
Design of an HSP system for an oilT27_HSP_Design.OUT
producer
Design of a Sucker Rod Pump for an oilT28_Sucker_Rod_Design.OUT
producer
Design of a PCP lift system for an oilT29_PCP_Design.OUT
producer
T30_Diluent_Injection_with_GasLift.OU
Diluent Injection tutorial
T
Multiphase pump in a pipe connected to a T31_Modelling_Surface_Multiphase_Pu
mp.OUT
single well
Design of a Jet Pump system for an oilT32_Designing_A_Jet_Pump.OUT
producer
Tutorials on Trouble-shooting of Artificially Lifted Wells
Tutoria Description
Reference File
50
PROSPER
l
33
34
35
36
T33_GasLift_QuickLook.OUT
Troubleshooting a Gas Lifted Well
T34_ESP_Quicklook.OUT
Trouble-shooting an ESP-Lifted Well
T35_HSP_Quicklook.OUT
Trouble-shooting an HSP-Lifted Well
Trouble-shooting a Sucker Rod Lifted No reference file
Well
Compositional Modelling Tutorials

Tutoria Description
Reference File
l
37
Fully Compositional Retrograde Condensate T37_Compostional_Condensate_Wel
l.Out
Well
38
Validation of the Black Oil PVT Model for a T38_BO_Condensate_Validation.Out
Retrograde Condensate Producer
T39_Compostional_CO2_Injector.Ou
39
Fully compositional CO2 injection well
t
Tutorials on Temperature Modelling and Flow Assurance studies

Tutori
al
40
41
42
43
Description
Full Enthalpy Balance Example
Improved Approximation Tutorial
Modelling a Steam Injection Well
General Flow Assurance Features
Reference File
T40_Enthalpy_Balance.OUT
T41_Improved_Approximation.OUT
T42_Steam_Injector.OUT
T43_Flow Assurance.OUT

Tutori Description
al
44
Modelling Non-Newtonian Fluids
Reference File
45
T44_Modelling_Non_Newtonian_Flui
ds.OUT
Modelling a Coal Bed Methane (CBM) Water T45_CBM_Dewatering_Well.OUT
46
47
Producer
Modelling Emulsions
Gas Lift in a Gas Well
PROSPER Manual
T46_Modelling_An_Emulsion.OUT
T47_Gas_Lift_For_Gas_Wells.OUT
June, 2014
Chapter
52
PROSPER
User Guide
This user guide is subdivided in the following sections:
Introduction
File management
Data input - General
PVT data input
Equipment data input
IPR Data Input
Artificial Lift Data Input
Matching menu
Calculation Menu
Design menu
Output
Units
Wizard
Plotting
Help and
Appendix
2.1
Introduction
Welcome to PROSPER, Petroleum Experts Limited's advanced PROduction and
Systems PERformance analysis software. PROSPER can assist the production or
reservoir engineer to predict tubing and pipeline hydraulics and temperatures with
accuracy and speed. PROSPER's powerful sensitivity calculation features enable
existing designs to be optimised and the effects of future changes in system
parameters to be assessed.
By separately modelling each component of the producing well system, then allowing
the user to verify each model subsystem by performance matching, PROSPER
ensures that the calculations are as accurate as possible. Once a system model has
been tuned to real field data, PROSPER can be confidently used to model the well in
different scenarios and to make forward predictions of reservoir pressure based on
surface production data.
2.1.1 Using PROSPER

These are the main features available in PROSPER:
1. PROSPER is a fundamental element in the Integrated Production Model (IPM)
as defined by Petroleum Experts as it creates a robust well model which can
be linked to GAP (the production network optimisation program for gathering
system modelling) and linked to MBAL (the reservoir engineering and modelling
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
53
tool which allows for making fully integrated total system modelling and
production forecasting).
2. The PVT section in PROSPER can compute fluid properties using standard black
oil correlations and these black oil correlations can be modified to better fit
measured lab data. PROSPER also allows detailed PVT data in the form of
tables to be imported for use in the calculations. A third option is to use the
Equation of State method. This option allows the user to enter the equation of
state model parameters and uses the standard Peng-Robinson or SRK EoS
models to generate properties given a multi-stage separator scheme. With this
option the users can also import all PVT data in the form of tables, which could
have been generated using their own proprietary EoS models.
3. The tool can be used to model reservoir inflow performance (IPR) for single
layer, multi-layered, or multilateral wells with complex and highly deviated
completions, optimising all aspects of a completion design including perforation
details and gravel packing.
4. It can be used to accurately predict both pressure and temperature profiles in
producing wells, injection wells, across chokes and along risers and flow lines.
5. The sensitivity calculations capabilities allow the engineer to model and easily
optimise tubing configuration, choke and surface flow line performance.
6. It can be used to design, optimise and troubleshoot the following artificial lift
systems: gas lifted, coiled tubing, ESP, PCP, HSP (hydraulic pump), Jet pump,
Diluent Injection, Diluent Injection with gas lift, Diluent Injection with ESPs, Foam
Lift and Sucker Rod pump equipped wells.
7. The choke calculator can be used to predict flow rates given the choke size, or
the choke size for a specified production rate and of course, the pressure drop
across a known choke at a specified rate. It can also be used to generate choke
performance curves.
8. The Valve Performance calculator can be used to predict the valve response
including the throttling of the closing valve stem.
9. The multiphase flow correlations implemented can be adjusted to match
measured field data to generate vertical lift performance curves (VLP) for use in
simulators and network models.
10.The tool can utilise externally programmed dynamic link libraries (DLL) for
multiphase flow correlations, Equation of State (EOS) PVT calculations, choke
calculations, Inflow (IPR) models, HSP Gas De-Rating models and proprietary
viscosity models (both Newtonian and non-Newtonian) .
11.The tool can be used in a matching or predictive mode. Matching of real data is
available in the PVT, IPR, Gradient matching and VLP matching sections.
54
PROSPER
In matching mode, real data can be entered and matched using non-linear
regression methods to create custom correlations that fit the input data.
In predictive mode, the correlations created can be used to make
estimates of future well performance.
12.PROSPER can be used to model complex (topographically) and extensive (in
length) surface pipelines. Complex steady state slug analysis can also be
performed by taking into account slug build up and decay due to pipeline
topography, giving an indication of expected slug length and frequency. Pigging
calculations are also available
13.Black Oil PVT tables can be imported directly into PROSPER. The black oil
tables can be generated by Petroleum Experts PVTP thermodynamics analysis
program or from from any third-party application, provided it has the right format
(*.PTB file). Equally, compositional models can also be directly imported as
*.PRP file.
14.A flexible and fully customisable units system is implemented in PROSPER. Data
may be input using one set of units and output using a second set of units.
Validation limits and display resolution can be independently set for each variable
type.
15.It has the utility for flagging of potential hydrate formation, if the user chooses
this in the options. The additional input required for this calculation is the
hydration formation tables as a part of the black oil PVT description. The
hydrate and wax models are readily available if the fluid model in PROSPER is
compositional. Note that one can also use Petroleum Experts PVTP
thermodynamics analysis program to predict waxes and hydrates appearance
conditions. A compositional PROSPER model or PVTP can be used to generate
hydrate formation tables.
16.The following situations can be modelled:
Fluid Type:
Oil and Water (Black oil or Equation of State PVT)
Dry and Wet Gas (Black oil or Equation of State PVT)
Retrograde Condensate (Black Oil or Equation of State PVT)
Emulsion viscosity can be optionally applied for any combination of inflow,
tubing and ESPs or HSPs.
Separation mode: Single or Two Stage separation or Multistage (for
Compositional model)
Modelling of non-Newtonian fluids for oil wells
Modelling of condensed water vapour for gas wells
Well Flow Configuration:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
55
Tubing or Annular flow or Tubing + Annular flow

Producer or Injector
Artificial Lift Method:
Naturally flowing well
Gas lifted well (continuous and intermittent)
Electric submersible pump (ESP)
Hydraulic drive downhole pump (HSP)
Progressive Cavity Pumps
Jet Pumps
Gas Lift with Coiled Tubing
Diluent Injection
Diluent Injection with Gas Lift
Diluent Injection with ESP lift
Foam Lift
Multiphase Pumps
Sucker Rod Pumps
Prediction Type:
Pressure Only
Pressure and Temperature Offshore
Pressure and Temperature on Land
Temperature Model:
Enthalpy Balance with or without steam
Rough Approximation
Improved Approximation with or without steam
Completion:
Cased Hole
Open Hole
Sand control:
Gravel Pack
Pre-packed screen
Wire wrapped screen
Slotted liner
Sand failure
Reservoir:
Single Well
Multi-lateral Well in a Multi-layered Reservoir
Gas Coning (Rate dependent GOR calculator)
56
PROSPER
2.1.2 PROSPER and Systems Analysis

PROSPER can help E&P companies to maximise their production earnings by
providing the engineering means to critically analyse the performance of individual
producing or injecting wells. Each well system component that contributes to overall
performance is separately modelled. Fluid properties, inflow performance, pressure
drop in the tubing and pressure losses in the surface gathering system are individually
evaluated, analysed, validated and calibrated against recorded performance data
whenever possible.
Well potential and producing pressure losses are both dependent on fluid (PVT)
properties. The accuracy of systems analysis calculations is therefore dependent on
the accuracy of the fluid properties model (i.e. PVT). The pressure drop in a pipeline
or wellbore is the summation of 3 components:
Gravity head
Friction loss
Acceleration
i.e.
Dptotal = Dpgravity + Dp friction + Dpacceleration
The gravity component is due to the density of

the fluid mixture at each point in the system and is a complex function of the relative
velocity of the phases present. PROSPER makes a flash computation at each
calculation step to determine the proportion of oil, water and gas present. The no-slip
density is then calculated using the proportions of each phase and the predicted
density at each pressure and temperature step.
Industry standard 2-phase and 3-phase correlations are then applied to determine the
increase in apparent fluid density due to the higher vertical velocity of gas compared
to oil and water (slippage). The gravity head loss is proportional to the fluid density
corrected for slip. The slip correction to be applied depends on the flow regime, fluid
velocity etc. The need for an accurate PVT description for predicting the gravity head
loss becomes obvious.
Friction losses are controlled by fluid viscosity and geometric factors (pipe diameter
and roughness). In the majority of oilfield applications (i.e. large elevation difference
between inlet and outlet with liquids present) the gravitational component normally
accounts for around 90% of the overall head loss. Therefore, the total pressure drop
function may often not be particularly sensitive to the value of the friction loss
coefficient.
The acceleration component is usually small except in systems involving significant
fluid expansion. However, it is accounted for in all PROSPER calculations.
Historically, systems analysis software has lumped all flowing pressure loss terms
together and allowed the user to match real data by adjusting the roughness
coefficient of the friction loss term. This will certainly achieve a match for a particular
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
57
rate, but cannot be expected to achieve a match over a significant range of rates due
to the different dependencies of the gravity and friction loss terms on liquid velocity.
The recommended engineering approach when modelling wells and / or pipelines
response with PROSPER is to first construct a robust PVT model for the fluid. The
process consists when possible of entering laboratory PVT data and adjusting the
black oil correlation model to fit the measured data while respecting the fluid
thermodynamics. This approach consistently improves the accuracy of forward
prediction.
In essence, an accurate PVT model confines any uncertainty in the gravity loss term
to the slip correction only.
In the VLP matching phase, PROSPER divides the total pressure loss into friction and
gravity components and uses a non-linear regression technique to separately optimise
the value of each component. Not only does the matching process result in a more
accurate model, it will quickly highlight inconsistencies in either the PVT or equipment
description.
Provided sufficiently accurate field data is available, robust PVT, IPR and VLP models
can be achieved by validating and calibrating the models against actual performance.
Each model component is separately validated, therefore dependency on other
components of the well model is eliminated. Understanding potential deterioration in
well performance is simplified with such a consistent process that ultimately helps to
reduce the number of unknowns.
2.1.2.1 About PROSPER

PROSPER can predict either Pressure Only or Pressure and Temperature. The
Pressure Only option makes PROSPER a "Systems Analysis" package in the
traditional sense. In Pressure Only mode, the fluid temperature profile within the well
must be inputted by the user. Temperature data is normally recorded whenever a
pressure survey is made, as the temperature is required to correct the downhole
pressure readings.
The Pressure and Temperature calculation option will generate both temperature and
pressure profiles. Three temperature models are provided.
The Rough Approximation model utilises a user-input overall heat transfer coefficient.
It determines the steady state temperature profile from the mass flow rates of oil,
water and gas before commencing the pressure loss calculations. This method runs
quickly, but unless calibrated using measured temperature data, it is not accurate.
The Enthalpy Balance model calculates the heat transfer coefficients at each
calculation step by considering heat flow and enthalpy changes. The Joule Thompson
effect, conduction,free convection, forced convection and radiation are modelled.
58
PROSPER
These calculations require considerably more input data than for pressure only
calculations and must commence from a known temperature and pressure (the sand
face for producers, or wellhead for injectors). Computation times are longer than for
the Rough Approximation option, but this method is predictive and gives accurate
results over a wide range of conditions.
The Enthalpy Balance model is completely transient and can be used to study
temperature changes over time.
Temperature prediction is useful for generating temperature profiles in:
long pipelines transporting retrograde condensate.

subsea wells with long flowlines
high pressure/temperature exploration wells
predicting temperature/pressure profiles for flow assurance studies: prediction
of wax/hydrate deposits
The production riser is properly accounted for by PROSPER. The user-input riser
geometry determines the heat loss coefficients calculated by the program between
the seabed and wellhead.
The Improved Approximation is a full Enthalpy Balance model, with the difference that
the heat exchange coefficient is not calculated but defined by the user along the
completion. Like the Enthalpy Balance model, the Joule Thompson effect is
accounted for.
PROSPER is also able to predict condensate liquid drop out using either black oil or
compositional models.
PROSPER uses a "Smart Menu" system meaning that only data relevant to a
particular problem need to be entered.
The flow chart below gives an outline of the calculation steps required to carry out a
simple systems analysis using PROSPER.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
59
2.1.3 Examples
To help illustrate the power of PROSPER, examples are provided with the program.
We suggest to run through them to become familiar with the program and its various
options.
The example guide provide the user with tutorials covering various dexterity and
engineering topics showing how to build, match and use a well model.
All the example files related are in the folder ~\samples\PROSPER , where
Petroleum Experts software in installed. The location of this directory depends on
where the program has been installed.
Example Guide
60
2.2
PROSPER
File Management
This section describes the menus, options and procedures used in PROSPER to
create new files and open or save existing files. The units system and how to define
printer settings are also outlined. The menus described in this section are the
PROSPER File menu and Units menu.
The File menu provides additional options such as defining the default data directory,
as well as the facility to establish links to other programs running under Windows.
PROSPER will (optionally) open the last file accessed when it starts. PROSPER also
displays a file status screen that shows the application options selected in summary
format: input PVT and IPR data, the equipment type summary and the analysis output.
To protect the work, good practice is to save the file on a regular basis. This simple
procedure could potentially prevent hours of input and analysis being lost.
2.2.1 PROSPER Files

PROSPER uses a flexible file structure that enables data to be easily exchanged
between files and other application programs. In PROSPER information is grouped
into the following categories:
PVT Data
Analysis Data
System Input Data

Output Data
and saved into the following types of data file:
2.2.1.1 PVT Data (*.PVT)

File containing the well fluid data, PVT match data and any PVT tables entered under
the PVT menu.
It is possible to save PVT files separately under different names, and use them with
other input, analysis and output files in PROSPER. This feature is useful when
analysing a number of wells from the same producing pool.
The .PVT file can be also imported/exported in/from MBAL models.
2.2.1.2 Input Data (*.SIN)
The *.SIN file contain all the options selected under the Options menu, in addition to
the well IPR and equipment data entered under the System menu. When an input file
is opened or saved, the program automatically opens and saves a .PVT file with the
same name.
2.2.1.3 Analysis Data (*.ANL)
This *.ANL file contains all the information from the *.SIN file along with all the
sensitivity input data for the calculations selected under the Calculation or Design
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
61
menus. When an analysis file is opened and saved, the program automatically opens
and saves a .PVT & .SIN file with the same name. GAP manipulates .ANL files to
batch calculate well lift curves.
2.2.1.4 Output Data (*.OUT)
This file contains all the inputs and all the results of the calculations. When an output
file is saved, then program automatically saves a .PVT, .SIN & .ANL file of the same
name.
The *.OUT file can be seen as the master PROSPER file.
PROSPER files are ranked by their order of input, which essentially reflects the way
data should be entered into the program, that is from the LEFT to the RIGHT of the
PROSPER menu. It is possible to note that the order of files also corresponds to the
options on the menu bar as one is navigating through the program.
The file hierarchy does not prevent the user from creating and combining any number
of input and output data files. Until the user becomes familiar with the program, we
recommend to work with *.OUT files. This can avoid confusion as the program will
automatically open and save the required data files to run a complete analysis cycle.
More experienced users can take advantage of the flexible file structure to combine
the data files from different wells. This "sharing" of data is useful in areas where
wells have similar fluid properties or reservoir IPR's. If disk space is a concern, the
data contained in a .ANL file together with its complementary .PVT and .SIN files can
be used to re-create a given set of calculation outputs, therefore avoiding the need to
always save large .OUT files on disk.
For example, if one wants to run an analysis with the PVT data of Well 1, the input
data (*.SIN) data of Well 2, and the analysis data of Well 3, the following steps can
be followed to achieve that:
Open Well 2.SIN
Recall Well 1.PVT under the PVT menu.
Under the Options menu, select the processing options.
Modify the data files if necessary.
Next, select the Save As command and save the data under a new file
name.
It is possible to set up PROSPER so that only the *.OUT file is saved in the File |
Preferences | File screen. More information on this option can be found in the
Preferences Section.
2.2.1.5 Creating a New File
While working with PROSPER, new input or output data files can be created at any
time. To create a new file select File | New from the main menu. This command
62
PROSPER
does not actually create a new and separate file, but re-initialises the program input/
output data.
2.2.1.6 Opening an Existing File
Existing data files can be opened quickly and easily at any time during the current
working session. To open a file, from the File menu choose the Open option. It is
possible to select one of the following file types:
Input Data (. SIN)
Input and Analysis Data (. ANL)
Input, Analysis and Output Data (. OUT)
by using the Files of Type dropdown box.
The file open dialogue is exactly the same as in any Windows program.
2.2.1.7 Saving a File

When files are opened in PROSPER, the program copies the selected file into the
computer's memory. Any changes to the file are made to the copy in memory. In the
event of a power failure or computer crash, these changes would be completely lost.
To prevent this, we recommend to save the data on a regular basis and especially
before quitting the program.
The Save command stores all the changes made in the active file. By default, the
Save command saves a file under its original name and to the drive and directory last
selected. A prompt will be displayed to select one of the following file types:
Input Data (.SIN)
Automatically saves the input file and corresponding .PVT file.
Input and Analysis Data (.ANL)
Automatically saves the analysis data and corresponding .SIN & .PVT data
files.
Input, Analysis and Output Data (.OUT)
Automatically saves the output results and corresponding .SIN, .PVT & .ANL
files if a file of the same name exists in the selected directory, the file is
overwritten. To avoid overwriting an existing file, use the Save As command
and enter a different file name.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
63
2.2.1.8 Copying a File

The Save As command allows to make more than one copy or version of an existing
file.
This command is the same as in any other program running under Windows and
allows to save the PROSPER model in any of the file formats (.SIN, .ANL, .OUT).
2.2.2 Preferences
The 'Preferences' screen is used to customise the program to the particular
requirements. Click the File | Preferences menu to customise PROSPER. Click on
the appropriate tab at the top of the data entry section in order to change the option
require. The various tabs are described below:
2.2.2.1 Main Screen
This tab is used to customise the appearance of the PROSPER main screen and all
data entry (dialogue) screens.
Dialogue
Font
This changes the font type and size used to display all data entry
screens. This may be useful to make all dialogues smaller in case of
a low-resolution screen or larger to improve readability in case of a
high-resolution screen. Use the Reset button to reset the dialogue
screen font to its default value.
Status
Selecting On the screen status information will be continuously

64
PROSPER
displayed and updated during the program usage. Selecting Off the
Screen
screen status information screen will not be displayed (apart from
whenever a new file is opened).
If the font height is modified then an attempt is made to scale the font
so that all information displayed in each panel on the status screen
Font Height will be visible. This will vary depending on the relative size of the
program window to the total screen. If the font height is not modified
then some information may not be displayed as the size of the
program window is varied.
Screen Font Use this option to change the font type and size used to display
information on the status (front) screen of the program.
Label Colour Change the colour used to display labels on the status screen
Text Colour
Change the colour used to display text on the status screen
Background Change the colour used for the background of the status screen
Change the colour used for the background of each panel on the
status screen
Box Shadow Change the colour used for the 3D shadow effect on the status
screen panels
Box
Change the colour used for the 3D-highlight effect on the status
screen panels
Highlight
Box Colour
FileName
Option
Length of
FileName
Analysis
Summary
Columns
Options to display the file name in the main program toolbar. It is

possible to visualise the file name with/without the complete path, or
a certain number of characters ot not visualise it at all. The changes
will have effect as soon as a file is loaded
Active only if the FileName Option Compact Path/File to Specified
Length is selected
This option changes the way the Analysis Summary is displayed in
the PROSPER main screen
For all of the above Colour options the Choose button to the right will bring up a
dialogue screen to select an appropriate colour.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
65
2.2.2.2 File
Use this tab to customise various options relating to file management.

Default Data The directory where data files are normally stored. Use the Browse
Directory
buttons to browse for the appropriate directories.
Default Data This option determines the directory that is used as the default in file
dialogue. The choices are either to always use the default data
Directory
directory (see above) or to use the directory of the last file opened or
Choice
saved.
Reload Last
Specifies whether the last file that the user was working with should
File On Start
be automatically reloaded on program start up.
Up
Number of
File Names
Saved
Specifies the number of previously used files that are to be displayed

on the file menu.
Location of
Import Files
Use this option to specify the default location of the Import files
Import File
Directory
Choice
Use this option to define the directory that will be pointed every time
the file Import function is selected
Location of
Use this option to specify the default location of the Import Filter
Import Filters
Location of
Use this option to specify the default location of output files from the
66
PROSPER
Report
reporting subsystem.
Output Files
Location of
Use this option to specify the default location of user-created report
User-Created
templates from the reporting subsystem
Report Files
Confirm
Switches (on or off) the message that appears at the end of any
Calculations calculation function.
Switches (on or off) file compression for PROSPER files (OUT, ANL,
File
SIN, PVT). Default is off. File reading and writing is slower with
Compression compression on, but less disk space is used by the file. The user
needs to decide the trade-off between speed and disk space.
File
This option switches on/off a confirmation message whenever saving
and overwriting an existing file
Overwrite
Save
Only With this option set to 'No', when a PROSPER file is saved 4 files
(*.OUT, *.ANL, *.SIN and *.PVT) will be saved. If this option is set to
.OUT file
'Yes' only the *.OUT file will be saved.
2.2.2.3 Plot
Use this tab to set defaults for all aspects of the plot.
Always
PROSPER Manual
Use Each time a plot is done default values will be used rather than the
June, 2014
User Guide
67
Plot Defaults last selected values for each particular plot type
Version 12.0 of PROSPER has implemented a new plotting method
Display New across the program. To use this plotting method select 'Yes' or to
use the older plotting method select 'No'.
Plots
If 'Choose' is selected, then the option of which plotting system to use
will be given everything 'Plot' is selected in the main program.
X
Grid
Number of gaps between grid lines on X-axis. (Range 1-20)
Blocks
Y
Blocks
Grid
Number of gaps between grid lines on Y-axis. (Range 1-20)
Plot Labels
Shows or hides the plot labels.
Plot Scales
Shows or hides the plot scales
Plot Legend
Shows or hides the plot legend. If the legend is hidden, the body of
the plot will expand to fill the whole window.
Endpoint or rounded. Endpoint means the scales are taken from
the exact extremities of the data being plotted. Rounded means that
ranges are chosen to surround the data but with whole numbers
ensured for the end points and the gridline intervals.
Scaling
Method
Grid
Type
Line
Selects from dotted lines, dashed lines, solid lines or tick marks.
Mouse
Readout
Switches the mouse cursor position readout no or off.
Date
Title
Selects to append the current data and time to the plot title or not
Stamp
Line
Thickness
To select the thickness of plotted lines
Vertical Font Selects the default font for all vertical text (Y-axis)
Horizontal
Font
Selects the default font for all horizontal text
Default
Colours
Sets the default colour scheme for the plot
68
PROSPER
2.2.2.4 User Applications
This tab allows to add up to four of the users favourite or most-often used Windows
applications to the PROSPER menu. Although PROSPER has a very flexible reporting
system, the user may wish to use a spreadsheet (such as EXCEL), a word processor
(such as WORD) and a presentation package (such as Power Point) to build
presentation quality reports using PROSPER output in a slick and efficient manner.
Any output (plots and reports) produced by PROSPER is automatically copied to the
Clipboard. From there it can easily be pasted into one of the above-mentioned
applications using one simple keystroke. Using the power and flexibility of the chosen
application high quality reports and presentations can be easily prepared.
All plots can be saved in Windows Metafile format. These can be easily read by a
word processing package or presentation graphics package and give the maximum
flexibility for user customisation.
All reports can be saved in TSV (Tab Separated Variable) format using the Export
facility that means they will automatically be tabulated when read into the favourite
spreadsheet.
Enter a description and a command line for each application to be added to the
PROSPER menu.
The description is the data that appears on the menu.
The command line is the full path name of the program to execute.
Use the Browse buttons to browse for the application require. Use the Clear buttons
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
69
to initialise the appropriate application information.

2.2.2.5 Limits
Use this tab used to set the limits of the calculations in PROSPER
For IPR Generation
Maximum AOF for OIL
Maximum AOF for GAS
Maximum AOF for RETROGRADE
CONDENSATE
For Performance Curve Generation
Minimum GLR Injected for GAP
Performance Curves
For VLP Generation
It is possible control the display of large VLP values in SYSTEM | VLP calculations.
VLP
Pressure Twice Reservoir VLP Pressure is only displayed
is less than twice the reservoir
Display Limit
Pressure
pressure
70
PROSPER
Unlimited
VLP Pressure
displayed
is
always
VLP MultiVariable Analysis

Number
of This option defines the maximum

number of rates that can be used to
calculate the well VLPs
Maximum Number
Sensitivity Values
of This option defines the maximum

number of values that can be used
for each sensitivity variable
Maximum
Rates
For HSP System Calculations (within Design Screen)

These options are used to control the iteration that searches for a solution for the
Inflow/Outflow intersection that ensures that the Pump and Turbine power are equal.
HSP Rate
Tolerance
Refinement
HSP Pump/Turbine Power

Tolerance
HSP Power Fluid Ratio
HSP Power Fluid Divisor
HSP Iteration Limit
For Gradient Calculations
Calculation Step Length User specified step length
Use Correlation
Length
No
Use Program defaults for correlation

step length
Yes
Use user-entered value for the step

length used by correlations in nodal
analysis
Step
For Steam Calculations

It is now possible to select a separate User defined step length which will only be
used when the Steam option is enabled.
Steam Step Length
PROSPER Manual
User specified step length
June, 2014
User Guide
No
Use Steam Step Length
Yes
71
Use Program defaults for correlation

step length
Use user-entered value for the step
length used by correlations in nodal
analysis for Steam calculations only.
For TPD Files
Document TPD Files
No
No documentation within TPD files
Yes
TPD files are documented with

descriptions of all data. Use this
option sparingly as it increases the
size
of
the
resultant
files
considerably.
2.2.2.6 Units
This tab allows the user to specify the default Units Systems to use for new files.
If setting the option "Always Use Default Units" to "Yes", then the units displayed for
any file read in will always be set to the default choice, regardless of the settings in
the file.
Units Database Directory: this is the location where the PROSPER Units database
(PRPUNITS.PXDB) resides.With the browse button one can alter it.
72
PROSPER
The 'free format number' option sets the precision for all inputs and output data to
free.
2.2.2.7 Equipment
This option defines the default values for the Pipeline and Tubing Roughness that will
be used in the Equipment Data.
2.2.2.8 VPC
VPC stands for Valve Performance Clearinghouse.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
73
For members of the VPC consortium, access to the VPC gas lift valve database is
established through this screen.
2.2.3 Software Key Maintenance

The Software Key command activates the Petroleum Experts Remote Utility. This
program allows the user to see what programs are currently enabled, their expiry
date, and user authorisation codes and key number - as can be seen in the screen
shot below.
This utility is also used to enter the authorisation codes that will update or activate the
software key where necessary. For reasons of security, Petroleum Experts normally
sends an inactive software device with the application program. The codes needed to
activate or update the software key are sent separately by e-mail.
74
PROSPER
This utility is also used to update the software key and to view versions. Software
keys must be updated when new programs or modules are required or the key expiry
date changed.
Entering the Authorisation Code
To enter the authorisation codes, click the Update button. The following screen will
appear:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
75
Enter the codes that have been received from Petroleum Experts from left to right
beginning with the top row. The easiest way to do this is to use the Paste button to
copy the codes from the email sent by Petroleum Experts.
Press Continue to activate the codes or Cancel to quit the code update.
Updating the Software Protection Key
Access to the software automatically ceases when the license expiry date has
elapsed. The user is however, reminded several days in advance, which gives
sufficient time to contact Petroleum Experts to obtain update codes.
This occurs when either:
The software license trial period has ended.
The annual software maintenance fee is due.
Software protection keys also need updating when one acquires new Petroleum
Experts software packages. The procedure for updating the software key is the
76
PROSPER
same as described above. When the appropriate screen appears, enter the codes
provided - from left to right beginning with the top row. Press OK to activate the
codes, or Cancel to quit the update. To view the expiry date for any of the enabled
programs, click on the software title.
When receiving new codes, always update every key that belongs to the company.
Subsequent updates may fail if all previously issued codes have not been properly
entered into the key.
One can view the software key driver versions by clicking on the Versions button.
The following screen will appear.
2.2.4 FileList
Use this screen to search for PROSPER files anywhere in the system.
Browse a directory, then enter the Patter (file format, for example: *.OUT to load all
the PROSPER files) and then Load Files to visualise all the PROSPER files contained
within the selected directory. Information about the files will be imported as well.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
77
2.2.5 Evaluate OpenServer Statement

This option can be used to test the OpenServer commands and variables. In the
'Evaluate OpenServer' screen a field is available where to input the OS string, which
can correspond to a parameter or to a command:
78
PROSPER
Type or Paste the OS string in the String field, then select one of basic OS
commands (DoGet, DoSet, DoCommand), if required enter the 'Value' (valid only if
using DoSet) and click Evaluate to perform the function.
In the 'Returned value' it is possible to read the results of the operation.
The buttons Commands, Variables and Functions will access the lists of the strings of
the commands, input/output variables and functions
PROSPER Manual
In the string lists screen it is possible to search for strings by using the Search
function
June, 2014
User Guide
79
2.2.6 User Correlations

PROSPER has been designed to accept outside calculation modules for fluid flow
correlations, Equation of State PVTP calculations, choke models (pressure loss
through restrictions), inflow performance calculations, HSP Gas Derating models and
viscosity models. Users can obtain an authoring kit from Petroleum Experts to enable
the building of a compatible Dynamic Link Library for use in PROSPER.
.
MODEL
EXTENSION
Flow Correlation
.COR
Equation of State PVTP .EOS

Model
Choke Correlation
.CHK
Inflow Performance
Model
.RSM
HSP Gas DeRating
.GDR
80
PROSPER
Model
Viscosity Model
.VSM
Before a DLL can be accessed, it must first be installed into PROSPER. This is done
by clicking File | User Correlations.
Select either Flow Correlation, Equation of State Model, Choke Correlation,
Inflow Performance Model, HSP Gas DeRating Model or Viscosity Model.
PROSPER will display a list of the currently installed DLLs of the selected type. To
add a correlation, click Add and select the appropriate file from the file dialogue.
Click OK and it will be imported into PROSPER
Information about particular correlations (name, phases and flow regimes modelled,
etc.) can be obtained by clicking the Info button. A screen similar to the following will
be displayed.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
81
2.2.7 Printer Setup

The following section details how a printer can be configured to print hard copies of
exported data from PROSPER.
2.2.7.1 Preparing to Print
There must be a properly installed and connected printer in order to print.
The Printer Setup command of the File menu allows to select a printer and define its
82
PROSPER
set-up options.
2.2.7.2 Selecting and configuring a Printer

Select the correct printer from the list box provided. Only printers that have been
installed under Windows will be displayed.
The configuration of the printer follows the exact guidelines of any other software
running under Windows.
2.2.7.3 Printing Export Data

Prior to printing export data, it is always a good idea to save the data file(s). In the
unlikely event that a printer error or some other unforeseen problem occurs, this
simple procedure could prevent the work from being lost.
To print export data, select the Output menu and the Export option. Select the
sections to report on the dialogue box. The program will lead the user through a
series of input screens to set up the required report sections. From the main dialogue
box, select a destination for reporting data.
The appearance of printed reports is controlled by the export data set-up options that
have been set.
Click Setup to display the following screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
83
Select a suitable font and set the margins etc. that will be used for printed export
data. Only non-proportional fonts are allowed in reports to maintain vertical alignment
of the columns.
The PROSPER default font is recognised by most print

set-ups. To avoid potential printing problems, always
set up the system to use a font that is supported on the
system prior to printing PROSPER export data for the
first time.
Click OK to return to the output screen. Clicking Print initiates generation of the
export data and sends it to the selected destination.
Export data can be sent to the following entities:
Printer
The primary printer as set up under WindowsTM
File
Creates an ASCII data file and saves it. Clicking Print

will display a dialogue box that requests a file name
and destination. Enter a suitable file name (the
program automatically appends a ".PRN" extension)
and click OK to save the file. The Fixed Format
option saves a file in a printer ready format that can
be imported into a DOS based word processor or text
editor. Use the Tab Delimited format to save a file
suitable for importing directly into a spreadsheet such
as EXCEL.
Clipboard
Clicking Print after selecting this option copies the

data onto the Windows clipboard.
From the
Clipboard, can view, edit and paste the data directly
84
PROSPER
into another Windows application.

E.g. a word
processing program. Tab delimited data can be
pasted directly into spreadsheets.
Screen
Clicking Print after selecting this option allows to view

the report on the screen. Scroll through the data using
the scrolling thumbs or arrows.
When finished
viewing, click OK to return to the main menu.
2.2.7.4 Selecting an Exported Data to Print

It is not necessary to be in PROSPER to print a report. Provided to have previously
generated a report file (*.PRN), a report can be easily opened and imported into any
word or spreadsheet program. If the Tab Delimited option was selected, this will
allow the user to easily create tables and/or format the data using a word processor.
2.2.8 Word Processing in PROSPER

The WordPad command on the File menu gives direct access to the Windows word
processing package. This application can be used to make notes of the current
analysis for later inclusion in reports. If no alternative word processing package is
available, it is possible to use WordPad to edit, format and print the reports.
2.2.9 Clipboard Command

The Clipboard command on the File menu gives direct access to the Windows
clipboard viewer. This feature is useful for checking data input or intermediate results
from e.g. gas lift design calculations that are written to the clipboard by PROSPER.
2.2.10 Command Buttons

The following command buttons are used in PROSPER.
This command button is used in the Equipment and Gas Lifted (safety
equipment) option screens. It will select all input parameters and data
points for automated editing.
Calculate Performs the various calculations on the input parameters for the
correlations selected.
Returns to the previous screen. Any changes or modifications will be
Cancel
ignored by the system.
All
Continues to the next input screen. Any changes to the fields will be
Continue saved and retained in memory for later calculations. A warning message
will be displayed when fields requiring input data are left blank.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
Copy
85
To copy existing data points, select the line entries to duplicate and click
on Copy. Next, select the destination line(s) and click on Copy again.
Subsequent line entries will be not be overwritten by this operation.
Correlati
o Displays the results of any matching performed under the VLP/IPR Match
n option.
s
Delete
Done
Edit
Export
Help
Import
Insert
Main
Match
Move
Plot
This command button is used in the Equipment and Gas Lifted (safety
equipment) option screens. It allows to delete individual or several data
points.
To delete, select the line entries to erase and click on Delete. If one
wishes to delete all
existing line entries, click All and then Delete. The program will clear the
input screen.
Returns to the previous menu. Any changes or modifications will be
retained in memory by the program.
This command button is used in the main Equipment screen. One or
more items can be modified at a time. When used with 'All', all items will
be selected for editing.
Brings up the Data Export interface. This will be specific to the data on
the active window.
Provides on screen help for PROSPER. For general information, press
the 'ALT' and 'H' keys together in the Main menu, or the Index button
under any help screen. Specific help screens are also available for each
window.
Calls up the general import interface that allows to grab data from any
text file. This button will usually be found where tabular data is to be
input.
This allows to add one or several data points providing there are sufficient
entry fields. Select the line number where to add a new entry and click
on Insert.
The program will move existing line entries down to
accommodate the inserted line(s).
Returns to the Main Application Menu. Any changes or modifications will
be saved and retained in memory by the program.
Displays a variable screen where match data can be entered in order to
adjust existing correlations to fit real data.
Allows to re-arrange data points. Select the line(s) to transfer and click
on Move. Next, select the destination line(s) and click on Move again.
Subsequent line entries will be moved down to accommodate the
transferred line(s).
Plots any calculated results and displays them on screen. Hard copies of
the screen display can be printed by selecting the Hardcopy command
86
PROSPER
button on the Plot screen.

Allows to recall an existing file. The user will be prompted for the
Recall
directory and name of the file.
Calls up the reporting interface with a report that is specific to the active
window. This is generally found on windows that display the results of
Report
calculations. It is then possible to choose to print this report. The report
is generated from a system report template.
Resets the 'Match parameters' in order to reinstate the original textbook
Reset
correlations.
Saves a current file. If this is a new data file, the user will be prompted
Save
for a file name.
Summary Displays a summary screen of the input equipment parameters or system
units.
The following command buttons are used in the Plot Menu and Plot screens.
Clipboard
Colours
Finish
Hardcopy
Labels
Replot
Scales
2.3
Sends black and white or colour copies of the screen plot to the
Windows Clipboard where it may be retrieved by a word processing
program for inclusion in reports.
Allows to define the screen display colours of plot labels, scales,
grids, etc.
Returns to the previous menu or screen.
Generates black and white or colour print copies of the screen plot.
It is automatically sent to the device selected.
Allows to label plots. All plot labels are stored in memory and saved
when Output files are generated.
Re-displays the original screen.
Allows to re-define the minimum and maximum values for the X and Y
plot axes.
Data Input - General

This section describes the PROSPER main menu and the input data required before an
analysis can be performed. Data should be entered by working through the
PROSPER menus following the logic order from left to right and top to bottom. The
following menus are described in this section:
Main menu
Options menu
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
87
2.3.1 PROSPER Main Menu

All PROSPER functions are listed as menu options. Simply select the required menu
and choose an item from the list displayed. This will activate an option or display the
relevant screen.
Problem solving with PROSPER is approached systematically by working from left to
right through the main menu. Calculation menus are activated only when the
necessary input data has been entered.
To start PROSPER, select the appropriate icon and press or double-click the program
icon. A screen similar to the following will appear:
The menu options across the top of the screen are the PROSPER main menu options.
Each is described below.
2.3.1.1 File
The File menu is a management menu with commands that enables to open, save or
create new data files.
It is possible to use this menu to define the default data directory, printer set-ups
options and hook in external DLLs. A facility for accessing other Windows programs
via PROSPER is also provided.
More information on on the options in this menu can be found in Section 2.2.
88
PROSPER
2.3.1.2 Options
The Options menu is the starting point of PROSPER and the key to the program.
Use this menu to define the application and principal well features such as - prediction
method, artificial lift type and fluid type. The options selected are unique to the
current file and apply until changed by the user, or another file is recalled. These
options also determine the subsequent screens, menus and commands that are
displayed.
2.3.1.3 PVT
The PVT menu is used to define well fluid properties and select fluid property
correlations.
PVT correlations can be modified to match laboratory-measured data using a nonlinear regression technique. Alternatively, detailed PVT data may be entered in tables
or a characterised composition can be imported for use with an Equation of State
model.
2.3.1.4 System
The System menu is used to define the well's down-hole and surface equipment as
well as the reservoir inflow performance.
When applicable, equipment data for artificial lift methods are also entered in this
menu.
2.3.1.5 Matching
The Matching menu allows comparison of field data with calculated pressure drops in
well tubing and surface piping. All available correlations can be compared to allow
selection of the model that best suits the field conditions.
The QUICKLOOK feature is used to troubleshoot existing artificial lift installations.
2.3.1.6 Calculation
The Calculation menu provides the user with the relevant calculation options.
Calculations to determine well performance, pressure and temperature profiles in the
wellbore, to perform sensitivity analyses, carry out gradient comparisons and
generate lift curve tables are available in this menu.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
89
2.3.1.7 Design
ESP, HSP, PCP, Jet Pumps, Sucker Rod Pumps, Multiphase Pumps sizing as well as
gas lift mandrel placement and valve setting pressure calculations, coiled tubing and
diluents injection are available from the Design menu. Access to the databases that
hold gas lift valves, ESP, HSP, PCP, Jet pumps, Sucker Rod Pumps equipment
characteristics is via the Design menu also.
2.3.1.8 Output
The Output menu is used to generate reports, to export data and to plot data. Report
templates are provided and user templates can also be defined. The data used can
be input data, analysis data, results or plots. Reports can be saved in various file
formats (RTF, TXT and native) and can be displayed or sent to a printer. Export data
can be viewed on screen, sent to the Windows clipboard, sent to a printer or saved in
a file. Plots can be printed directly, saved to a report file or a Windows metafile.
Selected plots can also be sent to the clipboard where they can be retrieved by other
Windows-based programs.
2.3.1.9 Wizard
This menu accesses the wizard area of PROSPER. This allows to Create/Edit and Run
wizards that allow the user to build and run models in a step-by-step guided fashion.
2.3.1.10Units
This menu is used to define the input and output units of measurement. A flexible
system of units is provided allowing the user to customise the internal units system.
2.3.1.11Help
Provides on-line help for PROSPER. The user can get help on specific tasks, fields or
commands. Help is also given on the keyboard and miscellaneous Windows
commands.
2.3.2 Options - Options Selection

The Options menu is used to define the characteristics of the well. The options
selected establish the input data required and the calculation options available. The
selections made apply to the current session. The data entry screens, input fields and
variables are limited to those relevant to the particular application. Input options may
90
PROSPER
be changed at any stage of the processing. New choices may require other
information to be supplied. Therefore the user is advised to ensure that all relevant
input is still valid for the new option selection.
To access the Options menu, point to the menu name and click the mouse or press
ALT+O.
The following data entry screen will appear:
The entry screen is divided in two main sections - System options and User
information.
Under the System options section, the user will define the well characteristics such as
fluid type, well completion, lift method, etc.
These selections determine the
information that will be required to be entered later. The lower section of the screen
comprises of the header information and comments that identify the well and will
appear on the report and screen plot titles.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
91
Option Selection
To select an option, click on the arrow to the right of the required field. The list of
available choices will be displayed.
2.3.2.1 Fluid Description

2.3.2.1.1 Fluid Type
Oil and Water (Black Oil Model or Compositional)
Oil and/or Water fluids
Dry and Wet Gas (Black Oil Model or Compositional)
Dry and Wet Gas is handled under the assumption that condensation occurs at
the separator and not within the modelled system. The liquid is put back into the
gas as an equivalent gas quantity. The pressure drop is therefore calculated on
the basis of a single-phase gas, unless water is present.
Retrograde Condensate (Black Oil Model or Compositional)
This fluid type accounts for the condensate drop out in the tubing.
2.3.2.1.2 Method
Black Oil
This option uses industry standard Black Oil models. Six correlations are
available for oil producers. For retrograde condensate systems an internally
developed model is used. These correlations can be adjusted to match
measured data using non-linear regression.
Equation of State
The reservoir fluid is modelled by pseudo components having user-specified
properties. The two equation of state models Peng-Robinson and SoaveRedlich-Kwong are available in PROSPER to predict PVT properties.
User EoS DLLs can also be linked into PROSPER.
2.3.2.1.3 Equation of State Setup

This button is active when Equation of State Method has been selected and can be
used to access all of the options related to the use of the Equation of State:
EoS Model (Peng-Robinson or Soave-Redlich-Kwong)
Optimisation Mode (None, Low and Medium)
Volume Shift enable/disable
92
PROSPER
Reference Pressure and Temperature

Path to Surface and Recycle: Flash Straight to Stock Tank, Use Separator
Train, Use K values
Target GOR Method (Use Separator Fluids or Use Fluid from PSAT)
More information on the setup of the Equation of State Method is given in the EoS Model
Setup Section.
2.3.2.1.4 Separator
The path a fluid takes to surface will define certain properties such as the GOR, gas
gravity and oil gravity. Depending upon the PVT model, different options are available
to use.
Black Oil Models (Oil and Water)
The input data for black oil corrections assume that a single GOR, gas gravity and oil
gravity are known. Therefore, if more than one stage of separation has been reported
these values must be converted into a single GOR and an average gas gravity
(representative for this single GOR) in order to satisfy the equations.
For an 'Oil and Water' model, the separation options are:
Single Stage - Enter a single value of GOR, Gas Gravity and Oil Gravity
Two Stage - Enter separator and tank values for GOR and Gas Gravity and a single
value for Oil Gravity. The GOR and Gas Gravity are then combined internally by
PROSPER to calculate the equivalent single stage values.
If the black oil data is only available as a multi-stage separation results these can be
converted to either single stage or two-stage outside of the program and then brought
in using the logic shown below.The separation train to be converted has 3 stages (2
separators and the tank) as shown below:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
93
If the gas properties are to be converted to an equivalent single stage

separation, this can be done using the equations shown below:
Alternatively, the two separation stages can be converted together to be inserted as

part of a two stage separation:
Black Oil Models (Dry and Wet Gas)

For a 'Dry and Wet Gas' model, the properties must be entered as a Single Stage
separation. The equations shown above can be used to calculate the total GOR and
average Gas Gravity if only multi-stage separation data is available.
94
PROSPER
Black Oil Models (Retrograde Condensate)

The 'Retrograde Condensate' model must have fluid properties entered as a multistage separation. For more details on this input please refer to the Retrograde
Condensate PVT Input Section.
Equation of State Method
When using the Equation of State method for defining PVT, up to 10 stages of
separation can be inserted in the EoS Options Screen. For more information on this
screen, please refer to the following EoS Setup Section.
2.3.2.1.5 Emulsions
No or Emulsion + Pump viscosity correction
Select Emulsion + Pump viscosity correction to allow input of Emulsion
viscosity in the PVT section. This option must be selected to turn on pump
viscosity corrections. This option allows for the changes in viscosity of shear
dependent (non-Newtonian) fluids to be modelled as they travel through;
tubing, casing and pumps.
2.3.2.1.6 Hydrates
Disable Warning or Enable Warning
Select Enable Warning to allow flagging of different PVT formation in
calculation screens. Warnings can be enables for Hydrate Formation, Salt
Precipitation, Wax Appearance, Asphaltenes and Scale Production. To use
this feature, go to the PVT section and enter or import the relevant formation
table.
2.3.2.1.7 Water Viscosity

Use Default Correlation or Use Pressure Corrected Correlation
When the default correlation is used, the water viscosity will be sensitive to
the water salinity and temperature. When the pressure corrected correlation
is used, the water viscosity will be sensitive to the water salinity, temperature
and pressure.
The correlations used to predict water properties (e.g. viscosity) can be found in
McCain's "Properties of Petroleum Fluids" in the 'Oil Field Waters' chapter.
The Pressure corrected model is based on Fig, 24-8, Bradley et al., Petroleum
Engineering Handbook, SPE, Dallas, 1987.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
95
The viscosities of oilfield waters at reservoir conditions are low, virtually always less
than one centipoise. Water Viscosity does not vary greatly with pressure because the
small amount of gas dissolved in the water has small effect on its viscosity.
2.3.2.1.8 Viscosity model
By default the fluid modelled within PROSPER is considered to be a Newtonian fluid.
By this we mean that the viscosity does not change as a shear force is applied to it. If
desired, non-Newtonian effects can be modelled by selecting 'Non-Newtonian' and
entering in the PVT section rheologic properties of the fluid.
More information on the Non-Newtonian fluid modelling option and inputs can be found
in the following Section.
2.3.2.1.9 Water Vapour
No Calculation or Calculate Condensed Water Vapour
This option is available for 'Dry and Wet Gas' and 'Retrograde Condensate'
fluid types with PVT Black Oil model. If Calculate Condensed Water Vapour
is selected, the condensation of water vapour will be taken into account when
performing pressure drop calculation.
The calculated moisture contents of natural gases is based on the equations of
Bukacek (Equilibrium Moisture Content of Natural Gases, Research Bulletin Vol 8,
Institute of Gas Technology, Chicago USA, 1955).
The correlation on which these calculations are based is accurate to within five
percent. This was developed for dry gases. The presence of heavier hydrocarbons in
wet gases and retrograde condensates increases the water content by as much as
ten percent at 1000 psia and twenty percent at 10,000 psia.
2.3.2.2 Well
2.3.2.2.1 Flow Type
Tubing Flow
This option models flow through a circular cross sectional area (flow in
tubing/pipe)
Annular Flow
This option models production up the casing / tubing annulus
Tubing + Annular Flow
This option models production up the tubing, the annulus space, or tubing and
annulus simultaneously. With this option, it is possible to specify precisely
where in the well annular or tubing flow is to be carried out.
96
PROSPER
2.3.2.2.2 Well Type

Producer
This option is used to model production wells
Injector
This is a generic injector well. The fluid to be injected can be specified by the
user. Gas, Steam, Water and CO2 injectors can be modelled by selecting this option
and selecting the appropriate fluid type.
Water Injector
Injection of single-phase water
The best approach to model CO2 Injection is to use an Equation Of State PVT
Model and set the Fluid Type as "Retrograde Condensate" and not "Dry And Wet
Gas". The reason for this is that the "Dry And Wet Gas" models considers the fluid as
a single phase throughout the entire system and modifies the gas properties to
account for the condensate. The "Retrograde Condensate" model assumes
multiphase flow modelling allowing for gas and/or liquid phases to be present
anywhere in the system (depending on the prevailing pressure and temperature).
For a fully worked tutorial which details the steps required to build a CO2 injector well,
please refer to Tutorial 40.
N.B. In CO2 Injection, depending on the conditions of pressure and temperature, it is
possible to have phase changes somewhere in the system (Gas-.Liquid->Gas)
The Gray (and Modified Gray) correlation uses its own internal PVT calculator that
overrides the Prosper-calculated PVT properties and therefore this should not be
used to model CO2 Injection.
2.3.2.3 Artificial Lift

2.3.2.3.1 Method
The following artificial lift options are available when Oil is selected as a fluid type.
None
No artificial Lift selected
Gas Lift (continuous)
Three different approaches are provided. Annular gas lift is handled by
PROSPER. If the Flow Type is Annular Flow and a Gas Lift method is selected,
then PROSPER automatically switches to model gas injection down the tubing,
and production up the annulus.
An ESP installation can be analysed or designed using this option
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
97
Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump

A HSP installation can be analysed or designed using this option
Progressive Cavity Pumps
A PCP installation can be analysed or designed using this option
Coiled Tubing Gas Lift
Coiled Tubing with gas lift can be analysed or designed using this option
Diluent Injection
Injection of a given rate of diluent in the tubing can be modelled. This option
also allows gas lift to be injected at a different depth to the diluent if the option is
selected.
Jet Pump
A Jet Pump installation can be analysed or designed using this option
Multiphase Pump
Multiphase pump can be analysed using this option
Sucker Rod Pumps
A Sucker Rod Pump installation can be analysed and designed
Gas Lift (Intermittent)
PROSPER can be used to design and model the performance of wells with
intermittent gas lift
2.3.2.3.2 Type
If Gas Lift is the chosen method, then the following types are available:
It is the classic approach for the annulus gas
No Friction Loss gradient. The pressure drop due to friction in
the annulus is ignored and the gas gradient is
In Annulus
determined by the top casing pressure and the
temperature profile.
Friction Loss
Annulus
The pressure drop due to friction in the annulus

is taken into account, but the top casing
In pressure is assumed constant. If this option is
selected the tubing equipment screens will
automatically change and require tubing OD
and casing ID data to be entered.
Surface delivery lines, chokes, the gas lift

injection string and safety valves in the annulus
Safety Equipment
are taken into account. Top casing pressures
will change with injection rate.
98
PROSPER
If Electrical Submersible Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are
available.
This option will model only the fluid which
Model Produced passes through the pump and up the tubing
Oil Only
above it. Any gas separated at the pump will
be passed to surface but not be modelled.
Model Produced
Oil and Gas In
Annulus
(RECOMMENDED
METHOD)
In addition to the fluid in the tubing above the

pump being modelled, any gas which is
separated at the pump inlet is also modelled as
it travels up the annulus. This allows the liquid
level in the well to be calculated from a given
casing head pressure or the casing head
pressure from a given liquid level.
If Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump is the chosen method, then the following types
are available.
The power fluid for the turbine is supplied via
Commingled
the annulus and returns to surface,
Annular Supply
commingled with the produced fluid via the
tubing.
Commingled
Tubing Supply
Closed
Supply

the tubing and returns to surface, commingled
with the produced fluid via the annulus.

the outer annulus and returns to surface via the
Loop
inner annulus. The reservoir fluid is produced
through the tubing. There is no commingling of
produced and power fluids.
If Progressive Cavity Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are
available.
The program will assume to have a surface
Sucker Rod Drive drive head from which require rods in order to
move the rotor across the pump.
Downhole Motor The program assumes to have a downhole
motor instead of surface drive motor.
Drive
Sucker Rod Drive As with 'Sucker Rod Drive' only now any gas
- Gas In Annulus which is separated at the pump is modelled as
it travels up the annulus. This allows the liquid
level in the well to be calculated from a given
casing head pressure or the casing head
pressure from a given liquid level.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
Motor
Drive
Model
Gas
Annulus
99
- As with 'Downhole Motor Drive' only now any

In gas which is separated at the pump is
modelled as it travels up the annulus. This
allows the liquid level in the well to be
calculated from a given casing head pressure
or the casing head pressure from a given liquid
level.
If Coiled Tubing Gas Lift is the chosen method, then the following types are
available.
No Friction Loss Friction losses along the coiled tubing are
in Coiled Tubing neglected.
Friction Loss in Friction losses along the coiled tubing are
Coiled Tubing
accounted for.
If Diluent Injection is the chosen method, then the following types are available:
Tubing InjectionThe power fluid is injected in the tubing and the
Annular
production flows through the annulus
Production
Annular Injection- The power fluid is injected in the annulus and
Tubing Production the production flows through the tubing
The diluent fluid is injected in the tubing and a
Tubing
Injection depth of injection for Gas Lift gas is also
with Gas Lift
specified. Production flows through the
annulus.
Annular Injection The diluent fluid is injected in the annulus and a
depth of injection for Gas Lift gas is also
with Gas Lift
specified. Production flows through the tubing.
If Jet Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are available:
Tubing InjectionThe power fluid is injected in the tubing and the
Annular
production flows through the annulus
Production
Annular InjectionThe power fluid is injected in the annulus and
Tubing
the production flows through the tubing
Production
If Multiphase Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are available:
OneSubsea
H
Series
100
PROSPER
OneSubsea
Series
Sulzer
HX
2.3.2.4 Calculation Type

2.3.2.4.1 Predict
The program is capable of predicting either pressure only or pressure and
temperature changes simultaneously.
Pressure Only
If this option is selected, the flowing fluid temperature profile must be entered.
This calculation option is fast and can provide accurate pressure profiles,
however, it does not account for changes of temperature due to variation of
operating conditions.
Pressure and Temperature (On Land and Offshore)
This option will calculate both pressure and temperature profiles using the
method specified in Temperature Model. When using the 'Rough
Approximation' or 'Improved Approximation' there is no difference between
the on-land or offshore options. When using the 'Enthalpy Balance model', a
flowing sea gradient is required for an offshore completion.
2.3.2.4.2 Model
Three models for temperature calculations are available:
Rough Approximation
Calculates the heat loss from the well to the surroundings using an overall
heat transfer coefficient, the temperature difference between the fluids and
the surrounding formation and the average heat capacity of the well fluids.
The geothermal gradient entry screen is used to input formation temperatures
(e.g. from logging runs) at measured depth points. A minimum of the bottom
hole and well head temperatures are required. Temperatures entered should
be the extrapolated static temperatures, and should not be confused with the
entry of measured flowing temperatures required for the Predicting pressure
only case.
The Rough Approximation temperature model requires calibration using
measured temperature data. This can be done as part of the VLP/IPR
Matching process described in the following Section.
Enthalpy Balance
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
101
This rigorous thermodynamic model considers heat transfer by conduction,

radiation, and forced and free convection. Heat transfer coefficients are
calculated using values held in a user-definable database. The temperature
prediction calculations are transient, allowing sensitivities against flowing time
to be run. This temperature model requires considerably more input data and
computation time for either 'Predicting Pressure Only' or the 'Rough
Approximation' temperature model.
The production riser is properly taken into account. Therefore the heat loss
prediction between the seabed and wellhead will be accurate. Due to
increased computation times we recommend that this option be used only
when temperature prediction rather than pressure loss is the required result
(for e.g. process calculations and material selection).
The 'Enthalpy Balance' temperature model is capable of accurate flowing
temperature prediction for a wide range of conditions.
The temperature prediction is useful for generating temperature profiles in:
long pipelines
subsea wells
predicting temperature/pressure profiles to help predict wax/
hydrate deposits.
These models also account for Joule-Thompson Effects.
The temperature calculation must commence from a known condition. This is
usually the reservoir pressure and temperature.
As a consequence,
calculating from a downstream node (unknown temperature) to an upstream
node (known temperature) is not meaningful
Improved Approximation
As the 'Enthalpy Balance' model, this is also a full enthalpy balance pressure
and temperature prediction model, with the difference that the term of the
enthalpy balance concerning the heat exchange with the surroundings (which
includes free and forced convection, conduction and radiation) is simplified by
a heat loss term characterised by an overall heat exchange coefficient.
For this reason data related to the completion hardware and thermal
properties are not necessary.
Like any enthalpy balance model, Joule-Thomson Effect is also accounted for.
These characteristics make this model particularly useful when an accurate
calculation of temperature is sought for and only a few data on the completion
are available.
The geothermal gradient entry screen is used to input formation temperatures
(e.g. from logging runs) at measured depth points. A temperature gradient in
102
PROSPER
the sea can be entered for offshore applications. A minimum of the surface
and first node temperatures are required. Temperatures entered should be
the extrapolated static temperatures, and should not be confused with the
entry of measured flowing temperatures required for the Predicting pressure
only case.
The Improved Approximation temperature model requires calibration using
measured temperature data and may not be accurate in a predictive mode.
2.3.2.4.3 Calculation
Full System
Calculations for pipelines, tubing and reservoir.
Pipeline Only
Calculations for pipelines only. For this option no IPR data is required.
2.3.2.4.4 Output
Show calculating Data
During a calculation, the results of each calculated value will be displayed as
soon as they have been calculated.
Hide calculating Data
The time it takes for the operating system to display the results between each
calculation means that PROSPER will have to wait until this is done before the
next calculation is carried out. While the time taken for each value to be
displayed is small, when a large number of calculations are being carried out,
the display time required to display all of the value can increase the overall time
taken for the calculation to be completed.
Select Hide to avoid having PROSPER wait for the results to be displayed
between calculations. The results will be displayed all together when the final
calculation is completed. This will automatically be set to Hide when run from
GAP.
2.3.2.5 Steam Calculation
When the fluid type is set to 'Oil and Water' and one of the enthalpy balance models
(Improved Approximation or Enthalpy Balance) is selected, the option to enable/
disable the steam calculations is available.
No Steam Calculations
Allow Steam Calculations
For more information on the Steam Calculations please refer to the Steam Properties
Section.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
103
2.3.2.6 Well Completion

2.3.2.6.1 Type
Cased Hole or Open Hole
This selection determines the appropriate IPR Completion models to use. In
particular 'Cased Hole' enables the availability of Skin models to calculate the
skin factor, whilst 'Open Hole' disables the availability of Skin models.
2.3.2.6.2 Sand Control

Five options are currently available:
None
Gravel Pack
Pre-Packed Screen
Wire Wrapped Screen
Slotted liners
The properties of the sand control method selected can then be inserted into the IPR
section.
For more information on these models please refer to the Sand Control Section.
2.3.2.7 Reservoir
2.3.2.7.1 Type
Single Branch
This option allows to model single branch IPRs. The IPR screen comes with
various standard inflow models from which the user selects one.
Multilateral Well
Enables the Multilateral IPR model. For the multi-lateral selection, the IPR
screen requires detailed drawing of the downhole completion.
2.3.2.7.2 Gas Coning

Yes or No
Rate dependant GOR will be modelled and calculated when Yes is selected.
This option is only available for Single Branch type wells.
2.3.2.8 User Information and Comments

These fields are optional. The details entered here provide the user information that
identifies the well model in the screen plots and printed reports. The 'Comments' area
104
PROSPER
is used to enter free format text describing the details of the analysis. A Date stamp
feature is provided to mark either the comment text or the header data for future
reference.
We recommend that comments be used to summarise any assumptions made in the
analysis. Whenever an existing model is modified, appending a summary of changes
and a date stamp will greatly assist current and future users working with the file. This
information can be displayed on the main PROSPER screen by selecting the
appropriate option in the Preferences Section (Main Screen Tab - Status screen
option).
2.3.3 Options - Perforating Gun DataBase

Under Options | Perforating Database, a database for perforating guns is
accessible. The gun database initially originates from SPOT (Shell Perforating
Optimisation Tool) and permission was granted for its implementation into PROSPER.
Like other databases in PROSPER, the user can add, delete and amend the inputs in
the gun database. A filter allows to select guns by:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
105
vendors,
Gun OD
Gun types
Minimum restriction and
Tolerance.
The following section was taken from the SPOT help file and is published with
permission from Shell:
The gun database contains API 19-B1 and API RP 43 Section I Data for perforating
guns available from:
Baker Hughes Incorporated (Baker)
Schlumberger (SLB)
Halliburton/ Jet Research Centre (Hall/JRC)
Dynawell (DYNA)
Innicor Subsurface Technologies (INNICOR)
Owen Oil Tools (Owen)
Explosivos Technologicos Argentinos (ETA)
GEODynamics (GEODynamics)
Titan (TITAN)
Companies were provided with an opportunity to adjust/ update data in the SPOT Gun
Database. It is recommended that users cross check all critical information with the
appropriate perforating manufacturer/ service company before a gun type/ completion
method is selected.
Sections I to IV of API 19-B are summarised below:
Section I - firing a fully-loaded gun section under ambient conditions into a
standard casing and cement target;
Section II - firing a single charge under pressurised conditions into a stressed
rock sample;
Section III - firing a single charge into a metal target at elevated temperature;
Section IV - firing a single charge into a stressed rock sample under simulated
wellbore and reservoir conditions, then measuring the flow performance of the
perforated sample relative to its performance prior to shooting;
Section V2 - measuring the amount of debris retained within a fired fully-loaded
gun section in order to calculate how much debris will be introduced into the
106
PROSPER
wellbore per foot of gun;

It should be noted that API RP43 preceded API RP19B. The American Petroleum
Institute (API) Perforating Subcommittee adopted API RP19B during November of
2000, and state that API 19B is the only document that API recognises as valid in this
program. As API 19B data is not available for all gun systems, API RP43 data has
also been included in the database (data sources are clearly marked). Although API
RP43 is not officially valid, Section 1 testing for both API RP43 and API 19B is based
on concrete targets.
As concrete is not representative of reservoir rock, API 19-B and API-RP 43 Section
1 data is converted to downhole conditions in SPOT using Shell proprietary
correlations (based on laboratory research). Although these correlations should
provide a reasonable estimate of perforation characteristics in reservoir rock under
downhole conditions, a better estimate of perforation performance can be obtained by
conducting reservoir specific Section II (firing a single charge under pressurised
conditions into a stressed rock sample) and/or Section IV tests (firing a single charge
into a stressed rock sample under simulated wellbore and reservoir conditions, then
measuring the flow performance of the perforated sample relative to its performance
prior to shooting). If Section II or Section IV data is available, it can be entered into
the SPOT Vendor Database under the Section II/Section IV Data heading.
If the concrete strength during the API RP 19B or API RP43 test is not recorded in
the Gun Database, in accordance with the minimum allowable strength specified in
API RP 19B, a briquette strength of 5000psi is assumed in SPOT calculations.
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
1. API Recommended Practice 19-B, Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of
Well Perforators, 1st Edition, 28 Sep 2001
2. To be introduced in the next revision of RP 19-B, a draft of which is with API for
review at the time of writing.
2.3.4 Options - Tubing DataBase

Under Options | Tubing Database, a comprehensive tubing data base is available in
PROSPER:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
107
The database is also accessible from the down hole equipment screen so that the
user can select any tubing from the database directly to be used for the description of
the down hole equipment.
Done
Cancel
Copy
Return to previous screen - continue with copy process ( if

appropriate)
Return to previous screen
Copies the currently selected record to the Clipboard. If this

dialogue is invoked from the Downhole Equipment screen, then
select done and you will be presented with the following screen:
108
PROSPER
Help
Select the appropriate action and press done to copy the selected
record to your downhole equipment.
View the help screen.
2.3.5 Options - Casing DataBase

Under Options | Casing Database, a comprehensive casing database is available in
PROSPER:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
109
The database lists casing manufacturer, type, specification, seal, Casing OD, casing
weight, Casing ID and wall thickness.
The database can be accessed from the down hole equipment input screen. From the
down hole equipment screen, the user can select any casing available in the database
and use it directly for the description of the well bore.
Done
Cancel
Copy
Return to previous screen - continue with copy process (if

appropriate)
Copies the currently selected record to the clipboard. If this dialogue

is invoked from the Downhole Equipment screen, then select done
and you will be presented with the following screen:
110
PROSPER
Help
Select the appropriate action and press done to copy the selected
record to your downhole equipment.
View the help screen.
2.3.6 Options - Pipe Schedule

Under Options | Pipe Schedule, a comprehensive pipe database is available in
PROSPER:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
111
The database lists nominal pipe size, pipe OD, Iron Pipe size, Steel schedule number,
wall thickness and pipe internal diameter.
The pipe database can be accessed from the surface equipment input screen. From
the surface equipment input screen, the user can select any pipe available in the
database and use it directly for the description of surface pipes.
Done
Cancel
Copy
Return to previous screen - continue with copy process ( if

appropriate)
Copies the currently selected record to the clipboard. If this

dialogue is invoked from the Downhole Equipment screen, then
select done and you will be presented with the following screen:
112
PROSPER
Help
Select the appropriate action and press done to copy the

selected record to your downhole equipment.
View this screen
2.3.7 Colour Coded Data Validation

Screens are now colour coded to illustrate if the data is within the validation range (green), at the limit
of the validation range (orange) or outside the validation range (red).
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
2.4
113
PVT Data Input
2.4.1 Introduction
To predict pressure and temperature changes from the reservoir, along the well bore
and flow line tubular to the wellhead or manifold, it is necessary to accurately predict
fluid properties as a function of pressure and temperature. The user must enter data
that fully describes the fluid properties or enables the program to calculate them.
There are four possible approaches:
Correlations
Where only basic PVT data is available, the program uses traditional black oil
correlations, such as Glaso, Beal, Petrosky etc. to calculate the fluid properties. A
unique black oil model is available for condensate fluids and details of this can be
found later in this manual.
Matching
Where both basic fluid data and some PVT laboratory measurements are available,
the program can modify the black oil correlations to best-fit the measured data using
a non-linear regression technique.
Tables
Where detailed PVT laboratory data is provided, PROSPER uses this data instead of
the calculated properties. This data is entered in table format (PVT tables), and can
be supplied either manually or imported from an outside source. So called black oil
tables can be generated from an EOS model and then be imported and used in
PROSPER.
Use of Tables: Tables are usually generated using one fluid composition which
implies a single GOR for the fluid. This will therefore not provide the right fluid
description when we have injection of hydrocarbons in the reservoir or when
the reservoir pressure drops below the bubble/dew point. There is also a
danger that if the range of pressure and temperature is not wide enough the
program may have to extrapolate properties. This can lead to erroneous
properties being calculated.
Compositional
Where the full Equation of State description of the fluid is available and all of the PVT
can be obtained from a Peng-Robinson or a Soave Redlich Kwong description of the
fluid phase behaviour.
114
PROSPER
Use of EOS: The equations of state are models that need to be matched to
measured lab data (PVT lab report). Care has to be taken in order to make sure
that the EOS has been matched and is applicable for the range of Pressures
and Temperatures to be investigated.
The program also allows fluid properties to be calculated and plotted for specified
pressure and temperature ranges. The PVT menu has three options - Report, Input
and Export. Select Report to inspect previously entered data, Export to save data to
a text file, or Input to set up a new problem or edit an existing one.
Recommended Steps When Using Black Oil Correlations
Only Limited PVT Data Available (Minimum required for correlations)
Enter data as requested on PVT input data screen and select correlations
that are known to best fit the region or oil type.
Limited PVT Data and Laboratory Measured Data Available
Enter the basic black oil data requested in the PVT input data screen.
Enter PVT laboratory data in the Match Data data menu. The laboratory PVT
data and the fluid properties entered on the data input screen must be
consistent. Flash Data must be used. Up to 50 tables of laboratory
measurements made at different temperatures may be entered. Use the 'up'
and 'down' buttons next to the 'Table Number' buttons to switch between
tables. Click Match to return to the PVT input screen.
At this point it is possible to match the PVT properties using a correlation and
plot the calculated and match data to see how closely the non-optimised
correlation fits.
Select Match All to perform a non-linear regression to find a best fit for each
correlation to the measured lab data. Once the calculation is finished, select
Parameters and identify the correlation that best fits the measured data.
This correlation should then be selected and this modified correlation will be
used in all further calculations of fluid property data. The fit parameters are
the multiplier and shift applied to the correlation in order to fit the lab data. If
the correlation were a perfect fit to the match data, Parameter 1 would be set
to 1.0 and Parameter 2 would be zero.
In order to see how well the tuned correlations fit the data, on the regression
screen there is plot utility, which will plot the variable values from the matched
correlations, and the data entered simultaneously, to allow the user to see
how good the fit is. Select Plot to display both the calculated and measured
PVT data.
For a step-by-step example of how to match the PVT for an oil well, please refer to
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
115
Tutorial 05 in the Examples Guide.
2.4.2 Black Oil - Oil and Water

2.4.2.1 Input Data
Select the PVT Input option from the main menu to display the following PVT Input
data screen:
Enter the required data in the fields provided. Movement from one box to another can
be done using the TAB key. Next, select a Pb, Rs and Bo correlation and a viscosity
correlation to use then click OK.
Enter the oil solution GOR. This should not include free gas
production. For gas production in wells producing injection or
gas cap gas the solution GOR should still be entered. The
balance of free gas production is accounted for elsewhere.
Mole Percent CO2, N2 and H2S refers to the separator gas stream composition. The
impurities are used to correct the Z factor of the gas on the basis of the Wichert Aziz
modifications for CO2, N2 and H2S.
116
PROSPER
When an "Oil and Water" model is used to describe the fluid,

the viscosity correlation used by default for gas viscosity
calculations is the Lee correlation.
For some details about the input parameters, refer to the Glossary (Appendix E).
2.4.2.1.1 Black Oil Compressibility Calculation
Water compressibility is a function of salinity, temperature, and the volume with
respect to pressure (reservoir pressure in this instance).
Specifying the water salinity and any impurities (H2S, CO2 and N2) allows black oil
correlations to generate PVT parameters: specifically the water FVF (Bw).
From the water FVF the compressibility of water is directly back calculated (cw).
The equations used for the water FVF are those available in the following two
papers:
o Craft & Hawkins (1959), page 131, Petroleum Reservoir Engineering
o Numbere, Brigham, and Standing (Nov 1977), page 16, physical properties of
petroleum reservoir brines, by the petroleum institute of Stanford university.
The conversion from Bw to Cw is as follows;
2.4.2.2 Tables
In PROSPER the PVT data can also be entered as tables by clicking Tables from the
main PVT input screen. Up to fifty separate tables may be entered, each at a
different temperature. The program will use the data from the tables in all further
calculations provided the 'Use Tables' option has been selected on the input data
screen. This option should be used only when extensive table data is available for a
range of temperatures.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
117
PROSPER interpolates the entered table data and if the

entered data is incomplete (i.e. one table containing only a
single row of values) this will result in interpolation errors.
One of the conditions at which the properties are entered MUST be standard
conditions.
IMPORTANT: Tables are usually generated using one fluid composition which
implies a single GOR for the fluid. This will therefore not provide the right fluid
description when we have injection of hydrocarbons in the reservoir or when
the reservoir pressure drops below the bubble/dew point. There is also a
danger that if the range of pressure and temperature is not wide enough the
program may have to extrapolate properties. This can lead to erroneous
properties being calculated.
Rather than entering the values by hand, PROSPER can read in tables of Black Oil
PVT properties. To do this, click the Import button from the Tables screen, and
PROSPER will prompt for the name of an ASCII file containing the PVT data.
Petroleum Experts PVT Package PVTp can be used to calculate and export Black
Oil PVT tables.
An example of the PVT Table import file format is given in Appendix D.
Data can be imported from an ASCII file using the Import function. Information on
how to import the data using this function can be found in Appendix F - Importing Data
from Text Files.
2.4.2.3 Match Data
Click the Match Data button and enter PVT laboratory measured data to match to as
shown on the example screen below:
118
PROSPER
Since gas evolution in the tubing is a constant composition process, Flash data, and
not differential liberation data, should be used for matching. For each match data
table, enter the temperature and bubble point, then enter pressure versus gas oil
ratio, oil FVF and oil viscosity. Where data is incomplete or not available, leave the
field blank. Use the GOR and FVF at bubble point plus the viscosity if available. Enter
only the minimum number of points to ensure a good match.
Where only differential liberation PVT data is available, a

PVT simulation program like Petroleum Experts'
PVT
package PVTp can be used to calculate the flash properties
using a model that has been matched to the lab data.
Better results for sparse laboratory PVT data sets are usually obtained using
correlations matched to the available lab data rather than using a PVT table lookup.
A full step-by-step guide to perform this PVT Matching can be found in Tutorial 05 in
Section 3 of the this Guide.
2.4.2.4 Regression
This function is used to perform the non-linear regression, which adjusts the
correlations to best-fit laboratory measured PVT data. The non-linear regression
matching technique can be used on up to five PVT match tables, each with a different
temperature. The following PVT properties can be used as match variables:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
119
Pb
Bubble point pressure.
GOR
Gas oil ratio versus pressure.
Oil FVF Oil formation volume factor versus pressure.
Oil viscosity Oil viscosity versus pressure.
It is not necessary to match on all properties for all applications. In cases where the
PVT data is incomplete or of poor quality, better results can often be obtained by
matching on the best characterised parameters only. However, because bubble point
can be difficult to accurately predict from correlations, it is recommended that, where
possible, it is used as a match parameter.
The form of the correlations for FVF is different above and below
the bubble point. If the FVF at bubble point is not available, the
regression may not achieve good results. When matching the oil
FVF, always enter data at the bubble point. Do not enter many
match points only use the minimum number to define the shape of
the correlation curves. In most cases, only data at the bubble
point is required.
The minimum data required to match an oil is the solution GOR

and the bubble point at a given temperature.
2.4.2.4.1 Match
From the 'Regression' screen, individual correlations can be matched to selected
measured PVT data by:
Selecting the correlations
Selecting the fluid properties to match to
Clicking Match
2.4.2.4.1.1 Match All
All correlations can be matched to all the fluid property data in one keystroke by
selecting the Match All command button.
120
PROSPER
2.4.2.4.1.2 Plot
It is possible to view the closeness of the match by selecting Plot as this will bring up
a graph of the matched properties and the original test points to which it should be
matched.
Selecting Plot will bring up the option to view the plot By Pressure or By
Temperature.
Selecting By Temperature will plot the variables against pressure with a different
curve for each temperature table entered.
Selecting By Pressure will plot the variables against temperature with a different
curve for each value of pressure entered.
Once the plotting method has been selected, the variable to be viewed can be
selected in the bottom left hand corner of the screen:
2.4.2.4.1.3 Parameters
Having performed the matching process, the match parameters are displayed by
clicking the Parameters button. The non-linear regression technique applies a
multiplier (Parameter 1) and a shift (Parameter 2) to the correlations. The standard
deviation is also displayed, which represents the overall closeness of fit. The lower
the standard deviation, the better the fit. The best overall model is the one that has
Parameter 1 closest to unity.
The Parameters button displays the PVT correlations parameters screen. This
shows the match parameters and the standard deviation for each matched
correlation. Use these statistics to select the best correlation for the data set and
conditions pertaining to the application. A plot should be made and a visual check of
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
121
the fit quality performed before making the final correlation selection. This plot can be
seen on the previous 'Regression' screen. The match parameters can be reset (i.e.
returned to the unmatched state) by selecting the reset option.
The following is an example of a correlation parameters screen:
The standard correlations do not always accurately model the FVF above bubble point
(especially for heavy or waxy oils). Additional match parameters (Parameter 3 and 4)
have been introduced to allow the FVF to be independently tuned below (P1 and P2)
and above (P3 and P4) the bubble point.
In all circumstances, always enter match data at the bubble point to ensure that no
discontinuities occur.
122
PROSPER
2.4.2.5 Correlations
This options displays the match parameters and standard deviations for each matched
correlation. See the Match section for a more detailed explanation.
2.4.2.6 Calculate
In order to make a plot or listing of fluid property data, PROSPER must first calculate
the values over a specified range of temperatures and pressures. Using the
calculated data points, plots of fluid properties versus temperature or pressure can be
generated. The following is an example of the PVT 'Calculations' screen. If the
correlations have been matched, then the fluid properties will be calculated using the
modified correlations.
The calculation procedure is optional and used only to

generate fluid property data for display and quality control
purposes. During the computation of a pressure traverse,
PROSPER calculates fluid properties at each pressure and
temperature step or node as required by the application.
2.4.2.6.1 Calculating PVT Data

The Calculate button accesses the PVT calculator, which can be used to perform
calculation of PVT properties with varying pressure and temperature.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
123
To generate tables and plots of PVT data:

Select correlations (The correlation which best matches the test data should
be used.)
Select 'Automatic generation of Data Points'
Enter the temperature range and number of steps
Enter the pressure range and number of steps
Click Calculate to compute PVT data for the entire range of pressures and
temperatures required by the modelling application. The following calculation
screen will be displayed:
124
PROSPER
The PVT section can be used as a convenient calculator by entering user selected
data points, then entering specific temperatures and pressures to calculate fluid
properties.
2.4.2.6.2 Displaying the Calculated Data on the screen
The calculated data is displayed on the screen as default. The options to choose the
calculated variables to be displayed are available by using 'Layou't button in the PVT
Calculation Results screen. Selecting Layout displays the list of all calculated
variables that can be selected to customise viewing.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
125
2.4.2.6.3 Plotting the Calculated Data

The calculated data can be displayed on a plot. The variables which are plotted, are
defined under the 'Variables' option on the plot. After performing a PVT calculation
click Plot from the PVT calculation screen and select to view either pressure or
temperature on the x-axis.
The required temperature can be selected in the top left hand corner and the required
variable can be viewed by double clicking on it in the bottom left hand corner:
126
PROSPER
Carefully examine the PVT plots for consistency with the match data. If necessary,
select a different correlation and repeat the PVT calculations until satisfactory results
have been obtained.
2.4.2.6.4 Saving PVT tables from Calculated Data

The calculated data can be saved in the form of .ptb files by the button Save PTB
provided at top of the calculation results screen.
There is also the option to transfer the displayed calculation data to the Tables by
pressing on the Tables button.
2.4.2.7 Save
This option allows a PVT data set to be saved under a separate name. A dialogue
box will appear prompting to name the PVT file. The PVT extension is automatically
provided by the program. If this step is omitted, the program will automatically save
the (matched) PVT data in a .PVT file with the same name as the input (.SIN) file.
2.4.2.8 Open
This option allows a previously saved PVT data set to be recalled into the open file. A
dialogue box will appear prompting to select a PVT file. If this step is carried out after
recalling a .SIN file, this will overwrite the PVT data from the original file.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
127
For multi-well projects, it is useful to set up matched PVT

models for each producing area first. This will save time and
reduce the potential for error by recalling the relevant PVT
data into each well file.
2.4.2.9 Composition
In the PVT input data screen, click the Composition button, and PROSPER will use
the PVT properties (Oil Gravity, GOR) to estimate the composition of the reservoir
fluid. It is important to note that there is no unique composition which must be true for
a set of black oil properties and this is one possible solution. The resultant
composition is not used in any calculations within PROSPER.
The following is an example of an estimated Black Oil composition:
Click BI Coefficients and PROSPER will display the Binary Interaction coefficients to
be used in an EOS description of the fluid. An example BI Coefficients display is
shown below:
128
PROSPER
Estimation of reservoir fluid composition is available for Oil and Retrograde

Condensate fluids.
2.4.2.10Emulsions Input Data
If the 'Emulsions' option is selected in Options | Options then this tells PROSPER
where the viscosity corrections will take place during calculation. An additional option
section will be added to the PVT screen in PROSPER:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
129
The Flowline Emulsion Data button opens the Emulsion Data entry screen.
Water cut can be entered at this point that will then be used to calculate the emulsion
viscosity in the PVT calculation section.
2.4.2.10.1 Emulsion Modelling
PROSPER can model the effect of Oil/Water emulsions on mixture viscosity for black
oil PVT systems. The behaviour of emulsions in producing well equipment is not well
understood, however, emulsion PVT in PROSPER provides a means to assess the
possible effects of increased emulsion viscosity by curve fitting experimentally
determined data. It must be emphasised that the method is empirical and does not
represent any rigorous model of emulsion behaviour.
In the laboratory, stable emulsions can be prepared from many crude oil / water
systems. Emulsion samples discovered in surface separation equipment do not
necessarily imply that emulsions are present in the well and field experience shows
that the effect of emulsions is usually less than predicted by laboratory tests.
Emulsion PVT should be used with caution and only when it is certain that emulsions
are present and it is necessary to evaluate their effect on calculated pressures.
To enable emulsion PVT in PROSPER, the 'Emulsion' option must first be selected on
the Options | Options screen. Emulsion viscosity will replace the mixture viscosity
for the selected elements of the production system. Experimental or empirical
130
PROSPER
emulsion viscosity data can be entered and curve-fitted using non-linear regression.
The fitted curve is used to optionally replace the oil/water mixture viscosity in IPR,
VLP and pump calculations. When selected, the emulsion viscosity for the userentered value of water cut will be substituted for the fluid mixture viscosity.
Drop down the Emulsion box and select from the following:
No viscosity corrections
Turns off emulsion viscosity corrections
Everywhere
Emulsion viscosity for IPR, VLP and pump if present
Tubing and Pipe
Emulsion viscosity for casing, tubing and pump if present
Pump only
Emulsion viscosity for pump only
Pump and Above
Emulsion viscosity in pump and tubing above pump
Tubing + Pipe (not pump)
Emulsion viscosity in tubing and pipe only
The selection of system elements affected by emulsion can be changed at a later
time.
Even if No Emulsion Corrections has been selected on the

PVT screen, pump viscosity corrections will be applied
whenever the 'Emulsions' option is selected. Produced fluid
viscosity, not emulsion viscosity, will then be used for these
corrections.
2.4.2.10.2 Emulsions Matching

To set up the emulsion model, select 'Emulsion Everywhere', (otherwise emulsion
viscosity will not be active for the PVT calculations) then click the Flowline Emulsion
Data button and the following screen will be displayed.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
131
The screen is divided into 3 sections:

Emulsion Data
Experimental data for matching
Experimental Parameters
Experimental base conditions
Match Parameters
Results of regression
The pressure and temperature that correspond to the experimental conditions are
entered in 'Experimental Parameters'. This enables PROSPER to correct the emulsion
viscosity for temperature and pressure.
Emulsions Everywhere must be selected before plotting the

emulsion viscosity curve. The emulsion viscosity entered for
zero water cut should be compatible with the 100% oil
viscosity at the experimental temperature and pressure.
Emulsion viscosity is modelled as a function of water cut in 3 stages:

Sharp increase at low water cut
Plateau with a constant maximum viscosity for intermediate water cuts
Tail that declines to the viscosity of water after the plateau
The parameters Left and Right Water Cut for Maximum Viscosity define the maximum
plateau region. To calculate emulsion viscosity:
Enter pairs of water cut and emulsion viscosity data points in the Emulsion
Data table.
Enter the Experimental Parameters
Click the 'Match' button.
When the regression has completed, click 'Plot' to display the matched mixture
132
PROSPER
viscosity:
Match data is plotted as crosses, whereas the calculated viscosity is shown as a solid
line.
During the matching process, only parameters 1,2 and 3 are matched. Parameters 4
and 5 control the shape of the curve at water cuts greater than the plateau but these
must be changed manually to improve the match.
When 'Emulsions' have been selected, the calculated oil viscosity, water viscosity and
liquid viscosity in the PVT section will be replaced by the emulsion viscosity for the
value of Water Cut entered.
For a step-by-step example of how to implement the emulsion model, please refer to
Tutorial 47 in Section 3 of this manual.
2.4.2.11Non-Newtonian Fluid
PROSPER includes a model to capture the effect of non-Newtonian fluids.
A fluid whose viscosity is not constant at all shear rates and does not behave like a
Newtonian fluid would fall into this category. This will enable foams in heavy oils to be
modelled more accurately. Most drilling fluids are non-Newtonian.
The 'non-Newtonian' fluid option can be selected in Options | Options and when this
is done a new 'Viscosity Modelling' section is added to the PVT screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
133
To enter the required non-Newtonian fluid viscosity data, select Rheological

Parameters from the PVT Input Data screen:
134
PROSPER
The model is based on the Herschel-Bulkley shear model:
t = t0 + K g n
t = Shear Stress
t 0 = Yield Stress
K = Consistenc y Index
g = Shear Rate
n = Shear Thinning Index
This model calculates an equivalent apparent viscosity. Oil and Gas viscosities are
both set equal to the apparent viscosity and is also implemented in the reservoir by
using an equivalent pipe radius.
This 'Apparent Viscosity' is calculated as follows
2.4.2.12Power Fluid Data

If one of the following Artificial Lift Methods have been selected: HSP (Hydraulic
Submersible Pump), Diluent Injection or Jet Pump, then additional details of the power
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
135
fluid must be supplied to estimate the fluid properties.

A new 'Power Fluid Properties' section is added to the PVT screen:
There are two choices for power fluid type:

Water (not available for Diluent Injection)
Other Fluid
If Water is selected, then the only other data required is the salinity of the power fluid.
The program will then estimate fluid properties using the normal water PVT model.
If Other Fluid is selected, then tables of fluid properties need to be entered which
PROSPER will use to interpolate upon. The program will never extrapolate so please
ensure that the table data covers the expected ranges of pressures and
temperatures. Click the Properties button and the following screen will be displayed:
136
PROSPER
Tables of data for up to 10 temperatures may be entered. Please ensure that the
tables span the expected range of conditions that will be encountered.
The Generate feature allows data to be automatically

calculated and inserted into the tables using the PVT model in
the main screen.
If a PVT model is available for the power fluid, the suggestion
is the following:
1. Enter the fluid black oil properties of the power fluid in
the PVT main screen .
2. Use 'Generate' to create the tables modelling the power
fluid
3. Return to the main screen and enter the black oil
parameters for the produced fluid.
2.4.2.13Diluent Fluid
When modelling diluent injection, the injection fluid must be specified in the PVT |
Input Data screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
137
The fluid can be either Water or Other Fluid.

If Water is selected, also the salinity of that water is required to be entered as the
other properties will be found from the standard water correlations.
If Other Fluid is entered, the equivalent API must be inserted to define the density of
the fluid:
138
PROSPER
As well as the API, tables of fluid properties must also be generated. This can be
done by selecting Properties:
Each table entered has a fixed temperature and the Formation Volume Factor and
Viscosity changes with pressure are captured. Up to ten tables can be entered and
we can be move between each one by using the arrows highlighted in the screenshot
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
139
above.
Please note: These tables should cover the entire range of temperatures and
pressures which may occur within system so as to avoid extrapolation.
The data can be imported into the model using the Import feature or calculated using
the Generate button. If Generate is used, this will generate PVT properties based
upon the PVT inserted into the main PVT screen. It is therefore recommended that if
this option is to be used, the following steps should be followed:
1. Remove the current PVT data in the main PVT screen and also reset any matching
which has been performed.
2. Enter the PVT properties (and carry out the matching process if data is available)
using the diluent fluid properties.
3. Select Generate to generate the tables based upon the diluent PVT.
4. Return to the main PVT screen and remove all of the diluent fluid data and matching
parameters.
5. Reenter the PVT of the produced fluid and carry out any matching which had
previously been performed again.
Following these steps should allow the correct PVT to be used for both the diluent and
the produced fluid.
2.4.2.14PVT Warning Tables
If the PVT Warnings | Enable Warning option has been selected in the main
program Options, then a pressure temperature look-up table can be entered for
Hydrate Formation, Salt Precipitation, Wax Appearance, Asphaltenes and Scale
Production.
Click the Warnings button at the top of the main PVT screen and the following entry
screen will be displayed:
140
PROSPER
Each different warning can be enabled or disabled on this screen. When a warning is
enabled, the pressure-temperature table can be inserted by selecting Data:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
141
Enter here the appropriate formation phase envelope conditions.

Up to one hundred data points may be entered. Please ensure that the table spans
within the expected range of conditions that will be encountered.
Select Plot to see the curve which has been entered:
2.4.3 Black Oil - Dry And Wet Gas

In this PVT method, all of the condensate drop out is assumed to occur at the
separator and not within the production system. The condensate is treated as an
equivalent gas rate which allows for its presence and impact by ensuring that a mass
balance is observed.The hydrocarbon phase is therefore treated as a single phase
fluid in pressure drop calculations.Free water production in the tubing is also
considered and therefore the fluid becomes a multiphase fluid when water is present.
2.4.3.1 Input Data

When Dry and Wet Gas is selected as the PVT option, the following input data
screen is displayed:
142
PROSPER
The bottom part of the screen will only appear when the option Calculate
Condensate Water Vapour is selected in the Options | Water Viscosity section. If
this option is selected, the effects of condensation of water vapour on the pressure
drop calculation in the tubing / pipeline will be taken into account.
The calculated moisture content of natural gases is based on the equations of
Bukacek (Equilibrium Moisture Content of Natural Gases, Research Bulletin Vol 8,
Institute of Gas Technology, Chicago USA, 1955). The correlation on which these
calculations are based is accurate to within five percent and was developed for dry
gases. The presence of heavier hydrocarbons in wet gases and retrograde
condensate fluids increases the water content by as much as ten percent at 1000 psia
and twenty percent at 10,000 psia. The Bukacek correlation is also graphically
referenced in McCain, William D. Jr. The Properties of Petroluem Fluids Figures 1618 and 16-19 and mathematically illustrated in Lee, John and Wattenbarger, Robert
A. Gas Reservoir Engineering Section 1.12.
The Dry and Wet Gas model applies to most gas wells. The condensate production
is included in the gas stream as an increase in density - the flow remains single-phase
gas plus free water if present. The separator pressure is used to estimate the GE
(Gas Equivalent Rate). The separator temperature is assumed to be the same as the
top node temperature. If there is significant hydrocarbon liquid drop out in the tubing,
a retrograde condensate model should be used.
Note the following:
PROSPER Manual
The Gray VLP correlation has an internal PVT routine that

models the effect of liquid dropout in the tubing. This
June, 2014
User Guide
143
overrides the Dry and Wet gas PVT.
Gas properties (e.g. Gas FVF) are calculated directly from

the gas Z factor. The Z factor is calculated based on the
Standing Katz Z-Factor charts.
The impact of the impurities on the Z-factor are calculated
using Wichert and Aziz.
The Gas FVF is then calculated using the real gas law.
Gas viscosity is calculated from the Lee or Carr correlations.
Matching operations are carried out in the same way as for

oil PVT. Please refer to the PVT Matching Data section for
more details.
2.4.4 Black Oil - Retrograde Condensate

The PROSPER Retrograde condensate (Black Oil) model has been developed in
house by Petroleum Experts. This model predicts liquid drop out taking place in the
tubing. The reservoir gas gravity is determined using the principle of mass balance for
an equivalent density of the oil.
Unlike bubble point systems (oil), the black oil condensate model should not be
matched against lab or simulated PVT data. This is because the black oil model for
condensate in PROSPER uses a mathematical model based upon mass balance and
matching could throw the model out of bounds.
It is important to check the validity of the Retrograde Condensate Black Oil model by
comparing the results to a fully compositional model. A step-by-step guide showing
how to perform this validation can be found in Tutorial 39 which can be found within
Section 3 of this manual.
The equations used are given in Appendix B.
2.4.4.1 Input Data
When Retrograde Condensate (Black oil) PVT is selected the following input data
screen is displayed:
144
PROSPER
Enter the required data for the model as shown above.

If only single stage flash data is available, the separator can be entered as standard
conditions (0psig, 60oF). The total GOR can then be entered as the Separator GOR
and the gas gravity as the Separator Gas Gravity. The Tank GOR can be set to 1
scf/STB and the Tank Gas Gravity to the same value as the Separator Gas Gravity.
If the separator pressure is above dew point, then there can

be no liquid production. When the dew point is unknown, set it
to the reservoir pressure. PROSPER handles conflicting input
data by dropping the separator pressure to atmospheric, and
increasing the separator gas gravity as required accounting
for the liquid production indicated by the Separator GOR.
The mass balance is respected at all times.
The black oil condensate model must not be matched as

previously done for oils. This is because the black oil model
for condensate in PROSPER uses a mathematical model and
matching could throw the model out of bounds. Instead, the
black oil validation process should be carried out as detailed
in Tutorial 39 of this User Guide.
2.4.4.2 Calculations
Fluid property data can be calculated for a specified range of temperatures and
pressures. If the correlations have been matched, then the matched correlations will
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
145
be used for the calculations. Plots of fluid properties versus temperature or pressure
can be generated.
The calculated PVT property values should be compared to

constant composition expansion (CCE) data, as this process
best describes the evolution of the fluid in the tubing.
2.4.5 Export
The 'Export' button enables the user to export: input data, correlation parameters,
match data, tables and calculation results from the PVT main section.
2.4.6 Equation Of State - All Fluids

This PVT option allows PROSPER to calculate the vapour fraction and fluid physical
properties using an equation of state (EOS) description for the reservoir fluid.
The Peng-Robinson and Soave Redlich Kwong EOS models are available in
PROSPER, and user specified EOS PVT modules can also be linked to PROSPER.
The PVT calculation method is identical for all reservoir fluid types (i.e. oil and water,
condensate or gas) and so the fluid type selected will only affect the choice of IPR
and VLP models which can be selected, as well as the range of available sensitivity
variables.
Equations of State were developed to give a mathematical relationship between
pressure, volume and temperature. They were originally put forward as a method of
interpreting the non-ideal nature of many pure substances. With time, this role has
been extended successfully to predicting the properties of simple and complex
mixtures.
The equations used in PROSPER are derived from Van der Waals Equation and
represent the total pressure as a summation of an attractive and a repulsive element:
Ptotal = Prepulsive - Pattractive
146
PROSPER
The classic Van der Waals equation describes this relationship as
where b represents the hard-sphere volume of the molecules and a the intermolecular attraction.
The two cubic Equations of State which are available in PROSPER are:
1) Peng-Robinson (PR)EoS:
and,
2) Soave-Redlich-Kwong(SRK)EoS:
All cubic Equations of State can be rewritten as a function of the compressibility factor
Z e.g. the Peng Robinson equation becomes:
and for SRK

where
and
PROSPER Manual
When using EoS models, the viscosity of oil and gas can
be modelled in different ways. Each fluid can have a
different method selected for using the models below:
Lohrenz Bray Clark
Lohrenz Bray Clark with user defined coefficients
Pedersen et al
June, 2014
User Guide
147
Any of the Black Oil Viscosity models
A Note about using the EOS option

PROSPER can handle pressure drop calculations using EOS PVT in two distinct ways:
It can calculate fluid properties at each calculation step from the EOS explicitly.
This option eliminates any potential interpolation errors, as the EOS is used to
calculate fluid properties at the exact node pressure and temperature. The
additional computing overhead required by this method increases calculation
times.
If PVT tables have been generated using the EoS, selecting the Interpolated
from Generated Tables option instructs PROSPER to look up and interpolate the
tables. The tables must be calculated over a sufficient number of points that
cover the entire range of pressures and temperatures to reduce interpolation
errors. For problems that require it, the Use Tables option allows an EOS fluid
description to be used without significantly increasing computation times.
PROSPER will determine whether the reservoir fluid is an oil

or a gas condensate within the EOS PVT calculations. Since
the VLP correlations are approached differently depending on
whether a gas or oil is being produced, when running
calculations, if the fluid type recognised during the
calculations is different to the fluid type specified in the main
program Options screen, the program will display a warning
message.
2.4.6.1 EOS Model Setup

The EOS fluid mode options must be consistent with the entered compositional data
for PROSPER to calculate.
148
PROSPER
The EoS options can now be set up by selecting EoS Setup:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
149
The following main EOS options can be pre-set:

EoS Model
Select one of the available EoS equations: Peng-Robinson or Soave-RedlichKwong.
Optimisation Mode
150
PROSPER
Over the past few years, our PVT experts have been working on ways to speed up
the calculation of properties from an EOS model. Speed is one of the main issues with
fully compositional models and the options in this field will define the speed of
calculations.
The objective of this option is to speed up the calculations without penalising the
accuracy the results. The Medium mode is the fastest (up to 80 times).
Optimise Repeat Calculations
This value should be set to Yes to optimise the efficiency and accuracy of the EoS
calculations.
Volume Shift
Option to enable/disable the use of Volume Shift in the EoS.
Correct CO2 Density
The density of CO2 can be corrected for use within an EoS by adjusting the volume
shift using this option. This gives the same results as the Span Wagner EoS. This
correction also ensures that the enthalpy of the fluid is also being calculated robustly
which leads to more accurate thermal properties.
This correction is able to capture the properties not only of pure CO2 but also carbon
dioxide streams with impurities within them.
For more information on these corrections please refer to the PVTp User Guide.
Lumping
In some cases when EoS is used, two different compositions are created; one fully
composition has a large number of components while a second composition is lumped
into fewer pseudo-components. This allows the program to switch between the two
compositions depending upon the requirements of the program.
Reference Conditions
The reference conditions used to define standard conditions can be set in this screen.
Flash
It is now possible to carry out flash calculations in IPM with water. These are referred
to multiphase phases can a number of different options can be selected.
Two Phase
Pseudo Multiphase
Soreide and Whitson, Modified Cubic or Modified CPAs can be selected.
Viscosity
A number of different methods can be selected to model the viscosity of the fluid:
Lohrenz Bray Clark
Lohrenz Bray Clark with user defined coefficients
Pedersen et al
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
151
Any Black Oil Viscosity Correlation

Water and Hydrates
The hydrate calculations in the EoS have been updated to include a comprehensive
set of calculations based on the Hydrafact modified cubics and CPA models. These
calculations can be carried out with a mixture of salts and/or a mixture of inhibitors
such as DEG, TEG, Methanol etc.
For more information on these new calculations, and how the water compositions can
be entered and used in calculations, please refer to the PVTp User Guide.
Path to Surface
This Option specifies the path the fluid follows down to standard condition.
This is essential when calculating volumetric properties like FVF or GOR, which are
path dependent. The amount of gas and liquid resulting from the calculations will be
different depending on the path the fluid will take to standard conditions. These are
the available options:
Flash Straight to Stock Tank
Use Separator Train
Use K values
The Use K Values option is an addition to the compositional modelling that
allows modelling the process based on K-values (equilibrium ratios). This can
allow process calculations from systems more complex than separation to be
represented as Pseudo separators and can be obtained from process
simulators.
To import the K values select 'Import K Values':
152
PROSPER
K-values can be entered by hand or also generated in PVTp by performing a simple

separator experiment, and then exported to PROSPER.
PROSPER Manual
These options should reflect the EOS available for the

fluid (from PVTP for example) and the process (path) the
June, 2014
User Guide
153
fluid follows to standard conditions (which will affect the

volumes and quality of the resulting fluid when
expressed at standard conditions)
Target GOR Method
A single composition will only provide a single value of GOR through a defined
separator train. There are applications when other GOR values are required e.g. in
the production of lift curves. This calculation takes the gas and oil derived from the
fluid and recombines them until it reaches the target value.
There are two methods available to the user. The difference between them lies in the
source of the gas and liquid to be mixed.
Use Separator fluids
This option uses the dead oil and accumulated separator gas to create the mixture
Use fluid from PSAT
This method first finds the saturation pressure of the fluid. The program then
flashes the fluid to just below PSAT to obtain an oil and gas composition. These are
mixed to achieve the target GOR. It should be noted that this restricts any target
that can be found to the Rs of the oil below PSAT and the GOR of the equivalent
gas. Although more restricted, this mixture better reflects the case of an oil
entraining gas cap gas etc.
2.4.6.2 EOS PVT Input Data

A sample EOS PVT input screen is shown below:
154
PROSPER
The EOS fluid model is activated via the Options | Options screen where the various
EOS options can be selected. The Options can also be changed from the EoS main
screen by selecting Change.
This screen requires input of pure and pseudo component concentrations and
properties (critical temperature, pressure and volume, acentric factor, molecular
weight and specific gravity). Up to 30 pseudo components can be entered. Entry of
Critical Volume, Volume Shift, Boiling Point Temperature and Parachor are optional.
EoS data can be imported into PROSPER from a *.PRP format by selecting
Import...PRP. The *.PRP file contains all the information necessary to the EoS: EoS
parameters, BI Coefficients, Options, Separator train, etc., and can be generated
using Petroleum Experts' PVTp.
Use of regressed critical volume data will improve the quality of calculated liquid
viscosities. Where critical volume data is unavailable, PROSPER uses a correlation to
estimate the values. The Parachor is used for surface tension calculation. Binary
interaction components are entered on a screen similar to that shown below by
clicking on the BI coeffs button from the EOS input screen.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
155
After entering the interaction coefficients, click OK to return to the input screen. Then
click Generate to display a screen requesting the range of pressures and
temperatures and the number of pressure and temperature steps to calculate.
Production rates entered in PROSPER when using EOS PVT

assume the produced fluid is flashed through the userentered separator train.
The EOS option in PROSPER is not intended to be used as a

fully featured PVT package. For the initial compositional
calibration of the fluid, it is recommended to use a
specialised program such as Petroleum Experts PVTP.
The Gray VLP correlations internal PVT will override the

EOS PVT.
2.4.6.2.1 Generate PVT properties

The fluid properties can be generated using the EoS in different ways:
Calculated directly from the EoS
Interpolate the properties from Tables generated by the EoS itself
The first option is the more accurate as it avoids interpolation, though it is slower.
Choose the desired option from the menu available in the left bottom of the EoS
156
PROSPER
window.
Performing CCE calculations
Calculate the PVT fluid properties using the EOS directly by clicking Generate on the
main EoS PVT screen.
Enter the range of temperatures and pressures and select Calculate and then on the
next screen Calculate again:.
Display the results by clicking Plot
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
157
2.4.6.2.2 Properties
Click the Properties button and the program will determine the equivalent black oil
properties by flashing the fluid to atmospheric (i.e. standard) conditions using the
separator scheme entered in the EoS setup screen.
2.4.6.2.3 Phase Envelope

Generating the Phase Envelope
The phase envelope can be displayed by selecting the Phase Env... button.
In this section the Phase Envelope can be calculated:
158
PROSPER
The Plot button displays the calculated envelope:
PROSPER will automatically calculate the Cricondentherm, Cricondenbar and where

applicable, the critical point.
The EOS input screen allows pseudo component data to be imported directly from
data files such as those generated by Petroleum Experts' PVT package PVTp or
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
159
other programs. Simply click 'Import' and select the appropriate file from the dialogue
box. Once the fluid properties have been generated, they can be saved in a .PVT file
by clicking the Save button and entering a file name when prompted.
Calculate Hydrate...Wax
This utility allows the user to calculate the Hydrate formation curve, along with the wax
occurrence temperature.
The Hydrate formation curve and wax formation temperature plot will be displayed
along with the phase envelope.
2.4.6.2.4 Target GOR
This feature allows the calculation of the recombined fluid composition characterised
by a GOR different to the Original Composition GOR:
Enter the new GOR in the Target GOR field and then Calculate, and the program will
use the 'Target GOR' method defined in the main EoS options in order to determine
the new composition.
The Calculated composition is reported in the Calculated column.
160
PROSPER
2.4.7 Steam Calculations

In order to allow steam calculations to be included in a PROSPER model, either the
Enthalpy Balance or Improved Approximation temperature models must be selected
in the Options | Options screen. When one of these options has been selected, the
'Steam Calculations' can be enabled on the same screen:
Due to the nature of steam, a small change in pressure can lead to a large change in
the steam quality and therefore it is recommended that when steam calculations are
being carried out, a small step length (such as 50ft) be used for gradient calculations.
It is possible to set the steam step length in the File | Preferences screen:
Setting 'Use Steam Step Length' to Yes will use this step length to calculate gradient
calculations when the steam option is enabled but PROSPER will revert to the default
step length if the option is not enabled.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
161
2.4.7.1 Calculating Steam Properties

It is possible to calculate the properties of steam in PROSPER by selecting PVT |
Steam Calculator. This option is only available when the steam calculations have
been enabled.
The following options are available:

OK
Cancel
Help
Calculate Range
Calculate Single
Returns to the main screen and saves any data which has
beenentered or calculated.
Returns to the main screen and discards any data which
has been entered or calculated.
Will access the Online Help.
Calculates the properties of steam over a range of
conditions.
Calculates the properties of steam at a single given
condition.
2.4.7.1.1 Calculate Range

Selecting Calculate Range will allow the user to calculate the properties of steam
over a range of pressures and temperatures:
Enter the minimum pressure and temperature to be calculated in the 'From' boxes and
the maximum values in the 'To' boxes. The number of steps to be taken between
these two limits should be placed in the '# steps' boxes.
Once the required ranges have been entered, select Calculate to proceed to the
162
PROSPER
calculation screen.
Select Calculate to carry out the calculation and view the results:
The reported results are:

-
Saturation Temperature
Saturation Enthalpy (vapour and liquid)
Quality
Enthalpy (vapour and liquid)
Density (vapour and liquid)
Volume (vapour and liquid)
Viscosity (vapour and liquid)
Specific Heat (Cv) (vapour and liquid)
- Specific Heat (Cp) (vapour and liquid)

- Compressibility (vapour and liquid)
- Joules Thompson Coefficient (vapour and liquid)
- Thermal Conductivity (vapour and liquid)
2.4.7.1.2 Calculate Single
Selecting Calculate Single will allow the User to calculate the properties of steam at
a given set of conditions.
Enter the pressure and enthalpy of the fluid to be calculated and then select Calculate
to view the results:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
163
The above screenshot shows the results of a single phase water while the screenshot
below shows the results when the solution is found to be in the two phase region:
164
PROSPER
2.4.7.2 Setting Steam Quality

The quality of steam is the proportion of saturated steam in a saturated water/steam
mixture. 100% steam quality means that all of the mixture is steam while 0% means
that the mixture is 100% water. In order to calculate the steam quality of a stream,
knowing the temperature and pressure of the stream is not enough. The steam quality
is also dependent upon the enthalpy of the fluid.
When carrying out calculations involving steam in PROSPER, the quality of the steam
can either be set (with the resultant enthalpy being calculated) or calculated from an
inserted enthalpy value.
For example, to carry out a gradient calculation for a steam injector model, select
Calculation | Gradient (traverse). In the 'Input Data' section, the additional options
for steam can be seen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
165
For 'Steam Choice', select 'Enter Quality' if the steam quality is to be entered or
'Enter Enthalpy' to enter the enthalpy. Whichever property is not entered directly, will
be calculated.
When the calculation has been performed, the steam properties are reported:
These results can be seen by scrolling to the right hand side of the results section.
166
PROSPER
Please note that if the fluid is not at its saturation conditions (at saturation
temperature for the given pressure) then the steam cannot have a quality other than 0
or 1. If unphysical values are inserted (i.e. a steam quality of 54% when the fluid is
above the saturation temperature), PROSPER will instead use the thermodynamically
calculated value.
2.5
Equipment Data Input

This section describes the menu option used to define the wells hardware, deviation
survey and formation temperature profile. The program requests only the data
required by the options that have been selected in Options | Options.
The data required for temperature prediction depends on the temperature model
used. For the Rough Approximation and Improved Approximation there is little
additional data required. For the rigorous Enthalpy Balance temperature model, it is
necessary to completely define the well environment, including all casing strings,
cement tops, formation lithology etc.
A Note about Depth References:
Depths in PROSPER for down-hole and surface equipment are referenced to zero on
the deviation survey screen. Calculated pressures are then referenced to the Xmas
tree (if no surface equipment has been entered) or Manifold (if surface equipment has
been entered). Therefore, when PROSPER well models are combined in a field-wide
system model, the depth references that were used in the individual PROSPER models
are not important. In the field model, however, the depth of each wells 'Top Node'
must be specified with respect to a common reference.
For sub-sea systems, any depth reference (e.g. sea level, drill floor, ground level) can
be used. If ground level is used then a tied back well would have a negative wellhead
elevation. To minimise the potential for errors in correcting the depths, it is
recommended to use the same reference as used for the deviation survey data.
2.5.1 Predicting Pressure Only

When predicting 'Pressure only', click System Equipment to display the following
input screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
167
To start the data entry for a new application, click All to select all of the different
sections and the Edit.PROSPER will then display all the relevant input screens in
sequence.
If data has already been entered, clicking the Summary command button will display
a summary of the current equipment.
To go back and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the
appropriate item.
Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then include or exclude it
temporarily from any calculation by setting the Disable Surface Equipment choice
box at the bottom of the screen to Yes.
2.5.1.1 Deviation Survey

From the well deviation survey, select a number of depth points that mark significant
changes in deviation. Enter pairs of data points for measured depth (MD) and the
corresponding true vertical depth (TVD). Up to 20 pairs of data points can be
entered.
The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records
that have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import
data from a wide variety of sources.
168
PROSPER
There is a Measured Depth to True Vertical Depth calculator at the top of the
screen.
If the user wishes to find the TVD at a given MD, just enter the MD value in the
relevant space and select Calculate.
If the User wishes to find the MD at a given TVD, just enter the TVD value in the
relevant space and select Calculate
Once depths have been entered, plot the well profile by selecting Plot. A plot similar
to the one below will be displayed:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
169
The reference depth used by PROSPER for all calculations is zero in the
Deviation Survey table. The Deviation Survey table is interpolated upon to
determine the difference in TVD between any two well nodes. MD and TVD
data must be at least as deep as the bottom-hole tubing depth; PROSPER will
not calculate beyond the last depth in the table.
Deviation Survey data entry is required also for vertical wells - enter 0,0 for
the surface reference and an MD the same as the TVD of the intake node.
The deviation survey has to start with 0 measured depth and 0 TVD. Due to
this reason, the reference depth (where TVD = 0) has to be at or above the
wellhead.
For a sub-sea well (with or without pipeline), if the reference depth is selected
in such a way that it is above the wellhead (at the mean sea level for instance),
we can actually assume an imaginary vertical path in the deviation survey table
down to the wellhead. We do not need to include the pipeline measured depth
in the deviation survey. The deviation survey describes the deviation of the
down-hole equipment only.
Horizontal wells with deviation angles greater than 90 degrees from vertical
can be entered. PROSPER will issue a warning that the TVD of one node is
less than the previous one, but well profile plots and calculations will proceed
as normal.
170
PROSPER
For Horizontal wells the deviation survey may be entered only up to the heel of
the well, as the well from the heel all the way up to the to is a part of the inflow
description.
2.5.1.1.1 Filter
When more than 20 points are available, the Filter allows a determined number of
points (up to 20) that best-fit the entered points (see figure below).
In the 'Raw Data' table (figure above) enter the data from the survey.
It is possible to copy the table by selecting the first row and paste from the
Clipboard
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
171
These are the function buttons:

Calculate Other Calculates the third column which has not been
inserted
Reset
Deletes the entered data
Filter
Calculates a number of points which fit the deviation

table entered on the left. Check the fitting by hitting
on Plot. If this is not ok, change some parameters
(like for example the angle step)
Transfer
Transfers the calculated points

Deviation Survey screen
to the main
The Filter parameters are described in the following table:

Used to chose second point of the deviation survey;
Initial Filter Angle
the point with higher angle will be filtered through
Angle Step
Maximum
Number
Points
Actual
Angle
Defines the minimum angle difference between two

points; if the difference is higher the point will be
filtered through
The Maximum Number of Points that can be filtered
of through; if the number of points filtered is more than
the value specified PROSPER will increase the
angle to satisfy the criterion
Filter The angle calculated by PROSPER to satisfy
Maximum Number of Points criteria
When selecting Filter, the program will filter the points in order to reproduce the well
trajectory previously imported.
The first point of the deviation survey is always filtered through as a starting point.
Then the Initial Filter Angle parameter is used to choose second point of the deviation
survey; i.e. the first point along the deviation survey where the angle from the vertical
goes above the initial filter angle will pass through the filter and is selected as the
second point.
The next points are filtered through based on the Angle Step; i.e. if the difference in
the angle between two points is more than the value specified.
PROSPER actually calculates the Angle Step internally depending on the Maximum
Number of Points entered by user; i.e. if the number of point passed through the filter
is more than the Maximum Number of Points specified the angle will be increased to
satisfy the former. The resulting value is then reported as Actual Filter Angle.
The filtering is performed on the basis of Measured Depth (not Cumulative
172
PROSPER
Displacement). In essence, the filtering ensures that the measured depth

(and TVD) between two points is always consistent with the original survey
even though plotted profiles may appear slightly different. This is because
Measured Depth defines length of the pipe (tubing), which is particularly
important in temperature and pressure drop calculations in PROSPER.
The Plot function allows to quality check the fitting. In the plot the well entered
trajectory (in blue) is plotted along with the fitted points (in red):
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
173
2.5.1.2 Surface Equipment

The Surface Equipment screen is used to enter surface flowline, choke and pipe
fitting data as shown below:
174
PROSPER
Data is entered from the manifold (at the top of the screen) to the wellhead (at the
bottom of the screen).
PROSPER defines surface equipment as the pipe work between the production
manifold and the upstream side of the wellhead choke. The production manifold is
regarded by PROSPER as presenting a constant back-pressure, regardless of flow
rate. If systems analysis is to be performed relative to the wellhead, (i.e. gathering
system pressure losses are neglected) then no surface equipment input is required.
The surface equipment model can be described using the following 3 elements:
Pipe
Choke
Fitting
The manifold is set as the first equipment type automatically by PROSPER. Surface
equipment geometry can be entered either as pairs of X, Y co-ordinates relative to
the manifold or the Xmas Tree, Reverse X, Y (Y co-ordinates deeper than the
reference depth are negative) or TVD of the upstream end and the length of the pipe
segment.
The difference in TVD between the ends of a pipe segment is used to calculate
gravity head losses. The internal diameter (ID), roughness and pipe length entered
determine the friction pressure loss. The flowing temperatures for each upstream
node must also be entered when calculation option Pressure only is selected.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to several
identical wells being connected to a production manifold via a common surface flow
line. The fluid velocity in the flowline is multiplied by the value entered increasing the
frictional pressure losses. For most applications it should be left at its default value of
1.
As an example, the pressure drop in a flowline connected to

3 identical wells could be modelled using a pipeline rate
multiplier of 3.
2 parallel flowlines having identical
dimensions can be modelled by entering the actual
dimensions for one pipe and a pipeline rate multiplier of 0.5.
It is also possible to vary the rate multiplier along the
pipeline to simulate varying sections of dual pipelines for
example.
Fittings have been added to the surface equipment section of PROSPER to account
for the various pressure losses associated with pipe fittings throughout a given
system:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
175
Right clicking on a row in the table allows data to be Copied, Pasting or Cut as well
as allowing rows to be inserted, deleted or cleared.
PROSPER multi-phase choke pressure loss correlation accounts for both critical and
sub-critical flow. We would recommend the use of the ELF Choke correlation that it
similar to the Petroleum Experts method and is more robust in extreme conditions.
Ensure that the length of each pipe segment is equal to or

greater than the difference in TVD between its ends.
The down-hole and surface equipment entries must describe
a continuous system. The TVD and temperature of the
upstream end of the last pipeline segment should be equal to
the Xmas tree TVD and temperature. In X,Y co-ordinates,
the Y co-ordinate of the last pipe segment must be the same
elevation as the wellhead TVD. (i.e. same magnitude, but
opposite sign)
176
PROSPER
To check that the surface equipment description is accurate, click Plot to display a
plot of the pipe elevation as follows:
2.5.1.3 Downhole Equipment

The Downhole Equipment screen enables the down-hole completion data to be
entered.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
177
The Downhole Equipment screen will change automatically depending on the options
selected in the Options | Options menu screen. For example, if Annular Flow has
been selected, the screen will require Casing I.D. and Tubing O.D. to be entered in
addition to the Tubing I.D.
The tubing string can be modelled using the following element types:
Tubing
SSSV
Restriction
Casing
PROSPER automatically inserts the Xmas tree as the first down hole equipment item.
To describe the tubing string, work from the shallowest depth downwards, entering
the bottom depth of changes in tubing diameter, ID and roughness factor. The
deepest depth entries for the tubing, deviation survey and temperature should be
consistent.
The last depth specified in the down-hole equipment is taken

to be the bottom-hole depth by PROSPER and should
correspond to the top of the perforations or the top of the
reservoir. Everything below this point is considered as part of
the IPR.
Below the uppermost producing perforation, the flow profile

(as measured by a production logging tool) depends on
layer productivity etc. The uppermost producing perforation
is the deepest point in the well passing 100% of the
production.
Below this point, the calculated frictional
pressure gradient may be over-estimated in high rate wells
having small I.D. completions.
An SSSV is considered to have no length, and is modelled as

a sharp-edged orifice inserted between adjacent tubing
string elements. A restriction is handled identically to an
SSSV. The pressure loss calculations in PROSPER account
for choking as sonic flow velocity is approached.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to
intermittent sections of dual completion. The fluid velocity in the tubing is multiplied by
the value entered - thereby increasing the frictional pressure losses. For standard
single tubing completions it should be left at its default value of 1.
It is possible to view databases of both tubing and casing sizes using the Tubing DB
178
PROSPER
or Casing DB buttons. These will take the User to the databases described in the
Options Section.
Right Clicking on a row in the table allows data to be Copied, Pasting or Cut as well
Up to 50 tubing string elements can be input. For complex completions, simplify the
data entry by entering only the major elements that dominate the overall tubing
pressure drop.
2.5.1.4 Temperature Survey
This screen enables entry of the flowing temperature profile of the fluid in the well.
If no bottom hole flowing temperature survey data is available, the static reservoir
temperature at the mid-point of perforations and the wellhead flowing temperature can
be used. A minimum of two depth / temperature points is required.
Right Clicking on a row in the table allows data to be Copied, Pasting or Cut as well
PROSPER interpolates temperatures from the survey data

for depths within the table limits, and uses linear
extrapolation elsewhere.
To eliminate potential errors,
ensure that a temperature is entered for the deepest node
depth. It is recommended that the maximum temperature
survey depth, deviation survey depth and intake node depths
are all consistent.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
179
2.5.1.5 Pipe Schedule and Equipment

In the 'Surface Equipment' or in the 'Downhole Equipment' section it is possible to
import as pipe, tubing and casing ID values from databases containing pipeline, tubing
and casing data.
In the 'Surface Equipment' section this is achieved by selecting the Pipe Schedule
button and in the 'Downhole Equipment' section this is achieved by selecting the
Casing DB or Tubing DB buttons:
These are the steps to import the equipment ID:
1. Select the Type of equipment from the screen - for example, Tubing - as shown
below:
2. Select the row corresponding to the piece of equipment and select the Equipment
button (if in the Surface Equipment section, select Pipe Schedule) and select the
database (in this case Tubing Database)
3. Select the equipment to use from the database
180
PROSPER
Then Copy and Done

4. The program will show a dialogue with at the bottom an option on the way forward.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
181
For example, selecting Copy ID and OD to Selected Records, then Done will pass the
values to the equipment screen:
182
PROSPER
2.5.2 Predicting Pressure and Temperature

The Equipment data entry screens vary depending on the Temperature model
selected in the main program Options. The following sections discuss the different
data which is required to be input when both pressure and temperature are being
predicted.
2.5.2.1 Rough Approximation
Equipment entry for the 'Rough Approximation' temperature model varies little from
the 'Predicting Pressure Only' option. Click on SystemEquipment to display the
following input screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
183
To start data entry for a new application, click All Edit. PROSPER will then display
all the relevant input screens in sequence. If data has already been entered, clicking
the Summary command button will display a schematic summary of the current
equipment.
To go back and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the
appropriate item.
Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then included or excluded
temporarily from any calculation by using the Disable Surface Equipment choice box
at the bottom of the screen.
2.5.2.1.1 Deviation Survey

Enter data as per Pressure Only case.
2.5.2.1.2 Surface Equipment

Surface Equipment is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only except that the
temperature of the pipe surroundings and an overall heat transfer coefficient are
required to be entered in the top left hand corner of the screen. There is also no
longer a need to enter the fluid temperature at each node as this is being calculated:
184
PROSPER
The heat transfer coefficient should not be confused with the pipe thermal
conductivity. The overall heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through
the production tubing, annulus and insulation (if present) to the surroundings. Heat
transfer by forced and free convection, conduction and radiation must all be
accounted for in the value of the overall heat transfer coefficient. In PROSPER, the
overall heat transfer coefficient is referenced to the pipe inside diameter.
2.5.2.1.3 Downhole Equipment

The Downhole Equipment section of PROSPER defines the path which the fluid takes
to surface and should be defined from the bottom hole (normally taken to be the top
of the producing perforations) to the well head.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
185
The Downhole Equipment input data is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only.
2.5.2.1.4 Geothermal Gradient
This is where the 'Rough Approximation' temperature model differs most from the
Pressure Only case. PROSPER requires the formation temperature profile to be
entered on this screen and not the fluid temperature:
186
PROSPER
The geothermal gradient can be entered relative to measured depth or TVD by

selecting the required option from the drop down menu.
PROSPER requires a minimum of two points for the

geothermal gradient; one taken at the depth of the well head
and one taken at the bottom-hole depth. The formation
temperature will be calculated by linear interpolation between
the entered points.
Enter static formation temperatures e.g. extrapolation of

temperatures recorded on logging runs - NOT flowing well
bore temperatures.
As for surface equipment, enter an overall heat transfer coefficient (U value) that
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
187
describes the resistance to heat flow by all mechanisms (convection, radiation and
conduction) from the well to its surroundings. If well test data is available, this U value
can be estimated in the 'VLP/IPR Matching' section. The Enthalpy Balance
temperature model is a convenient way to determine average heat transfer
coefficients if no test data is available.
The heat transfer area is referenced to the pipe inside diameter.
2.5.2.1.5 Average Heat Capacities
To edit Average Heat Capacities, click its check box then click Edit to display the
following dialogue:
Enter values that correspond to average conditions in the well. Note that for oil, and
especially gas that Cp values are strong functions of both temperature and pressure.
The default values will often give reasonable results in moderate GOR oil
wells. However, actual Cp values for oil and gas may vary significantly. Do not
rely on the defaults - obtain good estimates of Cp, or use the Enthalpy
Balance method where accurate temperature prediction are achieved.
2.5.2.1.6 Gauge Details

Up to 10 gauges can be added to a well in PROSPER:
188
PROSPER
The pressure and temperature at these gauges will be given as additional results in
any calculation being run.
2.5.2.2 Enthalpy Balance
To commence data entry for a new application, click All | Edit. PROSPER will then
display all the input screens in sequence.
If data has already been entered, clicking the Summary command button will display
a summary of the current equipment. To go back and edit one particular equipment
item, click the button on the left of the appropriate item.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
189
Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then included or excluded
at the bottom of the screen.


An example of the surface equipment screen is shown below:
To calculate heat losses, additional data such as outside diameter, material type and
insulation (if used) are required to be input. The surface equipment model can utilise
the following equipment types:
Line pipe
Coated pipeline
Flexible tubes
User selected
Choke
Fittings
To allow for pipe bends, etc., enter an equivalent length/diameter (90 bends can be
specified within the 'Fittings option.'). The choke calculation handles both sub-critical
190
PROSPER
and critical flow and will calculate the temperature drop across the choke.
Descriptive labels for each element can be entered in the Label field if desired as
these labels appear on reports and calculation screens.
Surface equipment geometry can be optionally entered as TVD of the upstream end
of the pipe segment and length or as X, Y (from the manifold or the Xmas Tree) coordinate pairs. More details on these options can be found in the Pressure Only
Surface Equipment Section.
The 'Rate Multiplier' column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to several
wells being connected to a production manifold via a common surface flow line. The
fluid velocity in the flow-line is multiplied by the value entered - thereby increasing the
frictional pressure losses. For most applications it should be left at its default value of
1.
As an example, the pressure drop in a flow-line connected to 3 identical wells could
be modelled using a pipeline rate multiplier of 3. 2 parallel flow-lines having identical
dimensions can be modelled by entering the actual dimensions for one pipe and a
pipeline rate multiplier of 0.5. It is also possible to vary the rate multiplier along the
pipeline to simulate varying sections of dual pipelines for example.
Right clicking on a row in the table allows data to be Copied, Pasting or Cut as well
Pipe insulation (e.g. concrete, foam or bitumen) can be modelled and to define the
pipe insulation click the Enter button to display the following screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
191
Select the required insulation type from the drop-down list, then enter the thickness.
Enter the insulation beginning with the innermost layer. PROSPER uses the thermal
properties in its database to calculate the thermal conductivity of the composite
insulation. Click OK to return to the surface equipment screen. Different insulations
can be entered for each section of the flow-line as required. The calculated
composite thermal conductivity is referenced to the pipe inside diameter.
Pipes can be laid on the surface (burial depth = 0) or buried. The diagram below
shows the burial depth geometry.
The burial depth is the distance between the soil surface and the bottom of the pipe
(including insulation, if present). The pipe is partially buried if the burial depth < O.D.
of the insulated pipe.
Ensure that the flow-line pipe geometry is consistent with the

pipe burial depth. If necessary, insert another node and
change the burial depth for e.g. the riser.
The soil conductivity around buried surface pipes is taken

from the Thermal Properties database for the shallowest
rock type entered in the Lithology screen.

The downhole equipment section is used to describe the production tubing, SSSV and
restrictions. The following equipment items are available:
Mild steel tubing

Plastic coated tubing
Stainless steel (either 13% or 25% chromium)
SSSV
Restrictions
192
PROSPER
The thermal properties database for down-hole equipment elements can be edited or
added to if required. Pressure and temperature changes across subsurface safety
valves and restrictions (nipples) are modelled. The following is an example of a downhole equipment data input screen:
For the Enthalpy Balance temperature model the casing dimensions and material type
are entered under 'Drilling and Completion,' so the down-hole equipment description is
required only for the tubing string.
To select tubing string elements to build up the tubing string description, click on the
list box arrows to the right of the item fields and make the appropriate selection from
the drop-down list.
Right Clicking on a row in the table allows data to be: copied, pasting or cut as well
Up to 18 tubing string elements can be input. For complex completions, simplify the
data entry by entering only the major elements that dominate the overall tubing
pressure drop.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to intermittent
sections of dual completions. The fluid velocity in the tubing is multiplied by the value
entered - thereby increasing the frictional pressure losses. For standard single tubing
completions it should be left at its default value of 1.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
193
2.5.2.2.4 Temperature Data

The Temperature Data section is required for the calculations of heat loss for the
surface flow lines and in the well-bore. The input data required will change depending
if the 'On-land' or 'Off-Shore' option has been selected in the Options | Options
screen:
In the 'Temperature Data' screen enter the temperature gradient in the formation (just
as in the 'Geothermal Gradient' section for 'Rough Approximation').
If the well is on land, then the air humidity, temperature and velocity are required as
well as the ground level with respect to the origin.
If the well is offshore, then in addition to the data on the air, the sea level and sea bed
depth must be entered along with the temperature profile and velocity of the sea.
194
PROSPER
2.5.2.2.5 Drilling and Completion

This data is used to calculate the heat transfer coefficients down hole. If the offshore
option has been selected the marine riser parameters must be entered in this section.
Entries must be from TOP to BOTTOM. Thus, the riser will be the first entry.
The completion fluid liquid and gas 'types' can have a significant effect on the heat
loss through the annulus as the properties can differ significantly. If pressure is
maintained on the annulus, the mud weight used should be modified to reflect the
actual annulus pressure at the packer depth. If the well is being gas lifted, the
program assumes that the annulus is full of gas down to the injection point.
c as well as allowing rows to be inserted, deleted or cleared.
Ensure the Tubing OD is less than the Casing ID.
For complex completions fluids, select the appropriate Customised Options from the
main Drilling and Completions section. Completion fluid property data will be
entered via look-up table data. The figure below shows the data required when
selecting the Completion Fluid Gas Type | Customised option from the drilling and
completions section.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
195
Five temperature dependent tables of properties can be entered. Please ensure that
the table will span the expected range of pressure and temperature conditions. The
program will not extrapolate outside the range of the input table. The Import button
can be used to import the data from a wide variety of sources.
2.5.2.2.6 Lithology
The program contains a database of thermal properties for various rock types
including sandstone, shale, limestone, dolomite, halite and others. The thermal
properties database can be edited and added to as required. If detailed lithology
data is available it should be entered in the screen shown below. If no data is
available, use shale from surface to total depth.
196
PROSPER
The reservoir temperature and pressure should be entered for the production
reference depth. The formation temperature gradient is interpolated between the
reservoir and surface environment temperatures.
Right clicking on a row in the table allows data to be copied, pasted or cut as well as
allowing rows to be inserted, deleted or cleared.
Thermal properties for buried pipelines are taken from the

shallowest formation type entered in the 'Lithology' screen.
2.5.2.2.7 Databases
This optional feature is used to access the thermal properties databases for editing or
addition of user-defined materials. Select 'Databases' and click 'Edit' and the
following selection screen will be displayed:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
197
Depending on the selection, PROSPER expects input of thermal conductivity,

emissivity, specific heat capacity, specific gravity or density.
Check that the units are correct prior to entering the thermal
properties.
Edited values remain in memory and become part of a particular well model file when
the file is saved. To permanently save edited values or new user-defined entries for
use in other projects click the Save button to keep them in the database. The Reset
button is used to return all entries to their default values.
2.5.2.2.8 Gauge Details

Up to 10 gauges can be added to a well in PROSPER:
198
PROSPER
The pressure and temperature at these gauges will be given as additional results in
any calculation being run.
2.5.2.3 Improved Approximation
Equipment entry for the 'Improved Approximation' temperature model varies little from
the 'Rough Approximation' option. Click on 'System Equipment' to display the
following input screen:
To start data entry for a new application, click All | Edit. PROSPER will then display
all the relevant input screens in sequence. If data has already been entered, clicking
the Summary command button will display a summary of the current equipment. To
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
199
go back and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the
appropriate item.
Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then include or exclude it
at the bottom of the Equipment Data screen.


Entering data for the 'Surface Equipment' is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only
except for the requirement to enter the overall heat transfer coefficient and the
surrounding temperature. The fluid temperature in the pipeline is not longer required to
be entered as this is now calculated.
The heat transfer coefficient can be specified for each pipe segment and should not
be confused with the pipe thermal conductivity.
The heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through the production tubing,
annulus and insulation (if present) to the surroundings. Heat transfer by forced and
free convection, conduction and radiation must all be accounted for in the value of the
overall heat transfer coefficient. In PROSPER, the overall heat transfer coefficient is
referenced to the pipe inside diameter.
200
PROSPER

The 'Downhole Equipment' section of PROSPER defines the path which the fluid takes
to surface and should be defined from the bottom hole (normally taken to be the top
of the producing perforations) to the well head.
The 'Downhole Equipment' input data is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only.
2.5.2.3.4 Temperature Data
PROSPER requires the formation temperature profile together with the heat transfer
coefficient to be entered on this screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
201
Enter static formation temperatures from e.g. extrapolation of

temperatures recorded on logging runs - NOT flowing well bore
temperatures.
As for surface equipment, enter an overall heat transfer coefficient that describes the
resistance to heat flow by all mechanisms (convection, radiation and conduction) from
the well to its surroundings. This value can vary throughout the formation. The
Enthalpy Balance temperature model is a convenient way to determine average heat
transfer coefficients. The heat transfer area is referenced to the pipe inside diameter.
2.6
PROSPER requires a minimum of two points for the

geothermal gradient; one taken at the depth of the well head
and one taken at the bottom-hole depth. The formation
temperature will be calculated by linear interpolation between
the entered points.
IPR Data Input

This section describes how PROSPER defines the reservoir inflow performance. The
following table lists the Inflow Performance options:
202
PROSPER
IPR
Method
Oil &
Dry &
Water Wet Gas
Retrograde
Condensate
Back Pressure
C and n
Composite
CBM
Producer
(available
when well type is set to CBM
Producer)
Darcy
Dual Porosity
External Entry
Fetkovich
Forchheimer
Forchheimer with Pseudo Pressure
Multirate Forchheimer
Pseudo - Pressure
with
Horizontal well - No Flow

Boundaries
Horizontal well - Constant

Pressure upper boundary
Horizontal well - dP friction
Horizontal well - transverse

vertical fractures
Hydraulically fractured
Jones
Multi-lateral
Multi-layer
Multi-layer - dP Loss
Multi-rate C and n
Multi-rate Fetkovich
Multi-rate Jones
Modified Isochronal IPR

Petroleum Experts
PROSPER Manual
P.I. Entry
SkinAide
June, 2014
User Guide
Thermally Induced Fracture

(injection only)
Transient
Vogel
SPOT
203
2.6.1 IPR Single Well Data

The Inflow Performance Relationship (IPR) defines the flow into the well from the
reservoir. Calculating an IPR results in a relationship between the bottom hole
pressure and the flow rate passing into the well.
Click System | Inflow Performance on the main toolbar and the main data entry
screen will appear.
2.6.1.1 The Main Data Entry Screen

The screen consists of 5 main parts:
1. Reservoir Model. In this area the main parts of the model are defined including the
IPR model, which (if any) skin models and sand control devices are being used.
2. Reservoir Data. A number of general reservoir parameters such as pressure,
temperature, water cut and GOR are defined in this section.
3. Model Data. Data specific to the selected IPR model, skin model, Sand Control
device along with the relative permeability (if enabled), viscosity data (if Non 1990-2014 Petroleum Experts Limited
204
PROSPER
Newtonian) and compaction (if enabled) are defined in this section

4. Results. The results of the IPR calculation are shown in table form and graphical
form.
5. Action Buttons. Buttons which perform various actions such as 'Validate' the input
data, 'Calculate' an IPR and 'Plot' the results.
2.6.1.2 Action Buttons_2
This button exits the screen after saving and validating all the data
pertaining to the chosen models. If the data are not valid an option of
remaining in the IPR edit screen and reviewing the validation errors that
are listed in a validation error dialogue is provided. This also occurs after
the validation in the Calculate, Transfer Data and Save Results button
commands. If the IPR section is exited with invalid data left in the input
then all calculation options using IPR data and models are disabled.
Cancel
This exits the screen and restores the data to its state at the start of the
main edit session. Any changes made during the current visit will be lost.
Validate Checks that the data on the current child screen falls within the validation
ranges of each variable. If the data is not valid, the validation dialogue will
appear with diagnostic messages. If any data is missing, then this is also
highlighted.
Reset
This replaces the data of the current child screen with the data that was
current when the screen was entered
Help
This displays information relevant to the current child screen
Calculate Saves and validates all the data pertaining to the chosen models (e.g.
Darcy reservoir model and Enter Skin By Hand) then runs the correct
calculation routine if the data are valid. On successful completion of the
calculation the results are automatically plotted
Plot
Will produce a plot screen appropriate to the current reservoir model (for
example, a Darcy plot) and plot the data from the last Calculate
command.
Report
Enters the PROSPER Reporting System. The report produced will depend
on the current model choices
Export
Can export current data (input and results) to the printer, a file, the
clipboard or the screen
Test Data Allows to enter the test data (rate vs Bottom Hole Pressure, a date stamp
and a comment) that will be then displayed in the IPR plot
Sensitivity Allows to perform sensitivities on the various parameters affecting the IPR
Done
Transfer
Data
PROSPER Manual
Saves and validates all the current data before opening a standard File
Save As dialogue that provides an opportunity to save the data to file in
MBAL input format (.MIP).
June, 2014
User Guide
Save
Results
GAP
205
If PROSPER has been opened from a session in GAP then the data are
posted to GAP instead. The transfer button does not prompt for creation
of a .MIP file.
This option is only enabled when PROSPER is run from GAP. On a
successful validation options to either over-write the current file or to save
the PROSPER file using File Save As options are provided
This option is only enabled when PROSPER is run from GAP. It shuts
down the IPR screen and minimises PROSPER, thus bringing GAP to the
forefront
Note that the Save and Validate sequence carried out by

several of the action button commands does not actually
save to file but transfers data from the context of the IPR
data screen to the PROSPER data structure in memory.
Hence, files should regularly be saved to avoid losing work
due to power failures or crashes.
2.6.1.3 Model Selection Section

An example of the model selection section of the IPR for the Oil and Water fluid
choice can be seen below:
The 'model selection' part of the IPR input screen controls the choice of almost all the
tabbed dialogues that will be seen in the model data sectopm.
There are four major selections done in this screen. These are:
Selection of Reservoir Model
206
PROSPER
For each fluid various single well IPR models available to be selected. Details on
each model can be found in the subsequent sections of this guide.
Selection of Mechanical/Geometrical Skin Model
The user has the option of entering the skin by hand or using one of the
analytical models to model the mechanical and geometric skin.
Selection of Deviation / Partial Penetration Skin Model
There are three skin models and these become available if a analytical skin
model of mechanical / geometric skin calculation has been used.
Enabling sand control devices and specifying the type.
The type of completion (cased or open hole) is chosen from

the main Options screen (in the PROSPER main menu).
In case gas coning option has been selected in main options,

for oils the coning button is displayed to allow the activation
of a dialogue screen in which parameters for the calculation
of rate-dependent GORs can be entered
If the fluid is a gas or a condensate the format of the screen is very similar; only the
reservoir and other model input selections vary for example, in gas systems, we have
CGR and WGR instead of GOR and WC.
The choice of reservoir models governs which subsidiary models (principally skin) are
enabled. Thus, horizontal well models do not require a deviation skin data entry and
some of the more complex reservoir models (e.g. multi-layer with dP friction loss)
contain their own skin and gravel pack models.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
207
2.6.1.4 Reservoir Data
In the reservoir data section the user specifies the pressure, temperature,
producing GOR and water cut.
Compaction Permeability Reduction Model.
This option can be set to Yes or No. If set to Yes, the user must enter an initial
reservoir pressure, compressibility and compaction model exponent to model the
decrease in permeability due to compaction.
Relative permeability.
This option can be set to Yes or No in case of oils. If set to Yes, the user has
the option of defining a set of relative permeability curves, which will be used to
change productivity of the system with changing water cut.
2.6.1.5 Data Input Section
The data input section contains a set of data entry tabbed dialogues that become
available depending on the IPR model and other options selected.
208
PROSPER
The tabs are coloured according to the validity of the data

on the corresponding dialogues.
If the tab is green, then the data is valid for the current
system set-up.
If it is red, then the data is invalid or empty.
If the tab is grey, then this tab is not applicable to the
current reservoir model (or model selection) and so is
inaccessible.
The tabs are labelled as follows:
Reservoir Model
Mech/Geom Skin
Dev/PP Skin
Gravel Pack
Relative Perm
Viscosity
Compaction
Notes on Data Validation:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
209
Pressing the validate button invokes a checking routine which

flags for the any invalid entries.
Notes on Data Entry in IPR section

In all the IPR input sections, for various options, the data may be required to be
entered in one of the following ways:
Entering a value against a blank field
Pressing a push button, which takes us further into another screen, where actual
data required is entered as indicated against Dietz calculator on the screenshot
above.
Using a drop-down list.
Some models require data entered for multiple layers (e.g.

multi-layer and multi-layer with dP friction loss) and/or
multiple completion zones (e.g. horizontal well with dP
friction loss and Wong-Clifford deviation/partial penetration
skin model).
In dialogues with grid entry it is also possible to select, copy,
cut and paste blocks of the table, using mouse drag
operations and the buttons provided on the screen. As the
data in a table are typically interdependent some
consistency validation checks are carried out in addition to
the range validation.
210
PROSPER
2.6.1.6 Results Data

The results of the IPR calculation are shown in the Results section
The results include

A breakdown of the results in table form
A graph of FBHP and FBHT with temperature
More detailed plotting can be obtained from the results menu.
2.6.2 IPR Models for Oil and Water Wells

The IPR model chosen depends upon the available data and the type of inflow
sensitivities to be performed.
The following sections list various inflow models that are available for oil wells.
For more details on each IPR model, the Reference Section details the papers and
books on which the models are based.
2.6.2.1 P.I. Entry_2
A straight-line inflow model is used above the bubble point based on the equation
shown below. The Vogel empirical solution is used below the bubble point, the test
point being the rate calculated using the following equation at bottom hole pressure
equal to bubble point. The user input productivity index (PI) is used to calculate the
IPR. The IPR rates are always Liquid Rates. Hence the PI refers to Liquid Rate.
Q = J ( Pr - Pb )
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
211
Where J is the Productivity Index, expressed as (STB/day)/psi.

2.6.2.2 Vogel
The program uses the straight-line inflow relationship above the bubble point and the
Vogel empirical solution below the bubble point. A single flowing bottom hole pressure
and surface test rate is used to calculate the IPR, below the bubble point. From this
IPR the rate and bubble point pressure are used to evaluate the PI for the straight-line
part of the inflow above the bubble point.
When calculating IPR sensitivities for reservoir pressure, PROSPER retains the correct
well productivity. Otherwise, changing the reservoir pressure changes the Vogel well
productivity.
Pwf
Pwf
Q
= 1 - 0.2
- 0.8
Qmax
Pr
Pr
2.6.2.3 Composite
This is an extension of the Vogel inflow solution (Petrobras method) that accounts for
water cut.
Vogel essentially decreases the inflow below bubble point because of gas formation.
However, if the water cut is higher the inflow potential will increase and approach a
straight-line IPR due to single-phase flow.
More information on the 'Composite' model can be found on page 30-32 of 'The
Technology of Artificial Lift Methods - Volume 4' by Kermit Brown.
A test flow rate, flowing bottom-hole pressure and water cut are required to be
entered.
2.6.2.4 Darcy
The program uses the Darcy inflow equation above the bubble point and the Vogel
solution below the bubble point. The Vogel solution is based upon the rate when the
FBHP is equal to the bubble point as calculated by the Darcy equation.
The required inputs are:
Reservoir permeability (total permeability at the prevailing water cut and GOR)
Reservoir thickness (thickness of producing reservoir rock, i.e. thickness of net pay
interval)
212
PROSPER
Drainage area
Well bore radius
Dietz shape factor (to account for the shape of the drainage area)
If the effects of water cut are to be taken into account when calculating the PI, the
Relative Permeability Curve options should be consulted.
2.6.2.5 Fetkovich
The Fetkovich equation for oil is a modified form of the Darcy equation, which allows
for two phase flow below the bubble point. The Fetkovich equation can be expressed
as:
2
Q = J ( Pr - Pb ) + J ' ( Pr - Pwf )
Enter the same inputs as for the Darcy example plus the relative permeability for oil.
Skin can be entered either by hand or calculated using Locke's, Macleod's or the
Karakas and Tariq method.
2.6.2.6 Multi-rate Fetkovich

This method uses a non-linear regression to fit the Fetkovich model for up to 10 test
points. The model is expressed as:
Q = C (( Pr2 - Pwf2 ) / 1000) n

The fit values of C and n are posted on the IPR plot. If the reservoir pressure is not
available, the program will calculate it. For producing wells, enter a reservoir
pressure lower than the measured flowing bottomhole pressures. The program will
dismiss the reservoir pressure that has been entered and calculate it.
2.6.2.7 Jones
The Jones equation for oil is a modified form of the Darcy equation, which allows for
both Darcy and non-Darcy pressure drops. The Jones equation can be expressed in
the form:
( Pr - Pwf ) = aQ 2 + bQ
Where "a" and "b" are calculated from reservoir properties or can be determined from
a multi-rate test. The same data as for the Darcy model plus the perforated interval
is required. Skin can be directly entered or calculated using the available methods.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
213
2.6.2.8 Multi-rate Jones

This method uses a non-linear regression to fit for up to 10 test points for the Jones
model.
i.e.
( Pr - Pwf ) = aQ 2 + bQ
If the reservoir pressure is not available, the program will calculate it. For producing
wells, enter a reservoir pressure lower than the measured flowing bottomhole
pressures. The program will dismiss the reservoir pressure that has been entered
and calculate it.
2.6.2.9 Transient
This IPR method takes into account the change of deliverability with time. This
method can be particularly important for tight reservoirs. Both the Darcy and Jones
equations assume that the well has reached pseudo-steady state flow conditions. In
tight reservoirs, the transient equation can be used to determine the inflow
performance as a function of flowing time. Once the flowing time is long enough for
pseudo-steady state flow to develop within the drainage radius, the Darcy inflow
model is then used. Enter the same data as the Darcy example plus:
Porosity
Time
(Enter the reservoir porosity)

(Time in days, must be greater than 0.5 days)
The transient IPR equation is:
'Time' is the flowing time since the last reservoir pressure equalisation up to the time
of the analysis.
The Transient IPR model in PROSPER is designed to:
Check whether the production is in the transient state or semi-steady state.
If it is in the transient state, then the IPR will be calculated using the equation
mentioned above.
If the production has already reached the semi-steady state conditions, then the
IPR will be calculated using the semi-steady state inflow equation
The units used in the above transient IPR equation are oilfield units:
Q = stb/d
P = psig
= cp
Bo = rb/stb
214
PROSPER
k = mD
t = hours
Ct = 1/psi
h, rw = ft
Note:
Although the total saturation weighted compressibility is used in the literature,
PROSPER only uses the fluid compressibility as the relative magnitude of the
formation compressibility is such that it will have negligible impact on the pressure
drop calculations.
2.6.2.10Hydraulically Fractured Well
The hydraulically fractured well inflow model can be used to run sensitivities on
hydraulic fracture designs. The model is transient and is particularly useful in
determining the transient deliverability of a well after stimulation.
The hydraulically fractured well model is based on the paper by Cinco Ley - SPE
6014.
Gravel packs can be combined with the hydraulically fractured well IPR to
model Frac-Packed wells
Reservoir
permeability
Total permeability at prevailing water cut
Formation
thickness
Thickness of producing reservoir rock
Drainage Area
This is the drainage area from which the well is

producing
Wellbore radius
Radius of the wellbore
DIETZ shape factor Depends on the shape of the drainage area.

Time
Enter the time since the last reservoir pressure

equalisation up to the time of the analysis.
Fracture Height
The original model assumes that fracture height is

equal to that of the reservoir thickness, however, the
fracture height (Hf) is used in Gas Wells to compute
the Non-Darcy factor. The fracture height is therefore
only used for gas well and is not used for oil wells.
Fracture
Length
Dimensionless
Fracture
Conductivity
PROSPER Manual
Half Half length of the fracture

Dimensionless fracture conductivity is a key design
parameter in well stimulation that compares the
capacity of the fracture to transmit fluids down the
fracture and into the wellbore with the ability of the
formation to deliver fluid into the fracture.
June, 2014
User Guide
Defined
as:
where:
FCD
FCD =
215
K f bf
KR xf
Fracture
Conductivity
Kf
Fracture
Permeability
bf
Fracture Width
Kr
Reservoir
Permeability
xf
Fracture
Length
Half
The skin by hand is the 'Fracture Face Skin'. This can be set to zero if the fracturing
program has been performed such that there isnt an additional pressure drop in the
fracture. If the fracturing program has been such that it leads to an additional
pressure drop then this skin value can be increased. There cannot be a 'negative skin'
associated with the 'fracture' as the fracture is being explicitly modelled in this case.
The analytical models such as karakas-tariq are not applicable for the fracture skin
and are hence not available.
2.6.2.11Horizontal Well - No Flow Boundaries
This steady-state inflow model is based on the work of Kuchuk and Goode. It
assumes that the horizontal well is draining a closed rectangular drainage volume that
is bounded by sealing surfaces. The well can be placed anywhere within the drainage
region. The pressure drop along the well bore itself is not taken into account and so
this model may not be suitable for long horizontal sections drilled in high productivity
reservoirs where high flow rates may lead to considerable frictional pressure drops.
Instead, the Horizontal well - friction dP IPR should be used in such cases.
The definitions of symbols for various parameters to

PROSPER horizontal well model are as per this manual and
not necessarily on basis of the reference paper.
Enter:
Reservoir
permeability
Formation
thickness
216
PROSPER
Wellbore radius
Horizontal
Anisotropy
Ratio of Ky/Kx where Kx is permeability in the direction

of the horizontal well and Ky is the permeability
perpendicular to the horizontal well
Vertical Anisotropy Ratio of Kz/Ky where Kz is the vertical permeability

Length of well
Horizontal producing section, L
Length of drainage Reservoir dimension parallel to well, Lx

area
Width of drainage Reservoir dimension perpendicular to well, Ly
area
Distance
from Xw
length
edge
to
centre of well
Distance from width Yw
edge to centre of
well
Distance
from Zw
bottom of reservoir
to centre of well
A sketch outlining the main geometric parameters is shown below:
2.6.2.12Horizontal Well - Constant Pressure Upper Boundary

The reservoir geometry is the same as for the No Flow Boundaries case, except for a
constant pressure upper boundary. The pressure drop along the well bore itself is not
taken into account. This model requires the same input data as the Horizontal Well Bounded Reservoir model above.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
217
The plot below compares PROSPER calculated IPR values with those obtained by
Kuchuk and Goode for a well in the centre of a 4000 by 4000 square reservoir.
PROSPER Horizontal Well IPR

vs Fine Grid Simulation
35
Anisotropy
30
0.01
0.1
25
h = 50'
zw = 25'
rw = 0.25'
kh = 50 md
vis = 1 cp
P.I. (BOPD/psi)
1.0
20
Simulator - Lines
PROSPER - Symbols
15
4000'
4000'
10
0
0
0.05
0.1
0.15
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.35
0.4
0.45
0.5
L1/2/Lx
2.6.2.13Multi-Layer Inflow
The multi-layer inflow model allows up to 50 discrete reservoir layers to be entered as
shown in the following example input screen:
Each layer can have different reservoir pressures, inflow models and fluid properties
and the oil gravity, GOR and water cut may be entered differently for each layer. The
218
PROSPER
produced fluid properties in the wellbore are determined from the summation of the
individual layer contributions. The summation accounts for cross flow between layers
having different pressures. Each layer can be gravel packed if desired.
All reservoir pressures should be referenced to the same depth - the depth of the
solution node (the last node in the down-hole equipment)
For cases where the zones are separated by significant depth or friction pressure
losses are significant, the Multi-layer - dP Loss in Wellbore IPR model should be
used.
If PVT matching has been used in the PVT section, it is

assumed that it was performed on the commingled layer
fluids. The fit parameters generated will be applied to all
PVT calculations for all layers in determining the combined
inflow performance.
To use the Multi-Layer IPR, enter the reservoir temperature then click 'Input Data' to
enter the tab-controlled screen, and then click on the 'Reservoir Model' tab button.
For each layer, select the inflow model from: Darcy, Multi-rate Jones, or PI Entry
methods then enter the layer PVT properties, average pressures, thickness and skins.
For each layer, click the 'Layer Data' button and enter the information required by the
inflow model.
To facilitate rapid comparison of flow rates using different

completion options, select a Null IPR type for a layer i.e.,
from the Layer Model drop-down dialogue box select the
blank (no text) option. This effectively turns the layer off. To
return it to production, re-select the original IPR type, and
the layer parameters etc. will be re-instated when the IPR is
re-calculated.
2.6.2.14External Entry
This option allows an externally generated IPR data set to be imported or directly
entered. Up to five tables can be entered to allow sensitivities to be calculated on any
arbitrary set of variables. For example, IPRs for a range of reservoir pressures
calculated by a simulator could be input using this option.
An example of an external entry IPR input screen is shown below:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
219
External IPR tables can also be imported from ASCII files. The file format is given in
Appendix D of the PROSPER User Guide.
Curve Label and Units
These fields allow the user to identify the curves with a label and units. Note that label
and units will appear only in the Sensitivity calculation in the list of sensitivity variables,
where one can interpolate among the entered curves.
Import/Export
It is possible to import or export the IPR tables for the External Entry IPR
220
PROSPER
2.6.2.15Horizontal well - dP Friction Loss in Wellbore

To adequately model horizontal well inflow in high productivity reservoirs, it is
necessary to account for pressure loss along the horizontal section. PROSPER
divides the horizontal section into 20 sections and a network algorithm solves for zone
production and well bore pressure. Pressure loss between these zones is accounted
for. The Horizontal well - dP Friction input screen is shown below:
The reservoir parameters entered in the upper section of the screen determine the
overall well productivity using the selected model. The zone parameters are used by
the network algorithm to re-scale the overall productivity on a zone-by-zone basis. A
description of the input parameters follows:
Reservoir Parameters
Horizontal
Well Model used for overall well productivity
model
Reservoir
permeability
Formation
thickness
Wellbore radius
Horizontal
Anisotropy
Ratio of Ky/Kx where Kx is permeability in the direction

of the horizontal well and Ky is the permeability
perpendicular to the horizontal well
Vertical Anisotropy Ratio of Kz/Ky where Kz is the vertical permeability

Length of well
PROSPER Manual
Horizontal producing section, L

June, 2014
User Guide
221
Length of drainage Reservoir dimension parallel to well, Lx

area
Width of drainage Reservoir dimension perpendicular to well, Ly
area
Distance
from Xw
length
edge
to
centre of well
Distance from width Yw
edge to centre of
well
Distance
from Zw
bottom of reservoir
to centre of well
The horizontal well models available are:
Kuckuk and Goode (bounded and constant pressure boundary)
Babu & Odeh
Goode / Wilkinson partial completion (bounded and constant pressure boundary)
The reservoir parameters are entered as for the original infinite conductivity (no
pressure loss) horizontal well model.
Geometric definitions vary between published horizontal well

inflow models. Ensure that geometric parameters entered
in PROSPER are consistent with the above definitions. Refer
to the Horizontal Well IPR sketch for details.
Zone Parameters
Data for up to 20 zones can be entered. The required inputs are as follows:
Zone Type
Blank, Perforated or Open Hole
Skin Method
'Enter by Hand' or 'Karakas & Tariq' for perforated

zones
Gravel Pack
Yes or No
Zone Length
Length of zone along the well
Zone Permeability
Average permeability of the zone at the prevailing

water cut
Flowing Radius
Internal radius of the completion tubing which is used

in friction calculations
Zone Roughness
Roughness of zone for friction calculation
222
PROSPER
These parameters describe the local permeability and the flow path along the well
bore. Click the Zone Data button to enter details such as skin and perforation
parameters. If the Skin Method is Enter by Hand, the skin and open hole radius are
required. If Karakas & Tariq is selected, then enter the perforation details and
PROSPER will estimate the zone skin. If the zone is to be gravel packed, this data is
entered under 'Zone Data.'
To allow comparison of the IPR with and without friction

losses, setting the zone roughness to zero turns off the
friction pressure drop calculation entirely rather than
calculating friction for a smooth pipe
Coning Calculations in Horizontal wells

The Ben Dikken and Chaperon correlations prediction of critical coning rates for gas,
water or gas and water have been implemented. From the 'Horizontal well - dP
Friction' data entry screen click Coning to display the Coning Calculations screen:
Enter a production rate and porosity then select the required coning calculation
method. Click Calculate to find the critical rate and time to breakthrough for the rate
entered. The pressure along the well bore for the specified rate is calculated and
displayed by clicking Plot.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
223
The production contribution from each zone can be displayed as:

Rate per Unit Length
Percentage production
Cumulative percentage production
An example of a rate per unit length plot is shown below:
The Horizontal Well - friction dP IPR models the pressure at

the heel of the well as a function of pressure. The intake
node is therefore the heel of the well. The heel should be the
224
PROSPER
last node entered in System Equipment and Deviation

Survey tables - it is not necessary to enter details of the
horizontal producing section except in the IPR. If the length is
included in both the IPR and down-hole equipment sections,
then the pressure drop will be accounted for twice.
2.6.2.16Multi-Layer - dP Loss in Wellbore

The Multi-Layer dP Loss in Wellbore model can be used to model the production from
multi-layered reservoir systems where pressure losses in the wellbore are significant.
PROSPER iterates until the production from each zone and the well pressures
converge at the solution rate.
The effect of the pressure drop due to gravity and friction between zones and cross
flow is also accounted for. An example of a Multi-Layer - dP Loss input screen is
shown below:
This screen allows for the entry of up to 50 layers. To enter PVT, IPR data
(permeability, test rates etc. depending on the IPR model selected) and layer skin,
click the appropriate button to display the input screen.
The layer depth entered for each layer is the depth to the BOTTOM of that layer.
Hence, the bottom of layer 1 becomes the top of layer 2 and so forth. The top of layer
1 is defined in the row labelled 'TOP'. The depth entered for TOP is the depth for
which the IPR is to be evaluated (the solution node). This should be the same as the
deepest depth entered in 'System Equipment'.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
225
The input data required are:

Layer Type
Either Blank, Perforated or Open Hole
Measured Depth
Measured depth of the bottom of layer n
True Vertical Depth TVD of the bottom of layer n

Layer Pressure
Layer
Radius
Pressure at the bottom of layer n (referenced to the

bottom of layer n)
Flowing Internal radius of the completion tubing which is used

in friction calculations.
Layer IPR Model
Select from Darcy, Multi-rate Jones, P.I. Entry,

Fractured or Horizontal
Layer Skin Model
'Enter by Hand' or 'Karakas & Tariq' for perforated

layer
Layer Gravel Pack
Yes or No
Layer PVT Data
GOR, Oil and Gas Gravity plus Water Cut
Layer Parameters
Relevant parameters for the selected IPR model
Layer Skin
Relevant parameters for the selected Skin model
Click Calculate and the IPR for each layer and the summation will be calculated and
displayed on a plot as follows:
226
PROSPER
To list the layer production in detail, click 'Results' and scroll through the layer results
one by one. An example results screen is shown below:
Scroll from the selection menu to view the results for each of the layers.
Gravel pack and well skin etc. can be seen by scrolling to the right of the results
table. Negative layer production rates indicate cross-flow into the layer.
If a zero roughness is entered, then inter-layer pressure

drops are not computed. The layer pressures are then
equivalent to a potential referred to the depth of the TOP
layer. The calculations are then equivalent to the simpler
Multi-Layer IPR without dP model.
The multilayer option is also available for dry gas and gas
condensate model. Different IPR models (based upon gas
systems) are available in this case.
The Gravel Pack sand control option is only available for the
Multi-Layer dP Loss in Wellbore IPR model and can be
activated via the Options menu
2.6.2.17SkinAide
The Elf inflow and skin calculation method is incorporated in PROSPER. API
perforation characteristics can be used to estimate perforation damage given casing
and formation properties. A detailed description of SkinAide is given SkinAide Section
of this guide.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
227
2.6.2.18Dual Porosity
This model is useful for naturally fractured reservoirs where the matrix (formation)
porosity is greater than the fracture porosity and the matrix permeability is much
smaller than the fracture permeability, but not negligible.
The model is based upon the work of Warren and Root in SPE426.
It requires the entry of the following parameters: fracture permeability, reservoir
thickness, drainage area, well-bore radius, porosity, time, storativity ratio and
interporosity coefficient. The latter two parameters are defined as follows:
1. Storativity ratio, w = ff cf / ( ff cf + fm cm)
where:
ff
cf
fm
cm
fracture porosity,
fracture compressibility,
matrix porosity and
matrix compressibility.
2. Interporosity, l = a km rew^2 /kf

where:
a
- shape factor (see Warren, J.E. and Root, P.J.: "The Behaviour
of Naturally Fractured Reservoirs.", SPE 426, SPEJ (Sept. 1963), 245-255.)
km
- matrix permeability
rew^2 - effective well radius squared
kf
- fracture permeability.
2.6.2.19Horizontal Well with Transverse Vertical Fractures
The horizontal well with transverse vertical fractures is based on a model proposed by
T.M. Herge and Leif Larsen in the SPE paper 28845. The model calculates an
effective wellbore radius based on fracture conductivity, fracture size, wellbore radius
and number of fractures. The fractures are assumed to be uniformly distributed along
the horizontal length of the well. This effective wellbore radius is then used in the
horizontal well - no-flow-boundaries IPR model (based on the work of Kuckuk and
Goode) to calculate the well productivity.
This is for use with wells that are stimulated with one or more transverse vertical
fractures. It is assumed that the fractures are circular, the well goes through their
centre and they are evenly spaced. If there is one fracture it is in the middle of the
well. The data to be entered are the same as those for a horizontal well, along with
the fracture half-length, its dimensionless conductivity and the number of fractures
present.
The following steps describe the method of performing the calculations.
The fracture half length, fracture conductivity, and number of fractures are used
228
PROSPER
to calculate an equivalent wellbore radius. This calculation is based on the

technique developed by Hegre and Larsen (SPE 28845)
The effective well-bore radius is then used in the Horizontal Well No Flow
Boundary model to compute the IPR of the well.
Warning:
Care should be taken when using this model when considering reservoirs with limited
thickness. If the equivalent wellbore radius is calculated to be large, it may exceed the
reservoir thickness and this effective places the well on the edge or outside of the
defined drainage area. This will lead to unphysical results and therefore the model is
no longer applicable for these cases.
This is most commonly noticed when increasing the vertical anisotropy, number of
fractures, fracture half length or dimensionless fracture conductivity leads to a
decrease in the AOF reported. In such cases, the user may wish to consult a
reservoir simulator (such as REVEAL) which is able to model the multiple fractures
along a well.
2.6.2.20Thermally Induced Fracture Model
2.6.2.20.1 Overview
This IPR model is enabled when well type Injector and fluid type Oil and Water is set
in the Options | Options screen.
The algorithm follows the framework outlined in:
SPE 30777, Thermally Induced Fractures: A Field-Proven Analytical Model. SPE
Reservoir Evaluation & Engineering, February 1998. J-L. Detienne, Max Creusot,
Nicolas Kessler, Bernard Sahuquet and J-L. Bergerot.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
229
Information was also assembled from SPE 7964 (radial reservoir temperature profile)
and SPE 11332 (coefficient for thermo-elastic stress equation). Note that the
temperature profile derivation uses the same basis as the work of de Lauwerier
referred to in SPE 30777.
SPE 7964: Analytical Definition of the Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient, A. B.
Zolotukhin.
SPE 11332: The Effect of Thermo-elastic Stresses on Injection Well Fracturing, T.K.
Perkins and J.A. Gonzalez.
This model is concerned with the thermo-mechanical effects induced by injecting cold
water into a hot reservoir. The method first tests whether a calculated Pwf rises
above the reservoir stress around the well bore. If this occurs then a fracture is
assumed to propagate and the Pwf at the fracture tip is equated to the reservoir
stress (i.e. equilibrium) by iterating on the fracture length. The fracture effect is
incorporated in a skin term, and two stress effects are considered; a thermo-elastic
one (varies with injection temperature) and a poro-elastic one (varies with Pwf). The
stress at the wellbore is calculated by adding these effects to the initial reservoir
stress. The Pwf is calculated using varying fluid and geometric properties (inner and
outer radii) and a Darcy-like model in three circular zones. The first (inner) is water
that is still cool, the second is water that has warmed up, and the third (outer) is the
original reservoir.
The IPR calculated by this model consists, therefore, of two different zones with a
break-point where the fracturing occurs. See the following figure.
The model is not valid for uncontrolled hydraulic fracturing where the fracture length
may be several hundred feet. The fracture should not extend beyond the so-called
cooled injection zone, the extent of which is calculated using the temperature profile
230
PROSPER
referred to above.
This is the recommended approach when modelling injection wells as the thermal
effects of injected a cooler fluid into the formation are considered.
2.6.2.20.2 Data Entry
The Thermally Induced Fracture model reservoir data screen is split into two tabbed
screens, one handling 'Injecitivity Index' parameters, and one handling 'Thermomechanical' parameters. Also, it is required to enter the injected fluid temperature in
the model selection screen.
PVT parameter
Injected Fluid
Temperature
Bottom hole flowing temperature of injection fluid
Injectivity Index Parameters

Reservoir
Permeability
Formation
Thickness
Thickness of producing formations
Drainage Area
Enter the drainage area which is being produced from.
DIETZ Shape Factor Depends on the shape of the drainage area

Wellbore Radius
Porosity
The porosity of the reservoir.
Time
Time in days, must be greater than 0.5 days.
Mean
Historical The average injection rate over the history of the
injection well should be inserted.
Injection Rate
Thermo-mechanical Parameters
Initial Reservoir Stress
Initial stress status of the reservoir
Sweep Efficiency
Factor which gives a measure of the

capability of the injected fluid to flood. It is
used in the determination of the
temperature front
Injected Fluid Specific Specific heat capacity of the injected fluid
Heat Capacity
Overall
Conductivity
PROSPER Manual
Reservoir Heat conductivity of the reservoir
June, 2014
User Guide
231
Overall
Reservoir Specific heat capacity of the reservoir
Specific Heat Capacity
Overall
Density
Reservoir Total density of the rock
Top
and
Surroundings
Conductivity
Bottom Heat conductivity of the rock above and

below the producing formation
Top
and
Surroundings
Heat Capacity
Bottom Specific heat capacity of the rock above

Specific and below the producing formation
Top
and
Bottom Density of the rock above and below the
producing formation
Surroundings Density
Reservoir
Expansion
Thermal Factor defining the variation of reservoir

volume with the temperature (1/V)(DV/DT)
Biot's Constant
Poro-elastic correlating coefficient, relates

pressure
perturbation
to
stress
perturbation: (1-cg/cb) where cg and cb
are the grain and bulk compressibilities
Poisson's Ratio
Dimensionless factor relating the normal to
the axial deformation in axial stress
experiments
Reservoir
Young's Factor correlation stress and strain during
elastic deformation
Modulus
2.6.2.21Coning Calculation
In addition to the coning model implemented for the Horizontal Well with dP Friction
Loss model, a gas coning option can be chosen from the 'Options' screen in the main
menu. This applies to all oil IPR models. It modifies the solution GOR by multiplying
it by a weighting factor greater than 1, which is a positive function of the liquid rate.
The output is a total, or produced, GOR. The model implemented was originally
developed for high permeability reservoirs (see Urbanczyk, C.H, and Wattenbarger,
R.A., "Optimization of Well Rates under Gas Coning Conditions.", SPE Advanced
Technology Series, Vol. 2, No. 2, April 1994).
The following data is required to calculate the total GOR from a rate:
Reservoir permeability
Perforation height (vertical distance from perforation top to bottom)
Vertical anisotropy
Vertical distance from perforation top to gas-oil contact
Three correlating parameters: F1, F3 and an exponent
232
PROSPER
If the gas coning is enabled then a Coning button appears on the model selection
dialogue screen. Clicking on this brings up a dialogue that allows the correlating
parameters to be tuned. There is an automatic matching facility, which calculates F3
from the other data and a (rate, GOR) coordinate. Also, the GOR can be calculated
from different rates whilst in this screen in order to verify the parameters.
It is recommended that this model be calibrated against

measure rate versus produced GOR data before using it as
a predictive tool.
2.6.3 IPR for Gas and Retrograde Condensate

Over Seventeen inflow options are available, including a multi-lateral inflow model.
The choice depends upon the information available and the type of sensitivities that
will be done. If multi-rate test data is available, the modelled IPR can be matched to
the measured data.
As for oil, gas inflow models are divided between design and production applications.
Calculated IPR models can be used to estimate productivity for different completion
options. Other models are available for estimating productivity from measured flowing
pressures.
The average reservoir pressure and reservoir temperature must be entered for all
inflow performance models, however both the Multi-rate C and n and Multi-rate Jones
models can be used to calculate the reservoir pressure from production test data.
For more details on each IPR model, the Reference Section details the papers and
books on which the models are based.
2.6.3.1 Jones
The Jones equation for gas is a modified form of the Darcy equation, which allows for
both laminar and non-Darcy flow pressure drops. The Jones equation can be
expressed in the form:
PR2 - Pw2f = a Q 2 + b Q
Where "a" and "b" are calculated from reservoir properties or "a" and "b" can be
determined from a multi-rate test.
Required data entry is:
Reservoir
permeability
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
Formation
thickness
233
Drainage Area
DIETZ Shape Factor Depends on the shape of the drainage area. Used to
correct the assumption that the flow into the well is
perfectly radial.
Wellbore radius
Perforation Interval Used to calculate the non-Darcy coefficient
The Jones IPR model is discouraged from being used with

high reservoir pressures as the assumption of the model is to
keep 1 / Z constant at all pressures.
2.6.3.2 Forchheimer
The Forchheimer equation expresses the inflow performance in terms of a laminar and
a non-Darcy pressure drop coefficients expressed as:
PR2 - Pw2f = a Q 2 + b Q
The "a" and "b" factors are input parameters for the Forchheimer IPR model.
2.6.3.3 Back Pressure
In this form of the back pressure equation:
Q = C (PR2 - Pw2f ) n
C is determined from the reservoir pressure and reservoir properties. Required input
data are:
Reservoir
permeability
Formation
thickness
Drainage Area
perfectly radial.
Wellbore radius
Exponent n
Between 0.5 and 1

234
PROSPER
2.6.3.4 C and n
This is the common form of the back pressure equation:
Q = C (PR2 - Pw2f ) n
C and n can be determined from a plot of: Q versus (Pr2-Pwf2) on log-log paper. n is
the inverse of the slope and varies between 1 for Darcy flow to 0.5 for completely
non-Darcy flow.
This option allows direct entry of C and n.
2.6.3.5 Multi-rate C and n

Up to 10 test points can be entered and they will be fitted to the C and n back
pressure equation for gas:
Q = C (PR2 - Pw2f ) n
The fit values of C and n are posted on the IPR plot and listed in the IPR report.
If the reservoir pressure defined in the IPR section is less than the highest value of the
bottom hole pressure for the test points, then PROSPER will automatically calculate
the reservoir pressure. For example, there are two well test data points defined for
the IPR model as follows:
If the reservoir pressure defined is less than 2500 psig (the bottom hole pressure for
the lower rate), PROSPER will recalculate the reservoir pressure. If the reservoir
pressure is greater than the highest FBHP specified, then the Multirate C & n model is
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
235
designed to recalculate the C and n parameters so that the IPR will pass through the
test data points and the reservoir pressure specified.
It is advised to enter three or more test points. Using a

single data point can generate a non-representative IPR
profile as multiple solutions become available.
2.6.3.6 Multi-rate Jones

Up to 10 test points can be entered and they will be fitted to the Jones equation for
gas expressed as:
PR2 - Pw2f = a Q 2 + b Q
The fit values of a and b are posted on the IPR plot and listed in the IPR report. The
multi-rate Jones IPR is a convenient way to determine a and b from well tests. These
values can be entered in the Forcheimer IPR for calculating IPR sensitivities.
The program will automatically calculate the reservoir pressure if it is not available.
For producing wells, input a reservoir pressure lower than the measured pressures.
The program will dismiss the reservoir pressure entered and calculate one. For
injection wells, input a reservoir pressure higher than one of the pressures entered.
The program will calculate the reservoir pressure.
Note for injection wells. If flow test data for a producer has
been fitted, the well will have the correct IPR if it is then
converted to an injector.
2.6.3.7 External Entry

Refer to External Entry for Oil.
2.6.3.8 Petroleum Experts

The Petroleum Experts inflow option uses a multi-phase pseudo pressure function to
model the reduction in well productivity resulting from increasing liquid saturation in
condensate wells. It assumes that no condensate banking occurs and that all the
condensate that drops out is produced. Transient effects on P.I. are accounted for if
the well is calculated to be producing in a time period before stead-state conditions
have been established.
236
PROSPER
The following data is required to be entered:

Reservoir
permeability
Either total or effective permeability at connate water

saturation
Formation
thickness
Drainage Area
perfectly radial.
Wellbore radius
Perforation Interval Enter the TVD of the height of perforations for the
well. This is used to calculate the non-Darcy
coefficient
Porosity
Average over producing section
Time
Refer to Transient IPR for Oil - Section 7.2.9
Connate
saturation
Permeability
entered
Non-Darcy
Factor
PROSPER Manual
water Used in relative permeability calcs. - see below

Either total or effective at Swc
Flow Enter by hand or PROSPER can calculate it
June, 2014
User Guide
237
The non-Darcy coefficient can be entered from a well test where available or
calculated using a correlation.
The D factor calculation is based on equations 8.24 and 8.27 from Chapter 8 of
Fundamentals of Reservoir Engineering by L. Dake.
Since the Petroleum Experts IPR model calculates flow profile during transient
conditions, the constant in equation 8.27 is replaced by 1637. This is based on the
Essis-Thomas equation for flow during transient conditions.
The non-Darcy D-factor is calculated as a product of the following two variables:
D = A1*A2
Where:
A1 = 3.161E-12 TabsSG / ( ghperf2rw)
A2 = kabsh / (1637Tabs)
keff = kabs(1-Swc)2
= 2.73E10 / keff1.1045
The following diagram illustrates how PROSPER treats total and effective permeability
in the Petroleum Experts IPR model:
Petroleum Experts IPR
Relative Permeability Method
Relative Permeability
Krl
1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
Krg when effective permeability is entered
Krg'
Krg when total permeability is entered
Slc
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
Liquid Saturation
The mass flow rate of each phase is directly proportional to its mobility (k/m), Krs can
be determined using PVT and the surface production rates. This technique is used to
determine the reduction in productivity as a function of the produced liquid ratios.
The derivation of the Multiphase Pseudo Pressure technique and details of the
equations used are given in Appendix B.
238
PROSPER
2.6.3.9 Hydraulically Fractured Well

Please refer to Hydraulically Fractured IPR model in the Oil IPR section. Additional
input data for gas and condensate applications are connate water saturation, a nonDarcy flow factor and either relative permeability to gas or total permeability.
2.6.3.10Horizontal Well - No-Flow Boundaries
Please refer to Horizontal Wells in Oil IPR section. Additional input data for gas and
condensate applications are connate water saturation, a non-Darcy flow factor and
either relative permeability to gas or total permeability.
2.6.3.11Multi-layer Inflow
The multi-layer inflow model allows up to 50 discrete reservoir layers to be entered
each with different reservoir pressures, inflow models and fluid properties. Each layer
can be gravel packed if desired. Both injectors and producers can be modelled.
The gas gravity, CGR and WGR must be entered for each layer. The produced fluid
in the well bore is equivalent to the summation of the individual layer contributions.
Refer to Multi-layer Inflow for Oil for more details.
2.6.3.12Horizontal Well - dP Friction Loss in Wellbore
The reservoir porosity and connate water saturation are required to be input in
addition to the parameters described in the Horizontal Well- dP friction loss model in
the Oil IPR section.
2.6.3.13Dual Porosity
Please refer to the Dual Porosity model in the IPR for Oil section. Additional input
data for gas and condensate applications are connate water saturation, a non-Darcy
flow factor and either relative permeability to gas or total permeability.
2.6.3.14Horizontal Well with Transverse Vertical Fractures

Please refer to Horizontal Well with Transverse Vertical Fractures in the IPR for Oil
section. Additional input data for gas and condensate applications are connate water
saturation, a non-Darcy flow factor and either relative permeability to gas or total
permeability.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
239
2.6.3.15Multi-Layer - dP Loss in Wellbore

The Multi-Layer dP Loss in Wellbore model can be used to model the production from
multi-layered gas reservoir systems.
Please refer to the Multi-Layer dP Loss model for oil wells for further details.
2.6.3.16Modified Isochronal Inflow Model
The 'Modified Isochronal' test is a type of deliverability test conducted in gas wells to
generate a stabilised gas deliverability curve (IPR). This test overcomes the limitation
of the isochronal test, which requires long shut-in times to reach the average reservoir
pressure.
In the modified isochronal test, the shut-in periods are of equal duration, as are the
flowing periods. The final shut-in pressure before the beginning of the new flow is
used as an approximation of the average reservoir pressure. The same procedure is
typically repeated four times. A stabilised point (pseudo-steady state) is usually
obtained at the end of the test.
Modified isochronal tests are commonly used in gas wells, because they require less
time and money to produce results comparable to the isochronal test. This IPR model
is based on the standard Back Pressure Model
The flow at any selected rate should be continued long enough for the reservoir to
approach steady-state (stabilised) conditions. The time to reach stabilised conditions
is called the readjustment time. For wells with wide well spacing (large drainage
radius values), low permeabilities, or high gas compressibilities (low reservoir
pressures), large readjustment times can be expected. In cases where the
readjustment time exceeds the duration of each test, the test data can be corrected
to isochronal conditions and then to stabilised conditions as described below.
When a well is tested from an initial steady state shut-in condition, the increase in
drainage radius with time is not dependent upon the rate. Therefore, separate flow
tests conducted for the same length of time will reach the same drainage radius.
When a well is not shut-in between tests until steady state is reached, successive
tests will indicate values of (P2res P2wf) which are too large because of the
increasing drainage radius. For the general case, a table of correction factors to be
applied to (P2res P2wf) to obtain an isochronal performance curve from
conventional performance data can be calculated as follows:
240
PROSPER
Flow Correlation Factors

The back pressure equation coefficients C and 'n' are obtained by non-linear
regression using the isochronally corrected data. 'n', the reciprocal of the slope of this
line, is constrained to a value between 0.5 and 1.
Although 'n' is constant, the coefficient 'C' is not the same at stabilised flow conditions
as it is at isochronal conditions. It is calculated using the same technique as before,
regressing on C and keeping n constant, after adjusting the isochronal
(P2res - P2wf) values to stabilised conditions using a variation of the following
equation.
The time to stabilisation is calculated as follows:
2.6.3.17Forchheimer with Pseudo Pressure

This IPR model is based on the Forcheimer IPR using pseudo-pressure function
instead of pressure:
where the pseudo-pressure function Y is defined as:
a and b are the input parameters for the IPR model.

NOTE: The a and b parameters for the pseudo pressure Forcheimer IPR are not the
same as the a and b parameters used in the pressure squared Forcheimer IPR.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
241
2.6.3.18Multirate Forchheimer with Pseudo Pressure

This IPR is based on the Forchheimer IPR with pseudo-pressure (refer to previous
section):
The a and b parameters are here determined by means of multi-rate tests data.
2.6.4 Dietz Shape Factors

Select a value for DIETZ shape factor from the list of reservoir descriptions below.
242
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
243
2.6.5 IPR for CBM Wells

When the CBM Producer option is selected in the Options | Options screen, an
additional IPR model called the CBM Producer becomes enabled:
This model will calculate both phases directly from inflow equations and will use the
relative permeability curves entered to calculate the relative permeability values used
in the equations. This allows the gas IPR to be calculated using pseudo pressure,
even though it is the secondary phase.
When this option is selected, the PI of the liquid is entered and from this gas inflow is
calculated. This is done using the following equations:
244
PROSPER
2.6.6 Skin Models

PROSPER divides the total skin into two parts. These are:
Mechanical / Geometric Skin.
Deviation / Partial Penetration
The skin values could be either:
Entered by Hand
Calculated Using Models.
2.6.6.1 Mechanical/Geometrical Skin

Enter Skin by Hand
If a reliable skin value is available from well testing, then this value should be directly
entered by selecting the "Enter by hand" option. Alternatively, a value can be used to
match the model to test data using PROSPER.
It is assumed that this value will contain deviation and partial

penetration information.
In case the entered skin is only mechanical skin, there is an
option of enabling the 'Wong-Clifford' model for deviation and
partial penetration in the input screen for the skin itself.
Skin Evaluation using Models

PROSPER provides 3 methods of estimating a mechanical/geometrical skin factor
using input parameters such as perforation geometry, depth of damage etc.
The skin estimation models provided in PROSPER are those of:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
245
Locke
McLeod
Karakas and Tariq
The required input parameters are often difficult to accurately define, therefore the
absolute value of the calculated skin often cannot be precisely predicted. The power
of these techniques is their ability to assess the relative importance of completion
options on the overall value of well skin.
The Elf SkinAide inflow method can also be used to estimate skin pressure drops for
cased- and open-hole completions with and without gravel packs.
PROSPER can also be used to estimate the value of the skin pressure drop across
the completion and the proportion of the total pressure drop attributable to the various
completion elements.
'Karakas and Tariq' has been found to give good results in many field applications.
The following input data are required:
Reservoir
permeability
Either total or effective permeability at connate water

saturation
Perforation
diameter
Entry hole diameter
Shots per foot
Shot Density
Perforation length
Effective perf. length in formation
Damaged
thickness
zone Thickness of invasion
Damaged
permeability
zone Permeability in invaded zone
Crushed
thickness
zone Crushing associated with perforation
Crushed
permeability
zone Reduced permeability near perf. tunnel
Shot phasing
Angle between perforations
Vertical
permeability
Wellbore radius
Enter the open hole radius, not casing I.D.
An example of the input data for the Karakas and Tariq method is shown below:
246
PROSPER
A sketch outlining the main geometric variables is shown in the figure below.
If the permeability values to use for the different modelled zones are unknown, the
Karakas and Tariq paper provided the following guidelines:
Damaged
permeability
zone = 50% of Reservoir Permeability
Crushed
permeability
zone = 25% of Reservoir Permeability
Vertical
permeability
= 10% of Reservoir Permeability
Enter the requested data and, having entered some reservoir model data, press
Calculate to display an IPR plot. The plot shows the pressure drop resulting from the
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
247
total skin as well a breakdown of the individual factors contributing to the total skin as
per the following example. The individual factors to be plotted can be chosen from the
menu at th bottom left hand corner of the screen:
This plot is useful to assess the efficiency of a particular perforating program by

allowing the user to instantly assess the completion pressure loss resulting from
different perforation options. For gravel packed wells, the value of skin posted on the
plot does not include the gravel pack skin. Click 'Display Plot Results' on the IPR plot
screen to display the breakdown of dPs resulting from each completion element:
248
PROSPER
An enhancement to the skin modelling options in PROSPER is the ability to apply the
API RP43 or SPOT methods to determine the actual length and diameter of
perforations.
Note on Skin:
Locke's technique is valid for shots per foot of
1,2,4,6,8,10,12,and 16.
2.6.6.2 Deviation/Partial Penetration Skin

In PROSPER three models are available to model the 'Deviation and Partial
Penetration Skin':
Cinco / Martin-Bronz
Wong-Clifford
Cinco (2) / Martin-Bronz
The Cinco / Martin-Bronz requires the following data:
Deviation angle of well
Partial penetration fraction
Formation vertical permeability
The Cinco / Martin-Bronz is based on two correlations. The deviation skin is calculated
using the Cinco method, whereas the partial penetration skin is calculated using the
Martin-Bronz method.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
249
The Cinco / Martin-Bronz model does not consider the anisotropy in the reservoir, that
is, it considers the reservoir as isotropic. The vertical permeability entered in the
deviation and partial penetration skin is only used for calculating the Partial
Penetration.
This model is based on a correlation. The validity of this extends to wells up to 65
degrees.
The Cinco (2) / Martin-Bronz model is similar to the Cinco / Martin - Bronz model,
however, the difference between the two models is that the Cinco (2) / Martin-Bronz
model also considers the anisotropy in the reservoir. The vertical permeability entered
in the 'Deviation and Partial Penetration' screen is used to calculate the deviation skin.
This means that it is valid for wells up to 75 degrees.
The Wong-Clifford model can compute a skin for multiple completions. The WongClifford model does not have a separate calculation for the deviation & partial
penetration skin - it is a point source solution that calculates a skin that combines all of
the skin effects in one value. This total skin is placed in the deviation skin column and
the partial penetration skin is set to zero.
Please note that for the Wong-Clifford model the perforation interval length should
not be less than three times the effective wellbore radius in order for the model to be
valid. This can be important in cases such which use negative skin as the effective
wellbore radius can be significantly increased.
This model requires the following data entered:
1. Reservoir parameters:
Formation vertical thickness
Well-bore radius
Drainage area
Dietz shape factor
Formation vertical permeability ratio
Local vertical permeability ratio
Horizontal distance from well to reservoir edge
Depth of top of reservoir
2. Completion parameters the following for each completion:
Completion start measured depth
Completion end measured depth
Completion start true depth
Completion end true depth
2.6.7 Other IPR-related features

Depending on the options selected throughout the model, different tabs will become
available in the Input Data screen. Below are a description of each possible tab.
250
PROSPER
2.6.7.1 Sand Control Options

PROSPER offers different sand control options that can be selected in Options |
Options under the Well Completion | Sand Control drop down menu or in the IPR
screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
251
The following sand control options are available:

- Gravel Pack,
- Pre-Packed screen,
- Wire-wrapped screen and
- Slotted Liner
The following sections detail the input parameters which are required for each model
to be used. For a more in depth discussion of the calculations involved for each
method please refer to the Sand Control Calculation Section of the Appendix.
2.6.7.1.1 Gravel Packed Completion
PROSPER can model openhole gravel pack as well as cased hole gravel pack
depending upon the selection of well completion type in the Option | Option screen.
PROSPER models gravel packed completions as a concentric cylinder having a user
specified permeability connected to the well bore via perforations of specified
diameter. By sensitising on perforation spacing and diameter, the effect of pressure
drop due to flow concentration on well performance can be investigated. Likewise,
the effect of varying gravel length (i.e. the thickness of gravel between the OD of the
screen and the ID of the original open hole) on skin can be evaluated. A sample
gravel pack data input screen for a cased hole is shown below:
252
PROSPER
The following data input is required:

Gravel
permeability
pack Enter the in-site permeability for the gravel
Perforation
diameter
Diameter of perforation tunnel
Shots per foot
Shot Density
Gravel pack length Distance from the screen O.D. to the sandface
Perforation interval The perforation interval for the sand control options is
used for calculating the flow velocities only and is the
measured depth not the TVD
Perforation
efficiency
Proportion of perforations that are open and effective
Beta (Turbulence)
Select if the Non-Darcy flow factor is Calculated or

Entered
Method
Single Phase or Multiphase
The 'Multi Phase' method consists of using phase-weighted

fluid properties during gravel pack pressure drop
calculations. This option is only active in case of Oil fluid
type.
The 'Single Phase' method is the classic method which
utilises the main fluid type properties (i.e. Oil properties in
case of oil fluid).
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
253
On the right side of the screen a table shows typical permeability data for different
types of gravels.
The pressure drop across a gravel pack is computed using a summation of a Darcy
and a non-Darcy component. For a cased oil well, the pressure drop due to the
gravel pack (dPgravel) is calculated using the Jones IPR equation:
dPGRAVELPACK = a Q 2 + b Q
Where:
a = The non-Darcy term,
Q = The total liquid rate and
b = The Darcy term
Intermediate calculations are required prior to computing the dPgravel value and
consider the following variables:
Kg
Gravel Pack Permeability
(1.47E7)/(Kg^0.55)
PerfDi
Perforation Diameter
SPF
Shots per ft
PRFINT
Perforation Interval
AOTF
Area Open To Flow = (PerfDi/24)2SPF*PRFINT
Oil Viscosity in cp
Bo
Oil FVF
Oil Density
Gravel pack length
The Darcy (B-term) and the non-Darcy (A-term) are calculated

a-Term = 9.08E-13* *Bo2* o *L/12/AOTF2
b-term = o *Bo*L/12/(1.127E-3*Kg*AOTF).
This dP may then be transformed into skin using an appropriate relationship.
The main geometric parameters are shown on the following sketch:
254
PROSPER
Skin can be calculated using one of the methods described in Section 7.3 or directly
entered. Note that partial completion skin is included in the total well skin, and is not
affected by adjusting the gravel pack completion parameters. The total well skin as
measured by a well test prior to gravel packing should be entered. Click Calculate
when finished entering data and an IPR plot similar to that below will be presented
(the plotting of the individual dP components can be chosen from the Variables menu
in the plot window):
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
255
The contribution of the gravel pack to the total skin pressure drop can be readily seen
on the IPR plot. The value of skin posted on the IPR plot does not include the gravel
pack skin. Click Display Plot Results on the IPR plot screen to display the
breakdown of pressure drops resulting from each completion element. Sensitivities
can be calculated on factors such as gravel pack thickness, shots per foot etc. to
evaluate the effectiveness of gravel pack designs. Gravel packed completions are
also available in the Multi-layer IPR model.
The PROSPER gravel pack model allows for non-Darcy (i.e. dP proportional to rate
squared) effects within the gravel pack and the resulting rate dependent skin. Lift
curves for gravel packed wells generated using PROSPER can be calculated from the
sandface, through the completion, and back to the production manifold. This more
correctly models the IPR as compared to simply imposing an additional skin to allow
for the gravel pack pressure loss as is done in many reservoir simulators.
Gravel packs can be combined with the Hydraulically

Fractured Well IPR to model Frac-Pack completions.
2.6.7.1.1.1 Gravel Pack Completion Velocities
In the IPR results (accessible from the Plot view, Display Plot Results menu) the
velocity at the Casing (Vc) is available, along with the Gravel Pack Non-Darcy factor
(A):
256
PROSPER
Vc is the velocity of the fluid at the entry point of the casing.

It is calculated by dividing the flow rate of the fluid with the area of flow at the casing.
These velocity calculations were implemented at the request of clients who require
these velocities for gravel pack design.
2.6.7.1.2 Pre-Packed Screen completion
Pre-packed screens can be modelled in PROSPER. For this, the option "Pre-packed
Screen" should first be selected under Options | Options.
The description of the sand control type is made under System | Inflow Performance
in the Sand Control tab of the Input Data screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
257
The following inputs are required to describe a pre-packed screen completion:

- Screen inner radius,
- Screen outer radius,
- Screen inner and outer Permeability,
- Screen inner and outer Turbulence.
If the Beta value for the screen is unknown, it can be left blank in order to allow
PROSPER to calculate it or set to zero to ignore it from the calculation.
The IPR curve is generated with by selecting Calculate:
To see details of the impact of the pre-packed screen, select 'Display Plot Results' at
the top of the plot screen.
2.6.7.1.3 Wire-Wrapped Screen Completion
Wire wrapped screens can be modelled in PROSPER. For this, the option "Wire
Wrapped Screen" should first be selected in the Options | Options screen.
The choice of sand control type is made in the System | Inflow Performance menu in
the Sand Control tab of the Input Data screen:
258
PROSPER
The following inputs are required to describe a pre-packed screen completion:

- Screen outer radius,
- Screen outside Permeability,
- Screen outside Turbulence.
If the outside beta factor (turbulence) is unknown, it will be calculated by PROSPER if
the box is left blank or ignored from the calculation if entered as zero.
The IPR curve is generated with Calculate:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
259
In order to visualise the rate-dependent skin associated with the wire packed screen,
it is possible to see the results of the plot by selecting Display Plot Results from the
top of the plot screen.
2.6.7.1.4 Slotted Liner Completion
PROSPER can model wells completed with slotted liners. For this, the option "Slotted
Liner" should first be selected in the Options | Options screen.
The choice of sand control type is made in the System | Inflow Performance menu in
the Sand Control tab of the Input Data screen:
260
PROSPER
The input data required to model the slotted line completion are:
-
Liner Inner Radius,

Liner Outer Radius,
Slot height
Slot width
Slot density
Screen Outer Radius (optional)
Outer Permeability and
Outside turbulence (optional).
The IPR curve is generated with Calculate:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
261
In order to visualise the rate-dependent skin associated with the wire packed screen,
it is possible to see the results of the plot by selecting Display Plot Results from the
top of the plot screen.
2.6.7.2 Relative Permeability Curves_2
Relative permeability curves are optionally used together with fluid viscosities (from
PVT) to calculate the total fluid mobility for a given water cut. The calculated IPR can
be matched to measured data and used to calculate IPR pressures for any rate and
water cut
Relative Permeability Calculation Details
If you have selected the Correction for Vogel option on the main IPR screen then the
modelling is extended to include Gas Relative Permeability Curves. The calculated
IPR can be matched to measured data and used to calculate IPR pressures for any
rate, water cut and GOR
Relative permeability can be applied to all oil IPR models in PROSPER.
The relative permeability for oil and water is a function of the reservoir water
saturation. If the relative permeability curves have been defined, the total mobility (oil,
water and gas) can be determined. This enables the producing drawdown (IPR) to
be calculated as a function of both water cut and production rate.
Enter the following data for both oil and water (and optionally gas):
262
PROSPER
Residual
Saturation
Parameter indicating the minimum saturation above which the

related phase becomes mobile.
Endpoint Relative Maximum relative permeability.

Permeability
Corey Exponent
Parameter defining the slope of the relative permeability curve.

A Corey exponent of 1.0 defines straight line relative
permeability curves. Values greater than 1 give a concave
upwards curve i.e. delayed water breakthrough.
Corey
exponents less than 1 define a concave downwards relative
permeability curve i.e. early water breakthrough.
Water cut during Matching measured and calculated IPR pressures establishes
the well productivity for the prevailing water cut. To allow
test
PROSPER to re-calculate the IPR for other water cuts, the
water cut during test value is used to determine the
reference water saturation for the test conditions.
GOR during
(optional)
test Matching measured and calculated IPR pressures establishes

the well productivity for the prevailing GOR.
To allow
PROSPER to re-calculate the IPR for other GORs, the GOR
during test value is used to determine the reference gas
saturation for the test conditions.
To enter lab relative permeability data, click Test Data. Enter your test data and click
OK to display the plot again. If necessary, adjust the values of Corey Exponents for
oil and water until PROSPER's calculated relative permeability curves fit the measured
data points.
Having entered and verified the relative permeability data, click Finish to quit the plot,
then OK to return to the IPR screen.
When relative permeability option is being used, water cuts for both the test data
and that used to calculate the IPR curve are required. The water cut during test
value will be carried over from the relative permeability input screen.
The water cut for calculation value can be subsequently changed to see the effect
on the calculated IPR. The same will apply for GOR if the Correction for Vogel
option is selected.
2.6.7.2.1 Relative Permeability Calculation Details_2
Relative Permeability Calculation Details
Oil and Water Only
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
263
The process is as follows:Use the test water cut and the PVT model to calculate the downhole fractional
flow Fw.
Calculate the water and oil saturations that give the Fw. Note we set Sg=0 as
the IPR is already corrected for gas with the Vogel correction.
Calculate the relative oil and water permeabilities using the relative permeability
curves and the oil and water saturations.
Calculate a test mobility from
Mt = Kro/( oBo) + Krw/( wBw)
The water and oil viscosities are calculated from the test reservoir pressures and the
PVT. We should actually use the absolute oil and water relative permeabilities but
since the only use of the total mobility is when divided by another mobility, the final
results will be correct.
Whenever an IPR calculation is done:Calculate the PVT properties using the current reservoir pressure and the PVT
model.
Calculate the downhole fractional flow from the current water cut.
Calculate the water and oil saturations that give the Fw. Note we set Sg=0 as
the IPR is already corrected for gas with the Vogel correction.
Get the relative permeabilities for oil and water from the relative permeability
curves.
Calculate the current mobility M as shown above.
Modify the PI using:PI = PIi * M/Mt
In the above method we do not take into account the reduction in oil mobility due to
any increase in the gas saturation. When calculating the Sw and So for a particular
Fw we set Sg=0.0.
Oil, Water and Gas
If you wish to take the effect of increasing gas saturation into account then select the
Correct Vogel for GOR option. You will also be required to enter a Test GOR - this
is a produced GOR. The process will now be as follows:Use the test water cut, test GOR and the PVT model to calculate the downhole
fractional flows Fw and Fg.
Calculate the gas, water and oil saturations that satisfy the Fw, Fg and So+Sw
+Sg=1.0.
264
PROSPER
Calculate the relative oil and water permeabilities using the relative permeability
curves and the oil, gas and water saturations.
Calculate a test mobility from:Mt = Kro/(oBo) + Krw/(wBw)
The water and oil viscosities are calculated from the test reservoir pressures and the
PVT. We should actually use the absolute oil and water relative permeabilities but
since the only use of the total mobility is when divided by another mobility, the final
results will be correct.
Whenever an IPR calculation is done:Calculate the PVT properties using the current reservoir pressure and the PVT
model.
Calculate the downhole fractional flows Fw and Fg from the current water cut
and produced GOR.
Calculate the gas, water and oil saturations that satisfy the Fw, Fg and So+Sw
+Sg=1.0.
Get the relative permeabilities for oil and water from the relative permeability
curves and the oil, gas and water saturations.
Calculate the current mobility M as shown above.
Modify the PI using:PI = PIi * M/Mt
2.6.7.2.2 Test Data_2
To enter lab relative permeabilities, enter your test data and click Done to display the
plot again. If necessary, adjust the values of Corey Exponents for oil and water until
PROSPER's calculated relative permeability curves fit the measured data points.
2.6.7.2.3 Plot_2
Relative permeability curves are optionally used together with fluid viscosities (from
PVT) to calculate the total fluid mobility for a given water cut. The calculated IPR can
be matched to measured data and used to calculate IPR pressures for any rate and
water cut. Relative permeability can be applied to all oil IPR models in PROSPER.
The relative permeability for oil and water is a function of the reservoir water
saturation. If the relative permeability curves have been defined, the total mobility (oil,
water and gas) can be determined. This enables the producing drawdown (IPR) to
be calculated as a function of both water cut and production rate.
2.6.7.3 Viscosity Modelling_2
This screen is activated only when the fluid option non-Newtonian fluid is selected.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
265
Enter in this screen the required parameters:

Wellbore radius
Radius of the hole, corresponding to the drill bit size
Drainage Area
Area of the drainage region
Reservoir Thickness
Vertical thickness of producing interval
Reservoir porosity
Porosity
Connate
Saturation
Connate water saturation
Water
These parameters are used to determine an equivalent flowing radius that will be used
by the program to estimate the pressure drop due to the friction in the reservoir.
The dP friction will take into account the fluid apparent viscosity (which is velocity dependent) calculated by the non-Newtonian viscosity model.
2.6.7.4 Compaction Permeability Reduction_2

The 'Compaction Permeability Reduction' option is an analytical model to estimate the
change of reservoir permeability due to reservoir compaction effects.
The correction is carried out by means of a correction factor that will be then applied
to the permeability
266
PROSPER
where:
Corr = Permeability Correction Factor (Multiplier)
Cf = Rock Compressibility
PR = Current Reservoir Pressure
PRi = Initial Reservoir Pressure
N = Compaction Model Exponent
This option can be enabled in the main IPR section.
The option will activate a new TAB screen in the 'Model Data' section where the basic
model inputs are required:
The input data required by the model are:

Initial Reservoir Pressure Initial reservoir pressure
Reservoir
Compressibility
Compaction
Exponent
PROSPER Manual
Reservoir Rock Compressibility

Model
Exponent (see definition above)
June, 2014
User Guide
267
2.6.8 Injection Wells_2

Irrespective of the inflow model used, injection well IPR calculations are complicated
by a number of factors as compared to producers:
The injected fluid temperature at the sandface is a function of surface
temperature, injection rate history and well configuration.
Relative permeability of injected fluid is required and will change as more fluid is
injected and at different distances from the wellbore.
Injectivity changes with time as the saturations around the well change.
Injecting a cooler fluid into the reservoir will create a cooled region around the
well bore which will change the stresses.
Fracturing (mechanical or thermally induced) often occurs because of these
changes in the stresses.
It is therefore normally best to use a numerical simulator such as REVEAL to model
the injection of fluids as these thermal and rock mechanical effects will be taken into
account.
If modelling a water injector in PROSPER, the best model to use will be the
Thermally Induced Fracture IPR model. Tutorial 03 details how such a model can be
set up.
2.6.9 SkinAide
The SkinAide inflow method has been developed by Elf Aquamarine and
acknowledgement is given for its inclusion in PROSPER. The following description is
based on information provided by Elf.
2.6.9.1 SkinAide Theoretical Background
Consider the case of a partially penetrating, deviated well, cased and perforated and
equipped with a gravel pack. The total pressure drop around such a well corresponds
to the pressure difference between:
- an equipotential surface at the external limit of the reservoir drainage area, and
- another equipotential surface corresponding to the screen.
This total pressure drop is due to a number of features. Moving downstream from the
external limit of the drainage area towards the well:
- the position of the producing interval with respect to the reservoir geometry
(due to partial penetration and deviation).
- the damaged zone.
- interference between the different perforations.
- the crushed zone surrounding the perforation tunnels.
- gravel in the perforation tunnels.
268
PROSPER
- gravel in the annulus between the screen and the casing.

Pressure drops between equipotential surfaces can be added to one another, and the
conceptual model corresponds to an attempt to simplify the problem by finding
equipotential surfaces.
2.6.9.1.1 Position of the producing interval with respect to reservoir geometry

The pressure drop due to the position of the producing interval with respect to the
reservoir geometry can be considered to be independent of the pressure drop
surrounding the well completion in so far as one can imagine an equipotential
cylindrical surface with, say, a 2 m radius, separating the two regions.
This pressure drop is calculated in SkinAide using a reservoir engineering correlation.
2.6.9.1.2 Interference between perforations and the damaged zone

Moving downstream, the next feature encountered is the interference between
perforations and the damaged zone. If the perforation tunnel emerges from the
damaged zone, the damaged zone has much less influence than if the perforation
remains entirely within the damaged zone.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
269
The pressure drop due to interference between perforations and the damaged zone is
calculated using the Karakas and Tariq correlation.
2.6.9.1.3 The Crushed Zone

The downstream limit of the previous feature is the crushed zone. The outside surface
of the crushed zone, and the inner surface of the perforation tunnel are both assumed
to be equipotentials. As a result flow in both the crushed-only and the crushed-anddamaged zones is radial.
Pressure drops in the crushed zone can be calculated analytically.
2.6.9.1.4 Perforation tunnel which penetrates the formation

The next feature downstream is flow in that part of the perforation tunnel which
penetrates the formation. We use the flux into the tunnel previously calculated for
radial flow in the crushed zone to calculate the flow profile along the tunnel :
270
PROSPER
This situation can be solved analytically.
2.6.9.1.5 Perforation tunnel through the casing and cement

Moving yet further downstream, two equipotentials can be drawn, one at the external
surface of the cement, the other on the inside of the casing:
This linear flow can be solved analytically.
2.6.9.1.6 Annulus between Casing and Screen

The last feature is the region between the equipotential at the opening of the
perforation tunnel in the casing, and the screen.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
271
An approximate analytical solution has been found for flow in this region.
2.6.9.1.7 Hemispherical Flow Model
The conventional linear perforation model assumes that the surface of the perforation
tunnel is an equipotential surface. This assumption breaks down when permeability of
gravel in the tunnel becomes sufficiently low. When permeability in the tunnel
becomes sufficiently small, flow in the reservoir approaches hemispherical flow
towards the perforation mouth.
Flow takes place

-
in the reservoir beyond the crushed and the damaged zones

in the damaged zone
in the crushed-and-damaged zone
in the perforation tunnel itself.
Analytical solutions to hemispherical flow have been developed to represent this

model, which can be considered to be an upper bound to the conventional linear
perforation model.
2.6.9.2 Using SkinAide

When the SkinAide IPR model is selected, the following IPR Input screen is
presented:
272
PROSPER
Select the required options for the Flow an Skin models plus Perforation Data. The
options are listed below:
2.6.9.2.1 Flow Model

Steady State - corresponds to a constant flux at the outer reservoir boundary. The
inflow at the external boundary is equal to the well flow rate. This boundary
condition corresponds to pressure maintenance by natural (aquifer influx, gas cap
drive) or artificial (gas or water injection). The steady state productivity equation is:
Semi Steady State - corresponds to no-flow at the outer reservoir boundary. This
boundary condition corresponds to reservoir depletion with no pressure
maintenance. The radial flow Productivity Index equation for semi-steady state is:
These equations differ only in the constant 3/4 vs 1/2 for steady state flow. These
radial flow equations can be generalised for other drainage geometries.
Pe, the static reservoir pressure is the average pressure

in the well drainage area, not the pressure at the
external boundary. Pe is used in the Productivity Index
equation:
The reservoir pressure should be entered at the same
reference datum as the intake node depth.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
273
2.6.9.2.2 Skin Model

Linear Flow - Skin pressure drop is calculated assuming that flow is predominantly
linear towards the well. This is the normal situation for a well completed across
most of the reservoir.
Hemispherical Flow - Skin pressure drop is calculated assuming a hemispherical
flow geometry. This situation occurs for single perforations or wells having extreme
partial completion effects.
Flow Giving Minimum dP - Skin pressure drop is calculated assuming flow is
always along the path of lowest resistance. (i.e. between linear and hemispherical
flow)
2.6.9.2.3 Perforation Data

In-Situ Geometry Entered - The dimension of the actual perforations in the reservoir
are entered.
API Test Data Edition 4 - API perforation gun data are entered and SkinAide
estimates the downhole perforation geometry.
API Test Data Edition 5 - API perforation gun data are entered and SkinAide
estimates the downhole perforation geometry. This option utilises more recently
defined gun test specifications.
Having selected the required options, SkinAide requires data entry in the following
categories:
Geometry
dimensions)
(Reservoir
Petrophysics
permeability etc.)
(Reservoir
Damaged Zone
properties)
(Damaged
Cased Hole
dimensions)
(casing
Crushed Zone
properties)
(Crushed
Perforations
perforation geometry)
(Gun
Gravel Pack
Packed wells)
(Only for Gravel
zone
zone
and
274
PROSPER
The data required can vary according to the options selected. Click each data entry
button in turn and enter the data as follows:
2.6.9.2.4 Geometry
Reservoir Thickness - Enter the thickness normal to the bedding plane in dipping
reservoirs. When thin shales are distributed throughout a heterogeneous reservoir,
use the net sand thickness.
Completed Interval - Enter the perforated interval as measured along the wellbore.
Distance to Top of Completion - This parameter affects partial completion skin and
is measured along the wellbore. If gross sand thickness is used for reservoir
thickness, enter the actual distance to the top perforation (dimension h1 in the
above sketch). When using net sand, restrict the distance to net sand intervals.
Drainage Area - Area drained by the subject well
Dietz Shape Factor - Allows for drainage area shape and well placement.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
275
Hole Diameter - Open hole drilled diameter. Use bit size or caliper measured size
where applicable. Perforation length, damage depth are measured beyond the hole
diameter.
Deviation - Average angle between the well axis and vertical.
2.6.9.2.5 Petrophysics
Horizontal Permeability - Reservoir permeability measured parallel to the cap rock
(along the bedding plane).
Vertical Permeability - Reservoir permeability measured perpendicular to the

horizontal permeability in the vicinity of the completed interval. Used to determine
anisotropy ratio near the perforations. Values can be taken from core analysis.
Vertical Permeability for Geometrical Skin - Reservoir permeability for the bulk
reservoir measured perpendicular to the horizontal permeability. Determines the
anisotropy ratio between the completed interval and the remainder of the reservoir.
Porosity - Used in the high velocity flow coefficient correlation:
Where:
k
Reservoir horizontal permeability
f
Reservoir porosity
a,b,c
Constants
Correlations are used to estimate the values used in the high velocity flow
equation. Field specific correlations can be prepared from well test analysis.
Turbulence coefficient a - multiplier for the overall turbulence coefficient.
276
PROSPER
Dimensions are reciprocal distance.

Permeability exponent b - Permeability raised to this power. Default is -1.33.
Note, the exponent value entered corresponds to permeability in millidarcies
regardless of the current unit set.
Porosity exponent c - Porosity raised to this power. Default is 0.0. Note the
exponent value assumes the porosity is a fraction, regardless of the current unit
set.
High velocity flow pressure drops arise from acceleration and deceleration of reservoir
fluids as they pass through pore throats as in the following diagram:
2.6.9.2.6 Damaged Zone

The damaged zone is modelled as an annulus surrounding the wellbore in which
permeability and porosity have been impaired during the drilling and completion
process. The depth of damage is measured beyond the drilled hole.
In anisotropic reservoirs, formation damage is deeper in the low permeability direction
than the high permeability. An elliptic damaged zone forms in such cases. SkinAide
assumes a circular damaged zone irrespective of reservoir anisotropy.
Damaged Zone Thickness - Since damaged zone skin is controlled by the ratio of
perforation tunnel length to damaged zone depth, enter a damage zone depth that
respects this relationship.
Damaged Zone Permeability - Determines the ratio of damaged zone to reservoir
permeability. Estimating the true value is not straightforward, however, the
undamaged reservoir permeability could be used as a starting point.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
277
Damaged Zone Porosity - Porosity to be used in the high velocity flow coefficient
correlation.
2.6.9.2.7 Cased Hole
The casing dimensions are used to correct the API perforation length for field
conditions. The casing I.D. is calculated from the O.D. and casing weight.
External Casing Diameter - Enter nominal casing diameter opposite the completed
interval.
Casing Weight - Enter nominal casing weight per unit length opposite the
completed interval.
2.6.9.2.8 Crushed Zone
Shaped charge perforating creates a cavity filled by charge debris and surrounded by
a zone of reservoir rock that has been altered by the high pressure / high temperature
jet. Charge debris is removed by perforation washing or underbalanced perforating the crushed zone remains. SkinAide recognises separate properties for the crushed
zone in the undisturbed reservoir and damaged zone.
Most of the high velocity flow pressure loss occurs in the crushed zone and is added
to the loss in the reservoir. Note that if a zero crushed zone thickness is entered, no
high flow velocity pressure drops are calculated.
Crushed Zone Thickness - Thickness of perforation altered zone.
value is 0.5 inches.
The default
Crushed Zone Permeability - Reduced permeability for crushed zone within the
virgin reservoir.
Crushed Zone Porosity - Porosity in the crushed zone for estimation of high
pressure flow losses.
Crushed + Damaged Zone Permeability - Permeability for the crushed zone within
278
PROSPER
the damaged zone.

Crushed + Damaged Zone Porosity - Porosity for the crushed zone within the
damaged zone.
Permeability in the crushed and damaged zone is introduced by the ratio:
Rcrushed and damaged = Crushed and damaged zone (horizontal)
permeability / undisturbed
formation (horizontal) permeability.
The same anisotropy ratio opposite the completion interval as applies to the
undisturbed formation is used for the crushed and damaged zone permeability.
It is suggested that the crushed and damaged zone permeability ratio should be
the product:
Rcrushed and damaged = RdamagedRcrushed only.
Where the ratio for the damaged zone:
Rdamaged = damaged (horizontal) permeability / undisturbed formation
(horizontal) permeability
and the crushed-only zone:
Rcrushed only = only crushed zone (horizontal) permeability / undisturbed
formation (horizontal) permeability.
2.6.9.2.9 Perforations
The perforation data input depends on the option selected. If In-Situ Geometry is
selected, the actual perforation sises are required. Alternatively, API test data can be
entered for a particular gun, and SkinAide will estimate the perforation geometry
considering completion and reservoir variables such as compressive strength and
casing size.
Common Perforation Parameters
Perforation Efficiency - The number of producing perforations is the product of
perforation efficiency, shot density and the length of the completed interval.
Perforation efficiency is used to account for ineffective perforations such as those
shot into shaly beds. If gross sand is used to define reservoir geometry, the
maximum perforation efficiency should be the ratio of net/gross reservoir sand. If
net sand is used, the perforation efficiency does not need to be further modified.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
279
Shot Density - Nominal shots per foot for the selected perforating gun.
Gun Phasing - Angle between two adjacent perforating charges.
interference between perforation tunnels.
Affects
Angle Between Vertical Plane and Perforations - For anisotropic reservoirs, the
angle between the perforation tunnels and the direction of maximum permeability
influences productivity. When 0 or 180 guns are selected, perforations are all
aligned with the low side of the hole. For other gun phasings, SkinAide assumes an
angle of 45.
In-Situ Geometry Entered
Tunnel Length - Length of effective perforation in the reservoir formation i.e.
beyond the cement sheath.
280
PROSPER
Tunnel Diameter - Diameter of effective perforation in the reservoir formation.

Cavity Entrance Diameter - Not active - use Tunnel Diameter. SkinAide presently
uses a cylindrical model for perforations. Future versions will allow a cone-shaped
perforation geometry.
Cavity Tip Diameter - Not active - use Tunnel Diameter. SkinAide presently uses a
cylindrical model for perforations. Future versions will allow a cone-shaped
perforation geometry.
API Test DataThe correction from test data to In-Situ conditions is influenced by the
API test series selected. The form of data input is identical for both options.
API RP 43/2 Total Target Penetration - Length of perforation in Berea sandstone
target. If RP 43/2 data is unavailable, use 2/3 of API RP43/1 cement target TTP.
API RP 43/1 Entry Hole Diameter - Entry hole diameter for steel / cement target
test. Note that the steel quality changes between Editions 4 and 5 of the API test
specifications. Ensure the relevant data is entered.
Gun diameter - Gun diameter is used to correct API perforation test results for
stand-off.
Reservoir Uniaxial Compressive Strength - Compressive strength is used to
calculate in-situ perforation dimensions. Typical values of reservoir uniaxial
compressive strength are given in the following table:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
Lithology
Reservoir
281
Uniaxial
Compressiv Strength
e
(bar)
(psi)
Loose sand
150
10
Sand which crumbles by hand
750
50
Sandstone from which sand grains can

be peeled by hand
1500
100
Well cemented sandstone
3750
250
Well cemented limestone
3750
250
Rock Density - Enter apparent In-Situ rock density as measured by a density log,
not the density of the minerals (e.g. Quartz) that comprise the formation grains.
Casing Elastic Limit - Used for correction of API data to In-situ perforation
dimensions. The elastic limit in thousands of psi corresponds to the pipe steel
quality. e.g. N80 casing has an elastic limit stress of 80,000 psi.
Reservoir Stress - Used for correction of API data to In-situ perforation
dimensions. Stress is assumed to be Isotropic. Generally the minimum effective
stress (frac gradient) is suitable.
Gravel Packs in SkinAideWhen the Gravel Pack option has been selected,
additional data entry is required to describe the pack geometry and properties.
Separate gravel properties can be entered for the annular gravel pack and the sand in
the perforation tunnels. This allows mixing of formation and pack sand to be
simulated.
Screen Outside Diameter - The space between the screen O.D. and the drilled
hole diameter is occupied by gravel.
282
PROSPER
Annulus Gravel Permeability - Permeability of gravel in the space between the

screen and the open hole. Gravel size is specified in terms of mesh size. e.g.
20/40 mesh gravel will pass a sieve with 1/20 inch holes, but not pass a 1/40 inch
sieve. Average laboratory measured permeability values for various gravel sises
are given in the following table:
Gravel
Mesh
Type
Ottawa Sand
Carbolite
Isopac
Lab
Permeability
(Darcies)
12/20
500
20/40
150
30/50
90
40/60
60
50/70
30
20/40
350
16/20
500
20/40
110
Annulus Gravel Porosity - Used in calculation of high velocity flow coefficient in the
gravel pack.
Tunnel Gravel Permeability - Used to reduce the permeability of sand in the
perforation tunnels due to mixing of formation and gravel pack sand.
Tunnel Gravel Porosity - Used to reduce the porosity of sand in the perforation
tunnels.
The inflow and skin pressure drop are computed by clicking the Calculate button once
all the relevant input data have been entered and Plot to display the results. To
evaluate the contribution of individual completion components in the inflow
performance, click Variables and select the parameters to display as in the following
screen example:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
283
Select the required variables by clicking their check boxes. Click Done to display the
results:
Skin Components
The conceptual models used to calculate the total skin factor include :
- a contribution due to the position of the producing interval with respect to
reservoir geometry, called geometric skin Sgeometric
- contributions due to pressure losses close to the actual wellbore, beginning
with the pressure loss due to the damaged zone and ending with pressure loss
in the casing/screen annulus for gravel packed wells. This contribution to the
total skin is called the completion skin Scompletion.
The total skin is the sum of the two components
Stotal =Sgeometric + Scompletion
284
PROSPER
The contribution Scompletion to the total skin is particularly convenient when using
reservoir engineering equations. However Scompletion does not necessarily reflect
the quality of the completion itself. Indeed, imagine two wells with identical
completions, producing reservoirs with identical properties, the thickness of one
reservoir is double that of the other:
Scompletion = a k h DPcompletion / ( Q m B )
Since DPcompletion is identical but reservoir thickness h differs by a factor 2,
applying the above relation leads to values of Scompletion, which differ, by a factor 2.
Mechanical skins are defined so as to reflect the quality of well completion. In the
formula for mechanical skins, the vertical reservoir thickness h is replaced by the
length of the producing interval (measured along the wellbore) hp :
Smechanical = a k hp DPskin / ( Q m B )
where, for oil wells,
a
k
hp
SI
depends on units
2p
permeability
m2
length of the completed interval
US
French
7.07 10-3
0.0536
mD
mD
m
ft
m
DPskin
DPreal well - DPidealised well
bar
Q
flowrate (standard conditions) m3/s
bpd m3/d
m
viscosity (reservoir conditions) Pa.s
cP
cP
B
fluid formation volume factor
v/v
v/v
v/v
Pa
psi
Total and mechanical skins are related by the simple formula :

Smechanical / hp = Scompletion / h
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
285
2.6.10 SPOT: Shell Perforating Optimisation Tool

The SPOT inflow method has been developed by Shell and permission is given for its
inclusion in PROSPER. The following description is based on information provided by
Shell.
2.6.10.1Introduction to SPOT
SPOT (Shell Perforating Optimisation Tool) is a module that enables engineers to
predict and compare perforation charge performance, assisting selection of the
optimal perforating gun. It should be highlighted that SPOT is not a perforating charge
sales tool; the purpose of SPOT is to allow Users to easily assess and compare
performance of different completion techniques. Perforating charge performance is
calculated using:
Charge properties
Reservoir rock properties (field average or log scale properties)
Fluid properties
Drilling mud invasion models
SPOT can be used to analyze different completion types including; openhole,
conventional case and perforated, open hole perforated, and casing conveyed
perforated. Thus, a user can identify if perforating is the correct technique for their
application, and if not, pursue alternative technologies, including, but not limited to
barefoot completions, stimulation, underbalanced drilling and propellants.
SPOT is a powerful model that gives the user the ability to directly compare
perforation charge performance in reservoir rock on a log scale. It takes into account
perforation depth of penetration, entrance hole diameter, shot density and drilling mud
invasion. SPOT is intended to demonstrate that perforation charges often dont pass
the mud-invaded zone and that correct mud design is vital in these cases (particularly
in low permeability reservoirs).
In PROSPER, the output from SPOT, an Inflow Performance Relationship (IPR) curve,
can be directly combined with any Vertical Lift Performance (VLP) correlation to
predict the well performance under various operating conditions: well head flowing
pressure, water cut, GOR and so on..
Here is a list of the peculiar acronyms used in the SPOT inflow module along with their
meaning:
API
American Petroleum Institute
AOF
Absolute Open Flow
286
PROSPER
CBL
Cement Bond Log
CFD
Computational Fluid Dynamics
EoH
Entrance Hole Diameter
DoP
Depth of Penetration
FDC
Formation Density Compensated
GUI
Graphical User Interface
IPR
Inflow Performance Relationship
NWEVS
Near Wellbore Effective Vertical Stress
RP
Recommended practice like API RP XX
OB
OverBalanced
SPOT
Shell Perforation Optimisation Tool
TWC
Thick Walled Cylinder
UCS
Unconfined Compressive Strength
WIQI
Well Inflow Quality Index
2.6.10.2Gun System databases

The gun database contains API 19-B1 and API RP 43 Section I Data for perforating
guns available from:
Baker Hughes Incorporated (Baker)
Schlumberger (SLB)
Halliburton/ Jet Research Centre (Hall/JRC)
Dynawell (DYNA)
Innicor Subsurface Technologies (INNICOR)
Owen Oil Tools (Owen)
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
287
Explosivos Technologicos Argentinos (ETA)

GEODynamics (GEODynamics)
Titan (TITAN)
Companies were provided with an opportunity to adjust/ update data in the SPOT
Gun Database. It is recommended that Users cross check all critical information with
the appropriate perforating manufacturer/ service company before a gun type/
completion method is selected.
Sections I to IV of API 19-B are summarised below:
Section I - firing a fully-loaded gun section under ambient conditions into a
standard casing and cement target;
Section II - firing a single charge under pressurised conditions into a stressed
rock sample;
Section III - firing a single charge into a metal target at elevated temperature;
Section IV - firing a single charge into a stressed rock sample under simulated
wellbore and reservoir conditions, then measuring the flow performance of the
perforated sample relative to its performance prior to shooting;
Section V2 - measuring the amount of debris retained within a fired fully-loaded
gun section in order to calculate how much debris will be introduced into the
wellbore per foot of gun;
A report containing lists of all data can be automatically generated in SPOT by using
Data followed by Reporting selected from the Toolbar.
2000, and state that API 19B is the only document that API recognises as valid in
this program. As API 19B data is not available for all gun systems, API RP43 data
has also been included in the database (data sources are clearly marked). Although
API RP43 is not officially valid, Section 1 testing for both API RP43 and API 19B is
based on concrete targets.
As concrete is not representative of reservoir rock, API 19-B and API-RP 43 Section
1 data is converted to downhole conditions in SPOT using Shell proprietary
correlations (based on laboratory research). Although these correlations should
provide a reasonable estimate of perforation characteristics in reservoir rock under
downhole conditions, a better estimate of perforation performance can be obtained
by conducting reservoir specific Section II (firing a single charge under pressurised
conditions into a stressed rock sample) and/or Section IV tests (firing a single charge
into a stressed rock sample under simulated wellbore and reservoir conditions, then
288
PROSPER
measuring the flow performance of the perforated sample relative to its performance
prior to shooting). If Section II or Section IV data is available, it can be entered into
the SPOT Vendor Database under the Section II/Section IV Data heading.
If the concrete strength during the API RP 19B or API RP43 test is not recorded in
the Gun Database, in accordance with the minimum allowable strength specified in
API RP 19B, a briquette strength of 5000psi is assumed in SPOT calculations.
1. API Recommended Practice 19-B, Recommended Practice for the
Evaluation of Well Perforators, 1st Edition, 28 Sep 2001
2. To be introduced in the next revision of RP 19-B, a draft of which is with
API for review at the time of writing.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
289
All the guns available in SPOT as well as corresponding information is displayed here.
Note that Normalised gun data displays Section 1 results that have been converted to
5000psi pressure (rather than ambient conditions).
Companies were provided with an opportunity to adjust/ update the data in the SPOT
Gun Database. It is recommended that the user cross checks critical information with
the appropriate perforating manufacturer/ service company before a gun type/
completion method is selected.
2000, and state that API 19B is the only document that API recognises as valid in this
program. As API 19B data is not available for all gun systems, API RP43 data has
also been included in the database (data sources are clearly marked). Although API
RP43 is not officially valid, Section 1 testing for both API RP43 and API 19B is based
on concrete targets.
As concrete is not representative of rock, API 19-B and API-RP 43 Section 1 data is
converted to downhole conditions in SPOT using Shell proprietary correlations (based
on laboratory research). Although these correlations should provide a reasonable
estimate of perforation characteristics in reservoir rock under downhole conditions, a
better estimate of perforation performance can be obtained by conducting reservoir
specific Section II (firing a single charge under pressurised conditions into a stressed
rock sample) and/or Section IV tests (firing a single charge into a stressed rock
sample under simulated wellbore and reservoir conditions, then measuring the flow
performance of the perforated sample relative to its performance prior to shooting). If
Section II or Section IV data is available, it can be entered into the SPOT under the
Section II/Section IV Data heading.
The following data must be entered under the Section II/Section IV Data heading:
Basic gun information e.g. gun type, gun size and vendor name
Deep Penetrating/ Big Hole: the type of gun must be selected and if the gun is
classified as a deep penetrating or big hole charge. This information should be
available in the Gun Database. Generally, a deep penetrating gun will have an
entrance hole less than or equal to 0.5in.
Depth of penetration: the perforating depth of penetration measured from the inside
of the casing or tubing to the end of the perforation tunnel (Reference: API RP19B,
Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Well Perforators, 2001).
Entrance hole diameter: the diameter of the hole through the casing
Test sample compressive rock strength (UCS)
Effective stress: the net effective stress applied on the sample in a Section IV test
or 3000psi for a Section II test (Reference: API RP19B, Recommended Practice
for Evaluation of Well Perforators, 2001). If a pseudo Section II test was
conducted at atmospheric conditions the effective stress would be zero.
Casing material: Select between J55, L80, P105 or P110. If a different material
was used in the test, pick the material with the closest hardness. i.e.:
290
PROSPER
Material
Brinell Hardness
J55
180
L80
230
P105
275
P110
320
Fluid fill type: This is the fluid fill in the pore spaces of the rock sample. According to
API RP19B, Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Well Perforators, 2001, the
pore fluid should be sodium chloride brine solution (3% by weight). This function
allows you to conduct a pseudo Section II or Section IV test with gas filled core to
represent a gas reservoir and input the result in SPOT. Note that the well bore fluid
is always assumed to be liquid.
Standoff during test: This is the distance from the outside of the perforating charge
case to the inside of the casing. According to API RP19B, Recommended Practice
for Evaluation of Well Perforators, 2001, the standoff should normally be 0.5in.
Core Sample size: Select between 4in and 7in core sample used in the Section II or
Section IV test. If neither a 4in or 7in core sample was used in the laboratory tests,
the user should select the core size closest to these bounds. This information is
used in the Synthetic Effective stress Correlation selected on the Options screen).
It should be highlighted that flow data obtained from Section IV test is not used in the
SPOT inflow performance calculation. The Core Flow Efficiency (CFE) ratio can
however be used as a qualitative check and for charge/charge comparisons.
The user also has the ability to enter additional gun systems in the Gun Database by
clicking the "Add" button..
Gun selection from the Vendor Database can be made according to:
Vendor
The type of gun i.e. wireline, tubing conveyed
Gun OD
Clearances:
o Enter the minimum restriction.
o Restriction Tolerance.
o Click "Update" which will only display guns with an OD less than the minimum
restriction minus the tolerance.
o Click "Clear" to remove the above filtering.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
291
2.6.10.2.1 Gun
This dialogue is used to examine a single gun from the guns database. It is displayed
in different situations:Editing/entering a new gun in the database:
If you have the API 19B or 43 test for a new gun which is not in the default database,
the gun can be added by the user. In this case the dialogue is used to enter or edit
the information from the test sheet.
Viewing details for a selected gun:
This dialogue is also used to display the details of the gun that the user has selected
for the SPOT calculations. Click the "Select Gun from Database" button to pick a gun
from the guns database. In this case most of the fields are disabled as they are read
only. The only two fields in the "Gun Details" that are enabled are Shot Density and
Gun Phasing. These two values are specified in the API 19B and 43 test. However
292
PROSPER
some guns can be configured to different values to those used in the test. In this case
we allow the user to modify them from the values in the test. Warning : although we
allow these values to be modified this is strictly incorrect as the shot density and
phasing have an effect on the Lp. The section 2/4 data is also enabled as this may be
modified by the user.
See the Gun Database help for specific information on the data.
2.6.10.2.2 Spot Perforation Calculations
This dialogue allows the user to select a gun from the PROSPER gun database and
correct the test Lp and EHD to in-situ conditions using the Shell SPOT corrections.
These are the same calculations as used in the full SPOT IPR but this calculation is
for a single set of conditions e.g. UCS, permeability. The Lp and EHD can then be
transferred to the PROSPER IPR data and used in calculation of skin.
Input Data:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
293
This is a description of the in-situ data required by the SPOT Lp and EHD correction.
Lp Correlation Type
API19B Section 1- API 19B Section II or IV Conventional Correlations- these

correlations assume that effective stress applied in a Section II or Section IV test
setup reaches the centre of the sample. The correlation should also be used for a
Section 1 test (no effective stress applied)
API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section II or IV Synthetic Rock Correlationsthese correlations are based on Shell laboratory tests in which it is believed that
effective stress applied in a Section II or Section IV type test setup does not reach
the centre of the
core sample. These adjustments are made to reflect the
fact that the perforation depth of penetration under effective stress measured at
surface in conventional Section II and IV setups is not the perforation depth that
would be expected downhole under the
same
effective
stress
condition. It should be highlighted that effective stress applied using a triaxial test
approach is believed to be valid and as such the API 19B Section 1- API 19B
Section 2 conventional correlations option should be selected.
It should be highlighted that effective stress applied using a triaxial test approach is
believed to be valid and as such the API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section 2
conventional correlations option should be selected.
Casing OD
Casing Weight
Casing Grade
API 19B/43 tests are performed through a casing defined in the test data. So if if a
much thicker casing is used then it will decrease the Lp as more of the gun energy is
lost perforating the casing. Or if a thinner casing is used then the Lp will be higher.
These data should refer to the casing at the depth of the perforation.
If a different casing grade was used in the test, pick the material with the closest
hardness. i.e.:
Material
J55
L80
P105
P110
Mean Brinell
180
230
275
320
Hardness
Layer Fluid - For producers this is fixed by the type of the producer. For injectors this
should be set to the fluid in the rock that is being perforated.
Rock Type - The rock type to be used in the perforation calculation must be selected.
(carbonate or sandstone). This will affect the perforation depth of penetration
calculation. It should be highlighted that SPOT does not take karsts and fractures into
account when modeling inflow performance of carbonates. This may result in
unrealistic flow results.
Use Downhole Standoff - Select "Yes" if you wish to enter a gun standoff.
294
PROSPER
Otherwise select "No" in which case the gun is assumed to be centralised.

Downhole Standoff - If "Use Downhole Standoff" is set to "Yes" enter the value to be
used.
Well Radius - Wellbore hole radius
Effective Stress Data:
In-situ effective stress is one of the key numbers in the correction of Lp and EHD in
the SPOT algorithm. This section of the dialogue allows entry of data to calculate the
effective stress or to enter the value directly.
Mean Sea Level wrt Origin, Sea Bed Depth wrt Origin - Used to calculate the
effect of sea on in-situ effective stress (enter zero if on-shore).
Depth - Measured depth of the perforation.
Overburden Pressure Gradient - This pressure gradient is used to calculate the
overburden pressure and subsequently the Near Wellbore Effective Vertical Stress
(NWEVS). The NWEVS is used in perforation depth of penetration calculations. A
common overburden pressure gradient (i.e.lithostatic pressure gradient) is 1psi/ft.
Reservoir Pressure - Average current reservoir pressure.
Enter Effective Stress, Effective Stress - To enter the value of effective stress
directly, select "Enter Effective Stress" and enter the "Effective Stress".
Gun Data:
This section of the dialogue shows the data relating to the selected gun. See Guns
Database for information on this data. Click the "Select Gun" button to pick a gun from
the guns database.
Section 2/4 Gun Data:
If section 2 or 4 gun test data is available, tick this box and enter the data. See Guns
Database for information on this data.
Calculated Data:
Click the "Calculate" button to calculate the actual Lp and EHD. If you wish to use
these values, click the "Transfer" button to copy these calculated values to the IPR
data.
Note that the calculated casing ID is also shown. This is calculated from the casing
OD and density.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
295
2.6.10.3SPOT: Model inputs

In order to use the SPOT inflow model, select | System | Inflow Performance and
select | SPOT from the list of the available Reservoir Models in PROSPER:
In order to fully describe the SPOT reservoir model, select | Input Data at the top
right corner of the screen to access the various tabs (below listed from left to right)
required to enter the model inputs:
- Options
- Layers
- Log Data
- Completion Data
296
PROSPER
2.6.10.3.1 SPOT: Model inputs - Options
Lp Correlation Type:
API19B Section 1- API 19B Section II or IV Conventional Correlations- these

correlations assume that effective stress applied in a Section II or Section IV test
setup reaches the centre of the sample. The correlation should also be used for a
Section 1 test (no effective stress applied)
API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section II or IV Synthetic Rock Correlationsthese correlations are based on Shell laboratory tests in which it is believed that
effective stress applied in a Section II or Section IV type test setup does not reach
the centre of the core sample. These adjustments are made to reflect the fact
that the perforation depth of penetration under effective stress measured at surface
in conventional Section II and IV setups is not the perforation depth that would be
expected downhole under the same effective stress condition.
It should be highlighted that effective stress applied using a triaxial test approach is
believed to be valid and as such the API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section 2
conventional correlations option should be selected.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
297
Calculate Non-Darcy Skin:
Yes: a quadratic is used to account for high velocity flow
No: the quadratic (non-Darcy skin) term is not taken into account.
The only option for gas/condensate wells is Yes.

Activity:
The user has two choices:
New well: the well is being perforated for the first time or
Workover / Re-perforation: an already perforated and producing well needs to
be re-perforated.
Well type:
The well type can be:
Vertical
Deviated (up to 75 degrees deviation)
Horizontal (above 75 degrees deviation)
Inflow Equation:
For vertical or deviated wells the user has 2 IPR choices:
Vogel: SPOT uses a straight line inflow relationship above the bubble point and the
Vogel relationship below the bubble point to account for two phase flow. This
equation is based on an empirical relationship developed by Vogel using numerical
simulations.
Fetkovitch: the Fetkovich IPR model also accounts for two phase flow below the
bubble point. It was developed to improve Vogels correlation.
For horizontal wells the user has 4 IPR choices: Economides-Joshi: This model has been adopted from Economides (1990) and
Joshi (1988). It assumes the well is located in the center of the drainage volume.
The method is not appropriate for partially cased and perforated or partially
openhole perforated horizontal wells.
Borisov: This simple equation was developed by Borisov (1964) and has been found
to provide good results in many simple cases. The method is not appropriate for
298
PROSPER
partially cased and perforated or partially openhole perforated horizontal wells.

Babu-Odeh: This method treats a horizontal well as a vertical well turned sideways.
Despite being a simple concept, it has received wide acceptance. The method is not
appropriate for partially cased and perforated or openhole perforated horizontal
wells.
Goode-Wilkinson: The method was adopted from Goode and Wilkinson. It is the
only horizontal well model in SPOT that can be used to calculate performance of a
partially cased and perforated horizontal well. The model also assumes that the
horizontal well has been drilled in a rectangular drainage area that is twice as long
as it is thick (I.e. reservoir length>>reservoir height). The method is not appropriate
for partially openhole perforated horizontal wells.
Note that Non Darcy skin effects are currently NOT considered in SPOT for horizontal
gas wells.
Log Data Input:
SPOT requires log data with porosity, permeability, UCS and TWC. However if not all
these types are available then the missing data can be calculated from correlations.
Also if other data such as FDC, shear & compressional sonic is available then it can
be used to calculate the required data.
In this combo-box, select the variables that you have available as log data. You will
then be able to enter them in the log data tab.
If no log data is available then select "None Available". The user will then be able to
generate log data with constant values in the log data tab.
Perforating Method:
For a new well there are two options: Single run perforating - Running in and perforating
One perforating gun is run into the well and fired. This is as per standard
perforating practices.
Double run perforating - Running in and perforating, then running in again and
perforating using the same gun
An interval is perforated twice using the same gun. That is, the gun is run into the
well and fired, pulled out of the hole and the same gun is rerun into the well and
fired. SPOT takes into account the probability that old and new perforations will
overlie (assuming the perforating guns are not oriented).
For a workover/reperforation: Single run perforating - Running in and perforating
One perforating gun is run into the well and fired. This is as per standard
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
299
perforating practices.
Double run perforating Running in and perforating, then running in again and
perforating using the same gun
An interval is perforated twice using the same gun. That is, the gun is run into the
well and fired, pulled out of the hole and the same gun is rerun into the well and
fired. SPOT takes into account the probability that old and new perforations will
overlie, assuming the guns are not oriented.
For a double perforating run, SPOT will assume the same degree of mud invasion
for the first and second perforating run.
Re-perforating - You are re-perforating over existing perforations (old holes) that
are contributing to production
If this option is selected the user must fill out the Reperforating box in the
Reservoir layers screen. The user is presented with a drop down box that includes
the following options
New holes only- i.e. model the contribution from only the new perforation holes
New and Old holes- i.e. model the contribution from the new and old perforation
holes
Old holes only- i.e. model the contribution from only the old perforation holes.
Note that according to the option selected here, the user must also tick the
appropriate perforated interval in the Log Data screen
SPOT takes into account the probability that old and new perforations will overlie
assuming guns are not oriented. As calculated reperforation results are qualitative, the
user should match/adjust these results using field data.
For a reperforation calculation, SPOT will assume the same degree of mud invasion
for the old and new perforating run.
In SPOT mud invasion is assumed to have a permanent effect on reservoir
performance that does not improve over time. Thus, when reperforating an existing
zone or perforating a new zone in an old well, SPOT will assume mud invasion
properties do not alter over time (i.e. the existing zone will contain the same amount
and degree of mud invasion as the new zone). In reality, if a mud has been ideally
designed, it is likely the effect of mud invasion will reduce over time. SPOT recognises
the fact that most of the drilling muds used in practice are not ideal. Despite this, if
the user wishes to alter the mud invasion properties for new and old perforating zones
within a well, the Enter Mud Invasion Log option should be selected. This will give
the user the ability to specify certain mud properties for different zones.
(Mud) Invasion method:

There are 4 methods available to capture the mud invasion:
300
PROSPER
1. "Calculate invasion"
This option will allow the user to calculate mud invasion using one of four options
developed by Shell. The model requires the following inputs:
Drilling fluid weight / density,
Total drilling time: This is the total drilling time (including downtime during drilling
of the well) which is used to calculate an equivalent rate of penetration.
Drilling downtime: This is downtime/well suspension time after the well has
been drilled i.e. the time that the total wellbore was exposed to drilling mud. Note
that the model accounts for equilibrium filtrate invasion through the filter cake.
2. "Enter Mud Invasion Log"
The user should enter a mud invasion petrophysical log. This is the most
accurate method of predicting mud invasion depth in a well.
Typically, a mud invasion log can be calculated using deep and shallow resistivity
data; resistivity data can provide a good indication of mud invasion depth and if
drilling filtrate has dissipated away from the near wellbore region (which is likely
for high permeability reservoirs). As mud invasion depth calculations are
resistivity tool dependant, the appropriate calculation method should be obtained
from the tool vendor or obtained from a Petrophysicist or Log Analyst.
In order to use this option, Log data Input must be selected as Yes and data
entered into the Log data screen. This option can also be used if conventional
petrophysical log data is not available but the user still wishes to import a footby-foot description of mud invasion depth.
The effective permeability in the invasion zone must also be specified using the
Invasion tab on the Reservoir Layers screen (two invasion zone permeability
options are availableuse of return permeability data or predicted return
permeability factors). Invasion should be entered for each individual layer if a
multi-layer reservoir is modeled.
3. "Enter discrete Invasion depth"
The user should input a discrete mud invasion depth based on field knowledge,
information from deep and shallow resistivity petrophysical logs and/or well tests.
If this option is selected, the effective permeability in the invasion zone as well
as the discrete invasion depth should be specified using the Invasion tab on the
Reservoir Layers screen (two invasion zone permeability options are availableuse of return permeability data or predicted return permeability factors). Invasion
should be entered for each individual layer if a multi-layer reservoir is modeled.
4. "No Invasion"
In this case, the SPOT module will assume no mud invasion.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
301
Sanding model:
There 2 choices: "None" and the "QinetiQ model".
The "None" option will not calculate any possible production of failed sand.
The "QinetiQ model" is an analytical model that calculates if failed sand will be
produced from a vertical or horizontal perforation:
For vertical perforations a suspension model is assumed in which solid particles
are maintained within the fluid
For horizontal perforations a conservative traction model is used in which sand
particles do not enter the fluid but move by rolling and sliding. This transport
mechanism requires the least energy for initiation.
Currently SPOT assumes:
in vertical wells, the horizontal perforation model is used
in deviated and horizontal wells both the horizontal and vertical transportation
models are used. If either model results in sand production SPOT will identify
that sand will be produced. The user should enter the perforation angle for the
perforation type of interest.
This model can also be used as a debris transport model. Thus, it can be used to
model debris flow if the debris diameter is entered (rather than the sand particle size
distribution diameter) and if the density of the debris is entered (rather than the sand
density).
Model limitations include:
The model is not valid for mud or clay
The model does not account for random fluctuations in velocity due to turbulence
that may, in reality, enable movement of particles even when no sand transport
is indicated.
The model assumes that the fluid of interest is the reservoir fluid (not the
completion fluid or drilling mud).
A perforation angle cutoff of 45 degrees is used to distinguish between
horizontal and vertical perforations
Validity is limited to rw/(perforation length+rw)<0.95. Beyond this, the equations
will be operating beyond the intended range
The following input parameters are required:
Particle diameter: average expected particle diameter from sieve or laser
particle size analysis
302
PROSPER
Density sand: the density of the sand grains

Perforation angle: defines the horizontal/vertical orientation of the perforation.
The perforation angle is measured relative to the horizontal axis. i.e. perforation
angle of a horizontal perforation equals 0 degrees. For vertical perforations the
model assumes that the perforation is oriented downwards. It is assumed that if
the perforation angle is oriented upwards (with an angle of 35 degrees-90
degrees from horizontal), the crushed zone material will fall out of the perforation
tunnel.
Roughness perforation wall: the roughness of the perforation. A suggested value
is one standard deviation greater than the average particle size to account for
the presence of loose fines and crushed material, which will roughen the
perforation tunnel.
It should be highlighted that the QinetiQ Sanding Model does not predict perforation
tunnel failure. It only predicts if sand production will occur assuming that failure has
already occurred. I.e. perforation tunnel cleanup.
Crushed zone Model:

The user has two models to choose from:
Entered
QinetiQ Test Results
If the entered crushed zone model is selected, the user needs to input:
o
Permeability (impairment) factor, which represents the ratio of the crushed

zone permeability to the virgin reservoir permeability and
(Crushed zone) thickness
The QinetiQ Test Results" option will use a default crushed zone permeability
relationship which defines the thickness of the crushed zone and the crushed zone
permeability damage factor based on laboratory experiments using big hole charges.
Lower Completion Type:

If the well completion type has been set to "Cased Hole" in the System Summary then
the only option is "Cased and Perforated".
If the well completion type has been set to "Open Hole" in the System Summary then
there are two choices:
Open Hole
Open Hole Perforated
Pressure Transform:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
303
This option is only required for gas/condensate wells. It refers to the pressure
transform used in the IPR calculations.
Pressure Squared
Pseudo Pressure
Use Downhole Standoff:
Select "Yes" if you wish to enter a gun standoff. Otherwise select "No" in which case
the gun is assumed to be centralised.
Enter Gun per Layer:
Select "Yes" if you wish to select a different gun for each layer in the reservoir.
Select "No" if the same gun is to be used for the whole reservoir.
Use SPOT IPR Extensions:
Select "No" if you wish to use the same assumptions as other PROSPER IPR models.
Select "Yes" if you wish to use the same assumption as the original SPOT program
from Shell.
304
PROSPER
2.6.10.3.2 SPOT: Model inputs - Layers
This tab is used: to enter some basic data such as well radius
to split up the reservoir into layers and enter data per layer.
select a gun
It is not necessary to enter multiple layers but at least one layer must be entered.
Only one layer is allowed for horizontal wells.
Basic Data:
Well Radius - Wellbore hole radius
Drainage Radius - Reservoir radius over which the well can drain/ inject reservoir
fluids. In general, the drainage radius for tight formations is small, while the drainage
radius for highly permeable formations is large. For the Joshi Economides and Borisov
horizontal well methods the equivalent horizontal drainage radius should be entered
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
305
into SPOT. That is, if the user nominates a drainage area, the shape of that drainage
area is either elliptic or rectangular with two half circles at both ends. Radius of a
circle with an equivalent area calculated and it is called the equivalent horizontal
drainage radius. Note that drainage radius does not need to be defined in the Babu
Odeh or Goode Wilkinson horizontal well method.
Mean Sea Level wrt Origin, Sea Bed Depth wrt Origin - Used to calculate the
effect of sea on in-situ effective stress (enter zero if on-shore).
Perforation Efficiency - In the past perforation efficiency was often a very low
number such as 0.2, 0.3. This was to take into account the much lower Lp than the
gun test value caused by the difference in test and in-situ conditions. Since the Lp is
corrected to in-situ conditions by the SPOT calculations one would normally use a
much larger perforation efficiency e.g. 0.8.
If a gun is selected per layer then this will appear as a per layer value in the layers
grid rather than the basic data.
Additional Reservoir Height - This information will only be required for a vertical or
deviated openhole or openhole perforated well. It defines the distance between the
bottom of the openhole well and the bottom of the reservoir layer (i.e. the bottommost reservoir layer in a multilayer reservoir). For example, if the openhole well fully
penetrates the reservoir (as depicted below) the additional reservoir height will equal
zero.
If the openhole well does not penetrate the Bottom Reservoir Layer, the distance
between the bottom of the well and the Bottom Reservoir Layer must be defined using
the additional reservoir height box.
In an openhole vertical or deviated well the top of the producing well section will be
306
PROSPER
defined by the bottom of the casing on the Completion Details screen. Thus the
bottom of the casing and the additional reservoir height will define the producing well
length in an openhole vertical or deviated well.
Select Gun:
If gun per layer has not been selected, click this button to select a gun from the guns
database.
Select Old Gun:
If gun per layer has not been selected and the user has chosen to reperforate existing
perforations, click this button to enter details of the gun used to create existing
perforations.
Layer Data:
Top MD - For all vertical and deviated wells this is the top of the specific reservoir
layer to be analysed, defined in terms of measured depth. Thus:
Bottom MD - Top MD = reservoir height for a vertical cased and perforated well.
Top MD must be used in conjunction with Additional Reservoir Height and Bottom
Well MD to define the reservoir height for an openhole or openhole perforated well.
Bottom MD - For vertical and deviated cased and perforated wells this is the bottom
of the reservoir layer to be analysed. Thus:
Bottom MD Top MD= reservoir height
Well length is defined by the perforated interval on the Log Data screen.
This is depicted below.
Cased and perforated vertical well:
Layer Pressure - Average current layer pressure.

Under Balance Pressure - The total of static underbalance and dynamic
underbalance when the interval was perforated. This value is used to illustrate on the
Analysis Screen if the crushed zone around the perforation tunnel is likely to be
removed and to facilitate comparison of the desired underbalance to industry models.
Note:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
307
SPOT does not automatically adjust perforation crushed zone properties according
to the specified underbalance value. A specific modelling package should be used
for this purpose.
Underbalance pressure can be static or dynamic or a total of static and dynamic
If a negative value is entered, SPOT assumes an overbalance has been applied.
The use of vertical effective stress (rather than horizontal effective stress) to
determine crushed zone removal is theoretically only valid for certain perforation
orientations.
Overburden Pressure Gradient - This pressure gradient is used to calculate the
overburden pressure and subsequently the Near Wellbore Effective Vertical Stress
(NWEVS). The NWEVS is used in perforation depth of penetration calculations. A
common overburden pressure gradient (i.e.lithostatic pressure gradient) is 1psi/ft.
Water saturation - The total water saturation in the reservoir. This value is used to
predict the effect of associated water production on well productivity.
Relative Permeability - Click this button to enter the relative permeability curves for
oil&water (for oil wells) or gas&water (for gas/condensate wells) as Corey data.
Reperforating Options - If the user has selected to reperforate existing perforations,
they can chose whether the calculation is based on new & old holes, new holes
only or old holes only.
Invasion Data - If you have chosen Invasion model to be "Calculate Invasion" or
"Enter Discrete Invasion Depth", click this button to enter details of the invasion data.
Bottom HoleTemperature - Enter the average reservoir temperature over the
perforated interval of the layer.
Kv/Kh - The ratio of vertical to horizontal permeability. The ratio must be less than or
equal to 2.
m - If permeability information is unavailable, the user will need to enter a coefficient
to describe a porosity/permeability relationship. M is the gradient of the porosity/
permeability relationship
c - If permeability information is unavailable, the user will need to enter a coefficient to
describe a porosity/permeability relationship. C is the y-axis intercept of the porosity/
permeability relationship.
Downhole Rock Type - The rock type to be used in the perforation calculation must
be selected.(carbonate or sandstone). This will affect the perforation depth of
308
PROSPER
penetration calculation. It should be highlighted that SPOT does not take karsts and
fractures into account when modeling inflow performance of carbonates. This may
result in unrealistic flow results.
Reservoir Height - This defines the distance between the top and bottom reservoir
layer in which the horizontal well has been drilled. For the Economides Joshi and
Borisov horizontal methods, it is assumed that the well is positioned in the mid point of
the layer. The Babu-Odeh and Goode Wilkinson methods allow the height of the
reservoir to be specified relative to the well position.
The Economides Joshi, Borisov, Babu Odeh and Goode Wilkinson horizontal methods
allow the following type of horizontal well situation to be analysed:
The Babu Odeh and Goode Wilkinson horizontal methods allow the following type of
horizontal well situation to be analysed:
Xwell - The distance to the well mid point in the direction of reservoir length. This
parameter only needs to be defined for the Babu Odeh and Goode Wilkinson
calculation methods
Ywell - The distance to the well mid point in the direction of reservoir width. This
calculation methods.
Zwell - The distance to the well mid point in the direction of reservoir height. This
calculation methods.
Reservoir Length - Length of the reservoir defined for Babu Odeh and Goode
Wilkinson methods.
Reservoir Width - Width of the box reservoir defined for Babu Odeh and Goode
Wilkinson methods.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
309
2.6.10.3.2.1 SPOT: Model inputs - Rel Perm Data
The user must select Corey Function in the Reservoir Layer screen.
End points (residual saturations and corresponding relative permeabilities) as well as
Corey Exponents must be specified. A brief explanation of these terms is provided
below:
Relative permeability: Permeability of one phase in the presence of another
phase
Residual saturation: The irreducible saturation remaining in the pore space
when another phase flows through the reservoir rock
End point relative permeability: The permeability corresponding to the residual
saturation of the other phase/phases
Corey exponent: An exponent that describes the shape of the relative
permeability curve between endpoint saturations
For example, in the below graph:
Residual water saturation=0.2 (20%)
Residual oil saturation= 0.2 (20%) i.e. 1-0.8
Oil relative permeability end point at the residual water saturation of 20%= 0.8
Water relative permeability end point at the residual oil saturation of 20%= 0.3
If water saturation is less than or equal to 20% then it can be assumed that only
oil is flowing in the reservoir
If oil saturation is less than or equal to 20% then it can be assumed that only
water is flowing in the reservoir
310
PROSPER
General rules to be used when specifying relative permeability values are provided
below (ideally, Corey Exponents would be obtained from laboratory experiments):
End point relative permeability <1
Residual saturations 0-1 (i.e.0-100%)
Recommended Corey Exponent for Gas/Oil Drainage
In order to estimate a Corey Exponent, the wettability of the reservoir must first be
determined.
Wettability describes the preference for fluid to adhere to the surface of the
reservoir rock (i.e., in water wet rocks water preferentially adheres to the rock
surface, conversely, in oil wet rocks oil preferentially adheres to the rock surface).
In general, most reservoirs are classified as being intermediate wet.
Guidelines for Wettability Determination:
Swi
kro=krw
krw at Sorw
WaterWet
>20 to 25% or more
Oil-Wet
<15%, usually 10%
@ Sw >50%
@ Sw< 50%
< 0.3
> 0.5
Approximate Corey Exponents vs. Wettability

Wettability
Water Wet
Intermediate
Wet
PROSPER Manual
Corey Exponent for kro Corey Exponent for krw

(no)
(nw)
2 to 4
5 to 8
3 to 6
3 to 5
June, 2014
User Guide
Oil Wet
6 to 8
311
2 to 3
Recommended Corey Exponents for Gas Production (an imbibition process)

Curve
Water relative permeability
curve
Gas relative permeability
curve
Corey Exponent
5 to 8
2 to 4
Note: This assumes that the reservoir is water wet

Curve
Gas relative permeability
curve
Corey Exponent
2 to 4
The user can easily view the generated relative permeability curve by clicking Plot
Curves in the Corey Function data screen.
Relative permeability assumptions used in SPOT are outlined below:
-Oil production- oil, water and solution gas are assumed to be the only phases
present
-Gas production- gas and water are assumed to be the only phases present
-Water production- water is assumed to be the only phase present
-Water injection into an aquifer- water is assumed to be the only phase present
-Water injection into oil reservoir- water and residual oil are assumed to be the only
phases present
-Gas injection into a gas cap- gas and irreducible water are assumed to be the only
phases present
-Gas injection into an oil reservoir- gas, oil and irreducible water are assumed to be
the only phases present
Thus, it is important that the user selects the correct reservoir type on the Corey
Function screen for injection. That is:
-For water injection if injecting in oil leg is not ticked, SPOT assumes that water is
being injected into a water aquifer
-For gas injection if injecting in oil leg is not ticked, SPOT assumes that gas is
being injected into a gas cap.
312
PROSPER
2.6.10.3.2.2 SPOT: Model inputs - Mud Invasion
SPOT contains four mud invasion data entry options on the New well data and Reperforation data screens:
1. No Invasion: The SPOT calculation assumes no mud invasion.
2. Enter discrete invasion depth: The user should input a discrete mud
invasion depth based on field knowledge, information from deep and shallow
resistivity petrophysical logs and/or well tests.
If this option is selected, the effective permeability in the invasion zone as well
as the discrete invasion depth should be specified using the Invasion tab on
the Reservoir Layers screen (two invasion zone permeability options are
availableuse of return permeability data or predicted return permeability
factors). Invasion should be entered for each individual layer if a multi-layer
reservoir is modeled.
3. Enter mud invasion log: The user should enter a mud invasion petrophysical
log. This is the most accurate method of predicting mud invasion depth in a
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
313
well.
Typically, a mud invasion log can be calculated using deep and shallow
resistivity data; resistivity data can provide a good indication of mud invasion
depth and if drilling filtrate has dissipated away from the near wellbore region
(which is likely for high permeability reservoirs). As mud invasion depth
calculations are resistivity tool dependant, the appropriate calculation method
should be obtained from the tool vendor or obtained from a Petrophysicist or
Log Analyst.
In order to use this option, Log data available? must be selected as Yes
and data entered into the Log data screen. This option can also be used if
conventional petrophysical log data is not available but the user still wishes to
import a foot-by-foot description of mud invasion depth.
The effective permeability in the invasion zone must also be specified using the
Invasion tab on the Reservoir Layers screen (two invasion zone
permeability options are availableuse of return permeability data or predicted
return permeability factors). Invasion should be entered for each individual layer
if a multi-layer reservoir is modeled.
4. "Calculate invasion": This option will allow the user to calculate mud invasion
using one of four options developed by Hans Vans Velzen (Royal Dutch Shell)
and the Shell Perforating Global Delivery Team. If mud invasion is to be
calculated in SPOT, the user must input:
o Total drilling time: This is the total drilling time (including downtime during
drilling of the well) which is used to calcuate an equivalent rate of penetration.
o Downtime: This is downtime/well suspension time after the well has been
drilled i.e. the time that the total wellbore was exposed to drilling mud. Note
that the model accounts for equilibrium filtrate invasion through the filtercake.
Calculation specifics and the effective permeability in the invasion zone must
also be specified using the Invasion tab on the Reservoir Layers screen
(two invasion zone permeability options are availableuse of return permeability
data or predicted return permeability factors). Invasion should be entered for
each individual layer if a multi-layer reservoir is modeled. The four calculation
methods available on that screen are:
o Ability to estimate mud/ filtrate invasion if fluid loss data from laboratory
experiments were recorded as a function of time. Common experiments
include measuring High Temperature High Pressure filtration behavior (under
static conditions using a ceramic disk with appropriately sized pores) and
Core Flood tests.
o Ability to estimate mud/ filtrate invasion if only the total fluid loss volume from
laboratory experiments was recorded. Common experiments include
measuring High Temperature High Pressure filtration behavior (under static
314
PROSPER
conditions using a ceramic disk with appropriately sized pores) and Core
Flood tests.
o Ability to estimate mud invasion if no test data is available-Option 1
o d) Ability to estimate mud invasion if no test data is available- Option 2. In
many circumstances, a user will only have information available for this
calculation. It should be highlighted that this method is only valid within the
following ranges: mud weights of 1sg to 1.8sg, brine densities of 1.05sg to
1.25sg for oil based mud and 1sg to 1.25sg for water based mud. This will
provide a very similar answer to Option 1. The difference between Option 1
and Option 2 is the data input requirements.
Mud Invasion Model- Background Information
The SPOT mud invasion model is appropriate for the following scenarios:
Oil based and water based drilling muds
Oil production wells
Gas injection and production wells
Water injection and production wells
Sandstone and carbonate reservoirs
Vertical, deviated and horizontal wells
Different completion types including cased and perforated wells, openhole
completions and openhole perforated wells.
The model assumes the drilling mud has been correctly designed and that
appropriate laboratory tests have been undertaken (tests may include, but not be
limited to return permeability, filtercake pop off and core flood). Correct mud design
is especially important as:
In general, deep mud filtrate invasion depths depend on filtercake thickness and
permeability. 1. Filtercake permeability depends on the solid size used to create
a filtercake. 2. Filtercake thickness depends on the tendency to be eroded
under specific conditions (based on initial thickness and mud flow/ dynamic
filtration effects). Thus, if drilling mud solid particles are not correctly sized, the
formation will experience deeper mud filtrate invasion. The SPOT mud model
assumes that all drilling mud solids have been optimally sized.
Return permeability tests can be used to define the permanent permeability
reduction due to mud filtrate and solids invasion. It should be highlighted that
solids invasion should be negligible if a mud has been correctly designed.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
315
Filtercake pop off/ flow back tests can be used to define the differential
pressure required for filtercake removal. Note that residual solids at the surface
of the wellbore will have a much larger impact on return permeability than
filtrate invasion so it is important to ensure the filtercake has been removed
(Francis, 1997, SPE Paper 38182). If a drilling mud has been properly
designed, the filtercake should easily lift off and no residual solids should remain
at the surface of the wellbore.
It should also be highlighted that the mud calculation model in SPOT can only be
used to obtain a first pass estimate of mud invasion depth. If the depth of penetration
of the perforating gun and mud invasion depth is similar, more detailed studies and/or
laboratory testing should be undertaken. Such studies can account for additional
factors such as dynamic filtration effects. An example of such a study using a fine
scale 3D reservoir simulator is described by Suryanarayana et. al in SPE Paper
95861.
Users should always conduct an After Action Review to compare the mud invasion
depth predicted by the model to that in the actual well (e.g. mud invasion depths in
the well can be measured using deep and shallow resistivity logs). This information
will assist design and interpretation of mud invasion depths in adjoining fields/wells. It
would be appreciated if results of any such comparison are sent to Petroleum
Experts for future improvement of the SPOT mud invasion model.
Some recognised limitations of the SPOT mud invasion model include:
It is possible to generate inconsistent skin and flow results when using high
'mud filtrate zone' factors. If this occurs we recommend increasing the filtrate
factor to 100percent or reducing the filtrate factor below 50percent. A model to
rectify this problem will be avaliable in the next version of SPOT. The correct
behaviour is that flow reduces (and skins increase) as mud invasion depth
increases.
It assumes the mud has been correctly designed including sizing of mud solids.
Athough it can be applied to oil, gas and water flow, the model assumes piston
like displacement of filtrate. This is in general valid for gas wells, however, may
not be appropriate for oil wells. If the viscosity of the filtrate is lower than the
viscosity of the reservoir fluid, fingering may occur, resulting in much higher
invasion depths than predicted by the SPOT model. In order to correctly model
this effect, multiphase flow effects must be taken into account.
It is a static model and neglects dynamic effects such as filter cake erosion.
Dynamic effects (constant removal and relayering of the filtercake) may be
significant in horizontal wells during the drilling and completion process.
A constant mud filtrate damage permeability is assumed in the mud invasion
zone. There are varying opinions in the industry if the mud invasion zone should
be modeled with a constant or varying permeability. The assumption in SPOT is
316
PROSPER
that permeability of the filtrate invasion zone is not depth dependant. The
alternate belief is that permeability should vary within the mud invaded zone
from a low value (closest to the wellbore) to virgin reservoir permeability (at the
edge of the invasion zone), reference: SPE 95861.
The following analysis assumes that the filtrate invasion into the reservoir has a
permanent effect on well productivity, which does not improve over time. The
degree of permanent reservoir permeability reduction due to filtrate and solids
invasion is captured in SPOT in the specification of invaded reservoir
permeability (Ks and Kl- permeability of the solids and liquid invaded zones
respectively). Thus it is very important that these values are reasonable and if
possible, return permeability testing has been undertaken (return permeability
tests demonstrate the difference in pre and post mud invaded permeability i.e.
the amount of permanent mud damage). To obtain realistic return permeability
results, the test should be continued until a constant flow rate is achieved and
the drawdown pressure used in the laboratory should be representative of the
maximum pressure experienced in the field (this pressure must be downscaled
for core-reservoir size effects). In addition, test conditions like temperature,
overbalance pressure and pore sises of the disk and/or the permeability of the
core plug sample, should be comparable with field conditions. If specific,
remedial attempts are undertaken to remove mud damage, the effect of these
processes should be included in the final estimate of return permeability.
Equivalent Circulating Density (ECD) effects during mud circulation are ignored.
ECD effects may increase the differential pressure across the formation during
filtercake formation and filtrate invasion.
Formation composition (e.g. clay presence, mineralogy) is ignored.
Mud Invasion Model Input Requirements
Input data for calculating mud invasion, specifying a discrete mud invasion depth or a
mud invasion log is specified under the New Well/Reperforation screen:
Once an option is selected, additional mud invasion data must be entered on the
Reservoir Layers screen, Invasion Data.
Irrespective of the option selected on the New Well/Reperforation screen (except
for the No invasion option), the effective permeability in the mud filtrate and mud
filtercake invaded zones must be specified. Two options are available for specifying
the effective permeability of the invaded zone:
1. Input return permeability from core tests. This option should be selected if
return permeability laboratory testing was undertaken. Simplistically, the test
involves measuring the initial permeability of the sample at irreducible water
saturation, dynamically exposing the core to drilling mud so a filter cake forms,
statically exposing the filter cake to drilling fluid, cleaning up the sample using
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
317
drawdown and finally, measuring the return permeability of the core sample.
The damaging effect of the drilling mud is quantified by the difference between
the initial and final permeability of the core sample.
To use this option, the following inputs are required:
Fluid loss at end of test= total mud fluid loss
Cross sectional area= cross sectional area of core sample
Fractional porosity of core sample= average porosity of core sample
Length of core plug sample=length along the axis of the core sample
Swi of core sample= irreducible water saturation of core sample
Kreturn= return permeability of the core sample after conducting the laboratory
test (%)
Kinitial= initial permeability of the core sample i.e. 100% by definition
This information is used to determine a linear fluid invasion depth, and thus the
effective permeability of the fluid invaded zone.
2. Input factor for permeability in mud invaded zone: If return permeability
laboratory testing was not undertaken, the effective permeability if the solid
and filtrate invaded zones must be estimated. This is inputted into SPOT is the
form of mud invasion zone permeability factors, Ks and Kl,:
Ks = factor to describe the final permeability of the solid invasion zone following
mud invasion
Kl = factor to describe the final permeability of the filtrate invasion zone following
mud invasion
Suggested values based on research by Hans Van Velzen (Royal Dutch Shell) are as
follows:
Kl (OBM) = 52% Kl(WBM) =62%
(90% probability that the invaded zone permeability will be greater than this)
Kl (OBM) = 89% Kl(WBM) =91%
(50% probability that the invaded zone permeability will be greater than this)
Ks(OBM & WBM)= 5%
Research suggests that a cut-off may exist for mud invasion damage depending
on initial permeability(i.e. high permeability reservoirs are not greatly affected
by mud invasion). The mud invasion model used in SPOT accounts for
irreducible water saturation and, as such, a permeability cutoff is not
recommended for gas reservoirs. However, a permeability cutoff could be
applied to oil reservoirs.
318
PROSPER
Alternate work by Francis (1997) suggests: Ks (OBM & WBM)= 0.1%

(Reference: Francis, 1997, Dominating Effect Controlling the Extent of Drilling
Induced Formation Damage, SPE Paper 38182)
If the drilling mud is inappropriate or has been poorly designed, permeability in
the mud invaded zone may be very low due to pore plugging by solids, fluid/
fluid and fluid/ rock interactions, changes in saturation, phase blockage, clay
swelling in the formation, wettability alterations and in situ emulsification and/or
precipitation. The mud invasion model in SPOT does not explicitly consider
these factors.
In addition, the user must enter an irreducible water saturation or irreducible gas
saturation value. This is the irreducible fluid saturation of the reservoir interval.
If Enter Discrete Invasion Depth was selected in the New Well/Reperforation
screen, a value should be entered into the Discrete invasion depth box on this
Invasion Data screen. This option will assume a constant invasion depth over the
entire reservoir interval.
If Calculate invasion was selected in the New Well/Reperforation screen, one of
the following four mud invasion depth calculation options should be selected:
1. Fluid loss vs time
2. Total fluid loss time and volume
3. No fluid loss data-option 1
4. No fluid loss data- option 2
Most accurate calculation method is Option 1, followed by Options 2, 3 and 4.
However the option that requires the least data and thus is most easily applied by
the user is Option 4. In many circumstances (especially for high permeability gas
and oil reservoirs), the user will only have data available for Option 4.
1. Fluid loss vs time
This option should be selected if core flood tests and/or HTHP-fluid-loss-tests
(using a ceramic disk) were conducted and if fluid loss behaviour during the
duration of the test is avaliable. It will predict the amount of spurt loss as well as
the external filter cake build-up process (excessive spurt loss will occur if the
drilling fluid is not properly designed, in this case the drilling fluid should be
redesigned). The user will need to enter additional data in the Fluid loss data
screen:
o Area of lab sample= cross sectional area of ceramic disk or core sample
o Differential pressure applied across the lab sample= differential pressure
applied across ceramic disk or core sample during the mud invasion test
o The user will also need to enter Time and Fluid Loss data into the table. A
minimum of two data sets is required. If more than two data sets are entered,
SPOT will input a best fit line through the data. Reasonable values for t1 and
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
319
t2 are 300s and 1800s or the end time of the static filtration period
respectively.
2. Total fluid loss time and volume

This option should be selected if core flood tests and/or HTHP-fluid-loss-tests
(using a ceramic disk) were conducted and if only the total fluid loss volume was
recorded at the conclusion of the test. SPOT thus assumes that no spurt loss
has occurred during the test (there should be minimal spurt loss if a drilling fluid
has been optmally designed). As a consequence the solids invasion depth
cannot be predicted and only the liquid invasion can be estimated. If the user is
interested in spurt loss effects, they should obtain appropriate measurements
using laboratory tests.
The user will need to enter additional data in the Fluid loss data screen:
o Area of lab sample= cross sectional area of ceramic disk or core sample
o Differential pressure applied across the lab sample= differential pressure
applied across ceramic disk or core sample during the mud invasion test
o Total lab sample exposure time= time that the ceramic disk or core sample
was exposed to drilling mud
o Total fluid loss through the lab sample= total amount of drilling fluid lost
through the lab sample during all testing stages (the volume should
correspond to the total lab sample exposure time specified)
3. No fluid loss data-option 1

If no fluid loss data is available, empirical equations are used. This method
assumes no spurt loss has occurred and that:
o Fractional porosity of filtercake (fcake) [-] = 0.05
o Permeability of filtercake (Kcake ) [m2] = 80E-21 for OBMs
o Permeability of filtercake (Kcake ) [m2] = 160E-21 for WBMs
As these values are highly approximate, it is recommended that mud testing is
undertaken to allow one of the more accurate methods (Option 1 or 2 above) to
be used to estimate mud invasion depths.
The user will need to enter additional data in the Drilling mud properties
screen:
o Oil based mud or water based mud. If Oil based mud is not selected, SPOT
will assume the use of water based mud
320
PROSPER
o Viscosity of drilling fluid filtrate

o Density of drilling fluid filtrate, if you have an OBM this will be the density of
the oil phase in the mud, if you have a WBM this will be the density of the
water phase in the mud
o Mass fraction of solids in the drilling fluid, if you have an OBM, this will be the
mass fraction of solids and water i.e. mass fraction= [((%oil+%water+%
solids)*drilling weight)-(%oil*densityoil)]/( (%oil+%water+%solids)*drilling
weight), if you have a WBM, this will be the mass fraction of solids only i.e.
mass fraction= [((%oil+%water+%solids)*drilling weight)-(%oil*densityoil)-(%
water*densitywater)]/( (%oil+%water+%solids)*drilling weight)
o Density of solids in the drilling fluid, if you have an OBM, this will be the
density of solids and water i.e. density= [((%oil+%water+%solids)
*drillingweight)-(%oil*densityoil)]/ (%water+%solids), if you have a WBM, this
will be the density of solids only i.e. [((%oil+%water+%solids)*drilling weight)(%oil*densityoil)-(%water*densitywater)] / (%solids)
4. No fluid loss data- option 2
This method assumes no spurt loss has occurred. It should give a very similar
result to Option 3 (it is based on similar empirical correlations). It should be
highlighted that this method is only valid within the following ranges: mud weights
of 1sg to 1.8sg, brine densities of 1.05sg to 1.25sg for oil based mud and 1sg
to 1.25sg for water based mud. The method will also not work for some low
weight water based muds (with brine densities between 1sg and 1.25sg).
The user will need to enter additional data in the Drilling mud properties
screen:
o Oil based mud or water based mud. If Oil based mud is not selected, SPOT
will assume the use of water based mud
o Brine density
o If an oil based mud, is the oil water ratio closer to 80/20 or 75/25
o Is the mud barite weighted or calcium carbonate weighted?
o Drilling fluid weight
In addition to selecting one of the four above options, the irreducible fluid saturations
must be specified. Depending on the reservoir fluid, the following parameters may be
required:
a. Irreducible water saturation
b. Irreducible gas saturation
c. Irreducible oil saturation
SPOT will always assume that the mud invasion zone is measured from the wellbore
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
321
radius. That is:

in a cased and perforated well, invasion depth is measured from the wellbore
radius (or if caliper data is entered, the effective wellbore radius)
in an openhole well the invasion depth is measured from the wellbore radius (or
if calliper data is entered, the effective wellbore radius)
in an underreamed gravel packed well the invasion depth is measured from the
underreamed wellbore radius (or if caliper data is entered, the effective
wellbore radius)
2.6.10.3.2.3 SPOT: Model inputs - Old Gun
SPOT takes into account the probability that old and new perforations will overlie
assuming guns are not oriented. It is assumed that there is a negligible effect of the
few shots which may overlay. As calculated reperforation results are qualitative, the
user should match/adjust these results using field data.
If the option of Old holes only or New and Old holes is selected, the user will be
required to input the following data on the Reservoir Layer screen for the existing
holes:
Most of the required information can be obtained from the Vendor Database:
Gun size
Shot density
Gun phasing
DoP Section 1: the depth of penetration measured during the API RP19B Section 1
test
322
PROSPER
Entrance hole diameter

Perforation efficiency: perforation efficiency is the number of holes that are
contributing to production. E.g. 80% efficiency would mean that 8 out of 10 holes
are contributing to production as 2 hole are blocked due to debris, perforation
collapse etc. Rough rules of thumb for perforation efficiency are:
o 80% for a current perforation gun in a vertical well.
o 50% for vertical perforations in a horizontal well (the gun sitting on the low side
of the hole will prevent tunnel cleanup)
o 80% efficiency for casing conveyed perforating
o 80% efficiency for casing conveyed perforating
o <80% efficiency if a large dynamic or static drawdown is applied to consolidated
sand (i.e. tunnel collapse is not a concern)
o 50% for old perforation guns (greater than or equal to 20 years old)
o 50% for very tight reservoir
Deep Penetrating/ Big Hole: the type of gun must be selected and if the gun is
classified as a deep penetrating or big hole charge. In general, a deep penetrating
gun will have an entrance hole less than or equal to 0.5in.
Standoff during test: This is the distance from the outside of the perforating charge
case to the inside of the casing that applies to the specified Section 1 DoP value
provided above.
Downhole standoff: This is the distance from the outside of the perforating charge
case to the inside of the casing when the gun was originally fired in the well.
Casing material: Select between J55, L80, P105 or P110. If a different material
Material
J55
L80
P105
P110
Mean Brinell
180
230
275
320
Hardness
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
323
2.6.10.3.3 SPOT: Model inputs - Log Data
The Shell PGDT recommends that the following set of log data is inputted in SPOT to
improve perforation and inflow performance predictions (i.e. answer YES to Log
data available?):
Porosity
Permeability
Unconfined Compressive Strength (UCS)
Thick Walled Cylinder Strength (TWC)
If UCS and TWC data is not available, the following information should be entered:
Formation Density Compensated (FDC)
Compressional Sonic
Shear Sonic
Petrophysical data should be entered on a typical data acquisition scale (i.e. 0.5-1ft).
Additional data that may also be entered in the Log data screen is listed below (these
are not used in the SPOT calculations):
324
PROSPER
Gamma-ray: to identify different formation types e.g. sand, shale, coal

Resistivity: to identify hydrocarbon intervals
Cement Bond Log (CBL): to identify poorly cemented zones
Caliper: the caliper diameter should be entered. This will be used to identify washed
out and slumped zones. Any caliper data entered in SPOT will be used to define the
wellbore radius in inflow performance calculations
Net/Non Net reservoir: to identify net pay or sand zones
The best method to get log data into PROSPER is to first import it into Excel and
preprocess it to the format of the log data tab. Then copy and paste it into
PROSPER.
Once all the data has been entered, click the "Fill-in" button to calculate any columns
that were not entered (these are shown in blue).
Perforation Zones
The tick box in the "Perforated" column allows each row to be perforated or not. If the
perforated tick box is blue and disabled then it means the log row depth does not
intersect any of the entered layers so it can not produce/inject.
Obviously it can be time-consuming to tick or untick each log row as there may be
thousands or rows. So there are several methods to make this process easier:Multiple Selection:
Select a number of rows by clicking and dragging over the rows. Then right click on
the selected rows and select either "Perforated - On" or "Perforated - Off" to tick or
untick the Perforated tick box for all the selected rows.
Perf by cutoff:Click this button to display a dialogue that allows rows to be perforated by cutoff e.g.
perforate all rows with a permeability grater than 10 md.
Perf by depth:Click this button to display a dialogue that allows rows to be perforated or not over a
range of entered depths e.g. perforate all rows between a MD of 10105 and 10674
feet.
Note that if the Goode-Wilkinson horizontal well model is not selected for a cased and
perforated analysis, the user will be unable to update the perforation interval in the
Log Data screen (the entire interval will be automatically selected as being
perforated).
Unconfined Compressive Strength (UCS) and Thick Walled Cylinder (TWC) Data
The user should input a UCS petrophysical log into SPOT. UCS is a very important
parameter as it affects the perforation depth of penetration. There are four options for
determining UCS:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
325
1. Determine a UCS log for your field using petrophysical measurements (UCS is
usually a function of density and sonic logs) and match the generated UCS log to
laboratory core UCS measurements at specific depths. The complete UCS log
should be easily acquired from a Petrophysicist or Log Analyst. This is the most
accurate method of creating a UCS log as the predictive correlation will have been
match against actual field core UCS measurements. For example:
2. Determine a UCS log for your field using petrophysical measurements (UCS is
usually a function of density and sonic logs). The UCS log is NOT matched against
core data. The complete UCS log should be easily acquired from a Petrophysicist
or Log Analyst.
3. Determine a UCS log for your field using information/ data from nearby wells/fields
4. Use correlations in SPOT to estimate UCS. The following correlation types are
available in SPOT to estimate UCS under the UCS Relation column in the layer
data tab:
Sandstone Reservoirs
- Equation 1: UCS as a function of density and compressional sonic (uncertainty
factor 2)
- Equation 2: UCS as a function of density and shear sonic (uncertainty factor 2)
- Equation 3: UCS as a function of porosity (valid for porosity>7%)
- Equation 4: UCS as a function of TWC (uncertainty factor of 2)
Carbonate Reservoirs
- Equation 5: UCS as a function of porosity (valid for porosity 4-37%)
- Equation 6: UCS as a function of TWC (uncertainty factor of 3)
SPOT may request more information than required by the selected UCS correlation.
For example, the user may select Porosity, Permeability, FDC and Compressional
Sonic from the Log data input drop down menu in the options tab, however if
Equation 1 is selected, only FDC and Compressional Sonic will be used to calculate
UCS (porosity and permeability values are required for other calculations in SPOT). If
the user wishes to use petrophysical log data to calculate UCS but only average
values to calculate inflow performance, they should enter petrophysical FDC and
Sonic logs and constant porosity and permeability values in the columns in the log
data tab.
Although it is possible to internally calculate porosity in SPOT for oil and water wells,
it is recommended that porosity values are not calculated within SPOT and that
porosity information is always entered by the user after it has been determined by a
Log Analyst/ Petrophysicist (as it can have a large effect on mud invasion depth
calculations and permeability correlations, and subsequently inflow values). To
internally calculate porosity in SPOT for an oil or water well a FDC (density)
Petrophysical log and a Rock Bulk Density value must be provided. Mud invasion
effects are ignored in the SPOT porosity calculation. SPOT does not allow the user to
internally calculate porosity for gas wells as density logs measure electronic density
(which can be significantly less than actual density in gas).
Many of these correlations are based on trend lines and as such, there is uncertainty
surrounding each correlation. The user should assess the appropriateness of
calculated values to determine if the correlation is reasonable compared to expected
326
PROSPER
UCS ranges. A relationship should not be used if it produces negative or very large
values. If uncertainty exists regarding the UCS estimation it is recommended to
conduct a sensitivity analysis.
Indicative UCS ranges that can be used to assess the reasonableness of calculated
values are:
Unconsolidated/extremely
weak
Loosely consolidated/ very
weak/soft
Friable/weak
Consolidated/low strength
Hard
Medium Strength
High Strength
Extreme Strength
<130 psia
130-550
psia
550-1300
psia
1300-4500
psia
>4500 psia
4500-7200
psia
7200-17000
psia
>17000
psia
These ranges should be appropriate for both sandstones and carbonates.

After UCS values have been defined, TWC must also be defined (accurate TWC
estimation is not as important as UCS prediction in SPOT as TWC is only used to
predict perforation tunnel strength). The following correlation types are available in
SPOT to estimate TWC under the TWC Relation column:
Sandstone Reservoirs
- Equations 1 & 2: TWC as function of density and compressional sonic (uncertainty
factor 1.5-2.5)
- Equation 3: TWC as a function of density and shear sonic (uncertainty factor 1.52.5)
- Equation 4: TWC as a function of porosity - Equation 5: TWC as a function of UCS (uncertainty factor of 2)
Carbonate Reservoirs
- Equation 6: TWC as a function of porosity
- Equation 7: TWC as a function of UCS (uncertainty factor of 3)
SPOT may request more information than required by the selected TWC correlation.
For example, the user may select Porosity, Permeability, FDC and Compressional
Sonic from the Log data input drop down menu in the options tab, however if
Equation 1 is selected, only FDC and Compressional Sonic will be used to calculate
TWC (porosity and permeability values are required for other calculations in SPOT). If
the user wishes to use petrophysical log data to calculate TWC but only average
values to calculate inflow performance, they should enter petrophysical FDC and
Sonic logs and constant porosity and permeability values in the columns in the log
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
327
data tab.
No Log Data Available
If the "Log Data Input" in the options tab was set to "None Available" then synthetic
log data must be generated. The screen to generate this data will be displayed
automatically the first time the log data tab is accessed. To regenerate the log data
again, click the generate button.
2.6.10.3.3.1 SPOT: Model inputs - Generate Log Data
This dialogue is used to generate synthetic log data if none is available. This will
create log data with constant values entered in the average properties data.
The log depth increment should be a small number (e.g. 1 ft).
2.6.10.3.3.2 SPOT: Model inputs - Perforation Cutoff
This dialogue allows the perforated state of the log rows to be set depending on the
values of the log data.
328
PROSPER
For example, if you wish to only perforate log rows where the permeability is greater
than 10 mD, enter a value of 10 mD for the "Lower Permeability" and then click the
"Apply Cut-off" button. Log rows with a permeability greater than 10 mD will have the
"Perforated" tick box selected and any with a permeability lower than 10 mD will have
the "Perforated" tick box de-selected.
Alternatively if you wish to only perforate log rows with a UCS less than 7000 psia,
enter a value of 7000 psia for the "Upper UCS" and then click the "Apply Cut-off"
button. Log rows with a UCS less than 7000 psia will have the "Perforated" tick box
selected and any with a UCS higher than 7000 psia will have the "Perforated" tick box
de-selected.
Leave fields blank if you do not want to them to be applied in the cut-off.
2.6.10.3.3.3 SPOT: Model inputs - Perforation Depth
This dialogue is used to select or deselect the perforate tick box for all log rows over
a certain depth range. The depths are always MD rather than TVD.
For example, if you wish to perforate between 12050 and 12100 feet, enter "Upper
Depth" = 12050 ft and "Lower Depth" = 12100 ft. Then click the "Set Perforated"
button.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
329
2.6.10.3.4 SPOT: Model inputs - Completion
This tab is used to enter completion details for the SPOT calculations. Only the
completion over the producing zone is required.
This data is used to correct the Lp. API 19B/43 tests are performed through a casing
defined in the test data. So if if a thicker casing is used then it will decrease the Lp as
more of the gun energy is lost perforating the casing. Or if a thinner casing is used
then the Lp will be higher.
Appropriate completion details will need to be entered for the selected option. This
may include:
Casing diameter, type and weight
Casing drift to account for variations in diameter during manufacture. The total drift
in casing internal diameter (ID) should be entered. This is defined in SPOT as the
difference between the maximum and minimum casing ID.
Tubing diameter, type and weight
Tubing drift to account for variations in diameter during manufacture. The total drift
330
PROSPER
in tubing internal diameter (ID) should be entered. This is defined in SPOT as the
difference between the maximum and minimum tubing ID.
Minimum tubing restriction diameter: this limits the gun size that can be run using
through tubing conveyance.
Hold up depth; this is effectively the end of the well. You will not be allowed to
perforate below the hold up depth
Casing material type: select between J55, L80, P105 or P110. If a different material
Material
Mean Brinell
Hardness
J55
180
L80
230
P105
275
P110
320
SPOT will always assume that the casing of a well is cemented. It cannot calculate
the effect of perforating an uncemented liner or tubing.
Multiple casing strings (2 or 3 casing strings only) can be entered into SPOT and an
adjusted perforation depth will be calculated using empirical correlations.
The holdup depth is effectively the bottom of the well. No perforations are allowed
below the holdup depth. The holdup depth is a measured depth (not TVD).
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
331
2.6.10.3.5 SPOT: Model inputs - Gravel Pack
Gravel pack information can be entered to model an internal or external (i.e.

underreamed) gravel pack. The following options are available:
Cased and Perforated Well- internal or external gravel pack. In this scenario the
internal gravel pack represents a conventional internal gravel pack. The external
gravel pack represents where the casing has been underreamed and the perforations
and underreamed area are filled with gravel. This option assumes that all other
intervals in the well contain a traditional cased and perforated completion.
Openhole Perforated Well- internal or external gravel pack: In this scenario the
internal gravel pack represents an openhole perforated well that has been completed
with a gravel pack within it (it is extremely unlikely that this case would be selected in
practice, but is provided here for flexibility). The external gravel pack represents
where the casing has been underreamed, the interval has been perforated and the
perforations and underreamed area are filled with gravel. This option assumes that all
other intervals in the well contain a traditional openhole perforated completion.
Openhole well- internal or external gravel pack: In this scenario the internal gravel
pack represents an openhole well that has been completed with a gravel pack within it
(it is extremely unlikely that this case would be selected in practice, but is provided
332
PROSPER
here for flexibility). The external gravel pack represents a conventional external gravel
pack where the casing has been underreamed and the underreamed area is filled with
gravel.
This option assumes that all other intervals in the well contain a traditional openhole
completion.
Gravel pack permeability: the permeability of the gravel pack can be estimated
using the following recommendation by Golan and Whitson (1991)
US Mesh size Approx Mean Diameter Permeability (md)
(in)
40/60
0.014
1.2E5-1.7E5
20/40
0.025
1.2E5
10/20
0.056
5E5-6.5E5
8/12
0.080
1.7E6
Top of gravel pack: the top depth of the gravel pack
Bottom of gravel pack: the bottom depth of the gravel pack
Gravel pack outer diameter: the outer diameter of the gravel pack.i.e. the under
reamed diameter in an external gravel pack, the casing ID in an internal cased and
perforated gravel pack or the wellbore diameter in an internal openhole gravel
pack.
Gravel pack inner diameter: the inner diameter of the gravel pack. i.e. the diameter
of the gravel screen. Note that this value is not used in the gravel pack calculations,
it is only used in generating the SPOT Well Schematic
Calculation method: three options are presented to calculate the non Darcy flow
through the gravel pack; Golan 1 phase, Geertsma 1 phase and Geertsma 2
phase. The Golan 1 phase calculation is recommended for single phase flow. The
Geertsma 1 phase calculation is recommended for single phase flow. The
Geertsma 2 phase calculation is recommended for two phase flow.
2.6.10.4SPOT: Model Results
Enter topic text here.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
333
2.6.10.4.1 SPOT: Model Results - Layer Results
SPOT initially does all the calculations of corrected Lp's, skin, rates etc for each log
row. For reporting purposes it then calculates representative values for the layers for
some of these variables. For example it will use the results of the log rows belonging
to each layer to calculate an equivalent skin for the layer.
Click on the Log Results button to display the detailed results for each log row. Some
of these results are at a specific FBHP so a value needs to be entered before
displaying the log results.
334
PROSPER
2.6.10.4.2 SPOT: Model Results - Log Results
This dialogue displays the detailed results for each log row. Some of the data (such
as rates) are calculated at the FBHP that was entered in the layer results.
Notes on some of the variables are as follows:Underbalance Behrmann, Underbalance King - Recommended underbalance as
calculated by Behrmann & King.
Qo, Qw, Qg - rates from the log row at the entered FBHP
Qo Aof, Qw Aof, Qo Aof - rates from the log row if FBHP = atmospheric pressure
Qo Cum, Qw Cum, Qg Cum - the total rate from this log row plus all log rows below
this log row at entered FBHP.
Qo Cum Aof, Qw Cum Aof, Qg Cum Aof - the total rate from this log row plus all log
rows below this log row if FBHP = atmospheric pressure.
Beyond Zone - This is ticked if the perforation is beyond the invasion zone for this log
row.
Sand Production - This is ticked if the sanding model has predicted that sand has
been produced for this log row.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
335
2.6.11 Multi-Lateral Interface

2.6.11.1Network Interface
2.6.11.1.1 Motivation
Multilateral wells are different than single wells because they have a variable
structure. Both the number of branches and the way that they are connected is
variable. Hence, a flexible network data structure is appropriate for modelling these
wells. Furthermore, to provide a consistency with other Petroleum Experts products the
interface has the same look and feel as the one in GAP.
2.6.11.1.2 Interface Overview

The multilateral data entry screen is accessed by choosing System | Inflow
Performance from the PROSPER main menu, as with the single well IPR. However,
before that the multilateral option must be chosen in the Options screen, also
accessed from the main menu.
The user interface consists of a framework window that contains several child
windows, as well as the menu and toolbar from which commands are issued. The
child windows include the network windows that contain the system network drawing,
the navigator window that can assist in the viewing of large networks and up to three
visualisation windows, which can show the multilateral network drawn to scale from
three orthogonal points of view.
336
PROSPER
Four main components of the interface are identified, as indicated on the diagram
above, which are described in more detail in the following sections:
1. Network window the window on which the system network is drawn.
2. Navigator window contains a full schematic that can be used to help navigation
about large systems.
3. Menu bar and toolbar. The menu bar is used for issuing commands to PROSPER
and the interface; it contains an abridged set of commands compared to a normal
application framework window because it is a subsidiary window of the main
programme. The toolbar contains menu accelerators, icons for selecting and
manipulating network nodes and links, and icons for zooming or unzooming on the
network window.
4. Visualisation screen up to three windows showing front, side and top views of the
multilateral network.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
337
2.6.11.1.2.1 Network Window
The network window is the main window on which the multilateral network is displayed
and manipulated. More than one network window can be displayed at one time; this
means that different views of the same system are available simultaneously, which
can be of help in editing large networks.
The system window is used to draw, edit, and view the system. The network nodes
are represented by coloured icons. The different actions that can be performed on
this window are obtained by clicking the right hand mouse button within the area of the
system window, which brings up a menu. Alternatively, the same set of actions can be
performed using the toolbar or the menu, which are described below.
Addition of Network Nodes and Links
To add an item to the system, activate the required network item type from the
toolbar or by using the right hand mouse button menu. The cursor will change to
indicate that a network item selection has been made. Click on the screen at the point
to insert the element. A network node will be created and an icon to represent it. A
label dialogue will appear prompting for a name. If the element is not labelled, a
default label is provided which can be edited later using the icon right hand mouse
button menu.
Only the four left most items in the toolbar (tie-point, junction, completion and tank/
reservoir) are nodes: links, the fifth item, are added differently by dragging between
two nodes. Depending on a set of connection rules, the connection will be made or
not and the correct type of link will be chosen. For example, reservoirs can only be
attached to completions and the type of link is logical; in other cases the link is a piece
of tubing. These rules are reviewed in the description of toolbar items. The network
is hierarchical and arrows drawn on the links indicate the direction of the connections
(which is normally the same direction as increasing vertical depth). Each icon is given
a characteristic colour, depending on the network item it represents. The colours and
items are: red (tie-point), green (junction), yellow (completion), blue (reservoir) and
pink (tubing).
Zoom/Unzoom
To zoom or unzoom, first select the appropriate icon from the toolbar or from the right
hand mouse menu, as described above. To zoom in on an area, hold the left hand
mouse button while sweeping the mouse cursor over the area of interest.
Alternatively, click once at a point in the system, and the programme will zoom or
unzoom on that point using a fixed scaling factor (which may be adjusted using the
Preferences dialogue in the Preferences menu).
To revert to a full system view at any time, double-click the left hand mouse button at
any point in the window (except on an icon). The view will re-scale to show the whole
of the system.
338
PROSPER
Mask/Unmask
To mask or unmask, first select the appropriate icon from the toolbar or from the right
hand mouse menu, as described above. To mask a node, click on itwith mask
selected; to unmask it click on it with unmask selected. Masking removes a node
from the calculation without removing it and its associated data from the network
(which deleting does). Masking is useful for simulating the effect of removing or
adding in completions. Note that masking a branch will have the effect of masking
those below it in the hierarchy.
Moving Items
Select the move option from the toolbar or from the right hand mouse menu. To move
a single item, place the mouse cursor above it and hold down the left mouse button
while dragging the mouse cursor to the desired new location. To move a group,
select an area as with the zoom option and then hold down the left mouse button with
the mouse cursor in the window before dragging the whole group to a new location.
Items stay selected after a group move but can be de-selected using the select
option.
Deletion of Items
Select the delete icon from the toolbar or from the right hand mouse menu. Groups of
items may be deleted by group-selecting them as above, but with the delete option
chosen. NB: deletion of a node deletes the data associated with it so this option
should be used with caution. To delete a pure (non data-carrying) link re-do it.
Selection of Items
To select an item or items, first choose the select icon (black arrow) from the toolbar
or from the right hand mouse menu, the selected item will change colour. Group
selections can be achieved by first selecting the select icon then drag the left hand
mouse button over the area of interest. The select option is a toggle, so it can select
or de-select items. Group selections can be used to turn off the selection actioned by
a group move.
Editing of Items
If a network item carries data it has an icon associated with it and can be edited by
double clicking on it provided that none of zoom/unzoom, move, delete or select are
chosen. Editing of network item data is covered in the section on Data Entry.
Right Hand Mouse Button Actions
Utility menus will appear when the right hand mouse button is clicked anywhere in the
system view. The normal menu appears when the button is clicked over an empty
space. It contains the commands to add and manipulate network items as well as
commands to bring up dialogue screens to change fonts and icon sises. If it is clicked
over a network icon, a shorter menu will appear with a number of network item
specific functions, such as the ability to change the icon size and label, and delete and
select.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
339
Panning
To move the view around the system, move the cursor close to the edge of the view in
the direction the system will be moved. The cursor will change to an arrow. Clicking
the left hand mouse button will move the system view by a fixed amount depending on
the current scaling factor. To pan quickly, hold the mouse button down and, after a
short time, the pan action will 'auto-repeat'.
Popup Status Information
If no toolbar (or equivalent menu item) is chosen as the mouse is moved over the
network icons, a small window will appear and show basic status information for the
node in question. The pop-up status window allows the validity status of a network
item to be checked without entering the data entry screen. This is optional: to switch
this function off go to the Preferences screen. To select nothing, toggle the currently
selected toolbar or menu items, or choose the blank option from the drop-down list
box in the toolbar.
Changing Icon Sises / System Fonts
These functions are also available from the right hand mouse menu. See the section
on menu details for more information.
Other Window Actions
Minimise:
Click this button to minimise the window in the multilateral main
window.
Maximise:
Close:
Click this button to maximise the window to fill the multilateral main
window.
Click this button to remove the window from the workspace.
System menu: This contains various functions allowing the window to be maximised,
minimised, moved, etc.
2.6.11.1.2.2 The Navigator Window
This window can be used to aid in navigation about a large system. It will always
consist of a system schematic that is independent of any zooming on a system
window. In addition to the network, it contains a tracking rectangle that encloses the
portion of the system currently under view in the system window.
The tracking rectangle has two functions. If the focus is currently on a network
window, this rectangle surrounds the area of the network that that view is displaying.
Alternatively, the rectangle may be used to create new views of the network if the
navigator window is currently in focus. When the mouse is moved over the rectangle,
the cursor changes to allow resizing of the rectangle. In this way, the navigator
340
PROSPER
window facilitates creating views in areas of interest. Double-clicking the left hand
mouse button in the area will create a new system view displaying the selected area,
although resised to preserve a sensible aspect ratio.
Right Hand Mouse Button Menu
Clicking the right hand mouse button within the navigator window will produce a utility
menu. This contains the following functions:
Navigator On Top: By default, the navigator is always on top of all system views.
This can be changed by selecting this item from the menu.
Hide Window: The navigator can be hidden using this option and, once removed, will
not appear in subsequent sessions until reopened from the Window menu. The
navigator can also be hidden by clicking on the cross button at the top right hand
corner of the window or by using the Window menu option.
New Window: Another way of producing a new view (see above).
Icon Sises: Invokes the Icon Sises dialogue (see below).
2.6.11.1.2.3 Toolbar Details
The toolbar is located below the main menu at the top of the main window. It consists
of a row of icons (described below) which act as accelerators to the menu functions
accessed from the Tools menu or most of those called from the right hand mouse
button in the network window.
The functions of the various buttons are described below. A quick description can be
gained for a given button by holding the mouse cursor over the button for a moment. A
small yellow box with a short description will appear.
Network Item Set-up
The functionality of the network items buttons is duplicated in the drop-down list: a
selection from this list will cause the appropriate button on the toolbar to be shown as
depressed. When a network item button is selected, the cursor, when over a system
window, will be drawn to represent the current selection. Click once on the system
window to cause a new node of the required type to be created at the chosen point. A
label dialogue will appear to allowing the node to be labelled; leaving the label blank
results in default node naming. This can be edited later by clicking the right hand
mouse button on the icon created.
Connections between nodes are created by choosing the Link button and holding
down the mouse left hand button whilst dragging between the nodes. There is a
connection hierarchy, which is represented by the branching of a parent branch into
one or more child branches, in the same way that the multilateral well branches out
physically.
Indicate the direction of the hierarchy for junction-completion or
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
341
completion-completion connections by the order in which they are joined up.

Tie-point. This is the node for which the IPR is solved and is
located at the top of the system (in vertical depth and
hierarchically). Hence, the tie-point can only be a start
point.
Junction. The main purpose of the junction is to be a
branching node. It can only have one link into it (from a tiepoint, completion or other junction) but any number coming
out.
Completion. This contains both tubing and completion
information. It is attached below a tie-point, junction or
another completion. It can only have one link into it and
branches out to either a junction or another completion. It
can also be logically attached (no direction implied) to any
number of reservoirs (but at least one).
Tank/reservoir. This represents a reservoir source and is
logically attached to any number of completions (but at
least one).
Link. Connecting to a junction, the link becomes a tubing
node and contains data. Going into a completion, the
tubing information is in the completion and the link is blank
only indicating the hierarchical relationship between the
nodes it connects with an arrow. Finally, when connecting
a completion and a reservoir, the link is logical and not
hierarchical. Note that re-doing a link between two nodes
will delete it.
2.6.11.1.2.4 Network Manipulation
Zoom in/out. When 'zoom in/out' is selected, a zoom can be

achieved either by clicking the mouse on the system
window, which will zoom in/out a fixed amount and set the
centre of the view to the position clicked. If zoom in is
selected, sweeping an area with the mouse will zoom in on
the area selected. The aspect ratio will be retained when
an area zoom is performed.
Mask/Unmask an item. After masking is selected specific
items can be removed from the network for calculation
purposes without deleting them. This is particularly useful
for seeing the effect of removing a completion item.
Delete a node. After this is selected, the node may be
342
PROSPER
deleted by clicking on the item in the system window. The

icon automatically becomes unselected following a deletion
to prevent accidental deletion of further nodes. To delete a
pure (non data-carrying) link re-do it.
Move a node. After this is selected, a node may be moved
by clicking on the item in the system window and then, with
the mouse button depressed, dragging the item to the new
position. A group of nodes may also be selected and
moved.
Select a node. After this is pressed, a node may be
selected/de-selected by clicking on the item in the system
window. The item will reverse its colour to indicate
selection/de-selection.
2.6.11.1.2.5 Menu Details
Finish
Done exits the screen but validates the multilateral structure and data first. If the
structure is not valid a warning message appears providing the opportunity to remain
in the multilateral screen. One can exit the data screen, however, the data are
marked invalid.
Cancel leaves the multilateral screen, restoring the network to its state at the start
of the edit session.
Tools
These are equivalent to items to the right of, and indeed inside, the drop-down list box
in the tool bar and have been explained above.
Analyse
This menu contains options to plot and report the IPR results in a similar way to those
in the Single Well IPR. The multi-lateral is treated as one reservoir model option, such
as the multi-layer with dP friction loss. There is also a Calculate option, which brings
up the dialogue in the following figure.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
343
The Calculate screen gives the option of calculating one IPR point or a curve. In the
former case pressure can be calculated from a rate or rate from a pressure. In the
latter case, pressure is calculated for a range of rates up to the AOF, as with other
IPR calculations. From this screen it is possible to specify the number of IPR points
(maximum 20) and the minimum pressure to calculate to. These are to help speed up
calculations if appropriate. Results of the points for curve calculation will be reported
at the bottom section of the screen. Also, having a bearing on calculation speed is the
switch between infinite and finite conductivity modes of calculation. In the latter case
the pressure drop in the tubing is taken into account. Before carrying out the
calculation, the network structure is validated and any errors are reported in the white
list box in the middle section of the screen. If the structure is not valid the calculation is
not carried out. The Details button is used to display pressure and rate-related
parameters with respect to the measured and vertical tubing depths of each branch.
During a calculation, diagnostic information is reported to the list box. Also, a Cancel
button is placed above the Calculate button to allow stopping the calculation. The
buttons to the left of the list box perform the functions in the Analyse menu, except
Help, which brings up this section. The push button Done exits the screen.
Visualise
These items are dealt with in the section on visualisation screens.
Preferences
The preferences dialogue is gained from the Preferences item of the frame window
menu. It allows customisation of a set of user-interface variables for subsequent
PROSPER sessions. The following options are available:
344
PROSPER
Enable Flyover Status Information. If this is checked then a status box appear as
the mouse is moved over the network item icons.
Auto-repeat delay when panning. When panning, the left-hand mouse button may
be held down to auto-repeat the action. The value given in this field represents the
time (in ms) before the auto-repeat action starts from when the mouse button is
clicked.
Fraction of screen to pan per click. This represents the resolution of panning.
Zoom/unzoom factor. A single click in a system window while the zoom or unzoom
icons are active results in a fixed scaling to be applied to the view, while the centre
of the view is changed to the position in which the mouse was clicked. The value
entered in this field is the fixed scaling factor, and as such should be greater than
one.
Background. The background bitmap that is displayed on the background of the
main window (by default this is a PE logo with contact information) may be
changed. Select the required bitmap by pressing the button to the right of the field.
The bitmap will only be loaded after shut down and restarting the multilateral main
screen.
Output
Printer Setup - to set up the printer if not already done.
Print - prints the current child window as a hard-copy, metafile or to the clipboard,
whether a network window or a visualisation screen.
Window Menu
New Window. This creates a new system view. The new view is zoomed out to
include all the components.
Close All. Shuts down all system windows in the application.
Cascade. This reorganises the system windows into a cascade.
Tile. Tiles the system windows.
Toggle toolbar display. This will remove the toolbar if it is currently displayed, and
vice-versa. If the toolbar is not displayed, toolbar commands can be accessed via
the right hand mouse button on the system view window.
Toggle navigator display. Displays or hides the navigator window.
Below this is a list of currently active system windows. The current focus window may
be changed by clicking on one.
Help
Brings up this information on the network interface.
Other Items
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
345
Apart from the preferences it is possible to change other aspects of the user
interface: namely font and icon sises.
Network Fonts
Fonts used in the network drawing may be changed. To do this, select the Fonts
option from the menu obtained following a right hand mouse button click in the system
window. This will bring up a font selection dialogue. Select the required font and style
and press OK. The new font will be applied to all network drawings and also to labels
in the visualisation windows.
Icon Sises
The sises of the icons used to represent the network nodes can be changed. Select
the Icon Sises option from the menu obtained following a right hand mouse button
click in the system window. The following dialogue will appear:
The dialogue consists of a slider with a data entry field, which contains the current
icon size (this defaults to 50 out of an arbitrary 0 100 range for a new file). Change
the icon size by adjusting the slider or entering a new size in the entry field. Check the
Automatic Update box to update the system window with the new size as the slider is
moved.
When the new icon size is entered, click on This View or All Views. In the latter case
the change will be applied to all network windows. In the former case, only the
currently active network view will be changed. The new icon size will not be saved;
i.e. all changes will be lost when the current file is exited.
2.6.11.1.2.6 Visualisation Screens
These screens supply three 2-D views (front, side and top) of the 3-D multilateral
object. The salient visual objects (tie-points, junctions, tubing, completions and
reservoirs) are drawn symbolically but they are spaced to scale. The screens are
updated whenever a network item is edited and has a valid data set and whenever an
item is deleted or becomes invalid. The visualisation objects are given the same
colour as their equivalent network objects (e.g. blue for reservoirs), and are identified
by the same labels as in the network structure.
The geometry used is left-handed Cartesian. It is assumed that the positive x axis is
along the direction of zero azimuth, positive y is at 90 degrees and positive z is in the
346
PROSPER
direction of increasing depth. The front view shows the (x, z) plane, where y is
increasing going into the screen and consequently positive z corresponds to moving
down the screen and positive x corresponds to moving to the right. The side view
shows the (y, z) plane, where x increases coming out of the screen, z increases going
down the screen and y increases going to the right. The top view shows the (y, x)
plane where z is increasing going into the screen, x increases going down the screen
and y increases going to the right.
The screens are brought up using the Visualise menu. One of the three views (front,
side and top) or all of them can be activated using the appropriate menu command. If
all the views are shown then they are tiled with any active network windows. The title
bar of each view window shows the extent of the network for the plane in question.
The co-ordinates are shown with respect to the start of a (hypothetical) straight
tubing, which enters the tie-point in the direction of zero azimuth and has measured
and vertical depths equivalent to those of the tie-points. In a similar way to the
network window one can pan across a visualisation window by moving the mouse
cursor close to one of the window edges and clicking on the left button when the
panning cursor appears. The fraction of the screen traversed and the auto-repeat
delay are controlled by the same options as in the network window (chosen from the
Preferences dialogue).
Right-hand Mouse Button Menu
Using the right hand mouse button on a view screen one can choose to display the coordinates of any of the visual objects. The displayed coordinates can be written over
one another, it is sometimes better to view them separately. By default, the reservoir
depths are displayed at the start of a session. The next group of functions from this
menu contains zoom, unzoom and restore. The latter option resets the scale factor
and the view origins (which can be moved by panning) to the default values. The
zoom factor is the same as that used for the network window and is set in the
Preferences dialogue. Finally, the way the picture is drawn can be altered. Normally,
the zooming not only changes the extent of the drawing seen but also magnifies the
objects (network items and text) drawn. Switch off the magnify mode if zooming into
a cluttered area as this will allow more objects to fit in. Also, the network drawing is
normally scaled to fit the window, irrespective of the relative extents to the two axes.
Choosing the draw to scale option stretches the drawing in the direction with the
greater physical extent (so it no longer fits in the window).
2.6.11.2Data Entry
2.6.11.2.1 Overview
The data associated with any network item is accessed by double-clicking on its icon
when none of the network manipulation options (zoom/unzoom, delete, move and
select) have been chosen. This brings up a screen with editable data fields in it.
Apart from the tie-point and junction data screens, the main data entry screen for
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
347
each node is similar to that of the single well main data entry screen (see Section
7.1). However, the reservoir data input child screen does not have any tab buttons in
it. The main data screens differ from the single well case in the action buttons: only
the left-most group - Done, Cancel, Reset, Validate and Help - are available. Their
function is the same as in the single well case. Hence, the differences between the
single well IPR data entry and the similar multilateral ones lie in the model selection
and data input child screens.
Given the hierarchical nature of the network, editing a parent branch causes the
starting points (e.g. depths) of child branches to be initialised. Those data fields that
are initialised from outside a particular network item are set read-only (coloured cyan)
when the screen to edit that net item is brought up. Hence, in order to edit a net item
and fill it with valid data it is normally necessary to have edited the parent branch first.
However, it is not a requirement to edit the network in hierarchical order as any child
net item can be filled with invalid data and saved before editing its parent.
Another difference from the single well IPR is that in each screen, on the right hand
side, there is a list box containing a drawing of the network where the data carrying
nodes are sorted hierarchically, by type or alphabetically according to a right-hand
mouse button menu selection. By clicking on the line corresponding to a node the
given screen is closed and the screen belonging to the node clicked on is opened.
2.6.11.2.2 Tie-point and Junction Data

The tie-point data consist of a measured and vertical depth, with an implied azimuth of
0. The junction data are the same but are read-only. A junction must always be
hierarchically below another network item, so its data are entered automatically from
its parent. As mentioned earlier a junction mainly forms a branching point.
2.6.11.2.3 Tubing Data

Model Selection Screen
The model selection screen for tubing has options to select horizontal and vertical
correlations, choke models, flow types (tubing or annular) and correlation threshold
details. None of the options affect the general format of the data input screen but the
flow type affects the details of the equipment tabbed dialogue in the data input
screen.
Data Input Screen
There are two tabbed dialogues in this data input screen, which allow the entry of a
deviation survey and equipment descriptions. These dialogues contain tables very
similar to the ones encountered by selecting System | Equipment from the PROSPER
main menu and then the Deviation Survey and Downhole Equipment push buttons. In
the case of the deviation survey there is an additional azimuth entry.
348
PROSPER
2.6.11.2.4 Completion Data

The completion data screen represents tubing and a completion. Hence, it is a
superset of the tubing data screen and is the same except for one extra tabbed
dialogue in the data input screen, for completion data. This dialogue has fields in it
similar to the single well IPR Wong-Clifford model for describing a deviated
completion (completion zone start and end measured and true depths) as well as a
field for entering a local (mechanical/geometric) skin value. There is a drop-down list
box in the fifth column, which allows the skin to be calculated using the Karakas &
Tariq method. The selection of Karakas and Tariq enables the push button in the last
column, which brings up an appropriate data entry screen when clicked upon with the
mouse left button. On entering valid data and exiting that screen with Done the skin
value is calculated and entered in the skin data column.
2.6.11.2.5 Reservoir Data

Model Selection Screen
The model selection screen contains a model selection list box for selecting a Darcylike reservoir model as well as several data entry fields for entering PVT and
geometrical data used by all the models.
Data Input Screen
The data input screens contain a single sub-dialogue pertaining to the model chosen.
These are similar to the equivalent models in the single well case.
Consistency Validation
Beyond the consistency enforced by the validation of individual network items as they
are edited and the automatic entry of some child branch data from parents, there are
other checks carried out on a complete structure whose nodes are individually valid:
There must be no more than one tie-point in a network; other loose items are
ignored.
The top node must be a tie-point.
All branches must end in a completion; completions must be attached to at least
one reservoir.
Reservoirs should not overlap in depth (in the current model they are assumed to
be layers).
2.6.11.3Multilateral Example
For an example of how to set up a Multilateral Well model please refer to Tutorial 12
in Section 3 of this User Guide.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
2.7
349
Artificial Lift Data Input

This section describes how to enter the description of artificial lift equipment in a well
for calculating a systems analysis from the System | ... menu.
The Design section describes how to design suitable gas lift, ESP, HSP, PCP and jet
pump equipment for new or existing wells.
2.7.1 Continuous Gas Lift Input Data

This option is used to input data for a gas lifted system and is available in System |
Gaslift Data when the 'Gaslift (Continuous)'is selected in the Options | Options
screen.
If the gas lifted system is still to be designed, then this screen can be skipped and
returned to after the design has been carried out in Design | Gaslift Design screen.
The required input depends on the choice of casing pressure calculation method.
These are the options available that can be selected in the Options | Options
screen:
No Friction Loss in Annuls
No flowing pressure losses occur in the annulus. A static gas gradient in
the casing is assumed. This model should be used for the majority of gas
lift installations.
Friction Loss in Annulus
The friction pressure drop in the casing is calculated assuming that the gas
lift gas has the same temperature as the producing fluid at any given
depth. Input of both tubing O.D. and casing I.D. is required to define the
annulus geometry.
Safety Equipment
Friction pressure losses are calculated in the surface piping, tubing/casing
annulus and an annular safety valve where fitted. This acts to vary the
casing head pressure with injection rate.
To analyse an existing installation, the gas lift details that need to be entered will
depend upon the particular gas lift method that has been selected.
Firstly select the gas lift system type on the Options menu, then enter the gaslift data
by selecting System | Gaslift data.
350
PROSPER
2.7.1.1 General Options

Regardless of the specific gas lift model used, a number of inputs are always required
these are detailed below.
Fluid Properties
The gas gravity and impurities of the injected gas stream are required to be entered.
It is possible to model CO2 or N2 as the injected gas. For example, to model CO2
injection enter Gaslift Gas Gravity = 1.53 and Mole percent CO2 = 100%.
Injection Rate Method
It is possible to select whether to use by default GLR Injected or Injected Gas Rate
as mode of gas injection.
Injection Rate/GLR
Once the injection rate method has been selected, the value of the gas to be injected
can be entered. If the 'GLR injected' method is selected, then the program will use the
GLR injected value in this screen unless a sensitivity is carried out on either the GLR
injected or the Gas Injection Rate. If either of these sensitivities are performed, the
options and values selected in this screen will be superseded.
When generating tables of lift curves for other programs (such as GAP) it is
recommended that the GLR Injected option is used.
Injection Model
Three injection models are available:
- Fixed Depth of Injection
- Optimum Depth of Injection
- Valve Depths Specified
More information on each option can be found in the following sections.
2.7.1.2 Fixed Depth Of Injection
When this method is selected, only the depth of injection will be asked for:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
351
The program assumes that the casing pressure is sufficient

to inject lift gas at the specified depth to achieve the GLR
Injected or the Injected Gas Rate.
2.7.1.3 Optimum Depth of Injection

When this method is selected enter the maximum depth of injection, the dP across the
gas lift valve and the top casing pressure.
PROSPER will now calculate the maximum depth which can be injected at. This is
done by finding the casing pressure along the annulus and if the casing pressure is
higher than the tubing pressure at that point plus the dP across the valve value
inserted, then injection can take place. If the casing pressure is less than the tubing
pressure plus the dP across the valve then injection cannot take place.
352
PROSPER
For the Gas lifted (safety equipment) option, the compressor discharge pressure is
requested instead of the casing pressure.
Use Optimum Depth of Injection to evaluate the potential

increase in production due to gas lift without the need to
perform a detailed design and spacing the unloading valves.
2.7.1.4 Valve Depth Specified

Enter the measured depth of the gas lift valves as well as the casing pressure and dP
across the valves.
The deepest possible point of injection is calculated using the casing pressure and the
dP across the valves. Based upon this deepest injection depth, PROSPER will cross
check to see which is the deepest valve which can be injected at. Only valves which
are less deep than this 'deepest injection depth' can be injected into and PROSPER
will injected all of the gas into the lowest valve which can be reached.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
353
If a gas lift design has already been done, or the mandrel depths have been entered
for a Gaslift QuickLook Calculation, the valve details can be copied across using
the Transfer button.
The Casing pressure entered should be the available

injection system pressure for the current operating conditions
If calculating sensitivities for a new casing pressure
operated design, always subtract the dP to close valves for
each unloading valve above the operating valve from the
design casing pressure.
2.7.1.5 Gas Lift (Safety Equipment)

For the Gas Lifted (safety equipment) option, the annular safety valve pressure losses
are calculated using the valve depth and bean diameter entered on the System
Gaslift Data screen as follows:
354
PROSPER
The safety equipment data can be entered by accessing the Safety Equipment
button in this screen:
The details of the surface injection system are used to calculate the casing head
pressure as a function of gas injection rate and compressor output pressure.
Frictional losses in the annulus are taken into account when calculating the casing
pressure at each gas lift valve depth. The safety valve pressure loss is clearly seen
on the following gradient plot:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
355
2.7.1.6 Gas Lift (Allow injection in Pipe Line above wellhead)

This option, when implemented allows to model gas injection in a pipeline. To enable
this option, select 'Pipeline Only' in the 'Options Summary' and 'Gas Lift' in the
Artificial Lift method.
To specify the position of the gas lift valve, in the surface equipment data select this
feature in the equipment type combo box , as shown below:
356
PROSPER
And in the Gas Lift Data enter the properties of the gas and the gas rate method and
quantity:
2.7.2 Gas Lift For Gas Wells

When producing a large amount of liquid in a gas well, if the gas rate is not high
enough, liquid loading can occur. To avoid this loading occurring within the well, it is
possible to inject more gas and therefore increase the velocity in the well to lift the
fluid. The increase in gas rate can also act to reduce the hold-up in the well.
This option can be activated within the Options | Options screen when the fluid type
is set to Retrograde Condensate.
2.7.2.1 Gas Lift For Gas Wells Input

When the option has been selected, the required input data can be inserted into the
System | Gas Lift Data screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
357
The required data is detailed below:

Gas lift gas gravity Gas gravity of the injected gas
Mole Percent H2S
Enter the percent of H2S in the injected gas.
Mole Percent CO2
Enter the percent of CO2 in the injected gas.
Mole Percent N2
Enter the percent of N2 in the injected gas.
Injected Gas Ratio
The rate of gas to be injected is defined based upon

the ratio with the produced gas. A gas fraction of 1 will
inject the same rate of gas as is being produced.
Gaslift Valve Depth This is the depth at which the gas lift gas will be
injected
(Measured)
Gaslift Method
At this time, the only method which can be selected is

the Fixed Depth of Injection.
2.7.3 Intermittent Gas Lift

If intermittent gas lift is selected as artificial lift method in Options | Options, the
following input data are required to be inserted System | Intermittent Gas Lift:
358
PROSPER
Surface
pressure
injection Gas Lift injection pressure at the casing head.
Injection depth
Depth of the injection valve
Gas lift gas gravity Gas gravity of the injected gas

Wellhead Pressure
Pressure at the well head
Valve Port Size
Size of the injection valve port
Water Cut
Water cut of the produced well stream
Tubing Liquid Level Depth of liquid in the tubing to be lifted

This model does not use the usual concept of nodal analysis and is instead based
upon the intermittent gas model. Calculations can be carried out by selecting Design |
Intermittent Gas Lift.
2.7.4 ESP Input Data

Please note that 'Model Produced Oil and Gas In Annulus' is a more advanced
method than 'Model Produced Oil Only' and is the recommended method. This
can be enabled in the 'Options' menu.
If Electrical Submersible Pump has been selected as the well lift method on the
Options | Options screen, then the pump parameters can be inserted into the
System | Electrical Submersible Pumps input screen.
If a new ESP design is being performed, the equipment has not yet been sized, and
so this screen can be skipped and the user can move directly to Design on the main
PROSPER tool bar.
Please note that when an ESP lifted well is being modelled, the annulus space must
also be defined within the System | Equipment | Downhole Equipment screen.
For analysis and optimisation of an existing ESP installation, enter the data on the
ESP input data screen as requested:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
359
The screen is split into four sections:

Top Left
This section is where the input data for the model is

inserted
Top Right
Once a pump has been selected, the performance

curves will be displayed here.
Bottom Left
If the 'Allow Tapered ESPs' option is selected, then

the different ESPs to be used are selected here.
Bottom Right
Once a motor has been selected, the performance

curves will be displayed here.
Input Data
Pump
Depth The depth at which the pump is located within the well.
360
PROSPER
(Measured)
This is defined with the measured depth used in the

deviation survey
Operating
Frequency
Frequency of the pump.
Maximum Pump OD Sets the maximum outer diameter which the pump can
have and acts as a filter to remove all larger pumps
from the selection options.
Cable Length
Gas
Method
Length of the power cable from the surface to the

motor. This is used to calculate the voltage drop along
the cable and the voltage delivered to the motor.
Separator There are now three different models which can be

used to model gas separation at the pump inlet:
- Enter Separator Efficiency
- Calculate - Petroleum Experts
- Calculate - Natural
More information on these model can be found in the
Gas Separator Modelling section.
Gas
Separator This input will change depending upon the model
selected. For more information please refer to the
Efficiency
Liquid Level
This option is activated if the Model Produced Oil

and Gas in Annulus options is selected in the
Options | Options screen.
Allows the user to 'Decide to Enter' or 'Calculate the
Liquid Level' in the annulus.
Liquid Level/Casing Depending on the option selected above, either the

liquid level or the casing head pressure will be inserted
Head Pressure
here. The program will calculate the other value based
upon this input.
Number of Stages
Voltage
Surface
at
the This is the voltage at the top of the cable.
Pump Wear Factor
Gas
PROSPER Manual
Number of stages in the pump.

If Allow Taper ESPs is selected, this value will be
ignored as the number of stages of each different
tapered ESP is entered.
This is used to account for deviation from the

manufacturer's published curves due to wear. Please
refer to the Pump Wear Factor section for more
details.
DeRating The de-rating effects that having free gas within the
June, 2014
User Guide
Model
Allow
ESPs
361
pump has on the performance curves of the pump can

be taken into account using an external *.dll. For more
information on adding user defined models to
PROSPER please refer to the User Correlation
section.
Tapered PROSPER can now model different pump types in
series. This allows the first 50 stages of the pump to
use the performance curves of ESP A and the second
25 stages to use the performance curves of ESP B.
For more details on setting this up, please refer to the
Tapered ESP section.
Current Pump
Select the pump which is to be used within the model.

If Allow Taper ESPs is selected, this pump will not be
included in the system. Only those pumps entered in
the Tapered ESP section will be modelled.
Current Motor
Select the motor which is to be used within the model.
Current Cable
Select the cable which is to be used within the model.
2.7.4.1 Gas Separator Modelling

It is often necessary to install a gas separating unit below an ESP in order to stop
free gas from entering the pump and damaging it or decreasing its efficiency.
Traditionally the gas separator efficiency has been entered as a single value which is
independent of rate, however, it is now possible to select one of three models to
capture the response of the unit as detailed below:
2.7.4.1.1 Enter Separator Efficiency
If this option is selected, a single, constant gas separator efficiency is entered which
will control the percentage of the free gas which is passed up through the annulus.
2.7.4.1.2 Calculate - Petroleum Experts
The Petroleum Experts calculation can be used to model the change in gas separator
efficiency with flow rate. The method assumes that the main constraint on the
separation process is the ability to vent gas to the annulus.
The entire fluid is passed through an inducer which is modelled as a single stage of
the selected main pump. The added pressure from the inducer is then used to drive
gas through the outflow port to the annulus and the maximum possible venting rate is
computed from the choke equation.
The separation efficiency is the ratio of the maximum possibly gas rate to the annulus
to the free gas rate below the separator based upon the fluid PVT and calculated
conditions.
362
PROSPER
When using the model it is possible to enter a Port size directly or have the port size
calculated based upon the pump OD. This port size is used in the calculations as the
port through which the separated gas will pass to reach the annulus.
Additional Inputs
Port Diameter
Annulus
to The port size can be chosen to be entered directly by

the user or calculated by PROSPER.
Diameter of Port to If the port size has been selected to be entered by the
user then the port size can be entered here.
Annulus
2.7.4.1.3 Calculate - Natural
This model is based upon the natural buoyancy of the gas in the fluid and gives a
decreasing trend in the gas separation efficiency with increasing liquid rate.
It is based on part of the work by Al Hanati in 'A Simple Model For The Efficiency Of
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
363
Rotary Separators' (SPE28525) 1994.

2.7.4.1.4 Comparison of Separator Models
Below is a plot comparing the three methods and test results (obtained by Alhanati in
SPE28525) for a particular gas separator:
2.7.4.1.5 Separator Efficiency Calculation

At the top left hand corner of the ESP Input Data screen it is possible to select the
Separator Efficiency button to carry out a calculation and see the separator
efficiency over a range of rates.
Once in the screen, the relevant model and data to be used can be entered in the top
left corner:
364
PROSPER
2.7.4.2 Pump Wear Factor

The Pump wear factor is used to account for deviation from the manufacturer's
published performance curves due to wear etc.
For example, entering 0.05 causes the program to scale the pump head curves
down by 5% (i.e. head is 95% of the database value).
Entering 0 causes the program to use the database curves directly.
A negative number can be entered to simulate a particular pump that performs
better than the database curve.
Note: to be able to enter negative wear factors, modify the range of validity of
the wear factor parameter in the Units section. To do that, access the menu
Units/Units and enter for the 'Pump Wear Factor' a 'Minimum Validation value'
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
365
equal to -1 (fraction):
2.7.4.3 Tapered ESPs

PROSPER now allows stages from different pumps to be entered in series within a
single well. This is done by selecting the 'Allow Tapered ESPs' option.
366
PROSPER
Up to ten different ESPs can be selected and each have have a set number of stages
associated with it. The fluid will pass through the pump labelled '1' first and then work
through the other pumps in numerical order until either no pump is entered or the tenth
pump is reached.
The power required for each Tapered ESP stage is added up and this total power is
then used for the motor calculations as would normally be done for a single ESP unit.
Once the different pumps and stages have been entered, calculations can be carried
out as would normally be done for an ESP lifted system.
Please note that the values entered in Current Pump and the Number of Stages in
the main input section will be ignored when Allow Tapered ESPs has been selected.
2.7.4.4 ESP in Pipeline
As well as placing an ESP down-hole, it is possible to place the pump within the
surface equipment.
The pump can be entered into the pipeline in the System | Equipment (Tubing etc) |
Surface Equipment screen by selecting 'Pump' from the drop down menu:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
367
When entering the pump data in System | Electrical Submersible Pump the input
data is the same as for a down hole except that no 'Pump Depth' is required:
368
PROSPER
This is because the pump location has already been defined in the Surface
Equipment screen.
2.7.5 HSP Input Data

If Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump has been selected as the well lift method on the
System | Hydraulic Submersible Pumps input screen.
If a new HSP design is being performed, the equipment has not yet been sized, and
so this screen can be skipped and the user can move directly to Design on the main
PROSPER tool bar.
For analysis and optimisation of an existing HSP installation, enter the data on the
HSP input data screen as requested:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
369
Input Data
Pump
(Measured)
Depth Enter the depth at which the pump is located within the
well. This is defined with the measured depth used in
the deviation survey
Pump
Maximum This sets the maximum Outer Diameter which the
pump can have and acts as a filter to remove all larger
Allowable OD
pumps from the selection options.
Turbine Maximum This sets the maximum Outer Diameter which the
turbine can have and acts as a filter to remove all
Allowable OD
larger turbines from the selection options.
Pump Speed
Enter the speed of the pump. The turbine speed is

assumed to be the same as this Pump speed.
% of Fluid
Reservoir Fluid
Number
Stages
of
of The % Power Fluid of Reservoir Fluid defines what

fraction of the total produced liquids the power fluid
represents. A figure of 100% means that the amount
of power fluid used to drive the turbine is the same as
the amount of produced reservoir fluids.
Pump Enter the number of Stages in the pump.
Pump Wear Factor

details.
Number of Turbine Enter the number of Stages in the turbine.

Stages
370
PROSPER
Gas
Model
section.
Pump
Turbine
Select the turbine which is to be used within the

model.
2.7.6 Progressive Cavity Pumps

If Progressive Cavity Pump has been selected as the well lift method on the Options
| Options screen, then the pump parameters can be inserted into the System |
Progressive Cavity Pumps input screen.
If a new PCP design is being performed, the equipment has not yet been sized and so
this screen can be skipped and the user can move directly to Design on the main
PROSPER tool bar.
Please note that no PCP data is available when PROSPER is first installed. Any PCP
data should be obtained from the manufacturer and inserted into the Artificial Lift
Database using the steps detailed in the 'Add Pump' Section of this Guide.
For analysis and optimisation of an existing PCP installation, enter the data on the
PCP input data screen as requested. Depending on the options selected, different
data will be required.
2.7.6.1 Sucker Rod Drive
When Sucker Rod Drive has been selected, then the following input data is required:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
Pump
(measured)
Depth This is the depth of the pump in the well using the
measured depth.
Pump Speed
Enter the speed of the pump.
Maximum OD
The maximum OD is used as a filter to exclude any

pumps which would not fit inside the casing.
Gas
Method
371

Gas
Efficiency
Pump Wear Factor

details.
Total Rod Length
Enter the total length of the sucker rod.
Liquid Level

Allows the user to Decide to Enter or Calculate the
372
PROSPER
Liquid Level in the annulus.

Head Pressure
upon this input.
Current Rod
Select the Rod to be used in the model.
Please note that when Sucker Rod Drive is selected, the produced fluid will be
produced in the annulus between the sucker rod pump and the inner wall of the tubing.
The outer annulus between the tubing and casing should also be defined in the
downhole equipment although the fluid will not travel up this annulus.
2.7.6.2 Downhole Motor Drive
When Downhole Motor Drive has been selected, then the following input data is
required:
Pump
(measured)
Depth This is the depth of the pump in the well using the
measured depth.
Pump Speed
Enter the speed of the pump.
Maximum OD
The maximum OD is used as a filter to exclude any

pumps which would not fit inside the casing.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
Gas
Method
373

Gas
Efficiency
Pump Wear Factor

details.
Cable Length
Enter the total length of the cable. This is used to

calculate the total voltage drop between the surface
and the motor.
Voltage @ Surface
Enter the voltage at the surface. This is used to

calculate the voltage at the motor based upon the
voltage drop in the cable.
Liquid Level

Allows the User to Decide to Enter or Calculate the
Liquid Level in the annulus.

Head Pressure
upon this input.
Current Motor
Select the Motor to be used in the model.
Current Cable
Select the Cable to be used in the model.
2.7.7 Coiled Tubing Gas Lift

If Coiled Tubing Gas Lift has been selected as the well lift method on the Options |
Options screen, then the pump parameters can be inserted into the System | Coiled
Tubing Data input screen.
If a new 'Coiled Tubing Gas Lift design' is being performed, the equipment has not yet
been sized, and so this screen can be skipped and the user can move directly to
Design on the main PROSPER tool bar.
For analysis and optimisation of an existing Coiled Tubing Gas Lift installation, enter
374
PROSPER
the data on the Coiled Tubing Gas Lift input data screen as requested:
Input Data
Gaslift Gas Gravity Enter the Gas Gravity of the injected gas.
GLR Injected
Enter the Gas to Liquid ratio to be injected into the

well.
Mole Percent H2S
Enter the mole percentage of H2S in the injected gas.
Mole Percent CO2
Enter the mole percentage of CO2 in the injected gas.
Mole Percent N2
Enter the mole percentage of N2 in the injected gas.
Coiled
Tubing Enter the inside diameter of the coiled tubing.
Inside Diameter
Coiled
Thickness
Tubing Enter the thickness of the coiled tubing.
Coiled
Tubing This is the roughness of the inside wall of the coiled
Inside Roughness tubing which will be used in the pressure drop
calculation of the injected gas.
Coiled
Tubing This is the roughness of the outside wall of the coiled
Outside Roughness tubing which will be used in the calculation of the
pressure drop experienced
Two methods for the calculation of the injected are available: Specified Injection Depth
and Optimum Injection Depth. Depending upon the method, different input data will be
required.
Specified Injection Depth
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
375
Coiled
Tubing This is the fixed depth at which the coiled tubing will
inject if it is feasible to do so.
Specified Depth
Gas
Pressure
Injection This is the pressure of the injected gas at the casing

head.
dP Across Valve
This is the pressure drop which the injected gas will

experience when it enters the production tubing.
When using the specified depth of injection, a single injection depth is specified by the
user. As the pressure of the injected gas at the casing head is entered by the user, it
is possible to calculate the gas pressure at the point of injection from the roughness of
the coiled tubing, the rate being injected and the depth of the injection point.
In order to injection, the gas pressure at the point of injection must be greater than the
pressure within the production string by at least the value given in the 'dP Across
Valve' field. If it is less than this value, then injection cannot occur and no gas will be
injected. The system will therefore either inject at the specified depth or not inject at
all.
Optimum Injection Depth
Coiled
Tubing This is the maximum depth that the gas can be
injected at.
Specified Depth
Gas
Pressure
Injection This is the pressure of the injected gas at the casing

head.
dP Across Valve
This is the pressure drop which the injected gas will

experience when it enters the production tubing.
When using the optimum depth of injection, the maximum depth which can be injected
at is specified by the user. As the pressure of the injected gas at the casing head is
entered by the user, it is possible to calculate the gas pressure at every point within
the tubing from the roughness of the coiled tubing, the rate being injected and the
depth at that point.
In order to injection, the gas pressure at the point of injection must be greater than the
pressure within the production string by at least the value given in the 'dP Across
Valve' field. If it is less than this value, then injection cannot occur and no gas will be
injected. The optimum point of injection is the deepest point at which the system is
able to inject and therefore the depth of injection can be any depth less than the
maximum depth depending upon the pressure within the system.
2.7.8 Diluent Injection

Diluent Injection is used to enhance the production of heavy, viscous crude oil, in some
cases making previously not producible hydrocarbon reserves economically
376
PROSPER
recoverable. The injected light hydrocarbon diluent reduces crude viscosity and
improves its flow characteristics.
The 'Diluent Injection' feature can also be used to inject fresh water into wells
producing very salty water. This reduces the salinity of the fluid and therefore also
reduces the likelihood of salt deposition occurring and plugging the well or pipelines.
As the injection of water will increase the overall mixture density of the produced fluid,
gas is also often injected simultaneously to help decrease the flowing bottom hole
pressure of the well. PROSPER now allows both diluent and gas lift injection to be
modelled simultaneously at different specified depths.
The properties of the Diluent are defined in the PVT | Input Data screen.
If Diluent Injection has been selected as the well lift method on the Options |
Options screen, various parameters can be inserted into the System | Diluent
Injection input screen.Depending upon the options selected the input screen will be
different.
Injection can either occur via the annulus with production through the tubing or via the
tubing with production via the annulus. Diluent injection can also be accompanied by
gas lift or ESP lift.
Diluent Injection
Diluent
Depth
Injection This is the depth at which the diluent will be injected
Diluent
Rate
Injection This is the rate of diluent to be injected
Diluent Injection with Gas Lift Injection
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
Diluent
Depth
Injection This is the depth at which the diluent will be injected.
Diluent
Rate
Injected
Gravity
377
Gas Enter the Gas Gravity of the injected gas
Mole Percent H2S
Enter the mole percent of H2S in the injected gas.
Mole Percent CO2
Enter the mole percent of CO2 in the injected gas.
Mole Percent N2
Enter the mole percent of N2 in the injected gas.
GLR Injected
This is the gas to liquid ratio which will define the rate
of gas lift gas to be injected.
Gaslift Valve Depth This is the depth at which the gas lift gas will be
injected.
Diluent Injection with ESP Lift
378
PROSPER
Diluent
Depth
Injection This is the depth at which the diluent will be injected.
Diluent
Rate
Pump Depth
The depth at which the pump is located within the well.

deviation survey
Operating
Frequency
Frequency of the pump.
Maximum OD
Sets the maximum outer diameter which the pump can

have and acts as a filter to remove all larger pumps
from the selection options.
Cable Length
Length of the power cable from the surface to the

motor. This is used to calculate the voltage drop along
the cable and the voltage delivered to the motor.
Gas
Separator Percentage of free gas at pump intake which is
removed by a gas separator.
efficiency
Number of Stages
Number of stages in the pump.
Surface Voltage
This is the voltage at the top of the cable.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
Wear Factor

details.
Current Pump
Current Motor
Select the motor which is to be used within the model.
Current Cable
Select the cable which is to be used within the model.
379
2.7.9 Jet Pumps

If Jet Pump has been selected as the well lift method on the Options | Options
screen, then the pump parameters can be inserted into the System | Jet Pumps input
screen.
If a new Jet Pump design is being performed, the equipment has not yet been sized,
and so this screen can be skipped and the user can move directly to Design on the
main PROSPER tool bar.
For analysis and optimisation of an existing Jet Pump installation, enter the data on
the Jet Pump input data screen as requested:
Pump
(Measured)
Depth The depth at which the pump is located within the well.
deviation survey
Maximum OD
Surface
Rate
Sets the maximum Outer Diameter which the pump

can have and acts as a filter to remove all larger
pumps from the selection options.
Injection Rate of injection fluid given at standard conditions
380
PROSPER
Surface
Pressure
Injection Pressure of the injection fluid at the surface.
Nozzle
Coefficient
Loss This coefficient is a measure of the energy loss due to

friction in the nozzle and should be provided by the Jet
Pump manufacturer.
Suction
Coefficient

friction in the suction element and should be provided
by the Jet Pump manufacturer.
Throat
Coefficient

friction in the throat and should be provided by the Jet
Pump manufacturer.
Diffuser
Coefficient

friction in the diffuser and should be provided by the
Jet Pump manufacturer.
Current JET Pump
Select the pump which is to be included in the current

model.
2.7.10 Multiphase Pumps

OneSubsea H Series
When OneSubsea H Series has been selected as the well lift method on the Options
| Options screen, then the pump parameters can be inserted into the System |
Multiphase Pumps input screen:
Power Available
PROSPER Manual
Enter the maximum power available when operating

the pump. If the available power is not sufficient, the
pump head produced will be reduced until the power
June, 2014
User Guide
381
available is met.
Pump Wear Factor
For more information please refer to the Pump Wear

Factor Section.
Frame size
This value is read only and is determined from the

inserted power available.
Pump Configuration Can select either a single pump or a number of pumps

in parallel
Current Pump
Select the pump which is to be included in the model.
The specifications of all Multiphase Pumps can be found in the Design | Database
option from the main menu. It is also possible to define a new pump into this database
using the Add option.
OneSubsea HX Series
When OneSubsea HX Series has been selected as the well lift method on the
System | Multiphase Pumps input screen:
Two modes of operation are possible.

Use Maximum Speed (Input max available power)
In this mode of operation the pump will try to run at the maximum speed defined in the
pumps database. However, if the maximum power required to run the pump at the
maximum speed exceeds the power available then pump will run at the speed
correpsonding to the maximum power available.
382
PROSPER
Enter Speed (Input Available power and Target Speed)

The available power and a target speed are specified. The pump will try to run at the
target speed unless it is higher than the power available or exceeds the maximum
allowable speed in the database.
Current Pump
Select the pump which is to be included in the model.
Pump Configuration Can select either a single pump or a number of pumps

in parallel
Power Available
Enter the maximum power available when operating

the pump. If the available power is not sufficient, the
pump head produced will be reduced until the power
available is met.
Maximum
differential
pressure
The maximum allowable difference in suction and

discharge pressure to ensure the the maximum thrust
force is not exceeded.
Pump Wear Factor
For more information please refer to the Pump Wear

Factor Section.
Speed Option
Use Maximum Speed

Enter Speed
When the mode is set to enter speed, the following additional inputs exist
Operational speed
Flow
in
Circulation
Enter the target operational speed in Hz or RPM
Re-
Tuning Factor
2.7.11 Sucker Rod Pumps

If Sucker Rod Pump has been selected as the well lift method on the Options |
Options screen, then the pump parameters can be inserted into the System | Sucker
Rod Pumps input screen.
If a new Sucker Rod Pump design is being performed, the equipment has not yet
been sized, and so this screen can be skipped and the user can move directly to
Design on the main PROSPER tool bar.
For analysis and optimisation of an existing Sucker Rod Pump installation, enter the
data on the Sucker Rod Pump input data screen as requested:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
383
The input data screen is directly connected to the database for the Sucker Rod
Pumps and requires the following data:
Anchored Tubing
Can be set to either 'Yes' or 'No' depending if anchor

is present
Pump Depth
Defines depth that pump operates to.
Pump
Volumetric Enter the volumetric efficiency of the pump
Efficiency
Pump Diameter
Surface
Length
Diameter of the pump
Stroke Enter the stroke length of the pump at the surface
Pumping Speed
Enter the operating speed of the pump
Rod Number
Select the rod number which represents the pump

currently in use in the field
Gas
Anchor
Method
- The efficiency of the gas anchor can be calculated or

entered.
384
PROSPER
Gas
Anchor
Efficiency
- If the Method is set to 'Entered', the efficiency must be

defined.
Gas Anchor - Type The type of gas

of:
Gas
Anchor
Annulus Area
anchor can be selected from the list

Cup Type
Packer Type
Poor Boy
- The annulus area is also required to be entered.
2.7.12 Foam Lift

To enable foam lift the fluid should be specified as Dry and Wet Gas and the artificial
lift as Foam Lift in the options (File | Options) menu:
In low rate gas systems liquid loading can be an operational challenge. Liquid loading
is caused by insufficient production velocity reducing the ability to lift reservoir liquid to
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
385
surface.
Foam lift is one of several approaches taken to mitigate liquid loading. The goal is to
reduce the interfacial tension between the gas and the liquid by injecting surfactant
resulting in smaller liquid droplets which are easier to lift as they have a lower critical
velocity. This means that wells can be dewatered at lower velocities and rates.
Turner's criterion has been used widely for determining the minimum critical velocity
that lifts a droplet in the well:
This can be modified to represent foam as:
Surface tension and foam density depend on the surfactant concentration, and hence
a relationship needs to be in place to capture this (predefined or experimentally
available). The relationship that is in place by default is that outlined in Petroleum
Society Paper 2007-118:
To determine the optimum rate of surfactant to inject it is required to perform a

sensitivity on the surfactant concentration:
386
PROSPER
1. Select type of surfactant based on compatibility tests

2. Calibration curve of density and surface tension
3. IPR for well calculated
4. Assume surfactant concentration and calculate VLP curves based on given WHP.
5. Intersect VLP/IPR to determine gas production rate
6. Sensitise on concentration until Qg is maximised
2.7.12.1Foam Lift Flow Correlations

Four flow correlations can be selected when the well type is foam lift:
1. Foam-Homogeneous
2. Foam-Slippage
3. Foam-Drift Flux
4. Foam-Mod. Dift Flux
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
387
These correlations are based on the work described in Soni et al (SPE 120042).
2.7.12.1.1 Foam-Homogeneous Flow Correlation

In the homogeneous model, the pressure drop is evaluated assuming no slip. This
assumption is often considered reasonable as slippage is small in foam flow. The no
slip holdup can be calculated from the superficial velocities:
Where:
No Slip is the no slip gas hold-up
Vsl is the superficial liquid velocity
Vsg is the superficial gas velocity
2.7.12.1.2 Foam-Slippage Flow Correlation
In the conventional slippage model, the bubble velocity relative to the mixture velocity
is taken into account:
The value of C depends upon the velocity profile in the pipe. In the foam flow, the
profile is similar to single phase gas flow as the gas volume fraction is high.
Therefore, the value of C should be close to 1.
Slip velocity or bubble rise velocity can be calculated as proposed by Harmathy:
388
PROSPER
Where:
Vsl is the no-slip liquid hold-up
L is the interfacial tension
L is the liquid density
g is the gas density
This can be modified to account for bubble swarm (Zuber et al):
Combining the above yields the following equation which can be used to find the gas
holdup:
Values of C and n have been found by Soni et al to be 1.2 and 0.5 respectively.
The mixture properties can be evaluated from the gas holdup:
Hatschek et al developed a rheological model which relates foam quality, viscosity and
the liquid viscosity
Where is equal to:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
389
The friction factor can be evaluated using from the two phase Reynolds number
(Deshpande et al):
2.7.12.1.3 Foam-Drift Flux Flow Correlation

In foam flow with fully developed plugged flow the velocity profile equation can be
written as
And therefore the gas holdup is calculated using:
2.7.12.1.4 Foam-Modified Drift Flux Flow Correlation

In the basic drift flux model, fully developed plug velocity profile was assumed.
However, it is reasonable to consider the shearing effect of the wall on the velocity
profile by making C=1.03:
2.7.12.1.5 References
Harmathy, T. Z. (1960), Velocity of large drops and bubbles in media of infinite or
restricted extent. AIChE J., 6: 281288.
Soni et al (2009), Pressure-Drop Predictions in Tubing in the Presence of Surfactants,
SPE 120042
Zuber.N, Hench.J.:Steady State and Transient Void Fraction of Bubbly Systems and
Their Operating Limits, 1: Steady State Operation, GE Report 62GLI00, 1962.
N.S. Deshpande, M. Barigou, "The flow of gas-liquid foams in vertical pipes", CHEM
ENG SC, 55(19), 2000, pp. 4297-4309.
390
PROSPER
Yang. D, Zhang.Q., A Theoretical Model for Optimizing Sufractant Usage in a Gas

Well Dewatering Process, Petroleum Society 2007-118.
2.8
Matching Menu
The PROSPER 'Matching' menu is used to achieve the following objectives:
Compare the results of the model to the actual data received from the field
If required, adjust parameters within the model to reproduce and match the
observed field data
In the case of artificial lift, run calculations to assist with system diagnostics and
troubleshooting.
A properly matched model is a pre-requisite for accurate performance prediction and
therefore time should always be taken to ensure that a good match is achieved.
The quality control exercises like 'Correlation comparison' are based on

what is possible according to the principles of fundamental physics.
The Matching menu offers the following calculation options:

VLP / IPR Matching
This option enables the user to tune the well bore multiphase flow correlations to fit
measured down hole pressures and rates. When the rough approximation
temperature model is being used, this method also allows the U value to be estimated
to match the wellhead temperature recorded in the field. Up to 1000 well tests can be
stored and used for matching purposes.
Once the VLP is matched, the IPR can be adjusted to match observed rates and
pressures also.
Gradient Matching
Existing correlations can be modified using non-linear regression to best fit a gradient
survey (i.e. a number of pressure readings taken at different depths down the well
bore). Comparison of the fit parameters will identify which correlation required the
least adjustment to match the measured data.
This should be used only if for a given rate more than one measurement is
available along the production string. If a single reading is available, the VLP/
IPR Matching option should be used.
Pipeline Matching
The program uses actual wellhead and manifold pressures together with temperature
data points to match surface pressure drop correlations. Separate screens allow the
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
391
match parameters to be viewed and the best match selected.

Correlation Comparison
This is the primary step in quality control of measured well test data.
This option allows pressure gradient plots to be generated with different correlations
to be compared with measured gradient survey data. The comparison enables the
user to:
- Understand if the measurements make sense, that is to say, violate or adhere
to the principles of physics
- Select the flow correlation that best fits the experimental measurement
'Correlation Comparison' is a fundamental step in the quality check of the model and is
used as the second step within the VLP/IPR Matching process.
QuickLook
This feature is active only if an artificial lift method (Gas Lift, ESP or HSP) is selected.
It allows calculation of the pressure gradient in an artificially lifted well for a quick
check of lift performance.
For gas lifted wells, valve opening and closing pressures are calculated to permit
troubleshooting gas lift installations.
For ESP and HSP wells, the performance of the ESP and HSP can be checked.
Correlation Parameters
The tubing and pipeline match parameters can be inspected reset or entered by hand
using this menu option. This capability is useful for troubleshooting, or to input match
parameters determined previously.
Correlation Thresholds
This option allows the User to specify a threshold angle for both tubing and pipeline
correlations at which the program will automatically change to another (specified)
correlation. This option will enable vertical risers in sub sea completions to be
modelled more accurately.
2.8.1 VLP/IPR Match and Quality Check

This feature enables the user to adjust the multiphase flow correlations to match
flowing bottom hole pressure surveys or production logging runs.
Up to 1000 pressure tests can be stored and used for matching. VLP/IPR Match
allows data to be matched over a range of rates as well as depths.
The Matching Procedure follows 4 main steps as detailed at the top of the screen:
1. Estimate U Value - If the 'Rough Approximation' temperature model is being
used the U value required to match the well head temperature can be calculated.
392
PROSPER
2. Correlation Comparison - This section allows the different correlations to

be compared and the best suited to be selected. For an oil well, it is also possible to
carry out a quality check of the data.
3. Match VLP - Once the closest matching correlation has been found, a
regression is carried out to find the parameters required to match the test data.
4. VLP/IPR - Once the VLP has been accurately matched, it can be used to
ensure that the IPR is also representative of the test.
These four steps are carried out in sequence and the different sections can be
accessed by moving through the buttons at the top of the screen from left to right.
The required input data for each well test are:

Test Point Date and Each test can have a date and comment associated
with it to help identify each test.
Comment
Tubing
Pressure
Head The flowing pressure at the well head for the test
conditions entered
Tubing
Head The recorded flowing temperature at the well head at
the time of the test. This is used to match the U value
Temperature
when using the rough approximation.
Water Cut / WGR
The water cut (WGR for gas wells) at the time of the
test should be entered.
Liquid/Oil/Gas Rate For an oil well, the liquid or oil rate of the test can be
entered depending on the 'Rate Type' selected at the
top of the screen.
For a gas well, the gas rate is entered.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
393
The rate is entered at standard conditions

Gauge
(Measured)
Depth Depth of the pressure point reading. This is entered as

a measured depth.
Gauge Pressure
The pressure of the gauge at the time of the test.
Reservoir Pressure The is the reservoir pressure when the test was taken
and is used during the IPR matching section of the
workflow.
This is not entered if the IPR model is set to Multilayer
or Multilateral.
Gas Oil Ratio/ CGR/ Enter the solution GOR for an oil, the CGR for a gas
or the Separator GOR for a condensate
Separator GOR
GOR Free
Free gas production from a gas cap or injection

breakthrough. The measured total GOR during the
test (including the tank gas) must equal GOR + GOR
Free. Please note that any value entered in this
column will remain free gas even if the oil is calculated
to be under saturated. (Oil Wells Only)
Gas Lift Rate
The gas lift injection rate at the time of the test. (Gas
Lifted Wells Only)
Injection Depth
The depth at which the gas lift gas is being injected.

This is entered as a measured depth. (Gas Lifted
Wells Only)
Operating
Frequency
The operating frequency of the pump at the time of the

test. (ESP Wells Only)
Pump Wear Factor
Enter the pump wear factor to control the operation of

the pump at the time of the test. For more information
please refer to the Pump Wear Factor Section (ESP
Wells Only)
Pump
Pressure
Intake The pressure at the intake to the pump. (ESP Wells

Only)
Pump
Discharge The pressure at the discharge point of the pump. (ESP
Pressure
Wells Only)
The Gas Oil Ratio is the solution GOR. If the reservoir is under-saturated,
there is no free gas production at the sand face and the GOR free should be
set to zero.
The Gas Oil Ratio can also be entered as Total GOR (Solution + Free GOR).
In this case the GOR Free can be entered as nil. The program will determine
how much gas is in solution and how much in the free phase according to the
394
PROSPER
PVT.
If a value is entered as Free GOR, this will remain free even if the pressure
calculated is above the bubble point of the fluid.
The Test Point Date and Comment fields are provided to allow the optional entry of
notes to identify the match data set. Examples would be test date, source of
pressure data, comments on test quality etc.
Accessing QuickLook
When Gas Lift, ESP, or HSP artificial lift method is in use, from the VLP/IPR
matching screen it is possible to access the QuickLook section
2.8.1.1 Estimate U Value

As the PVT properties of a fluid are dependent not only on pressure but also on
temperature, it is important to ensure that the modelled temperature in the well is
representative of the actual temperature in the well.
If the temperature prediction method is set to Rough Approximation, the User can
use the Estimate U value button to estimate the overall heat transfer coefficient for
the selected well test.
The procedure is:
Click on the button to the left of the well test data that we wish to estimate the
overall heat transfer coefficient. If no test is selected, all of the enabled tests will
be carried out an averaged U value determined.
Click on the Estimate U value button
PROSPER will estimate the overall heat transfer coefficient that matches the
wellhead temperature of the well test.
The option to save this new U value to the Geothermal Gradient section is then
given. If 'yes' is selected, the new calculated U value will be used within the
model while if 'no' is selected, the previous value will be used.
2.8.1.2 Correlation Comparison
Selecting Correlation Comparison will move the user to the correlation comparison
screen. If more than one test has been entered and is enabled, each one will be done
in sequence.
When the screen is opened, the data entered in the VLP/IPR matching screen for the
relevant test will automatically populate the input fields.
The Correlation Comparison screen is detailed in the Correlation Comparison Section.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
395
The concept of this section of the VLP/IPR matching process is to find which
correlations give the closest match to the test point before the matching regression is
carried out. To do this, select a number of different correlations from the bottom left
hand corner of the correlation comparison screen. Once the correlations have been
selected, select calculate to run the comparison.
Selecting Plot will allow the user to see how close each correlation is to the test point:
2.8.1.2.1 VLP Quality Check

For an oil well, in addition to providing information on the best correlation to use for
the matching process, the Correlation Comparison section can be used to quality
check the test data to ensure that it is consistent with the physics of the model.
Two of the correlations available in PROSPER are specifically included to allow this
quality checking procedure to be carried out; Fancher Brown and Duns and Ros
Modified.
- Fancher Brown - This is a no-slip correlation which means that the gas
and liquid are assumed to be travelling at the same
velocity. Due to buoyancy, we know that in reality, the gas
will be travelling faster than the gas and as such the area
through which it flows will be smaller in order to maintain
mass balance. As the hold-up (used to calculate the
mixture density of the fluid) is dependent upon the area
396
PROSPER
which is occupied by liquid defined by the total area of the

pipe, the smaller the area which gas travels through, the
larger the area with liquid travels and therefore the larger
the hold-up.
The no-slip conditions, therefore, will predict the lowest
possible hold-up and this will have the impact of calculating
the lowest pressure drop which is physically possible.
- Duns and Ros Modified - The Original Duns and Ros Modified
correlation has been modified by Petroleum Experts to over
predict the pressure drop when the well is producing in the
slug-flow regime.
These two correlations can be used as limits (Fancher Brown being the lower and
Duns and Ros Modified being the higher) which create an envelope inside which any
test data should fall. If the test point were to fall outside of the envelope created, this
would be a sign that either the test data is incomplete or that the the model is
inconsistent with the reality of the system. This quality check cannot point the user
towards which parameters are causing the model to fall outside of the physical
bounds but it does highlight inconsistencies between the test data and the
modelling data which should be reviewed.
Please note that the Duns and Ros modified correlation will over-predict the pressure
drop in wells producing in the slug flow regime. This means that in cases where the
test point falls to the right of the correlation the flow regime should be checked to see
which regime it is in. If the Duns and Ros Modified correlation is predicting the flow to
be in slug flow, then the test point must fall inside the envelope to be valid. If the
correlation predicts that the flow regime is mist flow, then the correlation can no
longer be used as an upper boundary for quality checking purposes.
To carry out the quality check on any test point, select the Fancher Brown and Duns
and Ros Modified from the correlation list in the bottom left of the screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
397
After the calculation has been run select Plot to see if the point falls within the
envelope between the two correlations:
In the screenshot shown above, the test point (shown as a black point) can be seen to
fall between the two correlations and therefore can be said to pass the quality check.
This does not necessarily mean that the test point is correct, only that it is physically
feasible.
2.8.1.3 VLP Matching
Before proceeding to this screen, an idea of the best correlation to use for matching
purposes should have been obtained by running a Correlation Comparison calculation.
To compute the VLP match, click Match VLP to display the VLP matching screen.
Select the correlations to match or just click Match to match all the selected
correlations.
An example screen is shown below:
398
PROSPER
Click the Statistics button to examine the match parameters as shown on the
example screen below:
If necessary, match parameters can be edited or directly entered on this screen. This
should be done with extreme caution and only if previous work on similar wells has
yielded consistent match parameters or to apply match parameters for the same well
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
399
in a different PROSPER application.

PROSPER uses a non-linear regression to tune the VLP correlations to best match the
measured data. It does this by calculating a pressure traverse using a correlation and
determining the error between measured and calculated pressures. The gravity and
friction terms of the pressure loss equations are then adjusted and the process
repeated until the measured and calculated results agree within 1 psi, or 50 iterations
have been completed.
Notes on Matching Parameters
Parameter 1 is the multiplier for the gravity term in the pressure drop
correlation
Parameter 2 is the multiplier for the friction term.

If all the data is consistent, these two parameters should be within a 10%
tolerance from the unity.
If PROSPER has to adjust Parameter 1 by more than +-10%, then there is
probably an inconsistency between the fluid density predicted by the PVT model
and the field data (rates/pressures).
In cases in which the PVT has been correctly matched, the greatest source of
uncertainty in the VLP calculation for oil wells is usually the hold-up correlation.
PROSPER will attempt to make a gravity component (Parameter 1) match by adjusting
the hold-up correlation. If a match is not obtained with a Parameter 1 more than 5%
away from 1.0, the density is adjusted. For single phase applications, no hold-up
correction is possible, so any significant deviation from 1.0 for Parameter 1 indicates
inconsistencies in the PVT.
If Parameter 2 requires a large correction, then it is possible that the equipment
description is in error, or the flow rates are incorrect. As the effect of a shift in the
friction component on the overall pressure loss is less than for the gravity term, a
larger range in the value of Parameter 2 is expected. If scaling or some other build up
occurs in the well to increase the roughness or decrease the flowing radius, then this
will also act to increase parameter 2.
Once the matching process is complete, the match parameters will be shown
alongside each of the correlations that have been matched. Use the standard
deviations and the magnitude of corrections made to both parameters to aid the
selection of matched correlation.
Use the Correlation Comparison option of the Matching menu to compare the
optimised (matched) correlations with measured test data. To ensure that the
process has been successful, check that the matched VLP traverses plot close to the
measured pressure data points.
400
PROSPER
VLP matching provides a logically consistent means to adjust flow

PROSPER
correlations to reproduce field measured pressures. Combined with IPR
matching, PROSPER provides the means to create a robust well model that is
capable of reproducing observed pressures and rates. This is a necessary
condition for making accurate performance predictions and optimisation studies.
2.8.1.3.1 VLP Correlation Applications

Fancher Brown is a no-slip hold-up correlation that is provided for use as a quality
control. It gives the lowest possible value of VLP since it neglects gas/liquid slip it
should always predict a pressure, which is less than the measured value. Even if it
gives a good match to the measured down hole pressures, Fancher Brown should not
be used for quantitative work. Measured data falling to the left of Fancher Brown on
the correlation comparison plot indicates a problem with fluid density (i.e. PVT) or field
pressure data. This is thus essentially, a correlation for quality control
purposes.
For oil wells, Hagedorn Brown performs well for slug flow at moderate to high
production rates but well loading is poorly predicted. Hagedorn Brown should not be
used for condensates and whenever mist flow is the main flow regime. Hagedorn
Brown under predicts VLP at low rates and should not be used for predicting minimum
stable rates.
Duns and Ros Modified The Duns and Ros Modified correlation is derived from the
Duns and Ros Original correlation. The original correlation was modified by Petroleum
Experts to overestimate the pressure drop in oil wells for the slug flow regime. This
correlation should not be used for calculating the pressure drop in the wellbore or
pipelines and hence should not be used for lift curve generation either. This
correlation should only be used for quality checking of the input well test data.
Duns and Ros Original The Duns and Ros Original Correlation is derived from the
original published method. In PROSPER the original Duns and Ros correlation has
been enhanced and optimised for use with condensates. This correlation performs
well in mist flow cases and may be used in high GOR oil wells and condensate wells.
Petroleum Experts correlation combines the best features of existing correlations.
It uses the Gould et al flow map and the Hagedorn Brown correlation in slug flow, and
Duns and Ros for mist flow. In the transition regime, a combination of slug and mist
results is used.
Petroleum Experts 2 includes the features of the PE correlation plus original work
on predicting low-rate VLPs and well stability.
Petroleum Experts 3 includes the features of the PE2 correlation plus original work
for viscous, volatile and foamy oils.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
401
Petroleum Experts 4 is an advanced mechanistic model for any angled wells

(including downhill flow) suitable for any fluid (including Retrograde Condensate).
Petroleum Experts 5. The PE5 mechanistic model is an advancement on the PE4
mechanistic model. PE4 showed some instabilities (just like other mechanistic models)
that limited its use accross the board. PE5 reduces the instabilities through a
calculation that does not use flow regime maps as a starting point.
PE5 is capable of modelling any fluid type over any well or pipe trajectory. This
correlation accounts for fluid density changes for incline and decline trajectories. The
stability of the well can also be verified with the use of PE5 when calculating the
gradient traverse, allowing for liquid loading, slug frequency, etc. to be modelled.
Petroleum Experts 6 includes the features of the PE3 correlation plus original work
on the affects that water cut can have on a viscous oil.
Orkiszewski correlation often gives a good match to measured data. However, its
formulation includes a discontinuity in its calculation method. The discontinuity can
cause instability during the pressure matching process; therefore its use is not
encouraged.
Beggs and Brill is primarily a pipeline correlation. It generally over-predicts pressure
drops in vertical and deviated wells.
Gray correlation gives good results in gas wells for condensate ratios up to around 50
bbl/MMscf and high produced water ratios. Gray contains its own internal PVT model
which over-rides PROSPERs normal PVT calculations.
Hydro 3P (internal) is a mechanistic model and considers three phase flow.
There is no universal rule for selecting the best flow

correlation for a given application. It is recommended that
the Correlation Comparison always be carried out. By
inspecting the predicted flow regimes and pressure results,
the User can select the correlation that best models the
physical situation.
Further details can be found in the PROSPER Appendix B | Multiphase Flow

Correlations.
2.8.1.4 IPR Matching
In order to match the IPR curve, the matching process should be completed on
VLP. This is because the results from the VLP calcualtion are used as the basis of
IPR matching. If the VLP results do not represent the reality of the system, then
matching process will be based upon incorrect data and as such will itself
erroneous.
the
the
the
be
402
PROSPER
This feature allows the user to check the consistency of the flowing bottom hole
pressure data used in the VLP match and to adjust the IPR, if required, to match
measured data. Inconsistencies in test data resulting from changing reservoir
pressures, for example, can be easily identified.
Clicking VLP/IPR from the VLP/IPR Matching screen will display the following screen:
The screen is split into four main areas:

Top Left
The correlations which are to be used for the matching

process can be selected in this section.
Bottom Left
The test points which are to be used for the matching

process can be selected in this section.
Top Right
The results for the highlighted test and correlation can

be seen in this section.
Bottom Right
The System Plot for the highlighted test

correlation can be seen in this section.
and
The correlations and test points can either be selected (by clicking on the box next to
the name and a tick will appear) or highlighted (by clicking on the name of the
correlation or test point so that that name is highlighted bya grey box).
When the Calculate button is selected the following options become available to allow
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
403
the combinations of correlations and test points to be calculated:
This allows the selected, highlighted or all of the correlations and test points to be calculated.
Once this calculation is completed, the system plots can be viewed by selecting Plot
from the top of the screen:
The plots shows two points; The square shows the operating point of the model (the VLP/IPR intersection) while the
cross shows the test rate on the VLP curve. In order for the model to calculate the same rate as the test, the square and
cross should be at the same point on the plot.
An IPR is required when automatic rate calculation is used

for VLP or system calculations. IPR data must be present
before commencing a VLP/IPR Match.
The errors between calculated and measured data are shown on the side of the plot.
If the test points are not consistent with the IPR model, the skin, etc. can be adjusted
404
PROSPER
until a match is obtained.

To modify the data of the IPR scree, select IPR, which will access the IPR input
screen.
It is also possible to run a regression to find the PI (if the PI IPR model is being used),
Skin (if the Skin Entered by Hand model is being used) or Reservoir Pressure
required to match the test point. This can be done using the Adjust IPR feature.
2.8.1.4.1 Adjust IPR
The Adjust IPR screen is accessed by selecting Adjust IPR from the VLP/IPR
matching main screen.
If the current IPR is found to be inconsistent with when the VLP/IPR match is carried
out the Adjust IPR function can be used to automatically find the values which allow a
match. The available parameters which can be matched are:
- Adjust PI (If the PI Entry IPR model is being used)
- Adjust Skin (If the Enter Skin by Hand skin model is being used)
- Adjust Pres (Reservoir Pressure)
Selecting any option will find the mathematical solution which will allow the IPR to
match the test data by changing only the selected variable. In reality it may be a
combination of factors which need to be adjusted and it is up to the judgement of the
engineer to decide which option best represents the actual case.
The Adjust IPR screen is shown below.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
405
When running a calculation, first the correlation to be used should be selected from
the drop down menu at the top of the screen.
Next the test (or tests) which are to be considered should be selected. This can be
done by either selecting the test (clicking on the box to the left of the name will 'tick'
the box to indicate it has been selected) or highlighting the test (clicking the name of
the test will mark a grey box around it to indicate it is highlighted).
Depending upon the matching calculation to be performed, select either Adjust PI,
Adjust Pres or Adjust Skin. Alternatively, select Calculate to calculate the current
VLP/IPR intersection point. When one of these options is selected, a number of
options are presented:
Once the calculation has been completed, the new value can be added to the main PROSPER file or simply ignored
depending upon the option selected:
406
PROSPER
Once the matching has been carried out, the main VLP/IPR Matching screen can be
accessed by selecting Done.
2.8.2 Gradient Matching

This facility enables the user to modify the existing correlations to fit to a measured
pressure gradient survey. It can also be used, as a quality control to identify which
correlation required the least adjustment to obtain a fit.
Selecting Matching | Matching | Gradient (traverse) will bring up the following
screen:
The 'Gradient Matching' screen is split into three different sections:

Left Hand Side
This section of the screen is used to inserted the test

data and select the correlations to be matched.
Middle
The middle section is used to report the results of the

gradient calculation using the selected correlation.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
Right Hand Side
407
This section of the screen displays a plot of the

pressure and temperature gradient of the selected
correlation.
The first node pressure is entered in the 'Input Parameters' section - do not include it
in the 'Match Data' table. The Transfer button copies the measured gradient data
from the 'Correlation comparison' data. The same guidelines for GOR apply as for
VLP/IPR Matching.
Select the correlations to be matched by clicking on them, and then click Match to
start the matching routine. Parameter 1 is the correction factor applied to the gravity
component of pressure drop whilst Parameter 2 is the factor applied to the frictional
element of pressure drop. The match algorithm continues until the standard error is
less than 1 psi, or 50 iterations have been performed. The adjusted correlation and
measured pressures can be visually compared by clicking Plot. A graph similar to the
following is displayed:
The match points appear as black squares in the figure reported above.
Returning to the Gradient Matching screen, click the Statistics button to display the
match parameters. Use the statistics and knowledge of well conditions and
correlation performance to guide the choice of VLP correlation.
Once a correlation has been matched, the match parameters are appended to the
correlation name for all subsequent operations. Should it be necessary to adjust or
clear the match parameters, click the Reset button for a particular correlation, or use
the Reset All button to reset all correlations to their un-matched state.
408
PROSPER
Best results are usually obtained by using VLP matching.

VLP matching is the preferred option. Gradient matching is
only to be considered for specialised artificial lift applications
and where many (reliable) pressure Vs depth data points are
available.
2.8.3 Surface Pipe Matching

This option is used to match measured data with the calculated pressure drop from
the wellhead to the manifold. This option is used only if surface equipment has been
entered in System | Equipment (tubing etc).
Select Matching | Matching | Pipeline to bring up the 'Surface Pipe Matching'
screen:
Test Point Date and Each test can have a date and comment associated
with it to help identify each test.
Comment
Manifold Pressure
The flowing pressure at the manifold for the test

conditions entered. The manifold is the furthest
downstream point in the system.
Manifold
Temperature
The recorded flowing temperature at the manifold at

the time of the test.
Water Cut / WGR
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
409
top of the screen.
Tubing Head Match The tubing head pressure at the time of the test.
Pressure
Separator GOR
GOR Free

Free. (Oil Systems Only)
Gas Lift Rate
The gas lift injection rate at the time of the test. (Gas
Lifted Pipelines Only)
The workflow for the Surface Pipeline Matching is very similar to the VLP/IPR
matching procedure. First the data is entered in this screen. Once the data has been
entered, the Correlation Comparison button should be selected to run the pipeline
correlation comparison. This will bring all of the test data into the Pipeline Correlation
matching screen. The process to compare the correlations for a surface pipeline is the
same as for the VLP and more information can be found in the Correlation
Comparison Section.
The objective of the Correlation Comparison is to find the correlation which best fits
the test data. Once this has been completed, select Match to open up the matching
screen:
Select the pipeline correlations which are to be matched on the left hand side of the
screen and then press Match to run the regression. If any of the matching parameters
are to be reset, this can be done by selecting Statistics at the top of the screen and
410
PROSPER
then selecting Reset for the given correlation which is to be reset.
If the system description has no elevation difference

between the wellhead and manifold, there can be no
gravitational component of the correlated pressure drop.
Therefore, Parameter 1 cannot be optimised, so it remains
at the default value of 1.0 for such cases.
2.8.4 Correlation Comparison

This module allows a pressure gradient (traverse) to be calculated at a specified
surface rate using any of the standard correlations. Actual measured pressures can
be input and plotted on the same graph for comparison with the pressure calculated
from the correlations. The correlations may be modified or unmodified (Matched or
Unmatched).
Click Matching | Correlation Comparison | Tubing to display the following data
entry screen:
The screen can be split into three main elements:

Left Hand Section
Input Data Screen
Middle Section
Gradient Results
Right Hand Section Gradient Plot
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
411
Input Data Screen

The top left corner of the screen should be filled with the data to be used in the
correlation comparison as shown below:
First Node Pressure The flowing pressure at the first node for the test
conditions entered.
Note that in Correlation comparison, the first node is
the wellhead only if there is no surface equipment or it
has been disabled.
The surface equipment is automatically disabled if this
screen is accessed through the VLP/IPR Matching
screen.
Water Cut / WGR
Separator GOR
GOR Free

Free. Please note that any value entered in this
column will remain free gas even if the oil is calculated
to be under saturated. (Oil Wells Only)
top of the screen.
Rate Type
For oil wells, select to enter either liquid or oil rate.

412
PROSPER
Pipeline Correlation Enter the correlation to be used for the pipeline if

surface equipment is activated.
Barnea Criteria
The Barnea criteria can be set to 'Yes' or 'No'
Slug Method
The method to calculate the slugging properties of the

well can be set here. Three options are available:
- Brill
- RCS Mechanistic
- Worst Case (Hernandez-Perez
Frequency)
More details on the slugging calculations can be found
here.
For information on the additional options available when steam is being modelled,
please refer to the Steam Calculation Section.
For gas lifted wells, both the injection depth and gas lift
injection rate are required to be input.
Note that the producing GOR should not include the lift gas
injection.
The centre section of the left hand section of the screen is used to insert pressure
data at different depths. Pressure data from a gradient survey can be entered versus
depth in these rows. The Transfer button at the top of the screen copies the
measured depths and pressures from the Gradient Match section. This data will be
plotted with the correlations to help see which is closest to the measured data:
Before the calculation is run, the correlations to be used should be selected from the
list in the bottom left corner of the screen.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
413
When the input data is complete, click on Calculate to button to compute the pressure
gradient. The results will appear in tabular form in the centre section of the screen and
as a plot in the right hand side.
The results of individual correlations can be examined sequentially by highlighting the
correlation to be viewed in the bottom left of the screen.
PROSPER displays the following parameters as a function of depth:
Temperature, Pressure.
Total Pressure Gradient, Static gradient, Friction Gradient.
Flow regime, Liquid Hold up, Water Hold up, cumulative hold ups.
Slip Liquid Velocity, Superficial Liquid Velocity, Slip Gas Velocity, Superficial
Gas Velocity, Slip Water Velocity, Superficial Water Velocity.
Mixture Density, Gas density, Oil density, Water density.
Frictional Pressure Loss, Gravity Pressure Loss
Pipe Diameter, Angle of the tubing From Vertical, calculation Node Length
Liquid Viscosity, Gas Viscosity, water viscosity, oil viscosity, Gas-Liquid IFT,
Gas-Water IFT, Gas-Oil IFT, Oil-Water IFT
C Factor and the max size of sand grain that can be transported
Cumulative volumes of phases till that depth.
A visual comparison of all selected correlations and the test data is easily made by
clicking on the Plot button. An example comparison plot is shown below:
414
PROSPER
The plot will automatically plot both the pressure and temperature of each correlation.
Summary Plot
From the main Correlation Comparison screen, it is possible to view a summary plot
which compares the total dP and the components of the dP calculated by the various
correlations. It also compares the difference between each correlation and the gauge
pressure.
This can be accessed by selecting Summary:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
415
2.8.5 QuickLook for Gas Lift

The Quicklook feature is used to analyse well test data for artificially lifted wells. From
the measured field data, it is possible to calculate the well production and injection
gradients from the surface downwards and from the sand-face upwards. If the
assumptions regarding well conditions (e.g. gas injection rates and depth, water cuts,
IPR etc.) are correct, the two calculated traverses should overlay. If these two
traverses are not overlaying, then this implies that the model is not representative of
the reality of the system.
Troubleshooting a gas lifted well is performed by considering a range of assumptions,
416
PROSPER
until a consistent calculation model can be obtained. By varying artificial lift and
production parameters in turn, the experienced user can determine if the well is
behaving as designed, or identify potential reasons to explain the deviation from
design conditions.
A Quicklook calculation can be carried out for a gas lifted well by selecting Matching
| Quicklook.
2.8.5.1 Calculation Details
The Quicklook calculation consists of two parts:
- The Top Down Calculation
- The Bottom Up Calculation
2.8.5.1.1 Top Down (Measured)
The Top Down (or Measured) calculation uses the measured well head pressure and
measured casing head pressure as starting points of a gradient calculation. As the
total GOR (including the injected gas lift gas rate), water cut and liquid rate are
inserted by the User, it is possible to perform the calculations using the following
steps:
1. From the measured well head pressure, the pressure gradient is calculated down
to the injection point using the Total GOR, water cut and liquid rate entered in the
Quicklook screen. This allows the 'Measured' tubing pressure at the injection depth to
be calculated.
2. From the injection point to the bottom hole depth, the gradient is calculated
assuming that only the produced gas (the Total GOR minus the injected GOR) is
present. This allows the 'Measured' bottom hole pressure to be calculated.
3. From the measured casing head pressure, the pressure gradient within the casing
can be calculated down to the injection point. The difference between the 'Measured'
casing pressure and 'Measured' tubing pressure at the injection depth allows the
'Measured' pressure drop across the injection valve to be calculated.
2.8.5.1.2 Bottom Up (Calculated)
The Bottom Up (or Calculated) calculation uses the Bottom Hole Pressure calculated
from the IPR as starting points of a gradient calculation. As the total GOR (including
the injected gas lift gas rate), water cut and liquid rate are inserted by the user, it is
possible to perform the calculations using the following steps:
1. The measured liquid rate is used to read the bottom hole pressure from the IPR
curve in the PROSPER file.
2. From this bottom hole pressure, the gradient up to first the injection point and then
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
417
the well head can be calculated using the fluid properties entered. This calculates the
'Calculated' well head pressure.
3. The 'Calculated' pressure at the injection point is then used, along with the injected
gas rate and port size to calculate the pressure drop across the injection valve.
Adding this dP to the tubing pressure allows the 'Calculated' casing pressure at the
injection depth to be found. A gradient calculation is then completed to find the
'Calculated' Casing Head Pressure.
2.8.5.2 Input data
Multipoint quicklooks is accessed from the Matching | Quicklook | Single Point
Quicklook menu. Selecting this menu will display the following screen:
The screen is split into five different parts:

-
Red
Yellow
Blue
Green
Black
Surface Measurements
Flowing Measurements
Input Data
Static Measurements
Valve Details
418
PROSPER
The surface measurements section contains two columns for data input. For analysing
a particular well at a particular flowing condition, enter data in the Minimum column
only. For unstable wells, enter the minimum and maximum conditions to be
considered. The program will calculate using average values.
The parameters required to be entered are:
Tubing
Pressure
Head This is the tubing head pressure measured at the time

of the test.
Tubing
Head This is the temperature of the fluid at the tubing head
at the time of the test.
Temperature
Liquid Rate
The liquid rate recorded for the test should be

entered.
Water Cut
The water cut at the time of the test should be

entered.
Total Gas Rate
This is the total gas rate measured at the time of the

test. This includes both the injected gas rate and the
gas produced from the reservoir.
Gas Injection Rate
Enter the gas rate which is being injected into the well.
Casing
Pressure
Head This is the pressure at the top of the injection casing.
Pressure survey data can be entered in the flowing measurement table. This allows
any downhole pressures measured in the field to be compared to the downhole
pressures calculated by PROSPER. The purpose of this section is to check that all
the data is consistent. Downhole measurement entry is optional.
Input Data
The input data section is used to input the depth of injection, injection port size as well
as the correlations and corrections to be used in the calculations.
Orifice Diameter
Injection
(measured)
PROSPER Manual
Enter the diameter of the orifice through which the gas

lift gas is being injected. This will be used to calculate
the pressure drop across the orifice during the 'bottom
up' calculation.
Depth This is the expected depth of injection. Quicklook will

use this depth as the injection depth even if it is
June, 2014
User Guide
419
calculated that this depth cannot be reached by the

casing pressure. Care should therefore be taken
during the analysis process to ensure that the depth
specified is the actual depth.
Thornhill-Craver
DeRating
This coefficient is used to scale down the maximum

gas injection rate that can be flowed through a valve or
the orifice. As the maximum gas rate is decreased,
this means that to flow the same gas rate as the
original case (with no de-rating), larger valve or orifice
should be used
Vertical flow
correlation
Select the most appropriate correlation for the

application.
Use a matched correlation where
available.
Dome Pressure
Correction above
1200 psi
When set to Yes, the improved high-pressure dome

pressure temperature method is used.
Static Measurements
In addition to plotting flowing measurements on the plot, it is also possible to enter the
static reservoir pressure. To do this enter the bottom hole pressure and
If a static pressure is entered on the downhole measurement screen, this will be used
to calculate the sand face pressure from the IPR.
Valve Details
For PROSPER to determine which gas lift valves should be open and closed for the
current producing conditions, the valve depths and characteristics must first be
entered into the 'Valve Details' section.
The valve type (casing or tubing sensitive), setting depth, port size, R-value and dome
pressure at 60 F are required to calculate whether valves are open or closed.
Opening pressure etc. fields will be blank until a Quicklook calculation has been
performed. Entering the valve data for the Quicklook is optional.
As an alternative to entering them by hand, gas lift valve characteristics can be
transferred from other sections of PROSPER. Click the Transfer button on the input
entry screen, and the User will be prompted to select the source of valve data.
Select From Gas lift valves to transfer the valves from the Equipment | Gas Lift
screen or From Gas lift design to pick up the valves from the design screen. After
transferring the valve depths, select the valve type for each depth. To manually
investigate the effects of changing R-values and dome pressures, these values may
be edited or entered by hand.
420
PROSPER
2.8.5.3 Performing the QuickLook Calculation

Once the required (diagnostic) and optional (Downhole & Valves) data have been
entered, click Calculate to display the calculation screen:
Calculate again to begin the computation of the gradients. PROSPER begins by

calculating from the top down, and then repeats the calculation from the sand face up.
More details on these calculations can be found in the Calculation Details Section.
The results of the 'Top Down' or 'Bottom Up' gradients can be seen in the centre of
the screen by selecting them from the bottom left of the screen.
In the Results section, the following results are given:
Flowing
Bottom This is the FBHP calculated from the IPR.
Hole Pressure
Static Bottom Hole This is the reservoir pressure used in the calculation.
This will be either taken from the IPR section or from
Pressure
the 'Static Measurements' if entered.
Tubing Pressure at Fluid pressure at the outlet of the injection valve.
Valve
Casing Pressure at Gas pressure at the inlet of the injection valve
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
421
Valve
Gas Oil Ratio
GOR of the produced fluid as calculated from the total

GOR, injected gas rate and fluid PVT.
GOR free
Free GOR entering the well as calculated from the

total GOR, injected gas rate and fluid PVT.
dP Across Valve
Pressure drop calculated across the valve.
Calculated Casing Casing head pressure calculated using the 'Bottom Up'
calculation method.
Head Pressure
Draw Down
Difference in static and flowing sand face pressures.
Equivalent
Calculated PI
When calculating above the bubble point, this is found

by dividing the production rate by the calculated draw
down.
Calculated
Flow Rate
Critical The injection rate required for the sonic velocity to be

reached through the orifice.
Percentage
of The actual flow rate as a percentage of the calculated
critical flow rate.
Critical Flow Rate
Fitted
Thermal The U value required for the model to have the same
well head temperature as was recorded during the
Coefficient
test.
Click Plot to display the two computed gradients plus the valve opening and closing
pressures on the same graph:
422
PROSPER
This plot enables the user to see at a glance which valves should be open or closed,
and how changes in operating pressures would impact on the valves. If the model is
representative of the test, then the 'Bottom Up' and 'Top Down' gradient lines should
overlay each other. If they do not, then the results should be analysed and the model
changed until the model becomes representative.
2.8.5.4 Notes on Quicklook for Gas Lift
Analysing the differences in the models and concluding the likeliest reasons for these
differences is an engineering judgement which should be taken by the user. Below is
some comments regarding the workflow which can be followed:
When carrying out the Quicklook calculation for a gas lifted well, the objective is to
both quality check the model and also understand more about the flowing conditions
within the well.
The first stage is to clarify the depth at which the gas lift gas is being injected. When
the Plot feature is used, the point of injection maybe marked with an 'Injection Not
Possible' tag. This indicates that the injection cannot occur at this depth as the
measured casing pressure is less than the measured tubing pressure at the same
depth. The injection depth specified in Quicklook should therefore be changed to the
next deepest valve to see if injection could occur at this depth.
Each valve on the plot is labelled as either OPEN or CLOSED depending upon the
well conditions and gauge settings inserted into the model. If the valves above the
injection point are labelled as OPEN, then this means that the pressure in the casing is
greater than the opening pressure of the valve (this is true for casing sensitive valves).
To operate the gas lift system to its optimum, only the valve at the injection depth
should be open. If other valves are open, this may lead to multi-pointing where the
fluid is injected at a number of different depths. Please note, Quicklook for GasLifted
wells does not model multi-pointing - this is only modelled in the Multipoint Quicklook.
Checking which other valves may be open can be used to troubleshoot reasons for
unexpected production results and confirm a hypothesis that multi-pointing may be
occurring and this can be analysed further using MUltipint Quicklook.
Once the depth of injection has been found, if downhole pressure data is available
then this can be compared to the measured gradient. If the pressure from the
'measured' gradient at the gauge depth does not match the reading from the field,
then this means that the VLP is not representative of the pressure drop been seen. In
this case, the VLP/IPR Matching workflow should be carried out to ensure that the
pressure drop calculated by the model is consistent with the pressure drop measured.
More information on the 'VLP/IPR Matching' workflow can be found in the following
Section.
If the 'measured' gradient is found to match the pressure gauges then the next stage
is to make the 'calculated' and 'measured' gradients overlap and give the same
results. The 'calculated' gradient is based upon the FBHP obtained from the IPR for
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
423
the given test rate. If this does not match the FBHP calculated by the 'measured'
gradient then the System | Inflow Performance screen should be reviewed to ensure
that the modelled IPR is consistent with the real IPR of the well.
The final part of the model to review is the casing gradients. The 'measured' casing
gradient is calculated downwards from the measured casing head pressure to the
injection depth. This gives the 'measured' dP across the valve or orifice. The
'calculated' casing gradient starts at the pressure at the injection point from the
'measured' tubing gradient and calculates the dP across the valve or orifice based
upon the entered port size and gas rate. The 'calculated' casing head pressure is then
calculated from the casing pressure at the injection point using the gas gradient.
If these two methods do not match up, then either the pressure drop calculated
across the valve/orifice or the pressure drop calculated down the annulus are not
correct. If a blockage has occurred at the valve, the effective port size may be smaller
than when the valve was initially installed. Alternatively, a blockage in the annulus may
be leading to a greater pressure drop than is currently being modelled.
2.8.6 Multipoint QuickLook for GasLift

Capturing the valve response allows the impact on Gas-Lift performance can be modelled. This includes
troubleshooting test data to see if gas is being injected in more than one of the valves in the wells.
Data required
WHP,WHT,Ql,WCT,Total Gas, Gas lift injection rate, CHP, valve depths, types and dome pressures.
424
PROSPER
2.8.6.1 Top Down

At each valve, the specified valve model is used to test and see if gas is injected and if so how much.
The amount of gas remaining below valve is then reduced.
When we reach the last injection point any remaining gas is assumed to be injected:
In each section of the wellbore the total amount of lift gas that has been injected can be determined.
For example, above the shallowest gas injection valve all the gas must have injected. If injection occurs
at the shallowest valve then the valve response model can be used to determine the quantity of gas
injected and therefore the total lift gas between the shallowest and next shallowest valve is the total
lift gas injected minus the quantity injected through the shallowest valve and so on.
Using this approach allows the BHP to be calculated for a given WHP and CHP.
2.8.6.2 Bottom Up
The bottom up approach uses the BHP calculated from the IPR for the specified test rate and the
injection rates from the top down approach to generate the curves. The casing pressure required to
inject the rates can then be calculated from the tubing pressure at depth allowing casing pressure
gradient to be compared as well as the tubing pressure gradient.
The tubing curves can be used to analyse the IPR conditions and the casing curves to analyse injection
performance.
2.8.6.3 Input
The gas lift QuickLook is accessed from the Matching | Quicklook | Multipoint
Quicklook menu. Selecting this menu will display the following screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
425
The screen is split into five different parts:

-
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
Purple
Input Data
Static Measurements
Valve Details
The surface measurements section contains two columns for data input. For analysing
a particular well at a particular flowing condition, enter data in the Minimum column
426
PROSPER
only. For unstable wells, enter the minimum and maximum conditions to be
considered. The program will calculate using average values.
The parameters required to be entered are:
Tubing
Pressure

of the test.
Tubing
Head This is the temperature of the fluid at the tubing head
at the time of the test.
Temperature
Liquid Rate

entered.
Water Cut

entered.
Total Gas Rate
This is the total gas rate measured at the time of the

test. This includes both the injected gas rate and the
gas produced from the reservoir.
Gas Injection Rate
Enter the gas rate which is being injected into the well.
Casing
Pressure
Head This is the pressure at the top of the injection casing.
pressures calculated by PROSPER. The purpose of this section is to check that all
the data is consistent. Downhole measurement entry is optional.
Input Data
The input data section is used to input the depth of injection, injection port size as well
as the correlations and corrections to be used in the calculations.
Orifice Diameter
Injection
(measured)
PROSPER Manual
Enter the diameter of the orifice through which the gas

lift gas is being injected. This will be used to calculate
the pressure drop across the orifice during the 'bottom
up' calculation.
Depth This is the expected depth of injection. Quicklook will

use this depth as the injection depth even if it is
calculated that this depth cannot be reached by the
casing pressure. Care should therefore be taken
during the analysis process to ensure that the depth
specified is the actual depth.
June, 2014
User Guide
Thornhill-Craver
DeRating

the orifice. As the maximum gas rate is decreased,
this means that to flow the same gas rate as the
should be used
Vertical flow
correlation
Select the most appropriate correlation for the

application.
Use a matched correlation where
available.
Dome Pressure
Correction above
1200 psi
When set to Yes, the improved high-pressure dome

pressure temperature method is used.
427
Static Measurements
In addition to plotting flowing measurements on the plot, it is also possible to enter the
static reservoir pressure. To do this enter the bottom hole pressure and
If a static pressure is entered on the downhole measurement screen, this will be used
to calculate the sand face pressure from the IPR.
Valve Details
It is required to select the valves from the Valve Database along with the port size,
the valve response model (Thornhill Craver, Acuna or Neiberding), the valve depth and
the dome pressure. This information is used in conjunction with the model to determine
if the valve is open or closed, whether it is throttling (Acuna or Neiberding) or orifice
and how much gas is being injected.
2.8.6.4 Results
Once the required data has been entered, click Calculate to display the calculation
screen:
428
PROSPER
Calculate again to begin the computation of the gradients. PROSPER begins by

calculating from the top down, and then repeats the calculation from the sand face up.
More details on these calculations can be found in the Calculation Details Section.
The results of the 'Top Down' or 'Bottom Up' gradients can be seen in the centre of
the screen by selecting them from the bottom left of the screen.
In the Results section, the following results are given:
Flowing
Bottom This is the FBHP calculated from the IPR.
Hole Pressure
Static Bottom Hole This is the reservoir pressure used in the calculation.
This will be either taken from the IPR section or from
Pressure
the 'Static Measurements' if entered.
Tubing Pressure at Fluid pressure at the outlet of the injection valve.
Valve
Casing Pressure at Gas pressure at the inlet of the injection valve
Valve
Gas Oil Ratio
GOR of the produced fluid as calculated from the total

GOR, injected gas rate and fluid PVT.
GOR free
Free GOR entering the well as calculated from the

total GOR, injected gas rate and fluid PVT.
dP Across Valve
Pressure drop calculated across the valve.
Calculated Casing Casing head pressure calculated using the 'Bottom Up'
calculation method.
Head Pressure
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
Draw Down
Difference in static and flowing sand face pressures.
Equivalent
Calculated PI
When calculating above the bubble point, this is found

by dividing the production rate by the calculated draw
down.
Calculated
Flow Rate
429
Critical The injection rate required for the sonic velocity to be

reached through the orifice.
Percentage
of The actual flow rate as a percentage of the calculated
critical flow rate.
Critical Flow Rate
Fitted
Thermal The U value required for the model to have the same
well head temperature as was recorded during the
Coefficient
test.
Calculated
rates
Used Gas Rates
gas The calculated gas rates section displays the amount

of gas that is calculated according to the valve
response model.
At each valve, the specified valve model is used to test
and see if gas is injected and if so how much. The
amount of gas remaining below valve is then reduced.
The used gas rate reflects the value of gas used in the
model on the basis of the valve response and the total
lift gas available.
Click Plot to display the two computed gradients plus the valve opening and closing
pressures on the same graph:
430
PROSPER
If the model is representative of the test, then the 'Bottom Up' and 'Top Down'
gradient lines should overlay each other. If they do not, then the results should be
analysed and the model changed until the model becomes representative.
2.8.7 QuickLook for ESP

The Quicklook feature is used to analyse well test data for artificially lifted wells. The
ESP QuickLook principle is identical to that for gas lift wells, i.e. pressure traverses
are calculated from top to bottom and vice-versa. If the assumptions regarding well
and ESP conditions (e.g. pump frequency, wear factor, water cuts, wellhead
pressure, IPR etc.) are correct, the two calculated traverses will overlay. If these two
traverses are not overlaying, then this implies that the model is not representative of
the reality of the system. In addition, an energy balance is performed across the
electrical system allowing surface voltage and power to be calculated and compared
to measured data.
This function should not be used if the ESP has been placed within the surface
equipment rather than downhole.
Historically, ESP wells have been difficult to diagnose (particularly with limited down
hole pressure data) because of uncertainties below (IPR), across (pump head) and
above (tubing hydraulics) the pump. Using the ESP QuickLook, conditions in each of
these areas can be analysed separately.
A Quicklook calculation can be carried out for an ESP lifted well by selecting
Matching | Quicklook.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
431
2.8.7.1 Calculation Details

The Quicklook calculation consists of two parts:
- From Fixed WHP
- From Static BHP
2.8.7.1.1 From Fixed WHP
PROSPER always calculates from the bottom up for ESP systems since, in order to
find the tubing GOR above the pump, conditions at the pump intake where gas
separation takes place must be known. Therefore, rather than start with the fixed
WHP and working downwards, this calculation is an iterative process which estimates
the bottom hole pressure and then calculates upwards until the calculated wellhead
pressure matches measured wellhead pressure from the field.
The following steps are preformed:
1. The bottom hole pressure is estimated and a gradient is calculated to find the pump
inlet conditions.
2. Based upon the pump inlet conditions, any free gas which is to be separated is
passed up the annulus.
3. The resulting fluid is passed through the pump and the pressure increase is
calculated from the pump performance curves. This gives the pump outlet pressure.
4. From the pump outlet pressure, a gradient is calculated to give a well head
pressure.
5. This well head pressure is compared to the measured well head pressure. If this is
different, the calculation returns to step 1 and uses a new bottom hole pressure to
begin the calculation. If the pressure matches the measured value then the calculation
stops and the bottom hole pressure used at step one becomes the 'Measured' bottom
hole pressure.
2.8.7.1.2 From Static BHP
The Bottom Up (or Calculated) calculation uses the Bottom Hole Pressure calculated
from the IPR as starting points of a gradient calculation. As the total GOR, water cut
and liquid rate are inserted by the User, it is possible to perform the calculations using
the following steps:
1. The measured liquid rate is used to read the bottom hole pressure from the IPR
curve in the PROSPER file.
432
PROSPER
2. From this bottom hole pressure, the gradient up to the pump inlet is calculated.
3. If a gas separator has been specified, then a percentage of the free gas at the inlet
will be removed from the production string and passed up the annulus. The free GOR
is dependent upon the inlet pressure and temperaure and the fluid's PVT.
4. The increase in pressure across the pump is calculated for the given conditions and
the pump outlet pressure is now known.
5. From the pump outlet pressure, a gradient is performed up to the well head to
calculate the 'Calculated' well head pressure.
2.8.7.2 Input
The ESP QuickLook is accessed from the Matching menu. Selecting Design |
Quicklook displays the following screen:
The following sections of the Quicklook input data screen should be filled in.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
433
Input Data
The data from the test should be entered in this section:
Tubing
Pressure

of the test.
Liquid Rate

entered.
Water Cut

entered.
Produced GOR
This is the GOR of the fluid produced from the

reservoir.
Static Bottom Hole Enter the static reservoir pressure at the time of the
test.
Pressure
(measured)
Pump
(Measured)
Depth This is depth of the pump expressed as a measured

depth.
Operating
Frequency
Enter the operating frequency of the pump at the time

of the test.
Length of Cable
This is the length of cable from the surface to the

motor. The length is used to calculate the total voltage
from the surface to the motor.
Gas
Separation This is the percent of free gas at the pump inlet which
is separated and so does not pass through the pump.
Efficiency
Number of Stages
The number of stages that the pump had during the

test.
Pump Wear Factor

details.
Selecting Transfer Wear Factor at the top of the
screen will transfer the pump wear factor from the
System | Electrical Submersible Pump screen.
Downhole Data
pressures calculated by PROSPER. This allows the measured pump inlet and outlet
pressures to be plotted to ensure that the model is representative of the reality.
Downhole measurement entry is optional.
434
PROSPER
Surface Data
This section allows surface power data to be entered. These value do not affect the
hydraulic calculations, however, entering them will allow the motor calculations to be
completed.
Select the required pump, motor and cable from the buttons at the top of the screen.
Current
This is the current at the surface.
Surface Voltage
This is the voltage at the surface.
Power
This is the power at the surface.
Correlation
Select the multiphase correlation to be used to calculation the pressure gradients
above and below the pump. Preferably, a matched correlation should be used where
possible.
Equipment
The bottom of the screen is used to select the equipment which was installed in the
well at the time of the test.
Select Pump
Select the pump which has installed at the time of the

test.
Select Motor
Select the motor which has installed at the time of the

test.
Select Cable
Select the cable which has installed at the time of the

test.

Once the required data has been inserted, select Calculate to proceed to the
calculation screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
435
Select Calculate to run the gradient traverses.

To see the results of each calculation, select 'From Static BHP' or 'Fixed Top Node
Pressure' from the left hand side of the screen.
Select Results to see the results of the calculations:
436
PROSPER
When the results have been reviewed, select Done to return to the calculation screen.
Click Plot to display the pressure traverses and the calculated pump intake and
discharge pressures:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
437
If the well bore, inflow and ESP assumptions are all correct, the two pressure
traverses will overlay and the measured and calculated intake and discharge
pressures and surface voltages should coincide.
2.8.7.4 Notes on ESP Quicklook Matching
When the pressure gradients of the Quicklook plot don't match, the model is not
representative of the actual system. Analysing the differences in the models and
concluding the likeliest reasons for these differences is an engineering judgement
which should be taken by the User.Below are some comments regarding how to
analyse the possible causes:
The pump discharge pressure is the tie point for the system. If the gradient from the
measured WHP to this point is controlled solely by the multiphase correlation used
and if the gradient from the measured WHP does not match up with the measured
pump discharge pressure, this implies that the multiphase flow correlation does not
represent the reality of the system and should be matched. The Matching | Matching
| VLP/IPR (Quality Check) can be used to match the correlation so that the
measured discharge pressure matches the calculated discharge pressure. If matching
has been carried out previously, the gas separator efficiency entered may also be
incorrect. If the separation is not modelled correctly, the fluid above the pump will be
different to reality and therefore even if the correlation has been matched it will not
predict the correct pressure.
Next match the pump intake pressure from the 'Fixed WHP' traverse. The pump intake
pressure for the 'Fixed WHP' approach is dependent upon the duty provided by the
pump which is a function of the fluid properties, the pump performance curves,
frequency and wear factor.
If these two points are matched, the 'Fixed WHP' traverse should now give the
resulting bottom hole flowing pressure.
When reviewing the 'From Static BHP' traverse, the starting point is the inflow
performance. For the given rate, the IPR is used to calculate the bottom hole
pressure. If it is found that this bottom hole pressure is not consistent with the
measured data, the IPR should be reviewed.
2.8.8 QuickLook for HSP

The HSP QuickLook principle is identical to that for ESP wells, i.e. pressure traverses
are calculated from top to bottom and vice-versa. If the assumptions regarding well
and HSP conditions (e.g. pump and turbine speed, wear factor, water cuts, wellhead
pressure, IPR etc.) are correct, the two calculated traverses will overlay.
A Quicklook calculation can be carried out for an HSP lifted well by selecting
Matching | Quicklook.
438
PROSPER
2.8.8.1 Input
The HSP QuickLook is accessed from the Matching menu. Selecting Design |
Quicklook displays the following screen:
The following sections of the Quicklook input data screen should be filled in.
Input Data
The data from the test should be entered in this section:
Tubing
Pressure
PROSPER Manual

of the test.
June, 2014
User Guide
Liquid Rate

entered.
Water Cut

entered.
Produced GOR
This is the GOR of the fluid produced from the

reservoir.
439
Static Bottom Hole Enter the static reservoir pressure at the time of the
test.
Pressure
(measured)
Pump
(Measured)
Depth This is depth of the pump expressed as a measured

depth.
Pump
Method
Speed The pump speed can either be entered by the user or

calculated by PROSPER. The differences in these
methods are discussed further in the Pump Speed
Method Section.
Power Fluid Rate
Power
Surface
Pressure
Number
Stages
This is the total power fluid rate and includes the

balance supply rate.
If the Pump Speed Method is set to 'Calculated' then
this value will be used as the power fluid rate to
calculate the pump speed.
If the Pump Speed Method is set to 'Entered' then this
value will not be used and the power fluid rate will be
calculated based upon the pump speed.
Fluid This is the pressure of the power fluid at the top of the
Back casing i.e. the surface.
of
Pump The number of stages that the pump had during the
test.
Pump Wear Factor

details.
Selecting Transfer Wear Factor at the top of the
screen will transfer the pump wear factor from the
System | Hydraulic Submersible Pump screen.
Number of Turbine The number of stages that the turbine had during the
test.
Stages
Downhole Data
440
PROSPER
pressures calculated by PROSPER. This allows the measured pump inlet and outlet
pressures to be plotted to ensure that the model is representative of the reality.
Downhole measurement entry is optional.
Correlation
Select the multiphase correlation to be used to calculation the pressure gradients
above and below the pump. Preferably, a matched correlation should be used where
possible.
Equipment
The bottom of the screen is used to select the equipment which was installed in the
well at the time of the test.
Select Pump
Select the pump which has installed at the time of the

test.
Select Turbine
Select the turbine which has installed at the time of the

test.
2.8.8.1.1 Pump Speed Method

When an HSP is operating, the pump and turbine are required to be balanced. This
means that as well as operating at the same speed, the power required by the pump
to give the calculated head to the produced fluid needs to be generated by the turbine
from the power fluid.
The power provided by a given turbine is dependent upon both the speed of the
turbine (which is the same as the pump speed) and the rate of power fluid entering
the turbine. Therefore, if we fix either the turbine speed or the power fluid rate, then
the other can be calculated which will balance the system.
The two options for the Pump Speed Method are:
Entered
The pump speed is entered by the user and is used by

the program to determine the power fluid rate that is
able to satisfy the condition that the power consumed
by the pump is equal to the power produced by the
turbine.
This method is the standard to calculate the gradient
(or VLP curves for simulators like GAP) as in general
the pump speed is known.
Calculated
This method calculates the speed required in order to

operate the pump at the maximum overall efficiency
for the value of the power fluid rate entered and
suitable to satisfy the condition that the power
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
441
consumed by the pump is equal to the power

produced by the turbine.
For some cases, more than one possible solution may be possible. In such cases, the
conditions with the maximum efficiency will be selected. This means that if the power
fluid rate calculated by the 'Entered' pump speed is entered when the pump speed is
set to 'Calculated', the original pump speed which was entered will be calculated.
Once the required input data has been entered, selecting Calculate will bring up the
Calculation screen:
Select Calculate to run the gradient traverses.

To see the results of each calculation, select 'From Static BHP' or 'Fixed Top Node
442
PROSPER
Pressure' from the left hand side of the screen.

Note that PROSPER always calculates from the bottom up for HSP systems since, if
the power fluid is mixed with the production fluid, the resultant mixture properties can
only be known if the flow fluid rate is also known. When calculating the 'Fixed Well
Head Pressure' traverse, the process is therefore iterative as an estimated bottom
hole pressure is used until the resultant well head pressure which is calculated
matches the measured well head pressure.
Select Results to see the results of the calculations:
Click Plot to display the pressure traverses and the calculated pump intake and
discharge pressures:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
443
If the well bore, inflow and pump and turbine assumptions are all correct, the two
pressure traverses will overlay and the measured and calculated intake and discharge
pressures should coincide.
2.8.9 Tubing Parameters

This option allows the match parameters for the tubing pressure drop correlations to
be accessed. They can be reset to their un-matched values, or new values entered
directly.
2.8.10 Pipeline Parameters

This option allows the match parameters for the surface piping pressure drop
correlations to be accessed. They can be reset to their un-matched values, or new
values entered directly.
2.8.11 Correlation Thresholds

This option allows the User to specify alternative correlations to use for tubing or
pipeline when the angle (from the vertical for tubing and from the horizontal for
pipelines) exceeds a user-specified threshold value. This option is useful for modelling
the riser for a long sub sea tieback or for a highly deviated surface pipeline.
Enter the appropriate angles and correlations which are to be used and then select
Yes to the question 'Use Threshold Angle' to enable the feature.
444
PROSPER
When enabled, the calculation screens will indicate that this option is active:
2.9
Calculation Menu
This chapter describes all the calculation methods available in PROSPER and how to
calculate system production rates, run sensitivity analyses, generate lift curve tables
etc. The available calculation types are:
Inflow (IPR)
This option calculates the IPR, that is to say, the relationship between tubing intake
rate and the bottomhole flowing pressure (BHFP). The Inflow calculation allows to
quickly run sensitivities without the need to calculate the system solution rate. This is
especially convenient for e.g. frac program design, gravel pack design, perforation
programming.
System (Ipr+Vlp)
This option will calculate both the tubing outflow (VLP) and tubing inflow (IPR) curves
and determine the system operating rate and bottom hole flowing pressure. It also
allows to perform sensitivity analyses with a wide range of variables. Sensitivity plots
can easily be generated.
Gradient (Traverse)
This option enables the user to generate gradient plots. If the correlations have been
matched, the gradients will be generated using the tuned correlations.
VLP (Tubing curves)
This option enables the generation of VLP curves that can be exported for use in
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
445
various commercial reservoir simulators and Petroleum Experts' MBAL and GAP
programs.
Choke Performance
This is a convenient choke calculator for flow rates, pressure drop or choke settings.
Choke Performance Curves can be visualised.
ESP Performance
This is a convenient way of calculating the operating conditions of an ESP based upon
a given set of flow conditions.
Generate for GAP
Allows to automatically calculate well performance data for gas lifted or naturally
flowing wells for use in Petroleum Experts GAP production system network modelling
program. Not available when 'Enthalpy Balance' is in use.
Bottom Hole Pressure from Wellhead Pressure
This option allows to calculate flowing bottom hole pressure from the wellhead
pressure. This method is only available when using the 'Pressure and Temperature'
and 'Rough Approximation' options.
2.9.1 Inflow (IPR)

The Calculation | Inflow (IPR) calculation allows the user to determine the
productivity of the reservoir based upon the IPR curve. This screen can also be used
to run sensitivity studies to see the impact that certain parameters have on the
deliverability of the inflow and how the IPR changes with varying parameters.
The steps to take to generate an IPR plot are:
- Select Calculation | Inflow (Ipr) to enter the IPR calculation screen.
- Enter the Input data to be used to calculate the IPR curve(s).

- If a range of different IPR curves are to be generated for different variables,
the different sensitivity variables to be used can be defined using Cases.
- The IPR curves can then be generated by selecting Calculate.
- The plots can be viewed by selecting Plot or the results can be viewed on the
calculation screen.
The following section gives the user more details about each screen and option
available.
2.9.1.1 IPR Calculation Screen
Selecting Calculation | Inflow (IPR) from the main menu toolbar will bring up the
following screen:
446
PROSPER
Along with the top toolbar, there are four different areas of the screen:
-
Data Input (Top Left)

Sensitivity Cases (Bottom Left)
Results (Top Right)
System Plot (Bottom Right)
2.9.1.1.1 IPR Data Input

In the top left hand corner of the screen the user should insert the data to be used in
the calculation:
The following data should be entered:

Water Cut/Water Enter the water cut (oil well) or WGR (gas well) of the
well at the conditions to be calculated.
Gas Ratio
If a sensitivity study is carried out on the top node
pressure then this value will be ignored.
GOR/CGR
PROSPER Manual
Enter the producing GOR or CGR of the well.

June, 2014
User Guide
447

Rate Method
The System calculation requires a number of rates to

be selected so that the VLP and IPR pressures
corresponding to these rates can be calculated.
The rates can be specified in three ways:
- Automatic Linear - The program calculates the
AOF (IPR Absolute Open Flow) for various
sensitivity variables entered and for each AOF
creates 20 evenly spaced rates.
- Automatic Geometric - As for Automatic Linear,
it works out the AOF for various sensitivity
variables entered and for each AOF creates 20
geometrically spaced rates.
- User Defined - One can either enter a table of
up to 20 rates directly or use PROSPER to
Generate them. To generate the rates select
Generate on the top toolbar to bring up the
following menu:
Enter values for the first and last rates in the table
plus the number of entries required. Depending on the
selection of Linear or Geometric spacing, PROSPER
will calculate the required rate table.
2.9.1.1.2 IPR Sensitivity Cases
The bottom left of the screen holds the sensitivity cases:
448
PROSPER
If a sensitivity study is being carried out, the different sensitivity cases can be
selected in this section. This will then change the results and the plot to those of the
selected case.
2.9.1.1.3 IPR Results
The top right of the screen is used to display the results of the IPR calculation in
tabular form.
2.9.1.1.4 IPR Plot

The bottom section of the screen will be filled by the IPR plot. The plot contains both
the pressure and temperature variation with rate:
2.9.1.1.5 IPR Toolbar

The toolbar at the top of the IPR Calculation screen can be usd to carry out the
following functions:
Done
PROSPER Manual
Returns to the main PROSPER screen and saves any

changes made.
June, 2014
User Guide
Cancel
Returns to the main PROSPER screen and removes

any changes made to the System Calculation screen.
Cases
This can be used to run sensitivity studies. See the

Sensitivity Study Section for more details.
Calculate
Will calculate the IPR for the input data and if any
sensitivity study cases have been selected, these will
also be calculated.
Plot
This option will plot the IPR.
Export
The table of results can be exported to an external

source.
Help
Will bring up the online Help section.
449
2.9.1.1.5.1 Cases
It is often very useful to run multiple cases to see what the effect of changing one or
more variable will have on the results generated. This can be done by running a
sensitivity study.
To enter data for a sensitivity study select Cases on the top toolbar. This will bring up
the sensitivity screen:
Up to 10 variables can be selected with 10 values for each inserted. The values of
each variable can be inserted manually or using the 'Generate' feature. Letting
'Generate' will bring up the following screen:
450
PROSPER
Enter values for the first and last rates in the table plus the number of entries
required. Depending on the selection of Linear or Geometric spacing, PROSPER will
calculate the required values. Select Generate to add the calculated values to the
table.
Select Done to return to the main calculation screen where the calculations can be
performed.
Please note, when running PROSPER 32 BIT, it is not possible to perform in
excess of 32000 sensitivity combinations. If PROSPER 64 BIT is being run, the
calculation can be performed, however, a message will be displayed to alert the
user that this may take a long time to complete.
2.9.1.1.5.2 Calculate
Once the appropriate data has been inserted into the Data Input section of the screen
(and sensitivity variables selected if relevant), the IPR can be calculated by selecting
the Calculate button on the top toolbar.
The option to 'show' or 'hide' the calculating results will be given.
If 'Show Calculating Data' is selected, the data will be printed to the screen as soon
as it is calculated by the program.
If 'Hide Calculation Data' is selected, the data will only appear on the screen once all
of the calculations have been completed.
Once the calculation has been completed, the results and plot will be shown on the
main IPR Calculation screen. If more than one case has been run, then the results can
be scrolled through by selecting the different cases in the bottom left section.
2.9.1.1.5.3 Plot
After a calculation has been performed, the resultant IPR can be displayed by
selecting Plot:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
451
2.9.2 System (IPR + VLP)

The Calculation | System (IPR + VLP) calculation allows the user to determine the
production of a well for a set of conditions by combining the VLP and IPR curves in
one plot. The principles of nodal analysis dictate that any single point (in this case the
bottom hole) must observe mass balance and can only have one pressure associated
with it. This means that the rate at which the VLP and IPR curves across is the rate
which the well will produce under these conditions.
The steps to take to generate a System plot are:
- Select Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) to enter the System calculation
screen.
- Enter the Input data and Multiphase Flow correlation to be used to calculate
the IPR and VLP curves.
- If a range of different System Plots are to be generated, the different
sensitivity variables to be used can be defined using Cases.
- The System Plots can then be generated by selecting Calculate.
- The plots can be viewed by selecting Plot or the results of the sensitivity can
be seen by selecting Sensitivity. If the gradient for a solution point is to be
calculated, select Sensitivity TvD.
available.
452
PROSPER
2.9.2.1 System Calculation Screen

To perform a System Calculation select Calculation | System (IPR + VLP) from the
main toolbar to bring up the System Calculation screen.
Along with the top toolbar, there are four different areas of the screen:
-
Data Input (Top Left)

Sensitivity Cases (Bottom Left)
Results (Top Right)
System Plot (Bottom Right)
2.9.2.1.1 Data Input

the calculation:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
453

Top
Pressure
Node This is the fixed pressure at the top node (most

downstream point) of the system. If the system
includes a pipeline then the top node will be the
manifold at the end of the pipeline and if no pipeline is
present the top node will be the well head.
Water Cut/ Water Enter the water cut of the well (WGR for a gas well)
at the conditions to be calculated.
Gas Ratio
GOR/CGR
Enter the producing GOR/CGR of the well.

Surface
Equipment
Correlation
If surface equipment has been added to the system,

select the multiphase correlation to be used. If no
surface equipment is present, then this input will be
ignored.
Vertical
Correlation
Lift Select the multi-phase flow correlation to be used in

the wellbore.
Solution Node
This selects the node which will be used as the

solution node. Everything upstream of the node will be
treated as the IPR and everything downstream of the
node will be part of the VLP.
There are three options:
- Bottom Node This will select the node at the
bottom of the surface equipment as the solution
454
PROSPER
node. This means that the solution node

pressure will correspond to the FBHP.
- Top Node This will select the top node (either
the well head or manifold depending if surface
equipment is activated) as the solution node.
- Well Head This will select the well head as the
solution node.
Rate Method

following menu:
The Solution Rate reported is given by the VLP and
IPR curves intersection. These curves are interpolated
between the selected calculation rates and so the
result may change according to the rate values used.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
455
It is important that an appropriate rates range and

distribution is selected according to each case in
order to avoid significant interpolation errors.
An IPR is required for both Automatic rate methods.
For wells having very high AOFs (e.g. horizontal wells)
the well rate is determined mainly by the tubing size.
Manual rate selection may give better results in such
cases.
Left
Hand Normally VLP/IPR intersections that occur when the
Intersection
for tubing pressures are declining (on the Left-Hand Side)
are considered to represent unstable flow and are
VLP/IPR curves
usually ignored.
When gas coning occurs, however the GOR is
changing constantly for different rates and it is
possible to have two solutions and for the Left-Hand
Side intersection to represent stable flow. This option
allows to consider or not the left-hand intersection.
Select either Allow or Disallow.
2.9.2.1.2 Sensitivity Cases
selected case.
2.9.2.1.3 Results
The top right of the screen is used to display the results of the system calculation:
456
PROSPER
These results are made up of the plot results (on the left) which detail the results of
every point in the curves and the solution results (on the right) which give details of the
solution point.
The solution results are obtained through interpolation of the VLP and IPR curves.
When artificial lift is enabled, additional results will be displayed related to the
operation of the lift system. When a pump is selected, the Free Gas In Pump (V/V)
reported is the free GLR in the pump.
2.9.2.1.4 System Plot
The bottom of the screen is used to show the System plot and here the intersection
point of the VLP and IPR curves can be seen:
2.9.2.1.5 Toolbar
The toolbar at the top of the System Calculation screen can be used to carry out the
Done
PROSPER Manual

changes made.
June, 2014
User Guide
Cancel

Cases

Sensitivity Study section for more details.
Calculate
Will calculate the system plot and solution point for set
conditions or series of cases if a sensitivity study is
being carried out.
Plot
Can plot either the 'System Plot' or the 'Wellhead

Plot'.
Sensitivity Plot
Will bring up a plot showing the results of the

sensitivity calculations.
Sensitivity PvD
Allows the user to carry out a gradient calculation

(generally plotting a variable such as pressure against
depth) for conditions equal to the solution point of the
selected cases.
Export

source.
Options
This will bring up the associated option screens

relevant to the System Calculation such as:
- Maximum Grain size
- Erosional velocity
- Liquid Loading
- Pigging
For more information on these options and the
calculations they affect please refer to Section 2.9.3.1
of this User Guide.
Lift Curves
Will generate a lift curve file which can be exported to

a number of different file types so that it can be used
in other programs.
This function is not available if a pump is installed.
Help
457
(and sensitivity variables selected if relevant), the System Plot can be calculated by
selecting the Calculate button on the top toolbar.
458
PROSPER

main System Calculation screen. If more than one case has been run, then the results
can be scrolled through by selecting the different cases in the bottom left section.
2.9.2.1.5.2 Running Sensitivity Studies
It is often very useful to run multiple cases to see what effect changing one or more
variable will have on the results generated. This can be done by running a sensitivity
study.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
459

table.
performed.
Once the calculations have been completed, if a sensitivity study has been carried out
on a certain variable, then a sensitivity plot can be created which plots how other
variables change as the sensitivity variable changes. This can be seen by selecting
Sensitivity Plot.
This plot allows to graph a 2D slice in any direction of the 3D space created by the
solution variables from the sensitivity analysis.
Select the Y-axis variable, parameter variable and fixed variable as required.
program will automatically select the other variables:
The
In the screenshot above, the effect that increasing the GOR of the well has on the oil
rate produced can be seen for a series of different water cuts. The variables shown
on the axis can be changed by selecting Variables at the top of the plot.
460
PROSPER
Here the Y axis and X axis variables can be selected.

The sensitivity plot enables to see more clearly the effects of each of the sensitivities
on bottom hole flow rate or pressure.
Each plot consists of an x axis variable that is one of the sensitivity variables. Each
curve represents a different value of another of the sensitivity variables (called the
parameter variable) and this is described in the legend box to the right of the plot. As
this plot represents a 2-D slice of a (possible) 3-D space the third variable must be
fixed (called the fixed variable) and its value is described in the plot title. Each
sensitivity variable can be any of the x-axis, parameter or fixed variables.
Done
to plot with your new selection of variables
Variables
to select the variable choices you require
The following options are common to all plots

Finish
Close plot and return to the previous screen.
Main
Close plot and return to the main PROSPER screen.
Annotate
Add annotations to your plot.
Scales
Rescale your plot. You will need to enter new minimum and
maximum values for the X and Y axes.
Change the plot labels
Labels
Replot
PROSPER Manual
Redraw the plot, using the original settings. Use this after you
have zoomed the plot.
June, 2014
User Guide
Output
Colours
Options
Help
461
Use this option to generate a printer, plotter or file copy of

your plot, or to transfer it to the clipboard.
This option enables you to change the colours of the plot
background, outline, axes and plot lines and/or labels to
generate a screen display more to your liking. Once you have
made your selection, make sure you use the Save option to
save your selection.
Use this option to change plotting defaults such as number of
grids per axis, grid line types, scaling methods etc.
View this Help screen
If you wish to view a particular section of your graph more closely, you can magnify or
zoom in on any portion of the plot. To magnify, first place the plot cross-hair cursor
over the area of interest. Next , press down the mouse left hand button and keep the
button depressed. A rectangle will appear which you can "stretch" or drag over the
area you want to magnify. Release the mouse button and you will automatically zoom
in on the area inside the rectangle.
When selecting the area to magnify, first place the cross-hair cursor on any outside
corner of the box you wish to draw, drag the mouse in the diagonally opposite
direction. When the magnifying rectangle is large enough, release the mouse button.
2.9.2.1.5.3 Plot
There are three possible options when selecting 'Plot':

- System Plot
- Wellhead Plot
- Pump Plot (only activated when a pump is installed)
System Plot
Selecting the 'System plot' will show a plot of the VLP and IPR curves generated for
the given conditions:
462
PROSPER
If different sensitivity study cases have been run these will also be plotted.
If additional variables are to be plotted, these can be selected from the bottom left of
the screen. Double clicking on the variable will add it to the plot for the case currently
selected. If it is to be added for more than one case, this can be done by selecting
the multiple add button at the bottom of the screen.
Wellhead Plot
This will plot the wellhead pressure and temperature against rate. If the wellhead is
the end point of the system then this will be a fixed value. If surface equipment has
been defined, then the WHP and WHT will vay with rate:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
463
Pump Plot
When a pump has been included in the model, the operating point for the solution rate
can be displayed on the pump plot using this feature:
464
PROSPER
2.9.2.1.5.4 Gradient Calculations
Once the system calculation has been completed, it is possible to run a gradient
calculation using the solution rate to find the pressure versus depth plot. If multiple
cases have been run, the solution point of any of the cases can be used.
The data will automatically be populated and then the steps to carry out the
calculation are the same as for a standard Calculation|Gradient calculation.
2.9.2.1.5.5 Export Lift Curves
It is possible to export the generated lift curves to an external file format using this
function. Press Lift Curves on the top toolbar to bring up the option screen to select
the export format:
Please note that this function is not available in the System Calculation when a
down-hole pump has been installed as the solution node is moved from the
bottom hole depth to the pump outlet.
2.9.3 Gradient (Traverse)

The Calculation Gradient (traverse) feature allows the user to calculate flowing
pressure gradient curves at a specified flow rate for varying reservoir and fluid
conditions.
These curves can be compared with published pressure traverse curves or actual well
data. Pressure traverses can also computed for combinations of sensitivity variables.
The effect of changing tubing sizes, SSSV I.D. etc. can be evaluated visually by
plotting the gradient results.
The steps to take for performing a gradient calculation are:
- Select Calculation | Gradient (traverse) to enter the calculation screen.
- Enter the Input data and Multiphase Flow correlation to be used in the
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
465
gradient calculation.
- If a series of sensitivity cases are to be calculated, then these can be
detailed in Cases.
- The gradient can be performed by selecting Calculate.
- The results of each gradient calculation can be reviewed on the calculation
screen or plotted using the Plot feature.
available.
2.9.3.1 Gradient Calculation Screen
To commence the gradient calculation, click Calculation | Gradient (traverse) from
the main menu and the following screen will be displayed:
As shown above, this screen can be split into four main sections:
- Data Input (Top Left)
- Sensitivity Study Cases (Bottom Left)
- Gradient Results (Middle)
- Gradient Plot (Right)
2.9.3.1.1 Data Input
the calculation:
466
PROSPER

First
Pressure

Water Cut
Enter the water cut of the well at the conditions to be

calculated.
Total GOR
Enter the producing GOR of the well.

Rate
This option will change depending upon the 'Rate

Type' entered. Enter the rate of the appropriate phase
which is to be calculated.
Rate Type
Select the fluid on which the rate is to be based. From

this rate, the other rates will be calculated.
The options are:
- Liquid Rate
- Oil Rate
- Gas Rate
- Hydrocarbon Mass Rate
First Node
Select the node at which the calculation is to be

started. By default this is the top node within the
system.
Last Node
Select the node at which the calculation is to be

finished. By default this is set to the last node in the
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
467
down-hole equipment but it can be set to any node

within the system.
Tubing Correlation Select the multi-phase flow correlation to be used in
the wellbore.
Pipeline
Correlation

ignored.
Barnea Critera
The Barnea criteria can be set to 'Yes' or 'No'
Slug Method
The method to calculate the slugging properties of the

well can be set here. Three options are available:
- Brill
- RCS Mechanistic
- Worst Case (Hernandez-Perez
Frequency)
More details on the slugging calculations can be
found here.
2.9.3.1.1.1 Barnea Critera
The Barnea criteria is a 'Flow Pattern Prediction' method developed by D. Barnea to

cover the entire range of inclination angle in hilly pipelines.
It is applied on the Taitel-Dukler flow regime map and does not affect the gradient
results.
Ref: Barnea, D.: 'A Unified Model for Predicting Flow-Pattern Transition for the
Whole Range of Pipe Inclinations' Int. J. Multiphase Flow (1987) 13, No. 1.
2.9.3.1.1.2 Slugging Methods
When steady-state flow occurs in a pipeline, time-averaged mass flow rate at the
pipeline inlet and outlet are constant.
If slug flow occurs through this pipeline, gas and liquid rates and pressures are NOT
constant: liquid slugs and following gas bubbles will vary in velocity and length.
Two slug calculations method can be applied in PROSPER: Brill, or RCS.
The Brill method is the most common one, and a more detailed description of the
parameters used to describe the slug characteristics can be found below.
The slug model is assuming that the slug period includes:
- A gas bubble included within a liquid film.
- A liquid slug containing small gas bubbles.
468
PROSPER
The association of the gas bubble and the liquid slug forms the slug period.
The following assumptions have been taken to develop the hydrodynamic model:
1. Small gas bubbles and liquid in the liquid slug travel at the same velocity.
2. The Liquid film does not contain any gas bubbles.
3. Negligible liquid droplets exits in the gas bubble.
The hydrodynamic model is based on mass balance relationships for both the liquid
and the gas phase.
This will state for instance that the mass of liquid flowing out of the pipe section
considered during one specific period of time is equal to the sum of:
- the mass of liquid in the liquid slug : m1.
- the mass of liquid in the liquid film associated with the gas bubble : m2.
- the mass of liquid that is bypassed by the gas bubble following the liquid slug
m3.
mtotal = m1 + m2 - m3
An equivalent mass balance principle will be applied to the gas phase flowing out of
the pipe section considered.
Empirical correlations relating the holdups in the different sections of the slug period
considered to the phase velocities as well as empirical correlations relating the slug
lengths to the mixture velocity are then used to estimate the slug properties.
The output variables that can be found in PROSPER are the following:
Mean Slug Length and 1/1000 Mean Slug Length
Mean Bubble Length and 1/1000 Mean Bubble Length
Slug Liquid Rate and Slug Gas Rate
Bubble Liquid Rate and Bubble Gas Rate
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
469
Mean Slug Frequency and 1/1000 Slug Frequency:

Slug Hold-up (HLS) and Equilibrium Hold-up (HLE):
Slug Surge Factor (Liquid) and Slug Surge Factor (Gas)
Bubble Surge Factor (Liquid) and Bubble Surge Factor (Gas)
These are standard characteristics parameters for slug analysis, and their description
can be found in the references below.
The Taitel-Dukler flow map that is used in PROSPER to assess the extent of the
slugging phenomenon in the system. This flow map is accessible for each calculation
row by clicking on the row number in the gradient calculation.
A description of these slug calculation methods can be found for instance in
the following publications:
Beggs,
H.D. A study of two phase flow in Journal of Petroleum technology,
and Brill, J.P
inclined pipes
13 (October 1973). p.607
Brill, J.P. and Two phase flow in pipes
Beggs, H.D.
Tulsa: University of Tulsa (1978)
Beggs, H.D.
Production Optimization using OGCI publications (1991). p.88Nodal Analysis

90.
Brown, K.E
The technology of artificial lift vol.4 - p83-85.

methods
Crowley
C.J. Investigation of Two-Phase AGA report TN-399 (Feb. 1986).
and Sam R.G. Flow in Horizontal and Inclined
Pipes at Large Pipe size and
High Gas Density
Crowley
C.J. State of the Art Report on Guide
to
Computerised
and Rothe P.H. Multiphase Methods for Gas Calculations Creare Inc. Report
and Oil Pipelines (Volume 2)
TN-409 vol.2 (1986).
Hill, T.J. and A new approach to the SPE 20629. (1990).
Wood D.G.
prediction of slug frequency
(RCS
Mechanistic
Slug Method).
Pigging Calculations in PROSPER
The gradient traverse calculations in PROSPER can include pigging calculations which
can be used to describe the pigging characteristics of the flow in pipelines.
These pigging calculations can be adapted to the system through the pigging
efficiency factor.
470
PROSPER
The pigging calculations are assuming that a sphere with a 100% removal efficiency
travels in the pipeline and that all the liquid removed by the sphere is in the form of a
continuous slug.
The pigged slug volume can be then estimated by integrating the difference between
the liquid holdup and the no-slip holdup in the pipeline.
The pigging efficiency factor will correct the initial assumption to model a more
realistic situation where as the sphere travels along the pipeline, some amount of
liquid will be bypassed, affecting the sphere velocity, outlet liquid velocity and slug
characteristics.
The additional results reported in the gradient traverse results and related to the
pigging calculations are pigged slug length, pigged slug volume, slug production time,
slug residency time, time to produce pigged slug length and time for the pigged slug to
reach the pipeline outlet.
2.9.3.1.2 Sensitivity Cases
selected case.
2.9.3.1.3 Results
Once a calculation has been carried out, the results for the different calculated depths
are shown in the centre of the screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
471
The bar at the bottom of the screen can be used to scroll along to see more results
such as slugging results, fluid properties etc.
Please note that pressing Shift and Right clicking on one of the rows brings up the
flow regime map for that section:
472
PROSPER
2.9.3.1.4 Gradient Plot

Once a gradient calculation has been completed, the right hand side of the screen will
show the pressure and temperature profiles against depth for the given conditions:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
473
2.9.3.1.5 Toolbar
The toolbar at the top of the 'System Calculation' screen can be usd to carry out the
Done

changes made.
Cancel

Cases

Calculate
Will calculate the gradient for set conditions or series

of cases if a sensitivity study is being carried out.
Plot
Allows the user to plot the calculated data

474
PROSPER
Export

source.
Options
This will bring up the associated option screens

relevant to the System Calculation such as:
- Maximum Grain size
- Erosional velocity
- Liquid Loading
- Pigging
For more information on these options and the
calculations they affect please refer to the Options
Section of this User Guide.
Layout
Changes the columns of calculated data which are

displayed in the Results section.
Help
(and sensitivity variables selected if relevant), the Gradient (Traverse) can be
calculated by selecting the Calculate button on the top toolbar.
main Gradient Calculation screen. If more than one case has been run, then the
results can be scrolled through by selecting the different cases in the bottom left
section.
2.9.3.1.5.2 Sensitivity Cases
It is often very useful to run multiple cases to see what effect changing one or more
variable will have on the results generated. This can be done by running a sensitivity
study.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
475
Up to 3 variable can be included in a sensitivity study at any one time. The values of
table.
performed.
Alternatively, the sensitivities can be carried out on a case by case basis. This can be
done by selecting Combinations at the top of the screen:
476
PROSPER
This allows up to ten cases to be set up each with different values for the selected
variables.
Once the cases have been set up, select Done to return to the calculation screen.
2.9.3.1.5.3 Plot
Once a gradient calculation has been carried out the results can be plotted by
selecting Plot from the top toolbar:
Automatically, the pressure gradient will be displayed on the plot. If other variables
are to included in the plot, they should be selected from the list in the bottom left hand
corner of the screen and added to the plot using the 'Add variable' button
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
477
(represented by a clock with an arrow beside it).

2.9.3.1.5.4 Options
Every time a gradient calculation is performed, a number of post-process calculations

are carried out for example: maximum grain size, erosional velocity, liquid loading
(Turner velocity) and pigging calculations.
The parameters affecting these calculations can be accessed in any Calculation
screen by means of Options button.
This screen can also be accessed from the main menu toolbar by selecting
SystemSolids.
More information on these options can be found in the Calculation Options section.
2.9.3.2 Note on HSP

Two options of 'Pump Speed Method' are available:
Entered
The pump speed is entered by the user in the HSP input data and is
used by the program to determine the power fluid rate that is able to
satisfy the condition that the power consumed by the pump is equal to
the power produced by the turbine.
This method is the standard to calculate the gradient (or VLP curves for
simulators like GAP) as in general the pump speed is known
Calculated This method calculates the speed required in order to operate the pump
at the maximum overall efficiency for the value of the power fluid rate
entered in the HSP input data section and suitable to satisfy the
condition that the power consumed by the pump is equal to the power
produced by the turbine
In some cases there could be multiple solutions: PROSPER will determine the one with
highest overall efficiency. This means that once the pump operating parameters
(pump speed, power fluid rate, etc.) have been defined, both modes of calculation will
be equivalent.
2.9.4 VLP (Tubing Curves)

An important PROSPER application is generating tubing lift curves for use in reservoir
and total system simulators. The Calculation | VLP (Tubing Curves) option will allow
the user to generate vertical lift performance (VLP) curves for ranges of different
variables which can then be exported to a number of different formats and used in
conjunction with other software.
The steps to take for generating VLP curves are:
478
PROSPER
- Select Calculation | VLP (Tubing Curves) to enter the VLP calculation

screen.
- Enter the input data and multiphase flow correlation to be used in the VLP
generation
- If a table of VLP curves are to be generated, the different sensitivity variables
to be used can be defined using Cases.
- The lift curves can then be generated by selecting Calculate.
- The generated lift curves can then be exported to the appropriate format by
selecting Export Lift Curves.
available.
2.9.4.1 VLP Calculation
VLP curves report the flowing bottom hole pressure (and various other results
depending on the well type) for various rates at a given set of flowing conditions
(WHP, GOR and Water Cut).
At each reported rate, a gradient calculation is carried out to find the FBHP and then
these pressures are joined together to form a curve.
An example curve for a multiphase naturally lifted well is shown below:
The curve above shows the typical shape of a VLP curve which can be split into two
sections; Right or left of the minimum inflexion point.
To the left-hand side of the minimum point is called the gravity dominated or unstable
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
479
region of the curve. In this section of the curve, an increase in the rate sees a
decrease in the FBHP required to lift the fluid to the surface. This may seem counterintuitive but is in part caused by the high phase slip between the gas and liquid phases
because of the low liquid velocity. The high slip leads to a higher mixture density and
therefore larger pressure drop.
The right hand side of the minimum point is called the friction dominated or stable
region of the curve. In this section of the curve, an increase in rate leads to an
increase in the FBHP required to lift the fluid to surface. The increased velocity (and
therefore increased friction) caused by the increase in rate acts to 'stabilise' the well
and reduces the likelihood of heading and other instabilities.
Due to these stability issues, the minimum point of the VLP curve is also often
referred to as the 'minimum point of stability' as any rate below this point will be within
the unstable region.
2.9.4.2 VLP Calculation Screen
To commence the generation of VLP tables, click Calculation | VLP (tubing curves)
from the main menu and the following screen will be displayed:
As shown above, this screen can be split into four main sections:
- Data Input (Top Left)
- Sensitivity Study Cases (Bottom Left)
- VLP Results (Top Right)
480
PROSPER
- VLP Plot (Bottom Left)

2.9.4.2.1 VLP Input Data
Before any calculations can be carried out the conditions to be calculated as well as
the correlation to be used must be defined. This is done in the top left corner of the
VLP screen. The values entered for first node pressure, water cut and GOR will be
ignored if the same parameters are selected as sensitivity variables.
Top
Pressure

Water Cut/ Water Enter the water cut of the well (WGR for a gas well)
at the conditions to be calculated.
Gas Ratio
Total GOR/CGR
Enter the producing GOR/CGR of the well.

Surface
Equipment
Correlation

ignored.
Vertical
PROSPER Manual
Lift Select the multi-phase flow correlation to be used in

June, 2014
User Guide
Correlation
the wellbore.
Rate Method

481

following menu:
First Node
Define the first node of the system. This will be the

node which corresponds to the first node pressure
also defined in this screen.
Last Node
Defines the last node of the system. This will be the

node at which the VLP pressure is calculated and is
most commonly the bottom hole depth.
Calculate
(Available when using a pump)

When calculating with a pump, the First and Last node
options are no longer provided. Instead, one of two
options must be selected:
482
PROSPER
- Tubing Curves (Standard)

- Lift Curves for Simulators
When generating VLP curves for external simulator
such as ECLIPSE, the Lift Curves for Simulators
option must be selected.
2.9.4.2.2 VLP Sensitivity Cases
If sensitivity study cases have been set, then the list of cases will be shown in the
bottom left hand corner of the screen. Selecting one of the cases will display the
results and plot in the right hand side of the screen.
2.9.4.2.3 VLP Results

Once the calculation has been run, the top right hand side of the screen will show the
results of the VLP calculation. The results shown match the sensitivity case which has
been selected in the bottom left hand side of the screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
483
2.9.4.2.4 VLP Plot

Once the calculation has been run, the bottom right hand side of the screen will show
the plot of the VLP curve. The curve shown match the sensitivity case which has been
selected in the bottom left hand side of the screen:
2.9.4.2.5 VLP Toolbar

The toolbar at the top of the System Calculation screen can be used to carry out the
Done

changes made.
Cancel

Cases

Calculate
Will calculate the VLP curves for set conditions or

series of cases if a sensitivity study is being carried
out.
Plot
Will plot the generated VLP curves.
484
PROSPER
Export Lift Curve
When the VLP curves have been generated, they can

be exported to an external format using this option.
Export

source.
Help
2.9.4.2.5.1 Sensitivity Cases
When generating VLP curve tables for use in simulators or other programs, a series
of variables are required to be calculated. This can be done using the Sensitivity
Cases screen.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
485
table.
performed.
2.9.4.2.5.2 VLP Recommended Variables
A number of settings and variables have been found to improve the quality of the
curves which are generated for use in other programs. This is especially true for VLP
curves which are generated for the use in GAP as the derivatives of the curves benefit
from being smooth in order to help the solver and optimiser to calculate.
Rate Method
Geometric - The geometric rate method (either User Selected or Automatic) places
more rate values at lower rates. This gives more definition to the Unstable region of
the VLP curves and allows the minimum stable rate to be more accurately captured.
Naturally Flowing Wells
For naturally flowing wells, it is normal to generate lift curves for ranges of well head
pressure, GOR and water cut. Below is some guidelines for the ranges and spacing
methods which should be used for each variable:
WHP - Normally generated between the separator pressure and the reservoir
pressure. The linear spacing option can be used.
GOR - The first value should be a value lower than the solution GOR and the
second value should be a high value such as 25000 scf/day. Geometric spacing is
recommended.
Water Cut - Generate from 0% to 95-99% with linear spacing.
For all these variables, it is recommended that the maximum number of values (10) be
generated.
Gas Lifted Wells
GLR Injected - When generating lift curves for Gas Lifted wells, the GLR Injected
option should be used as apposed to the Gas Injection Rate option. This is because
486
PROSPER
at low rates in the VLP curve, a fixed injection rate may cause an unrealistic value of
FBHP to be calculated. Using a fixed GLR injected for each curve ensures that they
remain smooth and without any significant discontinuities.
The recommended GLR Injected values are: 0, 100, 200, 400, 800, 1600, 3200,
6400, 12500, 25000 scf/STB.
Fully Compositional VLPs for ECLIPSE
When exporting VLP curves for use with fully compositional ECLIPSE (E300) it is
important that the new Total Molar Rate option is used to specify the fluid rates as
this is compatible with the reservoir simulator.
2.9.4.2.5.3 Export Lift Curves
Once the lift curves have been generated, the next step is to export them in a format
which can be imported into a simulator or other program. This can be done using the
Export Lift Curves button.
This will bring up the export screen on which the format to be exported can be
selected.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
487
Once the format has been selected, click Continue to save the file.
2.9.5 Choke Performance

This is a general purpose choke performance calculator. Only PVT data input is
required to calculate flow rates given the choke size and pressures, choke setting to
achieve a specified flow rate etc. To access the choke performance calculator, click
Calculation Choke Performance and the following selection screen may be
displayed (depending on the choke method selected):
488
PROSPER
Calculation Options
Select the required calculation option from the following:
Predict Mass Flow Rate
PROSPER determines the flow rate for specified choke opening and inlet
and outlet pressures
Predict Pressure Drop
PROSPER calculates the pressure drop across a specified choke
opening for a given flow rate and inlet pressure
Predict Choke Valve Setting
PROSPER finds the choke size for a specified rate and inlet an outlet
pressures.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
489
Choke Method
Select a choke calculation method from the following options:
Petroleum Experts
This is an in-house developed choke model about which more information can
be found in the Appendix of this guide.
HYDRO
The Hydro choke models are based on work done by Stle Selmer Olsen
(DnV) and subsequently improved and verified against multiphase flow loop
data in 1999 & 2002 by Norsk Hydro (now Statoil).
The current model has been updated and revalidated by David Hume (Statoil)
2013.
2 papers on the choke can be found
SPE 84961 -Evaluation of Multiphase Flow Rate Models for Chokes Under
Subcritical Oil/Gas/Water Flow Conditions, Schller, R.B., T. Solbakken,
and S. Selmer-Olsen, (2003),
SPE 88813 - Critical and Subcritical Oil/Gas/Water Mass Flow Rate
Experiments and Predictions for Chokes, Schller, R.B., S. Munaweera, S.
Selmer-Olsen and T. Solbakken, (2006)
There are 2 variants on the models
Hydro Short model (suitable for orifice type choke)
Hydro Long model (Includes additional losses, e.g. bean type chokes,
cage chokes)
The models assume the following
Conservation of mass and momentum in and out the choke
Slip between phases over the choke, otherwise frozen flow
1D flow
Polytropic expansion
No viscous effects are included (apart from loss effects in the

coefficients)
ELF
A model based on Perkins (SPE 20633) approach along with discharge
coefficients determined by the author (Stephane Rastoin of ELF Aquitaine at
TUALP). This is also the recommended method used to calculate pressure
drops down hole for SSSVs and restrictions. It should be used for the
majority of applications.
VENTURI
Venturi equation assumes ideal mixing of gas and liquid phases.
490
PROSPER
MODIFIED SACHDEVA (SPE 15657)

The model solves the mass flow rate through a choke for both subcritical and
critical conditions. This model has also been verified against multiphase
experiments. The model assumes the flow is 1D, the phase velocities are
equal at the throat, the predominant pressure term is acceleration, the quality
is constant for high-speed processes, and the liquid phase is incompressible.
Enter the following data:
GOR
This value overrides the GOR entered on the PVT data

screen.
Water cut
Inlet Pressure
Pressure upstream of the choke
Inlet Pressure
Temperature upstream of the choke
Outlet Pressure
Pressure downstream of the choke
Outlet
Temperature
Temperature downstream of the choke
Choke Setting
Orifice size
Click Calculate, and PROSPER will calculate the liquid and mass flow rates. Similar
screens are used to enter data for the dP and Choke Setting prediction options. For
critical flow conditions, it may take some time for the calculation to converge.
After a calculation the choke performance curve is plotted at the

bottom of the screen if the Performance Curve option has been
selected
Selecting the choke model in PROSPER

To select the choke model to be used to model chokes, SSSVs and
Restrictions, access the 'Surface Equipment' screen and select from the
drop-down menu 'Choke Method' the desired model
When one of the enthalpy balance temperature models (Improved

Approximation or Enthalpy Balance) is selected, the choke calculation
will account for changes of temperature due to Joule-Thomson effect
2.9.6 Valve Performance

The valve performance calculator can be used to calculate the gas lift injection rate
through a gas lift valve and to identify the valve flow behavior (orifice flow or
throttling).
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
491
The following inputs are required to calculate the gas injection rate under the specified
conditions for the selected valve and valve model:
Injection pressure Casing pressure at valve depth
Valve
Temperature
Valve Temperature
Production
Pressure
Tubing pressure at valve depth
Dome pressure
The pressure in the valve dome
Three models have been implemented to capture the valve response of gas-lift valves:
1. Thornhill-Craver
2. Acuna (1992)
3. Nieberding (1988)
At high casing pressures with respect to dome pressure, valves exhibit orifice flow. As
the casing pressure reduces the forces trying to keep the valve open reduce and
consequently the valve begins to close and the closing valve stem throttles the flow.
492
PROSPER
The transition between orifice and throttling flow can be estimated using either the test
rack opening pressure (Nieberding) or from the valve closing pressure and an
experimentally derived dynamic tubing sensitivity factor (Acuna).
2.9.6.1 Orifice Flow

The Thornhill-Craver is an industry standard orifice flow equation which is widely
utilised to capture the performance of gas lift valves. The Acuna and Nieberding
models both use the TUALP orifice model for orifice flow but differ for throttling flow.
If the valve exhibits orifice flow for a defined casing pressure then either then the
Thornhill-Craver or the TUALP orifice model is used to capture the response. The
valve response for orifice flow can be divided into critical flow and subcritical flow. For
subcritical flow, the gas rate increases as the production pressure decreases for a
constant casing pressure at depth. At the critical production pressure the gas rate
reaches and maximum and within the critical region the rate is independent of the
production pressure (i.e. a constant critical rate). This is caused by the velocity
reaching the sonic velocity which means that the pressure disturbance cannot travel
upstream.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
493
The Thornhill-Craver model has been found in many instances to overpredict the flow
through gas-lift valves. TUALP modified the Thornhill-Craver equation by introducing a
variable discharge coefficient:
Where A is an empirically derived slope and C an empirically derived constant for the
valve in question.
The final form of the equation is:
494
PROSPER
2.9.6.2 Throttling Flow

If under the current conditions the valve is found to throttle then either the Acuna or
Neiberding models can be used to capture the throttling performance of the valve.
Neiberding
Based on experimental data, Neiberding proposed an expression to capture the
throttling performance of Gas-Lift valves. The expressions were later modified by
Rodriguez.
The dimensionless gas rate is given from the dimensionless production pressure (N)
and dimensionless maximum production pressure (Nmax):
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
495
Rodriguez proposed that the production closing pressure and the maximum production
pressure can be determined using the following empirically derived expressions:
Where A,E,C,D, E and F are empirically derived constants for a given valve.
The maximum rate can be determined from
Where a,b,c,d,e and f are also empirically derived for a given valve.
Acuna Model
In the Acuna straight line throttling model, values of Nmax were experimentally
determined for a given valve. The maximum production pressure can be determined
from this value:
The production closing pressures can be estimated using another experimentally

derived parameter the dynamic tubing sensitivity factor Fe.
If the production pressure is less than the maximum production pressure, then the gas
rate is assumed to have a linear relationship
Where the slopes can be determined from an empirically derived fit of an

approximately linear relationship which passes through the valve closing pressure
If the production pressure is greater than the maximum pressure, the gas rate is
calculated by correcting the TUALP Orifice model:
Where the correction can be determined from setting the rate at the maximum
pressure equal to the rate predicted from the straight line model:
496
PROSPER
2.9.6.3 Valve Performance References

Acuna, Schmidt, Doty, Modeling of Gas Rates Through 1-in., Nitrogen-Charged GasLift Valves, SPE 24839
Nieberding, Schmidt, Doty, Normalization of Nitrogen-Loaded Gas-Lift Valve
Performance Data, SPE Production & Facilities, Volume 8, Number 3, 203-210
Yula Tang,Transient Dynamic Characteristics of Gas-Lift Unloading Process, MSc
Thesis, University of Tulsa
2.9.7 ESP Performance

The ESP Performance calculation can be used to discharge conditions of an ESP
installation.
Select Calculation | ESP Performance to up the ESP performance input screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
497
The ESP performance screen is split into three different sections.

- Data Input (Left hand side)
- Results (Top Right hand side)
- Pump Operating Plot (Bottom Right hand side)
After the required input data has been inserted, select Calculate from the top toolbar
to calculate the performance of the pump. The discharge conditions, pump results and
motor results are shown in the top right hand side of the screen and the operating
point is shown on a plot of the performance curve in the bottom left hand side.
2.9.8 Generate for GAP

This option is used to calculate well performance curves for Petroleum Experts General
Allocation Program (GAP).
PROSPER can be run from within GAP in a batch mode for generating performance
curves for groups of wells or independently of GAP by selecting this option.
PROSPER will automatically calculate solutions for gas lifted or naturally flowing wells.
If the solutions are then saved in a .OUT file, GAP can pick up the data required to
calculate performance curves at a later time. For more information, refer to the GAP
documentation.
The performance curves are generated by carrying out a system calculation for a
range of wellhead pressures and set values of water cut, GOR and reservoir
pressure.
The solution rates from these System Calculations are then combined to form a plot of
liquid rate against wellhead pressure.
Select Calculation | Generate for GAP to bring up the Generate for GAP main
screen:
498
PROSPER
The top left hand corner of the screen is used to insert the data required to generate
the well performance curves. Single values for GOR, water cut and Reservoir
Pressure should be entered and the suitable multiphase correlations should also be
selected.
A range of wellhead pressure should also be inserted and these will form the basis of
the calculates and resultant curve.
When all of the data has been inserted select Calculate. This will carry out the
calculation and fill the right hand side of the screen with the results and plots of the
different 'System Calculations' at the various wellhead pressures.
The system plots for the different pressures can be viewed by selecting Plot:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
499
The resultant Well Performance Curve can be plotted by selecting PC Plot:
2.9.9 Bottom Hole Pressure from Wellhead Pressure

This calculation is possible when modelling a well using the 'Rough Approximation'
temperature model.
500
PROSPER
The BHP from WHP calculation is used to calculate the flowing bottom hole pressure
from a set of surface conditions. Unlike the Gradient (Traverse) calculation, the BHP
from WHP calculation does not use the U value from the geothermal gradient screen
but rather calculates the required U value to match the wellhead temperature entered
in the calculation.
The screen below shows the calculation screen which can be accessed by selecting
Calculations | BHP from WHP:
The data to be entered can be entered in a number of different formats and these can
be selected from the drop down menus at the top of the screen. If data has already
been inserted when the format is changed, the values will also change accordingly.
The required input data is:
Time
This time is used to order the different tests.
Liquid/Oil/Gas
Rate
Enter the Liquid/Oil/Gas Rate which is to be used in

the calculation
Wellhead Pressure Pressure at the wellhead at the time of the test

Wellhead
Temperature
GOR/Gas
CGR
This temperature is used to calculate the Heat

Transfer Coefficient for use in the calculation.
Rate/ Enter the GOR/Gas Rate/CGR at the time of the test
Water Cut/Water Enter the Water Cut/Water Rate/WGR at the time of

the test
Rate/WGR
Before the calculation is carried out, the flow correlations to be used for both the
tubing and the pipeline should be selected at the top of the screen.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
501
Selecting the Calculate button will calculate the bottom hole pressure for all of the
inserted tests. If any tests are to be ignored in the calculation, they can be disabled
by selecting the row and pressing Disable at the top of the screen. If a previously
disabled test is to be calculated, it must first be enabled by selecting the disabled row
and pressing Enable. The Sort button will sort the tests in order of increasing Time.
Once the tests have been calculated two results will be presented:
Bottom
Pressure
Hole This is the calculated BHP from the test for the given
conditions and calculated U value.
Heat
Transfer This is the U value which needs to be used to achieve
the given wellhead temperature for the given rates
Coefficient
and fractional flows.
Once the data has been calculated it can be plotted against time by selecting Plot:
The plot shows a trend of the wellhead pressures, calculated bottom hole pressures
and liquid rates against time.
2.9.9.1 References
SPE PAPER 22870
Modelling of Well bore Heat Losses in Directional Wells Under Changing Injection
Conditions
K Chu and S Thakur, Amoco Production Co.
502
PROSPER
2.9.10 Reset Results

In the calculation menu the Reset Results option has the objective to erase any
results previously calculated in the model.
After accessing this option, select the calculation to reset and then select Reset: the
program will erase the desired results.
2.9.11 Note on Enthalpy Balance Model

The Predicting Pressure and Temperature analysis option can be used to generate
temperature and pressure profiles in producing wells.
This rigorous thermodynamic model Enthalpy Balance considers heat transfer by
conduction, radiation, forced and free convection. Heat transfer coefficients are
calculated using thermodynamic data held in a User-definable database. The
temperature prediction calculations are transient, allowing sensitivities against flowing
time to be run for both wells and pipelines. This temperature model requires
considerably more input data and computation time for either Predicting Pressure
Only or the Rough or Improved Approximation temperature models. Enthalpy
Balance should be applied only when the desired result is the temperature. The
additional computational effort cannot be justified for pressure loss calculations.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
503
Both pressure and temperature losses across chokes and restrictions are accounted
for. A theoretical outline of the Enthalpy Balance model is given in Appendix B.
Temperature prediction is useful for generating temperature profiles in:
pipelines
sub sea wells
predicting temperature/pressure profiles to help predict wax/hydrate deposits.
accounting for Joule-Thompson effects
PROSPER 's Enthalpy Balance temperature model is one of the most accurate
temperature prediction methods available.
The Enthalpy Balance (or Improved Approximation)

temperature calculations must commence from a known
condition.
This is usually the reservoir pressure and
temperature.
As a consequence, calculating from a
downstream node (unknown temperature) to an upstream
node (known temperature) is not meaningful. For injectors,
calculations commence from the known wellhead pressure
and temperature.
2.10 Design Menu

The 'Design Menu' enables the user to perform various artificial lift designs.
From this menu the user can access the design modules for the following artificial lift
technologies:
Gas Lift (continuous)

Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump
Progressive Cavity Pump
Coiled Tubing GasLift
Jet Pump
Sucker Rod Pump
Gas lift (intermittent)
504
PROSPER
The design menu is active only if an artificial lift method has been selected in
the main 'Options' screen.
The design option will correspond to the artificial lift method selection in the
main option screen.
Artificial lift design is not enabled when the Enthalpy Balance temperature
model is in use.
From the 'Design' menu the Database containing all the information about gas lift
valves, ESP pumps, motors, cables, etc. is accessible. A dedicated section is
reported at the end of the chapter.
In the following sections each of the design options are illustrated.
2.10.1 Continuous Gas Lift Design

The gas lift design can be used to design and optimise the design of gas lifted wells.
The program can be used to determine the spacing and size of unloading valves and
calculate the valve test rack setting pressures for a new well or, alternatively, designs
can also be performed for existing wells having mandrels installed at fixed depths.
2.10.1.1Menu Options
If gas lift was selected as a lift method in the Options menu the following additional
options will be available in the Designs | Gaslift menu:
New Well
Existing Mandrels
Gas Lift Adjustments
The gas lift design section of the program can be used to determine the optimum gas
lift equipment for a given well. PROSPER calculates the maximum production rate
possible, the corresponding optimum gas lift rate, the valve spacing and size to unload
the well and the test rack setting pressure for each valve for surface calibration.
Designs can also be prepared for wells having mandrels already set at fixed depths.
Before the user can proceed ahead with artificial lift design, PVT, downhole
equipment and IPR information must be input. Where possible, VLP matching should
also be carried out on the well to ensure that the multiphase flow correlation selected
calculates a pressure gradient which is consistent with the actual well.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
505
2.10.1.2New Well
Selecting Design Gas Lift New Well from the 'Design' menu will display the 'Gas
Lift Design' input screen:
In this screen it is possible to enter the input data for the gas lift design task.
The input data screen is divided into several areas. The Input parameters panel is
used to enter the design operating conditions while the other panels allow the user to
enter the design options for a given application.
2.10.1.2.1 Setting Up the Design Problem
Setting the artificial lift design problems is defining the various parameters in the figure
above. These are described below:
Design Rate Method
Entered By User
Use this option when designing for a given production

rate and gas lift gas injection rate or when modelling
the performance of an existing installation. If the
Check Conformance with IPR option is selected, the
506
PROSPER
program will modify the rate and the gas injection rate,
if necessary, to honour the IPR.
If a maximum production calculation has been
previously done, the lift gas and design production
rates can be User Entered. The design rate can be
entered either in terms of liquid or oil production only.
The design lift gas injection is entered as the
Maximum gas available.
Calculated
Maximum
Production
from PROSPER will find the maximum possible oil

production rate by determining both the optimum gas
injection rate and depth.
This is achieved by
calculating the oil production for a given GLR injected
and increasing the GLR until the optimum is found.
Calculated
from Using user-entered economic parameters for oil and
Maximum Revenue sales gas revenue, produced water processing and lift
gas cost, the program will find the gas lift design that
maximises total revenue (oil and gas revenue less
water and injection gas processing costs). The same
search procedure as for Maximum production is
carried out using the cost function in place of the oil
production rate.
For both Maximum production and Maximum revenue design

methods, a maximum liquid rate is required to be input. This
allows the user to honour production constraints imposed by
surface facilities or off take targets.
Input Parameters
Having set up the calculation options, enter values for the following variables on the
'Input Parameters' panel:
Maximum
Available
Gas Set to the maximum gas available at normal operating

pressure for maximum rate or revenue methods.
For Entered by User designs, set to the actual
injection for the design production rate.
Maximum
Gas Enter the maximum gas available at the unloading
pressure for unloading the shallowest valve.
During Unloading
Flowing Top Node If surface equipment has been entered, this is the
manifold pressure Otherwise, enter the flowing
Pressure
wellhead pressure.
Unloading
Top Enter a lower unloading pressure if for example the
separator is bypassed during unloading. Otherwise
Node Pressure
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
507
leave the same as flowing top node pressure.

Operating Injection Available gas injection system pressure available at
the casing head. This is not the final operating
Pressure
injection pressure.
If the 'Safety equipment' option has been selected,
pressure losses along surface pipes are computed
also.
Kick Off Injection Leave set to normal injection system pressure unless
an auxiliary source of high pressure kick off gas is
Pressure
available. This pressure is used to space the first
unloading valve. If a sufficiently high pressure is
entered, then no unloading valves will be needed.
Desired dP Across User selected design pressure loss across valve
orifice to ensure well and gas injection system
Valve
pressure stability. Usually in the order of 100-200 psi.
Maximum Depth of Constrains the maximum injection depth to be
shallower than the production packer.
Injection
Watercut
Design producing water cut.
Minimum Spacing
Sets the minimum spacing between valves. If the next

valve in the calculation is found to be less than this
value then this valve will not be added and the
calculation will stop.
Usually between 200-400 ft.
Static Gradient of Static gradient of load fluid to be balanced by casing

pressure during unloading.
Load Fluid
Minimum
dP
Transfer Only active when Use IPR for Unloading has been
selected as No and is used to size the valve trim.
During the unloading process, the optimum injection
rate is found at each valve by running a sensitivity
study on the injection rate. This injection rate is then
used to size the valves.
When the Use IPR for Unloading feature is selected
as No, the IPR is not used to calculate the production
rate and instead it is assumed that the full design rate
is produced. This leads to a larger injection rate being
required to reach the minimum pressure within the
tubing and therefore the resultant valve trim sizes are
overestimated.
To compensate for this overestimation, the Minimum
Transfer dP is used to alter the pressure to which
tubing pressure has to be lowered to. This means that
less gas is required and so the valve trim sizes which
508
PROSPER
are calculated are no longer overestimated.

The new pressure which is to be reached becomes:
(Ptransfer) = Pmin *(1- % minimum transfer dP /100)
If set to zero, unloading valve trims will be sized to
inject sufficient gas to lower the unloading tubing
pressure to the minimum possible pressure at the
valve depth.
Increasing the value of Minimum transfer dP will lower
the unloading GLR injected and reduce trim sizes.
Values of 5 to 25% are commonly used.
Maximum Port size Depends on valve series selected. PROSPER will
select multiple orifice valves for high gas injection rates
if the design injection cannot be passed by one valve
of Maximum port size.
Safety For Closure Extra dP to ensure that the last unloading valve before
of Last Unloading the orifice is closed.
Valve
Thornhill-Craver
DeRating
Percentage
for the orifice. As the maximum gas rate is decreased,
Valves
and
for this means that to flow the same gas rate as the
Orifice
should be used
Valve Type
Casing
Valves
Sensitive Enter the minimum casing pressure drop to close

valves.
Tubing
Valves
Sensitive Enter the percentage difference in Pcasing - Pwh to

close valves.
Proportional
Response Valves
PROSPER determines the closing pressure as part of

the design calculations.
Valve Settings (Casing pressure operated valves only)

For casing pressure operated valves, there are 4 options for setting valve dome
pressures:
Pvc = Gas Pressure PROSPER in this case sets valve dome pressures to
balance the casing pressure at depth. Unloading
valves will close when the casing pressure drops
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
509
below this value. A small value of Casing Pressure to

Close Valves will ensure that the unloading valves will
remain shut.
This design method ensures maximum injection depth
and hence maximises production rates.
All Valves Pvo = Dome pressures are set so that valves open with the
design casing pressure at depth. The casing pressure
Gas Pressure
must be reduced by at least R(Pvo - Pt) to close
valves for this option.
PROSPER designs using the maximum of either the dP
to close valves or the calculated closing pressure
drop. As this method is more conservative and will
help ensure that valves do not close before they are
intended to, however, it reduces the available injection
pressure and will result in lower production rates.
This is the recommended design setting when
designing new wells.
First Valve Pvo = The first valve dome pressure is set to open on the
design casing pressure at depth. Subsequent valves
Gas Pressure
are set to close on design casing pressure. This
method gives additional safety for the opening of the
first unloading valve without sacrificing available
pressure for the deeper unloading valves.
Pmin - Pmax
Enter fraction of TEF.
Injection Point
Before the gas lift design is performed, the user can decide if the operating valve is a
gas lift valve or an orifice.
Dome Pressure Correction above 1200 psi
There are two equations for dome pressure temperature correction for dome
pressures above 1200 psi.
No
PROSPER will use the standard API temperature

correction method for all pressures. This method is
known to be inaccurate at high pressures. The option
is provided for convenience in comparing results from
hand calculations etc.
Yes
The API method is used below 1200 psi, and an

improved algorithm is used above 1200 psi. This is
the default and recommended option.
510
PROSPER
Check Rate Conformance with IPR

When selected, PROSPER will re-calculate the system solution rate at each step in the
design process to ensure that the design rate can be met. This prevents for example,
a design being done for an unrealistic Enter by User rate. If the design rate cannot be
produced, the design process will start again with a lower rate.
For speed in comparing designs, this option can be set to

No. However, the user must be aware that the design rate
may not be able to be met by the well.
For more information on the 'Check Rate Conformance with IPR' option please refer
to the Notes on Gas Lift Design.
Vertical Lift Correlation
Select the most appropriate correlation for the application. Matched VLP correlations
should be used when available.
Surface Pipe Correlation
Select the most appropriate correlation for the application. Surface pipes (when
entered in surface equipment) form part of the gas lift system in PROSPER and are
accounted for when calculating unloading pressures and flowing pressure losses. This
can be important for sub-sea systems where the flow line head can be significant.
Use IPR for Unloading
Yes
This is the recommended PROSPER unloading valve

trim sizing method.
When each valve depth is calculated, the optimum
injection rate is found by running a sensitivity on the
injection rate at the valve depth. The rate which
provides the minimum flowing pressure in the tubing at
that depth is used to size the valve.
as Yes, the IPR is used to calculate the well
production rate which is produced from the well at
each injection rate. This ensures that the injected gas
rate used for the valve trim sizing calculation is an
accurate representation of the actual flowing
conditions.
Minimum transfer dP is ignored for this option.
No
This is the standard hand-calculation method.

As with the Yes method, the optimum injection rate is
found at each valve by running a sensitivity study on
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
511
the injection rate. As the injection rate increases the

density of the column above decreases (lowering the
pressure) until a rate is reached at which the This
injection rate is then used to size the valves.
as No, the IPR is not used to calculate the production
rate and instead it is assumed that the full design rate
is produced. This leads to a larger injection rate being
required to reach the minimum pressure within the
tubing and therefore the resultant valve trim sizes are
overestimated.
To compensate for this overestimation, the Minimum
Transfer dP is used to alter the pressure to which
tubing pressure has to be lowered to. This means that
less gas is required and so the valve trim sizes which
are calculated are no longer overestimated.
For more information on the Using IPR for Unloading method please refer to the Notes
on Gas Lift Design
Orifice Sizing On
Two options are available:
Calculated dP at Orifice
Min dP Across Orifice
2.10.1.2.2 Gas Lift Valve Selection
Once the design problem has been set, the next stage is to tell PROSPER the kind of
valves that will be picked up from database for design.
On the right-hand side of the input Gas Lift Design input screen there is a navigator
window that allows selecting the type of valves to use in the design from an internal
database.
Please refer to the end of this chapter for an illustration of

how to access and edit the database for the gas lift valves
2.10.1.2.3 Performing the Design (New Well)

Once the input data has been defined and the valve type selected, click Next to
access the Gas Lift design screen. The following example is for casing sensitive
valves:
512
PROSPER
A screen similar to that above will be displayed if design for Maximum Rate or
Maximum Revenue has been selected.
If the design rate is Entered by User, the upper (Rate calculation) part of the screen
is not displayed.
2.10.1.2.3.1 Calculation of the Design Rate
The first step is to find the design production rate.

Click Get Rate. PROSPER will calculate the Gas Lift Performance Curve
and determine the optimum Gas Lift injection rate and maximum oil
production rate. The Get Rate process calculates oil production as a
function of gas injected.
When the calculations have finished, the results can be displayed in the form of a well
performance curve by clicking Plot. A graph similar to the following will appear:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
513
The target design oil rate and gas injected can be read off the performance curve
plot.
The design rate is:
The maximum oil production shown in the 'Performance curve' plot, provided that
the available gas injection and liquid production rate limits have not been
exceeded.
In case the maximum gas available is exceeded by the highest oil rate on the
plot, the oil rate corresponding to maximum available gas is taken as design
rate.
PROSPER will design for the maximum oil production rate entered in the main
input screen, if it exceeds the rate calculated from the performance curve.
The performance curves can span several flow regimes.

Discontinuities in some flow correlations may cause occasional
curve fitting problems. In such cases, a correlation such as
Hagedorn Brown may give better results.
On the design screen, the values at the top of the screen will now be filled in:
The GLR Injected, Liquid Rate, Oil Rate, VLP Pressure and IPR Pressure all
514
PROSPER
relate to the final point calculated in the performance curve generation. By

themselves they contain little value to the User.
The Standard Deviation is the standard deviation between the calculated points
and the fitted curve displayed on the plot.
The Design Rate is the optimum injection rate based upon the design criteria
which produces the Oil Production. These calculations have yet to consider the
unloading process.
2.10.1.2.3.2 Calculating the Valve Spacings
To perform the valve spacing, click Design.

For more information on the design calculations please refer to the Notes on Gas Lift
Design.
When Check Rate Conformance with IPR is set to Yes, PROSPER

re-calculates the solution rate and reduces the design rate if
necessary. The final design production and Gas Lift injection rates
are displayed on the design gradient plot.
2.10.1.2.3.3 Plotting the Gas Lift Design
To display the position of the unloading valves and the final design condition, click
Plot. A plot similar to the following will be displayed:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
515
The plot shows the tubing and casing pressure gradients for the design rate plus the
position of the operating and unloading valves. For casing sensitive valves, the casing
pressure gradient shown is that of the final unloading stage (to reach the orifice) and
therefore the casing head pressure will be lower than the value entered in the previous
screen. The unloading fluid gradient is also plotted. The design data box lists the
actual production and injection rates together with the operating surface casing
pressure.
2.10.1.2.3.4 Design Results
To display the valve details click Results and the table with the results will be
displayed.
Click on Calculate to calculate the Dome Pressure and the Test Rack Opening
Pressure (valve setting pressure at 60C).
The valve depths, tubing pressure, unloading gas injection

rate and trim sizes are shown in the left screen panel.
The Dome pressure corresponds to the Dome Pressure at 60

deg F and not at the valve operating temperature.
The test rack opening pressure is calculated using the
relationship
516
PROSPER
Ptro = (Pd @ 60 deg F) / (1 R)

Where:
Ptro = Test Rack Opening Pressure
Pd @ 60 deg F = Dome Pressure at 60 deg F.
R = Ratio of Port Area to Bellow Area of Valve.
Valve types are identified as Valve for unloading valves or

Orifice for the last mandrel if the injection point is selected
as orifice. No opening or dome pressure calculations are
made for the orifice.
The design parameters such as valve depth, opening and closing pressures, orifice
size etc. are displayed in the table. Use the scroll thumb below the table to scroll right
to see items e.g. R-value, not visible in the display window.
Design Sensitivity on Port size
By selecting Change Valve it is possible to re-calculate the parameters associated to
the valve sises.
If access to the Valve Clearing House database is available the Valve Performance
option can be used to validate the performance of each valve in the newly designed
system. More information can be found in the Gaslift Valve Performance Section.
Once a design has been carried out, a study of the gas lift system's stability can be
performed using the Stability option. This stability criteria is based upon 'Criteria for
Gas-Lift Stability' by Harald Asheim, SPE, U. of Trondheim (JPT November 1988).
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
517
This paper describes two explicit stability criteria. The first quantifies stabilisation as a
function of the inflow responses of the reservoir fluid and the injected gas. The second
quantifies stabilisation as a function of the depletion of the casing pressure.
F1 should be reviewed first. If F1> 1, then F2 can be ignored as the

predicted well behaviour will be considered stable
If F1<1 then F2 must be reviewed and F2>1 for the well to be considered
stable
If both F1 and F2 <1 then the well is considered unstable
Inflow Response
If the reservoir fluid rate is more sensitive to pressure than the lift-gas rate, then the
average density of the mixture will increase in response to a decrease in tubing
pressure. This causes the tubing pressure to increase, which stabilises the flow. This
Criterion (F1) is calculated as
518
PROSPER
F1 =
r gsc
r gsc Bg q gsc
qLsc
J
>1
(EAi )2
where
= Lift - gas density at standard condtions
Bg = FVF of gas at injection point

q gsc = Lift - gas flow rate at standard conditions
qLsc = Liquid flow rate at standard condtions
J = Productivity Index
E = Orifice EfficencyFactor (assumed equal to 0.9)
Pressure-Depletion
Ai = Injection Port Size Response
If the first criterion is not fulfilled, tubing pressure decrease will cause the injected gas
flow rate to increase more than the liquid flow rate. This will cause the tubing pressure
to decrease as well as the casing pressure. If the casing pressure decreases faster
than the tubing pressure, then the pressure difference between the casing and the
tubing will decrease and so will the injected gas rate. This stabilises the flow. This
Criterion (F2) is calculated as
F2 =
(q fi + q gi )
Vt 1
Pt
*
*
*
>1
Vc gD ( r fi - r gi ) q fi (1 - F1 )
where
Vt = Tubing volume downstream of injection point
Vc = Casing volume
g = Acceleration due to gravity
D = Vertical depth to injection point
Pt = Tubing Pressure
r fi = Reservoir fluid density at injection point

r gi = Lift - gas density at injection point
q fi = Liquid flow rate at injection point
2.10.1.2.3.5
Design
to Model
q gi Transferring
= Lift - gas flow rate
at injection
point
F1 = Inflow
Response
Once
a design
hasStability
beenCriterion
completed, its performance should be checked over the
range of expected well conditions. Before this can be done, it should be transferred to
the Equipment | Gas Lift section. Details of how to transfer a completed design into
the main model can be found in the Gas Lift Input Data section.
Once the design has been transferred, then use Calculation | System option to
compute sensitivities or, alternatively, Matching | Quicklook can be used to evaluate
a design.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
519
2.10.1.3Existing Mandrels Design

This option enables the User to design gas lifted artificial lift systems for existing
installations.
To perform the fixed mandrel depth design, click Design |
Mandrels. The following input screen will be displayed:
Gas lift
| Existing
This screen is similar to the Design | Gas lift | New well screen, except that the
variables relating to spacing the valves have been removed.
The following steps detail how to carry out a design when existing mandrels are in
place.
2.10.1.3.1 Setting Up the Design Problem
For more information on the majority of the input data please refer to the New Well
Design Section
For this design type options for the choice of the first valve can be selected:
First Valve Choice
520
PROSPER
Completion Fluid to Unloading valves will be placed assuming that the

completion fluid fills up the entire well and thus must
Surface
be unloaded from the entire well.
This is the most conservative unloading requirement
and is the default option.
Completion
Fluid PROSPER will estimate the standing liquid level from
Level Calculated
the reservoir pressure and static pressure gradient.
Any mandrels above this depth will be set as 'Dummy
valves'.
This approach can save valves for low pressure
reservoirs. However, the user must be certain that
work over fluids can leak off to balance the reservoir
pressure.
Minimum Squeeze This method can be used when the well productivity is
sufficient to ensure that completion fluids can be
PI Method (ELF)
squeezed into the formation during unloading. An
unloading tubing gradient is calculated by taking the
static reservoir pressure and increasing the injected
GLR, until the gradient arrives at the design top node
pressure. Unloading valves are spaced by comparing
this tubing gradient with the available casing pressure
at depth.
This method can be used when the well productivity is
sufficient to ensure that completion fluids can be
squeezed into the formation during unloading.
2.10.1.3.2 Defining the Depths of Existing Mandrels
After setting up the input for the design parameters, next, click Mandrels.
This table is effectively a list of the potential valve depths and can be used to prepare
designs for new wells where equipment limitations determine the available mandrel
depths.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
521
Enter the depth of all mandrels in the well, including those

fitted with dummy valves.
PROSPER will select the best depths for the operating and
unloading valves from this list.
When more mandrels are available than needed for the
current design, PROSPER will automatically set dummies at
the intermediate depths.
The valve type initially entered is unimportant.
PROSPER will overwrite the valve type when it performs the
design.
If entries are made in the Casing Pressure drop or Max.

Gas Injected fields on the mandrel depth screen shown in the
figure above, these values will overwrite the values entered
on the main design screen.
Leave these fields blank to design using the same values of
pressure drop or gas injection for each unloading valve.
The mandrel depths can be picked up from either Matching |

QuickLook or Equipment | Gas Lift using the Transfer
button, or they can be entered by hand.
The usual
PROSPER editing facilities are available for manipulating the
522
PROSPER
table entries.
Once the mandrels have been entered, select Done to return to the previous screen.
2.10.1.3.3 Gas Lift Valve Selection
Having entered the mandrel depths, select a valve series using the navigator window
on the right, as for the 'New Well Gas Lift Design' case. This will define the set / type
of valves that will be used for design.
2.10.1.3.4 Calculating the Design Rate
Click Next to access proceed to the gas lift design. First, the mandrels screen will
again be shown to ensure that the correct depths have been entered. The
If a calculated rate design method has been selected, a screen similar to the following
will be displayed:
Click Get Rate, and the program will calculate the Gas Lift Performance Curve and
determine the optimum gas injection rate and production rate for the well given the
available injection gas rate and pressure limits. This performance curve can be plotted
by selecting Plot.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
523
Once the calculation has been completed, the values at the top of the screen will now
be filled in:
The GLR Injected, Liquid Rate, Oil Rate, VLP Pressure and IPR Pressure all relate to
the final point calculated in the performance curve generation. By themselves they
contain little value to the user.
The 'Standard Deviation' is the standard deviation between the calculated points and
the fitted curve displayed on the plot.
The 'Design Rate' is the optimum injection rate based upon the design criteria which
produces the 'Oil Production'. These calculations have yet to consider the unloading
process.
2.10.1.3.5 Designing Gas Lift System (Existing Mandrels)
The design is performed for the target rate by clicking Design. Once the calculation
has finished, the design can be checked graphically by clicking the Plot button to
display a plot similar to the following:
For details of the design process, please refer to Notes on Gas Lift Design.
524
PROSPER
2.10.1.3.6 Design Results

To display the valve setting calculations, click Results from the 'Design' screen. This
screen shows all of the values calculated during the design such as the tubing
pressure/casing pressure at each valve as well as the valve sizes which were
selected. These can be viewed by using the scroll bar at the bottom of the screen.
Click Calculate, and PROSPER will determine the dome pressures and test rack
setting pressure for the selected valves as in the following example:
Information on the Change Valve, Valve Performance and Stability options can be
found in the Gas Lift Design (New Well) section.
2.10.1.4Gas Lift Design Sensitivity
When carrying out a gas lift design for either a new or existing well, it is possible to do
these designs for a range of different sensitivity variable values.
To access the sensitivity screen, select the Sensitivity button on the main design
screens:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
525
This will bring up the Gas Lift Design Sensitivity screen:
The Gas Lift Sensitivity screen allows variables to be changed to see the effect on the
gas lift design.
- The top left hand corner of the screen shows the different cases which have
been calculated. Selecting each one will show the corresponding results in the rest of
the screen.
- The top right of the screen shows the valve depths and properties of the
design.
- The bottom left hand corner shows the calculated data used in the design.
- The plots at the bottom of the screen show the final design and also the
performance curve for the well.
526
PROSPER
Performing A Gas Lift Design Sensitivity

To carry out a sensitivity calculation, first the variable which are to be changed can be
selected in the Cases screen.
To carry out a sensitivity on the Gas Lift design, the sensitivity variables which are
being altered need to be set.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
527
table.
performed.
Once these have been selected, a gas lift design can be carried out for each
permutation of variables by selecting Calculate.
The criteria entered on the previous Design Parameters screen will be used to carry
out the design of each case. If the design rate has been set to be calculated, then this
will come from the well performance curve which will be plotted in the bottom right
hand corner of the screen. The gas lift design plot (with mandrel depths and unloading
gradients) will be shown at the centre of the bottom section of the screen.
To see the plots in more detail, select Plot from the top ribbon.
For more details on the steps being performed in the design, please refer to the
Unloading with Gas Lift Section.
2.10.1.5Gas Lift Adjustments
The existing 'Gaslift Design' sections allow the user to select and size gas lift
equipment for specified design conditions. 'Gaslift Adjustments' provides additional
calculations for testing gas lift designs under operating conditions. Surface casing
pressures when re-starting production are presented in addition to input parameters
needed for setting up automatic well controllers.
To set up a 'Gaslift Adjustments' calculation, enter the following items:
528
PROSPER
These are the required input data:

Downstream
Pressure
Constraint
Surface pressure the well must flow against.
Kick off Casing Absolute maximum available casing injection pressure.

Head Pressure
Lift Gas Network Normal operating pressure of the gas injection
system.
Normal Pressure
Safety Margin For This controls the pressure drop across the gas
injection choke.
Lift Gas Control
Maximum
Under
Operation
CHP Injection pressure available downstream of the control

Normal choke.
Minimum
CP Specified pressure drop to close deepest unloading
decrease to Close valve.
Last
Unloading
Valve
Lift
Temperature
Gas Temperature of the injected gas at the casing head.
Target
Liquid Design production
calculations.
Production Rate
Water Cut
PROSPER Manual
rate
for
gaslift
adjustment
Design water cut for gaslift adjustments calculations.
June, 2014
User Guide
Production
GOR
(Total) Solution and free gas production (does not include

injection gas).
Vertical
Correlation
Flow Select appropriate multiphase correlation. Matched

correlations should be used where available.
529
Dome
Pressure When Yes is selected, an improved dome pressure
Correction (above correction is used. The API temperature correction is
recommended to be used below 1200 psi.
1200 psig)
Once the input data entry is complete, the user has to make sure that the
correspondent valves are transferred. Select Valves and then Transfer to transfer
the valve info from the Gas Lift Design or from QuickLook:
Once the gaslift equipment details are entered the flowing gradient or static gradient
can be estimated:
Flowing
Calculations are made for flowing conditions at the User-entered target production
rate. PROSPER calculates well performance curves for gas injection at each mandrel
depth. Production rates and pressures at surface and mandrel depth are determined.
Annulus volume and bottoms up times are also calculated. The flowing gradient for
the operating condition can be plotted with opening and closing pressures for each
530
PROSPER
unloading valve displayed.
The performance plot for each individual valve can be plotted by selecting the Plot
button on each row. Alternatively, all of the curves can be viewed on a single plot by
selecting Plot All:
Static
Calculations are made for shut-in conditions. The static tubing gradient is determined
using the liquid density calculated for the producing water cut. When the reservoir
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
531
pressure cannot support a full liquid column, a gas gradient is used back to surface.
The static gradient plot can be viewed by selecting Plot:
The pseudo flowing gradient represents the gradient in the tubing during the unloading
process, and corresponds to the point when the FBHP just reduces below the
reservoir pressure. In other words, during the unloading process for a well that has
been shut in, there will be a point when the FBHP starts reducing below the reservoir
pressure and the reservoir starts providing fluid. The pseudo flowing gradient is the
532
PROSPER
gradient in the tubing at that time.

2.10.1.6Gaslift Valve Performance
The Valve Performance Clearinghouse (VPC) is a non-profit making organisation
formed by a consortium of major oil companies. Its objective is to become a
repository for the collection, analysis and distribution of gas lift valve performance
data and correlations to member companies and licensees. This information has been
made available to Petroleum Experts and a framework to utilise it is included in
PROSPER in the Gaslift Valve Performance section.
The database required to implement this feature is not distributed by Petroleum
Experts and must be obtained from the VPC.
This implementation consists of two parts
Database inspection and valve performance curve calculation and display
Gaslift Design and QuickLook integration
2.10.1.6.1 Valve Performance Clearinghouse (VPC)
The Valve Performance Clearinghouse (VPC) is a non-profit making organisation
formed by a consortium of major oil companies. Its objective to become a repository
for the collection, analysis, and distribution of gas lift valve performance data and
correlations to member companies and licensees. Tests are conducted at the
Southwest Research Institute compliant to the API 11V2 RP specification. Test data
and correlations are proprietary to member companies, and are licensed to nonmembers for a fee on a per-valve basis.
This information has been made available to Petroleum Experts and a framework to
utilise is included in this version of PROSPER.
The database required to implement this feature will not be distributed with
PROSPER by Petroleum Experts and must be obtained from VPC.
The Valve Performance Clearinghouse is a service offered by Decker Technology. Its
objectives are
Establish an independent source for the collection, consolidation, and distribution
of valve performance data and correlations to members.
Perform tests on gaslift valves selected by the members using the API 11V2 RP
Develop correlations using the Decker Technology proprietary method to predict
gas passage for any pressure and temperature conditions with an accuracy of
better than +/-20%.
Provide a Valve Performance Reference manual containing performance data
and correlations for all valves tested by the VPC.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
533
Decker Technology, Inc.

2238 McCurdy Road
Stone Mountain, GA 30087
Phone: 770-496-9680
Fax:
770-496-9681
E-mail: decktech@bellsouth.net
2.10.1.7Notes on Gas Lift Design
The following section is intended to give a back ground on the theory used during a
gas lift design.
2.10.1.7.1 Gas Lift Performance Curve
Gas lift is an artificial lift method which involves injecting gas at a given depth to lighten
the fluid column and reduce the bottom-hole pressure in order to increase oil
production. The reduction in the pressure results in an increase in the velocity of the
fluid which increases the pressure drop due to friction in the well. There is therefore a
compromise between the amount of gas injected and the optimum oil production as
when too much gas is injected the pressure drop due to friction becomes dominant
and starts to impact negatively on the oil production. This is represented by a
performance curve which provides the design rate used to construct the objective
gradient along with the optimum gas injection:
In PROSPER the performance curve is generated when the Get Rate option is
selected and the optimum oil rate/gas injection rate is calculated. The resultant
performance curve can be viewed by selecting plot:
534
PROSPER
Each point on the curve has a different maximum depth of injection associated with it
based on the gas rate. The objective of any gas lift design is to inject as deep as
possible. How deep injection can occur depends on the injection/casing pressure and
the gas available e.g. If the pressure is too low then there will not be enough energy
to inject the gas from the casing into the tubing and also if there is not enough gas
then it will not lighten the fluid column enough to lower the bottom-hole pressure so
that fluid can flow in from the reservoir.
To reproduce this manually in PROSPER modify the gas lift data to optimum depth of
injection and use the same input data as in the gas lift design input:
Perform a system calculation with different gas injection rates and the results will
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
535
show an optimum depth of injection with each rate.
To generate the performance curve go to sensitivity and plot the Oil Rate vs. Gas
Injection Rate.
2.10.1.7.2 Unloading with Gas Lift
The following question then arises; is it physically possible to inject the gas at the
optimum injection depth? The deeper one goes then the higher the pressure that is
required for injection. For example the pressure at 8000ft with a kill fluid gradient of
0.45psig/ft is 3760psig. The pressure required at surface will be approaching the
structural limits of the casing and also the compressor outlet may not be able to reach
such high pressures.
This then introduces the concept of unloading. The objective remains the same (to
inject as deep as possible) but to reduce the amount of surface pressure required.
This is done by spacing valves down the well and triggering the shallower valves to
close so that the gas can be passed to the deeper valves.
Consider first a single valve located at a specified depth:
536
PROSPER
As the gas is injected through the valve, the original static fluid gradient line will
change as the gas fills the column and the well begins to flow again. Eventually the
well will stabilise to a rate which will be lower than the design rate.
Below the valve the original static fluid gradient in reality no longer applies as the well
is now flowing so there will be a slight pressure drop due to friction. Also, the effect
of the gas injected changes the distribution of pressure along the well which changes
the amount of solution gas evolving from the oil. The reality is that the column below
the valve will be lighter and therefore should be represented with a lower gradient.
All the spacing methods use the original static gradient to determine the location of the
subsequent valve including PROSPER. Depending on the spacing method or whether
or not the valves are casing or tubing sensitive determines how the static gradient line
is projected to find the valve depths.
The advantages/disadvantages change with each method however most will
compensate in one way or another so that they conservatively select a valve depth
that will work.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
537
2.10.1.7.2.1 Spacing Procedure for Casing Sensitive Valves in PROSPER
With casing sensitive valves the casing pressure has to be reduced in order to close
the valves and this is incorporated into the spacing method. To find the valve depth
the static fluid line is projected from the objective gradient until it intersects the
corresponding casing pressure curve.
There is an input that enables the user to specify the reduction in the casing pressure
to close the valve. This is typically around 50psig.
538
PROSPER
2.10.1.7.2.2 Spacing Procedure for Tubing Sensitive Valves in PROSPER
One of the advantages of tubing sensitive valves is that the casing pressure does not
need to be lowered and hence the valve spacing method uses a fixed casing pressure
gradient throughout. The transfer pressure line is defined by projecting a line between
the pressure at 0 depth given by the formula %(Pc-WHP)+WHP to the pressure at the
maximum depth of injection on the objective gradient (where the objective gradient and
the Casing gradient intersect). The percentage chosen is a user input.
2.10.1.7.2.3 Valves
The next thing which has to be considered is the valve design and how this allows the
gas to be transferred to the deeper valve. A schematic diagram of a Casing Sensitive
Valve is shown below:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
539
From a force-balance the following expression can be derived:
The design consists of a charged dome, typically filled with pressured gas, which will
provide the energy to close the valve once the tubing pressure reduces. Nitrogen is
generally used as the properties will not change with time and it will not be subject to
fatigue effects that would have to be considered if for example a spring was used as
a replacement.
This particular design is a casing sensitive design due to the small ratio of the port
area to the bellow area, R. Reducing the area that the tubing pressure acts over
minimises the force due to the tubing pressure. By varying the R values it is possible
to control how the valve will respond to the tubing/casing pressure. A large R value is
synonymous with a tubing sensitive valve design.
The expression for the casing pressure at which the valve will close is given by the
formula:
The user can specify the closing pressure to equal the casing pressure at depth
within PROSPER.
540
PROSPER
This method as can be used to ensure the maximum injection depth. Once the dome
pressure is known then it is possible to calculate the opening pressure from:
The R value or the port size is chosen based on how much gas the valve will need to
pass. How this is chosen is explained further on but the gas rate for the individual
valves can be viewed in the design results window.
2.10.1.7.2.4 Unloading with Valves
Consider the valve when it is open due to the high casing pressure which is applying a
large enough delta P across the valve to inject gas. As the gas is injected and the
static fluid column lightens the tubing pressure will reduce. At this stage unless the
casing pressure is lowered there is no way to close the valve and increase the
injection depth:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
541
To increase the injection depth by allowing gas to be injected through the next valve
the dome pressure is calibrated so that the top valve gradually closes as the lower
valve gradually opens. The pressure at which the tubing gradient allows injection into
the next valve is termed the transfer pressure.
The Pressure vs. Depth plot shows conceptually how the casing pressure must be
reduced so that the valves will close. The arrows indicate the opening/closing
pressures and the same convention is applied in PROSPER.
542
PROSPER
This is a critical feature of casing sensitive valves. The casing pressure must be
reduced in order to go deeper however reducing the casing pressure will reduce the
maximum depth of injection. This not the case for tubing sensitive valves as the
design is such that the valve will close due to the reduction in the tubing pressure and
for this reason they may be preferred over casing sensitive valves as it is possible to
inject deeper. However there is a lot less control over the tubing pressure which
introduces a lot more uncertainty into the design.
2.10.1.7.2.5 Sizing the Valves
A few points should be noted regarding the size of the trim (valve). The spread
(which is the difference between the opening and closing pressure) is given by the
formula:
Where
is known as the tubing effect factor (TEF).
The TEF increases significantly with port size and therefore increases the spread
also:
The greater the spread the more the gas can flow however this can result in
instabilities during the unloading process. Also a larger spread requires a greater
reduction in valuable casing pressure.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
543
The port size needs to be small enough so that critical flow is reached and changes in
tubing pressure do not effect the gas rate flowing through the valve but also should be
large enough to pass the right amount of gas so that the column is lightened.
So the port size is in fact an optimisation problem. To calculate the port size requires
the flow rate performance curves of the valves which display how much gas can be
passed through the valve at a corresponding tubing pressure. This can be expressed
more generally as,
Where,
In the original API method the gas rate through the valve was found by determining
GLR required to lower the static gradient to a predefined transfer pressure which is
input into the PROSPER window as shown below:
544
PROSPER
In the original method this was based on the design rate as it was done by hand as
the VLPs would have to be completely re-generated if it was based on the actual rate
that would be flowing through the well if a valve was injecting gas into it. This meant
the gas rate was over-estimated and too large a port size was calculated. To
compensate for this the transfer pressure was introduced so that a lower port size
would be chosen. The idea is simply to correct the delta P across the valve so that
the magnitude of the valve diameter that is calculated is reduced.
This correction is done via the transfer pressure.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
545
This new, adjusted dP is used to calculate the port size using the equation below:
Where,
2.10.1.7.2.6 Use IPR for Unloading
The transfer pressure is not used when the Use IPR for Unloading is activated which
is the method developed by PETEX. The in house method calculates the gas rate
546
PROSPER
based on the actual rate that would occur ensuring that the valve is not oversized.
With the Use IPR for Unloading method the gas injection rate at the valve is
optimised to find the minimum tubing pressure taking into account the actual flow rate
in the well which is given by the VLP/IPR intersection. The optimised gas injection
rate along with the minimum tubing pressure is then used to determine the port size.
This can be done manually by specifying a fixed depth of injection (at the depth
corresponding to the valve) and carrying out a sensitivity on gas rate using the
SYSTEM calculation.
The gradient that corresponds to each gas lift rate can be reproduced by selecting the
Sensitivity PvD option.
The tubing pressure can then be read off at the corresponding valve depth.
The performance plot is built by plotting the tubing pressure (at the valve depth)
against the corresponding gas injection. The gas rate that gives the minimum tubing
pressure is the gas rate that is then used to size the valve.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
547
2.10.1.7.2.7 Check Rate Conformance with IPR
The final feature within PROSPER is the 'check rate conformance with IPR'. When the
maximum depth of injection of the design is determined and it differs from the initial
estimate of maximum depth of injection then the bottom-hole pressures will be
different and therefore the rates cannot be the same. This will change the shape of
the gradient curve:
548
PROSPER
PROSPER then recalculates the maximum rate for the new depth of injection and
redoes the whole design based on a new objective gradient. This process is then
repeated until the difference in the injection depths is minimised.
2.10.1.7.3 Proportional Valves
Merla proportional valves are a hybrid of tubing- and casing- sensitive characteristics.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
549
Some points to note about proportional valves are:

a) The dome is not charged with any gas. As such dome pressure is 0 psig.
b) The closing pressure for the valve is provided by a spring which is set to apply a
certain compression force.
c) The valve stem has a tapered end which fits into the tapered end of the port.
d) As such even when the valve is in the open position, the tubing pressure will have
an influence on the opening or closing of the valve.
Advantages of a Proportional Response Valve:
550
PROSPER
a) Since there is no gas charge, the valve is unaffected by well temperature. As

such the design of these valves becomes simpler. Errors due to inconsistent
flowing temperature are also eliminated.
b) The valves proportional response to production pressure fluctuations makes it
automatically maintain tubing pressure gradient and the right gas injection rate.
In the database of PROSPER for a Proportional Valve, a number of parameters are
required. The following describes these various parameters
a) Fe: this represents the dynamic value of the Av / Ab ratio (Av = Valve Port Area
& Ab = Bellow Area), which is calculated from experimental data by solving the
valve opening / closing pressure equations. The parameter Fe corresponds to
the term R for a Casing Sensitive Valve.
b) SMALL, MEDIUM, LARGE: there are three configurations for the same valve.
For each configuration a value of Fe and the slope of K and M are defined
c) Pcf: this corresponds to the Injection Pressure i.e. the Gas pressure in the
casing annulus.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
551
d) Pvc: this corresponds to the Spring Adjustment Pressure

e) K: this is a correction parameter that is used to quantify the maximum possible
rate that can be injected through the valve.
f) M: represents the slope of throttling line. (The throttling line represents the rate
that can be injected through the valve for reducing values of tubing pressure for
a constant Injection pressure)
Further information about these various parameters can be found in Gas Lift Manual
by Gabor Takacs. (PennWell Corp).
2.10.2 Electrical Submersible Pump Design

Please note that 'Model Produced Oil and Gas In Annulus' is a more advanced
method than 'Model Produced Oil Only' and is the recommended method. This
can be enabled in the 'Options' menu.
If a ESP lifted system is to be designed, the Design | Electrical Submersible Pump
menu should be selected. The following section details the steps a user should take to
complete the design.
Designing an ESP installation using PROSPER is divided into three phases:
1. Input Data
Enter the design criteria and conditions which are to be considered.
2. Calculate
The head and power requirements are found by using a gradient calculation.
3. Design
This is where, on the basis of the calculations, the equipment is selected.
The following description assumes that input of the well details and PVT data have
already been correctly completed and that where applicable, pressure drop
correlations have been matched to field data.
ESP data entered in SystemElectrical Submersible Pumps is not utilised by the
ESP design section and will be overwritten by the design.
2.10.2.1ESP Design Parameters
In the main ESP Design screen the design parameters can be entered:
552
PROSPER
The input parameters are very similar to those from the ESP Input Data screen.
2.10.2.2ESP Calculate
Once the design parameters have been entered, select Calculate to enter the
calculation screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
553
This section determines the head required to be supplied by the pump to achieve a
specified production rate. This is found by carrying out the following steps:
PROSPER uses the IPR from System | Inflow Performance to calculate the
flowing pressure at the sand face from the design rate.
The specified VLP correlation is then used to find the pump intake pressure for
the design production rate.
Based upon the pump inlet conditions, the percentage of gas specified will be
separated from the produced stream.
The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive at
the required pump discharge pressure using the fluid properties calculated after
the gas separation.
The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the
required pump head.
PROSPER compresses the liquid and gas as the pressure increases across the
pump, so the volumetric rate will be less at the discharge than at the pump inlet.
The mass flow rate and the required head are used to determine the pump fluid
power requirement.
This process is shown in the diagram below:
Select Calculate to carry out this calculation and see the results of the gradient
traverses.
If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen, viscosity corrections

are applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no ESP viscosity
corrections will be applied.
554
PROSPER
If an inlet gas separator is to be used, enter the separator efficiency before

carrying out the calculation. The program allows the percentage of free gas
set by the separator efficiency to be produced up the annulus, and the
remainder to be compressed through the pump. Hence, the PVT properties of
the well fluids can be different below and above the pump.
For wells where the ESP pump is landed high up in the well it is possible that
the fluid can not reach the pump intake. For such cases, PROSPER will report
a pump intake pressure (PIP) of 10 psi. Therefore the user should be cautious
when the calculated PIP = 10 psi as this indicates that the fluid can not reach
the pump intake and the design can not be completed.
2.10.2.2.1 Checking Suitability of Separator Efficiency

Once the ESP calculation has been completed, the separator efficiency chosen in the
input can be check against the Dunbar Criterion to ensure it is acceptable.
To view the Dunbar plot, select Sensitivity on the calculation screen:
This displays a plot of the 'Intake Pressure' against the 'Intake GLR' for a range of
different gas separator efficiency curves. Check that the design operating point lies
above the empirical limit represented by the Dunbar Factor line.
The reference for the Dunbar plot is:
Dunbar C E, 'Determination of Proper Type of Gas Separator', Microcomputer
Applications in Artificial Lift Workshop, SPE Los Angeles Basin Section, October
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
555
1989.
2.10.2.3ESP Design (Pump, Motor and Cable Selection)
Having determined the required pump duty and ensured that the separator efficiency
is acceptable, click on Done to go back to the ESP Design Parameters.
The next step is to select the pump, motor and cable capable of providing the
calculated duty at the given conditions.
Select Design in the ESP Design Parameters screen to bring up the below screen:
Select Pump
PROSPER lists pumps that can meet the following criteria:
The inlet rate calculated by PROSPER falls within the range of the performance
curves
The discharge rate calculated by PROSPER falls within the range of the
performance curves
Pump outer diameter is less than the maximum pump O.D. specified in the
design parameters screen.
Pump outer diameter is less than the casing inner diameter.
The user must select a pump from those listed. The suitability of the selected pump
can be reviewed by selecting Plot to see where the design operating point falls on the
pump performance curve. More information on this plot can be found in the Checking
556
PROSPER
the Pump Design Section.

Please note, it is the users responsibility to ensure that the pump selected is
representative of the information provided by the manufacturer.
Select Motor
Once a pump has been selected, the pump efficiency and required power are known;
the motor power requirement can now be calculated.
Proceed to the motor drop-down box and select a motor from those listed.
PROSPER lists pumps and motors on the basis of diameter and performance
characteristics. It is the users responsibility to ensure that the motor selected is
physically compatible with the pump and that the most economical combination
of operating voltage and current is chosen.
Select Cable
Once the motor power and voltage option have been determined, a suitable cable
must be selected.
PROSPER displays those cables capable of passing the required current.
2.10.2.3.1 Checking the Pump Design
Click Plot to display the design operating point on the pump performance curve as
shown below:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
557
Normally, the first pass design will have an operating point

fairly close to the selected pump's optimum efficiency.
However, as well conditions change with time, this may not
be the best design for the life of the installation
Different combinations of pump and motor can be quickly experimented with in
the ESP design section until an optimum design is obtained.
A report can be generated which gives details of the pump selection and design
conditions
The robustness of the first pass design must then be checked over the range of
expected well operating conditions by running System sensitivities in the
Calculation | System (VLP+IPR) menu.
PROSPER allows sensitivities to be run on both well performance and pump
parameters such as pump setting depth and operating frequency
The ESP system design process is completed by iterating between the Calculation
and Design sections until the final design is optimised over the projected pump run
life.
Viscosity corrections, if enabled, will be considered in choice of available pumps and
the number of stages required.
2.10.3 Hydraulic Pump Design

If a HSP lifted system is to be designed, the Design | Hydraulic Submersible Pump
Designing an HSP installation using PROSPER is divided into three phases:
1. Input Data
2. Calculate
The head and power requirements are found by using a gradient calculation.
3. Design
This is where, on the basis of the calculations, the equipment is selected.
HSP data entered in SystemHydraulic Submersible Pumps is not utilised by the
HSP design section and will be overwritten by the design.
2.10.3.1HSP Design Parameters
In the main HSP Design screen the design parameters can be entered:
558
PROSPER
The input parameters are discussed below:

Pump
(Measured)
Depth Gas Lift injection pressure at the casing head.
Pump
Maximum The maximum diameter of the pump. This will be used
to filter out pumps which can be selected for use in the
Allowable OD
design.
Turbine Maximum The maximum diameter of the turbine. This will be
used to filter out turbines which can be selected for
Allowable OD
use in the design.
Design
Rate
(Liquid) The liquid rate to be used in the design.
Water Cut
Water cut of the produced well stream.
Top Node Pressure Pressure at the well head.

Pump Speed
Enter the design speed of the pump.
Total GOR
Enter the total GOR being produced.
% Power Fluid of This factor represents the ratio (in %) between the
power fluid and the produced reservoir fluid. A value of
Reservoir Fluid
100% means that the rate of power fluid is equal to
the rate of produced reservoir fluid.
This is used in the 'Calculate' section of the design as
the true power fluid rate can only be known once the
pump and turbine have been selected.
Pump Wear Factor
PROSPER Manual

June, 2014
User Guide
559

details.
Pipe Correlation
Select the multiphase flow correlation to be used when

the fluid is in the surface equipment. If no surface
equipment has been entered, this correlation will not
be used.
Tubing Correlation

the fluid is in the down hole equipment.
Gas
Model
section.
2.10.3.2HSP Calculate
calculation screen:
specified production rate. This is found by carrying out the following steps:
560
PROSPER
PROSPER uses the IPR from System | Inflow Performance to calculate the
flowing pressure at the sand face from the design rate.
The specified VLP correlation is then used to find the pump intake pressure for
the design production rate.
The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive at
the required pump discharge pressure. If the power fluid is commingled with the
production fluid, the % Power Fluid of Reservoir Fluid input is used to add
power fluid. This new commingled fluid is used to calculate the pressure drop
from the wellhead down to the pump discharge.
The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the
required pump head.
The mass flow rate and the required head are used to determine the pump fluid
power requirement.
traverses.
For certain configurations, the produced and power fluids can be commingled above
the pump. Hence, the PVT properties of the well fluids can be different below and
above the pump.
If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen, viscosity corrections are
applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no HSP viscosity corrections will be
applied.
2.10.3.3HSP Design (Pump and Turbine Selection)
Having determined the required pump duty and ensured that the separator efficiency
is acceptable, click on Done to go back to the HSP 'Design Parameters'.
The next step is to select the pump, motor and cable capable of providing the
calculated duty at the given conditions.
Select Design in the HSP design parameters screen to bring up the below screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
561
In the select drop-down boxes, PROSPER lists the equipment in its database that is
capable of meeting the design requirements.
Select Pump
PROSPER presents pumps that can meet the following criteria:
The entered pump speed is within the range of the performance curves
The discharge rate is within the range of the performance curves
Pump outer diameter is less than the maximum outer diameter set by the user in
the design parameters screen.
The user must select a pump from those listed.
Please note, it is the users responsibility to ensure that the pump selected is
consistent with the information provided by the manufacturer
Select Turbine
Once a pump has been selected, the power required to be provided by the turbine is
known. When a turbine is selected, the number of stages required can be calculated.
This is done by dividing the total power required by the power provided per stage on
the performance curve. The flow rate passing through the turbine (and therefore the
rate used in the performance curve) is taken from the design rate and the % Power
Fluid of Reservoir fluid defined in the 'Design Parameter' screen.
Proceed to the turbine drop down box and select a turbine from those listed.
562
PROSPER
PROSPER lists pumps and turbines on the basis of diameter and performance
characteristics. It is the users responsibility to ensure that the turbine selected
is physically compatible with the pump.
2.10.3.3.1 Checking the Pump/Turbine Design
Click Pump Plot or Turbine Plot to display the design operating point on the
performance curve as shown below:
The robustness of the first pass design must then be checked over the range of
expected well operating conditions by running sensitivities in the Calculation | System
(VLP+IPR) menu.
To access the system calculation from the design screen, select the System button
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
563
within the HSP design parameters screen.

The HSP system design process is completed by iterating between the Calculation
and Design sections, until the final design is optimised over the projected pump run
life.
Viscosity corrections, when activated, will be considered in choice of available pumps
and the number of stages required.
2.10.4 Progressive Cavity Pump Design

If a PCP lifted system is to be designed, the Design | Progressive Cavity Pump
Although the PCP is a positive displacement pump, the design process follows the
same steps as an ESP or HSP design. The major difference is that the pump speed
controls the rate which can be produced and so this is calculated during the design
rather than being entered as a design parameter. The head required is then used as a
selection criterion to ensure that it does not exceed the maximum head of the selected
pump which is provided by the manufacturer.
Designing an PCP installation using PROSPER is divided into three phases:
1. Input Data
2. Calculate
A gradient calculation is performed to calculate the inlet and outlet conditions
required to meet the design. From these results, the conditions within the pump
can also be calculated.
3. Design
Based upon the conditions found by the calculations, the equipment is selected
by the user.
PCP data entered in System Progressive Cavity Pumps is not utilised by the PCP
design section and will be overwritten by the design.
2.10.4.1PCP Design Parameters
Select Design | Progressive Cavity Pumps to display the PCP Design screen:
564
PROSPER
The input parameters are discussed below:

Pump
(Measured)
Depth This is the measured depth at which the pump is

located.
Maximum OD
The maximum diameter of the pump. This will be used

to filter out pumps which can be selected for use in the
design.
Gas
Separator This is the percent of free gas at the pump inlet which
is separated and so does not pass through the pump.
Efficiency
Pump Wear Factor

details.
Design Rate
The liquid rate to be used in the design.
Water Cut
Water cut of the produced well stream.
Total GOR
Top Node Pressure Pressure at the well head.

Total GOR
Total Rod Length
If the PCP drive method is selected to be 'Sucker

Rod', the rod length must be entered.
Cable Length
If the PCP drive method is selected to be 'Down-hole

Motor', the length of the cable must be inserted. This
is used in the voltage drop calculations.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
Voltage @ Surface
565
If the PCP drive method is selected to be 'Down-hole

Motor', the available voltage at surface should be
entered.
Motor Power Safety If the PCP drive method is selected to be 'Down-hole

Motor', this is the safety margin used when selecting a
Margin
motor.
For example, if a pump requires 500 hp and the Safety
Margin has been entered as 10%, then only motors
which can provide 550 hp will be listed. Entering '0%'
means that only the required power needs to be
provided.
Pipe Correlation

the fluid is in the surface equipment. If no surface
equipment has been entered, this correlation will not
be used.
Tubing Correlation

the fluid is in the down hole equipment.
2.10.4.2PCP Calculate
calculation screen:
This section determines the volumetric rate which will pass through the pump to
achieve a specified production rate and also the subsequent head which will be deliver
566
PROSPER
to the fluid. This is found by carrying out the following steps:

PROSPER uses the IPR from System | Inflow Performance to calculate the flowing
pressure at the sand face from the design rate.
The specified VLP correlation is then used to find the pump intake pressure for the
design production rate.
Based upon the pump inlet conditions, the percentage of gas specified will be
separated from the produced stream.
The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive at the
required pump discharge pressure using the fluid properties calculated after the gas
separation.
The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the required
pump head. This is used as a limit when selecting the pump.
These in-situ volumetric rates will later be used to calculate the speed required for
the pump.
traverses.
Clicking Done will result the user to the Design Parameters screen.
Emulsions
If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen,
viscosity corrections are applied to pump capacity and head.
Otherwise, no HSP viscosity corrections will be applied.
2.10.4.3PCP Design (Sucker Rod Drive)

Depending on the drive method selected in the Options | Options screen, the user
will select a PCP and either a sucker rod or down-hole motor. Below details the steps
required when Sucker Rod Drive has been selected.
Having calculated the average down-hole rate through then pump and the head
required, select Design on the design parameters screen to select the appropriate
equipment:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
567
In the select drop-down boxes, PROSPER lists the equipment in its database that is
It is important to ensure that any pump selected has a maximum head value which is
higher than the head required calculated by the design.
When the pump has been selected, the required pump speed will be calculated which
will allow the calculated down-hole rate to be produced.
In order to calculate the dynamic loading, a Sucker Rod must also be selected. The
stresses, stretches and torques for the selected rod at the design conditions are then
displayed.
characteristics. It is the users responsibility to ensure that the pump selected is
consistent with the information provided by the manufacturer and to ensure
that the rod selected is physically compatible with the pump.
Select Done and then Done on the Design Parameters screen to exit to the main
screen. When the design has been completed, the newly selected pump and sucker
rod will automatically be transferred to the System | Progressive Cavity Pump
screen. This setup will then be part of the model and will be used in any subsequent
calculations.
As seen for ESP and HSP installations, the PCP design should be checked by
performing sensitivities in system calculation, in order to verify the design against the
568
PROSPER
expected change of conditions along the life of the well. This can be carried out in the
Calculation | System (IPR+VLP) screen and more information on this calculation can
be found in the System Calculation Section.
2.10.4.4PCP Design (Down-hole Motor)
Depending on the drive method selected in the Options | Options screen, the user
will select a PCP and either a sucker rod or down-hole motor. Below details the steps
required when down-hole motor has been selected.
Having calculated the average down-hole rate through then pump and the head
required, select Design on the design parameters screen to select the appropriate
equipment:
In the 'Select' drop-down boxes, PROSPER lists the equipment in its database that is
It is important to ensure that any pump selected has a maximum head value which is
higher than the head required calculated by the design.
When the pump has been selected, the required pump speed will be calculated which
will allow the calculated down-hole rate to be produced.
The next step is to select a motor which can meet the power requirements of the
pump. If a motor power safety margin has been entered, the power which is required
to be generated by the motor will be greater than the power required by the pump.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
569
Finally, the cable should be selected from the drop down list. The cable defines the
voltage drop in the cable which is used to define the required surface voltage.
characteristics. It is the users responsibility to ensure that the pump selected is
consistent with the information provided by the manufacturer. It is also the
users responsibility to ensure that the motor selected is physically compatible
with the pump and that the most economical combination of operating voltage
and current is chosen.
Select Done and then Done on the Design Parameters screen to exit to the main
screen. When the design has been completed, the newly selected pump, motor and
cable will automatically be transferred to the System | Progressive Cavity Pump
screen. This setup will then be part of the model and will be used in any subsequent
calculations.
As seen for ESP and HSP installations, the PCP design should be checked by
performing sensitivities in System Calculation, in order to verify the design against the
expected change of conditions along the life of the well. This can be carried out in the
Calculation | System (IPR+VLP) screen and more information on this calculation can
be found in the System Calculation Section.
2.10.5 Coiled Tubing GasLift Design

The gas lift design can be used to design and optimise the design of Coiled Tubing
gas lifted wells. The initial and maximum depths of injection for a given set of design
conditions can be found.
The DesignCoiled Tubing Gas Lift section allows the user to perform a design of
gas lift using coiled tubing.
2.10.5.1Coiled Tubing Design Parameters
Once the gas lift gas has been defined, select DesignCoiled Tubing GasLift to
display the following screen:
570
PROSPER
The input data and the options to enter in this screen are exactly the same as for the
normal gas lift design (design for a User Entered Rate, or for Maximum Production,
etc).
Please refer to the Gas Lift Design section for a detailed explanation.
2.10.5.2Coiled Tubing Design Rate
Once the design parameters have been entered, select Continue to show the Design
screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
571
Before the design is carried out, the optimum injection rate must be found. This is
done by calculating the oil rate which will be produced when different gas injection
rates are used to form a injection performance curve. This can be calculated by
selecting Get Rate:
On the design screen, the values at the top of the screen will now be filled in:
The GLR Injected, Liquid Rate, Oil Rate, VLP Pressure and IPR Pressure all relate to the
final point calculated in the performance curve generation. By themselves they contain little
value to the user.
The Standard Deviation is the standard deviation between the calculated points and the fitted
curve displayed on the plot.
The Design Rate is the optimum injection rate based upon the design criteria which produces
the Oil Production. These calculations have yet to consider the unloading process.
2.10.5.3Coiled Tubing Design

Once the design rate has been found, select Design to calculate the initial depth of
injection, maximum depth of injection, design injection rate and design oil rate.
To visualise this calculation select Plot:
572
PROSPER
The design screen also shows the results of the design at the bottom:
Once the design has been carried out, the resultant depth of injection can be manually
transferred to the System | Coiled Tubing Gas Lift section.
2.10.6 Intermittent Gas Lift

If a Intermittent gas lifted system is to be designed, the Design | Intermittent Gas
Lift menu should be selected. The following section details the steps a user should
take to complete the design.
2.10.6.1Intermittent Gas Lift Theory
Intermittent gas lift may be considered for wells at low reservoir pressure or wells
with high pressures but low productivity.
The method is transient and complex. Today, the various approaches still rely on
approximations and rules of thumb.
It is also suitable for wells with relatively high formation pressure but low productivity.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
573
Method of Operation
Lift gas is periodically injected into the well at a depth close to the perforations. This
gas is used to displace the column of liquid that accumulated while the gas lift valve
was closed. If the correct amount of gas is injected, the liquid slug of oil is lifted to the
well head and into the surface flow line. Efficient operation occurs when the slug
arrives at the surface intact, in advance of gas bubble breakthrough.
Basic Operation of 1 cycle
A. Operating Valve is closed formation fluids are accumulating above it. Casing &
tubing pressures at depth increase until desired slug length has accumulated.
B. Lift gas is injected at a high instantaneous rate, creating a large gas bubble.
C. This gas bubble lifts the slug to surface
D. After the slug enters the flow line, high pressure gas produces entrained liquid
droplets until pressure falls to separator pressure; the operating valve closes; the
standing valve re-opens and the cycle commences again.
The Intermittent cycle
Accumulation period starts as soon as the standing valve opens and allows
wells fluids to accumulate in the well adding to the slug remaining from the previous
cycle of fluid that did not reach surface
Injection-lifting period starts as soon as the gas lift valve opens and gas enters
the well and lasts until the slug has completely entered the flowline
After flow period when the slug leaves the wellhead, the well contains high
pressure gas column with entrained liquid droplets and the high velocity gas also lifts
part of the liquid film wetting the tubing inside wall thus adding to the amount of
574
PROSPER
well fluid produced. This period ends when the decreasing gas pressure allows the
standing valve to re-open and the accumulation period commences again.
During the whole of the lifting period, the slug length is reduced by liquid fallback and
gas breakthrough.
Since the lifting of liquid slugs in intermittent gas lift is a transient process accurate
analytical solutions do not exist. The approaches used require some assumptions.
Daily Production = Production per cycle * no. of cycles per day
Slug length is user-determined, but one should consider that a long slug requires a
long production time and fewer cycles per day, whereas a shorter slug length allows
more cycles per day. This relationship is not necessarily linear. In practise, it has been
found that maximum daily production is obtained when a starting slug length equal to
40-50% of the static liquid column is used.
Liquid FallBack
This needs to be determined in order to be able to design an accurate Intermittent
Gas Lift installation. Empirical studies of liquid slug and gas bubble velocity (e.g.
White et al JPT 1963) showed that gas velocity was fairly constant whereas slug
velocity varies with the ratio of injection and production pressures but reaches an
essentially constant value very rapidly. Liquid fallback is minimised if slug velocity is
maximised.
Liquid Fallback is determined by
FB =
D
Vs
1+
Vb
Bubble velocity is assumed constant and slug velocity is determined by solving

simultaneously, the flow rate through an orifice and the equation of the forces acting
on a liquid slug in motion up the tubing.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
575
Valve Spacing
In order to use normal gas lift pressure, it is usually necessary to design a valve
unloading string to allow the stepwise transfer of the injection point from the surface
down to the operating valve
Constant surface closing pressure commonly used for single-point injection
systems assumes a constant surface closing pressure for all valves in the unloading
valve string
Optiflow design procedure is suited for wells with poor information on well
potential. Assuming that the operating point as well as the production rate are
unknown this permits injection of gas at the deepest possible point at all times. This is
done by moving the operating point down the well such that the inflow is sufficient to
prevent operation of the next lower valve. Assumes 50% of the lift gas pressure at
depth as the tubing pressure at each valve depth.
2.10.6.2Design Parameters
Selecting Design | Intermittent Gas Lift will bring up the design input data screen:
576
PROSPER
The input data consists of the following fields:

Surface
Pressure
Injection Pressure of the gas lift gas at the top of the casing.
Injection Depth
The depth at which the gas lift gas is being injected.
Gaslift Gas Gravity Enter the gas gravity of the injected gas.
Wellhead Pressure
Enter the wellhead pressure for the design.
Valve Port size
The diameter of the injection port should be entered.
Water Cut
Enter the water cut of the well.
Tubing Liquid Level Enter the liquid level in the well.

The flowing conditions of the well can be calculated by selecting Calculate. The
results of this calculation will be shown in the 'Results' section at the bottom of the
screen.
It is also possible to find the estimated valve depths using on of the following options:
- the constant surface closure method and the
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
577
- the optiflow design procedure.

Please refers to "Gas Lift Manual" by Gabor Takacs, for more details about the
theory behind both options.
2.10.6.3Valves
To carry out the valve depth calculations select Valves.
When selected the option of 'Constant Surface Closing Pressure' and 'Optiflow Design
Procedure' is given:
Select the method which is to be used.

Constant Surface Closing Pressure
Enter the design data in the 'Input Data' section and then select Calculate to find the
valve depths.
The 'Spacing Factor' indicates the slope of the green line on the plot, which
represents the pressure gradient in the tubing string. This is the minimum tubing
578
PROSPER
pressures during the production cycle. The spacing factor is a function of the wells
production rate and tubing size and can be obtained from figure 6.25 of 'Gas Lift
Manual' by Gabor Takacs. The value varies between 0.04 and 0.2 psi/ft.
Optiflow Design Procedure
Once the design data has been entered into the 'Input Data' , select 'Calculate' to
carry out the design. The resultant valve depths can be seen in the 'Results' section at
the bottom of the screen.
2.10.7 Jet Pump Design

If a Jet Pumped system is to be designed, the Design | Jet Pump menu should be
selected. The following section details the steps a user should take to complete the
design.
The design is performed in three steps:
1. Enter the design conditions.
2. Determine the required pump head to achieve a specified production rate.
3. Select a suitable pump for the application.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
579
Any Jet Pump data entered in System | Jet Pumps screen is not utilised by the
design section and will be overwritten when the design has been completed.
The Jet Pump Power Fluid properties are entered into the PVT section as detailed in
the PVT Section of this manual.
2.10.7.1Jet Pump Theory
This is a type of pump which operates on the principle of a high-pressure fluid jet and
the venturi effect it creates. Jet pumps can be relatively inefficient but can tolerate a
wide range of operating conditions, including easily handling sand-laden or abrasive
fluids. The jet pump employs no moving parts and achieves its pumping action by
means of momentum transfer between the power fluid and the produced fluid. One of
the main drawbacks for jet pumping is the need for a relatively high suction pressure
to avoid cavitation. This phenomenon can cause severe damage and it is important to
be able to predict and avoid this when designing a system using jet pumps.
Below is a diagram detailing the parts of a Jet Pump:
Pressure
Rate
Total Head
Power Fluid
P1
Q1
H1
Produced fluid
P3
Q3
H3
Discharge Fluid
P2
Q2
H2
The following section details how the Jet Pump Design is carried out.
1. From the design Surface Injection Pressure and Rate, a gradient is calculated
down to the Nozzle Inlet using the Power Fluid properties. This determines P1 and
Q1.
2. From the IPR curve and using the Design Rate, the BHP can be calculated. From
this value, a gradient calculation can be performed using the reservoir fluid
properties to the Pump Inlet. This determines P3 and Q3.
3. From the design Wellhead Pressure, and the combined production and power fluid
580
PROSPER
rates and properties, the pump discharge pressure (P2) can be found. This
assumes that Q2=Q1+Q3.
4. The Dimensionless Flow Rate (M) and Dimensionless Head Recovery Ratio (H)
can now be calculated using the equations below:
5. The value for N can be calculated from H and M using the equation given below:
6. Using the equation below, it is possible to iteratively determine the value for R by
solving for an estimated R and comparing the newly calculated N value to the known N
value calculated above.
Where:
Kj = Nozzle Loss Coefficient (0.15)
Ks = Suction Loss Coefficient (0.0)
Kt = Throat Loss Coefficient (0.28)
Kd = Diffuser Loss Coefficient (0.1)
R = Area Ratio Aj/At
Aj = Flow area of Nozzle
At = Flow area of Throat
7. Finally the theoretical limit of M to avoid

equation:
P3
1- R
Mc =
* 1 + K j *
R
I c ( P1 - P3 ) + P3
cavitation (Mc) is found using the following
Where
Ic = Experimentally determined Cavitation Index
Numerous tests by different investigators have placed the value of Ic between 0.8 and 1.67,
with 1.35 being a conservative design value.
References:
'The Technology of Artificial Lift Methods - Volume 2b' Chapter 6, Kermit
Brown
SPE 19713 - 'Modelling and Design of Jet Pumps', D.T. Hatziavramidis
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
581
2.10.7.2Jet Pump Design Parameters

In the main Jet Pump Design screen the design parameters can be entered:
The majority of these As far as the loss coefficient are concerned, these coefficients
are a measure of the energy loss due to the friction in the above quoted sections of
the pump and are provided by the Jet Pump manufacturers.
2.10.7.3Jet Pump Calculate

After the design parameters have been entered, select Calculate from the top ribbon.
specified production rate.
582
PROSPER
By clicking on Calculate the program calculates the pump duty necessary to achieve
the design production rate. PROSPER will display the pump duty solution, as shown in
the figure above.
The steps taken by the calculation are detailed in the Jet Pump Theory Section.
Once the calculation of these parameters has been completed, select Done to return
to the previous input data screen.
2.10.7.4Jet Pump Design (Pump Selection)
The next step is to select the pump suitable to provide the calculated duty.
To do so, select Design from the Input Data screen. The will display a pump design
screen similar to that shown below:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
583
Select a pump from the database whose actual performance (in green in the figure
above) is close to the desired performance.
PROSPER lists pumps on the basis of diameter and performance

characteristics.
It is the users responsibility to ensure that the pump selected is
coherent with the information provided by the manufacturer
As seen for ESP, HSP and PCP installations, the Jet Pump design should be checked
by performing sensitivities in Calculation | System (VLP+IPR), in order to verify the
design against the expected change of conditions along the life of the well.
2.10.8 Sucker Rod Pump Design

If a Sucker Rod Pumped system is to be designed, the Design | Sucker Rod Pump
menu should be selected. The following section details both the theory behind the
design process and the steps a user should take to complete the design.
2.10.8.1Background
The schematic of a conventional Sucker Rod Pump installation is sketched in the
following figure along with the downhole pump:
584
PROSPER
Working principle:
A prime motor moves the gearbox, which rotates the crank. The crank is attached to
a counterweight and is connected to the Pitman arm. The Pitman arm is then
connected to the walking beam.
The rotary movement of the crank is propagated and translated into a reciprocating
movement of the rod connected to the downhole pump.
From the figure above it is possible to see that as the crank rotates, the rod shifts the
plunger up (upstroke) and down (downstroke) in the pump barrel.
The downhole pump is composed of a barrel with a ball-and-seat valve at the bottom
(standing valve) and a plunger with another ball-and-seat valve (traveling valve).
During the downstroke the plunger is lowered in the barrel, the traveling valve is
opened and standing valve is closed; in this way the fluid is displaced in the tubing
above the plunger.
During the upstroke, the traveling valve is closed, whilst the standing valve is opened,
letting the fluid flow from the formation into the barrel. The fluid that was in the tubing
in the previous step is pushed towards the surface.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
585
Troubleshooting the performance of the Pump

It is possible to monitor the pump performance by measuring the variation of the rod
load against the position of the rod itself by means of a dynamometer.
The resulting plot is called "dynamometer card". This plot is a very useful method to
verify that the pump is working fine and to diagnose eventual problems.
The example reported below illustrates the shape of a dynamometer card for the ideal
case of pump and rod perfectly rigid, no friction, perfect pump action:
With reference to the figure above:

- Point A: the plunger is in the lowest point. This is the starting point of the upstroke
- A-B: The travelling valve closes and the standing valve opens. As this is an ideal
586
PROSPER
case, the total load of the fluid above the plunger is taken over by the sucker rod
- B-C: The plunger travels all the way to the highest point the distance between
points B and C represents the stroke length
- C-D: The travelling valve opens and the standing valve closes. This is the starting
point of the downstroke. The rod unloads
- D-A: The plunger travels back to the lowest point of the stroke A
As mentioned above, the dynamometer illustrated in the figure represents an ideal
situation. However, the examination of actual dynamometer cards allows the Engineer
to identify problems related to pump operative problems, like leaking valves, fluid
pounding, gas locking, etc.
Details about the use of dynamometers cards for pump performance diagnostics can
be found in the references reported in Appendix A.
Design
The design of a Sucker Rod Pump installation is a trial and error procedure that
consists of:
- starting from assumptions on the pump hardware (pump and rod type, depth,
size), flow conditions and design stroke rate or production rate, and then
- determining the operating parameters, like: pump displacement, peak polished
rod load, minimum polish rod load, peak torque, polished rod horsepower,
counterbalance effect (CBE) etc.
- verifying how the pump installation behaves through the dynamometer card and
torque chart
This is achieved by solving the wave equation:
2
2 u(x, t)
u(x, t)
2 u(x, t)
=
a
-c
+g
2
2
t
x
t
Solutions to this equation have been provided by Gibbs (ref. Appendix A).
The solutions to the equation above allow to determine the surface and downhole
dynamometer card and then a torque analysis can be performed to determine the
torque.
These diagnostic plots can be used to verify the working conditions of the designed
pump and sucker rod and in the case the design can be reviewed by changing
assumptions and restarting the design.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
587
2.10.8.2Design Sucker Rod Pump

The DesignSucker Rod Pump section allows the User to perform a design of a
sucker rod pump installation.
Also, along with the design, a series of diagnostic plots (the Dynamometer card, the
Torque and Rod Speed plot) are provided, which can be used to verify the actual
pump operating regime and in the case troubleshoot the design itself.
The design consists of the following steps:
1. Enter design input parameters (PVT, pump data, design input data)
2. Perform the design
3. Perform Rod Sensitivity
Below is a screenshot of the Sucker Rod Pump Design screen:
588
PROSPER
2.10.8.2.1 Enter Design Parameters

The input parameters consist of:
PVT Data
Enter the PVT data for the produced fluid.
Calculation Mode
Two different design modes are possible:

- Enter Stoke Rate and Calculate Production
Rate
- Enter Production Rate and Calculate Stroke
Rate
Pumping Unit and These options allow the pumping unit and rod to be
used in the design to be selected. These units and
Rod Selection
rods are taken from the Artificial Lift Database.
Service Factor
Pump
Pressure
Three options are available:

- Non-Corrosive
- Salt Water
- Hydrogen Sulphide
Intake The pump intake pressure can be calculated in one of

three ways depending upon the option selected:
- Entered Value
- Calculated from IPR
- Calculated from Fluid Level
More details on these three options are given below.
Design Input
These inputs specify the design operating conditions

such as FWHP, FWHT, FWBT, pump position,
characteristics and efficiencies.
Pump Intake Pressure

It is possible to specify the pump intake pressure in one of three ways as discussed
below:
Entered Value
The pump intake pressure is defined directly by the

User.
Calculated
IPR
from From the entered or calculated design production

rate, the bottom hole pressure is calculated from the
IPR curve. This is then corrected to the pump intake
depth.
Calculated
Fluid Level
from The casing head pressure, fluid level and annulus size
are used to calculate the pump intake pressure based
upon the height of the column.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
589
2.10.8.2.2 Perform Design

After entering the input data, select Calculate to perform the design of the Sucker
Rod Pump.
The program will calculate the production rate and all the information related to rod
load, torque, stress, etc.
On the right hand side of the screen the plots related to Rod Load, Torque and Pump
velocity are reported.
The Top Rod Loading and Top Rod % Of Goodman Diagram are measurements of
the stress in the top rod based upon the peak polished rod load and the crosssectional area of the top rod. The API RP11BR paper discusses the Modified
Goodman Diagram and its construction.
PROSPER will display in red any parameters which exceed 100%. There are two
ways of lowering those values below 100%; the first is to increase the area of the
sucker rods and the second is to reduce the peak load.
590
PROSPER
The Index of Torsional Effectiveness (ITE) is a measurement of the ability of the

beam pump unit type to smooth out and idealise the net crankshaft torque load (under
normal conditions handling a full pump barrel of incompressible fluid). The ITE is ratio
of the average net torque to the peak net torque expressed as percentage and the
higher the ITE is, the more effective the unit geometry is in converting the polished rod
load into a smoother and more ideal torsional load.
ITE
Beam Pump
Performance
Unit
Under 15% Very Poor

20-25%
Fair
25-30%
Average
30-35%
Good
35-40%
Very Good
2.10.8.2.3 Rod Sensitivity

To perform a sensitivity to see the impact that selecting different types of rods will
have on production, press the Rod Sensitivity button at the top of the screen.
Select Calculate to carry out the calculations and see the comparison plots:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
591
The chart can to viewed in one of three different visualisations:

Production Rate by Rod Type
HorsePower Required by Rod Type
Production Rate Per HorsePower by Rod Type
2.10.9 Artificial Lift Database

The Artificial Lift Database contains all the information concerning the artificial lift
equipment used in PROSPER.
The Database contains:
Gas Lift Valves
ESP pumps, motors, cables
HSP pumps and turbines
PCP pumps, sucker rods, motors, cables
Jet pumps
MultiPhase pumps
In the following sections there is a description of the information stored in the Artificial
Lift Database and how to update with new data.
To access the database select Design | Database.
The Options tab screen collect information on the location of the database and its
version:
592
PROSPER
An initial database is distributed along with the software.

EQUIPMENT DATABASE DISCLAIMER
Every effort is made to ensure that the sample equipment databases supplied
are correct, however, it is the User's responsibility to ensure they are both
accurate and up-to-date. For critical design work, always refer to the
equipment supplier for the latest performance data.
To improve the quality of the Artificial Lift Database, Petroleum Experts is
more than happy to accept the contribution of users who have updated data.
2.10.9.1Database Toolbar
A number of different options are available to the User when the artifical lift database
is accessed. A screenshot is shown below:
Done
Will exit out of the Database and save any changes

made.
Cancel
Will exit out of the Database without saving the

changes made.
Add
This option can be used to Add new equipment to the

database. Please refer to each individual equipment
type to see how to add a new entry.
Amend
This option can be used to amend existing entries in

the Database.
Delete
Will delete the currently selected entry from the

Database.
All
Will select all of the current equipment type.
Import
It is possible to Import a previously created Database

into PROSPER. This allows many new pieces of
equipment to be imported quickly.
Export
Allows the equipment to be exported to a file, the

clipboard, the screen or the printer.
Report
Will create a report of the currently

equipment section.
Create Import File
This option can be used to create an Import File which

can then be shared with other Users.
PROSPER Manual
selected
June, 2014
User Guide
593
Selecting this option will allow the User to save the

database as a *.Dat file.
Help
Select
Entry
Opens the PROSPER Online Help.

Previous Will move to the previous piece of equipment.
Select Next Entry
Will move to the next piece of equipment.
2.10.9.2Gas Lift Valve Database

To perform a Gas Lift design, PROSPER must have appropriate valve data loaded in
its database. Additionally, to capture the valve response using the Acuna or
Neiberding model it is necessary to include the empirically derived parameters for the
valve.
To enter and maintain the valve data that PROSPER requires, select the Gas Lift tab
button in the database:
The database is completely editable: it is possible to Add, Amend or Delete any

record.
The Create Export File option allows to create back-ups of the database in format
.GLD, which can be recalled by PROSPER to restore the database using the 'Import'
button.
2.10.9.2.1 Adding a New Valve
To add a gas lift valve select Add. An entry screen is displayed, where the valve
specs can be entered:
594
PROSPER
The sample gas lift valve database is provided to allow

the User to run the examples. Before designing for field
installation, the User must first ensure that the database
contains current and accurate valve characteristics.
An new valve entered requires the following data to be included:

Manufacturer
Valve type
Type
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
595
Specification
Port size
R value
Additionally, for the TUALP Orifice model and the Acuna and Neiberding throttling
model, the following empirically derived parameters are required.
TUALP Orifice Model
TUALP modified the Thornhill-Craver equation by introducing a variable discharge coefficient:
A Value
A is an empirically derived slope
C Value
C an empirically derived constant
p-Crit Value
Critical pressure ratio
Acuna Model
In the Acuna straight line throttling model, values of Nmax were experimentally determined for a given
valve. The maximum production pressure can be determined from this value
The production closing pressures can be estimated using another experimentally derived parameter
the dynamic tubing sensitivity factor Fe.
If the production pressure is less than the maximum production pressure, then the gas rate is assumed
to have a linear relationship
Where the slopes can be determined from an empirically derived fit of an approximately linear
relationship which passes through the valve closing pressure
If the production pressure is greater than the maximum pressure, the gas rate is calculated by
correcting the TUALP Orifice model:
596
PROSPER
Where the correction can be determined from setting the rate at the maximum pressure equal to the
rate predicted from the straight line model
Nmax Value
Dimensionless production pressure at maximum throttling flow
m Value
Slope of the the throttling flow slope equatioon
b Value
Intercept of the throttling flow slope equation
p-Crit Value
Fe
p-Crit Value
Critical production pressure

Dynamic tubing sensitivity factor
Critical pressure ratio
Neiberding Model
Rodriguez proposed that the production closing pressure and the maximum production pressure can be
determined using the following empirically derived expressions:
Where A,E,C,D, E and F are empirically derived constants for a given valve.
The maximum rate can be determined from
Where a,b,c,d,e and f are also empirically derived for a given valve.
n01
A above
n02
B above
n03
C above
n04
D above
E above
F above
a above
b above
c above
d above
n05
n06
n07
n08
n09
n10
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
n11
n12
597
e above
f above
2.10.9.3ESP Database
The ESP Database contains the performance curves of pumps and motors and the
characteristics of the cables.
2.10.9.3.1 Pump Database
Select the tab screen ESP in the Database to access the ESP database:
The performance curves are provided in the form of coefficients for a polynomial
equation fitted to actual performance data.
The database is completely editable: it is possible to add, amend or delete any
record.
The performance curve for each pump can be viewed by selecting the desired pump
and clicking Plot:
598
PROSPER
Select Variables to select between Head, Horsepower and Efficiency on the plot.
2.10.9.3.1.1 Adding a New Pump
To add a new pump select Add when in the ESP section of the database and enter
the required information into the Operating Data Section:
The following inputs are required:

Pump Size
The diameter of the pump. Will be used for filtering

purposes to ensure that it will not be selected if it is
too large to fit in the casing.
Number of Stages
Enter the number of stages which the performance

curve represents.
Frequency
Enter
PROSPER Manual
the
frequency
of
the
pump
which
the
June, 2014
User Guide
599
performance curve represents.

The performance curves for all other pump
frequencies will be calculated using the Affinity Laws.
Min Rate
Enter the minimum operating rate (at pump conditions)

for the entered frequency of the pump.
Max Rate
Enter the maximum operating rate (at pump

conditions) for the entered frequency of the pump.
If the coefficients for the polynomials which describe the head and horsepower for the
pump are known, these can be directly inserted into the program.
If these coefficients are not available, the next step is to enter the performance data
for head and power as per manufacturers performance curves and fit them to a
polynomial. To do so, select either Head Coefficients and HP Coefficients and enter
the operating rate and corresponding head or horsepower data:
Select Fit to calculate the polynomial coefficients which best fit the input data.
Selecting Done will go back to the previous panel and also transfer the newly
calculated coefficients:
600
PROSPER
The Horse Power coefficients can be calculated in the same way.

If the performance curves of the pump are only known in the form of Outlet Pressure
curves, then these would need to be converted to Head curves externally using the
fluid properties of the fluid used during their generation.
To prevent errors, it is recommended that a plot be

made and checked against published curves whenever
new data is entered or alterations are made to existing
entries.
2.10.9.3.2 Motor Database

Select the tab screen 'Motors' in the database to access the motors database:
Motor characteristics are entered in form of polynomials fitted to performance data.

Coefficients are required for Nameplate Amps, RPM, and Efficiency and Power
factor.
PROSPER Manual
As plotted, motor speed curves may exceed synchronous

June, 2014
User Guide
601
speed at low % power values. This is a characteristic of the

polynomial fitting technique used. The accuracy of motor
(and pump) performance curve fits is optimised in the usable
efficiency range.
The motor performance curves can be viewed by selecting Plot. An example of a
motor efficiency plot is shown below:
Select Variables to select between Nameplate Amps, Pump Speed, Efficiency and
Power Factor on the plot.
2.10.9.3.2.1 Adding a New Motor
To add a new motor select Add when in the ESP Motor section of the database and
enter the required information into the Motor Data Section:

602
PROSPER
Size (OD)
The diameter of the motor. Will be used for filtering

Speed
Enter the speed which the entered performance curve

represents.
Frequency
Enter the frequency of the motor which entered the

performance curve represents.
If the coefficients for the polynomials which describe the Name Plate Amps, Speed,
Efficiency and Power Factor for the motor are known, these can be directly inserted
into the program.
for each as per manufacturers performance curves and fit them to a polynomial. To
do so, select one of Name Plate Amps, Speed, Efficiency or Power Factor and
enter the Percentage Name Plate Power and corresponding curve data:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
603
Select Fit to calculate the polynomial coefficients which best fit the input data.
Selecting Done will go back to the previous panel and also transfer the newly
calculated coefficients:
This same process should be carried out for each of the required variables.
On the right hand side of the screen above, enter the different Power, Voltage and
Current the motor is compatible with into the Power Options section by selecting Add.

entries.
2.10.9.3.3 Cables Database

To access the 'Cables' section of the database, select the Cables tab:
604
PROSPER
2.10.9.3.3.1 Adding a New Cable
To add a new cable type to the database, select Add.
The voltage drop per 100ft of cable (per Amp when the cable is at 20oC) and the
maximum current which can be passed through the cable are required to be inserted.
Selecting Done will add the new cable to the database.
It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the data

being entered is accurate and representative of the
actual equipment being used.
2.10.9.4HSP Database
The HSP Database contains the performance curves of Hydraulic Submersible Pumps
and Turbines.
2.10.9.4.1 Pumps Database
Select the tab screen HSP in the Database to access the HSP database:
The performance curves are provided in the form of coefficients for a polynomial
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
605
equation fitted to actual performance data.

record.
Clicking on Plot displays the pump performance curve:
A new HSP can be added to the database by selecting Add and inserting the required
operating data:

Pump Size
The diameter of the pump. Will be used for filtering

606
PROSPER

Speed

represents.
The performance curves for all other pump speeds will
be calculated using the Affinity Laws.
Minimum Speed
The minimum speed at which the pump can operate.
Maximum Speed
The maximum speed at which the pump can operate.
Minimum Rate
Enter the minimum operating rate (at pump conditions)

for the entered performance curve of the pump.
Maximum Rate
Enter the maximum operating rate (at pump

conditions) for the entered performance curve of the
pump.
Number of Stages
Enter the number of stages which are represented by

the entered performance curves.
Max Number
Stages
of The maximum number of stages which can be set

when this pump is modelled.
If the coefficients for the polynomials which describe the head and horsepower for the
pump are known, these can be directly inserted into the program.
for head and power as per manufacturers performance curves and fit them to a
polynomial. This can be done by following the steps described in the ESP - Adding a
New Pump Section.

entries.
2.10.9.4.2 Turbines Database

Select the 'Turbines' tab to display the turbines database:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
607
The performance data are provided as polynomials fitted to performance data.

The turbine database can be altered using the Add, Amend or Delete buttons on the
top toolbar.
Select Plot to see the turbine performance curves:
2.10.9.4.2.1 Adding a New Turbine
To add a new turbine to the database, select Add and enter the required data:
608
PROSPER
The required inputs for the turbine constraints are:

Reference Speed

represents.
The performance curves for all other turbine speeds
will be calculated using the Affinity Laws.
Maximum Speed
The maximum speed at which the turbine can operate.
Maximum
Pressure
Test
Maximum Working
Pressure
Minimum
Pressure
Maximum
of Stages
Stage
Number The maximum number of stages which can be set
when this pump is modelled.
Maximum Turbine The maximum supply fluid rate which can pass through
the turbine.
Supply Flow
Maximum
Total The maximum torque which the shaft can operate
under.
Shaft Torque
Maximum
Torque
Stage Maximum torque to be produced by any stage
Turbine
Casing The diameter of the turbine. Will be used for filtering
Outside Diameter
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
609
Max Velocity Over

Turbine Casing
The Turbine performance is entered by selecting 'Add' in the Turbine Settings area:
The steps to enter the performance data and fit the curves to polynomials is the
same as that for entering the ESPs and HSPs. Please refer to the ESP-Adding a New
Pump section for more details.

entries.
2.10.9.5PCP Database
The PCP database contains data concerning the performance of pumps and the
characteristics of sucker rods, motors and cables.
2.10.9.5.1 Pumps Database
Select the PCP tab in the database to access the PCP database:
610
PROSPER
In the database parameters concerning the pump configuration are stored.

record.
Clicking on Plot displays the pump performance curve:
To add a new pump select Add and enter the required data as per manufacturers'
specs:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
611
For a new pump, the following data should be included:

Manufacturer
Company Name Of The Manufacturer
Pump Series
Series Of The Pump
Pump Model
Model Of The Pump
Pump size
External Diameter Of The Pump
Maximum Head
Maximum Head That The Pump Can Achieve
Reference Speed Best Efficiency Pump Rotational Speed

Reference Rate
Pump Rate At Reference Speed
Pump Volume
Volume Of Pump Cavity from One Revolution Of The Rotor
Pump Length
Length Of The Stator
Stator Pitch
Length Between Two Consecutive Similar structures Of The

Stator e.g. Two Stator Highs Or Two Stator Lows
Rotor ID
Diameter Of The Area Covered By The Rotor During One

Complete Revolution.
Rotor Elements
Number of Cavities Created By the Rotor/Stator Combination

Within The Pump.
It is only necessary to enter Performance Chart Data for one speed as the
performance is corrected for other speeds using the reference rate/speed gradient.
The Optional Data input section in the above screen shot is used to calculate the
frictional torque and shaft axial load. If no data is input in the optional data section,
results will not be displayed for the given parameters.
The "Optional Data" may be proprietary, and can be obtained from the
given pump manufacturer.
Please note that the pump displacement is expressed in volume and can directly be
calculated from the nominal pump displacement.
As far as the stator pitch is concerned, this should be provided by the manufacturer.
Some of the definitions/calculations used in PROSPER to define the PCP performance
are described below.
Diameters and Eccentricity Definitions
The definitions of the different parameters considered in the PCP database and in the
PCP design procedure are illustrated using one of the most common type of rotor /
612
PROSPER
stator association.
The following definitions are used:
Specific
Rotor ID
Internal diameter of the pump rotor.
Specific
Stator ID
Internal
stator.
Specific
Rotor OD
External diameter of the pump rotor.
Specified
Stator OD
External diameter
stator.
diameter
of
of
the
pump
the pump
These different diameters are represented in the graphic below, for an elliptical rotor.
The pump eccentricity factor is then calculated according to the following relationship:
e = (Specific Stator OD - Specific Stator ID) / 4
This eccentricity factor will be used to calculate the pump volume, as described
below.
Calculation of the Fluid Volume Displaced by the Pump
The fluid volume displaced by the pump will be a function of the following parameters:
The stator pitch, which will be noted p.
The pump eccentricity factor e.
The rotor specific diameter D.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
613
The area occupied by the fluid between the starting point and the ending point of
one rotor revolution, noted A.
The pump volume could then be calculated using this area and the distance covered
by one cavity during one revolution, noted h.
The pump volume will then obey the following relationship:
V=A*h
If we consider the rotor / stator association described before, the following stages
can be considered during one rotor revolution:
It is possible to notice that when the rotor made a half turn, the fluid cavities originally
described are located vertically to their initial position, therefore each fluid cavity has
been submitted to a translation corresponding to the rotor pitch.
Therefore, the distance covered by each cavity during one revolution will be equal to
twice the rotor pitch:
614
PROSPER
(i) h = 2 * p
In this case, the area A can be expressed as follows:
(ii) A = (63 - 2p)*e*D + p*e2
Both i and ii relationships lead to the pump volume relationship:
(iii) V = ((63 - 2p)*e*D + p*e2) * 2p
This relationship can be generalised to every type of rotor / stator association by
defining a new variable, m.
This variable will be defined as follows: a fluid cavity will be translated by a length
equivalent to the rotor pitch after 1/m rotor revolution.
Therefore, the (i) relationship can be generalised as follows:
(iv) h = m * p
And the following relationship can be obtained for the pump volume:
(v) V = (4a + p * (m - 1) * 2e) * 4e * p
where E = 2 * e
2.10.9.5.2 Sucker Rods Database
Select the Sucker Rods tab to display the corresponding database:
2.10.9.5.2.1 Adding a New Sucker Rod
To add a new sucker rod select Add and enter the required data:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
615
2.10.9.5.3 Motor and Cable Databases

The motor and cable databases for use with the PCP are the same as those which
can be used with the ESPs. Information on these databases, and how to add new
motors and cables can be found in the Motor Database Section and Cable Database
Section.
2.10.9.6Jet Pumps Database
The Jet Pumps database contains the characteristics of the pumps.
Select the tab screen 'Jet' in the database to access the Jet Pump database:

record.
616
PROSPER
2.10.9.6.1 Adding a New Pump

specifications:
2.10.9.7MultiPhase Pumps Database

The MultiPhase database contains the characteristics of the Multiphase Pumps.
Select the tab screen 'MultiPhase' in the database to access the Multiphase Pumps
database:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
617

record.
Click on Plot, to view the performance curves of the selected pump:
618
PROSPER
2.10.9.7.1 Adding a New Pump

specifications:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
619
2.10.9.8Sucker Rod Pump

The Sucker Rod Pumps database contains the characteristics of pumps and sucker
rods.
2.10.9.8.1 Pump database
Select the SRP tab in the Database to access the Sucker Rod Pump database:

record.
To add a new pump select Add and enter the required information:
620
PROSPER
API Sizes of Pumping Unit Designations

Pumping unit sizes and the load that can be suspended safely from the sucker rods
are reduced to 5 designations that can be written in a single coded line. A permanent
metal plate is attached to the gearbox with these identifying numbers printed on them.
This code takes the form:
X-pppD-III-sss
where:
X
Enter the type of pumping unit from:
A - Air balanced
C - Conventional (standard)
M - Mark II UniTorque
ppp
Peak Torque Rating (Thousands of Inch

Pounds)
Double Reduction Gear Reducer
III
Polished Rod Load Rating (Hundreds of

Pounds)
sss
Stroke Length (Inches)
The following schematic illustrates the above required inputs for a conventional type
pump:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
621
The inputs required for Air balanced pumps and Mark II pumps are related to the
conventional pumps by the following schematics:
Conventional:
622
PROSPER
Air balanced:
Mark II:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
623
2.10.9.8.2 Sucker Rods Database

Select the Sucker Rods tab button to display the correspondent database:

record.
2.10.9.8.2.1 Adding a New Sucker Rod
To add a new Sucker Rod select Add and enter the required data:
624
PROSPER
The rod can be tapered by selecting different percentages of different rod diameters.
The total should always add up to 100%.
2.11 Output
The 'Output' menu is used to report, export and plot input data entered into PROSPER
and the results generated by the various calculation options in the program:
Report
This option generates reports about input data and results.
Export
This option transfers input data and results to different locations (printer,
spreadsheets, screen, etc.)
Plot
This option generates plots for input data and results
These functions are available also in any of the input/output screens of the program.
2.11.1 Report
The 'Report' option is used to prepare reports and plots from a current analysis. This
section describes how to use the reporting system with the templates provided with
the system and how to customise these templates.
2.11.1.1Setting Up the Reporting System

The set up of the reporting system begins with defining the default locations where the
reports will be created. To define the directories, select File | Preferences:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
625
In the File tab, enter the Location Of Report Output Files. This is the default
directory where reports printed to file are to be placed. Also enter the Location Of
User-Created Reports. This is the path to a directory where User-defined report
templates are to be stored.
2.11.1.2Reports
The reporting interface gives the user complete control over how the reports are
formatted and what information is utilised to make up the report. This is facilitated by
the use of report templates, which can be edited to suit the specific requirements. It is
possible to choose to use the default report templates provided with the system or to
choose to create slightly different versions of these reports. The selected templates
can then be used to generate the actual reports, which can be sent to a variety of
places (printer, file or screen). The report templates are displayed in a hierarchy and
all templates which have been selected (by double-clicking on it) show an X in the
check-box beside the template name.
To access the 'Reports' area, select OutputReports form the menu toolbar.
There are two modes for the editing of report templates: System and User. System
mode does not allow the user to change any template whereas user mode allows
creating new user-defined templates from scratch or based on an already existing
system report template and also allows editing an existing user-defined report
626
PROSPER
template. Selecting user mode also makes the User Reports section of the template
hierarchy visible. The User Reports hierarchy contains all report templates which have
been tagged as being a derivation of a system report template as well as any free
standing User-defined templates.
The reporting main window consists of four main parts: The command segment at the
top of the dialogue containing the buttons, the report selection hierarchy, the output
device selection group and the template type selection group. The output device group
is only used when printing from selected report templates.
The available commands are:
OK
Print the selected reports to the selected output

device and terminate the dialogue
Cancel
Exit the Report screen without generating a report.
Help
Access the on-line help.
Setup
Select a printer if report is to be printed.
User
Switches between System and User edit mode. This

shows or hides the User Reports section of the report
hierarchy and enables or disables the Create and Edit
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
627
buttons. If in User mode this button shows the text

System and vice-versa.
View
View a previously saved native format file on-screen.

This brings up a file selection box for choosing the
appropriate report and passes this file name to the
Report Executor.
Print
Print the selected reports to the selected output

device.
Create
Create a new user report (only visible in User edit

mode).
Edit
Edit an existing user report template or create a new

template from a system template (only visible in User
edit mode)
Group
Allows the grouping of report templates references

and the storing of the group information in a file for
later recall. This allows batch printing of reports for
any analysis.
The available output types are:

Printer
Sent the report to the current printer.
Screen
The reports are displayed on-screen in a report

executor window.
Native File
The reports are saved as .FR files in the output

reports directory.
RFT File
The reports are saved as .RTF files in the output

reports directory.
Text File
The reports are saved as tab delimited text files for

easy spreadsheet import.
The native (.FR) file format can only be read by the reporting system whereas the
RTF format can be read by many Windows word processing applications. When
printing to file the user will be presented with the following dialogue:
628
PROSPER
The default directory will be set to the default output directory but this can be altered
using the Select Directory button. This can then be applied to all output files by using
Change All. If it is necessary to change the output directory of one of the files, this
can be achieved by using the Browse button (this is the button to the right hand side
of the filename box labelled '...') associated with each report. The filenames can
themselves be edited in the text box, which contains them.
For any given report in the system hierarchy the user can choose to view or print a
report using either the system report template provided or a user-defined report
template based on that system report template (or at least that position in the
hierarchy) or it is possible to choose a report grouping which can be made up from a
combination of userand system reports. Choose between these options using the
report template type selection group at the bottom right of the main window. If the
user report template option for any hierarchy position is selected and there are
multiple User-defined report templates for that position, then a dialogue appears
which allows selecting the desired template.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
629
Double clicking on any of the report templates (or selecting and pressing OK) will
cause it to become the User-defined report template for that hierarchy position for the
current reports session. The default choice is the topmost user defined report
template. It is possible to stop a User-defined report template from being associated
with that hierarchy position by selecting it and then pressing Delete. This does not
actually delete the report template (it can still be seen within the User Reports section
of the hierarchy).
If a report grouping is selected, then a similar dialogue appears and the user can
select the appropriate group file. After selecting a file all the reports referenced in the
group will appear checked in the hierarchy and then it is possible to press print for all
of these reports to be sent to the selected output device.
Template Editor Commands
The template editor works on the principle of moveable fields or groups of fields
where the inputs to these fields can be any value from PROSPER. Headers and
footers can be defined, which can be shown on each page, have fields which have a
value which is the result of a calculation or even have groups of fields which are
displayed only if a condition is met.
Data fields from PROSPER are added using the F2 key, selecting the data items
required and then pressing Ok when finished. The selected data items will then
appear as fields, one by one, as the left mouse button is clicked. The fields can be
roughly positioned in this way. The useris not limited to one pass at adding data items
to the report template. More items can be added at any time in the same manner.
Once a field has been added to the report template the usercan edit some of the
properties of the text which will be shown in the field and assign a group number to
the field by double clicking the left mouse button on it and the font properties can be
changed by double clicking the right mouse button on it. Other properties, such as
630
PROSPER
whether the field has a box around it, etc., can be changed through the menu options,
a full description of which are given below.
The template editor commands can be selected by using the menu, toolbar or
keyboard shortcuts. Help can be obtained on any menu item by highlighting the menu
item and then pressing the F1 key or by consulting the index of help topics under the
help menu.
File Menu
This menu contains commands for saving the current report template file and
specifying the report template parameters.
Save:
Use this selection to save the current report template to the current file name. If a file
is not yet specified, the form editor will prompt for a file name. If a file extension is not
provided, the editor automatically appends an .FP extension to the report file. If a file
with the same name already exists on the disk, the form editor will save the previous
file with a backup extension (.RE).
Save As:
This selection is similar to Save File. In addition, it allows saving the report template to
a new file name.
Report Parameters:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
631
This option allows setting certain report parameters. Firstly, it allows specifying the
name of the report. The margin for the printed page can be set. It is possible to
instruct the report executor to print trial records for adjusting forms such as labels and
invoices and set the default date format for input. The date format that specified here
will be enforced for parameter input during the report execution session, and any date
constant used in expressions.
Report Filter:
This option allows entering a filter criterion for the report. Each data record will be
tested with the expression provided here. A record is selected only if this expression
evaluates to a TRUE value. For example, if the expression was sales->amount>100,
then only the records with the sales amount more than 100 will be selected.
Printer Setup:
This option allows selecting a printer from a list of installed printers and invoking a
printer specific dialogue box for the selected printer. Select the parameters from a set
of printer specific options. These options include page size, page orientation,
resolution, etc. The printer options selected here determine the width and height of the
report.
Exit:
Use this function to exit from the form editor session. If the current file is modified, a
prompt will ask to save the modifications.
Edit Menu:
This menu contains commands to edit the report objects. One or more report objects
must be selected before using this option.
Cut:
Use this option to copy the current item or all the items in the current selection to the
clipboard. The copied items are deleted from the form.
Copy:
Use this option to copy the current item or all the items in the current selection to the
clipboard.
Paste:
Use this option to paste the items from the clipboard to the current form.
Position Text:
Use this option to position the text within the item boundaries. The text can be justified
on the left, right, top, or bottom edges or it can be centred horizontally or vertically.
This option is valid for the label and field type items only.
Item Outlines:
Use this option to specify the item boundaries (left, right, top, and bottom) to draw for
632
PROSPER
one or more selected items. The colour and width of the boundary lines can be
specified too.
Item Background:
Use this option to set the background colour or pattern for one or more selected
items.
Centre Horizontally:
This option is used to centre horizontally one or more selected items. When more than
one item is selected, the form editor first centres the selection rectangle and then
moves the selected items such that the position of the selected items relative to the
selection rectangle does not change.
Delete Item:
Use this option to delete one or more currently selected items. If the current section is
being deleted, the program asks for confirmation before the deletion. All items within
the section are also deleted.
Fonts:
Use this function to change the font and colour for the text for one or more selected
objects. This option is valid for the field and label type objects only.
When selecting this option, the form editor shows the font and colour selection
dialogue box. The current font and colours are pre-selected in the dialogue box. Use
this dialogue box to specify the selections.
Snap to Grid:
This option allows turning on or off the invisible grid on the form. When the grid is
turned on and an item is moved, it automatically aligns to the closest grid location.
This option also allows setting the grid width.
Report size:
The following options shrink or elongate the report in the horizontal or vertical direction
by the amount equal to the width or the height of the selection rectangle.
Expand Horizontally
Use this option to create horizontal space by moving items horizontally. For example,
consider three items, A, B, and C placed horizontally. If a new item between the items
A and B is to be inserted, it is possible to use this function to create the desired space
between these two items and place the new item in the newly created space. To
move the items B and C toward right, create a selection rectangle after the item A
and select this option. The width of the selection rectangle specifies the movement of
the items B and C toward right (noted that the selection rectangle does not need to
include all items to be moved). All items toward the right of the selection rectangle and
with the vertical placement between the vertical spaces spanned by the selection
rectangle are moved.
Expand Vertically
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
633
Use this option to create additional vertical space by moving the items downward. For
example, consider three items, A, B, and C placed vertically. If a new item between
items A and B is to be inserted, it is possible to use this function to create the desired
space between these two items and place the new item in the newly created space.
To move items B and C downward, create a selection rectangle below the item A and
select this option. The height of the selection rectangle specifies the downward
movement of items B and C (noted that the selection rectangle does not need to
include all items to be moved). All items below the selection rectangle are moved.
This option also expands (vertically) the current section by the height of the selection
rectangle.
Compress Horizontally
Use this option to delete extra horizontal space by moving items horizontally. For
example, consider three items, A, B, and C placed horizontally. The usercan use this
function to bring items B and C closer to the item A. To move items B and C toward
left, create a selection rectangle after the item A and select this option. The width of
the selection rectangle specifies the movement of items B and C toward left (noted
that the selection rectangle does not need to include all items to be moved). All items
toward the right of the selection rectangle and with the vertical placement between the
vertical spaces spanned by the selection rectangle are moved.
Compress Vertically
Use this option to delete vertical space by moving the items upward. For example,
consider three items, A, B, and C placed vertically. It is possible to use this function to
bring items B and C closer to the item A. To move items B and C upward, create a
selection rectangle below the item A and select this option. The height of the selection
rectangle specifies the upward movement of items B and C (noted that the selection
rectangle does not need to include all items to be moved). All items below the
selection rectangle are moved.
This option also shrinks (vertically) the current section by the height of the selection
rectangle.
Field Menu:
This menu contains options to insert, modify, delete and maintain fields.
Insert New Fields:
Data Field: This option is used to paste a new data field to the report template. This
option will display a list of data files and data fields to choose from. When selecting a
field, the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the
field rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field attributes can be changed
using the Edit Current Field Option.
Calculation Field: This option is used to paste a calculation field to the report
template. This option will prompt for the name of the field, and the field expression.
The field expression can contain any number of valid operators, functions, system
fields, dialogue fields, and data fields. The field type is determined by the result of the
execution of the field.
634
PROSPER
After entering the field expression, the form editor displays a positioning rectangle.
Use the mouse to position the field rectangle and click any mouse button. The current
field attributes can be changed using the Edit Current Field Option.
System Field: This option is used to paste a system field to the report template. This
option will display a list of system fields (date, time, page, etc.) to choose from. When
selecting a field, the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to
position the field rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field attributes can
be changed using the Edit Current Field Option.
Dialogue Field: This option is used to paste a dialogue field to the report template. A
dialogue field must have been created using the Edit Dialogue Field Table before
using this option. The dialogue fields are used to prompt the userfor data during the
report execution session.
The option will display a list of dialogue fields to choose from. When selecting a field,
the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the field
rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field attributes can be changed
using the Edit Current Field Option.
Edit Current Field: This option is used to edit the field attributes for the current field.
This option is available only when a 'field' type object is selected.
Edit Field Expression: This option is used to edit the field expression for the current
calculation field. This option is available only when a 'calculation field' type object is
selected (see Insert Calculation Field). The option shows the existing calculation
expression and allows making any modifications.
Edit Dialogue Field Table:
Create: This option is used to create a new dialogue field. Once a dialogue field is
created, it can be inserted in the report by using the Insert Dialogue Field selection.
A dialogue field is used to prompt the user for data during report execution. For
example, it can allow the user to set the begin and end dates for the report. A
dialogue field can be used in the field expressions and can be inserted in the report
template for information purposes. A dialogue field in the report filter can be used to
reject records not meeting a specific user criterion.
Modify: This option is used to modify the user prompt, width and prompt order of a
dialogue field. The prompt order determines the order at which the dialogue fields are
presented to the user for data input.
Delete: This option is used to delete a dialogue field from the dialogue field table. The
user cannot delete a dialogue field that is being currently used in the report.
Section Menu:
This menu contains commands to insert, edit and delete report sections.
New: This option is used to create a new section. A section is identified by the section
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
635
banner and the separation line at the bottom of a section. There are three basic types
of sections. A header section displays the data that remain constant or changes only
when a sort field changes. The detail section displays the transaction record fields. A
footer section is used to display totals and summary information. ReportEase allows
up to 9 header and footer sections. A higher numbered header section is allowed only
when all the lower numbered headers are already selected. Similarly, a footer section
is allowed only when the corresponding header section is already selected.
Edit Current: This option is used to modify the properties of the currently selected
section. For the 'detail' section, the user can specify the number of records to print
across the page. This option can be used to print multiple address labels across the
page.
Sort Field: This option is used to specify a sort field for a header section. A sort field
is used to sort the data records.
Break Field: This option is used to specify a break field for a header section. The
break field is used to determine a sort break. Typically, the break field would be the
same as the sort field. However the break field can be specified differently from the
sort field. A calculation expression can also be specified for a break field.
Filter: This option is used to enter a filter criterion to print a section. Normally, every
section included in the report template is printed in its appropriate sequence.
However, if the user wishes to print a section depending upon a condition, he can
enter this condition expression using this option. The expression must evaluate to a
logical value (TRUE or FALSE). During the report execution, the section will be printed
only if the expression evaluates to a TRUE value.
Line: This menu contains commands to create and edit a line object:
Create a Line: Use this option to draw a line. When selecting this option, the form
editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the rectangle and
click any mouse key. The line will be drawn within the position rectangle. The line size
can be changed using the sizing tabs.
Edit Current Line: Use this option to edit the angle, colour, and thickness of a 'line' type
object.
Label: This menu contains commands to create and edit a label object:
Create a Label: Use this option to create a new label. When selecting this option, the
form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the rectangle
and click any mouse key. The 'label' object will be created within the positioning
rectangle. By default, the form editor inserts the text 'label' in the label item. The label
text can be edited in the editing window.
Edit Current Label: A label text can be edited by simply selecting the desired label
636
PROSPER
item and clicking on the edit window.

As the user inserts or deletes the text, the length of the label text changes. Normally,
the form editor will automatically adjust the item box boundaries to completely enclose
the new text. However, this automatic size adjustment ceases if the user manually
resizes the item boundary by pulling on the sizing tab. This feature can be used to
enclose the text in an item box larger than the default size.
Picture: This menu contains picture import functions:
Import Picture from Clipboard
Use this command to copy a picture bitmap from the clipboard.
When selecting this option, the form editor creates a positioning rectangle equal to the
dimensions of the picture. Use the mouse to position the picture rectangle and click
any mouse key. The picture will be placed within the position rectangle. The picture
size can be changed using the sizing tabs.
Import Picture from Disk File
Use this command to read in a picture bitmap from a disk file.
When selecting this option, the form editor creates a positioning rectangle equal to the
dimensions of the picture. Use the mouse to position the picture rectangle and click
any mouse key. The picture will be placed within the position rectangle. The picture
size can be changed using the sizing tabs.
Arrange:
This menu contains commands to align size and space a set of selected objects:
Alignment At:
Horizontal Top Edge:
Use this option to horizontally align the top edge of the selected items to the top edge
of the leftmost item in the selection.
Horizontal Bottom Edge:
Use this option to horizontally align the bottom edge of the selected items to the
bottom edge of the leftmost item in the selection.
Horizontal Centre Line:
Use this option to align the horizontal centre line (imaginary) of the selected items to
the centre line of the leftmost item in the selection.
Vertical Left Edge:
Use this option to vertically align the left edge of the selected items to the left edge of
the topmost item in the selection.
Vertical Right Edge:
Use this option to vertically align the right edge of the selected items to the right edge
of the topmost item in the selection.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
637
Vertical Centre Line:

Use this option to align the vertical centre line (imaginary) of the selected items to the
centre line of the topmost item in the selection.
Even Spacing:
Horizontally:
Use this option to place the selected items horizontally at an equal distance from each
other. The inter-item distance is equal to the distance between the first two leftmost
items.
Vertically:
Use this option to place the selected items vertically at an equal distance from each
other. The inter-item distance is equal to the distance between the first two topmost
items.
Even Sizing:
Width:
Use this option to change the width of the selected items to the width of the topmost
item.
Height:
Use this option to change the height of the selected items to the width of the leftmost
item.
Undo Previous Arrangement Command:
Use this function to undo the previous arrangement command.
Report Executor Commands:The report executor allows viewing reports that have
been generated and saved to a native format file. It is invoked by using the View
option from the reporting main window and selecting a file from the file selection box.
The file selection box will point to the default data directory and will have the filter
extension set to the correct file type (.FR).
638
PROSPER
The options available on this window are:

Jump
Go to a particular page in the document.
Print
Send the document to the defined printer.
Preview
Look at the page layout of the document.
Save
Save the document to a file (native or RFT)
Exit
Leave the current window.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
639
2.11.2 Export
An export can be made either directly from the individual sections of the program, or
from the Options | Export menu option. This section describes how to customise
exports.
2.11.2.1Export Setup
Use the main menu Output | Export option to export data from a current analysis, or
from a previously saved .OUT file. When selected, a series of screens leads the
userthrough the process of selecting the data required for the export. To include a
section of data, click the check box to the left of a particular item and, depending on
the selection, further input screens will be presented. This process ensures that only
relevant sections are exported. A sample export dialogue box is shown below:
After entering the choices, click Done to return to the main export dialogue box. The
usermust then select a destination for the export data. Clicking Print initiates
generation of the data and sends it to the selected destination. Setup accesses a
screen for selecting fonts, margins etc. The font selections made for export data are
independent of the plotting fonts.
Exported data can be sent to the following locations:
Printer
Prints the Export data to the currently selected printer.
File
Creates an ASCII data file and saves it. Selecting

Print displays a dialogue box that requests a file name
and destination. Enter a suitable file name (PROSPER
640
PROSPER
automatically appends a .PRN extension) and click OK

to save the file.
The Fixed Format option saves a file in a printer ready
format that can be imported into a DOS based word
processor. Use the Tab Delimited format to save a file
suitable for importing directly into a spreadsheet such
as EXCEL.
Clipboard
Selecting Print after selecting this option copies the

exported data onto the Windows clipboard. From the
Clipboard, the user can view, edit and paste the data
directly into another Windows application. e.g. a word
processing program.
Screen
Clicking Print after selecting this option allows viewing

the exported data on the screen. Scroll through the
data using the scrolling thumbs or arrows. When
finished viewing, click OK to return to the main menu.
Once a .PRN file has been saved, further copies of the exported data can be made
using a word processor from outside PROSPER. To ensure that printed exports are
correctly formatted, only non-Proportional fonts can be selected for export data. The
fonts on the export setup screen are independent of those selected on the plot setup
screen.
PROSPERs default font selection will give good results

on most printers. Choose another font if there are
problems printing reports.
Calculation and Export Data Layout

Screen and hardcopy exports can be customised to display only the required
variables. For complex calculations, this can save printing large amounts of irrelevant
data and detailed reports can still be produced when required. To use the Layout
feature, firstly complete a set of calculations. The following example is for PVT
calculations.
Enter the PVT screen by selecting PVT | Input Data and run a calculation by
selecting Calculate.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
641
Enter a range of pressures and temperatures which are to be calculated over:
642
PROSPER
Select Calculate to run the calculations.
Click the Layout button on the calculation results screen and select the variables to
display from the layout screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
643
The Show All and Hide All buttons are used to make changes to the entire list of
variables. Individual variables can be selected or de-selected by clicking them directly.
When clicking OK, only the selected variables will be displayed on the calculation
screen.
In addition to the calculation results screens, Layout also controls the variables which
will be exported in Output Export .
2.11.3 Plot
A plot can be made either directly from individual parts of the program, or from the
Output | Plot menu option:
644
PROSPER
From this window select the plot to view by highlighting it in the list of available plots
and then press the Plot button or simply double-clicking on the appropriate plot.
Selecting Setup will allow the user to change the printer options if a hard copy is
created.
Zooming
Plots can be zoomed in simply by placing the mouse pointer (which changes to a pair
of cross hairs over the active plot area) at the corner of the region to enlarge, and
then dragging until the area of interest is enclosed by the zoom box. Release the
mouse button and the outlined area will be zoomed to fill the entire plot area.
For more information on the new plotting which is available in PROSPER v12.0 please
refer to the Plotting Section.
2.12 Units
This chapter describes the system of units which is used by PROSPER. The built in
flexibility of the units system enables the user to select any variable and define the unit
of measurement to be used. This feature allows the units system to be modified so
that it corresponds to data reports supplied by a service company or customise the
units system to suit the users own personal preferences.
PROSPER always works internally in Field units. To facilitate data entry and output
display in any units system, PROSPER accepts data in the specified Input units and
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
645
converts it to Oilfield units for calculation. The results (in Field units) are converted
back to the specified Output unit set if necessary. By making selections from the
different categories, it is possible to work in the preferred units and save the results in
the units required by company policy.
The changes made to the units system are retained in the program memory and apply
to all files opened during the current processing session. The program allows to
create a custom units system.
2.12.1 Units Summary

To access the units system, select UnitsUnits form the menu toolbar. This will
display the 'Units Summary' screen:
This units summary screen contains the list of parameters and their units options:
Unit selections
Select the units for the input and output of the variables
646
PROSPER
Validation
This sets up the validation range for each variable. If the user enters a value outside
of this range in a model, a warning message will be displayed. For most purposes,
the default validation limits are adequate; however, for particular applications, the user
can change the validation limits if required by entering new values directly from the
units definition screen.
Click on the Details buttons to the right of each variable name in order to view the
conversion values and precision of each particular variable.
2.12.1.1Unit Systems
The user can change the global units' system from tool bar menu Units | ...
The following default Units Systems are provided:

Oilfield Units
Norwegian S.I.
Canadian S.I.
German S.I.
French S.I.
Latin S.I.
Selecting on of these options will change units of EVERY variable to that which is
used in the selected system.
Customised unit systems can be created and saved under new names. Different units
can be selected for both input and output.
2.12.1.2Changing Unit Systems for some Variables

It is possible to change the units for an individual variable (rather than the entire unit
system) by right clicking the mouse cursor on the unit to be changed; this option is
available at screen for any input variable:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
647
2.12.1.3Changing the Units

The Input and Output units for each variable on the list can be changed on the Units |
Units screen.
To change or customise the default Units System:
Scroll through the measurement variables list until the unit item to modify is
visible on the screen.
Select the unit category (Input and/or Output) to modify.
Select the unit field corresponding to the measurement item and click on the
arrow to its right to display the list of unit options.
Select the preferred measurement unit.
To save changes, click Save. A prompt will be displayed to enter a name for the new
Units System:
648
PROSPER
This new system can now be recalled and applied to any file. Custom unit sets can
be erased by clicking the Delete button, then selecting the unwanted units system.
The ability to have separate input and output unit systems allows the user to work with
familiar units and to create reports or export data in any required unit system.
As PROSPER carries out calculations internally in Oilfield Units the unit conversion
factors can be validated by clicking the button located to the right of the particular
variable (labelled Sh/Mu):
The multiplier and shift used for unit conversion will be displayed.
Clicking Report | Print will create a summary report of conversion factors in use.
If some particular units have been modified during the course of a PROSPER session,
the changes will be written into the .SIN and .OUT files when the input data are saved.
Irrespective of the current units system settings, recalling a previously saved .SIN (or
OUT) file will cause PROSPER to revert to the units saved in the recalled file. To
permanently impose a new set of units on the recalled file, open a custom units file (or
use one of the internal unit sets) and then save the file. The new units settings will be
used whenever the file is loaded.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
649
2.12.1.4Validation Limits
To reduce the possibility of entering incorrect data, PROSPER checks that input data
falls within predetermined validation limits. For most purposes, the default validation
limits are adequate. For particular applications, the user can change the validation
limits if required by entering new values directly from the units definition screen.
Find the required variable by scrolling through the list, and then enter required
changes in the low and high validation limit boxes.
Enter the custom validation limits in the units currently in use. To permanently attach
the new validation limits to a custom units system, click Save before leaving the
validation screen by clicking OK.
2.12.1.5Units Details
The purpose of the 'Units Details' screen is to allow adjustment of the precision of
data displayed for both the input and output of each unit type. To set the display
precision, select Details on the row of the unit to be changed:
The precision of the input and output units can be set from this screen from 1 to 7 or
also set to free:
650
PROSPER
The screen also shows the multiplier and shift used to convert each unit to the
equivalent value in oilfield units for the internal calculations in PROSPER.
2.12.1.6Units Reset
Use the Reset button at the bottom of the Units | Units screen to quickly reset the
units system back to default values. To specify what Units System is default are
please go to the Units tab in the Preferences screen (File | Preferences).
2.13 Wizard
This feature allows the user to set up models and perform certain tasks following a
pre-defined sequence.
The use of Wizards is of particular benefit to inexperienced users, as it allows to
easily set up a model based on active wizard examples by advancing through the input
screens in the correct sequence and asking at any step the user for the required
information. In this way the user will familiarise with PROSPER windows as well as
with the essential steps required to set up, match and use the models.
2.13.1 Running the Wizard

A few wizard examples are available when installing PROSPER. These examples are
step-by-step guides to build typical models, like naturally flowing wells, ESP, etc.
In order to run wizard examples follow first of all select Wizard from the main menu
toolbar:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
651
Then select the desired Wizard and click on Run to start it. The user will then be
presented with a number of prompt screens and input data screens which will act as a
guide through the selected task.
2.13.2 Creating/Editing a Wizard

From the main Wizard window it is possible to access a series of functions that allow
the user to create his own wizard or edit an already existing one.
To modify an existing wizard select Edit. This will access the wizard script window:
To create a new wizard select instead New. This will display an empty script window.
The script consists of a series of Visual Basic commands using OpenServer strings
to set the values of the input parameters, perform calculations, and retrieve results.
Please refer to the OpenServer User Guides for further details about the basic
OpenServer functions.
On the top part of the script window there is the Commands list window, which
provides immediate access to all the OpenServer variables. This window allows
selecting the desired variable and getting a copy of it, which can be pasted in the
script window below.
652
PROSPER
2.13.2.1Notes of OS strings
A class of OpenServer strings - the so-called menu commands - allow displaying
each of the input screens. The structure of these commands is in general:
DoCmd(PROSPER.MENU.<tag>)
If <tag> is for example Options, the command will display the main PROSPER options.
To display a plot, instead, the command is:
DoCmd(PROSPER.PLOT.<number>)
If <number> is 1, for example, the command will display the IPR plot.
2.13.2.2Wizard examples
As above mentioned, a number of Wizards are available along with the software.
These examples lead the user step-by-step through the screens in order to build
typical models.
The example scripts can also be used by experienced Users as templates to build
their own scripts.
Recommendation
Petroleu m Experts recommends that models be set up according to the worked

examples shown in the Examples Guide. Introducing new users to PROSPER This will
allow the user to have a better understanding of the physics that is behind the
software and the importance of the matching process.
2.14 Plotting
New plots and graphs have been implemented within PROSPER v12.0 and the
following section is intended to guide the user around these plots and see how
different cases and variables can be viewed.
2.14.1 Selecting Plotting Method

While the new plotting method has been added to PROSPER, it is still possible to
select the old plotting method if this is preferred. This can be done in the File |
Preferences menu and going to the Plot tab:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
653
If the new plots are to be used, set Display New Plots to Yes while if the old plotting
method is to be used, select No. A third option is also possible; Choose; this option
will give the user the choice of which plot to use every time a plot is selected.
2.14.2 New Plot Screen

An example of the new plotting screen is shown below:
The screen can be split into 5 main sections as detailed below:

-
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
Black
Sensitivity Cases
Variables available to plot
The Plot
Plotting Options
General Plot Data (Only present within certain plots)
654
PROSPER
2.14.2.1Sensitivity Cases
The top left of the plotting screen shows the different sensitivity cases which have
been run. Selecting a given case will allow the saved variables to be added to the
plot.
If previously saved plots have been loaded, these will also be seen in this screen.
2.14.2.2Variables
The bottom left of the plot screen displays the different variables which can be plotted
for the sensitivity case selected in the box above. How to add single or multiple
variables is discussed in the subsequent sections of this manual.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
655
2.14.2.3Plotting Options
The top of the plotting screen has a number of different plotting options available.
These are shown above and more details about each are given in the table below:
Edit Plot Settings
This option accesses the Tee-Chart Editor. From here

the fonts, scales, legends etc. can be changed.
Redraw
Select to zoom out to the original scale and redraw

plots.
Remove
Single If a single series is to be removed from the plot this
option can be used and the series to be removed
Series from Plot
selected from the drop down list.
Remove
Multiple If a group of series are to be removed, this option can
be used to remove them in a single operation.
Series from Plot
Save Current Plot If the results from a model are to be compared with
another model, the current plot results can be saved
Results to File
using this option.
Reload Saved Plot If previous results have been saved, they can be
reloaded into the current plot using this option.
Results from File
Save Current Plot If a certain plot setup (for example axis and variables)
is used often, it is good to be able to recall it quickly
Setup
and easily. This option allows a plot setup to be saved
so it can be recalled at a later time.
Reload Saved Plot If a plot setup has previously been saved, this option
can be used to recall it.
Setup
Access Online Help Select to access the online help.
Edit Scales, Legend The scales, legends, colours etc can be edited from
within PROSPER by selecting this option.
etc
Print Hard Copy
Edit/Enter
Data
Select to print a hard copy of the plot.
Test Test Points can be entered which will be shown on the

plot.
656
PROSPER
View Plot Results
(Available in certain plots) If results are available for

the plot (for example in the IPR plot) these can be
viewed by selecting this option.
2.14.2.4Plot
The centre of the screen is taken up by the plot itself. Above or to the side of the plot
resides the legend which shows which case is represented by each coloured line on
the plot. If a certain curve is to be removed, the box next to the case name in the
legend can be unticked.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
657
2.14.2.5General Plot Data
In certain plots (such as the IPR calculation plot) the right hand side of the screen is
filled with additional information. If the information cannot be seen in the screen space,
the scroll bar at the bottom of the screen can be used.
2.14.3 Plotting Variables

The purpose of the plots is to visualise the results of the calculations so as to better
understand them and aid in analysing them. In order to do this, different variables can
be plotted against each other depending upon the situation to be modelled.
2.14.3.1Plotting Variables for Single Case
If a single case is to be plotted, then the variable to be plotted can be selected from
the bottom left hand corner of the screen:
658
PROSPER
Double clicking on a variable will add it to the plot (if there is a free axis to add it to) or
alternatively, a variable can be right clicked on and then the option of adding it to the
right or left axis is presented.
Variables can be plotted on the same axis if they share the same units. For example
pressure, dP Total Skin and dP Gravel Pack could all be plotted on one axis but
temperature would require to be added to the second axis.
Adding Variables to the Bottom Axis
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
659
If the variable is to be added to the bottom axis (for example when performing a
gradient calculation to see temperature against depth) then it can be dragged and
dropped onto the bottom axis.
2.14.3.2Plotting Variables for Multiple Cases
Sometimes it will be necessary to plot the same variable for multiple cases so that the
different results can be compared. Rather than doing this for each individual case
multiple times, it is possible to do this in one batch operation. This is detailed below
using the example of Bottom Measured Depth.
The Bottom Measured Depth for multiple cases can be plotted by selecting Bottom
Measured Depth from the bottom left corner of the plotting screen and then selecting
the 'clock' button:
This will bring up all of the different result streams which contain this data. If a certain
case is to be added to the plot, place a tick next to that case while if it is not to be
included then do not place a tick. If multiple streams have been saved and reloaded
these can also be selected.
In this case all the possible cases are selected:
660
PROSPER
To plot the curves for each, select OK.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
661
2.14.4 Saving and Recalling Plots

When running different cases which require different options to be enabled within the
model, it is not always possible to simply run a sensitivity and compare plots directly.
Instead, plots from one model can be saved and then recalled to be compared
against the altered model. The models are saved for as long as PROSPER remains
open. If the instance of PROSPER is closed, the saved plots will also be lost.
The steps to do this are shown below.
2.14.4.1Saving a Plot
To save a plot, first select the variable(s) which are to be plotted using the methods
discussed above.
662
PROSPER
When the plot which is to be saved is displayed select the left hand red disk above the
plot:
This will bring up the save plot screen:
Enter the name under which the plot is to be saved and then select Add. This will
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
663
transfer the results stream to the Master List which can be called back at any time.
When this has been done select OK to return to the previous screen.
2.14.4.2Recalling a Plot
Once a plot has been saved it will appear in the left hand side of the screen along with
the current plot results:
The results can be recalled to the plot using the methods described in the Plotting
Variables Section.
2.15 Help
PROSPER has an on-line Help facility which enables the user to get information quickly
about a menu option, input field or function command. This facility enables to display
instructions for completing a particular task or input field without exiting from the
current screen. The help windows offer a list of topics which not only include
definitions and functions specific to PROSPER, but details on using some features of
Windows as well.
To use the PROSPER on-line help system, the help file must be located in the same
directory as the program. If the user is new to Windows, information on using the Help
system can be made available when selecting the Help option in the PROSPER main
menu and choosing 'Using Help'. This will display a help screen from which the
664
PROSPER
information required can be selected from a list of topics.

The Help facility has function buttons located at the top of the windows, which can be
used to navigate within the help system. If a particular feature is not currently
available, the button associated with that function is dimmed. Information on specific
help topics may lead to other related topics. Some words in the Help windows are
marked with a solid underline and appear in colour (green) if the user uses a colour
screen.
These words are called jump terms and can be used to move around Help more
quickly. When clicking a jump term, Help will move directly to the topic associated with
the underlined word(s).
2.15.1 Finding Information in Help
2.15.1.1Use the Search feature in Help

This facility is useful for finding specific information about using the keyboard. For
example, the keys used for text selection. Type in the phrase "text selection" and
search the system for the phrase or select the topic from the list displayed.
2.15.1.2Use the Help Index

This option is useful for viewing specific sections listed in the Help index. Go to the
topic or command of interest and select the item required.
2.15.1.3Context Sensitive Help
This feature can be used while working to give information about a particular menu
option.
2.15.2 Accessing Help

To get information quickly about a specific menu option or entry field in PROSPER, the
following methods will display the help facility:
2.15.2.1Help Through the Menu
From the menu bar in PROSPER, click on Help (or ALT H) and select Index. From the
list of help topics, select the topics to see by pointing to the specific item.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
665
2.15.2.2Getting Help Using the Mouse

Press SHIFT+F1
The pointer will change to a question mark.
Choose the menu command or option.
or
Click the Menu command or option, and holding the mouse button down press F1.
2.15.2.3Getting Help Using the Keyboard

Press the ALT key plus the first letter of the menu name, option and press F1.
2.15.2.4To Minimise Help

If using the mouse, click the minimise button in the upper-right corner of the help
window. If using the keyboard, press ALT SPACEBAR N. This procedure will close
the help window, but keep the help icon on the Windows desktop.
2.15.3 Flow Correlations

Click Help | Flow Correlations to access a detailed generalised discussion about the
history and theory behind flow correlations and issues that relate to their use in
PROSPER.
2.15.4 Open Server

Click Help | Open Server to access the complete lists of OpenServer variables,
commands and functions.
2.15.5 Help About PROSPER

Click Help | About PROSPER and the following screen will be displayed:
666
PROSPER
If the user needs to contact Petroleum Experts about a problem with the program, please
have the version number and licence number shown on this screen available should it
be required.
2.15.6 Web Options

From the Help menu it is possible to access to the following on-line services:
Web Home Page. This option accesses the Petroleum Experts website
www.petroleumexperts.com
Web User Area. This options accesses a dedicated area of the Petroleum Experts
website containing technical information about the IPM Suite and news about the
new developments
Technical Support. This option accesses the section of the Petroleum Experts
website on which it is possible to post technical support requests to the Petroleum
Experts Technical Support Service
2.16 Appendix
The following appendix contains the references used through this manually and also
details some of the equations derived within PETEX for use in the tools.
2.16.1 A - References
2.16.1.1PVT Calculations
1 Sutton, R.P. & 'Evaluation of Empirically Derived PVT Properties SPE Reservoir Engineering,
Farshad, F.F. for Gulf of Mexico,' (Used for Glaso, Lasater, (Feb. 1990), 79-86.
Standing & Vazquez-Beggs)
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
2 Beal, C.
667
'The Viscosity of Air, Water, Natural Gas, Crude Trans., AIME (1946) 165, 94Oil and its Associated Gases at Oil Field 98.
Temperatures and Pressures,'
3 Beggs, H.D. & 'Estimating the Viscosity of Crude Oil Systems,'

Robinson,
J.R.
JPT (Sept. 1975), 1140-1144.
4 Carr, N.L., et 'Viscosity of Hydrocarbon Gases Under Pressure,' Trans., AIME (1954), 264al
268.
5 Eilerts et al
'Phase Relations of Gas Condensate Fluids,'
Monograph 10, U.S. Bureau

of Mines, Washington D.C.
(1957).
6 Brinkman,
'Equilibrium Ratios for Reservoir Studies',
F.H.
&
Sicking, J.N.
SPE (Nov. 1959), SPE reprint

series No. 15, 240-246.
7 Katz, D.
Kurata, F.
Ind. Eng. Chem. (June,

1940) 32, No. 6, 817-827.
& 'Retrograde Condensation',
8 Katz,
D., 'Surface Tension of
Monroe, R. & Dissolved Gases,'
Trainer, R.
Crude
Oils
Containing Trans., AIME (1943), 1624,

285-294.
9 Lee, et al
'The Viscosity of Natural Gases'
1 Lohrenz et al
0
'Calculating Viscosities of Reservoir Fluids From JPT (Oct. 1964), 1171-1176.

Their Compositions'
1 Coats, K.H.
1
'An Equation of State Compositional Model'
Trans., AIME (1966), 9971002.
SPE 8284 SPE ATCE, Las

Vegas, Nevada, Sept. 23-26,
1979.
1 Nghiem, L.X., 'Compositional Modelling with an Equation of State' SPE 9306 SPE ATCE,
2 Fong, D.K. &
Dallas, Texas, Sept. 21-24,
Aziz, K.
1980.
1 Winkler, H.W. 'Algorithm for More Accurately Predicting SPE 18871 SPE POS,
3 & Eads, P.T.
Nitrogen-Charged Gas-Lift Valve Operation at High Oklahoma City, March 13-14,
Pressures and Temperatures'
1988.
1 Peng,
D.-Y. 'A New Two-Constant Equation of State'
4 and Robinson,
D.B.
I.&E.C. Fundamentals (1976)

15, No.1, 59-64.
1 Bradley et al
5
'Effect Of Pressure On The Viscosity Of Water'
Petroleum
Engineering
Handbook. SPE 1987
1 Bukacek,
6 Richard F.
'Equilibrium Moisture Content Of Natural Gases'
Research Bulletin Vol 8,

Institute of Gas Technology,
Chicago USA, 1955.
1 Muhammad All "PVT Correlations for Middle East Crude Oils"

7 Al-Marhoun
JPT (May 1988), 650-666
1 E. O. Egbogah "An Improved Temperature-Viscosity Correlation Journal of Petroleum Science

8 & J. T. Ng
For Crude Oil Systems"
and Engineering, 5, (1990),
197-200
668
PROSPER
2.16.1.1.1 CO2 Injection

The best approach to model CO2 Injection is to use an Equation Of State PVT
Model and set the Fluid Type as "Retrograde Condensate" and not "Dry And Wet
Gas". The reason behind this is that the "Dry And Wet Gas" models considers the
fluid as a single phase throughout the entire system and modifies the gas properties
to account for the condensate. The "Retrograde Condensate" model assumes
multiphase flow modelling allowing for gas and/or liquid phases to be present
anywhere in the system (depending on the prevailing pressure and temperature).
N.B. In CO2 Injection, depending on the conditions of pressure and temperature, it is
possible to have phase changes somewhere in the system (Gas-.Liquid->Gas)
The Gray (and Modified Gray) correlation uses its own internal PVT calculator that
overrides the Prosper-calculated pvt properties and therefore this should not be used
to model CO2 Injection.
2.16.1.1.2 PVT Separator Pressure
The dry-wet gas model in PROSPER assumes that the condensate drops out at the
separator and therefore treats the fluids as a single phase (gas) in the tubing.
(Besides any possible water produced which will give two-phase flow).
The objective is to obtain the properties of the Well stream gas from the separated
gas, tank vented gas and condensate. (Please see next diagram).
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
669
The ideal way to do this is to perform a compositional analysis where the composition
of the gas separated, condensate and the gas vented are known. Then these fluids
are recombined to get the well stream composition and properties.
However most of time the compositions are unknown, and also the quantity and gas
specific gravity of the stock tank gas vented are often not measured.
In those cases, correlations can be used to calculate the gas specific gravity and the
GE (Gas equivalent) or VEQ (volume equivalent).
The VEQ or GE represents the volume of gas vented in the tank plus the volume in scf
that would be occupied by a barrel of stock-tank liquid if it were gas.
PROSPER is using a correlation that depends on the separator pressure to calculate
the GE.
The GE is added to the gas rate and used to calculate the pressure losses in the
tubing using the energy balance equation.
In fact from the diagram above we can see the separator pressure dependency, for
instance if the separator pressure is 0 psig, the tank vented gas will be zero, if the
separator pressure is higher then more gas will pass in solution with the liquid towards
the tank. So the separator pressure has an impact on GE.
Other correlations of GE available in the literature that depends on the separator
pressure can be found in the following references: An Improved method for the
determination of the Reservoir gas specific gravity for retrograde gases Gold et.al.,
also the in the book The properties of Petroleum Fluids W. McCain (Chapter 7:
Properties of Wet Gases) explains and show some these correlations available.
2.16.1.2IPR Calculations
1 Dietz
'Determination of Average Reservoir Trans., AIME.(1965).

Pressure From Build Up Surveys,'
2 Fetkovich M.J.
'The Isochronal Testing of Oil Wells,'
3 Forcheimer et al
4 Goode P.A.
Kuchuk F.J.
SPE 4529 SPE ATCE, Las

Vegas, Sept. 30-Oct. 3.
Zeits V. Dutching, (1901),
45, 1782-1786.
& 'Inflow Performance of Horizontal Wells,' SPE

21460
Reservoir
Engineering (Aug. 1991) 6,
No. 3, 319-323.
5 Jones
L.G., 'Use of Short Term Multiple Rate Flow SPE 6133 SPE ATCE, New
Blount, E.M. et al Tests to Predict Performance of Wells Orleans, Oct. 3-6.
Having Turbulence,'
6 Vogel J.V.
'Inflow Performance Relationships for JPT (Jan. 1968), 83-92.

Solution Gas Drive Wells,'
670
PROSPER
7 Houz,
O.P., 'Infinite Conductivity Vertical Fracture in SPE 12778 SPE Regional
Horne,
R.
& a Reservoir with Double Porosity Meeting,
Long
Beach,
Ramey, H.J. Jr.
Behaviour'
California, April 11-13, 1984.
8 Karakas,
Tariq, S.
M.
& 'Semi-Analytical Productivity Models for SPE 18271 SPE ATCE,

Perforated Completion'
Houston, Texas, Oct. 2-5,
1988.
9 Dikken, B.J.
'Pressure Drop in Horizontal Wells and Journal

of
Petroleum
its Effect on
Their
Production Technology,
November,
Performance'
1990; Trans., AIME, 289.
1 Chaperon, I.
0
'Theoretical Study of Coning Towards SPE 15377 SPE ATCE, New

Horizontal and Vertical Wells in Orleans, Oct. 5-8.
Anisotropic Formations'
1 Goode, P.A. & 'Inflow Performance of Partially Open SPE 19341 1989 SPE
1 Wilkinson, D.J.
Horizontal Wells'
Eastern Region Meeting,
Morgantown, WV, Oct. 2427. Also JPT, August 1991,
pp 983-985.
1 Papazatacos, P., 'Cone Breakthrough Time for Horizontal SPE 19822 SPE ATCE, San
2 Herring,
T.R., Wells'
Antonio, Texas, Oct. 8-11.
Martinsen, R. &
Skjaeveland, S.M.
1 Cinco-Ley,
H., 'Transient Pressure Behaviour For a SPE 6014 SPE ATCE, New
3 Samanieogo, F. & Well With a Finite-Conductivity vertical Orleans, Louisiana, Oct 3-6
Dominguez, N.
Fracture '
1976
1 Mavor, M.J.
4 Cinco Ley, H
& 'Transient Pressure Behaviour

Naturally Fractured Reservoirs'
of SPE
7977
California
Regional
Meeting
SPE,
Ventura, California, April
1979
1 Wong,
D., 'Application of the Pressure Derivative SPE 13056 SPE ATCE,
5 Harrington, A. & Function in th Pressure Transient testing Houston, Texas, Sept. 16-19,
Cinco Ley, H
of Fractured Wells'
1984
1 Warren, J.E. & 'The behaviour of Naturally Fractured SPE 426,
SPEJ
6 Root, P.J.
Reservoirs'
1963), 245-255
1 Hegre, T.T.
7 Larsen, L.
(Spet
& 'Productivity of Multifractured Horizontal SPE 28845 SPE European

Wells'
Petroleum
Conference,
London, UK, October 1994
1 Urbanczyk, C.H, 'Optimization of Well Rates under Gas SPE Advanced Technology
8 & Wattenbarger, Coning Conditions.'
Series, Vol. 2, No. 2, April
1994.
R.A
1 Larsen, L.
'Productivity Evaluations of Wells in
9
Long Rectangular Drainage Areas.'
H. Cinco, F. G. 'Unsteady-State Pressure Distribution SPE 5131
2 Miller,
H.
J. Created by A Directionally Drilled Well'
0 Ramey, Jr.
Pucknell, J. K. 'Calculation of Total Skin Factors'
SPE 23100 (1991)
2 and Clifford, P. J.
1
2 Marting, V.E and 'The Effect of Restricted Fluid Entry on
Journal of Petroleum
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
2 Brons, F.
Well Productivity'
671
Technology, February 1961
2.16.1.3Multiphase Flow Calculations

1 Anand, et al,
Predicting Thermal Conductivities of JPT (Oct. 1980).

Formations
from
Other
Known
Properties,
2 Ashford, F.E, and The Determination of Multiphase SPE paper 5161 presented
Pierce, P.E.
Pressure Drops and Flow Capacities in at the 1974 SPE Annual Fall
Downhole
Safety
Valves
(Storm Meeting, Houston Oct. 6-9.
Chokes)
3 Beggs, H.D. and A Study of Two Phase Flow in Inclined JPT (May 1973), 606-617.
Brill, J.P.
Pipe'
4 Churchill-Chu
Correlating Equations for Laminar and International Journal Heat

Turbulent Free Convection from a Mass Transfer (1975) 18,
Horizontal Cylinder,
1049-1053
5 Fancher,
and Prediction of Pressure Gradients for SPE Journal (Mar. 1963),
Brown, G.G
Multiphase Flow in Tubing,
59-64.
6 Fortunati
Two Phase Flow Through Well-head SPE paper 3742 presented

Chokes,
at 1972 SPE European
Spring Meeting, Amsterdam,
May 17-18.
7 Hagedorn, A.R. Experimental Study

of
Pressure JPT (Apr. 1965), 475-484.
and Brown, K.E Gradients Occurring During Continuous
Two-Phase Flow in Small-Diameter
Vertical Conduits,
8 Mandhane et al,
A Flow Pattern Map for Gas-liquid Flow International

Journal
in Horizontal Pipes,
Multiphase Flow, 1, 537-541.
9 Moody
Friction Factor for Pipe Flow,
1 Mukherjee,
0 and Brill, J.P
Trans., AIME (1944), 66,

671-675.
H. Liquid Holdup Correlations for Inclined JPT (May 1983), 1003-1008.

Two-Phase Flow,
1 Oranje
1
Condensate Behaviour in Gas Pipeline Oil and Gas Journal (July

is Predictable,
1973), 39-43.
1 Orkiszewski
2
Predicting Two Phase Pressure Drop in JPT (June 1967), 829-833.

Vertical Pipes,
1 Duns, H. Jr and Vertical Flow of

3 Ros, N.C.J.
Mixtures in Wells,
Gas
and
Liquid Proc.,
Sixth
World
Petroleum
Congress,
Frankfurt (1963) 451.
1 Tansev,
E. Predicting Pressure Loss and Heat SPE paper 5584 presented
4 Startzman, R.A. Transfer in Geothermal Wellbores,
at the 1975 SPE Annual Fall
and Cooper, A.M.
Meeting, Dallas, Sept. 28Oct. 1.
1 Gould, T.L, Tek, Two-Phase Flow Through
5 M.R. and Katz, Inclined, or Curved Pipe,
D.L
Vertical, JPT, August, 1974, 915-925.
672
PROSPER
2.16.1.4Temperature Calculations
1Chiu, K. and 'Modeling of Wellbore Heat Losses in SPE 22870 1991 SPE Annual Fall
Thakur, S.C. Directional Wells
Under
Changing Meeting, Dallas, Oct. 9-9. pp 517 Injection Conditions,'
528.
2Hasan,
A.R. 'Heat Transfer During Two-Phase Flow in SPE 22866 1991 SPE Annual Fall
and
Kabir, Wellbores:
Part
I
Formation Meeting, Dallas, Oct. 9-9. pp 469 C.S.
Temperature,'
478.
3Hasan,
A.R. 'Heat Transfer During Two-Phase Flow in SPE 22948 1991 SPE Annual Fall
and
Kabir, Wellbores: Part II - Wellbore Fluid Meeting, Dallas, Oct. 9-9. pp 695 C.S.
Temperature,'
708.
4Carslaw, H.S. 'Conduction of Heat in Solids,'
and
Jaeger,
J.C.
Oxford Science Publications, Oxford,

U.K., 1959.
2.16.1.5Artificial Lift Design

1Gibbs
S.G.
'Predicting the Behavior of Sucker- SPE 588 SPE Rocky Mountain Regional Meeting,
Rod Pumping Systems'
May 27-28, 1963, in Denver, Colorado, 769-788.
2Schmidt 'System Analysis for Sucker-Rod SPE 15426 SPE ATCE, October 5-8, 1986, in New
Z., Doty Pumping'
Orleans, Louisiana, 125-130.
D.R.
3Gibbs
S.G.,
Neely
A.B.
'Computer Diagnosis of Down-Hole SPE 1165 SPE Annual Fall Meeting, October 3-6,
Conditions in Sucker Rod Pumping 1965, in Denver, Colorado, 91-98.
Wells'
4Patton
L.D.
'A Computer Technique

for SPE 1986 SPE 38th California Regional Meeting,
Analyzing
Pumping
Well October 26-27, 1967, in Los Angeles, California,
Performance'
243-249.
5Jennings
J.W.
'Design of
Systems'
6Gibbs
S.G.
'A Review of Methods for Design SPE 9980, December 1982, 2931-2942.
and Analysis of Rod Pumping
Installations'
7Gabor
Takacs
'Gas Lift Manual"
Penn Well Corporation Tulsa, Oklahoma 2005
8Gabor
Takacs
'Sucker-Rod Pumping Manual'
Penn Well Corporation Tulsa, Oklahoma 2003
PROSPER Manual
Sucker-Rod
Pump SPE 20152 Petroleum Technology in the Second

Century, October 16-19, 1989, in Socorro, New
Mexico, 77-87.
June, 2014
User Guide
673
2.16.2 B - Equations
2.16.2.1Black Oil Model for Condensate
PSEP
TSEP
TANK
ggtot
g gsep
GOR
g gtnk
GOR
sep
tnk
Total GOR is the total of separator and tank GOR.

Rtot = Rsep + Rtnk
Feed gas gravity ( g g ) is the weighted average of separator and tank gas gravities.
tot
g g tot =
( g g sep Rsep + g g tnk Rtnk )

Rtot
2.16.2.1.1 Mass Balance Calculations

Based on the principles of mass balance the following equations can be derived.
Known Parameters:
Produced Gas Gravity
Condensate specific gravity
ggt
c
The condensate to gas ratio

Air Mol. Wt.
Water density
Air density @ SC
Mol.wt of condensate
CGR
28.966
62.43
0.0764
Mc
STB/SCF
lb/lb.mol
lb/cu.ft
lb/Scf
lb/lb.mol
Basis of calculations : 1 SCF of Produced gas.
674
PROSPER
The gas gravity of the mixture g can be evaluated using the following equation
Total inlet mass calculation:

Mass of Produced gas =
=
Vol of gas @SC x Density of gas @SC

Vol of gas @SC x Gas gravity x Density of air @SC
=
=
Mass of Condensate =
=
Vol of Cond @SC x Density of Cond. @SC

Vol of Cond.@SC x sp.gravity x Density of water @SC
=
=
Thus, Total mixture mass =

Mass of Produced gas
+ Mass of Condensate
Total inlet moles calculation:

Moles of Produced gas = Mass of gas/ Mol.Wt.of gas
=
PROSPER Manual
Mass of gas / Gas gravity x Mol.Wt. air
June, 2014
User Guide
675
=
Moles of Cond.
Mass of Cond./ Mol.Wt.of Cond
=
Thus, total mixture moles = Moles of Produced gas +
Moles of Condensate
Thus the gas gravity of the inlet mixture is
This expression thus gives, the average gas gravity of a

676
PROSPER
mixture, which has a condensate to gas ratio of CGR

STB/SCF, with the gas having a gas gravity of ggt and the
condensate having a specific gravity of c and molecular
weight of Mc.
This also can be used to work out the condensate to gas
ratio of a mixture gas if the gas gravity is known as shown
in the following equation.
2.16.2.1.2 Using the mass balance results to define Condensate Model

Based on this formulation, the separator gas gravity and the average total gas gravity,
the effective CGR vaporised in separator gas is estimated as follows
CGR sep =
g g sep - g g tot
4588 .3 g c - 132904 g g sep g c /M c
Separator liquid/gas ratio (
) referred to separator liquid.
Also assuming that the condensate is above dew point, the initial CGR under reservoir
conditions is,
CGR res =
Rsep
1
+ Rtnk
Thus, the gas gravity under reservoir conditions can be found as

g g res =
g g tot + 4588 .3 g c CGR res

1 + 132904 g c CGR res / M c
Thus, we can have two independent equations, which are

At Reservoir conditions:
g g res =
PROSPER Manual
g g t + 4588 g csc CGR res

1 + 132904 g csc CGR res / M c
June, 2014
User Guide
677
At Separator Conditions:
CGR
sep
g g sep - g g tot
4588 .3 g csc - 132904 g g sep g csc /M c
NOTE:
ggt > ggsep
CGRsep negative
At and above Dew Point:

CGR res
Rsep
1
+ Rtnk
The CGR at pressures lower than dew point is estimated by a second degree
polynomial as shown
CGR = CGR
min
+ (CGR
res
P
f
- CGR min )
P
1 - f
dewpoint
where
Pmin being the maximum liquid dropout pressure and a function of the dewpoint
pressure.
i.e.
)
P
= F (P
min
dewpoint
Pdew is an input to the model.

The vaporised CGR curve as a function of pressure looks as below:
comp
f
P
Pdew
f
is from maximum liquid dropout or mix condensate in solution.
CGR = CGR min + (CGR res - CGR min )
678
PROSPER
- f
Pdewpo int
1- f
2.16.2.1.3 Estimation of CGRmin

First calculate condensate mole fraction:
f = 0.15 +
7.08
+ 1.45 * % Condensate
TRES - 161
CGR min = CGR res - Lmax
(From Eilerts et al)
Bg
561 .5 Bo
Where
L
is the maximum liquid dropout percentage.
max
Thus we need to estimate Bo and Bg to find CGRmin from the following equation
CGR min
CGR
res
- Lmax B g
561 .5 Bo
2.16.2.2Multiphase Pseudo Pressure
k
P
q o = 2 prh o *
r
mo
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
q g = 2 prh
q w = 2 prh
kg
mg
679
P
r
k w P
*
m w r
Total Mass Flow Rate:
kg
k
k
m r = 2 prh r o o + r g
+ rw w
mo
mg
mw
Change of Mass Flow Rate Across Annulus:

m r
= 2 ph
r
r
kg
ko
k

+ rg
+ rw w
r r o
mo
mg
mw
......................1
Change in Mass Flow Rate = Change in Density / Mass accumulation in Annulus

m r
r
= 2 prh f
r
t
..............................................................2
r = So ro + S g r g + S w r w

kg
ko
k

+ rg
+ rw w
r r o
r
mo
mg
mw

1 and 2
P
r
=rf
r
t
.....................3
By Definition:
Equation 3 becomes:
rg
ro
r P
P

+ kg
+ kw w
= rf rc
r k o
m
m
m
r
t
o
g
w

To Linearise this Equation:

p
m( p ) =
0
p
rg
ko
r
+ kg
+ k w w P
mo
mg
m w
k g mo
k o
k m
ro +
r g + w o r w P
ko m g
ko m w
o
ko
q
r o + g r g + w r w P
mo
qo
qo
GOR out B g
ko
WOR out Bw
r o +
rg +
r w P
mo
Bo
Bo
m
0
680
PROSPER
Combining we get:

m( p ) r f r c m o m( p )
*
r ko
=
r
r
F
t
Where
F = ro +
GOR out Bg
Bo
rg +
WOR out Bw
rw
Bo
_
m m( p )
2 m( p )
1 m( p )
+
= fc o
2
r r
Bo
t
r
C = c
So ro + S g r g + S w r w
F
For Condensates:
m g m( p )
2 m( p )
1 m( p )
+
= fc
2
r r
kg
t
r
C=c
Fg =
So ro + S g rg + S w r w
Fg
Bo CGR out
Bg
ro + r g +
Bw WGR
Bg
rw
2.16.2.3Temperature Models
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
681
2.16.2.3.1 Rough Approximation Temperature Model
The diagram above shows the ambient temperature varying along the length of the
well. This allows us to calculate the ambient temperature at any point along the well
(x) using the following equation:
The Rough Approximation temperature model assumes that the heat transferred
between fluid and the surroundings by all the different heat transfer mechanisms can
be captured using an Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient (also called the U Value). This
U value has the units BTU/h/ft2/oF where the area is referenced to the internal wall of
the tubing or casing (depending which the fluid is travelling through). This means that
the heat transferred is equal to:
The A refers to the area of the inner tubing or casing wall and will be equal to the
inner diameter multiplied by pi multiplied by the height of the segment. The TSurroundings
is the formation temperature at the segment depth (Ta (x)) and is found from the
geothermal gradient as shown above. TFluid, average is the average temperature of
the fluid within the segment.
682
PROSPER
Once the heat transferred to the surroundings is known, we assume that the energy
transferred is obtained from the heat generated when the fluid drops in temperature.
This can be calculated by multiplying the average heat capacity of each phase by the
mass flow rate of the phase and then by the temperature drop in the fluid:
If we equate the heat transferred with the heat obtained from the drop in temperature
we get get a single equation which implies that the rate of change of temperature with
depth is:
Where:
Ta1 = Ambient temperature at L1
T = Average fluid temperature in the segment.
q = Deviation angle
= Fluid mass flow rate
Cp = Weighted average specific heat capacity for all the phases
U = Overall heat transfer coefficient referred to pipe inside diameter
D = Pipe inside diameter
G = Geothermal gradient
2.16.2.3.1.1 Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient
This value is used to calculate heat loss in surface or downhole equipment. This
should not be confused with the thermal conductivity for a particular type of pipe. The
overall heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through the pipe, annulus (in
a well) and insulation (if present) to the surroundings and is referenced to the pipe
inside diameter. Heat transfer by forced and free convection, conduction and
radiation must all be accounted for in the value of the overall heat transfer coefficient.
Insulated buried flowlines can have heat transfer coefficients as low as 0.1 (BTU/hr/
ft2/0F) whereas uninsulated, unburied flowlines can be higher than 100.
Typical values for individual flowlines are :Buried Carbon Steel
1.0
Flowlines
Unburied Carbon Steel
16.0
Flowlines
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
683
Carbon Steel Risers in

18.0
Water
Carbon Steel Risers in
5.6
Air
Flexible Pipe in Water
2.8
The overall heat transfer coefficient (U value) used to determine the heat exchange in
the Surface Equipment (Xmas Tree to Manifold) is entered in the Surface Equipment
section of the Equipment Data input area.
The overall heat transfer coefficient entered in the Geothermal Gradient section is the
one used to determine the heat exchange in the Downhole Equipment (Xmas Tree
downward).
The U values entered in the two sections mentioned above will be used throughout the
model when running a calculation like System, Gradient, VLP calculation, or also the
VLP matching itself.
As rule of thumb we suggest to use as starting values of U the following:
Dry and Wet Gas
Retrograde Condensate
Oil and Water
1-3
BTU/
(hrft20F)
5-7
BTU/
(hrft20F)
8-10
BTU/
(hrft20F)
The values of the heat transfer coefficient above reported are the ones that we
suggest to use as starting point during the temperature matching process, as we
found out that in many cases they are not too far from the actual values. The actual
value should always be estimated as part of the VLP/IPR Matching process.
Please, note that the heat transfer coefficient, which accounts at the same time for
the different mechanisms of heat transfer, may have very different values,
depending on all the factors affecting the heat transfer (the packer fluid, fluid
characteristics, flow regime, type of completion, materials used, thickness of tubing
and casing etc.).
2.16.2.3.2 Enthalpy Balance
Enthalpy Balance temperature model in PROSPER applies the general energy
equation for flowing fluid:
684
PROSPER
In terms of Enthalpy
,
this is written:
In other terms:
If heat transfer with the surroundings (Q) is neglected, the usual pressure equation
solved in multiphase flow results. PROSPER solves the general energy equation by
considering the enthalpy balance across an incremental length of pipe. The enthalpy
term includes the effects of pressure (including Joule-Thomson effect) and phase
changes.
The algorithm commences by calculating
the enthalpy at the known pressure and
temperature of the first calculation node.
i.e. H1 at (T1,P 1)
For a given pipe increment, the enthalpy
(H2) at the other end of the pipe is
estimated.
The difference (H2-H1) is

compared to DH.
Where
If previous calculations exist, then:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
P2 = P1 - GDL ;
T2 = T1 -
685
dt
DL
dz
to give the first estimate of H2

We now deal with a piece of tubing of pipe
length L,
and
P=
P1 + P2
2
T=
T1 + T2
2
The total heat transfer coefficient is estimated for the T, P of the iteration step to
calculate the heat exchanged. Using the energy equation, we can find dh. If dh does
not equal H2-H1, the iteration continues until convergence. The Enthalpy Balance
method solves the energy equation simultaneously for both temperature and pressure.
The solution temperature at the downstream side of the pipe increment is therefore
the value of T2 when the iteration has converged.
The heat transfer coefficient is used to calculate dQ within the enthalpy balance
iterations and not the temperature.
The heat transfer coefficient is itself a function of the temperature of both the fluid and
the surroundings; therefore iteration is required to find both the heat transfer
coefficient and the enthalpy balance. The formation is a thermal sink at temperature
Te. The temperature profile near the wellbore is dependent upon producing time and
the thermal diffusivity of the formation. The heat diffusivity equation accounts for
localised heating (or cooling) of the formation by the well fluids.
For a pipe increment, the heat flow is calculated using:
Where:
infinity.
is the temperature difference between the fluid and the formation at
is the effective thermal conductivity of the formation (including allowance for well
fluids in porous formations)
is the solution of the heat diffusivity equation
686
PROSPER
The exact solution of heat diffusivity equation is:
(Carslaw
and
Jaeger Page 336)

This integral poses numerical problems as u0 and is slow. This equation is evaluated
for very early times only.
For intermediate times, PROSPER uses a fit of the TD vs tD generated using the
exact solution. At later times a logarithmic approximation is used:
Where thermal diffusivity
This formulation approximates the exact solution with less than 1% error.
Kwan-Chu and Subash Thakur).
is the overall heat transfer coefficient.
(From
The overall heat transfer coefficient takes into account forced convection inside the
pipe and free convection outside the pipe plus radiation and conduction.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
687
Heat transfer from the pipe is in three terms:

Conduction
Forced Convection
Free Convection
and Radiation
Now, let us examine the components of the overall heat loss coefficient individually:
is due to forced convection inside the pipe
Where k is the average conductivity.

688
PROSPER
= mixture Reynolds number

correlation used)
(depends on VLP
i.e. mixture Prandtl

number
In the annulus, the free convection term is:
where:
i.e. mixture Grashof number
and
mixture density
thermal expansion coefficient
The convection terms are themselves a function of temperature. Iteration is therefore

required to find the annulus temperature for the convection term and determine the
overall heat transfer coefficient
H2
H1
rti
H1
P1 , T1
rto
rci
rco
rcem
The radiation term is given by:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
where
is the Stefan-Boltzman constant and
689
is emissivity.
The Conduction Terms can be expressed as (considering the tubing), where:
h = heat transfer coefficient in W / (K m2)

k = effective thermal conductivity in W / (m K)
Similar expressions are used for each casing string and each term combined to find
the total conductivity term .
2.16.2.3.2.1 Default Thermal Properties Database
The data listed below is at standard conditions. Correlations are used to estimate
thermal properties at other temperatures and pressures.
Dry Rock Properties
Cp
Conductivity
Specific
Gravity
BTU/lb/ BTU/hr/ft/deg
deg F
F
Sandstone
0.183
1.06
2.64
Shale
0.224
0.7
2.4
Limestone
0.202
0.54
2.71
Dolomite
0.219
1.0
2.87
Halite
0.219
2.8
2.17
Anhydrite
0.265
0.75
2.96
Gypsum
0.259
0.75
2.32
Lignite
0.3
2.0
1.5
Volcanics
0.2
1.6
2.65
690
PROSPER
Rock In Situ Fluids

Cp
Conductivity
BTU/lb/
BTU/hr/ft/deg F
deg F
Water (Low
salinity)
1.0
0.35
Water (High
Salinity)
1.02
0.345
Heavy Oil
1.04
0.34
Medium Oil
0.49
0.083
Light Oil
0.5
0.0815
Gas
0.26
0.0215
The dry rock properties are modified to wet rock properties using the in-situ porosity,
permeability and rock consistency.
Downhole Equipment
Conduction
Heat
Emmissivity
Transfer
Coefficient
BTU/ft/hr/
deg F
Mild Steel
Tubing
26
0.65
Plactic Coated
Tubing
20
0.65
Stainless Steel
(13%)
18
0.4
Stainless Steel
(15%)
15
0.3
Line Pipe
27
0.9
Plactic Coated
Pipe
20
0.9
Flexible
0.3
0.95
Bitumen
0.6
0.95
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
Foam
Concrete
0.02
0.8
0.1
0.9
691
2.16.2.4Choke Calculation
From Bernoulli:
From Mass Conservation:
In the throat, the maximum velocity is the speed of sound. Under critical conditions,
the choke becomes independant of the downstream pressure and temperature.
Vms : 2 phase sound velocity from FORTUNATI, Vms will be much lower than the
velocity of either phase. Critical conditions are reached at much lower velocities.
692
PROSPER
For a mono phase
2.16.2.5Sand Control Calculations

This section is intended to review the calculations used in PROSPER to determine the skin as a
function of the available sand control methods.
These methods are:
Gravel Pack
Pre-Packed Screen
Wire Wrapped Screen
Slotted Liner
Before addressing each method individually, it is best to understand the objectives and
reasons for which the sand models are defined as in PROSPER.
Skin values are traditionally applied as constant values by assuming constant fluid properties
at any place in the reservoir. These values are designed to account for an added pressure
drop around the wellbore due to non-radial flow (as assumed by Darcy).
This results in the following relationship for a radial reservoir:
S being the constant skin value.

Looking at a radial reservoir, the pressure drop is a function of the velocity at which the fluid
travels from the outer drainage area to the wellbore:
By implementing a constant skin, it is assumed that the same fluid properties will be observed
whether the fluid is at the initial reservoir pressure or at bottomhole pressure. Having
accounted for the log term in the pressure drop calculation allows for the pressure profile
towards the wellbore to be analysed:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
693
When applying sand control, the permeability directly around the wellbore is therefore known.
The gravel pack thickness and permeability are known which means that the pressure drop
across it can be calculated.
Knowing the above information and with such a drastic change in conditions (having
established that constant fluid properties are unrealistic), the pressure drop across the sand
control would be most reliably determined if the fluid properties at Prwsf were known.
When calculating the pressure drop between the sandface and the gravel pack, there are two
options in PROSPER:
These two options regard the how the fluid properties are to be modelled, should the bubble
point be reached at the sandface.
694
PROSPER
If Single Phase is selected, the fluid properties will be recalculated assuming that the same
proportions of the same phases will always be present.
If Multi Phase is selected, should the bubble point be reached; the fluid properties of any new
phases (i.e. gas) will also be calculated and their impact on the pressure drop will be
accounted for.
It is important to note the presence of these options.
One of the assumptions made by analytical inflow models is that they are single phase.
By calculating the pressure drop between the sandface and the gravel pack, the following
relationship for a radial reservoir can now be used:
This means that for each change in the pressure around the wellbore (and corresponding
change in rate), a new Pskin can be calculated.
For those who are still more comfortable with overall skin values, these are also calculated and
displayed:
The overall relationships used to determine the Pskin remains the same regardless of which
sand control method is in use:
P sf= AQ + BQ
The rates (Q) entered in the pressure drop equation are a function of whether two-phase or
three-phase fluids are to be accounted for.
For oil and water:
If gas is also present and a three phase liquid is to be accounted for:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
695
The overall relationships used to determine the Darcy and non-Darcy components entered in
the above relationship remains constant, the input data will however vary depending on the
type of system being modelled.
For Oil and Water:
For Gas:
It is of importance to note that these parameters are calculated at the sandface and
across the sand control with respect to the conditions at the sandface and sand
control.
So the viscosities, gravities etc. have been recalculated at the pressures at the
sandface and sand control before calculating the above values.
2.16.2.5.1 Pressure Drop Across Sand Control

The following text describes the overall methodology applied to each sand control method to
determine the skin.
2.16.2.5.1.1 Gravel Pack
1. Fluid PVT at initial reservoir conditions is known (already as user entered values).
2. The IPR to the sandface is calculated, so the objective is now to calculate the dP across
the gravel pack:
696
PROSPER
3. Having determined the sandface pressure and dP across the gravel pack;
Pw = Pw1 dP (gravel pack).
The steps taken to determine the dP (gravel pack) remain the same as previously
defined.
4. Fluid properties are recalculated at Pw.
5. Skin due to the gravel pack can then be defined using the newly calculated PVT at Pw:
2.16.2.5.1.2 Pre-Packed Screen

the screen:
3. Having determined the sandface pressure, the skin due to the pre-packed screen is
calculated and is made up of a Darcy and non-Darcy components.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
697
Total Skin = S + DQ:

(Darcy skin at rw + Darcy skin between rw and rwsf)
+ (non-Darcy skin at rw + non-Darcy skin between rw and rwsf)Ql
4. Fluid properties are recalculated at Pwsi (pressure at inside of screen).
5. Skin due to the gravel pack can then be defined using the newly calculated PVT at Pwsi:
6. Bottomhole pressure can now be calculated: Pw = Pwsf Pscreen

2.16.2.5.1.3 Wire-Wrapped Screen
the screen:
698
PROSPER
3. Having determined the sandface pressure, the skin due to the wire wrapped screen is
calculated and is made up of Darcy and non-Darcy components:
Total Skin (wire wrapped) = S + DQ:

(Darcy skin at rw + Darcy skin between rw and rws)
+ (non-Darcy skin at rw + non-Darcy skin between rw and rws)Ql
5. Skin due to the gravel pack can then be defined using the newly calculated PVT at Pw:
6. Bottomhole pressure can now be calculated: Pw = Pwsf Pscreen

2.16.2.5.1.4 Slotted Liner
the slotted liner:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
699
3. Having determined the sandface pressure, the skin due to the liner is calculated and is
made up of a Darcy and non-Darcy components.
4. The following definitions are used
Rs Screen outer radius (ft)
Ri
Inner Radius Of Slotted Liner (ft)
Ro Outer Radius Of Slotted Liner (ft)

Rw Wellbore Radius (ft)
Rs Radius such that between Rs and Rse, radial flow centred on
e
the well is assumed
Ro Radius such that between Roe and Rw, radial flow centred on
e
the well is assumed
Ris Radius of Flow centred on the inner side of the slot

l
Ro Radius of Flow centred on the outer side of the slot
sl
Ws Width Of Slot (ft)
lot
Hsl Height Of Slot (ft)
ot
DARCY COMPONENTS
When determining the Darcy skin, there are a few more components which need to be
accounted for when referring to slotted liners.
-
SPF = The number of slots per foot (Slot Density)
the average number of slots around the circumference of the liner:

700
PROSPER
Spc = SPF * Hslot

-
We then consider 2 cases

o where the half distance between slots is greater than the distance to Rs or Ro
o where it is not.
if SLo/2 > (Rw Ro)

Rosl = Rw Ro
Else
Rosl = SLo/2
if SLi/2 > (Ri Rs)

Risl = Ri Rs
Else
Risl = SLi/2
Roe and Rse are calculated by assuming that the whole area is covered by radial flow into the
slot or radial flow centred on the well. Rse is assumed zero if no screen present.
Roe = ( (Ro) + 0.5* (Spc) * (Rosl) )0.5
Rse = ( (Ri) + 0.5* (Spc) * (Risl) )0.5
The skin due to linear flow through the slot and radial flow on each side of the slot is
made up of three components:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
701
Overall Darcy skin = skin due to linear flow +skin due to radial flow
NON-DARCY COMPONENTS
The non-Darcy skin due to linear flow through the slot
The non-Darcy skin due to radial flow centred on the slot is made up of two components:
i.
This D value is required for the inside of the slotted liner and as such is corrected with
respect to the properties specific to the inside of the slotted liner:
ii.
This D value is required for the outside of the slotted liner and as such is corrected
with respect to the properties specific to the outside of the slotted liner:
The non-Darcy factor due to radial flow centred on the well is also made up of two
components:
i. With respect to the fluid travelling between the liner and wellbore:
702
PROSPER
ii. With respect to the fluid travelling across the screen:
Overall non-Darcy skin = De = Dsl + Dosl + Disl + Doe + Dse

Total Skin (Ssl) = S + DQ : (linear flow skin + Radial flow skin) + (non-Darcy skin)
Ql
6. The Pressure Drop due to the Slotted Liner Skin can then be defined using the newly
calculated PVT at Pw:
7. Bottomhole pressure can now be calculated: Pw = Pwsf Pslotted liner
2.16.2.6Multi-Phase Flow Correlations

The flowing pressure gradient in a producing well comprises 3 terms:
Gravity
due to density of the produced fluid mixture
Friction
from shear stress between the flowing fluids and the

pipe wall
Acceleration
as a result of expansion of fluids as the pressure

reduces
For oil wells, the main component of pressure loss is the gravity or hydrostatic term.
Calculation of the hydrostatic pressure loss requires knowledge of the proportion of
the pipe occupied by liquid (holdup) and the densities of the liquid and gas phases.
Accurate modeling of fluid PVT properties is essential to obtain in-situ gas/liquid
proportions, phase densities and viscosities.
Calculation of holdup is complicated by the phenomenon of gas/liquid slip. Gas, being
less dense than liquid flows with a greater vertical velocity than liquid. The difference
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
703
in velocity between the gas and liquid is termed the slip velocity. The effect of slip is
to increase the mixture density and hence the gravity pressure gradient.
Multi-phase flow correlations are used to predict the liquid holdup and frictional
pressure gradient. Correlations in common use consider liquid/gas interactions - the
oil and water are lumped together as one equivalent fluid. They are therefore more
correctly termed 2-phase flow correlations. Depending on the particular correlation,
flow regimes are identified and specialised holdup and friction gradient calculations
are applied for each flow regime.
As yet, no single correlation performs better than others for all flow conditions.
Fancher
Brown
The Fancher Brown correlation is a no-slip hold-up correlation that is

provided for use as a quality control. It gives the lowest possible value
of VLP since it neglects gas/liquid slip it should always predict a
pressure which is less than than the measured value. Even if it gives a
good match to measured downhole pressures, Fancher Brown should
not be used for quantitative work. Measured data falling to the left of
Fancher Brown on the correlation comparison plot indicates a problem
with fluid density (i.e PVT) or field pressure data. Please see the VLP
Quality Check Section for mode information.
Hagedorn
Brown
The Hagedorn Brown correlation performs well in oil wells for slug flow
at moderate to high production rates (well loading is poorly predicted).
Hagedorn Brown should not be used for condensates and whenever
mist flow is the main flow regime. It under predicts VLP at low rates
and should not be used for predicting minimum stable rates.
Duns and
Ros
Modified
The Duns and Ros Modified correlation is derived from the Duns and
Ros Original correlation. The original correlation was modified by
Petroleum Experts to overestimate the pressure drop in oil wells for the
slug flow regime. This correlation should only be used for quality
checking of the input well test data and should never be used for
calculating the pressure drop in the wellbore or pipelines and hence
should not be used for lift curve generation either.
Duns and
Ros
Original
The Duns and Ros Original Correlation is derived from the original
published method. In PROSPER the original Duns and Ros correlation
has been enhanced and optimised for use with condensates. This
correlation performs well in mist flow cases and may be used in high
GOR oil wells and condensate wells.
Petroleum
Experts
The Petroleum Experts correlation combines the best features of

existing correlations. Petroleum Experts correlation uses the Gould et al
Flow Map and for the various flow regimes we use the following:
Bubble flow:
Wallis and Griffith
704
PROSPER
Slug flow:
Hagedorn and Brown
Transition:
Duns and Ros
Annular Mist flow: Duns and Ros

Petroleum
Experts 2
The Petroleum Experts 2 correlation includes the features of the PE

correlation plus original work on predicting low-rate VLPs and well
stability.
The PE2 correlation has been tested for numerous high flow rate cases
and found to provide a good estimate of the pressure drops. Examples
include oil wells exceeding 40000STB/d and gas wells with 7in casing
capable of producing up to 1Bscf/day.
PE2 has also been externally tested as the most reliable well flow
correlation irrespective of fluid type, flow regime or pipe specification.
J.E. Norman Liley; Stuart Oakley; "Downhole Pressure Boosting in
Natural Gas Wells: Well Candidate Selection and Project Progress"
SPE 96037-PA
Shah Kabir et al, SPE109868
Petroleum
Experts 3
The Petroleum Experts 3 correlation includes the features of the PE2

correlation plus original work for viscous, volatile and foamy oils. This
attempts to model the impact that shear dependent properties have on
the flowing conditions.
Petroleum
Experts 4
The Petroleum Experts 4 model is an advanced mechanistic model

which was derived to be suitable for any angled wells (including
downhill flow) suitable for any fluid (including Retrograde Condensate).
Due to the advancements made in the Petroleum Experts 5 it is
recommended that this correlation is not used within integrated
production models and instead Petroleum Experts 5 can be used.
Petroleum The PE5 mechanistic model is an advancement on the PE4 mechanistic
Experts 5 model. PE4 showed some instabilities (just like other mechanistic
models) that limited its use across the board. PE5 reduces the
instabilities through a calculation that does not use flow regime maps as
a starting point.
PE5 is capable of modelling any fluid type over any well or pipe
trajectory. This correlation accounts for fluid density changes for incline
and decline trajectories.
The stability of the well can also be verified with the use of PE5 when
calculating the gradient traverse, allowing for liquid loading, slug
frequency, etc. to be modelled.
Orkiszews The Orkiszewski correlation often gives a good match to measured
data. However, its formulation includes a discontinuity at velocity = 10
ki
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
705
ft/s in its calculation method. The discontinuity can cause instability

during the pressure matching process and VLP generation and
therefore its use is not recommended.
Beggs and The Beggs and Brill correlation is primarily a pipeline correlation. It
generally over-predicts pressure drops in vertical and deviated wells.
Brill
Gray
The Gray correlation gives good results in gas wells for condensate
ratios up to around 50 bbl/MMscf and high produced water ratios.
Gray contains its own internal PVT model which over-rides PROSPER's
normal PVT calculations.
For very high liquid dropout wells, use a Retrograde Condensate PVT
and the Duns and Ros Original correlation.
Petroleum
Experts 6
The Petroleum Experts 6 correlation is an alteration of the Petroleum

Experts 3 correlation which accounts of the effect that changing water
cuts have on the possible shear effects experienced by the fluid.
For the references to the papers on which these models are based, please refer to
the References Appendix.
Barnea Criteria
Slugging Calculations
Note
There is no universal rule for selecting the best flow correlation for a given
application. It is recommended that a Correlation Comparison always be carried
out. By inspecting the predicted flow regimes and pressure results, the user can
select the correlation that best models the physical situation.
2.16.2.6.1 Multiphase Flow Fundamentals
The following section considers some the fundamental elements which constitute
multi-phase phase.
2.16.2.6.1.1 Single-Phase Energy Balance Equation
Consider an element of pipe through which a fluid is flowing at a steady-state rate.

The energy associated with a unit mass of fluid entering the element plus any shaft
work done by the fluid plus any heat exchanged with the surroundings plus change of
energy with time must equal the energy leaving the pipe element. The energy balance
can be expressed as:
d(PV) +
W
Pressure
External
dU
Internal
d(1/2 u2)
Kinetic
d(gCosL)
Potential
Heat
706
PROSPER
energy
work done
energy
energy
energy
added
The energy per unit mass entering the element is the sum of the internal and kinetic
energy terms at that point. This must equal the sum of the internal and kinetic leaving
the element plus the heat loss (or gain) from the element plus any work done by the
fluid.
For single phase conditions, the terms can be expressed as follows:
d(PV)
dU
d(1/2 u2)
d(gCosL)
=
=
=
=
PdV + VdP
(Q + F - PdV)
udu
gCos.dL
(F is a frictional dissipation term)
the energy balance can be written:

(PdV + VdP) + (Q + F - PdV) + udu + gCos.dL = Q - W
which simplifies to:
VdP + udu + gCos.dL + F + W = 0
Assuming no external work is done on the system
-
dP
dL
= rgCos f + r
dF
dL
+G
du
dL
(G is the mass flow rate)
This is the single phase pressure gradient expression:

dP
dP
dP
dP
-
=
+
+
dL Total dL Gravity dL Friction dL Acceleration
2.16.2.6.1.2 Multi-Phase Energy Balance Equation
For MultiPhase flow of oil, water and gas, the energy balance is derived in a similar
manner.
The energy per unit mass entering the pipe element is the sum of internal and kinetic
energy at point L:
ug2
u2
u2
r g q g U g + + r o qo U o + o + r w qw U w + w
2
2
2
The energy per unit mass leaving the pipe element is the sum of internal and kinetic
energy at point L+L:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
707
ug2
u2
u2
r g q g U g + + r o qo U o + o + r w qw U w + w
2
2
2
L+ d L
Heat exchange to or from the pipe is proportional to the temperature difference

between the well fluids and the surroundings, the heat transfer area and the overall
heat transfer coefficient Uc:
dQ
= U c Tf - Te p D. d L
dt
The rate of work done by the system is the change in potential energy plus the
change of enthalpy (h = U + /). Defining the mass flow rate in the pipe as:
pD 2
m=
a g r g ug + a o r o uo + a w r w uw
4
The energy balance can be written for multi-phase flow as follows:

d
r g q g ( hg + ug2 / 2 ) + r o qo ( ho + uo2 / 2 ) + r w qw ( hw + uw2 / 2 ) =
dL
pDU c (Tf - Te ) + mgCos f
Summing the enthalpies for all phases, this can be simplified to:
dH
du
1 dQ
+u
- gCos f +
=0
dL
dL
m dL
The pressure traverse for a well or pipeline can be computed by numerical integration
of the pressure gradient equation over the length of the pipe. This requires
knowledge of the proportion of each phase present and its density for the pressure
and temperature of each incremental pipe segment. The densities and gas/liquid
proportions are found from a PVT model. To find the total pressure gradient requires
the above equation to be simultaneously solved for pressure and temperature.
If the flowing temperature profile is available, then the equation can be evaluated
directly for pressure. In the majority of applications, the flowing temperature has a
minor effect on the calculated pressure drop. If the flowing temperature profile is
available, the pressure gradient can be evaluated directly.
Total Pressure Gradient Components
The total pressure gradient is the sum of 3 terms:
Gravity
The gravity term reflects the fluid density and the angle of deviation from vertical.
Evaluation of the fluid density is straightforward for single-phase applications. For
MultiPhase flow, the mixture density is required. This requires knowledge of the
708
PROSPER
density of each phase and the proportion of the pipe occupied by each (holdup).
f
ru 2
2D
Friction
The frictional pressure gradient is proportional to the friction factor f and the square of
the flow velocity. The frictional pressure gradient comprises a greater proportion of
the total pressure drop as the flow velocity increases.
ru
du
dL
Acceleration
The magnitude of the acceleration component of the total pressure gradient is
insignificant except when the produced fluid is rapidly changing in velocity e.g. in a gas
well operating with low well head pressure.
In a properly designed oil well completion, the gravity component comprises around
75% of the total pressure gradient. The accuracy of liquid density and holdup values
are the main factors affecting the accuracy of the total pressure gradient calculations.
2.16.2.6.1.3 Multi-Phase Flow
The density difference between gas and either water and oil is far greater than the
density difference between oil and water. So-called multi-phase flow correlations
lump oil and water together as liquid and calculations are based on liquid/gas
interactions. Such flow correlations are more accurately described as 2-phase
methods.
The calculation errors resulting from lumping the water and oil together have been
found to be insignificant for the majority of oil well pressure calculations. Errors have
been observed for large diameter tubing in deviated wells.
Holdup
Holdup is the proportion of the pipe cross-section occupied by liquid as shown in the
following sketch:
Since the sum of the area occupied by liquid plus that occupied by gas must equal the
total pipe cross-section, the following relation must always be obeyed:
The mixture density is calculated from the phase densities and the liquid holdup.
The liquid density is that of the mixture of oil and water.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
709
Estimation of the liquid holdup (and hence the mixture density) for a wide range of
flow conditions is a main goal of flow correlations.
Superficial Velocity
The superficial velocity is the velocity of each phase if it were flowing alone in the
pipe. For the prevailing pressure and temperature, the superficial velocities are
calculated from the volumetric flow rate and pipe cross-sectional area as follows:
Vsup l = q l / A p
Vsup g = q g / A p
Defining the mixture velocity as the sum of the phase superficial velocities (Vm =
Vsupl + Vsupg), the 'no-slip' holdup can be calculated:
hno - slip =
Vsup l
Vsup l + Vsup g
Slip
The density difference between gas and liquid results in a buoyancy force between
them. In inclined flow, the gas will rise up through the liquid. This increases the gas
flow velocity relative to the liquid. Since the gas is travelling faster than the oil, a
smaller area of the pipe will be required to produce the same mass flow of gas. The
effect of slip is therefore to increase the liquid holdup, and hence the mixture density.
The amount of gas/liquid slip depends on factors such as density difference, the
relative proportions of oil and gas, flow velocities and pipe diameter. A major factor is
the flow regime.
Gravity vs Friction Head
At low flow rates, the increase in mixture density due to gas/liquid slip can be
significant. As rates increase, the flowing velocity increases and the liquid 'catches
up' with the gas. At very high flow rates, slip is insignificant since both phases are
travelling with virtually the same velocity. On the other hand, the frictional loss
increases rapidly with flow velocity.
The total gradient is the sum of gravity, friction and acceleration terms. The flowing
bottom hole pressure displays a minimum when the rate of change of the gravity
gradient equals the rate of change of friction gradient.
The rate corresponding to the minimum flowing bottom hole pressure is termed the
minimum stable rate. Rates less than this are termed 'head dominated'. Higher rates
are termed 'friction dominated'. Wells cannot sustain steady state flow for rates less
than the minimum stable rate. The unstable production is termed 'heading' where
alternate slugs of oil and gas are produced. While some wells may be able to
continue unstable production for rates below the minimum stable rate, VLP
correlations cannot be used, since they apply only to steady state flow conditions.
2.16.2.6.1.4 Flow Regimes
Observation of flow loop experiments has identified characteristic patterns that occur
under varying conditions of multi-phase flow. Different flow patterns occur depending
710
PROSPER
on many factors including the proportion of phases present, flow velocity, viscosities
and interfacial tension. Most methods use 'flow maps' to identify flow regimes. A
flow map is a presentation of flow regime as a function of dimensionless liquid and
gas velocity parameters. The correlating parameters vary between authors.
Gould et al Flow Map
Frictional losses and liquid holdup can vary widely between flow regimes. Most
pressure loss correlations require accurate flow regime prediction so that the
appropriate calculation methods can be applied.
The major flow regimes encountered in producing wells are discussed below:
Single Phase Oil
An undersaturated reservoir producing above bubble point pressure will have single
phase oil production at the sand face. As the oil is produced towards surface, the
wellbore pressure will decline in response to the reduction in hydrostatic head and
frictional losses until the bubble point pressure is reached.
Bubble Flow
When the bubble point is reached, small evenly dispersed gas bubbles within the liquid
will form. As both the liquid and gas expand, the flowing velocity will increase. This
relatively well ordered flow regime can be modelled with a good degree of precision.
Slug Flow
As the pressure reduced further, more gas is evolved. The gas bubbles interact and
coalesce to form slugs of gas that can occupy most of the pipe cross-section.
Production is by alternate slugs of liquid and gas. This moderately chaotic flow
regime can be modelled with acceptable precision.
Annular Mist
As the pressure decreases, both the volumetric proportion and the flow velocity of the
gas increases greatly. A liquid film forms on the walls of the pipe and gas production
occurs through the central pipe core. Some fine liquid droplets can be entrained in the
gas as a mist.
Transition Flow Regimes
For conditions that fall between the main flow regimes described above, transitional
flow regimes may be observed. The onset of highly chaotic flow regimes can be
difficult to predict. Pressure drop correlations generally handle transition flow regimes
by averaging results calculated using the adjacent fully developed flow regime
methods.
Although many methods have been proposed, the prediction of flow regimes is
imprecise and remains the subject of on-going research.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
711
2.16.2.6.1.5 PVT
Pressure loss correlations require values for the in-situ gas/liquid ratio, flow velocities,
fluid densities and viscosity for the entire range of temperatures and pressures in the
calculations. The accuracy of pressure gradient calculations critically depends on the
accuracy of fluid density values used.
The following example (in field units) illustrates how surface flow rates and PVT data
are used to calculate densities and velocities at downhole conditions.
Densities
If the surface densities of oil, water and gas are o ,w and g. at standard conditions,
the corresponding densities at downhole conditions are:
g o (62.4) +
ro =
rw =
rg =
Rs g g (0.0764)
56146
.
Bo
gw
Bw
g g (0.0764)
Bg
Velocities
Superficial velocities are calculated from the surface oil production at standard
conditions, solution GOR and the water cut. Defining:
and
WOR = qw / qo
Ap = d2 / 4
and
GLR = Rs * (1 - Water cut)
qo
1
WOR
WCut B
VsL =
+ Bw
1 + WOR
86,400 Ap
1 + WOR
561
.
qo
1
GLR - Rs
WCut
1 + WOR
Vsg =
Bg
86,400 Ap
These basic parameters at downhole conditions, together with gas and liquid
viscosities are passed to the flow correlation for calculation of the pressure gradient
terms.
Black oil and compositional methods may be used to predict PVT properties.
For oil wells, the liquid density is the most important PVT parameter.
Prediction of liquid density is a weakness of compositional PVT methods. The
use of compositional PVT cannot be recommended for the majority of oil well
pressure loss calculations.
2.16.2.6.2 Historical Development
Methods of modeling vertical two-phase flow can be divided into 3 classes in order of
complexity:
712
PROSPER
1.
Liquid holdup and friction losses are expressed an equivalent single phase
energy loss factor. The flowing mixture density is used in place of the in-situ mixture
density to calculate the gravity component. No attempt is made to identify flow
regimes.
2.
The effect of two-phase holdup and friction losses are evaluated separately.
No attempt is made to identify flow regimes.
3.
Flow regimes are identified and correlations specialised to flow regimes are
used to estimate holdup and friction losses.
The first experimental work in the field of multi-phase flow is generally credited to
Davis and Weidner. Most pressure loss correlations have been developed from
laboratory experimental work with air-water mixtures in short lengths of small
diameter tubing. Thus the effects of large scale inter-phase mass transfer are not
included. The results attempt to correlate liquid holdup and tubing wall friction with
measured fluid properties and flowing phase fraction.
Table 1 shows those
correlations that have made some contribution to the problem of vertical MultiPhase
flow.
Poettmann and Carpenter developed a simple practical model, but its simplicity
limits its accuracy. They related the irreversible energy losses of 49 well tests with a
Fanning type friction factor term which was in turn related to the Reynolds number of
the fluid mixture. This correlation is typical of a Category 1 method as defined above.
Baxendall extended the Poettmann and Carpenter method to higher flow rates and
Fancher and Brown applied the same method to 94 tests from an experimental well .
Fancher and Brown introduced produced gas-liquid ratio as an additional parameter
in the friction factor correlation.
Much of the early work in developing both flow maps and correlations have been
attributed to Griffith and Wallis and Duns and Ros. They concentrated on the
definition of the flow boundaries of the flow regimes and presented the results in the
form of a flow pattern map. Ros and also Duns and Ros gathered laboratory data on
pressure drop for two-phase flow and they considered the dependency of the flow
regimes on dimensionless parameters.
Hagedorn and Brown developed a correlation from 475 tests in a 1,500 foot
experimental well using fluids with viscosities up to 110 centipoise. An average
mixture density corrected for downhole conditions was used for calculating friction and
acceleration pressure losses. Liquid holdup was not measured directly - it was
calculated from the total measured pressure loss. Further work by Brill and
Hagedorn has improved the correlation prediction of holdup and slip and included the
Griffith bubble flow correlation.
Orkiszewski developed a pressure drop prediction method based on a new flow
pattern map and a combination of features from existing correlations. He combined
the work of Griffith for bubble flow and that of Griffith and Wallis for slug flow together
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
713
with the Duns and Ros correlation for mist flow. In addition, new friction and density
correlations for slug flow based on a liquid distribution parameter were developed.
The data of Hagedorn was used to develop a correlation with tubing size, superficial
mixture velocity and liquid viscosity.
Aziz et al developed a mechanistically based model and concentrated their research
on the bubble and slug flow regimes. Predictions for 48 wells were compared to field
data and with the predictions from Orkiszewski, Duns and Ros and Hagedorn and
Brown with favourable results.
Beggs and Brill developed a correlation for prediction of pressure gradient and
holdup from experiments carried out in 1 inch and 1 1/2 inch smooth circular pipes at
any angle of inclination. They found that in inclined flow, the liquid holdup reaches a
maximum about 50 from horizontal and a minimum at around -50 from horizontal.
The result that the holdup is approximately equal at 90 and 20 confirms the
observation that vertical flow correlations can often be successfully used in horizontal
flow. The Beggs and Brill correlation is the first method to explicitly account for the
effect of deviation on holdup.
Cornish developed a simple homogeneous flow model which assumes no slippage
occurs in high flow rate wells. However for two-phase Reynolds numbers <105, slip
will be significant and the method may not apply.
2.16.2.6.3 VLP Flow Correlations
The primary purpose of a flow correlation is to estimate the liquid holdup (and hence
the flowing mixture density) and the frictional pressure gradient. This section details
the methods used by some of the most widely applied correlations.
2.16.2.6.3.1 Hagedorn Brown
The Hagedorn-Brown correlation is probably the most widely applied of all oil well
VLP correlations. It works well for bubble and slug flow regimes in a wide range of
applications. At low flow rates it under-predicts flowing pressures. This can result in
optimistic predictions for minimum stable flow rates.
The Hagedorn-Brown correlation was developed from data obtained from a 1500 ft
test well using fluids with a wide range of viscosities. The liquid holdup was not
measured, but was back-calculated to satisfy the measured pressure gradient after
the pressure drop due to friction and acceleration were accounted for. The liquid
holdup is not a true indicator of the proportion of the pipe occupied by fluid, it is
merely a correlating parameter.
Hagedorn and Brown found the liquid holdup could be correlated to four dimensionless
parameters:
NLV =
1.938 VSL (L/L)1/4 Liquid Velocity Number
NGV =
1.938 VSG (L/L)1/4 Gas Velocity Number
Nd
=
120.872 d (L/L)1/2 Pipe Diameter Number
714
PROSPER
NL
=
0.15726 L (1/LL3)1/4
Liquid Viscosity Number
The above expressions are dimensionless when the parameters are expressed in the
appropriate field units as shown below:
VsL =
ft/sec
Liquid superficial velocity
VsG =
ft/sec
Gas superficial velocity
L
=
lbm/ft3
Liquid density
L
=
dyne/cm
Interfacial tension
L
=
centipoise
Liquid viscosity
d
=
feet
Pipe diameter
The liquid comprises both oil and water, therefore the issue of calculating mixture
properties arises. In the Hagedorn-Brown correlation a weighted average approach is
used:
L
=
O fO + W fW
L
O fO + W fW
L
=
O fO + W fW
Where the fractional flow of oil and water are defined as follows:
fO
=
qO/(qO+qw)
fW
qW/(qO+qw) = 1 - fO
The correlating function is entered with a value of CNL. The corrected liquid number
is read from a plot of CNL vs NL:
The secondary holdup correction factor is determined from a correlation of NGV, NL
and Nd. Once the correction factors have been determined, the holdup can be
calculated. The pressure gradient due to elevation change (gravity term) is calculated
from:
g
dP
=
r h + r g (1 - hl )

dL Gravity g c l l
The pressure gradient due to friction is given by:

r f Vm2
dP
= f

dL Friction
2 gc d
where:
r 2n
rs
r s = r l hl + r g (1 - hl )
rf =
r n = r l l l + r g (1 - l l )
V M = VSL + VSG
l l = VSL / V M
The friction gradient can be written in terms of the mass flow rate (w) as follows:
This expression simplifies to:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
715
w2
dP
= f

dL Friction
2.9652*1011 r s d 5
Where:
w
=
mass flow rate
lbm/day
s
=
density based on liquid holdup
lbm/ft3
d
=
pipe inside diameter feet
f
=
two phase friction factor dimensionless
The two-phase friction factor is correlated with a two-phase Reynolds number using
the standard Moody diagram. The two-phase Reynolds number is defined as follows:
N Re =
r nVm d
ms
where:
m s = m hLL * m (g1- hL )
The acceleration due to acceleration is given by:

r D(Vm2 )
dP
= s

dL Acceleration
2 g c dL
Where Vm is the difference in mixture velocity between the inlet and outlet ends of a
pipe element. The Acceleration gradient is applied as a correction (Ek) to the sum of
the Gravity and Friction gradients as follows:
Ek =
dL dP r s D(Vm2 )
=
dP dL
2 g c dP
the total pressure drop can be calculated from:

dP
dP
+

dL Friction
dL
dP

Gravity
=

dL Total
1 - Ek
The refinements suggested by Brill and Hagedorn have been implemented in

PROSPER:
Griffith correlation for bubble flow.

Limit on liquid holdup to be always greater than the no-slip holdup.
Some additional refinements have been added to the basic Hagedorn-Brown

correlation:
Beggs and Brill deviation correction for liquid holdup.
Explicit calculation of Acceleration term instead of using the Ek correction

method.
Field experience has shown that Hagedorn Brown gives excellent results for oil wells
in bubble and slug flow away from the gravity dominated flow region. Errors are
greatest for large bore deviated wells in the 35-70 range with moderate water cuts
where water/oil slip may be significant.
716
PROSPER
2.16.2.6.3.2 Duns and Ros
Duns and Ros

The Duns and Ros correlation is the result of an extensive laboratory study in which
liquid holdup and pressure gradients were measured. Correlations were developed
for slip velocity (from which the holdup can be calculated) and friction factor for 3
distinct flow regimes. The flow regimes are defined as functions of the dimensionless
quantities NGV, NLV, La, Ls, Lm and Nd where:
1
N GV
r
= Vsg L
gs
1
r
N LV = VsL L
gs
r g
Nd = d L
s
g
NL = m L
rLs 3
Ls
=
50 + 36 NLV
Lm
=
75 + 84 NLV0.75
Flow regimes are determined using the following relations:
Region I (Bubble) 0 <= Ngv <= ( L1 + L2 * NLV )
Region II (Slug)
( L1 + L2 * NLV < Ngv < ( 50 + 36NLV )
Region III (Mist)
Ngv > ( 75 + 84NLV0.75 )
Duns and Ros Flow Map
Duns and Ros developed a dimensionless slip velocity correlation from which the
actual slip velocity and liquid holdup can be calculated using the following relations:
1
r
S = Vs L
s L g
where:
Vs = V g - Vl =
Vsg
(1 - h L )
VsL
hL
Solving for liquid holdup yields:

hs =
Vs - Vm + (Vm - Vs ) 2 + 4VsVsL
2Vs
The procedure for calculating the gravity pressure gradient is:

1.
Calculate the dimensionless slip velocity S using the appropriate correlation.
The correlation for S is different for each flow regime.
2.
Solve for the slip velocity, Vs
3.
Solve for the liquid holdup hL
4.
Calculate the mixture density, s = LhL + g(1-hL)
5.
Calculate the gravity pressure gradient
Bubble Flow Regime

PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
717
The Bubble Flow regime is defined by a Gas Velocity number falling between zero
and an upper limit (0 <= Ngv <= L1 + L2NLV).
For bubble flow, the parameters are calculated as follows:
Dimensionless slip velocity:
N gv
S = F1 + F2 N LV + F3'
1 + N Lv
The bubble slip velocity numbers F1 F2 F3 and F4 are correlated with the liquid
viscosity number NL. F3' is obtained from:
F3' = F3 -
F4
Nd
The Duns and Ros friction term for bubble flow is given by:
r V V
dP
= f m L SL m

dL Friction
2 gc d
From experimental data, Duns and Ros obtained the following expression for fm:
f m = f1 f 2 / f 3
f1 is obtained from the Moody diagram as a function of the liquid Reynolds number:
N Re L =
r LVSL d
mL
Note that for low values of Reynolds number corresponding to laminar flow conditions
that the friction factor becomes independent of pipe roughness.
The factor f2 is a correction for the in-situ gas - liquid ratio.
The factor f3 is an additional correction for both liquid viscosity and in-situ gas-liquid
ratio. It becomes important for viscosities greater than approximately 50 centistokes.
Vsg
f 3 = 1 + f1
50VsL
The acceleration term is insignificant for the bubble flow regime and is therefore not
calculated.
Slug Flow Regime
For the slug flow regime ( L1 + L2 * Nlv < Ngv < ( 50 + 36nlv )) the dimensionless slip
velocity is calculated as follows:
S = (1 + F5 )
( N gv ) 0.982 + F6'
(1 + F7 N Lv ) 2
The slug slip velocity numbers F5, F6 and F7 are found from a plot as a function of
liquid viscosity number NL:
The friction pressure gradient is calculated using the same procedure as for bubble
flow.
The acceleration term is considered to be negligible in the slug flow regime.
Mist Flow Regime

For the Mist flow regime ( Ngv > ( 75 + 84 Nlv0.75 )), the slip velocity is taken as
718
PROSPER
zero. This is because with the high gas flow rates, the liquid and gas travel with
essentially the same velocity. With no slip, the mixture density can be calculated
directly from:
Vsg
V
r n = r L l L + r g l g = r L sL + r g
Vm
Vm
In the mist flow regime, the friction term is based on the gas phase only:
r gVsg2
dP
= f

dL Friction
2 gc d
The friction factor f is read from the Moody diagram as a function of the gas Reynolds
number:
N Re =
r gVsg d
mg
In mist flow, there is a film of liquid on the pipe wall. The ripples of the wall film cause
a drag on the gas. This process is governed by a form of the Weber number:
N We =
r gVsg2 e
sL
Liquid viscosity also has an influence which is accounted for by making Nwe a function
of a dimensionless number containing the liquid viscosity:
Nm =
m 2L
rLs Le
The value of pipe roughness may be very small, but /d never becomes smaller than
the value for the pipe itself. At the transition to slug flow, /d approaches 0.5.
Between these limits, /d can be calculated from the following equations:
N We N m < 0.005:
e 0.0749 s L
=
d
r gVsg2 d
Values of f for the mist flow regime can be found for /d > 0.05 from:
1
*4
f =
1.73
4 Log10 (0.27 e / d )
As the wave height on the walls increases, the actual area available for flow of gas is
reduced to d-. Duns and Ros suggested that the prediction of friction loss could be
refined by substitution of (d-) for d and
Vsg d 2
(d - e ) 2
for Vsg throughout the calculation of friction gradient. In this case, the determination
of roughness is iterative.
In mist flow, the acceleration term can be written as:
Define an acceleration parameter Ek as follows:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
Ek =
719
VmVsg r n
gc p
then the total pressure gradient can be calculated from

dP
=
dL
dP
dP
+

dL Gravity dL Friction
1 - Ek
Transition (Slug-Mist) Flow Regime

For the region (Ls < Ngv < Lm) linear interpolation of the total pressure gradients is
used to determine the total pressure gradient. This means that when Ngv falls
between Ls and Lm, pressure gradients must be calculated using both slug flow and
mist flow correlations as follows:
dP
dP
dP
= A
+ B
dL Slug
dL Mist
dL
where:
A=
Lm - N gv
Lm - Ls
,B =
N gv - Ls
Lm - Ls
= 1- A
The Duns and Ros correlation has been found to perform better in mist flow than most
others. It is particularly useful for condensate wells. Although the accuracy of
pressure gradient predictions in slug flow is generally inferior to Hagedorn-Brown,
prediction of minimum stable flow rates using the minimum value of the Duns and Ros
flowing bottom hole pressure is generally accurate.
In PROSPER additional refinements have been made to the basic Duns and Ros
method:
Beggs and Brill deviation correction for holdup is implemented
Gould et al flow map which more accurately predicts the onset of mist flow for
some conditions
Explicit calculation of the Acceleration term

2.16.2.6.3.3 Gray
Gray is a gas and gas condensate multi-phase correlation used in the API 14B
Subsurface Safety Valve sizing program. The Gray correlation contains an internal
Black Oil PVT model this internal PVT routine will override the primary PROSPER PVT
model in use.
This correlation gives good results in gas wells for condensate ratios up to around 50
bbl/MMscf and high produced water ratios. For very high liquid dropout wells, use a
Retrograde Condensate PVT and the Duns and Ros correlation.
In condensate wells, the liquid holdup is small or zero at the sand face, and increases
as the pressure reduces towards the surface. Depending on the condensate PVT
properties, the liquid holdup can reduce to zero as the pressure is further reduced.
720
PROSPER
This is in contrast to oil wells where the gas fraction always increases towards the
surface.
The effect of holdup on the friction gradient can be adequately expressed as a change
in pipe wall roughness rather than rely on a Moody friction factor. The Gray
correlation utilises the following parameters:
Nv =
g( r L - r g ) D 2
Vso + Vsg
r 2mVsm4
; Nd =
;R =
gt m ( r L - rg )
tm
Vsg
where:
m
=
Mixture density
Vsm =
Superficial mixture velocity
m
=
Mixture surface tension
L,g
=
Liquid and gas densities
D
=
Pipe diameter
Vso,w,g
=
Oil, water, gas superficial velocity
The gas volume fraction is estimated using:
fg
=
(1 - ec) / (R + 1)
where:
C
=
-2.314 AB
A
=
Nv (1 + 205.0 / Nd)
B
=
0.0841 (1 - 0.0554 ln (1 + 730 R / (R + 1)))
The mixture surface tension is defined as:

tm =
q o t o + 0.617q w t w
q o + 0.617q w
The Katz correlations for oil and water surface tensions are as follows:
w
=
(2.115 - 0.119 ln P) * (0.174 - 2.09 * 10-4 * (T - 460))
o
=
0.044 - 1.3 * 10-4 (T - 460) * ( PD - P) / (PD - 2120)2.5
where:
PD
=
Dew point pressure
T
=
Temperature (R)
The Colebrook-White equation is used to calculate the friction factor with roughness
evaluated as follows:
r
=
rL
=
28.5 m / m V2sm R >= 0.007
r
=
rg + (rL - rg) R / 0.007
R < 0.007
subject to the limit r >= 2.77 * 10-5
Gray gives good results in gas wells for condensate ratios up to around 50 bbl/MMscf
and high produced water ratios for pressure loss and prediction of minimum stable
flow rates.. For very high liquid dropout wells, use a Retrograde Condensate PVT and
the Duns and Ros correlation.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
721
2.16.2.6.3.4 Aziz Govier and Fogarisi
The Aziz et al correlation recognises four flow regimes. The Duns and Ros method is
used for mist flow and new correlations are presented for bubble and slug flow. The
slug-mist transition is handled using the Duns and Ros interpolation method. The Aziz
et al correlation can be classed as a 'mechanistic' model. This tag is applied since
some aspects of the holdup are calculated in a manner that assigns a physical
significance to parameters such as the bubble rise velocity. These parameters are
then used to enter empirical correlations as in other methods.
Flow regimes are defined using the following variables:
rg
N X = Vsg
0.0764
72 r L
N Y = VsL
62.4 s L
Flow regime numbers are defined as follows:

N1
=
0.51 (100 NY)0.172
N2
=
8.6 + 3.8 NY
N3
=
70 (100 NY)-0.152
where:
VsL =
ft/sec Liquid superficial velocity
VsG =
ft/sec Gas superficial velocity
L
=
lbm/ft3
Liquid density
g
=
lbm/ft3
Gas density
L
=
dyne/cm
Gas/liquid interfacial tension
Bubble Flow
For the bubble flow regime, (NX < N1) liquid holdup is given by:
hL = 1 -
Vsg
Vbf
where:
Vbf
Vbf
=
=
Bubble rise velocity in the flowing stream

1.2 Vm + Vbs
1
s L g( r L - r g )
Vbs = 141
.
r 2L
and
The bubble flow friction term is given by:
r V2
dP
=f s m

dL Friction
2 gc d
f is obtained from the Moody diagram using the Reynolds number:
The acceleration is considered to be negligible in the bubble flow regime.

Slug Flow
722
PROSPER
The slug flow regime is defined by (N1 < NX < N2 for NY < 4; N1 < NX < 2.65 for
NY > 4). In the slug flow region, the liquid holdup is given by:
hL = 1 -
Vsg
Vbf
Vbf = 12
. Vm + Vbs
gd ( r L - r g )
Vbs = C
rL
3.37 - N E
C = 0.345[1 - exp( -0.029 N V )] 1 - exp
NE =
gd 2 ( r L - r g )
sL
3
d gr L ( r L - r g )
NV =
mL
and m is evaluated from the following table:

NV
>250
250 > NV > 18
<=18
m
10
69 NV-0.35
25
The slug flow friction term is given by:

r h V2
dP
=f L L m

dL Friction
2 gc d
f is obtained from the Moody diagram using the same Reynolds number as for Bubble
flow.
Slug-Mist Transition Regime

The transition regime is defined by (N2 < NX < N3 and NV < 4; transition flow does
not exist for NY > 4). Pressure gradients are calculated using both slug and mist flow
correlations. Linear interpolation is used to determine the total pressure gradient:
dP
dP
dP
= A
+ B
dL Slug
dL Mist
dL
where:
A=
N3 - N X
N - N2
,B = X
= 1- A
N3 - N2
N3 - N2
Mist Flow Regime

The mist flow regime is defined by (NX > N3 and NY < 4; NX > 26.5 and NY > 4). In
mist flow, the Duns and Ros technique is used.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
723
2.16.2.6.3.5 Beggs and Brill
The Beggs and Brill correlation can be used in both horizontal and inclined flow. It
was developed from experimental data in 1 inch and 1 1/2 inch acrylic pipe which
could be inclined at any angle. Air and water were the fluids used. Liquid and gas
rates were varied to enable all flow patterns to be observed with the pipe horizontal.
With a flow rate set up, the pipe inclination was varied so that the effect of angle on
holdup could be observed. Holdup correlations were developed for each of three
horizontal flow regimes. The liquid holdup is first calculated as if the pipe were
horizontal and then corrected for pipe inclination. Beggs and Brill found that the
holdup was a maximum at approximately +50 from the horizontal and a minimum at
approximately -50.
Beggs and Brill modified their flow map from that originally published to include a
transition zone between the segregated and intermittent flow regimes (see below).
The following dimensionless parameters are used to identify the flow regime that
would exist if the pipe were horizontal.
N FR =
lL =
Vm2
gd
VSL
Vm
The Beggs and Brill flow regime numbers are:

L1
=
316 L0.302
L2
=
0.0009252 L-2.4682
L3
=
0.5 L-6.738
The horizontal flow regimes are determined as follows:
Segregated flow
L < 0.01 and NFR < L1
L >= 0.01 and Nfr < L2
Transition flow
L >= 0.01 and L2 <= NFR <= L3
Intermittent flow
0.01 <= L < 0.4 and L3 <= NFR <= L1
or
L >= 0.4 and L3 <= NFR <= L1
Distributed flow
L > 0.4 and NFR >= L1
or
724
PROSPER
L >= 0.4 and NFR > L4

When the flow falls in the transition regime, the liquid holdup is calculated using both
the segregated and intermittent expressions and linearly interpolated using the
following weighting factors:
A
B
=
=
(L3 - NFR) / (L3 - L2)

1-A
The same equations are used to calculate liquid holdup for all flow regimes. The
coefficients and exponents used in the equations are changed for each flow regime.
Liquid holdup is given by:
hL ( f ) = hl ( f ) Y
where hL() is the holdup which would exist for the same flow conditions in a horizontal
pipe. The equivalent horizontal holdup is given by:
hL ( f ) =
a lbL
N FR
where a, b and c are taken from the following table according to flow regime:
Flow Patterna
Segregated
Intermittent
Distributed
c
0.4846
0.53351
0.5824
0.98
0.845
1.065
0.0868
0.0173
0.0609
with the constraint that hL() >= L.

The effect of pipe inclination is accounted for using the parameter , the value of which
is defined as follows:
y = 1 + C(sin(18
. f ) - 0.333 sin 3 (18
. f ))
where is the actual angle of the pipe from horizontal. For vertical upward flow, = 90
and becomes:
= 1 + 0.3 C
where:
e
C = (1 - l L ) ln(d l L N LV N FR )
where d, e, f and g are determined for each flow regime from the following table:
Horizontal Flow Pattern d
e
f
g
Segregated uphill 0.011 -3.768 3.539 -1.614
Intermittent uphill
2.96 0.305 -0.4473
0.0978
Distributed uphill
No
correction
C=0
All flow patterns downhill 4.70 -0.3692
0.1244
-0.5656
with the restriction that C >= 0.
The friction loss term is defined as:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
725
where:
n=nL+gg
f
f TP = f n TP
fn
The no-slip friction factor is determined from the smooth pipe curve on the Moody
diagram or calculated using:
f n = 1 / 2 log[ N Re n / (4.5223 log N Re n - 38215

.
)]
using the following Reynolds number:

r nVm d
mn
N Re n =
where:
mn = m L l L + m g l g
The ratio of the two phase to no-slip friction factor is calculated from:
f TP
= es
fn
where:
S = ln (y) / (-0.0523 + 3.182 ln (y) - 0.8725 ln (y)2 + 0.01853 ln(y)4)
and
y=
lL
hL ( f )
S becomes unbounded at a point in the interval 1 < y < 1.2.

calculated using:
S = ln ( 2.2 y - 1.2)
In this region, S is
Although the acceleration pressure gradient is small, it is included for increased

accuracy.
r sVmVsg
dP
=

dL Acceleration
gc P
dP
dL
If the acceleration term is defined as:

Ek =
r sVmVsg
gc P
The total pressure gradient can be expressed as:

dP
=

dL Total
dP
dP
+

dL Gravity dL Friction
1 - Ek
where
726
PROSPER
The approach of including the acceleration term as an overall correction factor to the
total gradient is convenient and sufficiently accurate when the acceleration term is
small. To improve accuracy when acceleration is large, PROSPER calculates the
acceleration term explicitly and adds it to the Gravity and Friction terms to find the
total pressure gradient.
2.16.2.6.3.6 Orkisewski
Orkisewski conducted an extensive study of existing correlations, comparing field data

and calculated results. The Orkisewski correlation combines the Griffith and Wallis
method for bubble flow with a new correlation for slug flow and the Duns and Ros
method for mist flow. The data of Hagedorn and Brown was used as the basis for the
slug flow correlation.
Bubble Flow
The bubble flow regime is defined by:
Vsg / Vm < LB
where:
LB = 1.071 - (0.2281 Vm2 / d)
The value of LB is constrained to be greater than 0.13.
Liquid holdup in the bubble flow regime is given by:
hL = 1 -
1 Vm
- (1 + Vm / Vs ) 2 - 4Vsg / Vs
1 +
2 Vs
The value of the bubble slip velocity Vs is taken to be constant at 0.8 ft/sec.
The friction term is given by:
r (V / h ) 2
dP
= f L sL L

dL Friction
2 gc d
The friction factor f, is read from the Moody diagram using a Reynolds number
defined as:
N Re =
r L dVsL
hL m L
The acceleration term is considered to be negligible in the bubble flow regime.

Slug Flow
The slug flow regime is defined by: Vsg / Vm > LB, and Ngv Ls. For slug flow, the
two phase density is given by:
rs =
r L (VsL + Vb ) + r gVsg
Vm + Vb
+ rLd
where
is the liquid distribution coefficient
and
Vb = C1 C2 (gd)1/2
C1 and C2 are presented as functions of NReb and NReL
where:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
727
r LVb d
mL
r LVm d
=
mL
N Re b =
N Re L
Vb can be calculated using the following expressions:

For NReb <= 3000
Vb = (0.546 + 8.74 * 10-6 NRel ) (gd)1/2
For NReb >= 8000
Vb = (0.35 + 8.74 * 10-6 NRel ) (gd)1/2
For 300 < NReb < 8000
1359
. m L
Vb = 12 e + e 2 +
1
2
r
d
L
where
= (0.251 + 8.74 * 10-6 NReL ) (gd)1/2
Since Vb is a function of NReb and NReb is in turn a function of Vb, an iterative
solution is required for Vb.
The value of is calculated using different expressions depending on the mixture
velocity and the continuous liquid phase as shown in the following table:
Continuous Liquid Phase Mixture Velocity Equation
water <10 1
water >10 2
oil
<10 3
oil
>10 4
Orkisewski did not define criteria for determining whether oil or water is the
continuous phase. In a water / oil emulsion, water will generally be the continuous
phase above a water cut of approximately 75%.
Liquid distribution coefficient expressions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
= (0.013 log L) / d1.38 - 0.681 + 0.232 log Vm - 0.428 log d

= (0.045 log L) / d0.799 - 0.709 + 0.162 log Vm - 0.888 log d
= (0.0127 log (L + 1)) / d1.415 + 0.284 + 0.167 log Vm + 0.113 log d
= (0.0274 log (L + 1)) / d1.371 + 0.161 + 0.569 log d + X
X = -log Vm (0.01 log (L + 1) / d1.371) + 0.397 + 0.63 log d
The value of is constrained by the following limits:
For Vm < 10 , >= -0.065 Vm
-Vb
(1 - r s / r L )
Vm + Vb
For Vm > 10 , >= 0.065 Vm

These constraints are designed to eliminate pressure discontinuities between flow
regimes. However, significant discontinuities still occur at Vm of 10 ft/sec. This can
cause significant problems, especially in large diameter pipes. Although Orkisewski
can give excellent results in many wells, the use of Orkisewski is discouraged due to
the danger of encountering a pressure discontinuity during pressure matching and VLP
728
PROSPER
calculations.
The friction term for slug flow is given by:
r V 2 V + Vb
dP
= f L m sL

+ d
dL Friction
2 gc d Vm + Vb
where f is taken from the Moody diagram using the Reynolds number:
N Re L =
r L dVm
mL

Transition Flow
The transition flow regime is defined by Lm > Ngv < Ls. The total pressure gradient is
found by linear interpolation between the slug and mist flow boundaries using the
interpolation scheme of Duns and Ros.
Mist Flow
The mist flow regime is defined by Ngv > Lm. The method of Duns and Ros is used
for mist flow.
2.16.2.6.4 Pipeline Correlations
Enter topic text here.
2.16.2.6.4.1 Dukler
The Dukler correlation was based on similarity analysis. The friction factor and liquid
holdup correlations were developed from field data. Dukler's friction factor is given
by:
r V2
dP
= f k m

dL Rriction
2 gc d
where:
rk =
rL l 2
hL
rg lg
1 - hL
A normalised friction factor f / fn was correlated with a Reynolds number.

The correlation can be expressed as:
fn = 0.0056 + 0.5 NRek-0.32
where:
r k Vm d
mn
Vm = VsL + Vsg
N Re k =
mn = m L l L + m g l g
The normalised friction factor is calculated from:
where:
y = -ln (L)
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
729
An iterative procedure is required to find the liquid holdup. The holdup is a function of
liquid fraction and Reynolds number. However, the Reynolds number is also a
function of the holdup. NRek is plotted vs hL and L.
The acceleration pressure gradient is given by:
r gVsg2 rLVsL2
1
dP
=
D
+
dX Acceleration gc dX 1 - hl
hl
or
Ek =
r gVsg2 rLVsL2
1
D
+
gc dP 1 - hl
hl
The total pressure gradient is corrected using the Ek factor:

dP
dX
dP

Friction
=

dX Total
1 - Ek
2.16.2.6.4.2 Dukler Flanigan
The Dukler Flanigan correlation calculates the friction gradient using Dukler's
technique and applies Flanigan's inclined flow method.
Flanigan developed a correlation from data taken on a 16 inch diameter pipeline.
Liquid holdup in the uphill sections of the pipeline were correlated with superficial gas
velocity.
Pressure recovery in downhill sections is ignored. The pressure drop due to the hills
is calculated from:
g
dP
=
r h Z

dX Gravity gc L l
where Z is the sum of the vertical heights of all the hills. The holdup factor hL is a
function of the superficial gas velocity and is determined from:
hL =
1
1 + 0.3264 Vsg1.006
The Dukler-Flanigan total pressure gradient is found by summing the Dukler friction
gradient and the Flanigan elevation pressure gradient then applying an acceleration
correction.
Dukler Flanigan has been found to give good results in a wide range of conditions.
2.16.3 C - Dietz Shape Factors

List of the Dietz Shape factors:
730
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
731
2.16.4 D - File Formats

2.16.4.1Introduction
This appendix contains examples of some file formats used by PROSPER. For further
details and advice regarding interfacing PROSPER with other applications, please
contact Petroleum Experts Limited customer support.
2.16.4.2External PVT Tables

PROSPER can directly import proprietary PVT table files generated by Petroleum Experts
PVT Package. The following file format description can be followed to re-format PVT
tables obtained from other sources.
* TEST EXAMPLE OF AN OIL PVT TABLE IMPORT FILE
* (BLANK LINES AND LINES WITH AN ASTERISK (*) IN COLUMN 1
* ARE IGNORED)
*
* UNITS for the imported PVT variables must be defined in
field units
* NUMBER OF TABLES
5
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
(MAX 10)
DATA COLUMN IDENTIFIERS

- CAN BE IN ANY ORDER
- COLUMNS CAN BE MISSING
- ANY INDIVIDUAL ITEM > 3.4e35 = missing item
PRES
GOR
OFVF
OVIS
ODEN
OCOM
GFVF
GVIS
WVIS
WCOM
Pressure
Gas-Oil Ratio]
oil
Formation Volume Factor
oil
Viscosity
oil
Density
oil
Compressibility
gas
Formation Volume Factor
gas
Viscosity
water Viscosity
water Compressibility
732
PROSPER
* ZFAC * GDEN * CGR *

OFVF GOR
Z Factor
gas density
Reservoir CGR
OVIS ODEN PRES
*
* TABLE IDENTIFIER RECORD
*
* N LINES TEMP BP
*
* N
- Table Number
* LINES - Number of lines in the table (max 15)
* TEMP - Table Temperature
* BP
- Table Bubble Point Pressure
(Dew
condensate)
1 3 100 1300
1.21 453 .99 46
1.31 454 .98 47
1.41 455 .97 49
2 3 200 1310
2.21 553 .89 56
2.31 554 .88 57
2.41 555 .87 59
3 3 300 1390
3.21 653 .79 76
3.31 654 .78 77
3.41 655 .77 79
4 3 400 1400
4.21 753 .69 86
4.31 754 .68 87
4.41 755 .67 89
5 3 500 1800
5.21 853 .59 96
5.31 854 .58 97
5.41 855 .57 99
Point
for
2000
2010
2020
3000
3010
3020
4000
4010
4020
5000
5010
5020
6000
6010
6020
Note:
Import table units must be defined in field units. Once the data has been imported
the PROSPER units system can be used to display the values in any desired units.
2.16.4.3Lift Curves
The following is an example of a flowing well lift curve in ECLIPSE format:
-- VFP TABLE for PRODUCER -PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
733
VFPPROD
1 10430 'LIQ' 'WCT' 'GOR' /
100 1000 10000 /
114.696 514.696 5014.7 /
0 0.5 0.9 /
0.8 1 5 /
0/
1 1 1 1 2002.17 1258.71 2733.66 /
1 1 2 1 1479.42 1083.09 2655.25 /
1 1 3 1 413.537 806.953 4503.13 /
1 2 1 1 3948.98 2376.35 3439.27 /
1 2 2 1 3619.42 1985.43 3270.18 /
1 2 3 1 494.134 928.339 3352.16 /
1 3 1 1 4913.94 4485.14 4672.16 /
1 3 2 1 4895.27 4343.38 4563.92 /
1 3 3 1 3925.4 2141.93 3460.48 /
2 1 1 1 3629.53 2559.11 3358.56 /
2 1 2 1 3539.7 2209.16 3216.7 /
2 1 3 1 1098.95 1408.86 4038.35 /
2 2 1 1 4817.47 3863.58 4190.39 /
2 2 2 1 4746.81 3540.81 3985.01 /
2 2 3 1 1916.92 1594.64 3434.72 /
2 3 1 1 5347.77 5166.94 5283.46 /
2 3 2 1 5337.64 5102.83 5210.6 /
2 3 3 1 5138.74 3590 4155.85 /
3 1 1 1 8202.54 8206.84 8494.42 /
3 1 2 1 8081.09 8085.64 8397.43 /
3 1 3 1 7436.73 7142.24 8450.65 /
3 2 1 1 9393.27 9014.22 9196.49 /
3 2 2 1 9308.64 8911.21 9105.01 /
3 2 3 1 8567.24 7774.64 8436.27 /
3 3 1 1 9912.37 9798.83 9952.61 /
3 3 2 1 9906.65 9776.86 9924.11 /
3 3 3 1 9813.74 9404.22 9463.37 /
Gas Lifted Well (4 Variable) Lift Curves
-- VFP TABLE for PRODUCER -VFPPROD
1 10430 'LIQ' 'WCT' 'GOR' /
100 1000 10000 /
114.696 1014.7 /
0.5 0.9 /
0.82 5 /
0 0.2 0.5 /
1 1 1 1 4236.42 2633.35 3373.19 /
734
PROSPER
1 1 1 2 3825.95 2143.51 3274.85 /

1 1 1 3 3124.78 1852.12 3267.76 /
1 1 2 1 679.721 1006.21 3341.52 /
1 1 2 2 663.546 996.833 3405.81 /
1 1 2 3 641.284 977.228 3341.56 /
1 2 1 1 4983.68 4569.28 4613.82 /
1 2 1 2 4855.84 3445.19 4260.77 /
1 2 1 3 4234.42 2708.11 3888.35 /
1 2 2 1 4324.78 2288.63 3403.99 /
1 2 2 2 3770.29 1978.18 3361.59 /
1 2 2 3 2893.22 1811.06 3390.73 /
2 1 1 1 5416.3 4901.7 4903.34 /
2 1 1 2 5416.24 4900.79 4902.04 /
2 1 1 3 5416.15 4899.42 4900.17 /
2 1 2 1 4853.52 2622.82 3962.47 /
2 1 2 2 4853.36 2606.9 3962.25 /
2 1 2 3 4853.12 2591.41 3961.94 /
2 2 1 1 5925.14 5771.07 5819.76 /
2 2 1 2 5925.09 5770.6 5819.25 /
2 2 1 3 5925.01 5769.9 5818.5 /
2 2 2 1 5814.71 4954.63 4912.08 /
2 2 2 2 5814.64 4953.02 4911.18 /
2 2 2 3 5814.53 4950.61 4909.88 /
2.16.4.4IPR
*
* This is an example IPR input file
*
The format is pressure, rate, curve value
*
The numbers can be space, tab or comma delimited
* Up to twenty points per curve, up to five curves
*
*Blank lines or lines with an asterisk (*) in the first
* column are ignored.
*
0 5000 1000
1000 4000 1000
2000 3000 1000
3000 2000 1000
4000 1000 1000
5000 0 1000
*
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
735
* Next curve
*
0 3000 2000
1000 2000 2000
2000 1000 2000
3000 0 2000
2.16.4.5ESP PUMPS
* Blank lines or lines begining with an asterisk are ignored.
* The format for the pump data is
* Line 1 Manufacturer pumpname size (ins) frequency(hz) Min. rte Max. rate No. of
Stages
* Line 2 six coefficients for head curve (ft of water)
* Line 3 six coefficients for power curve (HP)
* Curves are polynomials of the form
* Y = AO + A1*x + A2*x*2 + A3*x**3 + A4*x**4 + A5*x**5
****************************
****************************
****************************
*** CENTRILIFT PUMPS
****************************
****************************
****************************
***
CENTRILIFT DC-800 3.38 60 550 950 1

* A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
-1.695826E-14 3.474714E-11 -3.873426E-08
8.776504E-06 -7.290256E-04
2.06500E+01
3.389608E-16 -6.347699E-13 1.397720E-10
1.695927E-07 1.838891E-05
9.70000E-02
CENTRILIFT DC-1000 3.38 60 700 1300 1
0.0000000000 1.629606E-13 -3.038773E-09
2.05000E+01
-1.535787E-17 8.375897E-14 -1.485183E-10
8.501001E-02
-4.764406E-07 -2.538143E-03
4.492726E-08
1.474800E-04
736
PROSPER
2.16.4.6ESP MOTORS
*Manufacturer
Reda
* Number of motors, rpm, frequency
2 3450. 60.0
*Series OD
456 4.56
*amps
6.53822E-01 -1.34128E+00 8.86349E-01 -1.06114E-01
01 *
*rpm
-6.24718E+01 2.04999E+02 -3.03911E+02 1.45552E+02
+03 *
*efficiency
-5.57129E-01 1.60591E+00 -7.30540E-01 -1.98693E+00
03 *
* power factor
-5.44220E-01 2.16557E+00 -2.81504E+00 7.11957E-01
01 *
5.61883E-01 3.43896E-
-1.15803E+02 3.58291E
2.49918E+00 1.91886E-
1.04810E+00 2.49609E-
*Series OD
540 5.4
*amps
-2.16508E-01 6.79101E-01 -5.79651E-01 3.59379E-01 5.24583E-01 2.26834E-01
*
*rpm
-2.14557E+01 8.55182E+01 -1.66122E+02 9.44086E+01 -1.44510E+02 3.58175E
+03 *
*efficiency
3.67150E-01 -1.64327E+00 3.01018E+00 -3.02514E+00 1.72215E+00 4.17187E01 *
* power factor
4.64765E-01 -2.48102E+00 5.12024E+00 -5.23541E+00 2.71560E+00 2.75835E01 *
*Series Type HP
456 S 100.0
456 S 100.0
456 S 100.0
PROSPER Manual
VOLTS AMPS
1075 51
1355 46
2205 29
June, 2014
User Guide
456
456
456
456
456
456
456
456
S
S
S
S
T
T
T
T
110.0
120.0
120.0
120.0
200.0
220.0
240.0
240.0
1190
1255
1295
2245
2710
2380
2250
2590
60
70
59
35
46
60
70
59
540
540
540
540
540
540
540
540
540
540
540
S
S
S
S
S
S
T
T
T
T
T
180.0
180.0
200.0
200.0
225.0
225.0
450.0
480.0
480.0
540.0
600.0
945
1945
1100
2140
1135
2235
2270
2475
3345
2835
3300
120
59
115
54
127
64
127
122
89
120
115
737
2.16.4.7ESP CABLES
* Cable Type
* Volt drop coefficient Maximum ampage
#1 Copper
0.26
115
#2 Copper
0.33
95
#4 Copper
0.53
70
#6 Copper
0.84
55
#8 Copper
1.32
50
#10 Copper
2.08
50
#12 Copper
3.32
50
#1 Aluminium
0.33
#2 Aluminium
0.53
#4 Aluminium
0.84
95
70
55
738
PROSPER
#6 Aluminium
1.32
#8 Aluminium
2.08
#10 Aluminium
3.32
50
50
50
2.16.4.8HSP PUMPS
*
* H Y D R A U L I C D R I V E D O W N H O L E P U M P S*
================= ========= =============== =========
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
This is a sample pump import file. Blank lines or lines begining

with an asterisk are ignored. The format for the pump data is
Line 1 Manufacturer pumpname size (mm) reference Speed(rpm) Min.
operating rate Max. operating rate No. of stages Max no. of Stages Min
Speed Max Speed
Line 2 six coefficients for head curve (ft of water) (a0 to a5)
Line 3 six coefficients for power curve (HP)
(a0 to a5)
* This data is supplied FOR EXAMPLE PURPOSES ONLY

********** DO NOT USE FOR SYSTEM DESIGN
* Contact the pump supplier for current performance data
****************************
****************************
****************************
***
WEIR PUMPS
***
****************************
****************************
****************************
WEIR TPL115 118 11500 2000 12200 1 18 3825 11500

439.726 -0.0145605 1.7487e-7 -4.0609e-11 -1.2e-15 6.7794e-20
15.0445 0.00470131 -8.1656e-7 9.018e-11 -5.0595e-15 9.7463e-20
2.16.4.9HSP TURBINES
Turbine Manufacturer
WEIR* Number of Turbines1*****************
PROSPER Manual
** WEIR T30 **
June, 2014
User Guide
****************** Turbine TypeT30* Reference Speed

15000.0
* Maximum Speed
15000.0
* Maximum Test Pressure
8910.00
* Maximum Working Pressure
5940.00
* Maximum Stage Pressure
370.00
739
(rpm)
(rpm)
(psi)
(psi)
(psi)
* Maximum Number Of Stages

50
* Maximum Turbine Supply Flow
3911.67
* Maximum Total Shaft Torque
843
* Maximum Stage Torque
128
* Turbine Casing OD
3.46
(bbl/day)
(lb.ins)
(lb.ins)
(inches)
* Max. Velocity Over Turbine Casing (ft/sec)

25.000
* Number of Settings
4
* Setting should be an alphanumeric string with NO embedded spaces (up to 8
characters)
* Setting Efficiency Mininum Maximum
Power
Power
*
Rate Rate
(a1)
(a3)
*
(percent) (bbl/day) (bbl/day)
A
52.750
1235.26 2038.18
2.2765e-6 -0.00245738 0.551433
B
56.000
1523.49 2460.23
Head
(a2)
Head
(a3)
Head
(a1)
Power
(a2)
0.000311733 -0.53145
447.209
0.000146428 -0.163852
184.132
740
PROSPER
1.6612e-6 -0.00126675 -0.431372

C
60.460
1873.48 3232.27
1.8284e-6 -0.0037038 2.46547
D
64.000
2367.59 3788.14
2.0903e-6 -0.00670166 7.15005
0.000116043 -0.281785
6.97987e-5 -0.150449
395.769
243.193
2.16.5 E - Glossary
Bottom
Flowing
Pressure
Hole Pressure measured at the producing formation. Intake node

pressure.
A volume ratio that indicates the deviation of the actual volume

Compressibility from that which has been determined by the Ideal Gas Laws. The
Compressibility Factor is a multiplier
Dew Point
Dimensionless
Fracture
Conductivity
(FCD)
Dry Gas
Energy
Enthalpy
Entropy
PROSPER Manual
The temperature at which the vapour will start to condense. Dew

point of a gas mixture is the temperature at which the highest
boiling point constituent will start to condense.
Dimensionless fracture conductivity is a key design parameter in
well stimulation that compares the capacity of the fracture to
transmit fluids down the fracture and into the wellbore with the
ability of the formation to deliver fluid into the fracture.
Any gas or gas mixture which contains no water vapour, and
where all of the constituents are substantially above their
respective saturated vapour pressure at the existing conditions.
A substance's capacity, either latent or apparent, to exert a force
through a distance.
The sum of the internal and external energies. Enthalpy is defined
as
H = U + P*V
where U is the energy of a system, P the pressure, and V the
volume. At constant volume and temperature, the differential
change in enthalpy as pressure and entropy S are varied is
therefore
dH = TdS + VdP
A measure of the unavailable energy in a substance. The concept
of entropy in thermodynamics is central to the second law of
thermodynamics, which deals with physical processes and whether
they occur spontaneously. Spontaneous changes occur with an
increase in entropy. Spontaneous changes tend to smooth out
differences in temperature, pressure, density, and chemical
potential that may exist in a system, and entropy is thus a measure
of how far this smoothing-out process has progressed. Entropy
June, 2014
User Guide
741
change is defined as a change to a more disordered state at a

molecular level. In recent years, entropy has been interpreted in
terms of the "dispersal" of energy. Entropy is an extensive state
function that accounts for the effects of irreversibility in
thermodynamic systems.
Quantitatively, entropy, symbolised by S, is defined by the
differential quantity dS = Q / T, where Q is the amount of heat
absorbed in a reversible process in which the system goes from
one state to another, and T is the absolute temperature. Entropy is
one of the factors that determines the free energy of the system.
The energy represented by the product of pressure and volume. It
External Energy may be regarded as the energy a substance possesses by virtue
of the space it occupies.
Formation Gas- Quantity of oil dissolved in 1 stock tank barrel of oil at prevailing
pressure and temperature. Also known as the Solution GOR. See
Oil Ratio
the GOR Definitions for more details.
Formation
Volume occupied by 1 barrel of stock tank oil and its associated
Volume Factor solution gas at a given pressure and temperature.
(Bo)
Gas Gravity
Geothermal
Gradient
Ratio of the gas density to density of air. Equal to ratio of

molecular weight to that of air (28.97).
Rate of increase in earth temperature with depth. One example:
1.8 degrees F per 100 feet of TVD.
When oil is brought to surface conditions it is usual for some gas

to come out of solution. The gas/oil ratio (GOR) is the ratio of the
volume of gas that comes out of solution, to the volume of oil. A
point to check is whether the volume of oil is measured before or
after the gas comes out of solution, since the oil volume will shrink
when the gas comes out. In fact gas dissolution and oil volume
shrinkage will happen at many stages during the path of the
GOR
hydrocarbon stream from reservoir through the wellbore and
processing plant to export. For light oils and rich gas condensates
the ultimate GOR of export streams is strongly influenced by the
efficiency with which the processing plant strips liquids from the
gas phase. Reported GORs may be calculated from export
volumes which may not be at standard conditions.Can refer to
solution GOR or Total GOR (i.e. including free gas production).
See the GOR Definitions for more details.
The energy transferred because of a temperature difference.
Heat
There is no transfer of mass.
Heat Transfer Coefficient describing the total resistance to heat loss from a
producing pipe to its surroundings.
Includes heat loss by
Coefficient
conduction,
convection
and
radiation.
(HTC)
742
PROSPER
Holdup
Ideal Gas
Inflow
Performance
Relationship
(IPR)
(Liquid holdup). Proportion of pipe area occupied by liquid. Equal

to 1.0 for single phase liquid and 0.0 for single phase gas.
A gas which perfectly obeys Boyle's Law (unlike any gases dealt
with in the oil and gas industry). This gas obeys the equation of
state PV=RT/m where V is specific volume, T is absolute
temperature, R is the universal gas constant and m is the
molecular weight. Real gases deviate from ideal behaviour at
atmospheric pressures.
The relation between reservoir pressure, flowing bottom hole
pressure and production rate. Can be calculated from reservoir
properties (reservoir pressure, permeability, skin) or fitting an
empirical relation to measured pressures. See IPR Definition
Gas injected into a reservoir for pressure maintenance. Not to be

confused with gas lift injection.
Injectivity Index Slope of inflow performance relation for injection. Expressed as
injection volume per unit of injection pressure. (BBL/psi, Sm3/Bar).
Internal Energy The energy which a substance possesses because of the motion
and configuration of its atoms, molecules and sub atomic particles.
Isentropic
A process during which there is no heat added to or removed from
the system.
Process
(Adiabatic)
Injection Gas
Isothermal
Process
A process during which there is no change in temperature.
The Joule-Thomson effect, or Joule-Kelvin effect, is a process

in which the temperature of a real gas is either decreased or
increased by letting the gas expand freely at constant enthalpy
(which means that no heat is transferred to or from the gas, and
no external work is extracted). It's named after James Prescott
Joule and William Thomson, 1st Baron Kelvin who established
the effect in 1852 following earlier work by Joule on Joule
expansion in which a gas expands at constant internal energy.
The relationship between temperature, pressure and volume of a
Joule-Thomson gas is simply described by the various gas laws. When volume is
Coefficient
increased in an irreversible process, the gas laws do not uniquely
determine what happens to the pressure and temperature of the
gas. Reversible adiabatic expansion, in which the gas does
positive work in the process of expansion, always causes a
decrease in temperature. However, when a real gas (as
differentiated from an ideal gas) expands freely at constant
enthalpy, the temperature may either decrease or increase,
depending on the initial temperature and pressure. For any given
pressure, a real gas has a Joule-Thomson (Kelvin) inversion
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
743
temperature, above which expansion at constant enthalpy causes

the temperature to rise, and below which expansion at constant
enthalpy causes cooling. For most gases at atmospheric pressure,
the inversion temperature is fairly high (above room temperature),
and so most gases at those temperature and pressure conditions
are cooled by isenthalpic expansion.
The change of temperature with respect to a change of pressure
in a Joule-Thomson process is the Joule-Thomson (Kelvin)
coefficient
Definition of the Joule-Thomson Coefficient
The value of depends on the specific gas, as well as the

temperature and pressure of the gas before expansion. For all real
gases, it will equal zero at some point called the inversion point
and the Joule-Thomson inversion temperature is the
temperature where the coefficient changes sign (i.e., where the
coefficient equals zero).
In any gas expansion, the gas pressure decreases and thus the
sign of dP is always negative. The following table explains when
the Joule-Thomson effect cools or heats a real gas
If the gas
then is since dP is dT must be so the gas
temperatur
e is
below the
always
positive
negative
cools
inversion
negative
temperature
744
PROSPER
above the
inversion
temperature
Kinetic Energy
Measured
Depth
negative
always
negative
positive
heats
It should be noted that is always equal to zero for ideal gases

(i.e., they will neither heat nor cool upon being expanded at
constant enthalpy).
The energy a substance possesses by virtue of its motion or
velocity.
Depth measured along the flow path from the depth reference to a
point in the well.
A reference point in the well. A calculation node is inserted

whenever there is a change of I.D., deviation angle or temperature
gradient.
Partial Pressure The absolute pressure exerted by a constituent portion of the
mixture.
Permeability (commonly symbolised as , or k) is a measure of the
ability of a material (typically, a rock or unconsolidated material) to
transmit fluids. It is of great importance in determining the flow
characteristics of hydrocarbons in oil and gas reservoirs. The
intrinsic permeability of any porous material is:
k = C * d2
where
k is the intrinsic permeability
C is a dimensionless constant that is related to the configuration of
the flow-paths
d is the average, or effective pore diameter
Permeability needs to be measured, either directly (using Darcy's
law) or through estimation using empirically derived formulas.
A common unit for permeability is the darcy (D), or more
Permeability
commonly the millidarcy (mD) (1 darcy @
Other units are
cm and the SI m2.
Permeability is part of the proportionality constant in Darcy's law
which relates discharge (flow rate) and fluid physical properties
(e.g. viscosity), to a pressure gradient applied to the porous
media. The proportionality constant specifically for the flow of
water through a porous media is the hydraulic conductivity;
permeability is a portion of this, and is a property of the porous
media only, not the fluid. In naturally occurring materials, it ranges
over many orders of magnitude. For a rock to be considered as an
exploitable hydrocarbon reservoir, its permeability must be greater
than approximately 100 mD (depending on the nature of the
hydrocarbon - gas reservoirs with lower permeabilities are still
exploitable because of the lower viscosity of gas with respect to
Node
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
745
Potential
Energy
oil). Rocks with permeabilities significantly lower than 100 mD can

form efficient seals. Unconsolidated sands may have
permeabilities of over 5000 mD.
A homogeneous body of material which differs in its intensive
properties from that of its neighboring phases. e.g. Gas, liquid.
The energy a substance possesses because of its elevation above
the earth or above some chosen datum plane.
Pressure
Traverse
Calculation of well pressure vs depth by integrating the pressure

gradient for increments of pipe.
Phase
Produced Gas/ Gas production divided by oil production. Includes gas in solution
and any free gas production. Excludes lift gas returned to surface
Oil Ratio
with the produced fluids.
Productivity
Measure of a well's ability to flow. Expressed in bbl/psi (Sm3/
day / Bar) of drawdown. Applies above the bubble point.
Index (PI)
Pseudo-Critical The Critical Temperature is defined as the highest temperature
at which a gas can be liquefied. When calculated for a mixture it is
Temperature
called the Pseudo-Critical Temperature.
The Critical Pressure of a gas is defined as the saturation
Pseudo-Critical pressure at the Critical Temperature. It is the highest vapour
pressure the liquid can exert. Critical conditions must be
Pressure
determined experimentally for each gas. When calculated for a
mixture, it is called the Pseudo-Critical Pressure.
Quality
Weight percent of vapour present in a two-phase mixture.
Reduced
Pressure
The ratio in absolute units of the actual gas pressure to the critical
pressure of the gas.
Reduced
temperature
The ratio in absolute units of the actual gas temperature to the

critical temperature of the gas.
Reservoir
Accumulation of hydrocarbon in permeable rock.
Residual Oil
Liquid remaining in a PVT cell at the completion of a differential

liberation experiment.
Hydrocarbon existing as a gas at reservoir conditions from which
liquid drops out as the pressure drops. The liquid may evaporate
as the pressure drops further.
Oil in equilibrium with its vapour at a specified temperature and
pressure.
The pressure existing at a given temperature in a closed volume
containing a liquid and a vapour from that liquid after equilibrium
conditions have been reached. It is dependent only on temperature
and must be determined experimentally.
Pressure at which vapor and liquid are in equilibrium. For oils this
Retrograde
Condensate
Saturated Oil
Saturated
Vapour
Pressure
Saturation
746
PROSPER
Pressure
Shrinkage
Shrinkage
Factor
Solution Gas
is equivalent to bubble point and for condensates, the dew point.

Decrease in volume of oil from reservoir conditions to the stock
tank.
Shrinkage occurs as oil gives up solution gas and
temperature drops.
Reciprocal of Formation Volume Factor.
Gas dissolved in oil at elevated pressure and temperature.
Solution
Gas Volume of gas dissolved in stock tank unit of oil at saturation
pressure (scf/STB, Sm3/Sm3). See the GOR Definitions for more
Oil Ratio (Rs)
details.
Specific Gravity Ratio of fluid density to that of water at 60 degrees F. For gases,
ratio of gas density to that of air at standard conditions.
(Liquid)
Ratio of the density of a given gas to the density of dry air, both
Specific Gravity measured at the same specific conditions of pressure and
(Gas)
temperature. These conditions are usually 14.696 psiA and 60F,
or 1 barA and 0C.
Specific Heat or The rate of change in enthalpy with temperature. It may be
measured at constant pressure or at constant volume. The values
Heat Capacity
are different and are known as Cp and Cv, respectively.
The volume of a given weight of gas usually expressed as cubic
Specific Volume feet per pound, or cubic meters per kilogram (cubic centimeters
per gram).
Static Reservoir Stabilised reservoir pressure if all wells were shut in and built up.
Pressure
STB
Stock Tank Barrel.
A state of the system in which none of the variables (such as

pressure, temperature, flow rates) varies with time.
Stock Tank Oil Oil in equilibrium with its surrounding conditions of temperature and
pressure.
The property of a substance which gauges the potential or driving
Temperature
force for the flow of heat.
True
Vertical Vertical displacement from reference depth to a point in a well.
Depth
Steady-State
Oil capable of dissolving additional gas at a specified temperature

and pressure. i.e current pressure is above the fluid's bubble
point.
Empirical inflow performance relation that accounts for reduced oil
Vogel Equation permeability when producing below bubble point due to gas
breakout.
Ratio of water production to total fluid production. (Water Rate) /
Water Cut
Under
Saturated Oil
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
Water
Formation
Volume Factor
(Bw)
747
(Oil Rate + Water Rate)

Volume occupied at prevailing pressure and temperature by 1
stock tank unit of water.
Water
/
Oil Ratio of oil production to water production (stock tank conditions)
Ratio (WOR)
Wet Gas
Work
Any gas or gas mixture in which one or more of the constituents is

at its saturated vapour pressure. The constituent at saturation
pressure may or may not be water vapour.
The energy transition and defined as force times distance. Work
cannot be done unless there is motion.
2.16.6 F - Importing Data from Text Files

This Section describes how to import data from a text file to a PROSPER model.
It is assumed that the data to be imported is saved in a text file. It is also assumed
that the data is imported for the tables in PVT section of PROSPER. The technique
can however be applied at any place where data import is required to be done.
1) After clicking on the Import tab, select the particular text file where the data is
saved on screenshot below.
748
PROSPER
2) When the import file is selected, press Continue to see the next screen shown
below.
3) Select the particular File format in which the data is saved. The following
example is for a Comma Separated format. Press Continue to proceed to the
next screen shown below.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
749
4) To select a particular column for a Field Name, one can directly click on the
column and this will assign that column to that field.This can also be checked by
the column number that is appended to the field name.
5) Make sure that the units for each column are correctly selected according to the
input data.
6) The procedure can be repeated for all the columns.
750
PROSPER
7) By selecting continue, PROSPER will update the data in the corresponding

columns in the tables.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
User Guide
751
Chapter
Examples Guide
Examples Guide
3.1
Prosper Tutorials
753
This chapter contains a collection of tutorials designed to help jump-start the use of
PROSPER. The tutorials are grouped by subjects:
Integrated Oil Well Model

Basic Tutorials for Naturally Flowing Wells
PVT Matching Tutorials
Pipeline Tutorial
Artificial lift design tutorials
Tutorials on Trouble-shooting Artificially Lifted Wells
Tutorials on Compositional Modelling
Tutorials on Temperature Modelling and Flow Assurance Studies
Integrated Well-bore Model

Tutori Description
al
00
Integrated oil well model
Reference File
T00_Integrated_Oil_Well.OUT
Basic tutorials for naturally flowing wells

Tutori
al
01
02
03a
03b
04
Description
Modelling an Naturally Flowing Oil Producer
Water Injection Well
Basic Water Injection Well
Modelling a Gas Injection Well
Reference File
T01_Basic_Oil_Well.OUT
T02_Basic_Gas_Well.OUT
T03a_Water_Injector.OUT
T03b_Basic_Water_Injector.OUT
T04_Gas_Injector.OUT
PVT Matching
Tutori Description
Reference File
al
05
Modelling an Naturally Flowing Oil Producer T05_PVT_Match_Oil_Well.OUT
T06_PVT_Match_Gas_Well.OUT
06
754
PROSPER
Pipeline Tutorial
Tutoria Description
l
07
Modelling a Surface Pipeline
Reference File
T07_Modelling_Surface_Pipeline.OU
T

Tutoria Description
l
08
Modelling a Darcy IPR
09
Modelling an IPR using SPOT
10
Modelling a Horizontal Well
11
12
Reference File
T08_Darcy_IPR_Model.OUT
T09_SPOT_lPR_Model.OUT
T10_Modelling_A_Horizontal_Well.
OUT
Modelling a Multilayer Well with dP Loss inT11_Modelling_A_Multilayer_Well.O
UT
Wellbore
T12_Modelling_A_Multilateral_Well.
Modelling a Multilateral Gas Producer
OUT

Tutoria Description
l
13
Modelling Skin
14
Modelling an oil well with gravel-pack
15
Modelling a 'frac and pack' well
16
Modelling a well with wire-wrapped screens
17
Modelling a well with pre-packed screens
18
Modelling a well with slotted liners
Reference File
T13_Modelling_Skin.OUT
T14_Modelling_A_GravelPack.OUT
T15_Frac_And_Pack_Oil_Well.OUT
T16_Modelling_Wire_Wrapped_scre
en.out
T17_Modelling_PrePacked_Screen.O
UT
T18_Modelling_A_Slotted_Liners.ou
t

Tutoria Description
Reference File
l
19
Matching a Naturally Flowing Oil WellT19_Matching_Well_Test_For_Oil_Well.
OUT
Test
T20_Matching_Well_Test_For_Gas_Wel
20
Matching a Gas Well Test
21
PROSPER Manual
Matching a Water Injection Well Test
l.OUT
T21_Matching_Water_Injection_Well_T
est.OUT
June, 2014
Examples Guide
22
Matching a Gas Injection Well Test
755
T22_Matching_Gas_Injection_Well_Test
s.OUT
Artificial Lift Design Tutorials

Tutoria Description
l
23
Continuous Gas lift design
24
25
Coiled Tubing Gas lift Design
26
27
28
29
30
Reference File
T23_Continuous_GasLift_Design.OUT
T24_Intermittent_GasLift_Design.OUT
T25_Coiled_Tubing_Gas_Lift_Design.OU
T
Design of an ESP system for an oilT26_ESP_Design.OUT
producer
Design of an HSP system for an oilT27_HSP_Design.OUT
producer
Design of a Sucker Rod Pump for an oilT28_Sucker_Rod_Design.OUT
producer
Design of a PCP lift system for an oilT29_PCP_Design.OUT
producer
T30_Diluent_Injection_with_GasLift.OU
Diluent Injection tutorial
T
31
32
Multiphase pump in a pipe connected to a T31_Modelling_Surface_Multiphase_Pu

mp.OUT
single well
Design of a Jet Pump system for an oilT32_Designing_A_Jet_Pump.OUT
producer
Tutorials on Trouble-shooting of Artificially Lifted Wells

Tutoria Description
Reference File
l
33a
Troubleshooting a gas lifted well - T33a_GasLift_QuickLook.OUT
Quicklook
33b
Troubleshooting a gas lifted well - T33b_GasLift_QuickLook.OUT
Multipoint Quicklook
T34_ESP_Quicklook.OUT
34
Trouble-shooting an ESP-Lifted Well
T35_HSP_Quicklook.OUT
35
Trouble-shooting an HSP-Lifted Well
36
Trouble-shooting a Sucker Rod Lifted No reference file
Well
Compositional Modelling Tutorials
Tutoria Description
Reference File
l
37
Fully Compositional Retrograde Condensate T37_Compostional_Condensate_Wel
l.Out
Well
756
PROSPER
38
39
Validation of the Black Oil PVT Model for a T38_BO_Condensate_Validation.Out

Retrograde Condensate Producer
T39_Compostional_CO2_Injector.Ou
Fully compositional CO2 injection well
t
Tutorials on Temperature Modelling and Flow Assurance studies

Tutori
al
40
41
42
43
Description
Full Enthalpy Balance Example
Improved Approximation Tutorial
Modelling a Steam Injection Well
General Flow Assurance Features
Reference File
T40_Enthalpy_Balance.OUT
T41_Improved_Approximation.OUT
T42_Steam_Injector.OUT
T43_Flow Assurance.OUT

Tutori Description
al
44
Modelling Non-Newtonian Fluids
Reference File
45
T44_Modelling_Non_Newtonian_Flui
ds.OUT
Modelling a Coal Bed Methane (CBM) Water T45_CBM_Dewatering_Well.OUT
46
47
48
Producer
Modelling Emulsions
Gas Lift in a Gas Well
Foam Lift
T46_Modelling_An_Emulsion.OUT
T47_Gas_Lift_For_Gas_Wells.OUT
T48_Foam_Lift
3.1.1 Introduction to Tutorials in PROSPER

This tutorial section is aimed at introducing the different capabilities of PROSPER to
the user through a series of interlinked tutorials. This tutorial section is aimed at
introducing the different capabilities of PROSPER to the user through a series of
interlinked tutorials.
The tutorials are envisaged to tell the story of a new field, the Logie field, so as to
show how the different elements within PROSPER can be combined during the
different stages of a wells life.
The tutorials have therefore been created to continue on from each other and so the
files become more advanced as the tutorials progress. Using the completed tutorial
files located in the ~/Petroleum Experts/IPM 8/Samples/Prosper/ folder, it is possible
to pick up and start any tutorial without having already completed the previous steps
but there is also the option to start from the beginning to see how the whole well
model has been created.
The tutorials have been grouped into different topics:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
757
Naturally flowing producer and injector wells

Inputting PVT data
IPR Modelling
Skin and Sand Control Modelling
Matching Models to Well Test Data
Design of Artificial Lift Methods
Troubleshooting of Artificial Lift Methods
Temperature Modelling
Compositional Modelling
Pipeline and Flow Assurance Modelling
Other Specialist Topics
3.1.1.1 Advise on Input Data

Depending on the information available to the user, different approaches may be more
advantageous in order to build a more robust well model. Below are a number of
considerations the user may wish to make when inserting different sets of data into
PROSPER.
3.1.1.1.1 PVT Data
When building a PROSPER well model, there are in general two possible situations to
consider with respect to the PVT data. There can be a situation where enough PVT
data is available and a second contrasting situation when there is very little PVT data
available.
If comprehensive black oil PVT data is available, then it is recommended to match the
PVT data to the black oil correlations.
The advantages of matching the black oil data to correlations are:
The PVT matching process offers an opportunity to check the quality of the PVT
data themselves by analyzing the magnitude of the correction required to
reproduce the various PVT data: GOR, Oil FVF, Bubble point pressure and oil
viscosity.
At the end of the PVT matching process, the most suitable black oil correlation
758
PROSPER
for the particular crude is selected and used for further calculations.
Unlike PVT look-up tables, carefully matched black oil correlations may generally
be used for operating conditions beyond the values used for the PVT matching.
In the event no extensive PVT data or no reliable PVT data are available, the black oil
correlation may generally be used directly without any matching to start with. The
selection of the appropriate black oil correlation is a matter of engineering judgment
that is at the discretion of the project engineer. For details about the published validity
range of each black oil correlation in PROSPER, the relevant references listed in the
appendix of this manual may be consulted.
It is strongly recommended to match the black oil correlations against lab
measurements as soon as a PVT report becomes available.
If PVT tables are used in PROSPER, it is imperative that the range of the tables (for
both temperature and pressure) cover every possible operating condition within the
model. If conditions within the model fall out with the range of the tables, PROSPER
will extrapolate fluid properties based on the tables. These may be unrepresentative
of the actual fluid and lead to errors within the model.
3.1.1.1.2 Reservoir Data
The purpose of each specific study determines the type of reservoir model to be
selected and consequently the parameters required.
In the absence of typical reservoir properties such as permeability, net pay, skin etc,
the simple Productivity Index (PI entry ) or its equivalent for gas (C & n) may be used.
If extensive reservoir and skin parameters are available, then an alternative inflow
model that better fits the purpose of the study should be considered.
3.1.1.1.3 Well Equipment Data
The well equipment data (deviation survey, surface equipment, down-hole equipment
and geothermal gradient) are generally available from well bore schematic and
temperature logs.
The overall heat transfer coefficient in the surroundings of the well bore can be either
computed with the enthalpy balance model or derived from well test data.
When the rough approximation method is being used, the following overall heat
transfer coefficients values may be considered as starting values:
For oil and water wells: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
759
For retrograde condensate wells: 5 Btu/h/ft2/F.

For gas wells: 3 Btu/h/ft2/F.
It is recommended to fine-tune the overall heat transfer coefficient with well test data
as soon as well test are available.
It is advised that the default average heat capacities displayed in the program under
System | Equipment | Average Heat Capacities are kept unaltered for the vast
majority of cases.
3.1.1.1.4 Well Test Data
Well test data are generally used to:
Back-calculate the overall heat transfer coefficient in the surroundings of the well
when the rough approximation temperature method is selected.
Select the multiphase correlation most suitable for the particular well model
fine-tune the inflow performance parameters like reservoir pressure, skin,
permeability and so on.
It can be noted that it is perfectly possible to develop a PROSPER model in the
absence of well test data. In this case, reasonable assumptions are to be made
based upon the specific operating conditions of the well and based upon existing
relevant experiences.
Generally, the use of the Petroleum Experts 2 multiphase correlation may be
considered when no well test data is available as the Petroleum Experts 2 multiphase
correlation has so far consistently given reasonable results in very diverse operating
conditions.
However, since there is no universal multiphase correlation, it is recommended to
verify the suitability of the selected multiphase correlation (Petroleum Experts 2) as
soon as well test data become available.
PROSPER offers a coherent and consistent VLP matching procedure that helps the
user to select the most suitable correlation for any particular well. This consistent VLP
matching procedure will be described and applied in the Matching Models to Well
Test Data section of tutorials.
760
PROSPER
3.1.2 Tutorial 00 Integrated Oil Well Model

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting
at the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is
entered.
3.1.2.1 Statement of the Problem
A new field, the Logie field, has been located and is currently being produced. As an
engineer in the operating company, you have been asked to create a well model for
the 1st well of an oil reservoir using PROSPER.
The well has been producing for some time and so information is available on the fluid
being produced, tubing which has been installed, the completion into the reservoir and
also for a number of well tests which have already been carried out.
A model should therefore be built using the basic data available and then matched to
the test data to ensure that it is representative of the actual flowing conditions of the
well. Once this matching has been carried out, management would like to have an
idea of the impact that water-cut will have on production if the reservoir pressure is
maintained at 4000 psig. This should be carried out for wellhead pressures of 250,
500 and 750 psig.
3.1.2.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:
Create a robust well model which can be used with confidence.
Learn what the input data required to build a PROSPER model is.
Learn how to input PVT data and match a black oil correlation to lab data.
Learn how to input data to generate an IPR curve for the well.
See how skin can be modelled using an analytical approach.
Install a gravel pack to see the impact that this has on the production.
Learn which data is required to generate a VLP curve for the well.
Match the VLP and IPR curves to well test data.
Estimate the reservoir pressure at the time of each test by matching the IPR to
the measured data.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
761
Calculate the impact of increasing water cut on production if the reservoir

pressure is maintained at 4000 psig for WHPs of 250, 500 and 750 psig.
3.1.2.3 General Approach
In PROSPER there are three main sections that need to be calculated; the PVT, the
VLP and the IPR. The PVT section defines the fluid properties such as density and
viscosity which are used in the calculations throughout PROSPER. The VLP is the
vertical lift performance and is controlled by the data in the 'Equipment Data' section
of PROSPER. These VLP curves define how much fluid can be lifted by the well at
given conditions. Finally, the IPR (or Inflow Performance Relationship) defines how
much fluid can flow from the reservoir into the wellbore at given conditions.
The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:
a. PVT data will be used with black oil correlations to predict the properties of the
fluid at the different conditions within the model. To ensure that they are
recreating the actual fluid, the correlations will be matched to laboratory data.
b. The drilling and equipment information will be inserted into the model to define
the down-hole equipment. This will be used to define the VLP curves.
c. Reservoir information will be inserted based on the completion and geological
data which is available. The skin will be approximated using an analytical skin
model and the impact of a previously installed gravel pack will also be assessed.
d. Test data will be inserted and a multi-phase flow correlation will be matched to
his data to ensure that it is recreated the conditions which we have observed in
our field.
e. Find the reservoir pressure for each test so that the VLP/IPR intersection point
gives the same rate as the measured data.
f. Run a sensitivity study using the system calculation to see the impact of water
cut on production at different WHPs.
3.1.2.4 Available Data
The following data has been provided by the different departments of the company.
3.1.2.4.1 Basic Data
This data will be used to set up the model in the options screen.
Fluid
Oil and Water
Method
Black Oil
762
PROSPER
Separator
Single-Stage Separator
3.1.2.4.2 PVT Data

This is the preliminary PVT data which has been received from the lab to characterise
the fluid as well as results from a flash calculation.
GOR
800 scf/STB
Oil Gravity
37 API
Gas Gravity
0.76
Gravity
Specific
Water Salinity 23000 ppm

Mole % H2S
0%
Mole % CO2
0%
Mole % N2
0%
Flash Experiment Data

210 oF
Temperature of Test
Bubble
Point
Temperature
at
Test 3500 psig
Pressur GOR
e
Oil FVF
Viscosity
4000
800
1.42
0.364
3500
800
1.432
0.35
3000
655
1.352
0.403
2400
500
1.273
0.48
1000
190
1.12
0.7205
3.1.2.4.3 Equipment Data

This data has been passed on by the drilling and geology departments to help model
the well.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
763
3.1.2.4.3.1 Deviation Survey
The deviation survey is a reflection of the path the well takes to surface. The deviation
survey can start at any reference depth (sea level, well head, platform etc) but the
important idea is that all equipment in the well is describe in a consistent manner with
respect to the reference depth selected.
MD (ft)
TVD (ft)
600
600
1005
1000
4075
4000
7700
7500
9275
9000
3.1.2.4.3.2 Downhole Equipment
The down-hole equipment specifies the path through which the fluid will travel to
surface. The final depth from this data will be used as the solution node where the
bottom-hole pressure is calculated. It is also the depth at which the static reservoir
pressure is defined and as such is normally defined as the top of the reservoir or the
top of the perforations.
Type
Inside
Inside
Rate
MD (ft) Diameter Roughnes
Multiplier
(Inches) s (Inches)
X-mas Tree
600
Tubing
1000
SSSV
1
4.052
0.0006
3.72
1
1
Tubing
9000
4.052
0.0006
Casing
9275
6.4
0.0006
3.1.2.4.3.3 Geothermal Gradient Data
The geothermal gradient is the temperature gradient of the surrounding rock or

atmosphere around the well. It is used to calculate the temperature difference
between the fluid and its surrounding and is used in the calculation of the heat loss.
764
PROSPER
The ambient temperature at the wellhead and the temperature at the last node
(reservoir temperature) are the minimum data required. More data points can be
inserted if they are known as this will improve the accuracy of geothermal gradient.
When using the 'Rough Approximation' temperature model, the overall heat transfer
coefficient is also required to be inserted to allow PROSPER to calculate the heat
transferred for a given temperature difference.
MD (ft)
Temperature (oF)
60
600
40
9275
210
Overall Heat Transfer coefficient = 8 BTU/hr/ft2/oF

3.1.2.4.3.4 Average Heat Capacity Data
The default values for the heat capacities of the fluids will be used for this well but
they can be altered if necessary.
Heat Capacity (BTU/lb/oF)
Oil
0.53
Gas
0.51
Water
3.1.2.4.4 IPR Data

There is a number of different IPR models which can be used in PROSPER and the
model used is dependent on the purpose of the study. In this case the Darcy model
will be used to calculate the IPR of the well.
Below is the data required for entry for the Darcy model:
IPR Model
Darcy Model
Reservoir Pressure
4000 psig
Reservoir
Temperature
210 oF
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
Water Cut
0%
Total GOR
800 scf/STB
Skin Model
Karakas+Tariq
CincoBronz
50 md
Reservoir
Permeability
765
Martin(2)
Reservoir Thickness 100 ft

Drainage Area
500 acres
Dietz Shape Factor
31.6
Wellbore Radius
0.354 ft

The following completion data is available for use within the analytical skin model:
Reservoir Permeability
50 md
Shot Density
8 ft
0.43 inches
Perforation Length
9.2 inches
Perforation Efficiency
0.9
Damaged Zone Thickness
8 inches
Damaged
Permeability
-1
Zone 25 md
Crushed Zone Thickness
0.2 inches
Crushed Zone Permeability 12.5 md

Shot Phasing
120o
WellBore Radius
0.354 ft
Vertical Permeability
5 md
Deviation
13o
Penetration
3.1.2.4.6 Sand Control Data

The following data has been provided by the service company installing the gravel
pack:
Gravel
Pack 35000 md
766
PROSPER
Permeability
Gravel Pack Length
6 inches
100 ft
Beta (Turbulence)
Calculated
Method
Multiphase
3.1.2.4.7 Test Data

Test Date
16/03/2011 21/05/2011 07/10/2011
Tubing
Head 230
Pressure (psig)
521
765
Tubing
Head 143.8
Temperature (oF)
134.2
118
Water Cut (%)
0.5
1.9
Liquid Rate (STB/ 9784.1

day)
7915.3
5636.9
Gauge Depth (ft)
6250
6250
1623.8
1962.6
Reservoir Pressure 4000

(psig)
4000
4000
Gas Oil Ratio (scf/ 800

STB)
800
800
GOR Free (scf/STB) 0
Gauge
(psig)
6250
Pressure 1322.6
3.1.2.5 Step-by-Step Guide
3.1.2.5.1 Setting Up the Model

A new file should be opened in PROSPER from File | New. If PROSPER has just been
opened, then a new file will have been automatically opened and therefore there is no
need to select a new file.
The first step in any PROSPER model is to set up the type of well which is to be
modelled. The option screen can be accessed by selecting Options | Options and in
this case, the fluid type is Oil and Water using the Black Oil PVT method. We know
that a gravel pack has been installed in this well and therefore Sand Control option
should be set to Gravel Pack:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
767
When this section has been completed, select Done to return to the main PROSPER
screen.
3.1.2.5.2 Inserting PVT Data
The next stage is to insert the available PVT data into the model. The PVT input
screen can be accessed by selecting the PVT | Input Data tab. The PVT data to be
entered can be seen below:
GOR
800 scf/STB
Oil Gravity
37 API
Gas Gravity
0.76 Specific Gravity
Water Salinity
23000 ppm
Mole % H2S
0%
Mole % CO2
0%
Mole % N2
0%
768
PROSPER
3.1.2.5.2.1 PVT Matching
PVT data from a laboratory flash test has been provided to help us ensure that the
fluid properties calculated by the black oil correlations are representative of the actual
fluid:
Flash Experiment Data
Temperature of Test
Bubble
Point
Temperature
at
210 oF
Test 3500 psig
Pressur GOR
e
Oil FVF Viscosity
4000
800
1.42
0.364
3500
800
1.432
0.35
3000
655
1.352
0.403
2400
500
1.273
0.48
1000
190
1.12
0.7205
To insert the match data, select Match Data from the top of the screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
769
This will open the match data screen into which the laboratory data can be entered:
Select Match to proceed to the regression screen.
3.1.2.5.2.2 Matching the Correlations
Having selected Match, the following screen will be displayed:
770
PROSPER
Selecting Match All at the top of the screen will match all of the correlations to all of
the available data. If Match is selected then only the correlations selected will be
matched and this will be done to which ever properties are selected in the Match On
box to the left of the screen.
In this case select Match All to match all of the correlations and data.
By selecting the Plot option it is possible to see the graph of the matched correlation
compared to the laboratory data points. The correlation which will be shown in the
plotting is the correlation which has been selected in the Correlations section of the
above screen. The option of plotting the data either By Pressure or By Temperature
is given. Selecting By Temperature will plot each different variable against pressure
and have a different trend line for each temperature, while the By Pressure option will
show trend lines depending on pressure and plot against temperature. In this case
select By Temperature:
To plot the required variable, first select the PVT Matching Plot - Temperature = 210
(deg F) stream in the top left hand corner of the plot. Once the stream has been
selected, double click the variable Gas Oil Ratio in the bottom left hand corner. This
should also be carried out for the PVT Matching Data - Temperature = 210 (deg F)
stream to plot the test data:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
771
The different properties can be plotted by selecting them from the bottom left hand
corner. It can be seen from these plots that the Glaso and Beal et al correlations give
good matches with the test data. To exit the plot, select the red cross in the top right
hand corner of the screen.
It is possible to plot other correlations against the test data by selecting them in the
Correlations section of the screen and selecting Plot:
From the regression screen it is possible to view the resultant matching parameters
by selecting Parameters:
772
PROSPER
For a good match, parameter 1 should be as close to 1 as possible and parameter 2

should be as close to 0 as possible. Upon reviewing the parameters it can be seen
that the best correlations to select are the Glaso and Beal et al correlations:
Select Done at each screen until the main PVT screen is seen.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
773
3.1.2.5.2.3 Selecting the Correlation
Now that the correlations have been matched and the parameters and plots reviewed,
it is necessary to select the correlation which is most representative of the laboratory
data. This is done on the main PVT 'Input Data' screen. The correlations in the drop
down menu are those which will be used in the model and for this oil the Glaso and
Beal et al correlations should be selected:
A green banner can also be seen which tells the user that the correlations have been
matched.
Select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.
3.1.2.5.3 Specifying Equipment Data
In order to calculate the VLP curves for the well, PROSPER must have a description
of the well and the path through which the fluid flows from the bottom of the well to
the wellhead. This is done in the 'Equipment Data' section, which can be accessed by
selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc).
This will bring up the 'Equipment Data' screen. In order to fill in data for all of the
appropriate sections select All from the top ribbon and this will bring up ticks next to
each section:
774
PROSPER
The Edit button can now be selected to bring up each input section one at a time.
If only one section is to be edited, the required section can be accessed by selecting
the square to the left of the ticked box corresponding to that section.
In this screen the well deviation survey can be added:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
775
It should be noted that if the deviation survey to be entered has more than 20 data
points, it is possible to reduce the number of points using a filter algorithm. This option
is accessible by selecting the Filter button. For more information on the filtering
option, please refer to the Filter Section of the User Guide.
To move onto the next input screen, select Done
3.1.2.5.3.2 Surface Equipment
As there is no surface equipment in this model, this section can be left blank. In order
to proceed select the Cancel button:
776
PROSPER
The down-hole equipment section defines the path through which the fluid will flow as
it is produced up the well bore. Details of the equipment to be installed can be found
in the table below:
Type
Inside
Inside
Rate
Multiplier
(Inches) s (Inches)
X-mas Tree
600
Tubing
1000
SSSV
1
4.052
0.0006
3.72
1
1
Tubing
9000
4.052
0.0006
Casing
9275
6.4
0.0006
This can be inserted as shown in the screenshot below:
The final depth from the down-hole equipment will be used as the solution node depth
which splits the well into the VLP and IPR. This depth is also therefore the depth at
which the static reservoir pressure is defined in the IPR section. It is normally defined
as the top of the perforations and thus this equipment description should stop at the
When the data has been inserted, the next input screen can be accessed by selecting
Done.
3.1.2.5.3.4 Geothermal Gradient
The geothermal gradient which is entered is the geothermal gradient of the rock
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
777
around the well. It is used to calculate the temperature difference that the fluid
experiences as it travels up the well and is used in the calculation of heat transfer. The
Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient is also input into this screen and the value should
account for the heat transfer from the fluid to the surroundings. The geothermal
gradient and U value entered can be seen below:
Selecting Done will exit the geothermal gradient screen and enter the final equipment
input screen.
3.1.2.5.3.5 Average Heat Capacities
The average heat capacities of water, oil and gas are used in the Rough
Approximation temperature model to calculate the energy which is provided when the
fluid changes temperature. These are to be kept equal to the default values:
Selecting Done will move the user on to the final input screen.
3.1.2.5.3.6 Gauge Details
It is possible to enter the depths of different gauges in the PROSPER file. If gauges
are added, the pressure and temperature at the gauge depth will be given as a
reported result when calculations such as VLP are completed.
778
PROSPER
In this case no gauge depths have yet been specified and so select Done to return to
the main 'Equipment Data' screen:
3.1.2.5.3.7 Equipment Summary
From the equipment input screen it is possible to see a summary of the equipment by
selecting the Summary button on the top right of the screen:
This brings up the equipment summary screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
779
It is then possible to see a drawing of the down-hole equipment by selecting Draw

Downhole:
To gain direct access to the main PROSPER screen, the Main button can be selected
from the plot ribbon bar.
3.1.2.5.4 Inputting IPR Data
The IPR section of PROSPER is used to describe the inflow from the reservoir and
into the bottom of the well. A relationship between the flow rate which will come into
the well and the pressure at the bottom of the well will be developed.
Select System | Inflow Performance to bring up the IPR input screen:
780
PROSPER
The different models can be selected on the Select Model screen and in this case the
reservoir model should be set to Darcy, the Mechanical/Geometrical skin should be
set to Karakas+Tariq and the Deviation and Partial Penetration skin should be set to
Cinco (2)/Martin Bronz. Sand Control should be selected as Gravel pack.
The reservoir pressure, temperature, water cut and total GOR should be entered as
shown above.
When the Darcy model is selected, the reservoir model data tab updates to reflect the
selected IPR. The Reservoir Model data should be entered as above. The cells being
green indicates that the data is valid (yellow is on the limit of the validation range and
red outside).
3.1.2.5.4.1 Entering Data for Skin Models
At the top of the screen, tabs can be seen such as the Mech/Geom Skin tab and the
Dev/PP Skin tab and the sand control tab.
Selecting the Mech/Geom 8Skin tab will bring up the input screen for the Karakas and
Tariq model:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
781
The Karakas and Tariq model requires the damaged zone, crushed zone and vertical
permeabilities. These values are not always known and so the Karakas and Tariq
paper gave a set of guidelines to estimate there values:
Damaged Zone 50%
of
Reservoir
Permeability
Permeability
Crushed Zone 25%
of
Reservoir
Permeability
Permeability
Vertical
Permeability
10%
of
Reservoir
Permeability
Once these values have been inserted, the next tab can be accessed to see the
deviation and partial penetration skin inputs:
782
PROSPER
During the process of inserting data into the model it may be noticed that some values
are already inserted. If a value, such as well bore radius has been inserted into a
different screen in the IPR section, the value will be copied across to ensure the
consistency of the model. If the value is changed, it will also be changed on the other
screens as well.
Please note that the Cinco model is based upon correlations and is not valid for
wells with deviations of greater than 65o. For highly deviated wells, the Wong
Clifford skin model should be selected.
3.1.2.5.4.2 Entering Data for Sand Control
The final tab at the bottom of the screen is the 'Sand Control' tab.
Select this tab and enter the required data as shown below:
Some of this data (which has previously been entered in earlier screens) will already
be present. When variables are repeated in the different screens (such as shot
density or perforation diameter) in order to keep the model consistent the same value
is used for each. Therefore, changing it in one screen will also change it on all other
screens.
When the data has been inserted select Calculate and Plot:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
783
Exit the plot and select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen. The IPR curve
should now be displayed in the top left hand corner of the main screen:
784
PROSPER
3.1.2.5.5 VLP/IPR Matching

Now that all of the well data has been inserted, and the PVT has been matched to
ensure that it recreates the laboratory experiments, well test data can be used to see
if the current model can recreate the conditions measured in the field. We can match
the VLP and IPR correlations to this data so that the model becomes representative
of the actual flowing conditions of the well.
To access the VLP/IPR Matching screen, select the Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR
(Quality Check) menu from the top ribbon. This will bring up the screen shown below:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
785
3.1.2.5.5.1 Entering Well Test Data
The test data below should be entered into the matching screen:
Test Date
16/03/2011 21/05/2011 07/10/2011
Tubing
Head 230
Pressure (psig)
521
765
Tubing
Head 143.8
o
Temperature ( F)
134.2
118
Water Cut (%)
0.5
1.9

day)
7915.3
5636.9
Gauge Depth (ft)
6250
6250
1623.8
1962.6

(psig)
4000
4000

STB)
800
800
Gauge
(psig)
6250
Pressure 1322.6
786
PROSPER
3.1.2.5.5.2 Matching U Value
Once the data has been entered, the Overall heat Transfer Coefficient required to
match the measured well head temperature can be found for each test. To carry out
this calculation select Estimate:
The calculated U value for each test will be displayed:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
787
Select OK at each screen to continue. When all three values have been shown, the
average will be calcualted:
This value is to be used in the model and therefore select Yes to transfer it to the
Geothermal Gradient screen.
Select OK to return to the matching screen.
788
PROSPER
3.1.2.5.5.3 VLP Quality Check
With the U value matched, we can be confident that the temperature profile in the well
is being captured accurately. The next step is to carry out a quality check to ensure
that the model, test data and gauge pressure which has been measured are
consistent.
For the quality check we use two correlations, the Fancher Brown and the Duns and
Ros Modified, to create an envelope inside which a test point should fall. The Fancher
Brown correlation is a no slip correlation (as it assumes that the gas and liquid travel
at the same velocity in the tubing) and therefore will under predict the pressure drop
for an oil well. The Duns and Ros Modified correlation has been adapted to over
predict the pressure drop for oil wells producing in the slug flow regime. Therefore, if
a test point falls either below the Fancher Brown or is greater than the Duns and Ros
Modified then we can consider the quality of the test point or model to be in question.
If it falls between the two we can say that it has passed this initial test.
To carry out the quality check, select the Correlation Comparison button from the
top of the VLP/IPR Matching screen:
When the prompt is shown, select OK:
The measured data for the first test will be automatically bought into this screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
789
In order to carry out the quality check, select the Duns and Ros Modified and
Fancher Brown correlations from the bottom left hand corner of the screen:
Select Calculate to carry out the calculations for each correlation:
To see if the test point falls between the two gradients, select Plot:
790
PROSPER
For the case of test point one, we can see that it does indeed fall between these two
correlations and can therefore be said to have passed the quality check.
After exiting the plot, select Done in the Correlation Comparison screen:
A prompt will now appear for the second test point. Select OK to enter the correlation
comparison with the test data from test two:
The exact same steps as shown above should be carried out for test points two and
three. When this is done, the points will also be found to fall within the envelope and
therefore pass the quality check:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
791
When all three have been completed, selecting Done will return the user to the VLP/
IPR Matching screen.
792
PROSPER
3.1.2.5.5.4 Correlation Comparison
All three test points have been found to pass the quality check test and so the next
step is to find the correlation which best represents the measured pressure drop. This
can be done by selecting Correlation Comparison:
This will transfer the first set of test data into the Correlation Comparison screen:
At the bottom left corner of the screen, the correlations to be used in the comparison
can be selected. In this case we will select Hagedorn Brown, Beggs and Brill,
Petroleum Experts 2 and Petroleum Experts 3 :
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
793
Next, select Calculate to perform the gradient calculation for each of the selected
correlations:
Select Plot to see how close each correlation comes to the measured data point:
794
PROSPER
In this case, the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation is the closest to the measured gauge
pressure.
Select the red cross in the top right hand corner to exit from the plot and then select
Done to return to the Correlation Comparison screen:
Selecting Done again will leave the Correlation Comparison screen and a prompt
screen will appear so that the same process can be carried out for the next test:
Select OK to return to the Correlation Comparison screen with the 2nd set of test
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
795
data. The same steps as shown above should be performed to see the plot:
For the second case, the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation is still the closest to the test
data.
screen will appear so that the same process can be carried out for the final test.
Select OK to return to the Correlation Comparison screen with the 2nd test's data.
The same steps as we performed for the first and second tests should also be carried
out for the third and the correlations are compared to the test data:
796
PROSPER
For the final case, the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation is again close to the test data.
Based upon these three test, therefore, we can say that the correlation which gives
the most consistently close results when compared to the gauge pressures is
Petroleum Experts 2.
Done on the next two screens to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen.
3.1.2.5.5.5 VLP Matching
The correlation which was found to be closest to all three test data points was found
to be Petroleum Experts 2. This correlation will now be matched so that it recreates
each point exactly. This can be done by selecting Match VLP:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
797
This will display the matching screen:
Select the correlation to be matched (in this case Petroleum Experts 2) on the left
hand side of the screen and then select Match to carry out the regression:
When the match has been completed, the match parameters are displayed in the
centre of the screen. Parameter 1 is a multiplier applied to the pressure drop due to
gravity while Parameter 2 is a multiplier applied to the pressure drop due to friction.
These parameters are now also added to the end of the correlation name which is
now Petroleum Experts 2 1.03 1.01.
798
PROSPER
The right hand side of the screen shows the both the measured gauge pressure and
the pressures which are calculated with the newly matched correlations. As can be
seen, the correlation now recreates the gauge pressures.
Select Done to return to the previous screen.
3.1.2.5.5.6 IPR Matching
The pressure and temperature profiles in the well have now been matched to the test
data. The next step is to see where the VLP and IPR curves will intersect for the
given model. If the model is correct, they should intersect at the same rate as was
measured during each test.
We have been told that based on other tests, we are confident that the IPR curve is
accurate for this well and so if the IPR and VLP curves do not intersect at the correct
rates we can use this information to estimate the reservoir pressure at the time of the
test.
Select VLP/IPR to enter the VLP/IPR Matching screen:
On the left hand side of the screen, select all three tests (by ticking the boxes next to
them) and also select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
799
Select Calculate and a prompt box will appear asking which tests and correlations
are to be calculated:
As all of the tests and the required correlation have been selected (with a tick placed
next to them) select Calculate SELECTED Correlations, SELECTED Tests. After the
calculation has been completed, select Plot to see if the intersections match the test
rates:
800
PROSPER
The screen above shows that the test points (represented by the blue crosses) and
calculated intersection points (represented by the blue squares) do not match up. It
appears that in each case a different reservoir pressure will be required to match
each test. This can be done using the Adjust IPR option.
Select Finish to exit the plot and then Done to return to the VLP/IPR Matching
screen.
In order to calculate the reservoir pressure at the time of each well test, select Adjust
IPR:
This will bring up the 'Adjust IPR' screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
801
On the top of the screen, the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation should be selected.
It is possible to match each test one at a time, or select multiple tests to be matched
at the same time. If multiple tests are matched, an average reservoir pressure will be
calculated which would imply that the tests were all carried out at the same pressure.
As the tests here were carried out months apart, the reservoir pressure is most likely
different and so each test should be matched individually and the reservoir pressure
calculated saved.
In the top left of the screen, select test 1 by placing a tick in box next to it:
Once it is selected, press Adjust Pres. A prompt will appear asking which test is to
be matched. The selected test should be matched:
802
PROSPER
When the match has been carried out, a new reservoir pressure will be calculated.
This should be transferred to the VLP/IPR Match screen by selecting the option and
pressing OK:
This same process should be carried out for tests 2 and 3. When this has been
completed press Done to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen and see the
calculated reservoir pressure at the time of each test:
Select VLP/IPR and then Done, followed by Plot to see that the VLP/IPR intersection
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
803
points now match up with the test rates:
This completes the VLP/IPR matching process as the model is now recreating the test
results measured in the field. Select Main from the top of the plot to return to the
main PROSPER screen.
3.1.2.5.6 Water Cut Sensitivity
Now that the model has been adjusted to match field data, we can use the model to
predict what may happen over various operating conditions.
The objective of this sensitivity is to find the impact of increasing water cut on
production if the reservoir pressure is 4000 psig. This should be carried out for first
node pressures of 250, 500 and 750 psig.
This can be achieved by running a System Calculation by selecting Calculation |
System (Ipr + Vlp).
3.1.2.5.6.1 Setting Variables
The top left hand side of the screen should be filled with the relevant data for these
calculations:
804
PROSPER
As the Top Node Pressure and Water Cut are to be used in the sensitivity study, the
values entered here will be overwritten.
Ensure that the matched correlation is selected and that the rate method is changed
to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more definition within the unstable region
of the VLP curve.
Select Cases to enter the different sensitivity variables. Each variable can be selected
from the drop down lists on the left hand side and then the values to be used can be
entered on the right hand side:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
805
When these values have been inserted, select Done to return to the calculation
screen.
3.1.2.5.6.2 System Calculation
Select Calculate to carry out the System Calculation:
After the calculation has been completed, select Sensitivity Plot. Press Variables at
the top of the screen to change the values being plotted:
806
PROSPER
To see the intended plot, we should select to see Liquid Rate on the y-axis, Water
Cut on the X-axis and have First Node Pressure as the parameter variable:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
807
This plot shows us the impact of the water cut on the production as the increasing
water cut leads to a lower production rate. When the first node pressure is 750 psig,
the well will stop producing at between 60 and 70% water cut while first the pressure
is dropped to 500 psig then it will stop producing between 80 and 90%. With a well
head pressure of 250 psig, the well is able to produce all the way up to 90% water
cut when the reservoir pressure is 4000 psig.
This marks the end of Tutorial 00. This is the equivalent to completing tutorials
01, 05, 08, 12, 14 and 19. After completing this tutorial the user should be able
to:
Build an integrated oil well which represents the real flowing conditions of
the well.
Insert and match PVT data to reproduce the results of laboratory
experiments.
Insert the required equipment data to build a VLP curve.
Build a Darcy IPR model and include an analytical skin model to account for
the differences between the 'ideal' Darcy reservoir model and the real life
well.
Insert the required data to include the impact of a gravel pack on the IPR.
Match the VLP curve to test data.
Use the matched VLP curve to estimate the reservoir pressure at the time of
the test when the productivity is known.
Carry out a sensitivity to see the impact that water cut has on well
production.
808
PROSPER
3.1.3 Tutorial 01 Basic Oil Well Model

entered.
A new field, the Logie field, has been located and is currently being drilled. As an
engineer in the operating company, you have been asked to create a well model for
the first well of an oil reservoir using PROSPER.
Limited information is available at this time but as the well is completed and tested this
will change and the extra data will allow the model to be progressively improved.
Currently, it is known that the well will have a subsea well head and is slightly
deviated. The casing and tubing sizes to be used are also known and it is envisaged
that a subsea safety valve will be located beneath the well head.
From other wells in the area, an initial estimation of the reservoir productivity has also
been made.
Management would also like to have an initial idea of what the flow rate of the well
would be if no water was produced and the flowing well head pressure was 500 psig.
3.1.3.2 Objectives
Create a preliminary well model to which more information can be added.
Learn what the basic input data required to build a PROSPER model is.
Learn to perform a system calculation to estimate the flow rate of the well.
of PROSPER. These VLP curves define how much energy is required to lift the fluid at
much fluid can flow from the reservoir into the wellbore at a range of different bottom
hole pressures.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
809
a. Basic fluid PVT data will be used with black oil correlations to predict the
properties of the fluid at the different conditions within the model.
the down-hole equipment. This will be used to calculate the VLP curves.
c. Basic IPR information will be inserted based on other fields within the area.
d. A system calculation will be performed to assess the likely production at the
given conditions by combining the VLP and IPR curves.
Fluid
Oil and Water
Method
Black Oil
Separator
3.1.3.4.2 PVT Data

the fluid.
GOR
800 scf/STB
Oil Gravity
37 API
Gas Gravity
Water Salinity
23000 ppm
Mole % H2S
0%
Mole % CO2
0%
Mole % N2
0%
810
PROSPER

the well.
MD (ft)
TVD (ft)
600
600
1005
1000
4075
4000
7700
7500
9275
9000
Type
Inside
Inside
Rate
Multiplier
(Inches) s (Inches)
X-mas Tree
600
Tubing
1000
SSSV
1
4.052
0.0006
3.72
1
1
Tubing
9000
4.052
0.0006
Casing
9275
6.4
0.0006
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
811

(reservoir temperature) are the minimum data required. More data points can be
inserted if they are known as this will improve the accuracy of geothermal gradient.
MD (ft)
Temperature (oF)
60
600
40
9275
210

Heat Capacity (BTU/lb/oF)
Oil
0.53
Gas
0.51
Water
3.1.3.4.4 IPR Data

model used is dependent on the purpose of the study. In this case the 'PI Entry' model
will be used until more information on the reservoir becomes available.
Reservoir Model
PI Entry
812
PROSPER
Reservoir Pressure
5200 psig
Reservoir Temperature
210 oF
Water Cut
0%
Total GOR
800 scf/STB
Productivity Index
5 STB/day/psi

The following section presents a step-by-step guide to how to complete this tutorial.
this case, the data is kept as the default for all the options with the fluid being Oil and
Water:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
813
screen.
The next stage is to insert the available PVT data which will be used to calculate our
fluid's properties in the model. The PVT input screen can be accessed by selecting
the PVT | Input Data tab and the PVT data to be entered can be seen below:
GOR
800 scf/STB
Oil Gravity
37 API
Gas Gravity
Water Salinity
23000 ppm
Mole % H2S
0%
814
PROSPER
Mole % CO2
0%
Mole % N2
0%
Select Done to return to the main screen.

In order to calculate the VLP curves for the well, PROSPER must have a description of
the well and the path through which the fluid flows from the bottom of the well to the
wellhead. This is done in the 'Equipment Data' section, which can be accessed by
each section:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
815
816
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
817
in the table below:
Type
Inside
Inside
Rate
Multiplier
(Inches) s (Inches)
X-mas Tree
600
Tubing
1000
SSSV
1
4.052
0.0006
3.72
1
1
Tubing
9000
4.052
0.0006
Casing
9275
6.4
0.0006
Done.
818
PROSPER
input screen.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
819
820
PROSPER

Downhole:
The IPR section of PROSPER defines the inflow of the well and therefore how
productive the reservoir is. There are over 20 IPR models available in PROSPER and
each is applicable to a different situation or series of conditions.
The IPR input screen can be accessed by selecting System | Inflow Performance. In
the Reservoir Model screen, the IPR model can be selected. The current reservoir
properties such as reservoir pressure and temperature, water cut and producing GOR
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
821
can be entered in the Reservoir Data section. In this case, the PI reservoir model
should be selected, which allows the PI to be entered in the model data screen as
shown below:
When this data has been inserted, click Calculate and Plot to view the IPR curve:
822
PROSPER
The plot shows how both the bottom hole pressure and bottom hole temperature vary
with flow rate.
The IPR should be recalculated any time the properties are changed as the AOF of
the well is used in many calculations to obtain the maximum range of rates to be used.
Close the plot window by selecting the 'X' in the top left of the window to return to the
IPR screen and the select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen. Please note
that if this window is exited using Cancel, none of the changes made will be saved.
The main screen will now display an IPR curve to show that the calculation has been
completed:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
823
3.1.3.5.5 Running System Calc

Now that the well data has been inserted into PROSPER, the next step is to calculate
the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be done with
the use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to find the
system point at which the well will flow.
The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculations | System
(VLP + IPR):
824
PROSPER
The screen is split into 4 main elements;

- The top left corner contains the input data which will be used for the
calculation.
- The bottom left corner will contain any information on the sensitivity study
cases being considered.
- The top right corner will contain information on the system calculation and the
solution point which is obtained.
- The bottom right corner will contain the system plot itself (consisting of the
VLP and IPR curves).
3.1.3.5.5.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions
At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 500 psig and the water cut and GOR are left as 0% and 800 scf/
STB respectfully. This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of
the screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
825
The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us
more definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.
3.1.3.5.5.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:
The results screen will now show the System Plot at the bottom of the screen. The
details of the solution point can be seen in the top right of the screen.
It can be seen from this screen that if the Well Head Pressure is 500 psig and the
Water Cut is 0% then the model predicts that the well will flow at approximately
826
PROSPER
12188 STB/day and that the corresponding solution node pressure (which is
equivalent to the FBHP) is 2686 psig.
We can also view the System Plot by selecting Plot | System Plot from the top
ribbon:
Close the plot and select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.
To save the file select File | Save As...
This marks the end of Tutorial 1. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:
Build a basic PROSPER model using the different sections to input data
about the well.
Carry out a system calculation to estimate the production from a well at a
given set of conditions.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
827
3.1.4 Tutorial 02 - Basic Gas Well Model

entered.
A new over-pressured gas field, the Powderhall field, has been located and has just
been drilled. As an engineer in the operating company, you have been asked to create
a well model for the first well of a gas reservoir using PROSPER.
Limited information is available at this time but as the well is completed and tested this
will change and the extra data will allow the model to be progressively improved. The
reservoir is on-land, and as the well has been drilled, the deviation survey is known.
The casing and tubing sizes to be used are also known and it is envisaged that a
safety valve will be located beneath the well head.
Currently the well is producing 1 STB/MMscf of water and it is believed that part of
this water is vaporised within the gas when it is travelling up the well. The model
should therefore be set up to take into account the condensation or vaporisation of
this water within the wellbore.
It is foreseen that the well will produce at approximately 1500 psig flowing well head
pressure and therefore an estimate of the gas rate which will be produced in this case
is sought.
3.1.4.2 Objectives
Create a preliminary gas well model to which more information can be added.
Learn what the basic input data required to build a PROSPER model is.
Insert an IPR Model for the well.
828
PROSPER
a. Basic fluid PVT data will be entered to be used with PVT correlations to predict
the properties of the fluid at the different conditions within the model.
c. An IPR is to be built using the Petroleum Experts IPR Model.
given conditions.
Fluid
Dry and Wet Gas
Method
Black Oil
Separator
Water Vapour
Calculate Condensed Water Vapour
3.1.4.4.2 PVT Data

the fluid.
Gas Gravity
Separator Pressure
200 psig
Condensate Gas Ratio
1 STB/MMscf
Condensate Gravity
50 API
Water Gas Ratio
1 STB/MMscf
Water Salinity
100000 ppm
Mole % H2S
0%
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
Mole % CO2
0.5%
Mole % N2
2%
829

important concept is that all equipment in the well is describe in a consistent manner
with respect to the reference depth selected.
Measured
Depth (ft)
Total Vertical
Depth (ft)
1500
1500
2000
1980
2500
2450
3000
2883
3500
3300
4000
3721
4500
4140
5000
4560
5400
4900
Type
Measur Inside
Inside
Rate
830
PROSPER
ed
Depth
(ft)
Xmas
Tree
Tubing
1000
SSSV
Diameter
(inches)
Roughness
(inches)
Multiplier
3.958
0.0006
Tubing
5000
3.958
0.0006
Casing
5400
0.0006

atmosphere around the well. It is used to calculate temperature difference between
the fluid and its surrounding and is used in the calculation of the heat loss. The
ambient temperature at the wellhead and the temperature at the last node (reservoir
temperature) are required. More data points can be inserted if they are known as this
will improve the accuracy of geothermal gradient.
MD (ft)
Temperature (oF)
45
1500
75
5400
166
Overall Heat Transfer coefficient = 3 BTU/hr/ft2/oF.

3.1.4.4.4 IPR Data
The following information can be used to generate a Petroleum Experts IPR Model.
Inflow Model
Petroleum Experts
Skin Model
Enter Skin By Hand
Reservoir Pressure
5300 psig
Reservoir Temperature 166 oF

PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
CGR
WGR
25 md
Reservoir Thickness
55 ft
Drainage Area
500 acres
Dietz Shape Factor
31.6
WellBore Radius
0.354 ft
55 ft
Time Since
Started
831
Production 50 days
Reservoir Porosity
0.15
Connate Water Saturation 0.25

Non-Darcy Flow Factor (D) Calculated
Permeability Entered
SKIN
Total
Permeability
2
3.1.4.5.1 Setting Up The Model

this case, the data is kept as the default for all the options with the fluid being Dry and
Wet Gas and the Water Vapour option set to Calculate Condensed Water Vapour:
832
PROSPER
screen.
Gas Gravity
Separator Pressure
200
Condensate Gas Ratio
1 STB/MMscf
Condensate Gravity
50 API
Water Gas Ratio
1 STB/MMscf
Water Salinity
100000 ppm
Mole % H2S
0%
Mole % CO2
0.5%
Mole % N
2
2%
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
833
As the Calculate Condensed Water Vapour option has been enabled, the PVT screen
is also used to calculate the Minimum WGR. This Minimum WGR is the WGR which
is vaporised within the gas at the reservoir conditions which therefore must be
produced even if no other free water is produced. If a WGR value lower than the
calculated Minimum WGR is input for use in a calculation, then this will be replaced
by the Minimum WGR. In this case, when the reservoir conditions (5300 psig and
166oF) are entered the Minimum WGR is found to be 0.27114 STB/MMscf.
It is also possible to see how this Minimum WGR changed with pressure and
temperature by selecting Plot:
834
PROSPER
To exit the plot, select Finish and then select Done to return to the PROSPER main
screen.

each section:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
835
836
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
837
in the table below:
Type
X-mas Tree
Tubing
Inside
Inside
Rate
Multiplier
(Inches) s (Inches)
0
1000
SSSV
1
3.958
0.0006
3.0
1
1
Tubing
5000
3.958
0.0006
Casing
5400
6.0
0.0006
838
PROSPER
Done.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
839
input screen.
840
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
841

Downhole:
842
PROSPER

The IPR input screen can be accessed by selecting System | Inflow Performance.
The reservoir model selected should be Petroleum Experts and the Skin model should
be Enter Skin by Hand. THe reservoir data and model data should then be entered as
below:
Select the Mech/Geom Skin tab to input the skin data for the well:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
843
844
PROSPER
The IPR curve shows both the variation in bottom hole pressure and bottom hole
temperature as rate changes.
To close the plot, select the red cross in the top right hand corner. Selecting Done will
return the user to the main PROSPER screen.
completed:

PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
845

(VLP + IPR):

calculation.
pressure is set to 1500 psig and the CGR and WGR are both set as 1 STB/MMscf.
This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the screen:
846
PROSPER
WGR is 1 STB/MMscf then the model predicts that the well will flow at approximately
83.14 MMscf/day and that the corresponding solution node pressure (which is
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
847

ribbon:
be able to:
Build a PROSPER model for a gas well using the different sections to input
data.
Build an IPR using the Petroleum Experts IPR model.
848
PROSPER
3.1.5 Tutorial 03a - Basic Water Injection Model

entered.
The Logie field has now been producing for some time and the development team has
begun to run field development strategies to calculate the optimum way to obtain the
most from the field.
One of the strategies being considered is to use water to maintain the reservoir
pressure. In order to see if this strategy is feasible, the injection capabilities of a
water injection well needs to be considered. The team expects that as water is
injected, the cool water will act to decrease the temperature of the near well bore
region and may lead to fracturing in the reservoir. The best place to carry out this
analysis would be a numerical simulator which can calculate the dynamic stresses
within the system and model both the initial fracture, its propagation through the
reservoir and the impact that the fracture has on the production.
The objective of this tutorial is therefore to build a PROSPER file from which lift curves
representing the water injection well can be generated and then exported.
An additional objective has been set to estimate the initial injection rate if the reservoir
pressure is 4100psig, the Thermally Induced Fracture IPR model and the well head
pressure is 1250 psig.
3.1.5.2 Objectives
Create a preliminary water injection well model.
Learn the basic input data required to build a PROSPER model.
Use the Thermally Induced Fracture IPR model to predict the injectivity of the
well..
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
849
a. Insert 'dummy' PVT data for the hydrocarbon fluid as the water cut of this well
will be 100%. Also enter the correct water salinity which will be used to model
the water properties.
c. An IPR is to be built using the Thermally Induced Fracture IPR Model to model
the inflow at a certain instance in time.
given conditions.
Fluid
Oil and Water
Method
Black Oil
Separator
Well Type
Injector
3.1.5.4.2 PVT Data

the fluid.
GOR
0 scf/STB
Oil Gravity
37 API
Gas Gravity
0.7
Gravity
Specific
850
PROSPER

Mole % H2S
0%
Mole % CO2
0%
Mole % N2
0%

It can be assumed for the time being that the temperature of the injected fluid at the
wellhead will be 60oF.
In this case, we have a vertical well.
Measured
Depth (ft)
Total
Depth (ft)
9000
9000
Vertical
Type
Measured Inside Inside

Rate
Depth (ft) Diamete Roughnes Multiplier
r
s (inches)
(inches)
Xmas
600
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
851
Tree
Tubing
8500
5.2
0.0006
Casing
9000
6.4
0.0006

When using the Rough Approximation temperature model, the overall heat transfer
MD (ft)
Temperature (oF)
60
600
40
9000
210

3.1.5.4.4 IPR Data
The following information can be used to generate a Thermally Induced Fracture
Model.
Inflow Model
Reservoir Pressure
Thermally
Fracture
4100 psig
Reservoir
Temperature
210 oF
Water Cut
100%
GOR
Injected
Temperature
Induced
Fluid 120 oF
852
PROSPER
Skin
Please note: In reality, the temperature of the injected fluid will be dependent upon
the rate which is being produced and is a results which is calculated by the VLP
curves. If a thermal reservoir simulator is used to model the inflow of an injector, this
will be taken into account and becomes a more robust model as a result.
Injectivity Data:
50 md
Reservoir Thickness
100 ft
Drainage Area
250 acres
Wellbore Radius
0.354 ft
Time
20 days
Reservoir Porosity
0.18
Mean
Historical 12000
day
Injection Rate
STB/
Thermo-Mechanical Data:
Initial Reservoir Stress
5300 psig
Sweep Efficiency
0.75
Injected Fluid
Heat Capacity
Overall
Conductivity
Specific 1 BTU/lb/F
Reservoir 2.5 BTU/hr/lb/
F
Overall Reservoir Specific 0.25 BTU/lb/F

Heat Capacity
Overall Reservoir Density 140 lb/ft3
Top
and
Surroundings
Conductivity
Bottom 0.9 BTU/hr/lb/

F
Top
and
Surroundings
Heat Capacity
Bottom 0.2 BTU/lb/F

Specific
Top
and
Bottom 200 lb/ft3
Surroundings Density
Reservoir
PROSPER Manual
Thermal 5e-6 oF-1

June, 2014
Examples Guide
853
Expansion
Biot's Constant
0.7
Poisson's Ratio
0.2
Reservoir
Modulus
Young's 3000000 psi

this case, the fluid type should be altered to Oil and Water and the well type to
Injector:
screen.
854
PROSPER

screen can be accessed by selecting the PVT | Input Data tab.
As we are injecting water, no gas or oil will be present within the system. However, as
we are going to use the Thermally Induced Fracture IPR model, a description of the
fluid in the reservoir is required. When modelling, the water cut will be set to 100%
and so only the water salinity will be used in the calculations in the wellbore (VLP).
The PVT data to be entered can be seen below:
GOR
800 scf/STB
Oil Gravity
37 API
Gas Gravity
Water Salinity
0.7
Specific
Gravity
200000 ppm
Mole % H2S
0%
Mole % CO2
0%
Mole % N2
0%
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
855

the well and the path through which the fluid flows. This is done in the Equipment Data
section. This can be accessed by selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc).
This will bring up the 'Equipment Data' screen. The injected fluid temperature (at the
wellhead) should be inserted into this screen. In order to fill in data for all of the
each section:
856
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
857
is accessible by selecting the Filter button.
As this well is vertical, only two points are required.
To move onto the next input screen, select Done.
858
PROSPER
it is injected down the well bore. Details of the equipment to be installed can be found
below:
The final depth from the down-hole equipment will be used as the depth at which the
static reservoir pressure is defined in the IPR section. It is normally defined as the top
of the perforations and thus this equipment description should stop at the top of the
perforations.
Done.
experiences and so is used in the calculation of heat transfer. The Overall Heat
Transfer Coefficient is also input into this screen. The geothermal gradient can be
seen below:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
859
input screen.
The heat capacities of water, oil and gas are to be kept equal to the default values:
Selecting Done will return the user to the Equipment Input screen as all the
equipment data has been inserted.
If we have any gauges downhole, we can define their depths on this screen. The
pressure and temperature at these points will be reported when calculations are
carried out so they can be compared to any real data which may be available:
860
PROSPER
This well has no gauges therefore the screen can be left blank.
Selecting Done will return to the equipment screen and then selecting Done again will
return us to the main PROSPER screen.
The IPR section of PROSPER defines the inflow of the well or in the case of an
injection well, it defines the relationship between the bottom hole pressure and the
rate which can be injected into the reservoir.. There are over 20 IPR models available
in PROSPER and each is applicable to a different situation or series of conditions.
When dealing with injection systems, due to the changing conditions around the well, it
is normally best to carried out the injectivity modelling with a reservoir simulator which
can account for the effects of the cooled region around the well bore and also
consider the impact of rock mechanics and water chemistry on our ability to inject
over time.
If the modelling is to be carried out using PROSPER, it is recommended that water
injector wells be defined using the Thermally Induced Fracture IPR model.
The IPR screen can be accessed by selecting System | Inflow Performance.
The reservoir model selected should be the Thermally Induced Fracture model and
the skin model should be selected as Enter Skin by Hand. TheThe injected
temperature of the fluid is a required input and this is the fluid temperature at the
bottom hole depth. As the fluid will gain heat from the surroundings as it travels down
the wellbore, the temperature at the bottom hole will be dependent upon the rate
which is to be injected. When using VLP curves with a numerical simulator, this
temperature and rate relationship is known and will be used by the simulator to ensure
that the correct fluid temperature is used in subsequent calculations. In this case, a
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
861
single value will be entered which is independent of rate, as shown above.

The injectivity and thermo-mechanical data can be defined in the model data
section.This screen allows the reservoirs geo-mechanical and thermo-mechanical
properties to be entered which will be used by the model to predict if a fracture is
likely to occur for the given conditions.
When the data has been inserted, select the Mech/Geom Skin tab to enter the skin
value:
Click Calculate and Plot to view the IPR curve:
862
PROSPER
From this plot we can see that the AOF is reported as 410000 STB/day. As this is an
injector, the principle of the AOF no longer has a physical meaning as there is no limit
to what the bottom hole pressure can be (unlike a production well which is limited by 0
psig). As the range of values used is so wide, the curve shown may not be
representative of the actual injectivity at lower rates. We will see this in more detail
when the system calculation is performed.
Selecting Main will return the user to the main PROSPER screen.
completed.
the rate which the well can inject at a given set of conditions. This can be done with
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
863

(VLP + IPR):

calculation.
The conditions which are to be studied should be inserted into the top left hand corner
of the screen and the first node pressure is set to 1250 psig and the water cut and
GOR are set as 100% and 800 scf/STB respectfully.
864
PROSPER
The rate method should be changed to User Selected. As mentioned previously, the
AOF of an injection well has no physical meaning and if used to generate the rates to
be used in the calculations can reduce the accuracy of the results. Instead, it is
possible to generate a range of rates manually to be used in the system calculation.
This can be done by selecting Generate:
When the ranges have been inserted, select Generate to calculate the values and
then Done to return to the calculation screen.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
865
It can be seen from this screen that if the Well Head Pressure is 1250 psig then the
model predicts that the well can inject at approximately 8412 STB/day and that the
corresponding solution node pressure (which is equivalent to the FBHP) is 5430 psig.
ribbon:
866
PROSPER
Now that the resolution is better on the lower rates of the IPR curve, we can see the
different shapes it takes. The curve can be seen to have three distinct sections. The
first (at low rates) shows that an increase in pressure is required to inject a higher
rate. The second region is a flat shape which shows that the rate being injected can
increase without a rise in the bottom hole pressure. This is the point at which the
modelling is predicting that a thermally induced fracture may occur. In the third section
(at higher rates) the relationship of increasing pressure being required to inject a
higher rate is reestablished.
As our intersection occurs within the third section, the model is predicting that at these
conditions the reservoir rock may fracture. To analyse this in more detail, calculate the
propagation of the fracture through the reservoir and to judge the impact that this
fracture will have on our injection rate over time, we would have to consult a reservoir
simulator which can deal with both the thermal and fracture mechanics aspects that
have been highlighted here.
be able to:
Build a PROSPER model for a water injection well using the different
sections to input data.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
867
Build an IPR using the Thermally Induced Fracture IPR model.

Carry out a system calculation to estimate the injection rate for a well at a
868
PROSPER
3.1.6 Tutorial 03b - Basic Water Injection Model

entered.
When a IPR is generated in GAP only a single value of PI is transferred. In the
previous case (03a) there is a potential to have two gradients if the reservoir is
fractured during injected. It is possible to enter this data into GAP as a Fracture dP
and a Fracture PI. However, if a representative value of PI is desired to be
transferered to GAP then it may be desirbale to use a simplified IPR which does not
capture the more detailed thermal and mechanical effects such as the standard Darcy
model.
In this example a simplified injector model is created using the Darcy inflow model.
This approach does not capture the thermal effects (cooling reduces the viscosity and
therefore the fluid mobility) or thermal or hydraulic fracturing which can be an issue for
water injectors wells.
3.1.6.2 Objectives
Create a preliminary water injection well model.
Use the Darcy IPR model to estimate the injectivity of the well.
a. Use simplified water PVT data.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
869
c. An IPR is to be built using the Darcy IPR Model to model the inflow.
Fluid
Oil and Water
Method
Black Oil
Separator
Well Type
Water Injector
3.1.6.4.2 PVT Data

The water has the following total solid content.
It can be assumed for the time being that the temperature of the injected fluid at the
wellhead will be 60oF.
3.1.6.4.3.1 Deviation Survey_2
In this case, we have a vertical well.
Measured
Depth (ft)
Total
Depth (ft)
Vertical
870
PROSPER
9000
9000
3.1.6.4.3.2 Downhole Equipment_2
Type
Measured Inside Inside

Rate
Depth (ft) Diamete Roughnes Multiplier
r
s (inches)
(inches)
Xmas
Tree
600
Tubing
8500
5.2
0.0006
Casing
9000
6.4
0.0006
3.1.6.4.3.3 Geothermal Gradient_2

MD (ft)
Temperature (oF)
60
600
40
9000
210
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
871

3.1.6.4.4 IPR Data
The following information can be used to generate a Thermally Induced Fracture
Model.
Inflow Model
Darcy
Reservoir Pressure
4100 psig
Reservoir
Temperature
210 oF
Water Cut
100%
GOR
Injected
Temperature
Fluid 120 oF
Skin
Please note: In reality, the temperature of the injected fluid will be dependent upon
the rate which is being produced and is a results which is calculated by the VLP
curves. If a thermal reservoir simulator is used to model the inflow of an injector, this
will be taken into account and becomes a more robust model as a result.
Injectivity Data:
50 md
Reservoir Thickness
100 ft
Drainage Area
250 acres
Wellbore Radius
0.354 ft
Time
20 days
Reservoir Porosity
0.18
Mean
Historical 12000
day
Injection Rate
STB/
872
PROSPER

this case, the fluid type should be altered to Oil and Water and the well type to Water
Injector:
screen.
screen can be accessed by selecting the PVT | Input Data tab.
As we are injecting water, no gas or oil will be present within the system. The water
has the following total solid content.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
873

the well and the path through which the fluid flows. This is done in the Equipment Data
section. This can be accessed by selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc).
This will bring up the 'Equipment Data' screen. The injected fluid temperature (at the
wellhead) should be inserted into this screen. In order to fill in data for all of the
each section:
874
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
875
As this well is vertical, only two points are required.
876
PROSPER
below:
perforations.
Done.
experiences and so is used in the calculation of heat transfer. The Overall Heat
Transfer Coefficient is also input into this screen. The geothermal gradient can be
seen below:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
877
input screen.
Selecting Done will return the user to the Equipment Input screen as all the
equipment data has been inserted.
If we have any gauges downhole, we can define their depths on this screen. The
pressure and temperature at these points will be reported when calculations are
carried out so they can be compared to any real data which may be available:
878
PROSPER
This well has no gauges therefore the screen can be left blank.
Selecting Done will return to the equipment screen and then selecting Done again will
return us to the main PROSPER screen.
The IPR section of PROSPER defines the inflow of the well or in the case of an
injection well, it defines the relationship between the bottom hole pressure and the
rate which can be injected into the reservoir.. There are over 20 IPR models available
in PROSPER and each is applicable to a different situation or series of conditions.
When dealing with injection systems, due to the changing conditions around the well, it
is normally best to carried out the injectivity modelling with a reservoir simulator which
can account for the effects of the cooled region around the well bore and also
consider the impact of rock mechanics and water chemistry on our ability to inject
over time.
If the modelling is to be carried out using PROSPER, it is recommended that water
injector wells be defined using the Thermally Induced Fracture IPR model (Tutorial
03a). However, in this case the simplified Darcy model will be used instead.
The IPR screen can be accessed by selecting System | Inflow Performance.
The reservoir model selected should be the Darcy model and the skin model should
be selected as Enter Skin by Hand.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
879
When the data has been inserted, select the Mech/Geom Skin tab to enter the skin
value:
Click Calculate and Plot to view the IPR curve:
880
PROSPER
From this plot we can see that the AOF is reported as 410000 STB/day. As this is an
injector, the principle of the AOF no longer has a physical meaning as there is no limit
to what the bottom hole pressure can be (unlike a production well which is limited by 0
psig). As the range of values used is so wide, the curve shown may not be
representative of the actual injectivity at lower rates. We will see this in more detail
when the system calculation is performed.
Selecting Main will return the user to the main PROSPER screen.
completed.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
881

(VLP + IPR):

calculation.
of the screen and the first node pressure is set to 1250 psig.
882
PROSPER
3.1.6.5.5.2 Running a System Calculation_3
model predicts that the well can inject at approximately 10,046 STB/day and that the
ribbon:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
883
be able to:
Build a PROSPER model for a water injection well using the different
sections to input data.
Build an IPR using the Thermally Induced Fracture IPR model.
884
PROSPER
3.1.7 Tutorial 04 - Basic Gas Injection Model

entered.
A new gas condensate field has been discovered and is currently under development.
For the first five years of production, there is no market for the gas being produced
and so it cannot be sold on. One development strategy under consideration is to
produce the gas for the first five years so that the condensate can be sold. The
resultant dry gas will then be re-injected into the reservoir to help maintain the
pressure and also in the hope that any condensate which has dropped out in the
reservoir may be vaporised and produced to increase the yield. Due to the complexity
of injecting a cooler fluid into a reservoir, the best way to obtain an accurate idea of
the injectivity of the well would be to use a numerical simulator which can account for
the effects of changing temperature and the chemical reacts which may results from
introducing a different composition into the reservoir.
The current objective is to create a PROSPER file which can be used to create the lift
curves which can then be imported into the reservoir simulator to run predictions.
Using the Petroleum Experts IPR model, management would also like an idea of the
volume of gas which can be injected if the reservoir pressure was 2750 psig and the
wellhead pressure of the well is 2000 psig.
3.1.7.2 Objectives
Create a preliminary gas injection well model.
Learn what the basic input data required to build a PROSPER injection well
model is.
of PROSPER. These VLP curves define the relationship between the top node
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
885
pressure and the bottom hole pressure for various flow rates at given conditions.
Finally, the IPR (or Inflow Performance Relationship) defines how much fluid can flow
into the reservoir from the wellbore at given conditions.
a. Basic fluid PVT data will be used with PVT correlations to predict the properties
of the fluid at the different conditions within the model.
c. An IPR is to be built using the Petroleum Experts IPR model.
d. A system calculation will be performed to assess the likely injection when the
reservoir pressure is 2750 psig and the well head pressure is 2000 psig.
Fluid
Dry and Wet Gas
Method
Black Oil
Well Type Injector
3.1.7.4.2 PVT Data

the fluid.
Gas Gravity
0.769
Gravity
Separator Pressure 100 psig
Condensate
Ratio
Specific
Gas 0 STB/MMscf
Condensate Gravity 67 API

Water Gas Ratio
0 STB/MMscf
Water Salinity
100000 ppm
886
PROSPER
Mole % H2S
0%
Mole % CO2
0.368%
Mole % N2
4.005%

Measured
Depth (ft)
Total Vertical
Depth (ft)
1500
1500
1982
1980
2460
2450
2905
2883
3335
3300
4650
4560
5010
4900
The down-hole equipment specifies the path through which the fluid will travel from the
surface to the bottom hole. The final depth from this data will be used as the solution
node where the bottom-hole pressure is calculated. It is also the depth at which the
static reservoir pressure is defined and as such is normally defined as the top of the
reservoir or the top of the perforations.
Type
PROSPER Manual
Measure Inside Inside

Rate
d Depth Diamete Roughnes Multiplier
June, 2014
Examples Guide
(ft)
887
r
s (inches)
(inches)
Xmas Tree 0
Tubing
1000
4.5
SSSV
0.00006
4.0
1
1
Tubing
4800
4.5
0.00006
Casing
5010
6.13
0.00006

MD (ft)
Temperature (oF)
45
1500
75
5010
166

3.1.7.4.4 IPR Data
Inflow Model
Petroleum
Experts
Skin Model
Enter Skin By
Hand
Reservoir Pressure 2750 psig
888
PROSPER
Reservoir
Temperature
166 oF
CGR
WGR
25 md
Reservoir Thickness
55 ft
Drainage Area
500 acres
Dietz Shape Factor
31.6
WellBore Radius
0.354 ft
45 ft
Time Since
Started
Production 100 days
Reservoir Porosity
Connate
Saturation
0.15
Water 0.25
Non-Darcy Flow Factor Calculated

(D)
SKIN
Total
Permeability
2

this case, the fluid is set to Dry and Wet Gas and the well type is changed to Injector:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
889
screen.
Gas Gravity
0.769
Gravity
Separator Pressure 100 psig
Condensate
Ratio
Specific
Gas 0 STB/MMscf
Condensate
Gravity
67 API
Water Gas Ratio
0 STB/MMscf
Water Salinity
100000 ppm
Mole % H2S
0%
Mole % CO2
0.368%
890
PROSPER
Mole % N2
4.005%
When the data has been inserted, select Done to return to the main screen.
This will bring up the 'Equipment Data' screen. The injected fluid temperature is the
temperature of the injection fluid at the top node of the well. In this case, this is the
fluid temperature at the wellhead and the value to be entered is 100oF. In order to fill
in data for all of the appropriate sections select All from the top ribbon and this will
bring up ticks next to each section:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
891
892
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
893
in the table below:
Type
X-mas Tree
Tubing
Inside
Inside
Rate
Multiplier
(Inches) s (Inches)
0
1000
SSSV
1
4.5
0.00006
4.0
1
1
Tubing
4800
4.5
0.00006
Casing
5010
6.13
0.00006
894
PROSPER
Done.
experiences as it travels down the well and is used in the calculation of heat transfer.
The Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient is also input into this screen and the value
should account for the heat transfer from the fluid to the surroundings. The geothermal
input screen.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
895
are added, the pressure and temperature at the gauge depth will be reported when
calculations such as VLPs are completed.
From the main Equipment Data screen, select Done to return to the main PROSPER
screen.
The IPR section of PROSPER defines the inflow of the well and therefore when
896
PROSPER
modelling an injector, it is the relationship between the bottom hole pressure and the
flow rate of fluid which can be injected into the reservoir. There are over 20 IPR
models available in PROSPER and each is applicable to a different situation or series
of conditions.
The reservoir model selected should be Petroleum Experts and the skin model should
be set to Enter Skin by Hand. Care should be taken if using this model for predictive
purposes as the injectivity of the well may change over time as the thermal and
chemical effects of injecting a cooler fluid with a different composition is felt by the
reservoir. In this case, as an initial study is being carried out, the model can be
selected. It is recommended that a reservoir simulator which can consider the
complex interactions of the rock mechanics, temperature variation and water
chemistry be used when more detailed analysis is required for gas injection wells.
The reservoir properties (such as pressure, temperature) and the fluid's properties
can be inserted as can the model data:
Selecting the Mech/Geom Skin tab, the skin value can be entered:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
897
When this data has been inserted, click Calculate to view the IPR curve:
898
PROSPER
temperature as rate changes. From this plot we can see that the AOF is reported as
2991 MMscf/day. As this is an injector, the principle of the AOF no longer has a
physical meaning as there is no limit to what the bottom hole pressure can be (unlike a
production well which is limited by 0 psig). As the range of rates is so high, the IPR
pressure can be seen to be very high. To get an accurate representation of the
relationship between FBHP and rate at lower rates, a sensitivity could be performed
with User Selected rates.
Exit the plot and the select Done to return to the main screen.
completed.
(VLP + IPR):
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
899

calculation.
of the screen and the first node pressure is set to 1250 psig and the water cut and
GOR are set as 100% and 0 scf/STB respectfully.
The rate method should be changed to User Selected. As mentioned previously, the
AOF of an injection well has no physical meaning and if used to generate the rates to
be used in the calculations can reduce the accuracy of the results. Instead, it is
possible to generate a range of rates manually to be used in the system calculation.
This can be done by selecting Generate:
900
PROSPER
When the ranges have been inserted, select Generate to calculate the values and
then Done to return to the calculation screen.
model predicts that the well can inject at approximately 9.46 MMscf/day and that the
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
901
ribbon:
be able to:
Build a PROSPER model for a gas injection well using the different sections
to input data.
902
PROSPER
3.1.8 Tutorial 05 - Matching PVT of an Oil

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 01. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM 9/Samples/PROSPER/'.
If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on
which this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
entered.
The Logie field has now been drilled and samples of the reservoir fluid have been
tested in the laboratory.
In Tutorial 01 a black oil correlation was used to calculate our fluid properties based
on the black oil properties of the fluid. As more data is now available, the objective is
to ensure that the PVT data being calculated by the correlation is consistent with that
of the laboratory tests. This is done through a process called PVT Matching.
When the PVT has been matched, the flow rate of the well when the well head
pressure is 500 psig is required.
3.1.8.2 Objectives
Ensure that the PVT data in PROSPER is representative of the laboratory data.
Learn to match the black oil correlations to laboratory data.
Carry out a system calculation to see the impact of the new PVT properties.
As the base PROSPER file has already been created it is not necessary to input new
data for the VLP or the IPR. Instead, only the PVT section will be reviewed.
a. The available laboratory PVT data will be entered into the model.
b. This data will be used as the basis of a matching calculation to ensure that the
PVT properties calculated are representative of the actual fluid.
c. A system calculation will be performed to assess what effects these changes in
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
903
PVT will have on the likely production at the given conditions.

The laboratory report has provided data which can be used in the matching process.
3.1.8.4.1 PVT Match Data
Temperature of Test
210 oF
Bubble
Point
Temperature
at
Test 3500 psig
Pressur GOR
e
Oil FVF Viscosity
4000
800
1.42
0.364
3500
3000
2400
1000
800
655
500
190
1.432
1.352
1.273
1.12
0.35
0.403
0.48
0.7205

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 01. A copy of the file
3.1.8.5.1 Inserting Match Data
From the main PROSPER screen, open the PVT section by selecting PVT | Input
Data from the main ribbon bar:
Select Match Data from the top of the screen.

904
PROSPER

3.1.8.5.2 Matching the Correlations
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
905
selected, double click the variable Gas Oil Ratio in the bottom left hand corner. This
should also be carried out for the PVT Matching Data - Temperature = 210 (deg F)
stream to plot the test data:
906
PROSPER
corner. It can be seen from these plots that the Glaso and Beal et al correlations give
good matches with the test data. To exit the plot, select the red cross in the top right
hand corner of the screen.
It is possible to plot other correlations against the test data by selecting them in the
Correlations section of the screen and selecting Plot:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
907

that the best correlations to select are the Glaso and Beal et al correlations:
908
PROSPER
3.1.8.5.3 Selecting the Correlation

data. This is done on the main PVT input data screen. The correlations in the drop
matched.
Now that the PVT used in the model has been matched to laboratory data, the next
step is to calculate the impact that this has had on the rate that our model will predict.
This can be done with the use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP
and IPR plots to find the system point at which the well will flow.
(VLP + IPR).
the screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
909
910
PROSPER
equivalent to the FBHP) is 2677.85 psig.
ribbon:
be able to:
Match the Black Oil correlations to laboratory data.
Select the most suitable Black Oil correlation for use within the model.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
911
3.1.9 Tutorial 06 - Matching PVT of a Gas

entered.
The Powderhall gas field has now been drilled and samples of the reservoir fluid have
been tested in the laboratory.
In Tutorial 02, a correlation was used to calculate our fluid properties based on the
gas gravity and black oil properties of our fluid. As more data is now available, the
current objective is to ensure that the PVT data being calculated by the correlation is
consistent with that of the laboratory tests. This is done through a process called PVT
Matching.
When the PVT has been matched, the flow rate of the well when the well head
3.1.9.2 Objectives
Ensure that the PVT data in PROSPER is representative of the laboratory data.
Learn to match the PVT correlations to laboratory data.
Carry out a system calculation to see the impact of the new PVT properties.
As the base PROSPER file has already been created it is not necessary to input new
data for the VLP or the IPR. Instead, only the PVT section will be reviewed
a. The PVT correlations used to predict the properties of the fluid at the different
conditions within the model will be matched to ensure they are representative of
the laboratory data.
912
PROSPER
b. A system calculation will be performed to assess the affects that these changes
in PVT will have on the likely production at the given conditions.
The laboratory report has provided data which can be used in the matching process.
3.1.9.4.1 PVT Match Data
Temperature
Test
of 166 oF
Pressure
(psig)
Z Factor
Gas Viscosity
(cp)
Gas FVF
(ft3/scf)
5300
3020
2140
1000
1.03183
0.9053
0.89365
0.9287
0.024644
0.01869
0.01648
0.014213
0.0034174
0.005239
0.06733
0.016213

3.1.9.5.1 Inserting Match Data
From the main PROSPER screen, open the PVT section by selecting PVT | Input
Data from the main ribbon bar:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
913
Select Match Data from the top of the screen.

Once the data has been entered, select Match to proceed to the regression screen.
3.1.9.5.2 Matching the Correlations
matched and this will be done to whichever properties are selected in the Match On
914
PROSPER
selected, double click the variable Z Factor in the bottom left hand corner. This should
also be carried out for the PVT Matching Data - Temperature = 166 (deg F) stream
to plot the test data:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
915
corner. To exit the plot, select the red cross in the top right hand corner of the screen.
It is possible to select the viscosity correlation to used in the generation of these plots
against the test data by selecting it in the Correlations section of the screen and
selecting Plot:
916
PROSPER

should be as close to 0 as possible. For this case the correlations are all within a
reasonable range of these conditions:
For the viscosity correlation, we can see that the Carr et al correlation has match
parameters of exactly 1 and 0. When these numbers are exactly equal to 1 and 0 this
implies that the regression has failed to find a solution. Therefore, the Lee et al
correlation should be selected and it was seen in the earlier plots that this gives a very
good match to the test data.
3.1.9.5.3 Selecting the Correlation
data. This is done on the main PVT input data screen. The correlations in the drop
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
917
down menu are those which are to be used. For this gas the Lee et al viscosity
correlation should be selected:
matched. Select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.
(VLP + IPR).
pressure is set to 1500 psig and the CGR and WGR are both set as 1 STB/MMscf.
This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the screen:
918
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
919
68 MMscf/day and that the corresponding solution node pressure (which is equivalent
to the FBHP) is 3462.7 psig.
ribbon:
be able to:
Insert PVT test data and match the gas correlations to ensure that they
reproduce this test data.
920
PROSPER
3.1.10 Tutorial 07 - Adding a Surface Pipeline

entered.
3.1.10.1Statement of the Problem
The Logie field is a sub-sea well with a pipeline which takes the fluid to the separator
on a near by platform.
The model currently in use has assumed that the well head pressure is constant when
the well rate is being estimated. However, as the well head pressure is dependent
upon the rate which will pass through the pipeline and riser to the platform, the
pressure at the well head is in fact dependent upon this additional pressure drop.
Management would like to understand the impact that varying the manifold pressure
will have on the production rate.
The liquid rate which can be produced for a range of different manifold pressures is to
be estimated.
3.1.10.2Objectives
Learn how to add a surface pipeline to an existing PROSPER model.
Carry out a system calculation to see the impact of the additional pipeline.
Perform a sensitivity study to assess the impact of different manifold pressures
on our production.
3.1.10.3General Approach
As the base PROSPER file has already been created it is only necessary to add the
surface equipment to the model.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
921
a. Add the surface equipment to the equipment data.

b. A system calculation will be performed to assess the affects that changing the
manifold pressure will have on production.
3.1.10.4Available Data
The following pipeline connects the wellhead to the surface manifold.
3.1.10.4.1 Pipeline Data
Surrounding Temperature
Overall
Heat
Coefficient
52 oF
Transfer 8.5
This corresponds to the the following input:

Type
Pipe
Length
(ft)
Manifold
True
Vertical
Depth
(ft)
Pipe
Inside
Diameter
(inches)
Inside
Rate
Roughne Multipli
ss
er
(inches)
Pipeline
250
250
0.0006
Pipeline
500
475
0.0006
Pipeline
1000
475
0.0006
Pipeline
750
600
0.0006
Pipeline
1250
600
0.0006
922
PROSPER
3.1.10.5Step-by-Step Guide
can be found in '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM 7.5/Samples/PROSPER/'.
3.1.10.5.1 Inserting Pipeline Data
From the main PROSPER screen, enter the surface equipment screen by selecting
System | Equipment (Tubing etc):
To enter the Surface Equipment screen, select the button to the left of Surface
Equipment. This will bring up the screen below:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
923
Once the required data has been entered, select Done to return to the previous
screen and then Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.
Now that the gas lift system has been included in the PROSPER file, the next step is to
calculate the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be
done with the use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots
to find the system point at which the well will flow. In this case, the objective is to see
how the production rate will change when the gas injection rate is varied.
(VLP + IPR).
At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the manifold
pressure is changed over a range of different values. The water cut for this test
should be 0% and the GOR should be set to 800 scf/STB. This can be entered in the
top left hand corner of the screen:
The Top Node Pressure in this case will represent the manifold pressure as this is the
furthest downstream point in our system. As this is to be used as a sensitivity
variable, the value entered on the main screen will be ignored by the program.
Select Cases to enter the sensitivity variables. First Node Pressure (which is the
same as the Top Node Pressure and Manifold Pressure) can be selected from the
drop down lists on the left hand side and then the values to be used can be entered
on the right hand side:
924
PROSPER
screen.
This will run the System Calculation for each different injection rate. To see how the
production rate varies with injection rate, select Sensitivity Plot.
To view the oil rate against injection rate, select Variables from the top bar and then
Oil Rate:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
925
Select Done to view the plot:
As would be expected, as the manifold pressure is increased, the oil rate produced
will drop.
926
PROSPER
Selecting Variables again, allows the Wellhead Temperature to be selected:
Press Done to see the relationship between the temperature at the wellhead and the
manifold pressure:
The temperature at the wellhead can be seen to drop as the manifold pressure
increases. This is due to the fact that the higher pressure leads to a lower rate and
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
927
subsequently a lower velocity of the fluid. As the fluid is travelling more slowly up the
wellbore, it spends more time transferring heat with the surroundings and so the fluid
temperature at the wellhead reduces.
Select Finish and then Done to return to the main screen.
This marks the end of Tutorial 07 After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:
Include a surface pipeline in a well model.
Carried out a sensitivity study to see the impact that the manifold pressure
has on the production rate and temperate.
928
PROSPER
3.1.11 Tutorial 08 - The Darcy IPR Model

entered.
The fluid being produced from the Logie field has now been characterised and the
black oil correlations used within PROSPER have been matched to ensure that they
are representative of the actual fluid.
Now that more work as been carried out on the field additional information has
become available. Up to this point the PI Entry method has been used to define the
IPR but now the use of a Darcy model is to be investigated. The Darcy model is an
analytical model which uses the properties and dimensions of the reservoir to predict
the relationship between the bottom hole pressure and the flow rate. The impact that
the water cut has on this IPR model is also to be investigated.
Once the model has been implemented, an estimate of the flow rate when the well
head pressure is 500 psig is required.
3.1.11.2Objectives
Replace the PI Entry IPR model with a Darcy model.
Learn what data is required to build a Darcy IPR model in PROSPER.
Perform a sensitivity study to see the effect of increasing water cut on the IPR
model.
Run a system calculation to gain an estimate of the liquid rate.
As the base PROSPER file has already been created only the IPR section will be
modified in this example. For details of how the model was created up to this point,
Tutorials 01 and 05 should be consulted.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
929
a. Replace the PI Entry IPR model with a Darcy model based on the reservoir
properties provided.
b. Use the Cases option in the IPR calculation screen to calculate the IPR curves
for various water cut values.
c. A system calculation will be performed to assess the affect this new IPR model
will have on the likely production at the given conditions.
From different reports and departments the following data has been collected which
details our reservoir inflow properties.
3.1.11.4.1 IPR Model Data
IPR Model
Darcy Model
Skin Model
Enter Skin By Hand
50 md
Reservoir Thickness
100 ft
Drainage Area
500 acres
Dietz Shape Factor
31.6
WellBore Radius
0.354 ft
Skin
3.1.11.4.2 Sensitivity Study Data

The effects that water cut has on the IPR is to investigated over the following range of
values:
0%, 10%, 20%, 50%, 75% and 90%
3.1.11.5.1 Selecting the Darcy Model
When the file has been opened select System | Inflow Performance to bring up the
IPR input screen:
930
PROSPER
The reservoir model selected should be Darcy and the Mechanical/Geometrical skin
should be set to Enter Skin By Hand. The reservoir pressure, temperature, water cut
and
total
GOR
should
be
kept
the
same.
When the Darcy model is selected, the Model Data tab in the top right hand corner
cahnges so that the input data selects the IPR choice.
3.1.11.5.2 Inserting IPR Data
The IPR Model Data can be seen below and should be filled with the new IPR data:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
931
Insert the reservoir properties which were provided into the table to complete the
model. If the Dietz Shape Factor is not known, it is possible to calculate the value for
a given shape by selecting Calculate Dietz. Selecting Validate will alert the user to
any fields which have not yet been completed or values which fall outside of the
validation ranges.
When the data has been inserted on this screen, select the Mech/Geom Skin tab at
the bottom of the screen:
This screen allows the skin to be inserted by the user. In this case it is assumed that
the skin is currently zero.
Once this has been inserted, select Calculate and the IPR curve will be calculated
and displayed:
932
PROSPER
The Formation PI and AOF can be read from the top right of the screen.
To return to the PVT screen, select the red cross at the top left of the screen.
3.1.11.5.3 Performing a Sensitivity Study
Now that the IPR data has been inserted, the impact of increasing the water cut is to
be modelled by performing a Sensitivity Study. Select Sensitivity to start the
process:
This will bring up the IPR Calculation screen where the user can insert the input data
to be calculated into the top left corner. The GOR is still the solution GOR (800 scf/
STB) and as the water cut is to form part of the sensitivity study, any value can be
entered: 0
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
933
Select Cases to enter the water cut values:
Select Water Cut in the Variables section of the screen and then enter the 6 water cut
values to be calculated in the Variable Data. Once the data has been entered, select
Done to exit.
Select Calculate to carry out the calculations.
934
PROSPER
The new IPR curves can be viewed by selecting Plot:
In this case, the IPR Temperature curves have been removed from the plot by
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
935
unticking them at the top of the plot screen. This leaves only the IPR Pressures to be
plotted.
The results show that as the water cut increases, the AOF of the well also increases.
This is because the increasing water cut decreases the effect that the gas has on the
model and therefore the Vogel curve below the fluid's bubble point is seen to have
less and less of an impact.
To return to the main PROSPER screen, click the red cross in the top right hand
corner of the plot and select Done on the next two screens.
Now that the new IPR data has been inserted into PROSPER, the next step is to
to find the system point at which the well will flow.
(VLP + IPR).
the screen:
936
PROSPER
ribbon:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
937
be able to:
Build an IPR using the Darcy inflow model.
Perform a sensitivity study on the IPR.
938
PROSPER
3.1.12 Tutorial 09 - The SPOT IPR Model

entered.
become available. Up to this point the 'PI Entry' method has been used to define the
IPR but now a better understanding of the well completion and the impact that the
perforations have on production is required. In order to achieve this, the Shell
Perforation Optimisation Tool (SPOT) is to be used to generate an IPR.
Once the model has been implemented, an estimate of the flow rate when the well
head pressure is 500 psig is required.
3.1.12.2Objectives
Replace the PI Entry IPR model with a SPOT model.
Understand the impact perforation skin has at different depths.
Carry out a System Calculation to estimate the production rate when the well is
flowing at 500 psig.
modified in this example.
a. Replace the PI Entry IPR model with a SPOT model based on the reservoir
properties provided.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
939
b. Review the IPR results to see the impact of the perforation skin at different
layers.
c. A system calculation will be performed to assess the affect this new IPR model
From different reports and departments the following data has been collected.
IPR Model
SPOT
SPOT Options:
Correction Type
Calculate
Skin
Conventional
Non-Darcy No
Activity
New Well
Well Type
Deviated
Inflow Equation
Fetkovich
Log Data Input
None Available
Perforating Method
Single Run
Invasion Method
No Invasion
Sanding Model
None
Crushed Zone Model
Entered
Lower
Type
Completion Casing
Perforated
Use
Down
Standoff
hole No
Enter Gun per Layer

Use
SPOT
Extensions
and
No
IPR Yes
Input Phase Ratios
Yes
Crushed Zone Inputs:

Permeability Factor
0.1
940
PROSPER
Thickness
1.2 inches
Deviated Survey:
Measured
Depth (ft)
True Vertical
Depth (ft)
9275
9000
9385
9100
Layer Data:
Wellbore Radius
0.354 ft
Drainage Area
4200 ft
Mean Sea Level wrt 0 ft

Origin
Sea Bed Level wrt 600 ft
Origin
Perforation Efficiency 0.9
Top MD
9275 ft
Bottom MD
9385 ft
Layer Pressure
4000 psig
Under Balance Pressure 100 psi

Overburden
Gradient
Pressure 1 psi/ft
Water Saturation
Bottom
Temperature
20 %
Hole 210 oF
Kv/Kh
0.1
Downhole Rock Type
Sandstone
Perforating Gun
Baker - 2007 Predator

XP LS (6 spf / 60o
Phasing/ wireline)
Relative Permeability Curves:

Phase
PROSPER Manual
Oil
Water
June, 2014
Examples Guide
Residual Saturation
End
Point
Permeability
0.15
0.2
Relative 0.8
0.6
1.5
1.5
Corey Exponent
941
Log Data:
Uniaxial
Strength
Compressive 8000 psig
Horizontal Permeability
50 md
Porosity
0.18
Top Reservoir MD
9275 ft
Bottom Reservoir MD
9385 ft
Log Depth Increment
1 ft
Completion Data:
Completion
Type
Casing
Outer
Diameter
6.7 inches
Weight
10 lb/ft
Material
J55
Top MD
9275 ft
Bottom MD
9385 ft
Drift
6.35 inches
Holdup Depth
9385 ft
Note: The holdup depth is the deepest point to which the perforating gun can be
lower.
The Drift is the inside diameter which is guaranteed by the manufacturer and
may be lower than the nominal inside diameter. This is the diameter which should be
used for selecting tools to see if they will fit downhole.
942
PROSPER
3.1.12.5.1 Selecting the SPOT Model
IPR input screen:
The reservoir model selected should be SPOT. When SPOT is used, the reservoir
pressure is entered by layer and the water cut is calculated on the basis of relative
permeability curves and so only the Total GOR needs to be entered in the reservoir
data section.
In the model data seection, the user must insert data into four screens; Options,
Layers, Log Data and Completion. The tabs at the top of the screen can be used to
navigate through each one.
3.1.12.5.2.1 SPOT Options
The first screen to be filled is the SPOT options screen. This allows the different
SPOT calculation methods to be selected depending on which are suitable for the
current case to be modelled:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
943
Once the above data has been selected and entered, press Deviation Survey to
enter the deviation survey of the completion:
99
Select Done to return to the main SPOT screen.

3.1.12.5.2.2 SPOT Layers
The next screen to enter data into is the layers screen. This can be accessed by
selecting the Layers tab:
944
PROSPER
This screen contains the properties of each layer. For this well, only one layer is to be
defined using the data given below:
Layer Data:
Wellbore Radius
0.354 ft
Drainage Area
4200 ft
Mean Sea Level wrt 0 ft

Origin
Sea Bed
Origin
Level
wrt 600 ft
0.9
Top MD
9275 ft
Bottom MD
9385 ft
Layer Pressure
4000 psig
Under Balance Pressure 100 psi

Overburden
Gradient
Pressure 1 psi/ft
Water Saturation
Bottom
Temperature
20 %
Hole 210 oF
Kv/Kh
0.1
Downhole Rock Type
Sandstone
Perforating Gun
Baker - 2007 Predator

XP LS (6 spf / 60o
Phasing/ wireline)
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
945
To enter the relative permeability curves (based upon which the water cut will be
calculated) select Edit:
Select Done to exit the screen.

The final stage of the Layers screen is to specify the perforation gun to be used.
Press Select Gun:
946
PROSPER
This will bring up an empty perforation gun screen. To bring in the required gun,
select Select Gun from Database:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
947
The filter in the bottom left hand corner can be used to search through the database
more easily. Once the gun (in this case the Baker - 2007 Predator XP LS - wireline)
has been found, double click it to select it:
948
PROSPER
Select Done to return to the main SPOT screen.

3.1.12.5.2.3 SPOT Log Data
SPOT requires log data for its calculation as each producing layer is divided up into
smaller segments. No log data is currently available for this well and so a pseudo-log
will be created.
Select the Log Data tab at the top of the screen to start the process:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
949
When this is selected, layer data is required with which the log will be created:
The log will be generated with 1 foot deep increments. Select Generate to construct
the log:
3.1.12.5.2.4 SPOT Completion
The final screen that needs to be filled is the completion screen. This will detail the
type of completion (such as cased or open-hole) and also contains information on the
materials used.
950
PROSPER
Select the Completion tab at the bottom of the screen:
This screen should be filled with the following data:

Completion
Type
Casing
Outer Diameter
6.7 inches
Weight
10 lb/ft
Material
J55
Top MD
9275 ft
Bottom MD
9385 ft
Drift
6.35
inches
Holdup Depth
9385 ft
Once the data has been entered, select Calculate and Plot. This will bring up a plot
of the new IPR:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
951
3.1.12.5.3 Viewing SPOT Skin Results

When the calculation has been completed, the IPR results can be viewed by selecting
the View Results button at the top of the plot:
The total IPR results can be viewed at the top of the screen. These are averaged
results for the whole layer:
952
PROSPER
To see the log results of each different segment of the layer, enter a FBHP (in the
screenshot above this is 2750 psig) and select Log Results at:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
953
This gives the IPR and skin results on a segment by segment basis for the layer. As
can be seen above, as the depth increases, the perforation length into the reservoir
decreases and this leads to an increase in the perforation skin. From these segment
by segment results, the average layer results shown on the previous screen are
calculated.
To return to the main PROSPER screen, select Done | Done and then close the plot
and select Done.
954
PROSPER

(VLP + IPR).
the screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
955
Water Cut is 0% then the model predicts that the well will flow at approximately 3427
STB/day and that the corresponding solution node pressure (which is equivalent to the
FBHP) is 2269 psig.
ribbon:
956
PROSPER
be able to:
Build an IPR using the SPOT inflow model.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
957
3.1.13 Tutorial 10 - Horizontal Well IPR Model

entered.
become available. Up to this point the 'PI Entry' method has been used to define the
IPR but now a horizontal well model should be used to better understand the
relationship between the flowing bottom-hole pressure and flow rate. It is thought that
the well will produce a high flow rate and therefore the impact that the pressure drop
due to friction will have as the fluid moves from the toe of the well to the heel should
be taken into account.
This study should be carried out for the well when it is flowing at a WHP of 500 psig.
3.1.13.2Objectives
Replace the PI Entry IPR model with a Horizontal Well - dP Friction Loss in
Wellbore model.
Learn which data is required to build a Horizontal Well - dP Friction Loss in
Wellbore IPR model in PROSPER.
Perform a the System Calculation to estimate the well flow rate at the given
conditions.
958
PROSPER
a. Replace the PI Entry IPR model with a Horizontal well - dP loss in wellbore
model based on the reservoir properties provided.
b. A system calculation will be performed to find the solution rate for the given
conditions.
The following data has be collected for use with the horizontal well model.
Reservoir Properties:
IPR Model
Horizontal Well - dP Loss in the

Wellbore

Reservoir
Temperature
210 oF
Water Cut
0%
Total GOR
800 scf/STB
Compaction
Permeability
Reduction Model
No
Model Properties:
Horizontal
model
Well Kuchuk
Goode
Reservoir
Permeability
50 md
Reservoir
Thickness
100 ft
Horizontal
Anisotropy
Vertical Anisotropy
0.1
Well Length
800 ft
Reservoir Length
4200 ft
Reservoir Width
4200 ft
PROSPER Manual
&
June, 2014
Examples Guide
959
Length Distance to 2100 ft

Reservoir Edge
Width Distance to 2100 ft
Reservoir Edge
Bottom of Reservoir 50 ft
to Well Centre
Zone One:
Zone Type
Perforated
Skin Method
Enter by Hand
Zone Length
800 ft
Zone Permeability
50 md
Flowing Radius
0.3175 ft
Zone Roughness
0.0006
Skin
Wellbore Radius
0.354 ft
3.1.13.5.1 Selecting the Horizontal Well Model
IPR input screen:
960
PROSPER
The reservoir model selected should be Horizontal Well - dP Friction Loss in

Wellbore. The reservoir pressure, temperature, water cut and total GOR should be
kept the same.
Data for both the reservoir and the different zones should be entered for this IPR
model. To enter all of the reservoir data, use the scroll bar at the right hand side of
the upper section of the screen:
To complete the insertion of the zone data, select Enter on the right hand side of the
zone row:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
961
This screen is used to the skin and the wellbore radius for the zone. Select Done to
save the inserted data.
Once this has been inserted, select Calculate and the IPR curve will be calculated
and displayed. The Formation PI and AOF can be read from the top right of the
screen.
To return to the PVT screen, select the red cross at the top left of the screen. Select
Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.
Now that the new IPR data has been updated in PROSPER, the next step is to
(VLP + IPR).
the screen:
962
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
963

ribbon:
be able to:
Build a Horizontal Well - dP loss in Wellbore IPR model.
964
PROSPER
3.1.14 Tutorial 11 - Multilayer Well IPR Model

entered.
Black Oil Correlations used within PROSPER have been matched to ensure that they
It appears that the reservoir may in fact be a made up for a number of layers and
therefore this scenario is to be investigated using the Multi-layer IPR model in
PROSPER. While each layer is believed to have the same fluid in place (which can be
presented by the PVT matching which was previously performed) each layer does
have different reservoir properties and it is believed that each will produce a different
water cut.
The management would like to know the total rate which would be expected if the well
was produced with a wellhead pressure of 500 psig and also the contribution which
each layer makes to this value.
3.1.14.2Objectives
The objectives for the tutorial are to:
Replace the PI Entry IPR model with a Multilayer - dP Loss in Wellbore model.
Learn what data is required to build a Multilayer - dP Loss in Wellbore IPR
model in PROSPER.
Find the contribution that each layer will give to the total production when the
wellhead pressure is 500 psig.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
965
a. Replace the PI Entry IPR model with a Multilayer - dP Loss in Wellbore model
based on the reservoir properties provided.
b. A system calculation will be performed to assess the affect this new IPR model
c. The contribution of each layer will be found from the results of the system
calculation.
From different reports and departments the following data has been collected.
250 oF
Reservoir
Temperature
Top
Depth
Measured 9275 ft
Top TVD
9000 ft
Perforated Layers:
Layer 1
Layer 3
Layer 5
IPR Model
Darcy
Darcy
Darcy
Skin Model
By Hand
By Hand
By Hand
Measured
Depth
Bottom
9305 ft
9350 ft
9405 ft
TVD to Bottom 9025 ft

of Layer
9060 ft
9100 ft
Layer Pressure 5200
5320
5325
Layer Flowing 0.3175 ft

Radius
0.3175 ft
0.3175 ft
Layer
Roughness
0.0006
inches
0.0006
inches
Layer GOR
Layer
Gravity
of
0.0006
inches
800
scf/ 800
scf/ 800
scf/
STB
STB
STB
Oil 37 API
37 API
37 API
966
PROSPER
Layer
Gravity
Layer
Cut
Gas 0.75
Water 5%
0.75
0.75
0.5%
7.4%
65 md
100 md
Permeability
71 md
Drainage Area
400 arces 400 acres
Dietz
Factor
Shape 31.6
400 acres
31.6
31.6
Wellbore
Radius
0.354 ft
0.354 ft
0.354 ft
Skin
2.4
1.5
Layer 2
Layer 4
Blank Layers:
Layer Type Blank
Blank
Blank
Measured Depth
Bottom
of 9318 ft
9035 ft
TVD to
Layer
of 9035 ft
9075 ft
Bottom
Layer Flowing Radius 0.3175 ft
0.3175 ft
Layer Roughness
0.0006 in
0.0006 in
3.1.14.5.1 Selecting the Multilayer Model
IPR input screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
967
The reservoir model selected should be Multilayer - dP Loss in Wellbore. Each layer
will have a unique reservoir pressure, water cut and GOR and therefore only the
reservoir temperature needs to be added. This same temperature will be used for
every layer.
When the 'Multilayer' model is selected the Input Data button in the top right hand
corner will turn red. This signifies that there is missing data which must be filled in.
Press the Input Data button to see which data must be included.
The model data can be seen below:
The layer data can be seen on the screen shown above. The type of layer can be set
968
PROSPER
on the left hand side of the screen and then the layer properties can be entered
dependent upon the type selected. When the basic layer properties have been
entered, the PVT, reservoir model and skin data for each layer can be inserted by
selecting the appropriate button on the right hand side. Selecting PVT will allow the
PVT properties of each layer to be inserted. Below shows the input data for each
producing layer in order:
After entering data into each screen select Done to exit. Next, select Model to enter
the reservoir model properties for each layer in order:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
969
Again, select Done to exit each screen. The final input for each layer is the skin.
Select Skin to enter the skin of each layer in turn:
970
PROSPER
When data is entered in multiple screens, it is often easy to forget to enter it in one of
them by mistake. Using the Validate button on the IPR screen will check to see if data
has been inserted into every field and if it falls within the validation range of the
variable. If it does not, an error message will be displayed showing which values have
been missed:
Once the screen has been validated, select Calculate and the IPR plot will be
displayed:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
971
The three blue/purple/pink lines present the inflow of each individual layer while the
red line is the total IPR. To see the table of results for the each layer select the
results button at the top of the plot:
This will bring up the table of results:
972
PROSPER
The tabs at the top of the table can be used to change the layer which is being
viewed. The TOP layer shows the results of the total IPR.
If we switch to Layer 1 we can see that at high bottom node pressures (i.e. when the
well is shut in) the rate being produced is negative. This means that rather than
producing fluid, fluid is being injected into the layer. This is a sign that the layers are
not at equilibrium and that cross-flow will occur into layer 1 if the well is shut in.
Further analysis shows that the fluid being injected into layer 1 is coming from both
layers 1 and 3.
When the results have been reviewed, select Main to return to the main screen.
Now that the new IPR data has been updated in PROSPER, the next step is to
(VLP + IPR).
pressure is set to 500 psig. As both the water cut and GOR are dependent upon the
contribution of each layer, these are not inserted and become dependent upon the
IPR pressure. This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the
screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
973
It can be seen from this screen that if the Well Head Pressure is 500 psig the model
predicts that the well will flow at approximately 16,433 STB/day. If the scroll bar on
the right hand side of the screen is rolled down, the different layer contributions can
be seen to be 4427 STB/day, 3157 STB/day and 7110 STB/day respectfully.
974
PROSPER
ribbon:
be able to:
Build a Multilayer - dP loss in Wellbore IPR model.
given set of conditions and the contribution that comes from each layer.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
975
3.1.15 Tutorial 12 - Multilateral Well IPR

entered.
The Powderhall gas field is soon to be produced and different completion strategies
are being considered. One possible strategy is to drill a multilateral well with two
different branches which are produced up the same production string. The initial
design is shown below:
Management would like as assessment of the productivity of this design using a

preexisting PROSPER file as the base. An idea of the total possible flow from the well
is required as well as some additional information on the contribution of each branch
and how the production rate changes over the length of the two branches when the
bottom hole pressure is 5000 psig.
3.1.15.2Objectives
The Objectives of the tutorial are to:
Replace the Petroleum Experts IPR model with a Multilateral IPR model.
Learn what data is required to build a Multilateral IPR model in PROSPER.
Calculate the contribution and rate distribution along the length of each branch
976
PROSPER
when the well is producing at 5000 psig.

a. Replace the PI Entry IPR model with a Multilateral well model based on the
reservoir properties provided.
b. Within the Multilateral Well model, calculate the contribution of each branch and
the inflow long each branch.
The following data has be collected for use with the horizontal well model.
Reservoir Properties:
IPR Model
Reservoir Pressure
Multilateral
Experts
5300 psig
Reservoir
Temperature
250 oF
Water Gas Ratio
1 STB/MMscf
Condensate
Ratio
Petroleum
Gas 1 STB/MMscf
Condensate Gravity 50 API

Gas Gravity
0.58
Water Salinity
100000 ppm
Reservoir
Permeability
25 md
Reservoir Thickness 55 feet

Drainage Area
390 acres
Reservoir Top Depth 4900 feet

(TVD)
Vertical Permeability 2.5 md
Reservoir Porosity
PROSPER Manual
0.18
June, 2014
Examples Guide
Connate
Saturation
977
Water 0.2
Tie Point:
Measured Depth
5400 feet
True Vertical Depth 4900 feet
T1 tubing:
Vertical Flow Model Petroleum
Experts 2
Use Theshold Angle No
Measured
Depth (feet)
True
Azimuth
Vertical
(degrees)
Depth (feet)
Start of Tubing
5400
4900
End of Tubing
5408
4905
Measured
Depth (feet)
Tubing
Inside
Diameter
(inches)
Start of Tubing
5400
End of Tubing
5408
2.8
Tubing
Rate
Inside
Multiplie
Roughness
r
(inches)
0.0006
Branch One:
Experts 2
Tubing Measured True Vertical
Sectio
Depth
Depth (feet)
n
(feet)
1
5408
4905
Azimuth
(degrees)
0
978
PROSPER
5430
4920
54
5465
4940
58
5510
4945
62
5532
4940
68
5562
4930
74
Measured
Depth (feet)
Start of Tubing
5408
End of Tubing
5562
Tubing
Inside
Diameter
(inches)
2.8
Tubing
Rate
Inside
Multiplie
Roughness
r
(inches)
0.0006
Perforati Perforatio Perforati Perforatio Perforati

Skin
NonLocal
on
n Interval
on
n Interval
on
Model
Darcy
Skin
Interval MD Start Interval TVD Start Interval Choice Entry
Number
(feet)
MD Start
(feet)
TVD
Method
(feet)
Start
(feet)
1
5420
5470
4913.18
4940.56 By Hand Calculat

e
5510
5560
4945

e
Branch Two:
Experts 2
Tubing Measured True Vertical
Sectio
Depth
Depth (feet)
n
(feet)
Azimuth
(degrees)
5408
4905
5435
4920
240
5454
4925
235
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
5480
4915
227
5500
4910
221
5550
4920
214
5570
4935
210
Measured
Depth (feet)
Start of Tubing
5408
End of Tubing
5570
Tubing
Inside
Diameter
(inches)
2.8
979
Tubing
Rate
Inside
Multiplie
Roughness
r
(inches)
0.0006
Perforati Perforatio Perforati Perforatio Perforati

Skin
NonLocal
on
n Interval
on
n Interval
on
Model
Darcy
Skin
Interval MD Start Interval TVD Start Interval Choice Entry
Number
(feet)
MD Start
(feet)
TVD
Method
(feet)
Start
(feet)
1
5420
5470
4911.67
5510
5560
4912

e
e
1
1
3.1.15.5.1 Setting up the Model
In order to model a multilateral well, the corresponding option must be enabled in the
Options | Options screen on the main toolbar:
980
PROSPER
When the multilateral option is enabled, select Done to return to the main screen.
3.1.15.5.2 Multilateral IPR Model
The Multilateral IPR Model is built as a network which connects the different laterals
which may produce in the reservoir to a single point to be connected to a VLP curve
representing the well. The system can consist of four different element types:
Tie-Point
This is the top of the system. It represents

the solution node which connects the IPR to
the VLP and should have the same
measured and true vertical depth as the
bottom of the downhole equipment.
Tubing
Connects the Tie-Point to a joint and has a
defined length and size. No production can
occur within its length but the pressure drop
will be calculated.
Junction
A joint acts as the connection for the
multilaterals within the reservoir. Even if
there is only one completion, it still needs to
be connected to a joint before being joined
to the tie-point.
Completion A model can have a number of completions
all connected to the same joint and
reservoir. Each completion represents a
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
981
different lateral within the model.

Reservoir
This controls the layer properties such as

reservoir permeability, water cut, GOR etc.
The multilateral IPR model works on the principle of parent/child relationships. The tiepoint (the furthest downstream point in the system) acts as the first parent. When the
tubing is used to connect the tie-point to a junction, the depth of the tie-point becomes
the first point of the tubing. This is passed automatically and cannot be changed to
ensure that the model is consistent between the different elements. The end of the
tubing is then passed downwards to the next child (the junction) and this becomes the
depth of the joint. This passing of the last point in the parent to form the first point of
the child is continued all the way through the system.
To open the Multilateral interface, select System | Inflow Performance:
The steps to build the Multilateral network are detailed below.

3.1.15.5.2.1 Building the Multilateral Network
The different elements within the Multilateral network can be added by either selecting
them from the drop-down list in the top left hand corner or selecting the corresponding
button:
982
PROSPER
To place each element on the screen, click on the place where the element is to be
added.
The Tie-Point is the end of the IPR system and should correspond to the same depth
as the bottom of the downhole equipment. To add this element, select it from the drop
down menu and then click at the top of the blank page:
Name this element Tie-Point and then select Done to return to the main screen.
In order for two laterals to be modelled within the same layer, we need to add a joint
at which they can connect and commingle before travelling up the well-bore. This can
be done by selecting the Add Junction icon at the top of the screen and then selecting
the screen below the tie-point:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
983
Enter the name Joint and then select Done.

As we have two different laterals within the same reservoir, two different Completion
elements need to be added. Select the Add Completion option from the drop down
menu and select a space on the screen to add the first completion:
Name this Branch 1 and select Done. The same should also be done for the second
completion (Branch 2):
984
PROSPER
The final element to add to the model is the reservoir. Select Add Reservoir from the
drop down menu and then select at the bottom of the screen to add:
Name this Reservoir and select Done.

When adding links in the Multilateral model, they should be added in the direction from
parent to child. In this case that is in the direction opposite to flow. Select Add Link
from the drop down menu and then draw links from the tie-point downwards to the
junction and so on until the reservoir is reached:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
985
At the junction, two links are required; one going to each of the completions. The
reservoir also has both completions connected to it as both are going to produce from
this single tank.
When the links are connected, the building of the model has been completed. The next
step is to add the data.
3.1.15.5.2.2 Inputting Model Data
As mentioned above, the multilateral model is a parent child model and so the data
should first be entered to the highest parent and this will pass the information
downwards to each corresponding child.
To start inputting the model data, double click on the Tie-Point at the top of the page.
This will open the tie-point input data screen where the measured and true vertical
depths can be entered:
Once the data has been inserted, to move down to the next element (T1) select it
from the right hand screen.
986
PROSPER
The data is entered into the tubing screen in two main sections; Select Model and
Input Data. First enter the Select Model screen:
This screen is used to select the different correlations used in the model. The
Threshold Angle is used to decide the angle at which the model will change between
the selected horizontal and vertical flow correlations. In this case, as the Use
Threshold Angle has been set to No and therefore the Vertical Flow model will always
be used for the pressure drop calculations.
When the data has been inserted, select Input Data. The first screen is the deviation
survey screen where the deviation of the completion is entered. In this case the tubing
is vertical:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
987
As the tubing starts with the tie-point depth, this data has already been passed down
from the parent and therefore is set in the model. Only the remainder of the tubing
requires to be entered.
When the deviation has been entered, select the Equipment tab at the bottom of the
screen to enter the tubing size:
988
PROSPER
The tubing is 2.8 inches in diameter along the entire length with a roughness of 0.0006
inches. Again, the starting depth of the tubing has been passed from the tie point and
therefore cannot be altered. If any of these properties were to change along the
length, multiple sections can be entered.
When the data has been inserted, select Joint from the right hand side of the screen.
The joint is a single point in the system from which multiple branches can split and
continue into the reservoir. To define the joint the measured and true vertical depth of
the point requires to be entered:
As these depths must correspond to the last point in the T1 tubing, the data has
already been passed down and no changes need to be made.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
989
Select Branch 1 from the menu on the right hand side of the screen.
be used for the pressure drop calculations. The Wellbore Radius of the completion
and the equivalent Dietz Shape Factor should also be included.
is vertical:
990
PROSPER
As the completion starts with the joint depth, this data has already been passed down
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
991
inches. Again, the starting depth of the tubing has been passed from the joint and
When the data has been inserted, select the Perforation Details tab:
Each section of perforations is entered in its own row and is defined by the start and
end depth of the perforations. When the measured depths are entered, the true
vertical depths are automatically entered.
If the Non-Darcy Entry Method is set to Calculate then additional data is required to
be entered in the Calculate screen:
992
PROSPER
This should be done for both of the perforation intervals being entered. When the data
has been entered, select Branch 2 from the bar on the right hand side of the screen.
be used for the pressure drop calculations. The Wellbore Radius of the completion
and the equivalent Dietz Shape Factor should also be included.
is vertical:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
993
As the completion starts with the joint depth, this data has already been passed down
994
PROSPER
inches. Again, the starting depth of the tubing has been passed from the joint and
When the data has been inserted, select the Perforation Details tab:
Each section of perforations is entered in its own row and is defined by the start and
end depth of the perforations. When the measured depths are entered, the true
vertical depths are automatically entered.
If the Non-Darcy Entry Method is set to Calculate then additional data is required to
be entered in the Calculate screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
995
This should be done for both of the perforation intervals being entered. When the data
has been entered, select Reservoir from the bar on the right hand side of the screen.
This screen is used to describe the reservoir layer from which the fluid is being
produced. Once again, the main two screens to insert data into are the Select Model
and Input Data screens:
In this case the Petroleum Experts reservoir model is to be used however it is also
possible to select the Hydraulically Fractured Well model. The basic reservoir
properties (reservoir pressure/temperature) and fluid properties should be entered.
Once the data has been inserted, select the Input Data button to insert the specific
reservoir model data:
996
PROSPER
Once this data has been inserted, the IPR data input has been completed. Select
Done to return to the main Multilateral Well screen.
3.1.15.5.2.3 Viewing the Well
Now that the well data has been inserted it is important to view the resultant wells to
ensure that the inserted data builds a well which represents the reality of the system.
This can be done by selecting Visualise | All:
This shows the well within the reservoir from 3 different views; Front View, Side View
and Top View. The red line represents the well while the yellow zones represent the
perforation intervals along each branch. The checkered zone is the reservoir which
can be produced from.
It is very important to ensure that all the completed (perforated) zones of the wells fall
within the bounds of the reservoir as it is not possible to produce from an undefined
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
997
zone.
In this case, the shape of the wells can be seen to fall within the reservoir and that the
shape matches that which was specified in the original objectives.
3.1.15.5.2.4 Calculating the IPR
Now that we are happy that the model geometry matches the reality we can continue
to calculate the IPR. It is possible to calculate either the well's response to a certain
fixed top node pressure or to calculate the entire IPR curve.
To carry out the calculations select Analyse | Calculate...
To carry out a calculation for a single pressure, select One Point from the Point or
Curve option:
If the Conductivity Switch is set to Finite Conductivity then this means that the
pressure drop due to friction will be considered along the pipeline lengths. If crossflow is to be modelled the Allow Crossflow options should be set to Yes. In this case
it will be left as No.
To carry out the calculation, insert the pressure to be analysed in the top right of the
screen. This is the pressure at the Tie-Point and corresponds to the bottom hole
pressure. Select Calculate to carry out the calculation.
998
PROSPER
To view more details about the results select Details:
This screen shows the results along each branch and from each layer. The different
branches can be select from the drop down menu. To see a graph of the results
select Plot.
We are interested in seeing the rate which is being produced along the length of each
branch and therefore select Variables to change the results being viewed:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
999
When the selects shown have been made select Done to return to the plot:
1000
PROSPER
This shows the rate per segment along each of the branches. When this data has
been viewed, select Finish and then Done to return to the calculation screen.
While we can carry out analyse of a single bottom hole pressure using the method
shown above, the objective of the model is often to carry out a System calculation to
estimate the flow rate of the well and therefore an IPR curve is required to be
generated.
To do this, change the Point or Curve option to Curve on the calculation screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1001
The range and number of pressures to be calculated should be set in the middle of the
screen. It is normal to run from reservoir pressure to a low value such as 100 or 50
psig. For ihgh productivity systems, using low pressures can cause convergence
issues as the low pressures will allow a high rate to flow (due to high drawdowns) but
the high rate will lead to high friction pressure drops which will lead to lower
drawdowns.
Once this data has been inserted, select Calculate to carry out the calculation. This
IPR plot will be automatically shown:
To save the file select Done and then Finish | Done to return to the main PROSPER
screen. Please note that if Finish | Cancel is selected, all the changes will be lost.
Once on the main screen, the file can be saved by selecting File | Save As...
be able to:
Build a Multilateral Well model for a well with multiple branches.
View the pressure and rates being produced in each branch for a given BHP.
Generate an IPR curve for a given set of FBHP values.
1002
PROSPER
3.1.16 Tutorial 13 - Modelling Skin

entered.
The well producing from the Logie field has now been drilled and perforated. Details
of the completion are now to be used to better model the inflow performance
relationship of the well.
The well model has now been modified to include a Darcy model to capture the inflow
response of the well based upon the available reservoir data.. However, during the
derivation of this model the reservoir is assumed to be a perfectly cylindrical reservoir
with uniform permeability which has a vertical well perforating the entire depth. This is
not the case in any real reservoir and hence the concept of skin was developed which
adds a pressure drop to attempt to take into account the effects the differences
between the ideal and real reservoirs would cause.
The skin of this well is to be modelled using the Karakas and Tariq skin model, which
will account for the mechanical and geometrical skin, and the Cinco (2)/ Martin-Bronz
model which will account for the partial penetration and deviation skins.
An idea of how this skin affects the IPR curve at different flow rates is also required.
3.1.16.2Objectives
Add a skin model to the IPR section to account for the assumptions made in the
derivation of the Darcy model.
Learn what data is required to build a Karakas and Tariq skin model in
PROSPER.
Learn what data is required to build a Cinco(2)/Martin-Bronz skin model in
PROSPER.
Learn to view the effects that the skin has on the IPR and how this varies with
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1003
flow rate.
a. Use an analytical model to account for the skin rather than enter a value by
hand. This is done by entering the completion data into the IPR section of
PROSPER.
b. View the resultant IPR and see the effects that skin has on the model and how
this varies with flow rate.
c. Finally, a system calculation will be performed to see the impact that the skin
has on the produced rate.
Data on the completion has been provided by engineers within the company.
Reservoir Permeability 50 md
-1
Shot Density
8 ft
0.43 inches
Perforation Length
9.2 inches
0.9
Damaged
Thickness
Zone 8 inches
Damaged
Permeability
Zone 25 md
Crushed
Thickness
Zone 0.2 inches
Crushed
Permeability
Zone 12.5 md
Shot Phasing
120o
WellBore Radius
0.354 ft
5 md
Deviation
13o
1004
PROSPER
Penetration
can be found in '~/IPM 9/Samples/PROSPER/'.
3.1.16.5.1 Selecting the Skin Models
To activate the skin model first open the IPR section by selecting System | Inflow
Performance:
The Mechanical/Geometrical skin option should be changed to Karakas + Tariq and

the Deviation and Partial Penetration Skin option should be selected as Cinco(2)/
Martin-Bronz.
Once these models have been chosen, select Mech-Geom Skin tab to proceed to
the skin model input screen.
3.1.16.5.2 Inserting Skin Data
Selecting the Mech/Geom Skin tab will bring up the input screen for the Karakas and
Tariq model:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1005
The Karakas and Tariq model requires the damaged zone, crushed zone and vertical
permeabilities. These values are not always known and so the Karakas and Tariq
paper gave a set of guidelines to estimate there values:
Damaged
Permeability
Zone 50%
of
Permeability
Reservoir
Crushed
Permeability
Zone 25%
of
Permeability
Reservoir
10%
of
Permeability
Reservoir
Once these values have been inserted, the next tab can be accessed to see the
deviation and partial penetration skin inputs:
During the process of inserting data into the model it may be noticed that some values
1006
PROSPER
are already inserted. If a value, such as well bore radius has been inserted into a
different screen in the IPR section, the value will be copied across to ensure the
consistency of the model. If the value is changed, it will also be changed on the other
screens as well.
Please note that the Cinco model is based upon correlations and is not valid for
wells with deviations of greater than 65o. For highly deviated wells, the Wong
Clifford skin model should be selected.
3.1.16.5.3 Viewing Calculated Skin
When the data has been inserted, the IPR curve can be plotted be selecting
Calculate:
In order to reduce the number of variables being plotted, the IPR Temperature can be
removed from the plot by selecting the red cross icon highlighted above and selecting
IPR Temperature.
The dP Perforation Skin and dP Deviation Skin can now be added to the plot by
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1007
double clicking on the variable names in the bottom left hand corner of the screen:
The pressure drop due to each one of these skins is then displayed on the plot.
shows that the pressure drop caused by the Perforation skin increases as the
rate increases and that the pressure drop due to the Deviation skin is negative.
means that it is assisting the flow rather than impeding it as the deviation leads
longer length of well being placed in the reservoir than if the well were vertical.
provides more area for the fluid to flow into and is therefore an assistance.
This
flow
This
to a
This
For more details of the skin values, select the Results icon (highlighted at the top of
the screen in the screenshot above). This will show the table of rates, pressures and
skin values:
1008
PROSPER
The impact of these different skins has now been plotted and reported for analysis.
Select Done to return to the plot and click the red cross in the top right hand corner to
exit the plot.
(VLP + IPR).
the screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1009
1010
PROSPER

ribbon:
be able to:
Build a skin model to account for the assumptions made in the derivation of
the Darcy model.
View the effects that the different skins have on the IPR curve and how these
vary with rate.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1011
3.1.17 Tutorial 14 - Modelling a Gravel Pack

entered.
Now that production has started out of the well drilled in the Logie field, it has been
noticed that there is an increasing volume of sand being produced. An economic
assessment is being conducted and in order see if the revenue lost through the
reduction in production caused by the gravel pack is off set by the costs of replacing
pipelines and equipment damaged by erosion due to the sand..
In order to assist this assessment, a gravel pack is to be included within the
PROSPER file and the results compared with the previous example where no gravel
pack is present. The comparisons should include a direct comparison of the reduction
in the IPR as well as the reduction in rate achieved when the well is producing at a
constant well head pressure of 500 psig.
An estimate of the fluid's velocity through the gravel pack when the well head pressure
is 500 psig, is also sought.
3.1.17.2Objectives
Learn to add a gravel pack to the model to pack into account the pressure drop
across the it.
Learn how to save plots from previous files and reload them to compare them
with new data.
Perform a calculation which allows the fluid velocity in the gravel pack to be
estimated.
1012
PROSPER
a. Before the new gravel pack is added, the pre-gravel pack IPR should be
calculated and saved so that it can be compared to the IPR with the gravel
pack.
b. Add a gravel pack to the IPR model and see this has changed the IPR.
c. Run a system calculation to obtain the fluid velocity through the gravel pack at
set conditions.
The company installing the gravel pack has provided the following data:
Gravel
Permeability
Pack 35000 md
Gravel Pack Length 6 inches

100 ft
Beta (Turbulence)
Calculate
d
Multiphas
e
Method
3.1.17.5.1 Saving a Previous Plot
Before the gravel pack is added to the file, the previous IPR (without gravel pack) is
to be saved so it can be recalled later. First, go to System | Inflow Performance and
select Plot:
This will bring up the IPR plot. The IPR pressure is to be saved and compared, so
first the IPR Temperature curve can be removed from the plot by selecting the red
cross shown below which is located above the plot in the plotting options:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1013
To save the current plot (which now displays only the IPR Pressure) select the left
hand red disk shown above. This will bring up the Save/Delete Results Stream
screen:
Add a new name of the stream (given above as 'Without Gravel Pack' and select Add.
Select Done to return to the plotting screen.
3.1.17.5.2 Setting up Sand Control
Before a gravel pack can be included in the PROSPER model, the sand control option
must be selected in the main options. The main options screen can be accessed by
selecting Options | Options:
1014
PROSPER
or in the IPR section:
3.1.17.5.3 Gravel Pack Input Data

Now that the Gravel Pack option has been enabled, the input data can be added to
the IPR section by selecting the Sand Control tab. Select this tab and enter the
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1015
required data as shown below:
be present. When variables are repeated in the different screens (such as shot
density or perforation diameter) in order to keep the model consistent the same value
is used for each. Therefore, changing it in one screen will also change it on all other
screens.
When the data has been inserted select Calculate and Plot:
1016
PROSPER
3.1.17.5.4 Plotting Saved Streams

In the top left hand corner of the plot screen, two streams can now be seen; the
present IPR Input Section data and the saved stream called Without Gravel Pack:
To add the Without Gravel Pack stream, select the IPR Results which is reported
under the heading and then select Pressure from the variable list in the bottom left
hand corner of the screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1017
This now displays the current IPR and the previous IPR to see the impact that the
newly installed gravel pack will have on the inflow.
Now that the gravel pack data has been inserted into PROSPER, the next step is to
(VLP + IPR).
the screen:
1018
PROSPER
From the previous example (Tutorial 13) we know that at these flowing conditions a
well without a gravel pack will produce 14500 STB/day.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1019
We cab see from the results above that when a gravel pack is installed then the
model predicts that the well will flow at approximately 12242 STB/day and that the
This means that the gravel pack has lead to a decrease in production of 2258 STB/
day.
The results also report the pressure drop across the gravel pack is 639 psi and the
velocity at the gravel pack casing is 1.6 ft/sec.
We can then view the System Plot by selecting Plot | System Plot from the top
ribbon:
be able to:
Add a gravel pack to the IPR model.
Save and Recall plots from previous calculations.
Report the calculated gravel pack conditions (such as dP lost across the
1020
PROSPER
gravel pack and velocity in the gravel pack) for a given set of flowing
conditions.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1021
3.1.18 Tutorial 15 - Modelling a Frac and Pack Well

entered.
When producing some reservoirs, it is often necessary to fracture the reservoir
around the well to improve production. When this fracturing is carried out, the flow
pattern into the well changes considerable and to capture the effects that this has on
the production, an IPR model which accounts for a fracture should be used. When
such fractures are also filled with a gravel pack, the resulting completion is referred to
as a 'Frac and Pack' completion. This tutorial is intended to demonstrate how such a
well can be modelled within PROSPER.
In order to assess the impact of having a 'Frac and Pack' completion, a gravel pack is
to be included within the PROSPER file and the Hydraulically Fractured Well IPR
model should be used.
Once the model has been set up, an estimate of the fluid velocity through the gravel
pack is sought when the WHP is 500 psig, the water cut is 0% and the GOR is 800
scf/STB.
3.1.18.2Objectives
Learn to add a gravel pack to the model to pack into account the pressure drop
across the it.
Input the required data to build a Hydraulically Fracture Well IPR model.
Perform a calculation which allows the fluid velocity in the gravel pack to be
estimated when the WHP is known.
1022
PROSPER
a. Activate the gravel pack option.
b. Add a gravel pack to the Hydraulically Fractured Well IPR model to account for
the 'Frac and Pack' completion.
c. Run a system calculation to obtain the fluid velocity through the gravel pack at
the given conditions.
The company carrying out the frac and pack completion has provided the following
data:
3.1.18.4.1 Fracture Data
20 md
Reservoir Thickness
100 ft
Drainage Area
320 areas
Dietz Shape Factor
31.6
Wellbore Radius
0.354 ft
Time
5 days
Reservoir Porosity
0.16
Fracture Height
100 ft
Fracture Half-length
35 ft
Dimensionless
Conductivity (FCD)
Fracture 4500
Fracture Face Skin

Gravel
Permeability
Pack 25000 md
Perforation Diameter 0.26

Shot Density
Gravel Pack Length
4 inches
100 ft
Perforation
Efficiency
0.87
Beta (Turbulence)
Calculate
d
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
Method
1023
Multiphas
e
Before a gravel pack can be included in the PROSPER model, the sand control option
must be selected in the main options. The main options screen can be accessed by
selecting Options | Options:
or in the IPR section:
1024
PROSPER
3.1.18.5.2 IPR Input Data

Any equipment which will affect the flow of fluid from the reservoir into the well will be
defined in the IPR section of PROSPER. This means that both the fracture and the
gravel pack will be defined in this section and it can be accessed by selecting System
| Inflow Performance:
In the reservoir model section of the IPR screen, select the Hydraulically Fractured
Well model and also select Enter Skin by Hand and Gravel Pack. The basic reservoir
properties, defined in the bottom right hand corner of the screen, are kept the same
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1025
as the previous example.

The model data for the IPR can be inserted at the top of the screen:
The Hydraulically Fracture Well model data can be entered on the Reservoir Model
tab as shown above. When this data has been entered, select the Mech/Geom Skin
tab to enter the skin data:
The skin value entered in this screen is the Fracture Face Skin and therefore cannot
be negative.
This completes the entry of data for the IPR model; the next step is to enter the
values for the gravel pack.
1026
PROSPER
3.1.18.5.3 Gravel Pack Input Data

Select the Sand Control tab and enter the required data as shown below:
When the data has been inserted select Calculate:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1027

Now that the 'frac and pack' data has been inserted into PROSPER, the next step is to
(VLP + IPR).
the screen:
1028
PROSPER
We cab see from the results above that when a 'frac and pack' is installed then the
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1029
The results also reports the velocity at the gravel pack casing is 3.27 ft/sec.
ribbon:
be able to:
Model a well which has a 'frac and pack' completion by using both the
Hydraulically Fractured Well IPR model and a gravel pack.
Report the calculated gravel pack conditions (such as velocity in the gravel
pack) for a given set of flowing conditions.
1030
PROSPER
3.1.19 Tutorial 16 - Modelling a Wire-wrapped Screen

entered.
reduction in production caused by the installation of a wire-wrapped screen is off set
by the costs of replacing pipelines and equipment damaged by erosion due to the
sand.
In order to assist this assessment, a wire-wrapped screen is to be included within the
PROSPER file and the resultant pressure drop when the well is produced at a well
head pressure of 500 psig is to be calculated.
3.1.19.2Objectives
Learn to add a wire wrapped screen to the model.
Perform a calculation which allows the pressure drop across the screen to be
a. Activate the sand control option.
b. Add a wire-wrapped screen to the IPR model .
c. Run a system calculation to obtain the pressure drop across the screen at the
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1031
given conditions.
The company installing the wire-wrapped screen has provided the following data:
Sand Control Type Wire-Wrapped
Screen
Production Interval 100ft
Screen
Radius
Outer 0.28 ft
Outside
Permeability
Formation Sand
Outside
(Turbulence)
Calculated
Before a wire-wrapped screen can be included in the PROSPER model, the sand
control option must be selected in the main options. The main options screen can be
accessed by selecting Options | Options:
1032
PROSPER
Or Directly in the IPR screen:
3.1.19.5.2 Wire-wrapped Screen Input Data

Now that the Wire-wrapped Screen option has been enabled, the input data can be
added to the IPR section by selecting System | Inflow Performance:
Select the Sand Control tab in the model data section:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1033
Enter the required data as shown below:
be present. When variables are repeated in the different screens (such as Reservoir
Thickness) in order to keep the model consistent the same value is used for each.
Therefore, changing it in one screen will also change it on all other screens.
In this case, both the Outside Permeability and Outside (Turbulence) are left blank.
This is because the area between the screen and the sandface has been said to be
full of formation sand and the turbulence factor is to be calculated by the program
rather than defined.
1034
PROSPER
When the plot is exited, the input screen shows the calculated value for the Outside
(Turbulence) term:
Select Done to exit to the main screen.

PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1035

(VLP + IPR).
the screen:
1036
PROSPER
We cab see from the results above that when a wire-wrapped screen is installed then
the model predicts that the well will flow at approximately 14419 STB/day and that the
The results also reports the pressure drop across the screen is 52 psi.
ribbon:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1037
be able to:
Model a well which has a wire-wrapped screen completion.
Report the impact that this screen has on production for a given set of
flowing conditions.
1038
PROSPER
3.1.20 Tutorial 17 - Modelling a Pre-Packed Screen

entered.
reduction in production caused by the installation of a pre-packed screen is off set by
the costs of replacing pipelines and equipment damaged by erosion due to the sand.
In order to assist this assessment, a pre-packed screen is to be included within the
3.1.20.2Objectives
Learn to add a pre-packed screen to the model.
b. Add a pre-packed screen to the IPR model .
given conditions.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1039
The company installing the pre-packed screen has provided the following data:
Sand Control Type
Pre-Packed
Screen
Production Interval
100ft
Screen Inner Radius
0.25 ft
Screen Outer Radius
0.33 ft
Screen Permeability
500 md
Screen
(Turbulence)
Beta Calculated
Outside Permeability
Formation Sand
Outside (Turbulence)
Calculated
Before a pre-packed screen can be included in the PROSPER model, the sand
1040
PROSPER
3.1.20.5.2 Pre-Packed Screen Input Data

Now that the Pre-packed Screen option has been enabled, the input data can be
added to the IPR section by selecting System | Inflow Performance:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1041
In this case, the Screen Beta (Turbulence), Outside Permeability and Outside
(Turbulence) are left blank. This is because the area between the screen and the
sand-face has been said to be full of formation sand and the turbulence factors for the
screen and outside are to be calculated by the program rather than specified directly.
1042
PROSPER
When the plot is exited, the input screen shows the calculated values for the Screen
Beta (Turbulence) and Outside (Turbulence) term:

PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1043

(VLP + IPR).
the screen:
1044
PROSPER
We cab see from the results above that when a pre-packed screen is installed then
the model predicts that the well will flow at approximately 14527 STB/day and that the
The results also reports the pressure drop across the screen is 22 psi.
ribbon:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1045
be able to:
Model a well which has a pre-packed screen completion.
Report the impact that this screen has on production for a given set of
flowing conditions.
1046
PROSPER
3.1.21 Tutorial 18 - Modelling a Slotted Linear

entered.
reduction in production caused by the installation of a slotted liner is off set by the
costs of replacing pipelines and equipment damaged by erosion due to the sand.
In order to assist this assessment, a slotted liner is to be included within the
3.1.21.2Objectives
Learn to add a slotted liner to the model.
b. Add a slotted liner to the IPR model .
given conditions.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1047
The company installing the slotted liner has provided the following data:
Sand Control Type Slotted Liner
Production Interval 100ft
Liner Inner Radius
0.32 ft
Liner Outer Radius 0.34 ft

Slot Height
4 inches
Slot Width
0.02 inches
Slot Density
4 ft-1
Screen
Radius
Linear No screen
Outside
Permeability
50000 md
Outside
(Turbulence)
Calculated
Before a pre-packed screen can be included in the PROSPER model, the sand
1048
PROSPER
3.1.21.5.2 Slotted Liner Input Data

Now that the Pre-packed Screen option has been enabled, the input data can be
added to the IPR section by selecting System | Inflow Performance.

PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1049
In this case, the Screen Outer Radius has been set to zero as there is not one
present and the Outside (Turbulence) is left blank as it to be calculated by the
program rather than specified directly.
1050
PROSPER
When the plot is exited, the input screen shows the calculated value for the Outside
(Turbulence) term:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1051

(VLP + IPR).
the screen:
1052
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1053
We cab see from the results above that when a slotted liner is installed then the
The results also reports the pressure drop across the liner is 246psi.
ribbon:
be able to:
Model a well which has a slotted liner completion.
Report the impact that this liner has on production for a given set of flowing
conditions.
1054
PROSPER
3.1.22 Tutorial 19 - Matching an Oil Well Test

entered.
So far, we have built our model on the basis of reservoir parameters, completion data
and a PVT report. The next step is to ensure that the results we are getting from the
file are representative of the actual flow rates recorded in the field.
We have now been producing from our well from some time and a number of well
tests have been carried out on the well. It is important that we ensure that the models
we have created for the well are an accurate representative of the actual well. To do
this the measured well test data can be used to adjust the pressure drops calculated
by the multiphase correlations in our VLP calculations.
After the VLP has been matched to ensure that the pressure drop in the well is being
captured it is also possible to match the IPR so that when we combine the two
together in a System Calculation, the results are consistent. From previous test data
it has been confirmed that the IPR models being used are accurate, however, it is
unclear what the reservoir pressures were at the time each test was performed.
Once this matching has been carried out, management would like to have an idea of
the impact that water-cut will have on production if the reservoir pressure is
maintained at 4000 psig. This should be carried out for wellhead pressures of 250,
500 and 750 psig.
3.1.22.2Objectives
Match our VLP curves to the measured well test data
Estimate the reservoir pressure at the time of each test by matching the IPR to
the measured data.
Calculate the impact of increasing water cut on production if the reservoir
pressure is maintained at 4000 psig for WHPs of 250, 500 and 750 psig.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1055
As the base PROSPER file has already been created the focus of this tutorial will be
on inputting the test data and matching the model to this data.
a. Insert the test data and match the U value so that the fluid temperature gradient
is representative of reality.
b. Compare the different flow correlations to see which gives the closest results to
the test point.
c. Match the closest correlation so that the calculated gauge pressure matches the
recorded pressure.
d. Find the reservoir pressure for each test so that the VLP/IPR intersection point
gives the same rate as the measured data.
e. Run a sensitivity study using the system calculation to see the impact of water
cut on production at different WHPs.
The following well test data has been reported for this well:
Test Date
16/03/2011 21/05/2011 07/10/2011
Tubing
Head 230
Pressure (psig)
521
765
Tubing
Head 143.8
o
Temperature ( F)
134.2
118
Water Cut (%)
0.5
1.9

day)
7915.3
5636.9
Gauge Depth (ft)
6250
6250
1623.8
1962.6

(psig)
4000
4000

STB)
800
800
Gauge
(psig)
6250
Pressure 1322.6
1056
PROSPER
The VLP/IPR matching process is intended to be used to match our model to field
data. This matching consists of four different stages:
1. From the measured Tubing Head Temperature, calculate the U value which will
result in the model predicting the same temperature for the well test conditions.
When this value has been found, it can be automatically transferred for use in the
model.
2. A gradient calculation is carried out to see which correlation best represents the
measured pressure drops. This is done by seeing which correlation predicts a
pressure nearest to the gauge pressure measured.
3. Once the most representative correlation has been selected, a match is carried out
so that the gauge pressure calculated exactly matches the measured pressure.
This is done by applying a multiplier to both the gravity pressure drop term
(parameter 1) and the friction pressure drop term (parameter 2).
4. When the VLP has been matched, the IPR can also be matched. The IPR should
be adjusted so that the VLP/IPR intersection point matches the gas rate measured
in the field.
Once these four steps have been completed, the model will predict the correct test
rate at the given test conditions and can be said to be representative of the actual
flowing conditions in the well. Once we are happy that a model is reproducing results
seen in the field, we can use the model to run predictions to see how the well's
response may change when the boundary conditions are changed.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1057
Test Date
16/03/2011 21/05/2011 07/10/2011
Tubing
Head 230
Pressure (psig)
521
765
Tubing
Head 143.8
o
Temperature ( F)
134.2
118
Water Cut (%)
0.5
1.9

day)
7915.3
5636.9
Gauge Depth (ft)
6250
6250
1623.8
1962.6

(psig)
4000
4000

STB)
800
800
Gauge
(psig)
6250
Pressure 1322.6
1058
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1059
average will be calculated:
1060
PROSPER
3.1.22.5.1.3 VLP Quality Check
With the U value matched, we can be confident that the temperature profile in the well
is being captured accurately. The next step is to carry out a quality check to ensure
that the model, test data and gauge pressure which has been measured are
consistent.
For the quality check we use two correlations, the Fancher Brown and the Duns and
Ros Modified, to create an envelope inside which a test point should fall. The Fancher
Brown correlation is a no slip correlation (as it assumes that the gas and liquid travel
at the same velocity in the tubing) and therefore will under predict the pressure drop
for an oil well. The Duns and Ros Modified correlation has been adapted to over
predict the pressure drop for oil wells producing in the slug flow regime. Therefore, if
a test point falls either below the Fancher Brown or is greater than the Duns and Ros
Modified then we can consider the quality of the test point or model to be in question.
If it falls between the two we can say that it has passed this initial test.
To carry out the quality check, select the Correlation Comparison button from the
top of the VLP/IPR matching screen:
The measured data for the first test will be automatically bought into this screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1061
In order to carry out the quality check, select the Duns and Ros Modified and
Fancher Brown correlations from the bottom left hand corner of the screen:
Select Calculate to carry out the calculations for each correlation:
To see if the test point falls between the two gradients, select Plot:
1062
PROSPER
For the case of test point one, we can see that it does indeed fall between these two
correlations and can therefore be said to have passed the quality check.
After exiting the plot, select Done in the Correlation Comparison screen:
A prompt will now appear for the second test point. Select OK to enter the correlation
comparison with the test data from test two:
The exact same steps as shown above should be carried out for test points two and
three. When this is done, the points will also be found to fall within the envelope and
therefore pass the quality check:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1063
When all three have been completed, selecting Done will return the user to the VLP/
IPR Matching screen.
1064
PROSPER
All three test points have been found to pass the quality check test and so the next
step is to find the correlation which best represents the measured pressure drop. This
can be done by selecting Correlation Comparison:
This will transfer the first set of test data into the Correlation Comparison screen:
can be selected. In this case we will select Hagedorn Brown, Beggs and Brill,
Petroleum Experts 2, Petroleum Experts 3 and Petroleum Experts 4:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1065
correlations:
1066
PROSPER
pressure.
The same steps as shown above should be performed to see the plot:
data.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1067
For the final case, both the Petroleum Experts 2 and Petroleum Experts 3
correlations are close to the test data.
The correlation which was found to be closest to all three test data points was found
to be Petroleum Experts 2. This correlation will now be matched so that it recreates
each point exactly. This can be done by selecting Match VLP:
1068
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1069
test.
1070
PROSPER
rates:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1071
calculated intersection points (represented by the blue squares) do not match up. It
appears that in each case a different reservoir pressure will be required to match
each test. This can be done using the Adjust IPR option.
screen.
IPR:
1072
PROSPER
On the top of the screen, the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation should be selected.
at the same time. If multiple tests are matched, an average reservoir pressure will be
calculated which would imply that the tests were all carried out at the same pressure.
As the tests here were carried out months apart, the reservoir pressure is most likely
different and so each test should be matched individually and the reservoir pressure
calculated saved.
In the top left of the screen, select test 1 by placing a tick in box next to it:
Once it is selected, press Adjust Pres. A prompt will appear asking which test is to
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1073
When the match has been carried out, a new reservoir pressure will be calculated.
This should be transferred to the VLP/IPR Match screen by selecting the option and
pressing OK:
This same process should be carried out for tests 2 and 3. When this has been
completed press Done to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen and see the
calculated reservoir pressure at the time of each test:
Select VLP/IPR and then Done, followed by Plot to see that the VLP/IPR intersection
1074
PROSPER
points now match up with the test rates:
This completes the VLP/IPR matching process as the model is now recreating the test
results measured in the field. Select Main from the top of the plot to return to the
main PROSPER screen.
3.1.22.5.2 Water Cut Sensitivity
The objective of this sensitivity is to find the impact of increasing water cut on
production if the reservoir pressure is 4000 psig. This should be carried out for first
node pressures of 250, 500 and 750 psig.
System (Ipr + Vlp).
calculations:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1075
As the Top Node Pressure and Water Cut are to be used in the sensitivity study, the
of the VLP curve.
1076
PROSPER
screen.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1077
To see the intended plot, we should select to see Liquid Rate on the y-axis, Water
Cut on the X-axis and have First Node Pressure as the parameter variable:
1078
PROSPER
This plot shows us the impact of the water cut on the production as the increasing
water cut leads to a lower production rate. When the first node pressure is 750 psig,
the well will stop producing at between 60 and 70% water cut while first the pressure
is dropped to 500 psig then it will stop producing between 80 and 90%. With a well
head pressure of 250 psig, the well is able to produce all the way up to 90% water
cut when the reservoir pressure is 4000 psig.
be able to:
Match the VLP curve to test data.
Use the matched VLP curve to estimate the reservoir pressure at the time of
the test when the productivity is known.
Carry out a sensitivity to see the impact that water cut has on well
production.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1079
3.1.23 Tutorial 20 - Matching a Gas Well Test

entered.
The Powderhall gas well has been producing for some time now and data from a
number of well tests is available. So far, our model has been built on the basis of
different models using the reservoir and completion properties as a basis. The next
step is to ensure that the models which have been built are representative of the
actual flowing conditions within the well and this can be done using the VLP/IPR
Matching work flow in PROSPER.
The reservoir pressure of the Powderhall field has been monitored very well and
therefore this is considered to be recorded accurately at the time of each test. The
productivity of the well, however, (which is captured in the IPR) is not as well known
and therefore may be required to be adjusted to match the well tests.
Once the model has been matched to the test data, management would like to obtain
an idea of how an increase in WGR may affect the production of the well.
3.1.23.2Objectives
Ensure that the IPR curves are an accurate representation of the actual well's
inflow
Predict the impact that an increasing WGR will have on the well if the wellhead
pressure is either 1500 psig or 1000 psig.
1080
PROSPER
the test point.
c. Match the closest correlation so that the calculated gauge pressure matches the
recorded pressure.
d. Match the IPR so that the VLP/IPR intersection point gives the same rate as the
measured data.
e. Run a sensitivity study using the system calculation to see the inpact of the
WGR at different wellhead pressures.
Test Date
18/02/2007 20/03/2007 14/04/2007
Tubing
Head 430
Pressure (psig)
2680
1420
Tubing
Head 151.63
Temperature (oF)
146.0
149.95
Water Gas Ratio 1

(STB/MMscf)
Condensate
Gas 1
Ratio (STB/MMscf)

day)
50.411
64.459
Gauge Depth (ft)
4250
4250
3613.64
2913.8
5240
5200
Gauge
(psig)
4250
Pressure 2589.6

(psig)
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1081

model.
in the field.
To match the test data, select the Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR (Quality Check)
menu and insert the test data as shown below:
1082
PROSPER
At the top right of the screen, the Tasks to be carried out during the matching process
can be seen. These four steps should be carried out in order and details of each
different task are given in the subsequent sections of this guide.
The first step is to match the Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient. This can be done by
selecting Estimate U Value:
Each test will be matched in turn and the estimated U value will be shown. Select
Done to continue to the next test:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1083
When all the tests have been matched, an average value for all the tests will be
calculated. For this data, all of the tests can be seen to have very similar U values and
therefore an average of these three would be the best representation of our model.
Select Yes, to transfer this new U value to the Geothermal Gradient screen:
Any calculation performed by this model from now on, will use this new U value.
Now that the temperature gradient within the well at the time of the test has been
matched, the next step is to find the correlation which best represents the measured
pressure drop. This can be done by selecting Correlation Comparison:
When the prompt is shown, select OK to transfer the first set of test data into the
Correlation Comparison screen:
1084
PROSPER
can be selected. In this case we will select Hagedorn Brown, Mukerjee Brill, Beggs
and Brill, Petroleum Experts 2, Petroleum Experts 3 and Petroleum Experts 5:
correlations:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1085
pressure.
1086
PROSPER
data.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1087
For the final case, the Petroleum Experts 2, Petroleum Experts 3 and Beggs and Brill
correlations are all close to the test data.
The Petroleum Experts 2 multiphase correlation has been found to be the closest
representation of all three test points. This now has to be matched to ensure that it
reproduces our test points.
Select Match VLP from the top ribbon:
In the left hand side of the screen, select the correlation (in this case Petroleum
Experts 2) which is to be matched. Select Match to carry out the regression to modify
the multipliers of the gravity and friction pressure drops:
1088
PROSPER
The match parameters in this case are found to be 1.01 and 0.98:
The right hand side of the screen also shows the newly calculated pressure at gauge
depth for each test which shows that each calculated value is now matched to the real
measured data.
Now that we are confident that the pressure drop calculated by our model is an
accurate representation of the pressure drop measured in the field, we can use the
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1089
calculated FBHP to ensure that the IPR is also representative of the performance of
the well. If both are representative, the intersection point of the IPR and VLP curves
should match the flow rate measured at the time of the test if the same conditions are
used.
Select VLP/IPR from the matching screen:
1090
PROSPER
rates:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1091
calculated intersection points (represented by the blue squares) do not match up. As
the intersection points do not match up with the measured data, this implies that the
IPR model is not representative of the actual flowing conditions. In this case, we are
confident of the reservoir pressure measurements which have been taken but we are
unsure how representative the actual IPR is. We can therefore try to find a Skin value
which will match all of these points. Skin is a measure of the deviation of the reality
from the mathematical model which has been set up to predict the flow from the
reservoir. This can be done using the Adjust IPR option.
1092
PROSPER
screen.
From the VLP/IPR Matching Screen, select Adjust IPR:
As we are basing our analysis on the matched VLP correlation, the first step is to
select it in the top right hand corner of the screen:
In this case, we want to find a single skin value which will be valid for all three of our
tests. Therefore all three tests should be on the left hand side of the screen. Select
Adjust Skin to carry out the calculation. A dialogue box will appear asking which tests
are to be considered:
Select Calculate For All SELECTED Tests and then select OK. Once the calculation
has been completed for all three tests, an average skin to match the points will be
found:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1093
This is to be transferred to the IPR section and so select the Update Skin (in IPR
Section) With Calculated Value option. Select OK to confirm.
Return to the main VLP/IPR Matching screen by selecting Done and then recalculate
the VLP/IPR intersection points by going to VLP/IPR | Calculate. When the
calculation has been completed, select Plot to see if the matching has been
completed correctly:
We can see that by using a skin value of 7.56, all three tests now match. The model
can now be said to be matched to the available test data and to be representative of
the actual flowing conditions within the well.
Select Main to return to the main PROSPER screen.
3.1.23.5.2 WGR Sensitivity
The objective of this sensitivity is to find the impact of increasing WGR on production if
the reservoir pressure is 4000 psig. This should be carried out for first node pressures
of 250, 500 and 750 psig.
1094
PROSPER

System (Ipr + Vlp).
calculations:
As the Top Node Pressure and WGR are to be used in the sensitivity study, the
of the VLP curve.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1095
screen.
1096
PROSPER
To see the intended plot, we should select to see Gas Rate on the y-axis and the
Water Gas Ratio on the X-axis:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1097
This plot shows the deceasing trend in gas rate when the WGR is increasing. The
heavier fluid will be harder to lift and also the increase in mass within the tubing will
mean a higher velocity and hence higher frictional pressure drop.
The plot can be exited by selecting Finish and then Done to return to the main
screen. To save the file, select File | Save As...
be able to:
Match the VLP curve to test data for a gas well.
Use the matched VLP curve to find the skin value required to match the IPR
to the test data.
Carry out a sensitivity to see the impact that the water gas ratio has on well
production.
1098
PROSPER
3.1.24 Tutorial 21 - Matching a Water Injection Well Test

entered.
So far, we have built our water injection model on the basis of reservoir parameters,
completion data and a PVT report. The next step is to ensure that the results we are
getting from the file are representative of the actual flow rates recorded in the field.
Data from a number of well tests have now become available and it is possible to
adapt our model so that the results obtained for the same conditions match those
measured in the field. Once we have a model which can recreate the flowing
conditions of the well tests, lift curves are to be generated which can then be imported
into GAP to form part of an integrated field model which will use REVEAL to capture
the conditions and injectivity of the reservoir at each time step.
3.1.24.2Objectives
Use the well tests to see if the IPR conditions are changing over time.
Generate VLP curves for use in GAP for an injection well.
the test point.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1099
c. Match the selected correlation so that the calculated gauge pressure matches
the recorded pressure.
d. Find the skin for each test so that the VLP/IPR intersection point gives the same
rate as the measured data.
e. Generate VLP tables for use within GAP.
Test Date
17/08/2011 23/09/2011 07/12/2011
Injected
Fluid 1250
Pressure (psig)
1075
985
Downstream
Temperature (oF)
99.3
112.1
123.6
Water Cut (%)
100
100
100
Liquid Rate (STB/ 8467

day)
5897
4456
Gauge Depth (ft)
8000
8000
8000
Pressure 4910
4747
4662

(psig)
4100
4100

STB)
800
800
Gauge
(psig)
1100
PROSPER
model.
in the field.
Test Date
PROSPER Manual
17/08/2011 23/09/2011 07/12/2011
June, 2014
Examples Guide
Injected
Fluid 1250
Pressure (psig)
1075
985
Downstream
Temperature (oF)
99.3
112.1
123.6
Water Cut (%)
100
100
100
Liquid Rate (STB/ 8467

day)
5897
4456
Gauge Depth (ft)
8000
8000
8000
Pressure 4910
4747
4662

(psig)
4100
4100

STB)
800
800
Gauge
(psig)
1101
1102
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1103

The next step is to find the correlation which best represents the measured pressure
drop. This can be done by selecting Correlation Comparison:
When the prompt is shown, select OK. This will transfer the first set of test data into
the Correlation Comparison screen:
1104
PROSPER
correlations and then select Plot to see how close each correlation comes to the
measured data point:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1105
As this is a water injection well, the only phase present within the system is water and
therefore the fluid is in a single phase. As the multi-phase correlations are used to
estimate the hold-up (the ratio of the liquid to the total fluid) they will all predict the
same pressure drop as the hold-up is always going to be 1. This can be see in the
plot above.
screen will appear so that the same process can be carried out for the next test.
Again, every correlation predicts the same pressure drop.

1106
PROSPER
The objective of using the correlation comparison in the case of single phase fluids is
not to compare the different correlations (as there is no difference to compare) but
rather to see if the measured data is close to the calculated data. Based upon these
three test, therefore, we can say the pressure drop calculation is consistently over
estimating the pressure drop in the well but only by a very small amount each time.
As mentioned previously, as a single phase fluid is being modelled, any correlation can
be used in the pressure drop calculations as they all predict the same results. We
have to select a correlation to match to the test data and in this case, Petroleum
Experts 2 will be used. This correlation will now be matched so that it recreates each
point exactly. This can be done by selecting Match VLP:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1107
1108
PROSPER
test.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1109
rates:
1110
PROSPER
calculated intersection points (represented by the blue squares) do not match up. For
a water injection well, we could assume that the conditions around the well bore are
changing (due to the cold water cooling the near wellbore region or scaling occuring
around the well) and therefore we will try to find the skin required for each test to
match the data using the Adjust IPR feature.
screen.
IPR:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1111
On the top of the screen, the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation should be selected as
this is the correlation which has been matched to the test data.
at the same time. If multiple tests are matched, an average skin will be calculated
which would imply that the tests could be modelled with a single value. While this is
often the case for production wells, we are going to test to see if the skin is effectively
time dependent due to the changes in the reservoir which the injection is causing. We
can find a skin value for each test independently and if they are close, we can then
carry out the tests all together to find the average skin.
In the top left of the screen, select 'test 1' by placing a tick in box next to it:
Once it is selected, press Adjust Skin. A prompt will appear asking which test is to
When the match has been carried out, a new skin will be calculated. Select the Do
Nothing option and pressing OK:
1112
PROSPER
This same process should be carried out for tests 2 and 3. Doing this for all three
tests finds values of 3, 4.2 and 5.6 for the skin required to match each test. While we
can use PROSPER to match each test, we have no way of predicting how this skin is
going to change over time unless we model it in a numerical simulator. There the
impact of the cooler fluid can be taken into account and any resultant changes in fluid
properties (reductions in viscosity etc) or reservoir properties (fracture propagation
etc) can be seen.
The matching process has therefore allowed us to accurately recreate our test
conditions within the well (as the gauge pressures are now recreated by the VLP
calculation) however the changes in the injectivity of the well over time is not being
accurately captured. It is proposed, therefore, that these lift curves be linked to a
reservoir simulator which can model the changing conditions over time.
This completes the VLP/IPR matching process. Select Main from the top of the plot
to return to the main PROSPER screen.
3.1.24.5.2 Generating VLP Tables
Now that we are able to reproduce the gauge pressures of the well tests at the given
conditions, we want to generate VLP curve tables to be exported to GAP for use in
an Integrated Production Model.
VLP lift curves are used by GAP to calculate the flowing conditions of the well under
any conditions calculated by the model. Rather than calculate the pressure gradient or
VLP curve for each case, a table of values is generated and are used to interpolate
between to find the results of the model conditions. It is therefore very important that
the ranges of values that the tables are generated for cover all the possible values
which may be required in the model. If they do not, the results will be extrapolated
and this can lead to large errors in the results.
To generate VLP curves, select Calculation | VLP (Tubing Curves).
3.1.24.5.2.1 VLP Input Data
The top left hand corner of the VLP calculation screen should be filled with the
required data for generation:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1113
As the first node pressure is one of the variables we will be changing, the value
entered here will not be used. The water cut and GOR are not going to be used in the
sensitivity as they are always the same so should be left at 100% and 0 scf/STB. The
vertical lift correlation selected should be the one we have matched to real data.
The Rate Method should be changed to User Selected as this will allow us to define
the range of rates to use. To generate a range of values, select Generate on the top
ribbon:
This will bring up the rate generation screen into which the following data can be
entered:
1114
PROSPER
The rates should normally be entered from a low value to a value a little higher than
the maximum possible injection rate. When the values have been inserted, select
Generate and then Done.
Now that the rates have been specified, the next step is to set the ranges of variables
which are to be changed in the VLP tables. For a water injection well, these variables
should be the First Node Pressure (i.e. the wellhead pressure) and the Injected Fluid
Temperature (at the wellhead). To enter these ranges select Cases.
The drop down menu on the left hand side can be used to select the variable and then
the range of values can be entered on the right. The values can be either inserted
manually (as was done above) or generated as was done for the liquid rates. This can
be done by selecting Generate:
This will bring up a dialogue box into which the ranges can be entered:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1115
Select Generate to populate the range values:
When this has been done, select Done.

3.1.24.5.2.2 Calculating and Exporting VLPs
To calculate the VLP curves for each possible combination of the selected variables,
click Calculate:
Once the calculation has been completed, it is possible to view the curves by
selecting Plot or the tables can be exported from PROSPER be selecting Export Lift
Curves. When this is selected, a list of export options is given:
1116
PROSPER
In this case, the curves are to be exported into a format which can be imported into
GAP, however, many different options are available. When Petroleum Experts - GAP/
MBAL has been selected, click Continue:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1117
The location that the file is to be saved to can be set and then saved by selecting
Save. When the file has been saved it will automatically be opened:
1118
PROSPER
This *.tpd file can now be imported into REVEAL or GAP to use in simulations.
be able to:
Match the VLP curve to test data for a water injection well.
to the test data.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1119
Generate lift curves which can be exported to GAP or REVEAL.
1120
PROSPER
3.1.25 Tutorial 22 - Matching a Gas Injection Well Test

entered.
So far, we have built our gas injection model on the basis of reservoir parameters,
completion data and a PVT report. The next step is to ensure that the results we are
getting from the file are representative of the actual flow rates recorded in the field.
Data from a number of well tests have now become available and it is possible to
adapt our model so that the results obtained for the same conditions match those
measured in the field. Once we have a model which can recreate the flowing
conditions of the well tests, lift curves are to be generated which can then be imported
into GAP to form part of an integrated field model which will use REVEAL to capture
the conditions and injectivity of the reservoir at each time step.
3.1.25.2Objectives
Use the well tests to see if the IPR conditions are changing over time.
Generate VLP curves for use in GAP for an injection well.
the test point.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1121
c. Match the selected correlation so that the calculated gauge pressure matches
the recorded pressure.
d. Find the skin for each test so that the VLP/IPR intersection point gives the same
rate as the measured data.
e. Generate VLP tables for use within GAP.
Test Date
12/07/2011 19/08/2011 29/11/2011
Injected
Fluid 2500
Pressure (psig)
2750
2450
Downstream
Temperature (oF)
106.4
119.8
Water Gas Ratio 0

(STB/MMscf)
Condensate
Gas 0
Ratio (STB/MMscf)

day)
17.515
6.99
Gauge Depth (ft)
4650
4650
3242
2919
2750
2750
Gauge
(psig)
112.9
4650
Pressure 2971.1

(psig)
1122
PROSPER
model.
in the field.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
Test Date
12/07/2011 19/08/2011 29/11/2011
Injected
Fluid 2500
Pressure (psig)
2750
2450
Downstream
Temperature (oF)
106.4
119.8
Water Gas Ratio 0

(STB/MMscf)
Condensate
Gas 0
Ratio (STB/MMscf)

day)
17.515
6.99
Gauge Depth (ft)
4650
4650
3242
2919
2750
2750
Gauge
(psig)
1123
112.9
4650
Pressure 2971.1

(psig)
1124
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1125

The next step is to find the correlation which best represents the measured pressure
drop. This can be done by selecting Correlation Comparison:
When the prompt is shown, select OK. This will transfer the first set of test data into
the Correlation Comparison screen:
1126
PROSPER
correlations and then select Plot to see how close each correlation comes to the
measured data point:
As this is a gas injection well, the only phase present within the system is gas and as
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1127
it is completely dry (i.e. both the CGR and WGR are zero) the fluid is in a single
phase. As the multi-phase correlations are used to estimate the hold-up (the ratio of
the liquid to the total fluid) they will all predict the same pressure drop as the hold-up
is always going to be zero. This can be see in the plot above.
screen will appear so that the same process can be carried out for the next test.
Again, every correlation predicts the same pressure drop.

1128
PROSPER
The objective of using the correlation comparison in the case of single phase fluids is
not to compare the different correlations (as there is no difference to compare) but
rather to see if the measured data is close to the calculated data. Based upon these
three test, therefore, we can say the pressure drop calculation is consistently over
estimating the pressure drop in the well but only by a very small amount each time.
As mentioned previously, as a single phase fluid is being modelled, any correlation can
be used in the pressure drop calculations as they all predict the same results. We
have to select a correlation to match to the test data and in this case, Petroleum
Experts 2 will be used. This correlation will now be matched so that it recreates each
point exactly. This can be done by selecting Match VLP:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1129
1130
PROSPER
test.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1131
rates:
1132
PROSPER
To see the intersection points in more detail, the plot can be zoomed in on by either
dragging a box around the points using the left mouse button or by entering the x and
y axis values using Scales.
calculated intersection points (represented by the blue squares) do not match up. For
a gas injection well, we could assume that the conditions around the well bore are
changing (due to the dry colder gas which is being injected cooling the near wellbore
region or scaling occurring around the well) and therefore we will try to find the skin
required for each test to match the data using the Adjust IPR feature.
screen.
IPR:
This will bring up the Adjust IPR screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1133
On the top of the screen, the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation should be selected as
this is the correlation which has been matched to the test data.
at the same time. If multiple tests are matched, an average skin will be calculated
which would imply that the tests could be modelled with a single value. While this is
often the case for production wells, we are going to test to see if the skin is effectively
time dependent due to the changes in the reservoir which the injection is causing. We
can find a skin value for each test independently and if they are close, we can then
carry out the tests all together to find the average skin.
In the top left of the screen, select 'test 1' by placing a tick in box next to it:
Once it is selected, press Adjust Skin. A prompt will appear asking which test is to
1134
PROSPER
When the match has been carried out, a new skin will be calculated. Select the Do
Nothing option and pressing OK:
This same process should be carried out for tests 2 and 3. Doing this for all three
tests finds values of 2, 3.2 and 4.6 for the skin required to match each test. While we
can use PROSPER to match each test, we have no way of predicting how this skin is
going to change over time unless we model it in a numerical simulator. There the
impact of the dry, cooler fluid can be taken into account and any resultant changes in
fluid properties or reservoir properties (scaling etc) can be seen.
The matching process has therefore allowed us to accurately recreate our test
conditions within the well (as the gauge pressures are now recreated by the VLP
calculation) however the changes in the injectivity of the well over time is not being
accurately captured. It is proposed, therefore, that these lift curves be linked to a
reservoir simulator which can model the changing conditions over time.
This completes the VLP/IPR matching process. Select Main from the top of the plot
to return to the main PROSPER screen.
Now that we are able to reproduce the gauge pressures of the well tests at the given
conditions, we want to generate VLP curve tables to be exported to GAP for use in
an Integrated Production Model.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1135
As the first node pressure, WGR and CGR are all variables we will be changing, the
value entered here will not be used. The vertical lift correlation selected should be the
one we have matched to real data.
ribbon. This will bring up the rate generation screen into which the following data can
be entered:
which are to be changed in the VLP tables. For a water injection well, these variables
should be the First Node Pressure (i.e. the wellhead pressure) and the Injected Fluid
Temperature (at the wellhead). To enter these ranges select Cases.
1136
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1137
The CGR and WGR values can be entered either manually or using the Generate
feature shown above:
1138
PROSPER

click Calculate:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1139
1140
PROSPER
be able to:
Match the VLP curve to test data for a gas injection well.
to the test data.
Generate Lift Curves which can be exported to GAP or REVEAL.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1141
3.1.26 Tutorial 23 - Designing a Continuous Gas Lift System

entered.
The oil well in the Logie field has been now producing for a number of years.
Recently, the water cut has increased and this, along with a drop in the reservoir
pressure, has lead to the well producing dropping significantly. It has been estimated
that within three months, the well will stop producing all together and will die.
Rather than allow the well to die, management would like a new gas lift system to be
designed and a sensitivity to be run to see what the optimum injection rate would be
for the well. It is assumed that the well will continue to produce at a well head
pressure of 500 psig (due to a back pressure from other wells) but the water cut to
be used during the design is now 80%.
3.1.26.2Objectives
Update the model to consider the current operating conditions.
Learn how to design a continuous gas lifted system in PROSPER.
Learn how to transfer a gas lift design to the main model to be used in all
subsequent calculations.
Run a sensitivity study on the system calculation to estimate the optimum
injection rate for the given conditions.
As the base PROSPER file has already been created the core model will not be
dramatically altered.
a. Enable the gas lifted well option.
1142
PROSPER
b. Update the IPR and equipment sections to represent the current flowing
conditions in the well.
c. Carry out a gas lift design for the current design conditions.
d. Transfer the calculated valve depths in the System | Gas Lift Data section.
e. Run a sensitivity to find the optimum injection rate for the newly designed
system.
3.1.26.4.1 Gas Lift Options
The following gas lift options should be used in the design:
Artificial
Method
Lift Gas
(Continuous)
Artificial
Type
Lift Friction
Annulus
Loss
Lift
in
The gas lift gas to be injected is detailed below:

Gas Lift
Gravity
Gas 0.7
Specific
Gravity
% H2S
0%
% N2
0%
% CO2
0%

The reservoir conditions have changed to the following conditions:
Reservoir
Pressure
3450 psig
Water Cut
80%

The following data discribes the casing and annulus within the well:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1143
Tubing
Tubing
Tubing
Casing
Casing
Tubing
Inside
Inside
Outside
Inside
Inside
Rate
Outside
Diamet
Roughne Diamete
Diamete Roughne Multiplie
Roughnes
er
ss
r
r
ss
r
s (Inches)
(Inches
(Inches) (Inches)
(Inches) (Inches)
)
Type
MD
(ft)
X-mas
Tree
600
Tubing
1000
1
4.052
SSSV
0.0006
4.8
0.0006
6.4
0.0006
3.72
Tubing
9000
Casing
9275
1
1
4.052
0.0006
4.8
0.0006
6.4
0.0006
6.4
0.0006
3.1.26.4.4 Gas Lift Design Criteria

The following criteria has been set for the gas lift design:
Input Parameters:
Design Rate Method
Calculated
Production
Maximum Liquid Rate
10000 STB/day
Maximum Gas Available
4 MMscf/day
Maximum
Unloading
Gas
From
Max
During 4 MMscf/day
Flowing Top Node Pressure 250 psig

Unloading
Pressure
Top
Operating
Pressure
Node 250 psig

Injection 1500 psig
Kick Off Injection Pressure 1500 psig

Desired dP Across Valve
100 psi
Maximum Depth of Injection 8500 ft

Water Cut
80%
Minimum Spacing
250 ft
Static
Fluid
Gradient
of
Minimum Transfer dP
Load 0.43 psi/ft

25%
1144
PROSPER
Safety For Closure of Last 0 psi

Unloading Valve
Total GOR
800 scf/STB
Minimum CHP Decrease Per 50 psi

Valve
Design Options:
Valve Type
Casing Sensitive
Valve Setting
All Valves PVo = gas

Pressure
Injection Point
Injection Point is ORIFICE
Dome
Pressure Yes
Correction Above 1200
psig
Valve
Procedure
Spacing Normal
Check
Rate Yes
Conformance With IPR
Vertical Lift Correlation Petroleum
(matched)
Surface
Correlation
Experts
Pipe Beggs and Brill
Use IPR For Unloading
Yes
Orifice Sizing On
Calculated dP @ Orifice
Valve Selection:
Manufacturer
Camco
Valve Type
R-20
Valve Spec
Normal
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1145
3.1.26.5.1 Activating Gas Lift Option

In order to design a gas lifted well, the gas lift option should be enabled in the
Options | Options screen:
For this design, select Gas Lift (Continuous) and Friction Loss in Annulus from the
drop down menus. This means that the frictional pressure drop experienced by the
gas lift gas as it travels down the annulus will be considered.
3.1.26.5.2 Defining the Annulus
As the pressure drop experienced by the gas as it travels down the annulus is to be
considered, we must first define the annulus in our down-hole equipment section. The
equipment data screen can be displayed by selecting System | Equipment (Tubing
etc) from the ribbon at the top of the main screen:
1146
PROSPER
To enter the Downhole Equipment screen, select the button to the left of Downhole
Once the annulus has been defined, select Done to return to the Equipment Screen
and then Done to return to the main screen.
3.1.26.5.3 Updating the Reservoir Conditions
The current reservoir conditions (at which the design is to be carried out) have
changed from was previously inserted into PROSPER. These conditions should
therefore be updated in the System | Inflow Performance screen:
When the water cut and reservoir pressure have been updated, select Plot to see the
new IPR:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1147
Close the plot and then select Done to return to the main screen.
3.1.26.5.4 Designing a Gas Lifted System
Before the design is carried out, the gas lift gas properties should be set. This can be
done in the System | Gas Lift Data screen:
1148
PROSPER
When this data has been inserted, select Done to return to the main screen.
3.1.26.5.4.1 Entering the Design Criteria
To enter the design criteria to be used for this well, select Design | Gas | New Well:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1149
Enter the design data as shown above. To select the required valve in the right hand
side of the screen.
For more information on the options selected please refer to the Gas Lift Design
section of this User Guide.
To proceed to the next screen, select Next.
3.1.26.5.4.2 Finding the Design Rate
The first step of the design process is to find the design rate to be used during the
design. This can be done by selecting Get Rate:
1150
PROSPER
This will calculate the gas lift performance curve of produced oil rate against gas
injection rate. The Design Rate will be calculated from this plot on the basis of the
constraints placed in the previous screen. In this case, the maximum gas lift gas
available is our constraining factor and so the design rate is 4 MMscf/day and this is
estimated to produce 1484.4 STB/day of oil.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1151
To see the performance curve, select Plot:
Exit the plot by selecting Finish.

3.1.26.5.4.3 Designing the Valve Depths
With the design rate now found, the valve depths can now be calculated which will
unload the well for the given conditions. This can be done by selecting Design:
1152
PROSPER
The valve depths calculated can be seen in the screen above and the results are also
shown on the screen. To see a plot of the completed design, select Plot:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1153
Selecting Finish will exit the plot.
3.1.26.5.4.4 Results of Gas Lift Design
Detailed results of the valve placements and operating conditions can be seen by
selecting Results:
1154
PROSPER
This will bring up the results screen.
Using the scroll bar at the bottom left of the screen, the calculated port sizes for each
valve and the orifice can be seen.
It is also possible to calculate the Dome Pressure and Test Rack Opening Pressure
of each valve by selecting Calculate.
3.1.26.5.4.5 Checking the Design Stability
The stability of a gas lifted well can be analysed on the basis of the work by Harald
Asheim ( 'Criteria for Gas-Lift Stability'). This proposes two different criteria to assess
the stability; the Inflow Response Criterion and the Pressure-Depletion Response
Criterion. In order for the design to be considered stable, either of the criteria's values
should be greater than one.
Select Stability on the 'Results' screen to see the stability values for the present
design:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1155
While the first criterion value is low, the second value is greater than 1 and therefore
the design can be considered to stable.
Select Done to return to the results screen and then Main to return to the main
PROSPER screen.
3.1.26.5.5 Transferring Gas Lift Design
Now that the design has been completed, it is important to transfer this data to the
model. This can be done in the System | Gas Lift Data screen:
1156
PROSPER
The Gas Lift Method should be changed to Valve Depths Specified in the bottom left
hand corner of the screen and then in order to transfer the valve depths from the
design, select Transfer:
This will bring up the option of transferring the data from either the Quicklook screen
or the Gas Lift Design screen. Select From Gas Lift Design and then when prompted,
the From New GasLift Design option:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1157
Selecting OK will transfer the valves:
Finally, the casing pressure and dP across the valve should also be added.
When this has been done, the gas lift design has been completed. Press Done to
return to the main screen.
1158
PROSPER

(VLP + IPR).
the screen:
Select Cases to enter the sensitivity variables. Gas lift injection rate can be selected
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1159
screen.
Oil Rate:
1160
PROSPER
This therefore shows that the optimum injection rate at these conditions is
approximately 5 MMscf/day. Select Finish and then Done to return to the main
screen.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1161
be able to:
Design a Continuous Gas Lifted System.
Transfer the valves from a Gas Lift Design to the main model.
Carry out a sensitivity to see how the production rate varies with different
gas lift injection rates.
1162
PROSPER
3.1.27 Tutorial 24 - Modelling an Intermitent Gas Lifted Well

entered.
pressure, has lead to the well being unable to produce. One possible solution is to
install an intermittent gas lifted system to help lift the fluid and a feasibility study is to
be carried out.
As part of this feasibility study, management would like to use the previously built
PROSPER file to find the required valve depths to unload the well and also the likely
production rate for a given set of conditions. For the design, it has been assumed that
the well will produce at 80% and that the reservoir pressure is 2000 psig.
3.1.27.2Objectives
Learn how to design the valve depths for an intermittent gas lifted system in
PROSPER.
Calculate the production rate from the well for a given set of conditions.
a. Enable the intermittent gas lifted well option.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1163
c. Carry out a Constant Surface Closing Pressure valve depth design for the
current design conditions.
d. Calculate the production rate using the Intermittent Gas Lift calculation.
Artificial
Method
Lift Gas
Lift
(Intermittent)
Artificial
Type
Lift Gas Lift

Gas Lift
Gravity
Gas 0.7
Specific
Gravity

Reservoir
Pressure
2000 psig
Water Cut
80%

Type
MD
(ft)
X-mas
Tree
600
Tubing
1000
Tubing
Tubing Tubing
Tubing
Casing
Casing
Inside
Inside Outside Outside Inside
Inside
Rate
Diamet
Roughne Diamet Roughne Diamet Roughne Multipli
er
ss
er
ss
er
ss
er
(Inches
(Inches) (Inches) (Inches) (Inches) (Inches)
)
1
4.052
0.0006
4.8
0.0006
6.4
0.0006
1164
PROSPER
SSSV
3.72
Tubing
9000
Casing
9275
4.052
1
0.0006
4.8
0.0006
6.4
0.0006
6.4
0.0006

Input Parameters:
Surface Injection 1500 psig
Pressure
Injection Depth
Gaslift
Gravity
Well
Pressure
unknown
Gas 0.68
Head 250 psig
Valve Port Size
80
64ths
Inch
Water Cut
80%
Tubing
level
Liquid 4500 feet
Valve Depth Options:

Valve
Method
Depth Constant Surface Closing

Pressure
Surface Injection 1500 psig

Pressure
Unloading
Gradient
Fluid 0.46 psi/ft
Spacing Factor
Well
Pressure
0.1 psi/ft
Head 250 psig
Surface Closing 800 psig

Pressure
Maximum Depth 7500 ft
of Injection
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1165
In order to design an intermittent gas lifted well, the gas lift option should be enabled
in the Options | Options screen:
For this design, select Coiled Tubing Gas Lift (Intermittent) and Gaslift from the drop
down menus.
changed from was previously inserted into PROSPER. The reservoir pressure has
dropped to 2000 psig and the water cut has increased to 80%. These conditions
should therefore be updated in the System | Inflow Performance screen:
1166
PROSPER
new IPR:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1167
3.1.27.5.3 Updating the Downhole Equipment

In order to design an intermittent gas lifted system, information on the well's annulus is
required. To access the downhole equipment section, select System | Equipment
(Tubing etc) and then select the button to the left of Downhole Equipment:
In the down-hole equipment screen, add the known annulus details as shown below:
When this has been inserted, select Main to return to the main PROSPER screen.
It is possible to find the maximum depth of injection for an intermittent gas lifted well
using either the Constant Surface Closing Pressure or Optiflow Design Procedure
methods. In this example, the Constant Surface Closing Pressure method will be
used.
To carry out a calculation of the rate which can be produced form an intermittent gas
lifted well, select Design | Intermittent Gas Lift:
1168
PROSPER
At this stage, the depth of injection is not known and therefore should be estimated by
finding the optimum valve depths for the given conditions. This can be done by
selecting Valves | Constant Surface Closing Pressure.
3.1.27.5.4.1 Constant Surface Closing Pressure Method
The Constant Surface Closing Pressure method can be used to find the valve depths
required to unload an intermittent gas lifted well.
First, insert the design conditions as shown below:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1169
Select Calculate and the valve depths will be found. The design finds that the
maximum depth of injection possible for these conditions is 7430 feet. This can now
be used to find the production rate for the design conditions.
3.1.27.5.5 Calculating the Rate from an Intermittent Gas Lifted Well
Now that the injection depth has been found, it can be included in our field conditions
to find the rate at which the well will flow. Enter the flow conditions as shown below:
1170
PROSPER
Select Calculate to find the production rate.

Under the current conditions, the well will flow at 1536 STB/day and require 52 Mscf/
day of gas to be injected.
Select Done to return to the main screen and File | Save As... to save the file.
be able to:
Built an Intermittent Gas Lifted System.
Find the valve depths for an Intermittent Gas Lifted System.
Calculate the production rate for a given set of conditions for an Intermittent
Gas Lifted System.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1171
3.1.28 Tutorial 25 - Designing a Coiled Tubing Gas Lift System

entered.
The oil well in the Logie field has now been producing for a number of years.
pressure, has lead to the well production dropping significantly. It has been estimated
Rather than allow the well to die, management would like a new Coiled Tubing Gas
Lift system to be designed and a sensitivity to be run to see what the optimum
injection rate would be for the well. It is assumed that the well will continue to produce
at a well head pressure of 250 psig (due to a back pressure from other wells) but the
water cut to be used during the design is now 80%.
3.1.28.2Objectives
Learn how to design a coiled tubing gas lifted system in PROSPER.
Learn how to transfer a coiled tubing gas lift design to the main model to be
used in all subsequent calculations.
1172
PROSPER
c. Carry out a coiled tubing gas lift design for the current design conditions.
d. Transfer the calculated injection depth to the System | Gas Lift Data section.
e. Run a sensitivity to find the optimum injection rate for the newly designed
system.
Artificial
Method
Lift Coiled Tubing Gas Lift
Artificial
Type
Lift No Friction Loss in Coiled

Tubing

Gas Lift
Gravity
Gas 0.7
Specific
Gravity
% H2S
0%
% N2
0%
% CO2
0%

Reservoir
Pressure
3450
psig
Water Cut
80%

Input Parameters:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
Design
Method
Rate Calculated
Production
From
Maximum
Rate
Liquid 25000 STB/day
Maximum
Available
Gas 5 MMscf/day
1173
Max
Maximum
Gas 5 MMscf/day
During Unloading
Flowing Top Node 250 psig
Pressure
Unloading
Top 250 psig
Node Pressure
Operating Injection 2200 psig
Pressure
Kick Off Injection 2200 psig
Pressure
Desired dP Across 50 psi
Valve
Maximum Depth of 8500 ft
Injection
Water Cut
80%
Static Gradient of 0.46 psi/ft

Load Fluid
Total GOR
800 scf/STB
Design Options:
Check
Rate Yes
Conformance With
IPR
Use
IPR
Unloading
For Yes
Orifice Sizing On
Vertical
Correlation
Surface
Correlation
Calculated dP @ Orifice
Lift Petroleum
(matched)
Experts
Pipe Beggs and Brill
1174
PROSPER
In order to design a coiled tubing gas lifted well, the gas lift option should be enabled
For this design, select Coiled Tubing Gas Lift and No Friction Loss in Coiled Tubing
from the drop down menus.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1175
new IPR:
1176
PROSPER
Before the design is carried out, the gas lift gas properties and the coiled tubing down
which it is to travel should be set. This can be done in the System | Gas Lift Data
screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1177
3.1.28.5.3.1 Entering the Design Criteria
To enter the design criteria to be used for this well, select Design | Coiled Tubing
Gas Lift:
Enter the design data as shown above. To select the required valve in the right hand
side of the screen.
For more information on the options selected please refer to the Coiled Tubing Gas
Lift Design section of this User Guide.
1178
PROSPER
To proceed to the next screen, select Next.

3.1.28.5.3.2 Finding the Design Rate
The first step of the design process is to find the design rate to be used during the
design. This can be done by selecting Get Rate:
This will calculate the gas lift performance curve of produced oil rate against gas
injection rate. The Design Rate will be calculated from this plot on the basis of the
constraints placed in the previous screen. In this case, the maximum gas lift gas
available is our constraining factor and so the design rate is 5 MMscf/day and this is
estimated to produce 1399 STB/day of oil.
To see the performance curve, select Plot:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1179
Exit the plot by selecting Finish.

3.1.28.5.3.3 Designing the Valve Depths
With the design rate now found, the injection depths can now be calculated which will
unload the well for the given conditions. This can be done by selecting Design:
1180
PROSPER
The injection depths calculated can be seen in the screen above and the results are
also shown on the screen. The current design shows that the injection depth should be
set to 8449 feet. To see a plot of the completed design, select Plot:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1181
In this case, the first injection depth is the only injection depth so the unloading of the
well will be done in one go.
Selecting Finish will exit the plot.
3.1.28.5.4 Transferring Gas Lift Design
Now that the design has been completed, it is important to transfer this data to the
model. This can be done in the System | Gas Lift Data screen:
1182
PROSPER
The Gas Lift Method should be changed to Specified Injection Depth in the bottom left
hand corner of the screen and the design depth, injection pressure and dP across the
valve should be manually copied across.
When this has been done, the gas lift design has been completed. Press Done to
return to the main screen.
(VLP + IPR).
pressure is set to 250 psig and the water cut and GOR should be set to 80% and 800
scf/STB respectfully. This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner
of the screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1183
screen.
1184
PROSPER
Oil Rate:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1185
This therefore shows that the optimum injection rate at these conditions is
approximately 7 MMscf/day. Select Finish and then Done to return to the main
screen.
be able to:
Design a Coiled Tubing Gas Lifted System.
Transfer the injection depth from a Gas Lift Design to the main model.
1186
PROSPER
3.1.29 Tutorial 26 - Designing an ESP Lifted System

entered.
pressure, has lead to the well production dropping significantly. It has been estimated
Rather than allow the well to die, management would like a new Electrical
Submersible Pump (ESP) system to be designed. It is assumed that the well will
continue to produce at a well head pressure of 250 psig (due to a back pressure from
other wells) but the water cut to be used during the design is now 80%. Although the
design rate is 80%, the design should be capable of handling water cuts ranging from
60% to 90%.
3.1.29.2Objectives
Learn how to design an ESP lifted system in PROSPER.
Run a sensitivity study on the system calculation to see how the pump will
operate with water cuts between 60% and 90% at different operating
frequencies.
a. Enable the ESP lifted well option.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1187
c. Carry out an ESP design for the current design conditions.
d. Run a sensitivity to ensure that the operating points when the water cut is
between 60% and 90% fall within the operating range of the selected pump.
3.1.29.4.1 ESP Options
The following artificial lift options should be used in the design:
Artificial
Method
Lift Electrical Submersible Pump
Artificial
Type
Lift Model Produced Oil and Gas in

Annulus
For the calculation of the liquid level, it is assumed that the casing head pressure will
be kept at the same pressure as the wellhead (250 psig).
Reservoir
Pressure
3450 psig
Water Cut
80%

The following data describes the casing and annulus within the well:
Type
MD
(ft)
X-mas
Tree
600
Tubing
1000
SSSV
Tubing
Tubing Tubing
Tubing Casing Casing
Inside
Inside
Rate
Diamet
Roughne Diamete Roughne Diamet Roughne Multiplie
er
ss
r
ss
er
ss
r
(Inches
(Inches) (Inches) (Inches) (Inches) (Inches)
)
1
4.052
3.72
0.0006
4.8
0.0006
6.4
0.0006
1
1
1188
PROSPER
Tubing
9000
Casing
9275
4.052
0.0006
4.8
0.0006
6.4
0.0006
6.4
0.0006
3.1.29.4.4 ESP Design Criteria

The following criteria has been set for the ESP design:
Input Parameters:
Pump
(Measured)
Depth 8500 ft
Operating
Frequency
60 Hz
Maximum OD
6 inches
Length of Cable
9000 ft
Separator
Efficiency
Design Rate
8000 STB/day
Water Cut
80%
Total GOR
800 scf/STB
Top Node Pressure 250 psig

Motor Safety Power 0
Margin
Pump Wear Factor
Vertical
Correlation
Lift Petroleum Experts

2 (matched)
3.1.29.5.1 Activating ESP Option
In order to design an ESP lifted well, the electrical submersible pump option should be
enabled in the Options | Options screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1189
For this design, select Electrical Submersible Pump and Model Produced Oil and
Gas in Annulus from the drop down menus. This means that the liquid level in the
annulus will be calculated as well as the produced fluid in the tubing.
As the liquid level in the annulus is to be considered, we must first define the annulus
in our down-hole equipment section. The equipment data screen can be displayed by
selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc) from the ribbon at the top of the main
screen:
1190
PROSPER
new IPR:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1191
3.1.29.5.4 Designing an ESP lifted System
Designing an ESP lifted system is split into two main sections:
1. Calculate - This section is used to calculate the flowing conditions of the test and
the pump duty required to meet the design.
2. Design - This section is used to select a pump which can meet the required
specifications calculated in the previous section.
To start the design process, select Design | Electrical Submersible Pump:
The following design input data is required:
1192
PROSPER
Be sure to select the correlation which has previously been matched to test data. This
will allow us to be more sure that the design conditions being calculated are
representative of the actual flowing conditions.
When the data has been inserted, select Calculate to continue the design.
3.1.29.5.4.1 ESP Calculation
The ESP Calculation screen is used to calculate the pump duty required to meet the
design conditions. This is done by first calculating a gradient downwards from the
wellhead pressure (to obtain the pump discharge pressure) and also a gradient from
the bottom hole pressure obtained from the IPR to the pump depth (to get the pump
intake pressure). The difference between these two pressures is the pressure rise
that the pump will be required to provide. Based upon the average conditions in the
pump, this can be transformed into a head required using the average fluid density in
the pump.
To carry out the calculations, select Calculate:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1193
After the calculation is completed, it is possible to see if a gas separator should be

installed by viewing the Dunbar plot. This can be done by selecting Sensitivity:
As the design point is above the red line, according to the Dunbar criteria, no gas
separator is required.
1194
PROSPER
Select Finish to exit the plot and then Done to return to the main design screen.
3.1.29.5.4.2 ESP Design
Now that the design conditions have bee calculated, the next step is to find a pump
which meets these requirements. The design screen can be accessed by selecting
Design:
The results from the calculation are shown at the top of the screen and these include
the Head Required and Average Downhole Rate which any selected pump will be
required to handle.
A pump can be selected from the Select Pump drop down menu. The criteria to
select a pump will vary depending upon the objective of the design. In this case, we
wish to find a pump which operates very near to its maximum efficiency at the design
conditions.
From the pump list, select the Centrilift GC10000. We can see that it is 5.13 inches
in diameter (which is less than our maximum of 6 inches) and can handle a rate of
4400-12000 rb/day. As the average downhole rate of our design is 9277.84 rb/day,
this pump can handle the design conditions and requires 113 stages in which to
generate the head. When the pump is selected, press Plot to see where the
operating point is with respect to the pump performance curves:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1195
As we can see, the operating point is very close to the Best Efficiency Line and
therefore this pump meets our design criteria.
A motor and cable also require to be selected which can meet the power
requirements of the pump:
1196
PROSPER
The results of the design can be seen at the bottom of the screen once the different
equipment have been selected.
Select Main to complete the design and return to the main PROSPER screen.
3.1.29.5.5 Transferring ESP to Model
After a design has been completed, the selected pump, motor and cable will be
automatically transferred to the System | Electrical Submersible Pump screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1197
As we are also modelling the liquid level within the annulus, the Liquid Level should be
set to Calculated and the Casing Head Pressure changed to 250 psig. When this has
been done, select Done and now any calculation performed will include the impact of
the selected pump.
Now that the ESP has been included in the PROSPER file, the next step is to calculate
system point at which the well will flow. In this case, the objective is to see how the
production rate will change when the water cut changes and ensure that the selected
pump will be operating within its operating envelope.
(VLP + IPR).
pressure is set to 250 psig and GOR is left as 800 scf/STB. As the water cut is to be
varied, the value entered on this screen will not be used in the calculation. This data
should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the screen:
1198
PROSPER
Select Cases to enter the sensitivity variables. To clear previously entered data,
select Reset. Operating Frequency and Water Cut can be selected from the drop
down lists on the left hand side and then the values to be used can be entered on the
right hand side:
screen.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1199
This will run the System Calculation for each different water cut and pump frequency
combination. To see where the operating points of these calculations fall on the pump
performance curve, select Plot | Pump Plot:
For our selected pump, all of the operating points calculated between 60% and 90%
water cut fall within the operating envelope of the pump. This means that the pump
can perform over the entire desired range of conditions. To exit the plot select Finish.
To see how the production rate varies with water cut for the different operating
freqencies, select Sensitivity Plot.
To view the oil rate against water cut, select Variables from the top bar and then Oil
Rate for the Y axis and Water Cut for the X axis:
1200
PROSPER
This shows, as expected, that the higher the water cut, the lower the production rate
which is obtained. Increasing the speed of the pump will act to increase the head
provided and hence more oil is produced for any given water cut. Select Finish and
then Done to return to the main screen.
be able to:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1201
Design an ESP Lifted System.

Include an ESP in the main model.
Carry out a sensitivity to see if the operating points calculated for different
water cuts fall within the operating envelope of the selected pump.
1202
PROSPER
3.1.30 Tutorial 27 - Designing an HSP Lifted System

entered.
Rather than allow the well to die, management would like a new Hydraulic
Submersible Pump (HSP) or Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump system to be designed.
It is assumed that the well will now produce at a well head pressure of 150 psig (due
to a back pressure from other wells) but the water cut to be used during the design is
now 40%. Although the design rate is 40%, the design should be capable of handling
water cuts ranging from 30% to 80%.
3.1.30.2Objectives
Learn how to design an HSP lifted system in PROSPER.
operate with water cuts between 30% and 80% at different pump speeds.
a. Enable the HSP lifted well option.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1203

c. Carry out an HSP design for the current design conditions.
d. Run a sensitivity to see the impact of increasing the water cut from 30% to 80%
for different pump speeds.
3.1.30.4.1 HSP Options
Artificial
Method
Lift Hydraulic Downhole Drive

Pump
Artificial
Type
Lift Commingled
Supply
Annular

Type
MD
(ft)
X-mas
Tree
600
Tubing
1000
Tubing
Casing
Tubing
Tubing Tubing
Casing
Inside
Inside
Inside Outside Outside
Inside
Rate
Diamet
Diamet
Roughne Diamet Roughne
Roughne Multiplie
er
er
ss
er
ss
ss
r
(Inches
(Inches
(Inches) (Inches) (Inches)
(Inches)
)
)
1
4.052
SSSV
0.0006
4.8
0.0006
6.8
0.0006
3.72
Tubing
9000
Casing
9275
4.052
1
1
0.0006
4.8
0.0006
6.8
0.0006
6.4
0.0006
In this well, below 9000 feet, a liner has been inserted and hence the casing diameter
is smaller below this depth than it is above.
1204
PROSPER
Reservoir
Pressure
3650
psig
Water Cut
40%
3.1.30.4.4 HSP Design Criteria

The following criteria has been set for the HSP design:
Input Parameters:
Pump
(Measured)
Depth 8500 ft
Pump
Maximum 6.8 inches
Allowable OD
Turbine
Maximum 6.8 inches
Allowable OD
Design Rate
6500 STB/day
Pump Speed
7500 rpm
Water Cut
40%
Total GOR
800 scf/STB
Top Node Pressure
150 psig
% Power Fluid
Resevoir Fluid
of 100%
Pump Wear Factor

Vertical
Correlation
Lift Petroleum
(matched)
Experts
3.1.30.5.1 Activating HSP Option
In order to design an HSP lifted well, the hydraulic submersible pump option should be
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1205
For this design, select Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump and Commingled Annular
Supply from the drop down menus. This means that the power fluid will travel down
the annulus to the turbine before commingling with the discharge of the pump and this
commingled fluid will be produced up the tubing.
3.1.30.5.2 Power Fluid Properties
In order to power the HSP, a power fluid is pumped down to a turbine and this fluid is
then mixed with the discharge of the pump to be produced to surface. The properties
of this power fluid are therefore required to be to known and can be entered by
selecting PVT | Input Data:
1206
PROSPER
Enter the power fluid type as Water and the salinity as 10000ppm.
When this has been entered, select Done to return to the main screen.
As the power fluid will travel down the annulus to reach the turbine, we must define
the annulus in our down-hole equipment section. The equipment data screen can be
displayed by selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc) from the ribbon at the top
of the main screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1207
This well has a liner placed below 9000 feet and hence the casing above this depth is
actually larger than the 'casing' below it as the casing represents the liner.
Once the annulus has been defined, select Main to return to the main screen.
new IPR:
1208
PROSPER
3.1.30.5.5 Designing an HSP lifted System
Designing an HSP lifted system is split into two main sections:
2. Design - This section is used to select a pump and turbine which can meet the
required specifications calculated in the previous section.
To start the design process, select Design | Hydraulic Submersible Pump:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1209
representative of the actual flowing conditions. The % Power Fluid of Reservoir Fluid
will control the ratio of the produced fluid to power fluid which is used during the
design process. 100% means that the same volume of each will be used.
3.1.30.5.5.1 HSP Calculation
The HSP Calculation screen is used to calculate the pump duty required to meet the
design conditions. This is done by first calculating a gradient downwards from the
wellhead pressure (to obtain the pump discharge pressure) and also a gradient from
the bottom hole pressure obtained from the IPR to the pump depth (to get the pump
intake pressure). The difference between these two pressures is the pressure rise
that the pump will be required to provide. Based upon the average conditions in the
pump, this can be transformed into a head required using the average fluid density in
the pump.
1210
PROSPER
After the calculation is completed, the calculated results are displayed on the screen.
Select Done to return to the main design screen.
3.1.30.5.5.2 HSP Design
Now that the design conditions have been calculated, the next step is to find a pump
Design:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1211
required to handle.
A pump can be selected from the Pump drop down menu. The criteria to select a
pump will vary depending upon the objective of the design. In this case, we wish to
find a pump which operates very near to its maximum efficiency at the design
conditions.
From the pump list, select the CLYDE UNION TP115AH. Our design speed is 7500
rpm which fits inside the given range of 4250-12325 rpm. This pump can handle the
design conditions and requires 30 stages in which to generate the head. When the
pump is selected, press Pump Plot to see where the operating point is with respect
to the pump performance curves:
1212
PROSPER
As we can see, the operating point is very close to the Best Efficiency Line and
therefore this pump meets our design criteria.
A turbine can also selected from the drop down menu and requires to be able to meet
the power requirement while operating at the design speed.
Select the Clyde Union T68 - A turbine. This can be seen to be able to handle
between 3750-15450 bbl/day of fluid which means our design rate will fall within this
range. We require 26 stages to generate the required power and the power fluid
pressure at the surface is required to be 2043.71 psig:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1213
To see the operating point of the selected turbine, select Turbine Plot at the top of
the screen:
1214
PROSPER
Again, our turbine is operating near to its maximum efficiency and therefore we can be
happy with the selection.
Note: It is the responsibility of the engineer to ensure that the pump and turbine
selected are compatible in reality as PROSPER will allow selection based upon the
whether the head and power requirements can be met.
Exit the plot and the select Main to complete the design and return to the main
PROSPER screen.
3.1.30.5.6 Transferring HSP to Model
After a design has been completed, the selected pump and turbine cable will be
automatically transferred to the System | Hydraulic Submersible Pump screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1215
All of the other design parameters are also transferred across.

When this data has been checked, select Done.
Now that the HSP has been included in the PROSPER file, the next step is to calculate
(VLP + IPR).
1216
PROSPER
select Reset. Pump Speed and Water Cut can be selected from the drop down lists
on the left hand side and then the values to be used can be entered on the right hand
side:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1217
screen.
This will run the System Calculation for each different water cut and pump speed
combination. To see how the production rate varies with water cut for the different
speeds, select Sensitivity Plot.
1218
PROSPER
which is obtained. Increasing the speed of the pump will act to increase the head
provided and hence more oil is produced for any given water cut.
However, as the pump speed increases, the power fluid required will also increase.
This can be seen by selecting Power Fluid Rate from the Variables screen:
As the water cut of the produced fluid increases, the additional energy required to be
supplied by the pump increases and so does the power fluid rate.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1219

be able to:
Design an HSP Lifted System.
Include an HSP in the main model.
Carry out a sensitivity to see the impact of pump speed and water cut on the
production rate of the well.
1220
PROSPER
3.1.31 Tutorial 28 - Designing a Sucker Rod Pump System

entered.
A new oil field, the Mill field, has been found onshore, however, due to a very low
productivity index, the well is going to have artificial lift installed to help it produce. A
study is to be carried out into the most efficient Sucker Rod Pump system which could
be installed for the current conditions.
Management would like a new PROSPER file to be created and then using this new
file, the performance of a sucker rod pump is to be evaluated. A study of the impact
of using different rods is also required so that this can form the basis of the feasibility
study.
3.1.31.2Objectives
Create a new PROSPER file based upon the Mill well conditions.
Learn how to design a Sucker Rod Pump system in PROSPER.
Run a sensitivity study on the impact of using different rods in the design.
As the sucker rod pump is a positive displacement pump, the traditional approach of
nodal analysis does not apply in the same way. While data relating to the PVT, IPR
and VLP are still entered, the solution rate is not found through nodal analysis but
rather the implementation of the wave equation.
a. Set up the new well to have a Sucker Rod Pump.
b. Insert the well fluid's PVT properties and match it to test data.
c. Enter the equipment data which will be used for the Sucker Rod Pump design.
d. Insert the IPR data. This will be used to find the bottom-hole pressure which
would exist for our design rate.
e. Carry out a Sucker Rod Pump design and then a sensitivity study to see the
impact of using different rods in the design.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1221
3.1.31.4.1 SRP Options
Artificial
Method
Lift Sucker
Pump
Rod
3.1.31.4.2 PVT Data

Below is the basic PVT data which has been received from the lab to characterise the
fluid.
GOR
160 scf/STB
Oil Gravity
25 API
Gas Gravity
0.68
Gravity
Specific

Mole % H2S
0%
Mole % CO2
0%
Mole % N2
0%
3.1.31.4.2.1 Match Data
Temperature of Test
Bubble Point
Temperature
at
130 oF
Test 1300 psig
Pressure
GOR
Oil FVF
Viscosity
1300
160
1.06
6.9

the well.
1222
PROSPER
MD (ft)
TVD (ft)
3500
3500
surface. For a sucker rod pump, the final depth should correspond to the mid
perforation depth of the well.
Type
MD (ft) Tubing Tubing Tubing Tubing Casing Casing

Rate
Inside
Inside
Multipli
Diamet Roughne Diamet Roughne Diamet Roughne
er
er
ss
er
ss
er
ss
(inches) (inches) (inches (inches) (inches (inches)
)
)
X-mas
Tree
Tubing
3500
2.441
0.0012
2.625
0.0012
6.3
0.0012

PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1223
MD (ft) Temperature
(oF)
0
60
3500
130

Heat Capacity
(BTU/lb/oF)
Oil
0.53
Gas
0.51
Water

The reservoir conditions are detailed below:
Reservoir Model
PI Entry

Reservoir
Temperature
130 oF
Water Cut
80%
Total GOR
160 scf/STB
PI
0.5 STB/day/
psi
3.1.31.4.5 SRP Design Criteria

The following criteria has been set for the Sucker Rod Pump design:
Input Parameters:
1224
PROSPER
Calculation Mode
Target
Rate
Enter Production
Stroke Rate
Rate,
Estimate
Production 400 STB/day
Pumping
Selection
Unit LUFKIN C-320-305-100 LC044
Rod Type
Steel Rods
Rod Number
ROD99/05
Rod Grade
Service Factor
Non-corrosive
Pump
Intake Calculate from IPR
Pressure - Method
Unit Type
Conventional Clockwise
Anchored Tubing
Yes
Midpoint Perforation 3500 ft

Depth
Pump Depth
3500 ft
Pump
Volumetric 80%
Efficiency
Unit Efficiency
75%
Pump Diameter
2 inches
Surface
Length
Bottom
Temperature
Well
Temperature
Stroke 48 inches
Hole 130 oF
Head 90 oF
Well Head Pressure
100 psig
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1225
3.1.31.5.1 Setting up the Model

To open a new file, select File | New from the main PROSPER toolbar. If the program
has just been opened, a new file will automatically be generated and this step does
not need to be performed.
In order to design a Sucker Rod Pump well, the corresponding option should be
For this design, select Sucker Rod Pump from the drop down menus and also ensure
that the fluid type is set to Oil and Water.
3.1.31.5.2 Inserting the PVT
The first step in any model, is to define the PVT properties of the fluid. This data can
be entered in the PVT | Input Data screen:
1226
PROSPER
3.1.31.5.2.1 Inserting Match Data
In order to be sure that the correlation we select will calculate fluid properties which
are consistent with those we have measured in the field or lab, we can carry out a
matching process. Select Match Data from the top of the screen to start this
process.

3.1.31.5.2.2 Matching the Correlations
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1227
In this case select Match All to match all of the correlations and data. From the
regression screen it is possible to view the resultant matching parameters by
selecting Parameters:
1228
PROSPER

that the best correlations to select are the Glaso and Beal et. al. correlations.
3.1.31.5.2.3 Selecting the Correlation
data. This is done on the main PVT 'Input Data' screen. The correlations in the drop
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1229
matched.
In order to calculate a design for the sucker rod pump, PROSPER must have a
description of the well and the path through which the fluid flows from the bottom of
the well to the wellhead. This is done in the 'Equipment Data' section, which can be
accessed by selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc).
each section:
1230
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1231
1232
PROSPER
in the table below:
Type
MD (ft) Tubing Tubing Tubing Tubing Casing Casing

Rate
Inside
Inside
Multipli
Diamet Roughne Diamet Roughne Diamet Roughne
er
er
ss
er
ss
er
ss
(inches) (inches) (inches (inches) (inches (inches)
)
)
X-mas
Tree
Tubing
3500
2.441
0.0012
2.625
0.0012
6.3
0.0012
When modelling a Sucker Rod pump, the final depth from the down-hole equipment
should be entered as the depth of the mid perforations.
Done.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1233
input screen.
1234
PROSPER
In this case no gauge depths have yet been specified and so select Main to return to
the main PROSPER screen:

On the Select Model screen, the IPR model can be selected as well as the current
reservoir properties such as reservoir pressure and temperature, water cut and
producing GOR. In this case, the PI reservoir model should be selected and the
remaining IPR data entered as shown below:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1235
The plot shows how both the bottom hole pressure and bottom hole temperature vary
with flow rate.
The IPR should be recalculated any time the properties are changed as the AOF of
the well is used in many calculations to obtain the maximum range of rates to be used.
Close the plot window by selecting the 'X' in the top left of the window to return to the
IPR screen and the select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen. Please note
that if this window is exited using Cancel, none of the changes made will be saved.
completed.
1236
PROSPER
3.1.31.5.5 Designing A Sucker Rod Pump System

Now that the basic model has been set up, the Sucker Rod Pump system can be
designed using the parameters previously mentioned in the Available Data section.
To begin the design, select Design | Sucker Rod Pump from the main menu. This
will bring up the design screen:
The design screen is split into many different parts with different input data required
for each section. Starting in the top left hand corner, the PVT properties should
automatically be copied from the PVT section. Next, the Calculation Mode should be
set to Enter Production Rate, Estimate Stroke Rate and the Pumping Unit Selection
as LUFKIN C-320-305-100 LC044. The design rate is 400 STB/day.
Next, the design input data can be entered to the right. These parameters include the
pressures and temperatures in the system as well as the pump diameter and surface
stroke length. If Anchored Tubing is selected as Yes, then gas will be separated and
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1237
not passed into the pump.

The rod to be used also needs to be selected along with its grade. In this case we
are selecting the ROD99/05, grade D. The plunger diameter and rod thickness is
displayed when a rod is selected. Please note, the pump diameter entered in the
Design Input section cannot be smaller than the plunger diameter selected. The
service factor for this well is non-corrosive.
The final step is to find the pump intake pressure. As the pump intake depth is the
same as the mid perforation depth, we can use the design rate specified and IPR
curve to calculate the pressure which would be required to produce the design rate
from the reservoir. To find the intake pressure select the Calculate from IPR option,
enter the MidPoint Perforation Depth and then press Calculate Intake Pressure.
When this pressure has been found the design can be carried out by selecting
Calculate at the top of the screen.:
1238
PROSPER
From this design it can be seen that the calculated liquid rate is 420 STB/day. The
torsional effectiveness has been calculated as 11.32% and as this is low it has been
flagged red. This is a warning from PROSPER that it may be good to check this value
in more detail to see the full impact of having such a low value. In this case, we will
continue with this as part of the design.
3.1.31.5.5.1 Rod Sensitivity
Now that the design conditions have been entered it is possible to carry out a
sensitivity on the rod type which was selected. This can be done by selecting Rod
Sensitivity at the top of the design screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1239
This brings up the Rod Sensitivity screen. Select Calculate to calculate the different
rates which can be extracted fro different rods. It can be seen that the ROD44/05 rod
type can produce a far higher rate, however, in this case this is greater than our well's
AOF and therefore even though theoretically the well could lift that much, the reservoir
could not produce that much into the well and the system could not be balanced. This
is a very important point which must be made with regards to the Sucker Rod Pump
design. The design considers the system in isolation to the IPR. Although we used the
IPR to calculate the BHP for our given design rate, when carrying out the sensitivity
the intake pressure remains a constant and therefore this may lead to unphysical
results unless care is taken.
It is also possible to plot the sensitivity in terms of the production rate per horse
power required by selecting a different chart:
1240
PROSPER
The large difference in production rate between the rods can be seen to less when
the power required to run the pump is taken into account.
To exit this screen select Done and the Done again to return to the main screen.
be able to:
Design an Sucker Rod Pump System.
Carry out a sensitivity to see the impact that different Rod types will have on
production.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1241
3.1.32 Tutorial 29 - Designing a PCP Lifted System

entered.
Rather than allow the well to die, management would like a new Progressive Cavity
Pump (PCP) system to be designed. It is assumed that the well will continue to
produce at a well head pressure of 250 psig (due to a back pressure from other
wells) but the water cut to be used during the design is now 80%. Although the design
rate is 80%, the design should be capable of handling water cuts ranging from 60% to
85%.
3.1.32.2Objectives
Learn how to design an PCP lifted system in PROSPER.
operate with water cuts between 60% and 95% at different pump speeds.
a. Enable the PCP lifted well option.
1242
PROSPER

c. Carry out an PCP design for the current design conditions.
d. Run a sensitivity to see the impact of varying the water cut and pump speed on
production.
3.1.32.4.1 PCP Options
Artificial
Method
Lift Progressive
Pump
Artificial Lift Type Downhole

Drive
Cavity
Motor

Reservoir
Pressure
3500 psig
Water Cut
80%

Type
MD
(ft)
X-mas
Tree
600
Tubing
1000
SSSV
1
4.052
0.0006
4.5
0.0006
6.4
0.0006
3.72
Tubing
9000
Casing
9275
PROSPER Manual
Tubing
Tubing
Casing
Tubing
Tubing
Casing
Inside
Outside
Inside
Inside
Outside
Inside
Rate
Diamet
Diamet
Diamet
Roughne
Roughne
Roughne Multipli
er
er
er
ss
ss
ss
er
(Inches
(Inches
(Inches
(Inches)
(Inches)
(Inches)
)
)
)
4.052
1
1
0.0006
4.5
0.0006
6.4
0.0006
6.4
0.0006
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1243
3.1.32.4.4 PCP Design Criteria

The following criteria has been set for the PCP design:
Input Parameters:
Pump
(Measured)
Depth 8500 ft
Maximum OD
6.4 inches
Separator
Efficiency
Pump Wear Factor
Cable Length
9000 ft
Voltage @ Surface
2500 Volts
Design Rate
6000 STB/day
Water Cut
80%
Total GOR
800 scf/STB
Top Node Pressure 250 psig

Motor Safety Power 0
Margin
Vertical
Correlation
Lift Petroleum
(matched)
Experts
3.1.32.5.1 Activating PCP Option
In order to design an PCP lifted well, the progressive cavity pump option should be
1244
PROSPER
For this design, select Progressive Cavity Pump and Downhole Motor Drive from the
drop down menus. This means that power will be provided to the pump by a downhole
motor. It is also possible to model the drive mechanism as a Sucker Rod.
It is assumed that the PCP will be positioned at the bottom of the tubing and therefore
any tubing which is defined below the specified pump depth will be removed. In order
for it to be removed, PROSPER needs to know the size of the casing which will
replace it and therefore the annulus needs to be defined for the model.
The equipment data screen can be displayed by selecting System | Equipment
(Tubing etc) from the ribbon at the top of the main screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1245
Once the annulus has been defined, select Main to return to the main PROSPER
screen.
new IPR:
1246
PROSPER
3.1.32.5.4 Designing a PCP Lifted System
Designing a PCP lifted system is split into two main sections:
To start the design process, select Design | Progressive Cavity Pump:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1247
representative of the actual flowing conditions.
3.1.32.5.4.1 PCP Calculation
The PCP Calculation screen is used to calculate the pump head required to meet the
design conditions. This will then be used as a constraint when selecting the pump to
install in the model.
The head is found by first calculating a gradient downwards from the wellhead
pressure (to obtain the pump discharge pressure) and also a gradient from the bottom
hole pressure obtained from the IPR to the pump depth (to get the pump intake
pressure). The difference between these two pressures is the pressure rise that the
pump will be required to provide. Based upon the average conditions in the pump, this
can be transformed into a head required using the average fluid density in the pump.
1248
PROSPER
All of the calculated conditions are shown on the screen and the dT across the pump
is also calculated.
3.1.32.5.4.2 PCP Design
Design:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1249
required to handle.
A pump can be selected from the Select Pump drop down menu. The criteria to
select a pump will vary depending upon the objective of the design. In this case, we
wish to find a pump which can handle the required head and also has an efficiency of
over 70%.
From the pump list, select the National Oilwell Varco BUNA 210-600. We can see
that it the maximum head it can handle is 1968.5 feet which is greater than our design
head of 1860.94. In order to produce the required design rate, the pump would have
to operate at 1060 rpm and the efficiency of the pump at this speed would be 73.3%.
Note: It is the responsibility of the engineer to ensure that the pump can actually
handle the design conditions and speed which is calculated by PROSPER.
A motor and cable also require to be selected which can meet the power
requirements of the pump:
1250
PROSPER
The results of the design can be seen at the bottom of the screen once the different
equipment have been selected.
Note: It is the responsibility of the engineer to ensure that the pump and motor which
are selected are compatible. PROSPER will allow any motor to be selected which can
provide the required power and will not consider if it can be applied in the field.
3.1.32.5.5 Transferring PCP to Model
After a design has been completed, the selected pump, motor and cable will be
automatically transferred to the System | Progressive Cavity Pump screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1251
The performance plots for both the pump and the motor which have been selected
can be seen on the right hand side of the screen.
Now that the PCP has been included in the PROSPER file, the next step is to calculate
(VLP + IPR).
1252
PROSPER
select Reset. Water Cut and Pump Speed can be selected from the drop down lists
on the left hand side and then the values to be used can be entered on the right hand
side:
screen.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1253
To see how the production rate varies with water cut for the different pump speeds,
select Sensitivity Plot.
1254
PROSPER
which is obtained. Increasing the speed of the pump will act to increase the rate which
can pass through it, however, at very high water cuts the increase between the
1000rpm and 12000 rpm reduces. Select Finish and then Done to return to the main
screen.
be able to:
Design an PCP Lifted System.
Include an PCP in the main model.
Carry out a sensitivity to see the impact that increasing the water cut will
have on the oil rate for a range of different pump speeds.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1255
3.1.33 Tutorial 30 - Modelling Diluent Injection with Gas Lift

entered.
Now that the Logie field has been producing for sometime and the water cut is
increasing, it has been noticed that the salinity of the produced fluid is greatly
increasing. This has the risk that this salt may begin to dropout of solution and form
deposits which may block and restrict the flow of fluid to be surface. To avoid this
from happening, it is proposed that water with a lower salinity be injected so as to
reduce the chances that the salt will form deposits. The disadvantage to this is that it
effectively increases the water cut of the well and makes it harder to produce. To
counter this, gas can also be injected to act to gas lift the well.
A separate department has carried out studies which suggest that the injected water
rate will have to be equal to 20-40% of the total water rate being produced from the
well in order to ensure that no salt deposition occurs. The PROSPER file is to be used
to find the optimum injection rate for the range of different of diluent injection ratios.
3.1.33.2Objectives
Update the model to include the diluent and gas lift injection.
Find the optimum gas lift GLR injected for different diluent injection rates.
a. Enable the Diluent Injection well option.
1256
PROSPER
c. Insert the diluent and gas lift injection conditions.

d. Run a sensitivity study using the System Calculation to find the optimum GLR to
inject.
3.1.33.4.1 Artifical Lift Options
Artificial
Method
Lift Diluent Injection
Artificial
Type
Lift Annular
Gaslift
Injection
with
3.1.33.4.2 PVT Data

New Formation Water Data:
Salinity
180000 ppm
Diluent Data:
Power
Fluid
Water
Salinity
20000 ppm

Reservoir
Pressure
4200 psig
Water Cut
54%

Type
PROSPER Manual
MD
(ft)
Tubing Tubing
Tubing Tubing
Casing
Casing
Rate
Inside
Inside Outside Outside
Inside
Inside
Multipli
Diamet Roughne Diamet Roughne Diamete Roughne
er
June, 2014
Examples Guide
er
ss
er
ss
(Inches
(Inches) (Inches) (Inches)
)
X-mas
Tree
600
Tubing
1000
r
(Inches)
ss
(Inches)
1
4.052
SSSV
0.0006
4.8
0.0006
6.4
0.0006
3.72
Tubing
9000
Casing
9275
1257
4.052
1
1
0.0006
4.8
0.0006
6.4
0.0006
6.4
0.0006
3.1.33.4.5 Diluent Injection Data

Input Parameters:
Diluent Injection Depth 9000 ft
Diluent Injection Rate
5000 STB/day
Injected Gas Gravity
0.7
Mole Percent H2S
0%
Mole Percent CO2
0%
Mole Percent N2
0%
GLR Injected
50 scf/STB
Gaslift Valve Depth
7500 ft
3.1.33.5.1 Activating Diluent Injection Option
In order to model a well with diluent and gas lift injection, the correct option should be
1258
PROSPER
For this design, select Diluent Injection and Annular Injection with Gaslift from the
drop down menus.
3.1.33.5.2 Define PVT Data
The salinity of the produced water has been measured as being higher than was first
thought. This therefore needs to be updated in the PVT section. The fluid properties of
the injected diluent also need to be defined.
To access the PVT screen, select PVT | Input Data:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1259
Once the new data has been inserted, select Done.

As the diluent injection is down the annulus, we must first define the annulus in our
down-hole equipment section. The equipment data screen can be displayed by
screen:
1260
PROSPER
Once the annulus has been defined, select Main to return to the main screen.
The current reservoir conditions have changed from was previously inserted into
PROSPER. These conditions should therefore be updated in the System | Inflow
Performance screen:
new IPR:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1261
3.1.33.5.5 Define the Injection Data
To insert the diluent and gas lift injection information select System | Diluent
Injection:
1262
PROSPER
Both the Diluent Injection Rate and GLR Injected are both going to be varied in the
sensitivity study and therefore will not be used in the calculations to be performed.
Now that the diluent and gas lift injection depths have been included in the PROSPER
file, the next step is to calculate the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of
conditions. This can be done with the use of a System Calculation which will combine
the VLP and IPR plots to find the system point at which the well will flow. In this case,
the objective is to find the optimum GLR injected for different diluent rate
percentages.
(VLP + IPR).
At this time, we wish to calculate the optimum injection GLR for different diluent
injection rates when the well head pressure is 250 psig, the water cut is 54% and the
GOR is 800 scf/day This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner
of the screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1263
select Reset. Diluent Rate Percent and GLR Injected can be selected from the drop
down lists on the left hand side and then the values to be used can be entered on the
right hand side:
1264
PROSPER
screen.
This will run the System Calculation for each different diluent rate percentage and
GLR injected value. To see the optimum gas injection GLR for each diluent injection
ratio, select Sensitivity Plot.
To view the oil rate against GLR injected, select Variables from the top bar and then
Oil Rate for the Y axis and GLR Injected for the X axis:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1265
1266
PROSPER
This shows, that for each different Diluent Rate Percent the optimum GLR to inject is
between 850 and 950 scf/STB, which is equal to between 9 and 12 MMscf/day.
Select Main to return to the main screen.
be able to:
Set up a model with both diluent and gas lift injection.
Carry out a sensitivity to find the optimum injection rate for the system.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1267
3.1.34 Tutorial 31 - Modelling a Surface Multiphase Pump

entered.
The Logie field has been producing for sometime and due to a decrease in the
reservoir pressure and an increase in the water cut, the well is producing a
significantly lower production rate than it previously was. It has therefore been
proposed that a multiphase pump be placed just downstream of the wellhead to help
lower the wellhead pressure.
As part of a feasibility study, management would like to use the current PROSPER file
to assess the increase in oil production which could be obtained when different
amounts of power are available to the pump.
3.1.34.2Objectives
Update the model to include the a surface pipeline with a multiphase pump.
Calculate the impact of varying the power available to the pump when the water
cut is 80% and manifold pressure is 500 psig.
a. Enable the Multiphase Pump option.
c. Insert information for the multiphase pump.
1268
PROSPER
d. Run a sensitivity study using the System Calculation to assess the impact of
available power on the multiphase pump.
3.1.34.4.1 Artifical Lift Options
Artificial
Method
Lift Multiphase
Pump
Artificial
Type
Lift OneSubsea H
Series Pumps

Reservoir
Pressure
4800
psig
Water Cut
80%
3.1.34.4.3 Pipeline Data

Surrounding Temperature
Overall
Heat
Coefficient
52 oF
Transfer 8.5
This corresponds to the the following input:

PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
Type
Pipe
Length
(ft)
Manifold
1269
True
Pipe
Inside
Rate
Vertical
Inside Roughnes Multiplier
Depth (ft) Diameter s (inches)
(inches)
0
Pipeline
250
250
0.0006
Pipeline
500
475
0.0006
Pipeline
1000
475
0.0006
Pipeline
750
600
0.0006
Pipeline
1000
600
0.0006
Pump
Pipeline
250
600
0.0006
3.1.34.4.4 Pump Data

Input Parameters:
Power Available
350 hp
Pump Wear Factor
Pump Configuration Single Pump

Current Pump
OneSubsea
H800/65
3.1.34.5.1 Activating the Multiphase Pump Option
In order to build a model with a multiphase pump, the correct option should be
1270
PROSPER
For this design, select Multiphase Pump and OneSubsea H Series Pump from the
drop down menus.
3.1.34.5.2 Defining the Surface Pipeline
As the pump is sitting within a surface pipeline, we must first define the surface
equipment in our equipment data section. The equipment data screen can be
displayed by selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc) from the ribbon at the top
of the main screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1271
Ensure that the Disable Surface Equipment option is set to No. To enter the Surface
Equipment screen, select the button to the left of Surface Equipment. This will bring
up the screen below:
Once the surface pipeline and pump location have been defined, select Done | Done
to return to the main screen.
1272
PROSPER

The current reservoir conditions have changed from was previously inserted into
PROSPER. These conditions should therefore be updated in the System | Inflow
Performance screen:
new IPR:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1273
3.1.34.5.4 Define Pump Details
To insert the current pump information select System | Multiphase Pumps:
1274
PROSPER
The Power Available is going to be changed during the sensitivity study and therefore
even though we have placed a value here, it will be overwritten by those we insert
later.
Now that the Surface pump has been included in the PROSPER file, the next step is to
how the production rate will change when the available power changes.
(VLP + IPR).
At this time, we wish to calculate the impact that varying the available power for the
pump will have on the production rate when the manifold pressure is 250 psig, the
water cut is 80% and the GOR is 800 scf/day This data should therefore be added to
the top left hand corner of the screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1275
select Reset. Power Available can be selected from the drop down lists on the left
hand side and then the values to be used can be entered on the right hand side:
1276
PROSPER
screen.
This will run the System Calculation for each different Available Power values. To see
the impact of changing this value on the production rate, select Sensitivity Plot.
To view the oil rate against Available power, select Variables from the top bar and
then Oil Rate for the Y axis:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1277
This shows, as would be expected, the higher the available power, the greater than oil
rate which will be produced from the well.
The effect of the power on the calculated well head pressure can also be seen by
selecting it from the Variables screen:
1278
PROSPER
The well is seeing a decrease in the wellhead pressure as the pump power is
increased and this is the reason why the oil rate is able to increase.
Select Main to return to the main screen.
be able to:
Set up a model with a surface multiphase pump.
Carry out a sensitivity to find the impact of pump power on the production
rate which can be obtained.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1279
3.1.35 Tutorial 32 - Designing a Jet Pump Lifted System

entered.
Rather than allow the well to die, management would like a new Jet Pump system to
be designed. It is assumed that the well can now produce at a well head pressure of
150 psig (due to a back pressure from other wells) but the water cut to be used
during the design is now 80%. Although the design rate is 80%, the design should be
capable of handling various other water cuts. Due to power constraints at the surface,
there are times when the injection pumps (for the jet pump power fluid) will not be
running at their peak and therefore the impact of reducing the surface injection
pressure should also be investigated.
3.1.35.2Objectives
Learn how to design a Jet Pump lifted system in PROSPER.
operate with water cuts between 0% and 90% at different power fluid injection
pressures.
1280
PROSPER
a. Enable the Jet Pump lifted well option.

b. Insert the Power Fluid properties into the PVT Section
c. Update the IPR and equipment sections to represent the current flowing
d. Carry out a Jet Pump design for the current design conditions.
e. Run a sensitivity using the System Calculation for the range of water cuts and
injection pressures specified.
3.1.35.4.1 Jet Pump Options
Artificial
Method
Lift Jet Pump
Artificial
Type
Lift Annular Injection Production
Tubular
This means that the power fluid will be injected down the annulus and the discharge of
the pump will be produced up the tubing.
Type
MD
(ft)
X-mas
Tree
600
Tubing
1000
SSSV
1
4.052
0.0006
4.5
0.0006
6.4
0.0006
3.72
Tubing
9000
Casing
9275
PROSPER Manual
Tubing
Tubing
Tubing
Casing Casing
Inside
Outside Tubing
Inside
Inside
Inside
Rate
Diamet
Diamet Outside
Roughne
Diamet Roughne Multiplie
Roughnes
er
er
ss
er
ss
r
(Inches
(Inches s (Inches)
(Inches)
(Inches) (Inches)
)
)
4.052
1
1
0.0006
4.5
0.0006
6.4
0.0006
6.4
0.0006
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1281

Reservoir
Pressure
3500 psig
Water Cut
80%
3.1.35.4.4 Jet Pump Design Criteria

The following criteria has been set for the Jet Pump design:
Input Parameters:
Pump
(Measured)
Depth 6000 ft
Maximum OD
6.4 inches
Design Rate
4000 STB/day
Water Cut
80%
Total GOR
800 scf/STB
Top Node Pressure
150 psig
Surface Injection Rate 10000 STB/day

Surface
Pressure
Injection 2000 psig
Nozzle
Coefficient
Loss 0.15
Suction
Coefficient
Loss 0
Throat
Coefficient
Loss 0.28
Diffuser
Coefficient
Loss 0.1
Vertical
Correlation
Lift Petroleum
(matched)
Experts
1282
PROSPER
3.1.35.5.1 Activating Jet Pump Option

In order to design a Jet Pump lifted well, the Jet Pump option should be enabled in
the Options | Options screen:
For this design, select Jet Pump and Annular Injection - Tubular Production from the
drop down menus. This means that the power fluid will travel down in the annulus and
the discharge from the pump will travel up the tubing.
3.1.35.5.2 Defining the Power Fluid
As well as the produced fluid now being in our well, we are also introducing a power
fluid which will pass through the jet pump and commingle with our production fluid
above the pump. The properties of the fluid should be set up in the PVT section by
selecting PVT | Input Data:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1283
The power fluid is a water with 75000 ppm salinity.

When this has been inserted select Done.
As the power fluid will be travelling down the annulus, we must define the annulus in
our down-hole equipment section. The equipment data screen can be displayed by
screen:
1284
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1285
new IPR:
1286
PROSPER
3.1.35.5.5 Designing a Jet Pump lifted System
Designing a Jet Pump lifted system is split into two main sections:
1. Calculate - This section is used to calculate the flowing conditions at the design
conditions and the pump properties required to meet the design.
To start the design process, select Design | Jet Pump:
representative of the actual flowing conditions. The loss coefficients are used to
calculate the pressure drops in the different sections of the pump and can normally be
obtained from the pump manufacturers.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1287
3.1.35.5.5.1 Jet Pump Calculation
For more details on the calculation being carried out for the Jet Pump design, please
refer to the Jet Pump Design Section of this User Guide.
The program has calculated that there would be no cavitation problems with this
design. If a cavitation warning was given it would be worth adjusting the design
conditions to find a scenario when these will not occur.
3.1.35.5.5.2 Jet Pump Design
Design:
1288
PROSPER
The results from the calculation are shown as the Desired results while the Actual
results are those obtained for the currently selected pump. We want to find a pump
which is as close to our design as possible. In this case, the Test - Nozzle (1) Throat
(1) An 0.004 At 0.009 R 0.410 pump gives very close results and will be selected.
3.1.35.5.6 Transferring Jet Pump to Model
After a design has been completed, the selected pump will be automatically
transferred to the System | Jet Pump screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1289

Now that the Jet Pump has been included in the PROSPER file, the next step is to
how the production rate will change when the water cut changes and also the impact
of changing the power fluid injection pressure.
(VLP + IPR).
1290
PROSPER
select Reset. Water Cut and Jet Pump Injection Pressure can be selected from the
drop down lists on the left hand side and then the values to be used can be entered
on the right hand side:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1291
screen.
This will run the System Calculation for each different water cut and injection pressure
combination.
To see how the production rate varies with water cut for the different injection
pressures, select Sensitivity Plot.
1292
PROSPER
which is obtained. Increasing the injection pressure of the power fluid will help more oil
be produced for any given water cut. When the injection pressure drops to 500 psig,
we can observe that somewhere between 40 and 50% water cut the well will no
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1293
longer be able to produce and will die. For the higher injection pressures, the well will
be able to produce all the way up to 90% but the rate will have significantly
decreased.
Select Finish and then Done to return to the main screen. The file can be saved by
selecting File | Save As...
be able to:
Design a Jet Pump Lifted System.
Include a Jet Pump in the main model.
Carry out a sensitivity to see the impact of water cut and injection pressure
on the production rate of oil.
1294
PROSPER
3.1.36 Tutorial 33a - Troubleshooting a Gas Lifted Well

entered.
The oil well in the Logie field has now been producing as a gas lifted well for some
time. A well test has now been performed and is to be analysed using the well model
in PROSPER to find out more information about the flowing conditions. Due to a
problem with one of the injection wells in the field, it is unclear what the reservoir
pressure was at the time of the test. If possible, management would like to estimate
the reservoir pressure during this analysis.
The well test should also be reviewed using Quicklook to get an indication of the
actual depth that the well is injecting at.
3.1.36.2Objectives
The objective of the tutorial is to:
Learn to use the Quicklook feature to troubleshoot a well test for a gas lifted
well.
a. Insert the test data into the Quicklook model.
b. Check that injection is possible at the depth of the bottom valve. If it is not, vary
the injection depth until a possible injection depth is found.
c. Once the injection depth as been established, the quality of the VLp match
should be reviewed and the pressure drop across the valve checked against the
measured data.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1295
d. Ensure that the IPR pressure used in the 'Bottom Up' method matches that
calculated by the 'Top Down' method.
e. If the file represents the actual well test, the two calculation gradients ('Top
Down' and 'Bottom Up') should overlie each other.

The following Well Test Data is available:
Liquid Rate
7488 STB/day
Wellhead Pressure
390 psig
Water Cut
35%
Total Gas Rate
5.3935 MMscf/
day
Gas Injection Rate
1.5 MMscf/day
Casing Head Pressure 1395

Gauge Depth
6250 ft
Gauge Pressure
1440 psig
Depth of Bottom Hole 9275 ft

Static
Pressure
Reservoir 3800 psig
The valves and orifice in the well are those which were designed as part of tutorial 23
and should be transferred from the relevant section of the file.
3.1.36.5.1 Troubleshooting a Gas Lifted Well with Quicklook_3
The Quicklook feature is used to analyse and troubleshoot well test data for artificially
lifted wells. It works on the premise that we can compute the test both from the
measured pressure data and from the modelled data. If the model is reflective of the
1296
PROSPER
actual flowing conditions of the well, then the two methods should be the same.
To start the Quicklook work flow, select Matching | Quicklook.
3.1.36.5.1.1 Inserting Test Data
When the Quicklook screen has been opened, the test data can be inserted:
When a static measurement is inserted at the bottom hole depth (as is done in this
case) this static pressure will be taken as the reservoir pressure at the time of the
test.
Now that the test data has been inserted, the valves and orifice can be transferred
from the previously performed gas lift design. This can be done by selecting
Transfer:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1297
Select From Gaslift Design:
Then select From New GasLift Design and then Done to transfer the valves to the
input screen:
1298
PROSPER
The orifice is automatically entered as the injection point and the valves (with their
dome pressures port sizes etc) are transferred to the bottom of the screen.
Select Calculate to proceed to the calculation screen.
3.1.36.5.1.2 Calculate Quicklook Plot
The next step is to calculate the Quicklook plot. This can be done by selecting
Calculate:
Once the calculation has been completed, the plot can be seen selecting Plot:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1299
At the injection depth entered, we can see that the pressure in the casing is less than
the pressure in the tubing. This means that injection at these conditions cannot be
possible and we cannot be injecting at the depth we believed we were.
Exit the plot and then select Done to return to the Quicklook input screen.
3.1.36.5.1.3 Finding the Injection Depth
If we are not injecting at the orifice, the next deepest valve may be our injection point
instead. Manually transfer the depth and port size of the third valve into the injection
depth and orifice diameter fields:
1300
PROSPER
When this has been transferred, select Calculate to return to the calculation screen.
Again, select Calculate and then Plot to see how this change the Quicklook plot:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1301
We now see that the casing pressure at the new injection depth is greater than the
tubing pressure at the same depth which means that injection can occur. The Fixed
Top Node Pressure gradient can now be seen to pass through the gauge pressure
which is included in the file. This implies that the flow correlation being used (which
has previously been matched to some naturally flowing well tests) is still
representative of the actual flowing conditions within the well.
The measured and calculated casing gradients can also be seen to overlap which
confirms that the currently selected injection depth and valve size are indeed being
used in the real well.
3.1.36.5.1.4 Analysing the From Static BHP Gradient
Now that the depth of injection has been established, and the Fixed Top Node
Pressure gradient has been confirmed as passing through the gauge pressure, the
bottom hole pressure from this calculation can be used to calibrate the From Static
BHP gradient.
The From Static BHP gradient is calculated from the bottom hole pressure to the well
head. The starting point (BHP) is obtained by finding the pressure which corresponds
to the test liquid rate from the IPR curve.
If we exit the current plot, we can read the FBHP of the Fixed Top Node Pressure by
selecting it from the bottom left hand side of the screen and reading the pressure at
the bottom hole depth:
1302
PROSPER
We can see that the FBHP for this calculation is 2297.5 psig. Please note that the
flowing bottom hole pressure reported in the Results section is the flowing bottom
hole pressure from the IPR. As these two values do not match, we know that the
model is not currently reflective of the actual flowing conditions within the well. We can
now use this FBHP to find the reservoir pressure which matches it.
Select Main to return to the main screen and then Calculation | Inflow (Ipr). The
well test water cut and GOR can be entered in the top left hand corner of the screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1303
As we know the rate of the test, we can enter this single point by selecting the Rate
Method to be User Selected and then entering a value of 7198 psig. We have been
told that the calculated PI for the well is currently reliable, however, the reservoir
pressure is unknown. We can therefore run a sensitivity study and vary the reservoir
pressure until the IPR Pressure for the given rate matches the flowing bottom hole
pressure from our test (1984 psig).
To do this select Cases:
1304
PROSPER
In the cases screen enter a range of reservoir pressures as shown above and then
select Done.
Carry out the calculation by selecting Calculate. The different results can be viewed
by selecting the reservoir pressure at the top left of the screen and then reading the
IPR Pressure from the results at the top right:
We can see that the closest reservoir pressure which gives this IPR Pressure is 3680
psig. Select Done and then Matching | Quicklook to return to the Quicklook input
data screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1305
When the new reservoir pressure has been inserted, select Calculate to move to the
next screen and then Calculate again to carry out the calculation. To see the current
Quickloook plot, select Plot:
1306
PROSPER
We can now see that both of the tubing gradients now overlie each other and so do
the casing gradients. This indicates that the changes have been made have now made
our model consistent with the test data. In order to match the data, we needed to
reduce the reservoir pressure to 3680 psig and inject in the 3rd valve rather than the
lower orifice. This gives us a good impression of how the actual field is operating and
we can now be happy that the model is indeed representative of the actual flowing
be able to:
Troubleshoot a Gas Lifted well test using Quicklook.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1307
3.1.37 Tutorial 33b - Troubleshooting a Gas Lifted Well - Multipoint

Quicklook
entered.
The oil well in the Logie field has now been producing as a gas lifted well for some
time. A well test has now been performed and is to be analysed using the well model
in PROSPER to find out more information about the flowing conditions. It is suspected
that the well may be muiltipointing and it is desired to confirm that this is the case and
to estimate the quantities of gas being injected at different depths.
3.1.37.2Objectives
Learn to use the Multipoint Quicklook feature to identify possible multipointing.
Use the Multi-point Quicklook feature to determine how much gas is being
injected through each valve.
b. Check if more that one valve is open.
c. Insert the test data into Multi-Point Quicklook.
1308
PROSPER


Liquid Rate
7488 STB/day
Wellhead Pressure
390 psig
Water Cut
35%
Total Gas Rate
5.3935 MMscf/
day
Gas Injection Rate
1.5 MMscf/day
Casing Head Pressure 1490

Gauge Depth
6250 ft
Gauge Pressure
1440 psig
Depth of Bottom Hole 9275 ft

Static
Pressure
Reservoir 3800 psig
Wellhead Temperature 146 F
The valves and orifice in the well are those which were designed as part of tutorial 23
and should be transferred from the relevant section of the file.
3.1.37.5.1 Troubleshooting a Gas Lifted Well with Quicklook_2
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1309
To start the Quicklook work flow, select Matching | SIngle-Point Quicklook.

3.1.37.5.1.1 Inserting Test Data
When the Quicklook screen has been opened, the test data can be inserted:
test.
Transfer:
1310
PROSPER
input screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1311
The orifice is automatically entered as the injection point and the valves (with their
dome pressures port sizes etc) are transferred to the bottom of the screen.
Calculate:
1312
PROSPER
It would be possible to obtain a match following the methodlogy outlined in the tutorial
33a. However, we can observe that the single-point quicklook analysis indicates that
the well may be multipointing. Therefore, the well will be analysed using the MultiPoint Quicklook.
Select Done | Done | Done to return to the main menu.
3.1.37.5.1.2 Inserting Test Data Into Multipoint Quicklook
Select Matching | Quicklook | Multipoint Quicklook to open the Multipoint

Quicklook menu.
The test data can be inserted as before:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1313
test.
Transfer:
1314
PROSPER
input screen. The model type has been selected as Acuna for the gaslift valves and
Thornhill-Craver for the orifice:

3.1.37.5.1.3 Calculate MultiPoint Quicklook Plot
Calculate:
The model predicted 0.34 MMscf/day of gas through valve 2 and 1.15 MMscf/day of
gas through valve 3:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1315
It can be observed that the pressure drop across valve 2 is much greater in reality
than that calculated from the bottom up where the gas rate is fixed at 0.34 MMscf/
day. This indicates that the valve may have effectively reduced in size (scaled up).
3.1.37.5.1.4 Analyses Top Down Curve
To simulate this, a smaller valve is selected:
1316
PROSPER
This changes the distribution of gas between valves 2 and 3 but has much better
agreement between the top down and bottom up casing gradients:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1317
3.1.37.5.1.5 Analyse the BHP
Consider the results from the top down:
We can see that the FBHP for this calculation is 2324.9 psig. Please note that the
flowing bottom hole pressure reported in the Results section is the flowing bottom
hole pressure from the IPR. As these two values do not match, we know that the
model is not currently reflective of the actual flowing conditions within the well. We can
now use this FBHP and rate to find the reservoir pressure which matches it.
Select Main to return to the main screen and then Calculation | Inflow (Ipr). The
well test water cut and GOR can be entered in the top left hand corner of the screen:
1318
PROSPER
Method to be User Selected and then entering a value of 7488 STB/day. We have
been told that the calculated PI for the well is currently reliable, however, the reservoir
pressure.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1319
A reservoir pressure of 3700 psig is closest to matching the calculated FBHP (2324
psig).
Return to the multi-point quicklook screen and update the static pressure:
1320
PROSPER
The curves should now be agreement:
3.1.37.5.1.6 Update the IPR
The IPR can now be updated to reflect the new reservoir pressure
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1321
This marks the end of Tutorial 33b. After completing this tutorial the user
should be able to:
Troubleshoot a Gas Lifted well test using Multipoint Quicklook.
3.1.38 Tutorial 34 - Troubleshooting an ESP Well

entered.
The oil well in the Logie field has now been producing as an ESP lifted well for
sometime. A well test has been performed and the data is to be analysed to see if
any additional information on the field and the pump can be obtained. At this point, the
PI generated by the IPR model is believed to be reliable, however, due to a
malfunction in one of the injection wells, it is unclear if the reservoir pressure is still
being maintained at 3350 psig.
1322
PROSPER
Management would like the well test to be analysed and the current reservoir
pressure to be established. The current operation of the pump should also be
reviewed.
3.1.38.2Objectives
Learn to use the Quicklook feature to troubleshoot a well test for an ESP lifted
well.
b. Check that the gradient calculated from the VLP matches the gauge pressure
and the pump discharge pressure for the 'Top Down' method.
c. Check that the pump model is predicting the correct inlet pressure (when
compared to the measured data) for the given discharge conditions.

The following well test data is available:
Liquid Rate
Wellhead Pressure
7198 STB/
day
275 psig
Water Cut
74%
Total GOR
800 scf/STB
Pump Depth
8500 ft
Pump Frequency
60 Hz
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
Gauge Depth
6250 ft
Gauge Pressure
1957 psig
1323
Pump Intake Pressure 1714 psig

Pump
Pressure
Discharge 2812 psig
Measured Current
Measured
Voltage
110 amps
Surface 1970 Volts
Measured Power
325 hp
The reservoir pressure at the time of the test is currently unknown, however, the
previous test showed it to be approximately 3350 psig.
3.1.38.5.1 Troubleshooting an ESP Well with Quicklook
To start the Quicklook workflow, select Matching | Quicklook.
3.1.38.5.1.1 Inputting Quicklook Data
When the Quicklook screen has been opened, the test data can be inserted into the
screen:
1324
PROSPER
The pump inlet and discharge pressures and the gauge pressure can be entered in
the DownHole Data section. The current pump, motor and cable selected in the file
will automatically be brought into the Equipment section.
When the data has been added, select Calculate to proceed to the next screen.
This screen is used to calculate the gradient within the well from both the top of the
well downwards and the bottom of the well upwards.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1325
Select Calculate to carry out the calculation.
3.1.38.5.1.3 Analysing the Fixed Top Node Pressure Gradient
The Fixed Top Node Pressure gradient is based upon the measured well head
pressure of the test. To do this, we should review the current Quicklook plot.
The Quicklook plot can be seen by selecting Plot.
1326
PROSPER
Before we begin to analyse the calculated (From Static BHP) gradient (represented
by the red line above), we will first analyse the measured (Fixed Top Node Pressure)
gradient (represented by the green line above). From the plot we can see that the
Fixed Top Node Pressure gradient can be seen to pass through both the gauge
pressure and the pump discharge pressure. This implies that the flow correlation
(which has previously been matched) is representative of the actual flowing conditions
within the well. The calculated pump inlet pressure, however, can be seen to be
different from the measured value.
Exit the plot and then select the Fixed Top Node Pressure calculation stream on the
left hand side of the screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1327
This allows us to review the pump intake and discharge pressures which have been
calculated for the Fixed Top Node Pressure gradient. We can see that the intake
pressure is 1623.6 psig and the discharge pressure is 2808.1 psig. The measured dP
across the pump is approximately 92% of this calculated value and so it can be
assumed for a first guess that the pump is operating with at 92% of its capability. This
can be modelled in PROSPER by increasing the Pump Wear Factor to 0.08. To do
this, select Done.
On the Quicklook Input screen, change the Pump Wear Factor to 0.08 and select
Calculate:
1328
PROSPER
The calculation should now be redone by selecting Calculate and the selecting Plot:
We can now see that the Fixed Top Node Pressure gradient passes through all three
of our test points and that the estimated pump wear factor allows for the calculation
of the correct pump dP.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1329
The From Static BHP gradient is calculated up from the BHP to the wellhead. The
BHP used in the calcualtion is obtained from the current IPR model at the given test
rate. In this case, while the Fixed Top Node Pressure gradient has been shown to be
a good match, the From Static BHP gradient does not give the same results. This
implies that the IPR is not representative of the current flowing conditions.
Exit the plot and then from the Fixed Top Node Pressure results, read off the
calculated bottom hole pressure:
As we are happy that this curve is representative of the actual flowing conditions, we
can use this point (1984 psig) to match the IPR curve.
To do this, select Main to exit to the main screen and then go to the Calculation |
1330
PROSPER
Inflow (Ipr) screen. The well test water cut and GOR can be entered in the top left
As we know the rate of the test, we can enter this single point by selecting the 'Rate
Method' to be User Selected and then entering a value of 7198 STB/day. We have
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1331
select Done.
IPR pressure from the results at the top right:
We can see that the closest reservoir pressure which gives this IPR pressure is 3275
data screen:
1332
PROSPER
Insert this new reservoir pressure as the Static Bottom Hole Pressure and then
select Calculate.
Select Calculate on the next screen and then Plot to see the Quicklook plot:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1333
The From Static BHP and Fixed Top Node Pressure gradients now overlap and both
pass through all three of the test points. We can therefore be happy that the updated
model is now representative of the actual flowing conditions in the well. In order to
achieve this, the performance of the pump was required to be decreased by 8% and
the reservoir pressure was reduced to 3275 psig.
3.1.38.5.1.5 Updating the Model
Now that the new reservoir pressure and pump wear factor are known, these can be
updated in our model.
To update the reservoir pressure, enter the System | Inflow Performance screen:
1334
PROSPER
Change the reservoir pressure to 3275 psig and then select Calculate to see the
impact of this change:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1335
Exit the plot and then select Done to return to the main screen.
To update the pump wear factor, enter the System | Electrical Submersible Pump
screen:
1336
PROSPER
Update the model with a Pump Wear Factor of 0.08.

Select Done to exit the plot and complete the update of the model.
be able to:
Troubleshoot an ESP well test using Quicklook
Update the model to match the changes made in the Quicklook calculation.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1337
3.1.39 Tutorial 35 - Troubleshooting an HSP Well

entered.
The oil well in the Logie field has now been producing as an HSP lifted well for
sometime. A well test has been performed and the data is to be analysed to see if
any additional information on the field and the pump can be obtained. At this point, the
PI generated by the IPR model is believed to be reliable, however, due to a
malfunction in one of the injection wells, it is unclear if the reservoir pressure is still
being maintained at 4000 psig.
Management would like the well test to be analysed and the current reservoir
pressure to be established. The current operation of the pump should also be
reviewed.
3.1.39.2Objectives
The Objective of the tutorial is to:
Learn to use the Quicklook feature to troubleshoot a well test for an HSP lifted
well.
b. Check that the gradient calculated from the VLP matches the gauge pressure
and the pump discharge pressure for the 'Top Down' method.
c. Check that the pump model is predicting the correct inlet pressure (when
compared to the measured data) for the given discharge conditions.
1338
PROSPER

Liquid Rate
5770 STB/day
Wellhead Pressure
500 psig
Water Cut
24%
Total GOR
800 scf/STB
Pump Depth
8500 ft
Pump Speed
7545 rpm
Power Fluid Rate
6308 STB/day
Power Fluid Surface Back 2072 psig

Pressure
Pump Intake Pressure
2575 psig
Pump Discharge Pressure
3205 psig
The reservoir pressure at the time of the test is currently unknown, however, the
previous test showed it to be approximately 3950 psig.
3.1.39.5.1 Troubleshooting an HSP Well with Quicklook
To start the Quicklook workflow, select Matching | Quicklook.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1339
3.1.39.5.1.1 Inputting Quicklook Data
When the Quicklook screen has been opened, the test data can be inserted into the
screen:
The pump inlet and discharge pressures can be entered in the DownHole Data
section. The current pump and turbine selected in the file will automatically be brought
into the Equipment section.
When the data has been added, select Calculate to proceed to the next screen.
This screen is used to calculate the gradient within the well from both the top of the
well downwards and the bottom of the well upwards.
Select Calculate to carry out the calculation.

1340
PROSPER
3.1.39.5.1.3 Analysing the Fixed Top Node Pressure Gradient
The Fixed Top Node Pressure gradient is based upon the measured well head
pressure of the test. To do this, we should review the current Quicklook plot.
The Quicklook plot can be seen by selecting Plot.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1341
Before we begin to analyse the calculated (From Static BHP) gradient (represented
by the pink line above), we will first analyse the measured (Fixed Top Node Pressure)
gradient (represented by the yellow line above). From the plot we can see that the
Fixed Top Node Pressure gradient can be seen to pass through the pump discharge
pressure. This implies that the flow correlation (which has previously been matched) is
representative of the actual flowing conditions within the well. This is were not the
case, the VLP correlation matching would have to be reviewed as detailed in Tutorial
19.
The calculated pump inlet pressure, however, can be seen to be different from the
measured value. This implies that the head being generated by the pump model is not
representative of the head being generated in the field and in this case the real head
appears to be lower.
Exit the plot and then select the Fixed Top Node Pressure calculation stream on the
left hand side of the screen:
1342
PROSPER
This allows us to review the pump intake and discharge pressures which have been
calculated for the Fixed Top Node Pressure gradient. We can see that the intake
pressure is 2509 psig and the discharge pressure is 3203 psig. The measured dP
across the pump is approximately 91% of this calculated value and so it can be
assumed for a first guess that the pump is operating with at 91% of its capability. This
can be modelled in PROSPER by increasing the Pump Wear Factor to 0.09. To do
this, select Done.
On the Quicklook Input screen, change the Pump Wear Factor to 0.09 and select
Calculate:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1343
The calculation should now be redone by selecting Calculate and the selecting Plot:
1344
PROSPER
We can see the intake pressure of theFixed Top Node Pressure method matches the
measured value and the match can be said to be complete.
The From Static BHP gradient is calculated up from the BHP to the wellhead. The
BHP used in the calcualtion is obtained from the current IPR model at the given test
rate. In this case, while the Fixed Top Node Pressure gradient has been shown to be
a good match, the From Static BHP gradient does not give the same results. This
implies that the IPR is not representative of the current flowing conditions.
Exit the plot and then from the Fixed Top Node Pressure results, read off the
calculated bottom hole pressure:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1345
As we are happy that this curve is representative of the actual flowing conditions, we
can use this point (2800 psig when the liquid rate is 5770 STB/day) to match the IPR
curve.
To do this, select Main to exit to the main screen and then go to the Calculation |
Inflow (Ipr) screen. The well test water cut and GOR can be entered in the top left
Method to be User Selected and then entering a value of 5770 STB/day. We have
1346
PROSPER
select Done.
IPR Pressure from the results at the top right:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1347
We can see that the closest reservoir pressure which gives this IPR Pressure is 3800
data screen:
Insert this new reservoir pressure as the Static Bottom Hole Pressure and then
select Calculate.
Select Calculate on the next screen and then Plot to see the Quicklook plot:
1348
PROSPER
The From Static BHP and Fixed Top Node Pressure gradients now overlap and both
pass through all three of the test points. We can therefore be happy that the updated
model is now representative of the actual flowing conditions in the well. In order to
achieve this, the performance of the pump was required to be decreased by 9% and
the reservoir pressure was reduced to 3800 psig.
3.1.39.5.1.5 Updating the Model
Now that the new reservoir pressure and pump wear factor are known, these can be
updated in our model.
To update the reservoir pressure, enter the System | Inflow Performance screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1349
Change the reservoir pressure to 3800 psig and then select Calculate to see the
impact of this change:
1350
PROSPER
Exit the plot and then select Done to return to the main screen.
To update the pump wear factor, enter the System | Hydraulic Submersible Pumps
screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1351
Update the model with a Pump Wear Factor of 0.09.

Select Done to exit the plot and complete the update of the model.
be able to:
Troubleshoot an HSP well test using Quicklook
Update the model to match the changes made in the Quicklook calculation.
1352
PROSPER
3.1.40 Tutorial 36 - Trouble-shooting a SRP-lifted well

There is no specific PROSPER file associated with this tutorial, however, Tutorial 28
details the steps required to design a Sucker Rod Pump system in PROSPER.
3.1.40.1Dynamometer Card Analysis
The tool widely used to analyse the performance of wells equipped with sucker-rod
pumps is the dynamometer card, often referred to as card. It represents rod load
versus rod displacement. The card has a "normal shape". The deviation from this
normal shape can reveal potential pumping problems.
In the pictures below:
Fo is the differential load on the plunger
MPT is the maximum plunger travel and
EPT, the effective plunger travel
A few typical shapes are presented below for an anchored tubing:
Anchored Tubing
Description
Unanchored Tubing
This is the idealised shape

of the dynamometer card
for a normally functioning
pump. Pump is full of liquid
without gas.
Leaking travelling valve or

excessive plunger slippage
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1353
Leaking standing valve
Severe fluid pound, well is

being pump off.
Gas interference is causing

loss of effective pump
travel
Pump is taping at the

bottom of stroke in the
case of anchored tubing. In
the case of unanchored
tubing, pump is tapping on
top of strokes.
These shapes are just basic as in the reality different effects may overlap. Experience
and knowledge of the specific operating conditions will be required to make a
successful diagnosis.
1354
PROSPER
3.1.41 Tutorial 37 - Modelling a Fully Compositional Retrograde

Condensate Well
entered.
A new retrograde condensate field, the Spectrum Field, has been located and a new
well has been drilled. The reservoir is on-shore and the wellhead is to be placed on
the surface. From fluid samples taken from the reservoir, a fully compositional PVT
model has been characterised and this is to be incorporated into a new PROSPER
model of the well.
With the data available from the different department within the company, an estimate
of the flow rate which would be obtained when the well is producing against a back
pressure of 2500 psig is required.
3.1.41.2Objectives
Create a preliminary retrograde well model to which more information can be
added.
Import a characterised Equation of State model to define the fluid's properties at
the different conditions within the well.
Perform a system calculation to estimate the flow rate of the well.
vertical lift performance and is controlled by the data in the Equipment Data section
of PROSPER and also the PVT. These VLP curves define how much fluid can be lifted
by the well at given conditions. Finally, the IPR (or Inflow Performance Relationship)
defines how much fluid can flow from the reservoir into the wellbore at given
conditions.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1355
a. Set up the model so that a fully compositional Equation of State can be

imported.
b. Import the previously characterised EoS model into the PVT section.
c. The drilling and equipment information will be inserted into the model to define
d. An IPR is to be built using the Petroleum Experts IPR Model.
e. A system calculation will be performed to assess the likely production at the
given conditions.
Fluid
Method
Equation of State
Equation of State PROSPER Internal EOS

Model
3.1.41.4.2 PVT Data

The PVT is to be defined using a previously characterised Equation of State. This has
been characterised using PVTp (the IPM suite's fluid characterisation program) and
has been exported into the file T38_Retrograde_Condensate_EoS.prp. This file can
be found in the samples folder in the IPM installation directory - '~/Petroleum Experts/
IPM 9/Samples/PROSPER/'.
Some additional options and values are detailed below:
Equation of State
Peng Robinson
Oil Viscosity Model
Lohrenz, Bray Clark
Gas Viscosity Model
Lohrenz, Bray Clark
Path to Surface
Use Separator Train
Water Salinity
20000 ppm
Separator Train:
1356
PROSPER
Pressure
(psig)
Temperature
(oF)
500
100
100
90
60

important concept is that all equipment in the well is describe in a consistent manner
Measured Depth Total
Vertical
(ft)
Depth (ft)
0
12000
12000
Type
Measured
Depth (ft)
Inside
Diameter
(inches)
Inside
Roughnes
s (inches)
Rate
Multiplier
Xmas Tree 0
Tubing
11800
3.992
0.0018
Casing
12000
8.3
0.0018
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1357

MD (ft)
Temperature (oF)
70
12000
300

3.1.41.4.4 IPR Data
Inflow Model
Petroleum Experts
Skin Model
Enter
Hand
Skin
By

Reservoir
Temperature
300 oF
GOR
6943.98 scf/STB
WGR
0 STB/MMscf
25 md
Reservoir Thickness
100 ft
Drainage Area
340 acres
Dietz Shape Factor
31.6
WellBore Radius
0.354 ft
100 ft
1358
PROSPER
Time Since
Started
Production 50 days
Reservoir Porosity
0.25
Connate Water Saturation 0.2

Non-Darcy Flow Factor (D) Calculated
SKIN
Total
Permeability
5
entered.
This means that first the model options will be set up, then the PVT will be entered
and after this the downhole equipment will be inserted. Finally the inflow performance
data can be entered to complete the basic model and then this basic model can be
matched to field data to ensure that it is representative of the actual system. Once the
model has been built, calculations or designs can be performed.
opened, a new file will have been automatically generated. In this case, there is no
need to select File | New.
this case, the data is kept as the default for most of the options with the fluid being
changed to Retrograde Condensate and the method to Equation of State:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1359
To set up the Equation of State Options, select EOS Setup:
1360
PROSPER
This screen is used to select the EoS model to be used as well as setting the path the
fluid will take to surface and other options.
The equation of state which was used during the characterisation process was the
Peng Robinson and therefore this should be selected at the top of the screen. During
the characterisation, the viscosity of the fluid was matched to laboratory data using
the Lohrenz, Bray Clark method. This should be selected for both the oil and gas
viscosity methods. If required, it is possible to model the viscosity of the fluid using
other methods such as the black oil correlations.
At the bottom of the screen, the path the fluid takes to surface can be entered. As we
are using an equation of state model, the composition will be flashed to standard
conditions to find the equivalent stock rate rates etc. As certain fluid properties (such
as GOR, Gas Gravity, Oil Gravity etc) are dependent upon the path taken to surface,
it is important to enter a path to surface which is representative of the actual field
values. In this case, a three stage separator is entered.
When this section has been completed, select OK and the Done to return to the main
PROSPER screen.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1361

A file has previously been created in PVTp which is representative of our reservoir
fluid. This file is called T38_Retrograde_Condensate_EoS.prp and can be found in
the samples folder in the IPM installation directory - '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM 9/
Samples/PROSPER/'. Select Import...PRP to browse the file and import it:
1362
PROSPER
When the file has been imported, enter the reservoir temperature and water salinity at
the bottom of the screen. To view the phase envelope of the fluid select Phase
Env...:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1363
This will bring up the phase envelope screen. To the right hand side we can see that
at the reservoir temperature we have a dew point system. Select Plot to see the
phase envelope plot:
1364
PROSPER
To exit the plot, select Exit and then select OK and then Done to return to the
PROSPER main screen.
each section:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1365
1366
PROSPER
in the table below:
Type
X-mas Tree
Inside
Inside
Rate
Multiplier
(Inches) s (Inches)
0
Tubing
11800
3.992
0.0018
Casing
12000
8.3
0.0018
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1367
Done.
input screen.
1368
PROSPER
All of the downhole equipment and data has now been entered.
be Enter Skin by Hand. The basic reservoir properties should also be inserted in the
Reservoir Data section and the model data in the Model Data section:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1369
Select the Mech/Geom Skin tab at the topof the page to input the skin data for the
well:
1370
PROSPER
The IPR curve shows the variation in bottom hole pressure as rate changes.
completed.
(VLP + IPR):
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1371

calculation.
pressure is set to 2500 psig, the GOR is set to 7432.66 scf/STB and WGR is set to 0
STB/MMscf. This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the
screen:
1372
PROSPER
more definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve. The flow correlation has
also been changed to Petroleum Experts 5 which is a mechanistic flow correlation.
The results screen will now show the system plot at the bottom of the screen. The
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1373

We can also view the system plot by selecting Plot | System Plot from the top
ribbon:
be able to:
Build a PROSPER model for a fully compositional retrograde condensate well
using the different sections to input data.
1374
PROSPER
3.1.42 Tutorial 38 - Validation of the Black Oil Retrograde Condensate

PVT Model
entered.
well has been drilled. PROSPER has been used to model the production from this well
using a characterised equation of state. The steps taken to build this file can be found
in Tutorial 37.
A new model is now required which, rather than using the EoS to model the fluid
properties, uses the 'Retrograde Condensate' black oil PVT model within PROSPER.
The black oil model for retrograde condensate fluids is a mathematical model which,
unlike other black oil models, should not be matched to laboratory data when using
PROSPER. This is because the match, while good at one given temperature, may
cause the equations to fall out of the boundaries they were original intended to
operate in for other temperatures and this could lead to unphysical results being
calculated.
Rather than matching the model to data, instead we need to run a test to ensure that
the results calculated by the Black Oil model are the same as those calculated by the
EoS model. This procedure is referred to as the 'Validation' of the PVT model. This
validation is carried out by comparing the gradient calculation which results from each
PVT method for a number of different scenarios. If the two gradients are sufficiently
close for these cases we can be happy that the Black Oil model is representative of
the characterised EoS model and therefore also representative of the actual fluid.
3.1.42.2Objectives
Carry out the PVT Model Validation for the retrograde condensate well built in
Tutorial 37.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1375
As the well model has already been created in a previous tutorial, this tutorial will
focus on the validation process.
a. While the model is set up with an EoS model, run a number of gradient
calculations and save the results to view later.
b. Extract the required data from the EoS model to build the Black Oil model.
c. Change the PVT Method from EoS to Black Oil and enter the Black Oil PVT
properties.
d. Run a number of gradient calculations over the same conditions as have
previously been performed for the EoS model.
e. Use the plotting system to compare the results of the two PVT methods to
ensure that both calculate the same values.
For the first part of this tutorial the following options will be used:
Fluid
Method
Equation of State

Model
Later, these will be changed to:
Fluid
Retrograde
Condensate
Method Black Oil
3.1.42.4.2 PVT Data
The EoS model has already been imported into PROSPER during tutorial 37. From this
composition, we can find the following equivalent Black Oil properties:
Separator Pressure
0 psig
1376
PROSPER
Separator Temperature
60 oF
Separator GOR
Separator Gas Gravity
7431.94
STB
0.74521
Tank GOR
1 scf/STB
Tank Gas Gravity
0.74521
Condensate Gravity
43.5668 API
Water to Gas Ratio
Water Salinity
20000 ppm
Mole Percent H2S
0%
Mole Percent CO2
2.33%
Mole Percent N2
0.31%
Dew
Point
Temperature
at
scf/
Reservoir 4596.83 psig
300 oF
Reservoir Pressure
6000 psig
The separator pressure and temperature are set to standard conditions as the black
oil properties obtained from the EoS model are from a single stage flash. This means
that all of the gas is free in the separator and the tank GOR will be set to a very low
value (1 scf/STB).
entered.
3.1.42.5.1 Calculating the Gradient with EoS PVT
Before changing the PVT method, we first have to calculate pressure gradients using
the Equation of State PVT model. Once the Tutorial 38 model has been opened,
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1377
select Calculation | Gradient (Traverse) from the top tool bar. In the top left hand
corner of the screen, the calculation parameters can be entered:
The First Node Pressure is coming to be used as a sensitivity variable and so the
value entered here will not be used in the calculations. When the data has been
entered, and the correlations selected, press Cases to enter the range of First Node
Pressure values which are to be performed:
The First Node Pressure can be selected from the first drop down list and then the
values entered in the fields below. When this has been completed, select Continue to
return to the previous screen.
Select Calculate to perform the gradient calculations and then Plot to see the results
on a graph:
1378
PROSPER
3.1.42.5.1.1 Saving the Plot Results
As these results are to be compared to results from another run, they need to be
saved so they can be recalled at a later time. This can be done by selecting the left
hand red disk above the plot:
This will bring up the save plot screen. Enter the name under which the plot is to be
saved and then select Add.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1379
This will transfer the results stream to the Master List. When this has been done
select OK to return to the previous screen and then Done to return to the main
screen.
3.1.42.5.2 Extracting the PVT Data
In order to create an equivalent Black Oil PVT model, we first need to extract some of
the data from the EoS model.
This can be done by selecting PVT | Input Data:
1380
PROSPER
To find the equivalent Black Oil properties select Properties:
This gives the equivalent single stage flash properties for the fluid. Select OK to return
to the PVT screen.
We also need to know the dew point of this fluid and this can be calculated by
selecting Generate on the main PVT screen.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1381
4596.83
Once selected, enter the reservoir temperature into the temperature field and a
pressure into the pressure field. Select Calculate and then Calculate to find the
saturation pressure of the fluid at the reservoir temperature:
We now have data on the black oil properties and dew point of the fluid.
Select OK then OK and finally Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.
3.1.42.5.3 Changing the Model Set Up
Now that the calculations have been completed with the equation of state model (and
the equivalent black oil properties have been found) the model can be changed to be a
black oil model.
This can be done by entering the Options | Options screen.
1382
PROSPER
The Method field should be changed from Equation of State to Black Oil.
screen.
The next stage is to insert the new black oil PVT data into the model. The PVT input
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1383
When the data has been entered, select Done to return to the PROSPER main
screen.
3.1.42.5.5 Calculating the Gradient with BO PVT
To calculate the gradient calculations using the Black Oil PVT, select Calculation |
Gradient (Traverse) from the top tool bar. In the top left hand corner of the screen,
the calculation parameters can be entered:
1384
PROSPER
All of this data should be exactly the same as the previous calculation in order to allow
a fair comparison of the results.
The First Node Pressure is coming to be used as a sensitivity variable and so the
value entered here will not be used in the calculations. When the data has been
entered, and the correlations selected, press Cases to enter the range of First Node
Pressure values which are to be performed:
The First Node Pressure should still be here from the previous calculation and so
select Continue to return to the previous screen.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1385
Select Calculate to perform the gradient calculations and then Plot to see the results
on a graph:
3.1.42.5.5.1 Recalling Saved Results
Now that the new results have been calculated, these need to be compared to the
previous results to see if they vary significantly. This can be done by selecting Bottom
the 'clock' button:
1386
PROSPER
This will bring up all of the different result streams which contain this data. Select all of
the results to be plotted, which in this case would be the EoS results which have been
saved and the current black oil results:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1387
Select OK to plot these results:
1388
PROSPER
Now that all eight gradient calculations are plotted together we can see that the
difference between the results using the Black Oil PVT method and the EoS PVT
method is very small. At the bottom this is approximately 0.6% different. At this point
we can be happy that the two models will give approximately the same results and the
validation process can be said to have been completed.
Exit the plot and then select Done to return to the main screen. From the main screen,
select File | Save As.. to save the file.
be able to:
Perform the Validation process to see if the Black Oil Retrograde Condensate
PVT model is representative of a characterised Equation of State model.
Save result streams and recall them at a later point to compare the results of
two files together.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1389
3.1.43 Tutorial 39 - Modelling a Fully Compositional CO2 Well

entered.
As part of a study into the storage of CO2 in an underground reservoir, a PROSPER
model is to be built for an injector well which can estimate the pressure drop down
the well and also model the inflow into the reservoir. It is assumed that the reservoir
fluid is CO2, however, even when this is the case, it is normally best to model the IPR
aspect of the model using a numerical simulator. Numerical simulators should certainly
be consulted when injecting CO2 into depleted hydrocarbon reservoirs as the
immisciblity of the injected fluid with the reservoir fluid and impact of temperature on
the fluid may have a large impact on the movement through the reservoir.
In order to capture the phase changes and fluid properties of the carbon dioxide at
different pressures and temperatures within the well, a fully compositional Equation of
State model has been developed in PVTp and this should be used to describe the
PVT properties. As it is possible that the fluid may be a liquid or a gas within different
segments of the well (depending upon the pressure and temperature) it is important
that the Retrograde Condensate fluid option is selected.
Once the model has been built, an estimate of the injection rate when the well head
3.1.43.2Objectives
Create a preliminary retrograde well model to which more information can be
added.
Import a characterised equation of state model to define the fluid's properties at
the different conditions within the well.
Perform a system calculation to estimate the flow rate of the well.
1390
PROSPER
of PROSPER and also the PVT. These VLP curves define how much fluid can be lifted
by the well at given conditions. Finally, the IPR (or Inflow Performance Relationship)
defines how much fluid can flow from the reservoir into the wellbore at given
conditions.
a. Set up the model so that a fully compositional equation of state can be imported.
b. Import the previously characterised EoS model into the PVT section.
c. The drilling and equipment information will be inserted into the model to define
d. An IPR is to be built using the Petroleum Experts IPR Model.
e. A system calculation will be performed to assess the likely production at the
given conditions.
Fluid
Method
Equation of State

Model
Well Type
Injector
3.1.43.4.2 PVT Data

The PVT is to be defined using a previously characterised equation of state. This has
been characterised using PVTp (the IPM suite's fluid characterisation program) and
has been exported into the file T40_CO2_EoS.prp. This file can be found in the
samples folder in the IPM installation directory - '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM 9/Samples/
PROSPER/'.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1391
Some additional options and values are detailed below:

Equation of State Peng Robinson
Oil
Model
Viscosity Lohrenz, Bray Clark
Gas
Model
Viscosity Lohrenz, Bray Clark
Path to Surface
Correct
Density
Flash Straight to Stock

Tank
CO2 Yes
Water Salinity
20000 ppm

important concept is that all equipment in the well is described in a consistent manner
Measured Depth Total Vertical Depth
(ft)
(ft)
0
14500
14500
1392
PROSPER
Type
Measured Inside
Depth (ft) Diameter
(inches)
Inside
Roughness
(inches)
Rate
Multiplier
0.0006
Xmas Tree 0
Tubing
1200
3.992
SSSV
3.8
Tubing
14000
3.992
0.0006
Casing
14500
6.4
0.0006

When using the 'Improved Approximation' temperature model, the overall heat transfer
MD (ft)
Temperature (oF)
Overall Heat Transfer

Coefficient (BTU/hr/ft2/
oF)
60
14500
313
3.1.43.4.4 IPR Data

Inflow
Model
Petroleum
Experts
Skin Model Enter Skin

By Hand
Reservoir 4500 psig
Pressure
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1393
Reservoir 313 oF
Temperatur
e
GOR
WGR
1e6
scf/
STB
0
STB/
MMscf
Reservoir 35 md
Permeabilit
y
Reservoir
Thickness
75 ft
Drainage
Area
450 acres
Dietz Shape 31.6

Factor
WellBore
Radius
0.354 ft
Perforation 75 ft
Interval
Time Since 50 days
Production
Started
Reservoir
Porosity
0.19
Connate
Water
Saturation
0.2
Non-Darcy Calculated
Flow Factor
(D)
Permeabilit Total
y Entered Permeabili
ty
SKIN
12
1394
PROSPER
entered.
This means that first the model options will be set up, then the PVT will be entered
and after this the downhole equipment will be inserted. Finally the inflow performance
data can be entered to complete the basic model and then this basic model can be
matched to field data to ensure that it is representative of the actual system. Once the
model has been built, calculations or designs can be performed.
opened, a new file will have been automatically generated. In this case, there is no
need to select File | New.
this case, the data is kept as the default for most of the options with the 'Fluid' being
changed to Retrograde Condensate and the Method to Equation of State and Well
Type to Injector:
To set up the Equation of State Options, select EOS Setup:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1395
This screen is used to select the EoS model to be used as well as setting the path the
fluid will take to surface and other options.
The equation of state which was used during the characterisation process was the
Peng Robinson and therefore this should be selected at the top of the screen. If
required, it is possible to model the viscosity of the fluid using other methods such as
the black oil correlations.
New to IPM v8.0 (PROSPER v12.0) is the ability to model the CO2 properties using
the Correct CO2 Density option. This will apply a volume shift to the EoS selected so
that the density calculated for CO2 fluids match those which come from the field and
also uses new enthalpy values to ensure that the heat capacities etc of the fluid are
captured accurately. This new method has been shown to recreate the values
obtained using the Span Wagner EoS but is also able to handle CO2 streams with high
percentages of other impurities.
At the bottom of the screen, the path which the fluid takes to surface can be entered.
As we are using an equation of state model, the composition will be flashed to
1396
PROSPER
standard conditions to find the equivalent stock rate rates etc. As certain fluid
properties (such as GOR, Gas Gravity, Oil Gravity etc) are dependent upon the path
taken to surface, it is important to enter a path to surface which is representative of
the actual field values. In this case, the values will be obtained by flashing the fluid
straight to the stock tank conditions and not passing though any separator trains.
When this section has been completed, select OK and the Done to return to the main
PROSPER screen.
When calculating CO2 properties relatively small changes in pressure and temperature
can cause a large change in the fluid's properties as the phase can change. In order
to avoid these sudden changes in the fluid properties the step length can be reduced.
This will increase the time it takes to carry out the calculation however it should allow
the calculations to be more accurate. This can be done by selecting File |
Preferences and then selecting the Limits tab:
At the bottom of the screen the Calculation Step Length can be changed to 50 feet. In
order for the calculation to use this step length, also select Use Correlation Step
Length to Yes.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1397

A file has previously been created in PVTp which is representative of our reservoir
fluid. This file is called T40_CO2_EoS.prp and can be found in the samples folder in
the IPM installation directory - '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM 9/Samples/PROSPER/'.
Select Import...PRP to browse the file and import it:
1398
PROSPER
The reservoir temperature and water salinity should be inserted at the bottom of the
screen.
Select Done to return to the PROSPER main screen.
each section:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1399
The Injected Fluid Temperature should be set as 75oF.
1400
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1401
in the table below:
Type
Measured Inside
Depth (ft) Diameter
(inches)
Inside
Roughness
(inches)
Rate
Multiplier
0.0006
Xmas Tree 0
Tubing
1200
SSSV
3.992
3.8
Tubing
14000
3.992
0.0006
Casing
14500
6.4
0.0006
Done.
1402
PROSPER
overall heat transfer coefficient is also input into this screen and the value should
gradient and U values entered can be seen below:
input screen.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1403
All of the downhole equipment and data has now been entered.
The IPR data can be seen below when the Select Model screen is selected:
be Enter Skin by Hand. The basic reservoir properties should also be inserted in the
bottom right hand corner.
1404
PROSPER
By selecting the Input Data tab at the top right corner, the model data can also be
inserted:
Select the Mech/Geom Skin tab at the bottom of the page to input the skin data for
the well:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1405
temperature as rate changes.
completed.
1406
PROSPER
(VLP + IPR):

calculation.
pressure is set to 1250 psig, the 4and WGR is set to 0 STB/MMscf. This data should
therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1407
more definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve. The flow correlation has
also been changed to Petroleum Experts 2 which is a mechanistic flow correlation.
It can be seen from this screen that if the well head pressure is 1250 psig and the
1408
PROSPER

ribbon:
be able to:
Build a PROSPER model for a fully compositional carbon dioxide injection
well using the different sections to input data.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1409
3.1.44 Tutorial 40 Enthalpy Balance Temperature Model Example

entered.
using a characterised equation of state and also to validate the retrograde
condensate black oil model to ensure that the results of both were consistent with
each other. These steps were carried out in Tutorial 37 and Tutorial 38.
Now that the PVT has been robustly matched, the next step is to ensure that the
temperature model is calculating an accurate result for the temperature. It is believed
that as the fluid is travelling up the well, the temperature change is due not just to the
heat transfer with the surroundings but also due to the Joules Thompson effect where
the pressure drop can lead to a change in the temperature of the fluid. The previously
used temperature model (the 'Rough Approximation') calculates the temperature
independently of pressure and therefore such phenomena as this will not be captured.
It is therefore required to use a more robust temperature model such as the 'Enthalpy
Balance' temperature model which as well as considering pressure dependent
temperature changes, will calculate the heat transfer to the surroundings based upon
the conduction, convection (both natural and forced) and radiation. This model
requires a large additional amount of data to be inserted as it calculates these
mechanisms from the specific well properties and the lithology of the surroundings.
A down-hole temperature gauge reading is available to compare the results to when
the model has been completed. As the enthalpy balance calculation is more detailed
and rigorous, we would also like to gain an idea of how the equivalent over heat
transfer coefficient changes over the length of the well so that this can be inserted in
an 'Improved Approximation' model at a later date.
3.1.44.2Objectives
1410
PROSPER
Learn the required input parameters to build a well model using the 'Enthalpy
Balance' temperature model.
Calculate the pressure and temperature gradient for a given set of conditions
and compare the measured gauge temperature to that calculated in the model.
See how the equivalent overall heat transfer coefficient changes over the depth
of the well.
As the basic file has already been built, and the PVT has been confirmed as being
representative of the actual fluid, this tutorial will concentrate on the additional input
fields which are required to build an 'Enthalpy Balance' temperature model. As the
temperature model is used to model the temperature as the fluid travels up the
wellbore, this additional data will affect the calculation of the VLP curve and will be
inserted in the Equipment Section.
a. Enable the 'Enthalpy Balance' temperature model.
the down-hole equipment. This will be used to calculate the VLP curves.
c. A system calculation will be performed to assess the likely production at the
given conditions by combining the VLP and IPR curves. From this intersection, a
gradient calculation will be run to see how the equivalent overall heat transfer
coefficient is changing with depth.
Calculation Type:
Predict
Model
PROSPER Manual

(on land)
Enthalpy Balance
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1411

the well.
important idea is that all equipment in the well is described in a consistent manner with
respect to the reference depth selected. In this case, the deviation has already been
entered in the previous file and can be seen below:
MD (ft)
TVD (ft)
12000
12000
Type
X-mas Tree
MD
(ft)
Tubing
Inside
Diameter
(Inches)
Inside
Insulatio Rate
Roughnes
n
Multiplier
s (Inches)
Mild Steel
1000
Tubing
SSSV
Mild Steel
Tubing
Tubing
Outside
Diameter
(inches)
1
3.992
4.5
0.0018
None
3.5
11800
3.992
1
1
4.5
0.0018
None
3.1.44.4.2.3 Temperature Data
The following temperature data is available for the well.

1412
PROSPER
Air Temperature
70 oF
Humidity
25 %
Ground Level with respect to

Origin
0 ft
Air Velocity
3 ft/sec
MD (ft)
Temperature (oF)
70
12000
300
3.1.44.4.2.4 Drilling and Completion Data
Below is the available data on the completion:

Model Convection in Mud
No
Completion Fluid Liquid Type
Calcium Bromide
Completion Fluid
12 lb/US gal
Completion Fluid Gas Type
Air
Packer Depth
11000 ft
Mid Production Depth
12000 ft
Annulus Liquid Level
0 ft
Lev
el
Drilling
Hole
Depth Diameter
(ft)
(inches)
Casing Casing
Top
Casing Mud
Casing
Shoe
Outside
Cement Top Density
Weight
Depth Diameter
Depth Depth (lb/US
(lb/ft3)
(ft)
(inches)
(ft)
(ft)
gal)
5000
12
5000
11.5
90.7
11.7
8000
10.5
8000
8.5
56.4
5000
11.7
12000
8.5
12000
7.2
47.1
7500
11.7
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1413
3.1.44.4.2.5 Lithology Data
300 oF
Reservoir Pressure
6000 psig
Leve Formatio
l
n Type
Bottom
Depth
(feet)
Shale
4000
Sandston
e
9750
Shale
12000
Shaline
Porosity Permea Rock
Salinit
ss
In Situ
(fraction bility Consiste
y
(fractio
Fluid
)
(md)
ncy
(ppm)
n)
0.1
0.12
Consolid
ated
Water
15000
3.1.44.4.2.6 Gauge Data
Gauge Depth
8500 ft
Gauge Temperature
279 oF
Gas Rate
35 MMscf
GOR
7431.94 scf/STB
CGR
0 STB/MMScf
Well Head Pressure
2500 psig
Days Since Production Started
50 days
entered.
1414
PROSPER

As the main file has already been created, this tutorial will concentrate on the
'Enthalpy Balance' temperature model and the required input data. The mode can be
activated on the Options | Options screen:
This well has been drilled on-land, therefore, as well as selecting Enthalpy Balance,
also select Pressure and Temperature (on land).
screen.
As the PVT data has already been entered, pass straight to the definition of the
equipment.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1415
each section:
1416
PROSPER
This has not been changed from the base file and therefore nothing requires to be
changed.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1417
it is produced up the well bore. A more detailed description of the well is now
available as shown below:
Type
X-mas Tree
MD
(ft)
Tubing
Inside
Diameter
(Inches)
Inside
Insulatio Rate
Roughnes
n
Multiplier
s (Inches)
Mild Steel
1000
Tubing
SSSV
Mild Steel
Tubing
Tubing
Outside
Diameter
(inches)
1
3.992
4.5
0.0018
None
3.5
11800
3.992
1
1
4.5
0.0018
None
Unlike the previous model, the casing is not inserted into the down hole equipment
screen. The casing will be defined based upon the bottom most point of the drilling
section. As the down hole equipment only now defines to the bottom of the tubing, it
no longer defines the bottom hole depth. This is set in the Drilling screen.
Done.
All of the data related to the temperature of the surroundings is entered in this screen:
1418
PROSPER
This includes both the downhole geothermal gradient and the surface conditions. If the
well had been selected as being off shore, information on the temperature and
velocity of the sea would also be required.
When this data has been inserted, select Done.
3.1.44.5.2.5 Drilling and Completion Data
The drilling depths and fluids are inserted into the next screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1419
The drilling depth will now become the bottom of the well and this will also become the
solution node for the majority of calculations.
The different casing dimensions and fluid properties will be used during the calculation
of the heat transfer to the surroundings. Once this data has been inserted, select
Done.
3.1.44.5.2.6 Lithology Data
Depending upon the rock past which the fluid flows, the heat transfer will change. It is
therefore important to capture the changes in the rock lithology at different depths.
This is done in the Lithology screen:
1420
PROSPER
The reservoir pressure and temperature are also inserted along with a description of
the different formation types which the well has been drilled through.
When the data has been inserted, select Done to proceed to the next screen.
3.1.44.5.2.7 Databases
PROSPER contains with the thermal properties of many different fluids and other
substances (cement/formation types etc). These databases are fully editable and so if
field data shows that certain values should be used, these can be entered by the user.
In this case, the default properties will be used and therefore select Done to continue
to the next screen:
In this case 1 gauge has been specified at 8500 ft and so once this has been
inserted, select Done to return to the main 'Equipment Data' screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1421
From the main equipment data page, select Done to return to the main screen.
(VLP + IPR).
pressure is set to 2500 psig and the WGR and GOR are set as 0 STB/MMscf and
7431.94 scf/STB respectfully. The time since production started should be set to 50
days. This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the screen:
1422
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1423
equivalent to the FBHP) is 5074 psig. This is within 5% of our measured rate for the
same conditions. In order to get a closer match, the VLP/IPR matching process
detailed in Tutorial 20 would have to be followed.
If we look at the results table in the centre of the screen, we can see that for a rate of
35 MMscf/day the gauge temperature is 285.44 oF. This is approximately 2.1%
different from our measured temperature at the same conditions and so we can be
happy that the temperature is being modelled in line with reality.
ribbon:
This shows the VLP/IPR intersection for the given set of conditions.
To exit the plot, press the red cross in the top right hand corner of the screen.
3.1.44.5.3.3 Calculating the Equivalent U Values
Now that the solution point for these conditions has been found, a gradient calculation
can be carried out using this rate and the set conditions. This can be done by
selecting Sensitivity PvD:
1424
PROSPER
This will transfer the results to a gradient calculation screen. Select Calculate to carry
out the calculation:
From these results we can see that there is a marked difference in the heat transfer
coefficient (U value) between the depths of 9500 and 4000 ft compared to above and
below this section. If we look back to the lithology that was entered, this is due to the
formation being made up of limestone rather than shale at this depth. It is therefore
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1425
clear, that a single heat transfer coefficient would not be sufficient to model this well.
Instead, a table of tables could be used as shown below:
Measured
Depth (ft)
Formation
Temperature
(oF)
U value
(BTU/h/
ft2/F)
70
4000
146.67
2.63
9500
253
12000
300
The U value is the after over the given length while the formation temperature is at
that given depth. This table could now be used in a different model if the 'Improved
Approximation' model were to be used.
Select Main to return to the main PROSPER screen. To save the file select File |
Save As...
be able to:
Build a PROSPER model using Enthalpy Balance temperature model.
From the resultant solution point, calculate the equivalent Overall Heat
Transfer Coefficient.
1426
PROSPER
3.1.45 Tutorial 41 Improved Approximation Temperature Model Example

entered.
using a characterised equation of state and also to validate the retrograde
condensate black oil model to ensure that the results of both were consistent with
each other. These steps were carried out in Tutorial 38 and Tutorial 39.
Now that the PVT has been robustly matched, the next step is to ensure that the
temperature model is calculating an accurate result for the temperature. It is believed
that as the fluid is travelling up the well, the temperature change is due not just to the
heat transfer with the surroundings but also due to the Joules Thompson effect for
which the pressure drop can lead to a change in the temperature of the fluid. A
previous model used the Enthalpy Balance temperature model to predict the
temperature of the fluid as it travels up the well. This is a very detailed model which
takes into account the different heat transfer mechanisms which are present within the
well; however, it requires a large amount of input data and also the time taken to
complete calculations is increased.
VLP curves are to be generated for this new well and it has been suggested that the
results which were found from the 'Enthalpy Balance' model (Tutorial 40) be used to
build a model with the Improved Approximation temperature model. Once this has
been checked to ensure that the test rate and gauge temperature reading using both
methods are the same then the new VLP curves can be generated.
3.1.45.2Objectives
Convert an 'Enthalpy Balance' model to an 'Improved Approximation' model
Calculate the pressure and temperature gradient for a given set of conditions
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1427
and compare the measured gauge temperature to that calculated in the model.
Generate VLP curves to be used in GAP to build an Integrated Production
Model.
representative of the actual fluid, this tutorial will concentrate on the additional input
fields which are required to build an 'Enthalpy Balance' temperature model. As the
temperature model is used to model the temperature as the fluid travels up the
wellbore, this additional data will affect the calculation of the VLP curve and will be
inserted in the Equipment Section.
a. Enable the 'Improved Approximation' temperature model.
b. Enter the previously defined temperature data.
c. A system calculation will be performed to assess the likely production at the
given conditions by combining the VLP and IPR curves.
d. Check the gauge pressure at the solution rate to ensure that the same
temperature profile is being calculated.
e. Generate VLP curves to be imported into GAP.
Calculation Type:
Predict
Model

(on land)
1428
PROSPER
This data has been found during Tutorial 41:

Measured
Depth (ft)
Formation
Temperature
(oF)
U value
(BTU/h/
ft2/F)
70
2.63
4000
146.67
2.63
9500
253
12000
300
entered.
As the main file has already been created, this tutorial will concentrate on the
'Improved Approximation' temperature model and the required input data. The mode
can be activated on the Options | Options screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1429
For the temperature model select Improved Approximation.

screen.
As the PVT data has already been entered, pass straight to the definition of the
equipment.
This will bring up the 'Equipment Data' screen. As we are interested in only inserting
data into the Temperature Data section, select the button to the left of the title to
open the screen:
1430
PROSPER
All of the data related to the temperature of the surroundings and the heat transfer
coefficients are entered in this screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1431
This information has been gathered directly from the 'Enthalpy Balance' model and so
we can be confident that the temperature is being accurately modelled.
When this data has been inserted, select Done to return to the Equipment screen and
the Done again to exit to the main screen.
Now that the new temperature data has been inserted into PROSPER, the next step is
to calculate the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can
be done with the use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR
plots to find the system point at which the well will flow.
(VLP + IPR).
1432
PROSPER
pressure is set to 2500 psig and the WGR and GOR are set as 0 STB/MMscf and
7431.94 scf/STB respectfully. This is exactly the same data as was used in the
enthalpy balance example so that the result can be compared. This data should
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1433
equivalent to the FBHP) is 5073 psig. This is within 1% of the results obtained when
the 'Enthalpy Balance' model was used.
If we look at the results table in the centre of the screen, we can see that for a rate of
35 MMscf/day the gauge temperature is 286oF. This is approximately 0.35% from the
value which was calculated using the 'Enthalpy Balance' model (285oF). This means
that as the pressure and temperature is the same between the two models that the
model is representative of the enthalpy balance model.
ribbon:
1434
PROSPER
This shows the VLP/IPR intersection for the given set of conditions.
To exit the plot, press the red cross in the top right hand corner of the screen and the
select Done to return to the main screen.
Now that we are able to reproduce the gauge temperature and pressure for a given
set of conditions, we want to generate VLP curve tables to be exported to GAP for
use in an Integrated Production Model.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1435

As the first node pressure is one of the variables we will be changing, the value
entered here will not be used. The Water Gas Ratio and Total GOR are also to be
usd in the sensitivity and so will be over written. The Inlet Fluid Temperature can be
set to the reservoir temperature.
ribbon:
entered:
1436
PROSPER
which are to be changed in the VLP tables. For a condensate production well, these
variables should be the First Node Pressure (i.e. the wellhead pressure), the Total
GOR and the Water Gas Ratio. To enter these ranges select Cases.
be done by selecting Generate.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1437
1438
PROSPER

click Calculate:
Please note that this calculation will take some time (due to the models which have
been selected and number of calculations involved) and therefore if the User is doing
this tutorial for learning purposes, it may be best to follow the remainder of this
example without carrying out the steps
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1439
1440
PROSPER
be able to:
Build a PROSPER well using the Improved Approximation temperature
model.
Generate lift curves which can be exported to GAP or REVEAL.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1441
3.1.46 Tutorial 42 Modelling a Steam Injection Well

entered.
In a number of reservoirs around the world, the viscous nature of the reservoir fluid
means that it can be very hard to produce due to the low mobility that results. In some
of these cases, one possible solution is to heat up the reservoir and in doing so
reduce the viscosity of the reservoir fluid. When the viscosity has been reduced, the
mobility increases and the fluid can be produced out of the reservoir.
The energy required to increase the temperature within the reservoir can be provided
by injecting steam into the reservoir. The steam is said to have a Quality which is the
ratio of the fluid which is steam to the total fluid. If the quality is 1 then the fluid is
entirely steam and if it is 0 then it is entirely water. For a given pressure, the quality
can only be between these two values at the saturation temperature. Under these
conditions, the quality is determined from the enthalpy of the fluid.
For this system, the previously created water injector model is to be converted into a
steam injector. The steam is to be injected at 2200 psig and therefore the saturation
temperature of the steam at this pressure should be calculated.
The impact that changing the quality of the steam at the wellhead has on the gradient
within the well is to be analysed.
The IPR section of the model will not be used as to model the impact of the steam
injection of the reservoir it is best to use a thermal numerical simulator such as
REVEAL.
3.1.46.2Objectives
Learn what is required to build a steam injection well.
Calculate the saturation temperature of steam at a given pressure and see how
1442
PROSPER
enthalpy affects the quality.

Run a sensitivity to see the impact that changing the enthalpy (and therefore the
quality) of the steam at wellhead has on the gradient within the well.
As the basic file has already been built for the water injection example, the steps
taken in this tutorial will concentrate on what is required to build a steam injection
model.
a. Enable the 'Improved Approximation' temperature model and steam calculations.
b. Calculate the saturation temperature of steam at 2200 psig and see what impact
changing the enthalpy of the fluid has on the quality of the steam.
c. A gradient calculation will be performed with different enthalpy values being
assigned to the fluid at the wellhead to see the impact of changing the steam
quality at the wellhead.
Calculation Type:
(on land)
Predict
Model
Overall Heat
Coefficient
Transfer 2 BTU/h/ft2/oF
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1443
entered.
As the main file has already been created, this tutorial will concentrate converting this
water injection well into a steam injection well. In order to model steam either the
Enthalpy Balance or Improved Approximation temperature models must be selected.
In this case we will use the Improved Approximation model and this can be activated
on the Options | Options screen:
When the Improved Approximation model is selected, the second option of Steam
Calculation becomes available. This should be set to Allow.
screen.
When calculating the gradient for a steam well, small changes in pressure and
temperature can lead to sudden changes in the steam quality and properties. To avoid
this from disrupting the calculations performed in PROSPER, we can set the step
length especially for steam wells. The default step length will still be used for non-
1444
PROSPER
steam wells.
This step length can be set in the Limits tab of the File | Preferences screen:
Set the Steam Step Length to 20 feet and Use Steam Step Length to Yes and then
select Done to return to the main screen.
3.1.46.5.2 Calculating Saturation Temperature
When the steam modelling capabilities of PROSPER have been enabled, it is possible
to access the steam tables by selecting PVT | Steam Calculator:
The calculator can be used to generate at single condition or a range of values for
different conditions. In this case select Calculate Single.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1445
When the single calculation is used, the pressure and enthalpy of the fluid should be
entered. This will calculate the Saturation Temperature at the given pressure and also
calculate the Quality for the given enthalpy value. Insert the Pressure as 2200 psig
and the Enthalpy as 1100 BTU/lb:
This shows that for these conditions, the Saturation Temperature is 650.45oF and the
steam is two phase with a Steam Quality of 0.955.
If the enthalpy is decreased to 900 BTU/lb the temperature remains the same as the
Saturation Temperature and the fluid is still in two phases but not the Steam Quality
has dropped to 0.48:
1446
PROSPER
If the enthalpy is increased to 1200 BTU/lb, then the fluid becomes a single phase gas
and the temperature rises to 689.45oF, which is above the saturation temperature:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1447
When the steam calculations have been completed, select OK and then OK to return
to the main screen.
Now that the 'Improved Approximation' model has been enabled the temperature data
required has changed. This therefore needs to be changed in the System |
Equipment (Tubing etc) screen.
This will bring up the 'Equipment Data' screen. First the saturation temperature of the
steam can be entered as the injection temperature (650oF). As we are interested in
only inserting data into the Temperature Data section, select the button to the left of
the title to open only this screen:
1448
PROSPER
All of the data related to the temperature of the surroundings and the heat transfer
coefficients are entered in this screen:
In this case the heat transfer coefficient entered for this well is assumed to be 2 BTU/
h/ft2/oF.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1449
When this data has been inserted, select Main to return to the main PROSPER
screen.
3.1.46.5.4 Running a Gradient Calculation
Now that the steam data has been inserted into PROSPER, we can carry out a series
of gradient calculations to see the impact of steam quality on the injection profile.
Gradient calculations can be run by selecting Calculation | Gradient (traverse) from
the main toolbar.
At this time, we wish to calculate the pressure provides in the well when we inject a
certain fixed rate (4000 STB/day) with varying steam qualities. The injection pressure
is assumed to be 2200 psig and at this pressure the saturation temperature has been
found to be 650oF. As the injection fluid is water (in the form of steam) the Water Cut
should be entered as 100% while the GOR is set to 0 scf/STB. This data should
The Steam Choice should be set to Enter Enthalpy although the enthalpy entered will
be over written by the sensitivity and therefore any value can be entered.
Once this data has been entered, select Cases to enter the sensitivity values for the
study. Select Steam Enthalpy from the drop down list and insert the values shown
1450
PROSPER
below:
When this has been entered select Continue to return to the main calculation screen.
3.1.46.5.4.2 Running a Gradient Calculation
It is now possible to run a gradient calculation for each of the sensitivity variables.
Select Calculate to run the calculation:
Once the calculation is completed, select Plot to see the gradient traverse for each
variable:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1451
This shows that when the steam quality which enters the well is higher, the pressure
gained as the fluid travels down the well is smaller. This is due in part to the smaller
density which leads to a reduced hydrostatic head but also to an increased volume
which leads to increased velocity and therefore increased friction pressure drop which
acts against the hydrostatic head. If the enthalpy is increased further, in fact, the
pressure within the well can be seen to drop as the frictional pressure drop actually
exceeds the pressure gain from the hydrostatic head.
While we know the enthalpy of the fluid as it enters the well, what we are really
interested in the the steam quality both at the well head and also at the bottom hole
as this will be the fluid which enters the reservoir. To view the steam quality of each
stream, first remove the pressure gradients by selecting Remove All from the plot
toolbar:
When the plots have been removed, select Steam Quality from the variable list in the
bottom left hand corner and select the clock icon:
1452
PROSPER
On the next screen select all of the streams and select OK:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1453
This will bring up the plot of the quality variation with depth:
1454
PROSPER
From this plot we can see that the different enthalpy values mean that the steam
enters the well at 48%, 60%, 71.8%, 83.7% and 95.6% quality respectively. At the
bottom of the well, however, the lower three enthalpy values all have a steam quality
of 0 meaning that only water is being injected. Steam qualities of 38% and 55% are
injected for the higher enthalpy values. This shows that it is very important to consider
the well when modelling steam injection into a reservoir so as to ensure that actually
steam will be injected rather than just hot water.
Close the plot and then select Main to return to the main PROSPER screen. To save
the file select File | Save As...
be able to:
Build a PROSPER model to model a steam injector.
Calculate the saturation temperature and steam quality for a given set of
conditions using the steam calculator.
Carry out a gradient calculation to see the changes in the steam quality as it
travels through the network.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1455
3.1.47 Tutorial 43 General Flow Assurance Features

entered.
Within PROSPER, there are a number of different features which can be used to help
assess the flow assurance issues that may arise during production. This tutorial looks
into three of the main areas of interest and shows how they can be identified. This
three main areas are:
Instability and Liquid Loading in the wellbore
Hydrate Formation and Inhibitors
Erosional Velocity Limits
Using the file created in Tutorial 41 as a starting point, this tutorial will give examples
of how each different issue can be identified using the different features available
within PROSPER. In the case of hydrate formation, the new features which allow the
water composition to be exploited as an inhibitor will also be explored.
3.1.47.2Objectives
Show and understand the different techniques which can be used for predicting
the onset of instability and liquid loading within the well.
Set up the model to predict the hydrate curve of a fluid for a certain water
composition and then use this hydrate curve to predict if a hydrate will form
under a certain set of conditions.
Compare the erosional velocity to the fluid velocity in the well to see if the limit is
being exceeded for the given conditions.
representative of the actual fluid, this tutorial will concentrate on how the built model
1456
PROSPER
can now be used to in flow assurance studies.

a. Use the test data provided to analyse if the flowing conditions are stable by
observing the shape of the VLP curve.
b. Use the test data provided to analyse if the flowing conditions are stable by
applying the Turner Velocity Crierion for the given condition.
c. Use the test data provided to analyse if the flowing conditions are stable by
checking the frictional gradient calculated by the PE5 model in a Gradient
Calculation.
d. After activating the Equation of State option, calculate the hydrate formation
curve for the given water compositions to view the impact of salt as an inhibitor.
e. Carry out a VLP calculation to see if the calculated hyrate formation conditions
are entered for the model.
f. Carry out a gradient calculation to see at what depth in the well, if any, hydrates
are likely to form.
g. Calculate a VLP curve to see at what rates the erosional velocity limit of the well
is exceeded.
The following data will be used in this tutorial.
3.1.47.4.1 Test Data
This data will be used to predict the onset of instability within the well.
Well
Pressure
Head
1000 psig
Water Gas Ratio 50 STB/MMscf

Gas Oil Ratio
Inlet
Temperature
Gas Rate
7431.94
STB
300 oF
scf/
4 MMscf/day
3.1.47.4.2 Water Salinity Data

Water 1 Water 2
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
NaCl
2.15%
4.52%
CaCl2
0.89%
0.94%
KBr
0.12%
0.24%
1457
entered.
3.1.47.5.1 Instability and Liquid Loading
One objective which can be achieved using PROSPER is to try to determine when a
well will become unstable or begin liquid loading. While the program cannot model the
effects of liquid loading (as this is a transient phenomena) it can be used to predict the
onset using a number of different techniques.
To show how this different techniques can be used, a set of conditions have been
measured as shown below:
Well
Pressure
Head
1000 psig
Water Gas Ratio 50 STB/MMscf

Gas Oil Ratio
7431.94
STB
scf/
Inlet
Temperature
300 oF
Gas Rate
4 MMscf/day
Using the different instability methods, the objective is to calculate if these conditions
are likely to be producing in a steady manner or if the well is likely to be unstable.
3.1.47.5.1.1 Unstable VLP Curves
This section will detail how to assess the stability of the well based upon the shape of
the VLP curves.
1458
PROSPER
When a multiphase fluid is produced from a well, the pressure drop within the well is
calculated using the mixture density of the fluid. This mixture density is dependent
upon the hold-up (the ratio of the area taken up by the liquid to the total area of the
section) which in turn is dependent upon the difference in velocities between the two
phases (the slip). The higher this slip, the greater the area inhabited by the liquid and
therefore the greater the mixture density and pressure drop.
A typical VLP curve for a multiphase fluid is shown below:
This can be split into two main regions; the region to the left of the minimum pressure
point and the region to the right of the minimum pressure point.
The region to the left of the minimum point is called the Gravity Dominated or
Unstable Region. As the rate increases, the pressure or energy required to lift the
fluid decreases. This is because, at the low rates, the difference between the gas and
liquid velocities is high and therefore the hold-up increases. This increase in hold-up
increases the pressure drop as the mixture density will increase. This region of the
curve is inherently unstable and producing a rate within this region may cause liquid
loading to occur.
The region to the right of the minimum point is called the Friction Dominated or
Stable Region. Here, as the rate increases, the pressure or energy required to lift the
fluid to the surface increases. The increase in rate acts to increase the velocity of the
two phases and so the difference between the velocities is reduced. This is turn
reduces the pressure drop. The friction can be said to have a stabilising effect on the
well as it moves the solution point further away from the unstable region.
The minimum point of the curve is often referred to as the Minimum Point of Stability.
If the rate were to fall below this value, then the well may become unstable and liquid
loading may occur.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1459
In order to see if the conditions of the test are predicted to be unstable the VLP
needs to be calculated. Once the curve has been calculated, if the rate falls within the
unstable, left hand side of the curve then we can say that the flow will be unstable.
Once the file for Tutorial 42 has been opened, the VLP can be generated by entering
the Calculation | VLP (tubing curves) screen.
In the top left of the screen, the test conditions should be entered:
Select the Vertical Lift Correlation to be Petroleum Experts 5 and the Rate Method as
Automatic - Geometric.
To generate the VLP curve select Calculate and then to view the curve select Plot:
1460
PROSPER
This shows that the test rate, 4 MMscf/day, is located to the left of the minimum
stable rate and therefore can be said to be unstable.
The plot can be exited by selecting the red cross in the top right hand corner.
3.1.47.5.1.2 Turner Velocity
This section will detail how to assess the stability of the well based upon the Turner
Criterion.
The Turner Equation can be used to predict the velocity of gas required to lift the
droplets of liquid up the well. This work is based upon a momentum balance of a
single droplet of liquid and calculates the minimum velocity required to provide the
necessary momentum to carry the liquid upwards.
More information (including a reference to the original paper) can be found in the
Calculation Options section.
When the VLP curves are generated, a gradient calculation is carried out for each
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1461
rate of the curve to find the flowing bottom hole pressure required to lift the fluid. At
every interval step, the Turner Velocity and the Total No-Slip Velocity are calculated.
If at any point, this No-Slip velocity falls below the Turner Velocity, it means that there
is a risk that the gas will not be able to lift the liquid droplet and therefore liquid
loading will occur. If this happens, the Liquid Loading Flag is raised for this point.
If the well were to produce a rate which has a Liquid Loading flag next to it, this would
imply that according to the Turner Equation, liquid loading may occur at these
conditions.
To see if the fluid velocity drops below the Turner Velocity for the given test rate, the
VLP curve can be analysed.
If this step is being performed directly from the section on the Unstable VLP Curve
tutorial then the VLP screen will already be open. If not, the VLP can be calculated by
selecting Calculations | VLP (tubing curves) from the main toolbar.
In the top left of the screen, the test conditions should be entered:
Select the Vertical Lift Correlation to be Petroleum Experts 5 and the Rate Method as
User Selected. In the rate section, enter rates of 3.5, 4, 4.5 and 5 MMscf/day. Select
Calculate to generate the VLP curve for these rates:
1462
PROSPER
From the VLP table in the centre of the screen, we can see that the Liquid Loading
Flag has been set to yes for the rates below 5 MMscf/day. This means that if the rate
is below 5 MMscf/day, the Turner Criterion suggests that the velocity of the gas will
not have the momentum to carry the liquid droplets up the well. Liquid loading would
therefore occur within the well.
This same analysis can be carried out when a system calculation is performed. If the
intersection point between the VLP and IPR curves was to occur at a rate with the
flag enabled, then the well may be unstable if produced.
3.1.47.5.1.3 Predicting Instability using Petroleum Experts 5
This section will detail how to assess the stability of the well using the Petroleum
Experts 5 multiphase model in a gradient calculation.
The Petroleum Experts 5 multiphase model is a mechanistic model which means that
rather than being built on the basis of empirical data, it uses fundamental physics
(momentum balances etc) to calculate the holdup within the well under different
conditions.
One additional feature which is present within Petroleum Experts 5 is the ability to
predict when a well will be unstable based upon the frictional gradient of the well. If
the model finds that the frictional gradient is negative for a production well, then
this implies that some of the fluid is falling downwards rather than being produced
upwards and this means that liquid loading is predicted to be occurring.
Petroleum Experts 5 can therefore be used to to calculate the pressure gradient
within a well for a given set of conditions, and if the frictional pressure gradient is
found to be negative, the well can be said to be unstable at these conditions.
To calculate the frictional pressure gradient within the well, a gradient calculation
should be performed. This can be done by selecting Calculation | Gradient
(traverse) from the main menu.
The test data should be inserted into the top left hand corner of the screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1463
The correlation selected must be Petroleum Experts 5 in order to see this behaviour.
When the data has been inserted, select Calculate to carry out the pressure gradient:
If the Friction Gradient and Friction Pressure Loss values are reviewed in the Gradient
results table in the centre of the screen, we can see that at the bottom of the well,
where the casing is larger and therefore the velocity of the fluids will be lower, both
values are negative. This implies that the model is predicting that some of the fluid will
flow downwards at this point and is therefore unstable.
Whenever a negative frictional gradient is seen in a production well using Petroleum
Experts 5, it is a sign that the well could be unstable under the current conditions.
1464
PROSPER
3.1.47.5.1.4 Summary of Techniques
Using the well test conditions given at the start of the section, it has been shown using
three different methods that the flow in the well at these conditions would be unstable.
While not all cases will fail all three criteria, it is an advantage to be able to perform all
three tests to check if the well is likely to be unstable or not.
3.1.47.5.2 Hydrate Formation
Hydrate formation can cause serious flow assurance issues in certain wells and
pipelines. It is therefore important that we can calculate when conditions dictate that
these hydrates may occur and flag if these conditions are reached so that we can
design our system to avoid them.
This section will therefore detail how to first calculate the hydrate curve for fully
compositional model and also view the impact that salts have on the hydrate curves.
When the hydrate curve has been generated, a calculation can be performed and
checked to ensure that the conditions within the model do not mean that hydrates will
occur.
Hydrate formation is also a major issue in surface networks where it is sometimes
necessary to inject inhibitors to reduce the likelihood of hydrates forming. When the
inhibitors are injected, however, the pressures and temperatures within the system
change and this means that the calculation of inhibitor volumes required needs to be a
dynamic calculation rather than a post-calculation. A fully worked example of how to
model this in GAP is available in the Tutorial section of the GAP User Guide.
3.1.47.5.2.1 Setting Up the Model
In order to calculate the hydrate curve for a fluid, the PVT method should be set to
Equation of State. It is possible to enter a hydrate curve for a black oil, however, this
must be calculated externally and then entered into the program.
If this section is being performed as a continuation of the General Flow Assurance
tutorial, then a file should already be open. If not. the file being used for this example
should be T42_Improved_Approximation.OUT which is located in the installation
directory of IPM 9.0.
When the file has been opened, the PVT method should be set in Options | Options:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1465
Select Equation of State from the menu and also enable the PVT warnings. Select
From the top toolbar, enter PVT | Warnings to enable the Hydrate warning in the
calculations:
Once this has been enabled select Done.
1466
PROSPER
3.1.47.5.2.2 Modelling the Impact of Salts on Hydrate Curves
To calculate the hydrate formation curve for a fluid, enter the PVT | Input Data
screen:
Select Phase Env... from the top toolbar:
This will bring up the phase envelope and hydrate curve screen.
The hydrate curve which will be generated is dependent upon the inhibitors which are
present within the system. As salt is a naturally inhibitor, entering the correct water
composition is very important to ensure accurate hydrate curves are generated.
To see the impact that the salt has on the hydrate curve, two different water/salt
compositions are going to be entered:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1467
Water 1 Water 2
NaCl
2.15%
4.52%
CaCl2
0.89%
0.94%
KBr
0.12%
0.24%
To enter the first composition, select Water Composition in the bottom right hand
corner of the screen:
The Salt Mode option should be set to Use Water Composition to use the water
composition and then the different percentages of the salts can be entered at the
bottom of the screen. Enter the first salt composition:
1468
PROSPER
When the has been entered, select Done and then Calculate Hydrate...Wax:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1469
The hydrate curve of the fluid with the first salt content can be seen above. To enter
the second composition, select Water Composition and then enter the data at the
bottom of the screen:
1470
PROSPER
When this has been entered, select Done and then Calculate Hydrate...Wax to
calculate the second hydrate curve:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1471
We can see that the presence of the additional salt in the second calculation means
that the pressure at which the hydrates will form has increased.
For the remainder of this tutorial, the second hydrate curve will be used as the correct
curve to assess if hydrates will form under a range of conditions. This can be copied
by selecting the contents of the table and right clicking to select Copy. To exit to the
main screen select OK and then Done.
When on the main screen, return to the PVT | Warnings section and select Data so
that the curve can be included in the calculations:
1472
PROSPER
When pasting the data, care should be taken as the columns are the opposite way
around from the previous table. For this reason it may be easier to paste the table
into another program such as EXCEL, switch teh columns around and then paste it
into this table:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1473
The data can be pasted by right clicking on the table and selecting Paste. To return to
the main screen select Main.
At this point it is worth pointing out that hydrate curves calculated in this manner can
be copied into Black Oil models to be used in calculations. This would also be pasted
into the table in PVT | Warnings. This means that if VLP curves are generated with
the hydrate curve in the calculation, then hydrate flags will be included as part of the
VLP.
3.1.47.5.2.3 Calculating Hydrate Conditions
Now that the hydrate curve has been calculated, future calculations which are
performed will compare the pressure and temperature at each depth to the curve to
predict if hydrates will form. If the conditions dictate that hydrates will occur, a flag will
be raised. This can be seen in both the VLP calculations and the gradient calculations.
To carry out a VLP calculation, enter the Calculation | VLP (Tubing Curves) screen.
In the top right hand corner the following properties can be entered to calculate a
single VLP curve:
When this data has been inserted, select Calculate.

When the calculation is completed, the VLP results table will be displayed in the top
right of the screen. Within the table, each row has a Hydrate Formation Flag
designated:
1474
PROSPER
If the flag reads Yes, then within the gradient calculation for that row's rate, the
pressure and temperature within the well have fallen within the range which the
hydrate curve dictates hydrates would begin to form. If the column reads No, as is the
case with all of curve is this case, then no hydrates are predicted to form under these
conditions.
These flags will also be exported as part of the lift curve file which can then be
imported into GAP to run an integrated production model. The actually rate which will
be produced by the well can then be calculated (or via a system calculation in
PROSPER) to find out if the solution rate falls within the range of a Yes flag or a No
flag.
To return to the main screen, select Done.
Gradient calculations form the basis of VLP calculations but can also be performed on
a stand alone basis to calculate the conditions within a well for a set of given
production conditions.
To carry out a gradient calculation, select Calculation | Gradient (traverse) from the
main toolbar.
When this screen has been opened, enter the following input data into the top right of
the screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1475
When the data has been entered, select Calculate to perform the gradient
calculation.
When the calculation is completed, the gradient results are displayed in the centre of
the screen. One of the columns is the Hydrate Formation column which will be set to
Yes or No depending if the conditions at the given depth are predicted to cause
hydrates to form or not. In this case, as all the flags are set as No, the well, flowing
under the given conditions, will not have hydrate formation within it.
If hydrate formation is predicted, then the gradient calculation will also show the
depths which are at the most danger of this occurring.
1476
PROSPER
3.1.47.5.3 Erosional Velocity Limit

When a well produces a fluid at a very high velocity, it is possible that the produced
fluid will cause damage to the tubing, casing or pipeline by erosion. This can be
significant, especially when producing fluid's which contain solids.
In order to reduce the damage done by this erosion, restrictions are often placed
upon the velocity at which the fluid can flow in the pipeline. These erosional velocity
limits are used to ensure that the rate being produced will not damage the equipment
which is being used to produce it.
In PROSPER, it is possible to compare the velocity of the produced fluid at each depth
to the erosional velocity calculated for the same conditions to see if the rate being
produced exceeds it or falls below it. For more information on the calculation of the
erosional velocity limit, please refer to the Calculation Options section of this User
Guide.
3.1.47.5.3.1 Calculating the Erosional Velocity
The following section will show how to calculate if any conditions in the VLP curve will
exceed the erosional velocity limits calculated.
To carry out a VLP calculation, enter the Calculation | VLP (Tubing Curves) screen.
In the top right hand corner the following properties can be entered to calculate a
single VLP curve:
When this data has been inserted, select Calculate.

When the calculation is completed, the VLP results table will be displayed in the top
right of the screen. Within the table, each row has an Erosional Velocity Flag
designated:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1477
If the flag reads Yes, then within the gradient calculation for that row's rate, the fluid's
'total no slip velocity' at some depth in the well has exceeded that of the erosional
velocity at the same depth. If the column reads No, then the limit has not been broken.
When the wellhead pressure is set to 100 psig, it can be seen that rates above 72.4
MMscf/day will exceed the velocity limit while rates of 50.36 MMscf/day and below
will not exceed the value. To get a more accurate idea of the maximum velocity (which
at this time is known to be between 50 and 72 MMscf/day) a second calculation
would need to be performed over a range in which the maximum is known to lie.
If the wellhead pressure is increased to 500 psig, and the calculation is rerun,
different results are obtained:
1478
PROSPER
We can now see that a rate of 72 MMscf/day does not exceed the erosional velocity
limit and now only 104 and 149 MMscf/day have the Yes flag next to them. This
highlights an important point; as the velocity of the fluid is dependent upon the in-situ
conditions, no single rate expressed at standard conditions can express the erosional
velocity limit for the well. The equivalent rate will be different for various different
flowing conditions and we can only know if the limit has been exceeded for each case
by checking the erosional velocity flag.
These flags will therefore be exported as part of the lift curve file which can then be
imported into GAP to run an integrated production model. The actual rate which will
be produced by the well can then be calculated (or via a system calculation in
PROSPER) to find out if the solution rate falls within the range of a Yes flag or a No
flag.
be able to:
Carry out a series of different tests to analyse the flow assurance of a well
under a certain set of flowing conditions.
Analyse the stability of a well using one of three techniques; the shape of the
VLP curve, the Turner Velocity Criterion and using the frictional gradient
calculated by the Petroleum Experts 5 multi-phase flow model.
Calculate the hydrate formation curve for a fully compositional model.
View the impact that different salt compositions in the production water have
on the hydrate formation curve.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1479
Calculate if a set of well flowing conditions fall within the range of pressure
and temperature where hydrates are predicted to form.
Calculate if the erosional velocity limit has been exceeded for a certain set of
flowing conditions.
1480
PROSPER
3.1.48 Tutorial 44 Modelling Non-Newtonian Fluids

entered.
A well has been producing an heavy oil (API 12) for some time. However, it has been
observed that the viscosity of the fluid appears to change depending upon the rate
being produced. Viscosity is defined as the relationship between the shear stress and
shear rate for a fluid. For the majority of fluids, this relationship is linear and we refer
to these fluids as Newtonian fluids. However, if the relationship between shear stress
and shear rate are not linear, we refer to the fluid as a non-Newtonian fluid. Heavy oils
will sometimes be found to be shear thinning which means that as the work done to
the fluid increases, the viscosity decreases.
The standard viscosity correlations do not account for this non-Newtonian behaviour
and therefore a secondary model can be enabled to capture the impact that this will
have on the fluid behaviour.
A laboratory report details the viscosity parameters for a set of pressures and
temperatures. This information is to be used within the model to see the effects that
shear rate will have on the viscosity of the fluid and therefore also on the pressure
gradients within the well.
It is unclear what the effects of the non-Newtonian fluid will be in the reservoir and
therefore a numerical reservoir simulator will be used to model the inflow into the well.
As such, no IPR will be included within the PROSPER model.
3.1.48.2Objectives
Build a model with PVT which is representative of a non-Newtonian fluid.
Compare the gradients for varying well head pressures with and without the nonNewtonian corrections.
a. Set up the PVT data to ensure that the original oil is accurately modelled.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1481
b. Insert the well deviation and tubing data to define a VLP curve.
c. Run a series of gradients with the Newtonian fluid model.
d. Change the viscosity model to the non-Newtonian fluid model and insert the
laboratory data.
e. Run a new series of gradients with the non-Newtonian fluid and compare these
to the previous calculations.
Fluid
Oil and Water
Method
Black Oil
Separator
Viscosity Model Non-Newtonian
3.1.48.4.2 PVT Data

fluid.
GOR
10 scf/STB
Oil Gravity
12 API
Gas Gravity
Water Salinity
75000 ppm
Mole % H2S
0%
Mole % CO2
0%
Mole % N2
0%
1482
PROSPER
3.1.48.4.2.1 Match Data
120 oF
Temperature of Test
Bubble Point
Temperature
at
Test 170 psig
Pressure
GOR
Oil FVF
Viscosity
170
10
1.025
100
3.1.48.4.2.2 Non-Newtonian Data
Maximum Viscosity
10000 cp
Temperature Pressure (psig) Yield

Stress Consistency
(oF)
(TAUo) (psi)
Index (K)
Shear Thinning
Index (n)
60
100
0.9
60
3000
0.9
120
100
0.5
0.95
120
3000
0.5
0.95

the well.
MD (ft)
TVD (ft)
2000
2000
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1483
Type
MD (ft)
X-mas Tree
Inside
Inside
Rate Multiplier
Diameter Roughness
(inches) (inches)
Tubing
1800
3.2
0.0006
Casing
2000
6.4
0.0006

MD (ft) Temperature
(oF)
0
80
1200
120

1484
PROSPER
Heat Capacity (BTU/lb/

oF)
Oil
0.53
Gas
0.51
Water
3.1.48.4.4 IPR Data

This file is going to be used to generate VLP curves only (and view the impact of the
non-Newtonian fluid model on the pressure drop) and therefore no IPR is required to
be entered.
entered.
modelled. For this example, we will first build the file as a Newtonian fluid and once
the results have been calculated, change the fluid type to non-Newtonian so that the
impact can be seen. The option screen can be accessed by selecting Options |
Options and in this case, the data is kept as the default for all the options:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1485
The fluid type should be kept Oil and Water.

screen.
GOR
10 scf/STB
Oil Gravity
12 API
Gas Gravity
Water Salinity
75000 ppm
Mole % H2S
0%
Mole % CO2
0%
1486
PROSPER
Mole % N2
0%
Once this data has been inserted, the next step is to match the fluid to laboratory data
by selecting Match Data.
The Water Cut inserted will be used for any calculations carried out using the
Calculate feature.
3.1.48.5.2.1 Matching PVT
Insert the available data for the oil into the match table.
Temperatur 120
oF
e of Test
Bubble
170
Point
at psig
Test
Temperatur
e
Pressu GOR
PROSPER Manual
Oil
Viscos
June, 2014
Examples Guide
re
170
10
FVF
ity
1.025
700
1487
When the data is inserted select Match to proceed to the matching screen.
Select Match All to carry out the regression on all of the correlations. The resultant
matching parameters can then be seen by selecting Parameters:
1488
PROSPER
The criteria for selecting a correlation is to have a parameter 1 as close to 1 and a

parameter 2 as close to 0 as possible. Looking at the matches obtained, the best
matches as Vazquez-Beggs and Egbogah et al correlations:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1489
These correlations can be selected by returning to the main PVT screen and selecting
them from the drop down menus:
When the correlations have been selected, press Done to return to the main screen.
the well and the path through which the fluid flows. This is done in the 'Equipment
Data' section. This can be accessed by selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc).
each section:
1490
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1491
it is produced up the wellbore. Details of the equipment to be installed can be found
below:
perforations.
1492
PROSPER
Done.
experiences and so is used in the calculation of heat transfer. The overall heat
transfer coefficient is also input into this screen. The geothermal gradient can be seen
below:
input screen.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1493
Select Done to proceed to the final 'Equipment' screen.

3.1.48.5.3.6 Gauge Data
This model will have no gauges therefore the screen can be left blank:

3.1.48.5.4 Pressure Gradient with Newtonian Fluid
Now that the PVT and well description have been entered, the pressure gradient
within the well for a given set of conditions can be found. This will first be done with
the fluid treated as a Newtonian fluid data and then later with the non-Newtonian data
so that the two can be compared. The pressure gradient within the well is to be
calculated at different first node pressures.
To carry out the gradient calculation select Calculation | Gradient (Traverse).
1494
PROSPER
3.1.48.5.4.1 Inserting Input data
To calculate the pressure gradient in the well, the well conditions must be set. This
can be done in the top left hand corner of the screen:
When the above data has been inserted select Cases:
Insert the three first node pressues to be calculated and then select Continue.
3.1.48.5.4.2 Calculating the Pressure Gradient
The pressure gradients can be calculated by selecting Calculate:
The results can then be viewed on a graph by selecting Plot:

PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1495
3.1.48.5.4.3 Saving the Plot
1496
PROSPER
Enter the name under which the plot is to be saved and then select Add.
screen.
3.1.48.5.5 Enabling the non-Newtonian Model
Now that the gradients have been calculated with the fluid treated as a Newtonian
fluid, the same conditions are to be calculated with the model enabled. To enable the
model, enter the Options | Options screen:
Select Non-Newtonian Fluid for the 'Viscosity Model' and then Done to return to the
main screen.
To insert the new PVT data, enter the PVT | Input Data screen and select
Rheological Parameters:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1497
This allows the laboratory data which describes the non-Newtonian fluid to be
entered:
This method uses the equivalent apparent viscosity method and more information on
1498
PROSPER
this model can be found in the non-Newtonian fluid section of this guide.
When the data has been entered, select Done and then Done to return to the main
PROSPER screen.
3.1.48.5.6 Pressure Gradient with non-Newtonian Fluid
Now that the non-Netwonian fluid model has been enabled, the next step is to
calculate the pressure gradient within the well so that they can be compared with the
gradients calculated without the model enabled. The pressure gradient within the well
is to be calculated at different first node pressures.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1499
These should still remain from the previous calculation and therefore, with nothing
having been added, select Continue.
The pressure gradients can e calculated by selecting Calculate:
1500
PROSPER
3.1.48.5.6.3 Comparing the Plots
the 'clock' button:
the results to be plotted, which in this case would be the 'No Emulsion' results which
have been saved and the current 'Emulsion' results:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1501
1502
PROSPER
We can see that for these cases, because the fluid is a shear thinning fluid (the
viscosity reduces when work is done to it) the pressure gradients are lower when the
non-Newtonian model is enabled.
be able to:
Enable and run calculations using the non-Newtonian fluid model.
two files together to view the impact of the non-Newtonian model on our
results.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1503
3.1.49 Tutorial 45 CBM Water Well

entered.
During the initial stages of production from a Coal Bed Methane reservoir, it is often
necessary to go through a 'de-watering' stage where water is removed from the
reservoir in order to reduce the pressure and release methane which was adsorbed
onto the surface of the coal. During this stage, a pump is normally installed at the
bottom of the tubing to allow more fluid to be produced and a gas separator is used
to pass any produced gas up the annulus.
This tutorial will therefore go through the steps of setting up a water producing well
which has an ESP installed in it and also describe the steps to export the VLP curves
so that they can be used within a reservoir modelling software package such as
MBAL or as part of an integrated model in GAP.
3.1.49.2Objectives
Create a CBM water production well model.
Select an ESP to be used within the well.
Learn to export the lift curves for use in MBAL or GAP.
a. Select the CBM Producer and ESP from the main options screen.
b. Insert the available PVT data for the gas and water.
c. The equipment information will be inserted into the model to define the downhole equipment. This will be used to define the VLP curves.
d. An IPR model will be built which models the CBM behaviour.
e. An ESP will be included in the model which has already been selected.
f. The lift curves will be generated which can be used for a prediction within MBAL
or GAP.
1504
PROSPER
Fluid
Oil and Water
Method
Black Oil
Well Type CBM Producer

Artificial Lift
Method
Electrical
Pump
Submersible
3.1.49.4.2 PVT Data

the fluid.
Gas Gravity
CBM GLR
Water Salinity
100000 ppm
Mole % H2S
0%
Mole % CO2
0%
Mole % N2
0%

the well.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
MD (ft)
TVD (ft)
2600
2600
1505
MD
(ft)
Type
X-mas
Tree
Tubing
2500
Casing
2600
Tubing
Inside
Diamete
r
(Inches)
Tubing
Inside
Roughne
ss
(Inches)
Tubing
Outsid
e
Diamet
er
(Inches
)
Tubing
Outside
Roughn
ess
(Inches)
Casing
Inside
Diamet
er
(Inches
)
Casing
Inside
Rate
Roughne Multipli
ss
er
(Inches)
1
2.875
0.0006
3.25
0.0006
6.1
0.0018
6.1
0.0018

MD (ft)
Temperature (oF)
60
1506
PROSPER
2600
100

oF)
Oil
0.53
Gas
0.51
Water
3.1.49.4.4 IPR Data

model used is dependent on the purpose of the study. In this case the 'PI Entry' model
will be used until more information on the reservoir becomes available.
Reservoir Model
CBM Producer
Reservoir Pressure
800 psig
100 oF
Gas Liquid Ratio
10 scf/STB
Productivity Index
2 STB/day/psi
Residual Saturation
End
Point
Permeability
Corey Exponent
PROSPER Manual
Water
Gas
0.2
Relative 0.8
1.5
0.8
2
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1507
3.1.49.4.5 ESP Data

Pump
(Measured)
Depth 2500 ft
Operating Frequency 60 Hz
Maximum Pump OD
6 inches
Length of Cable
2750 ft
Gas Separator
Method
Enter Separator Efficiency
Gas Separator
Efficiency
100 %
Liquid Level Method Entered

Liquid Level
2000
Number of Stages
58
Voltage at Surface
465 Volts
Pump Wear Factor
Gas DeRating Model <none>

Allow Tapered ESPs No
Current Pump
Current Motor
Current Cable
CENTRILIFT R7 4 inches (500-900

RB/day)
Centrilift 562 KMH 38HP 435V 53A
#1 Copper 0.26(Volts/1000ft) 123
(amps) max

opened, a new file will automatically be created and this step does not require to be
taken.
modelled. The option screen can be accessed by selecting Options | Options:
1508
PROSPER
Select the Fluid to be Oil and Water, the Well Type to be CBM Producer and the
Artificial Lift Method to be Electrical Submersible Pump. As this is a CBM Producer,
PROSPER will automatically calculate both the production up the tubing and the gas
production up the annulus.
screen.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1509
When this data has been entered, select Done to return to the main screen.
Data' screen, which can be accessed by selecting System | Equipment (Tubing
etc).
each section:

1510
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1511
it is produced up the wellbore. As fluid will be produced up both the tubing and the
annulus, both spaces need to be specified. Details of the equipment to be installed
can be found below:
perforations.
Done.
below:
1512
PROSPER
Selecting Done will exit the geothermal gradient screen.

Select Done to proceed to the final input screen for the equipment section.
3.1.49.5.3.6 Gauge Data
The final equipment screen allows gauge depths to be entered. This well has no
gauges and therefore the screen can be left blank:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1513
All of the equipment data has now been entered and so select Main to return to the
main screen.
When modelling CBM Producers, a specific IPR model becomes available; CBM
Producer. This models each phase for the IPR separately and also allows the impact
of the relative permeability of each phase on production to be captured. After
selecting the model, insert the reservoir data and the PI
1514
PROSPER
Select the Rel Perms tab to enter the relative permeability curves for the well:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1515
Select the red cross in the top right hand corner to exit the plot and then Done to
return to the main PROSPER screen.
completed.
3.1.49.5.5 Inserting ESP Details
Now that the equipment and IPR data have been entered, the ESP data should be
entered into the model. For this tutorial, the ESP has been selected previously and
therefore no design is to be carried out. For the steps required to carry out an ESP
design, Tutorial 26 should be consulted.
To enter the ESP go to the System | Electrical Submersible Pumps screen:
1516
PROSPER
The gas separator efficiency has been set to 100% so that all of the gas travels up
the annulus and only the water is produced through the ESP and up the tubing.
Now that model has been set up, we want to generate VLP curve tables to be
exported to GAP for use in an Integrated Production Model.
VLP curve for each case, a table of values is generated and these values are used to
interpolate between to find the results of the model conditions. It is therefore very
important that the ranges of values that the tables are generated for cover all the
possible values which may be required in the model. If they do not, the results will be
extrapolated and this can lead to large errors in the results.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1517
As the top node pressure and CBM GLR are two of the variables we will be changing,
the value entered here will not be used in any calculations. It is very important that
the Lift Curves For Simulators option is selected as this will move the solution from
the pump discharge to the bottom hole which is required for use in simulators and
GAP.
ribbon:
entered:
1518
PROSPER
The rates should normally be entered from a low value to a value approximately equal
to the well AOF. When the values have been inserted, select Generate and then
Done.
which are to be changed in the VLP tables. For a CBM Producer well, these variables
should be the First Node Pressure (i.e. the wellhead pressure), the Pump Frequency,
the CBM GLR and the Liquid Level in the Annulus. To enter these ranges select
Cases.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1519
1520
PROSPER
The same process can be followed to add the values for the remaining two variables:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1521

click Calculate:
Please note that due to the number of variables used in this VLP table, this
calculation may take some time to complete.
1522
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1523
This *.tpd file can now be imported into MBAL or GAP to use in simulations.
be able to:
Build a CBM Producer Well which produces water through a ESP and gas up
the annulus.
Generate lift curves which can be exported to GAP or MBAL.
1524
PROSPER
3.1.50 Tutorial 46 Modelling Emulsions

entered.
A well has been producing a heavy oil (API 11) for some time. However, it has
recently begun producing water and from tests it appears that the fluid currently being
produced is an emulsion.
As the viscosity of emulsions can be very different to the individual water and oil
phases' viscosities, an additional model is required within PROSPER to take this into
account.
A laboratory report details the emulsion's viscosities at different water-cuts for a set
pressure and temperature. This information is to be used within the model to see the
effects that an increasing water-cut will have on the pressure gradients within the well.
It is unclear what the effects of the emulsion will be in the reservoir and therefore a
numerical reservoir simulator will be used to model the inflow into the well. As such,
no IPR will be included within the PROSPER model.
3.1.50.2Objectives
Build a model with PVT which is representative of an emulsion.
Compare the gradients for varying water cuts with and without the emulsion
corrections.
a. Set up the PVT data to ensure that the original oil is accurately modelled.
b. Insert the emulsion lab data into the model and match the emulsion viscosity.
c. Insert the well deviation and tubing data to define a VLP curve.
d. Run a series of gradient calculations to predict what the impact of the water cut
increasing from 0% to 20% will be on the well's pressure gradient for with the
emulsion model selected and not selected.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1525
Fluid
Oil and Water
Method
Black Oil
Separator
Emulsions
Emulsion + Pump Viscosity Correction
3.1.50.4.2 PVT Data

fluid.
GOR
40 scf/STB
Oil Gravity
11 API
Gas Gravity
Water Salinity
10000 ppm
Mole % H2S
0%
Mole % CO2
0%
Mole % N2
0%
3.1.50.4.2.1 Match Data
Temperature of Test
Bubble Point
Temperature
200 oF
at
Test 500 psig
Pressure
GOR
Oil FVF
Viscosity
500
40
1.051
100
1526
PROSPER
3.1.50.4.2.2 Emulsion Data
Experimental Pressure 2000 psig

200 oF
Experimental
Temperature
Min Water Cut For 60%

Maximum Viscosity
Max Water Cut For 80%
Maximum Viscosity
Water Cut
Viscosity (cp)
5
10
20
30
40
50
55
85
90
105
115
130
150
188
234
250
53
10.5

the well.
MD (ft)
TVD (ft)
5000
5000
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1527
Type
MD (ft)
X-mas Tree
Inside
Inside
Rate Multiplier
Diameter Roughness
(inches) (inches)
Tubing
4800
2.4
0.0006
Casing
5000
6.4
0.0006

(reservoir temperature) are required. More data points can be inserted if they are
known as this will improve the accuracy of geothermal gradient.
MD (ft) Temperature
(oF)
0
80
5000
200
1528
PROSPER
oF)
Oil
0.53
Gas
0.51
Water
3.1.50.4.4 IPR Data

This file is going to be used to generate VLP curves only (and view the impact of the
emulsion model on the pressure drop) and therefore no IPR is required to be entered.
entered.
this case, the data is kept as the default for all the options except Emulsions which is
set to Emulsion + Pump Viscosity Correction:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1529
The fluid type should be kept Oil and Water.

screen.
GOR
40 scf/STB
Oil Gravity
11 API
Gas Gravity
Water Salinity
10000 ppm
Mole % H2S
0%
Mole % CO2
0%
Mole % N2
0%
1530
PROSPER
Once this data has been inserted, the next step is to match the fluid to laboratory data
by selecting Match Data.
The Water Cut inserted will be used for any calculations carried out using the
Calculate feature.
3.1.50.5.2.1 Matching PVT
Insert the available data for the oil into the match table.
Temperatur 200
oF
e of Test
Bubble
500
Point
at psig
Test
Temperatur
e
Pressu GOR
re
Oil
FVF
Viscos
ity
500
1.051
100
PROSPER Manual
40
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1531
When the data is inserted select Match to proceed to the matching screen.
Select 'Match All' to carry out the regression on all of the correlations. The resultant
matching parameters can then be seen by selecting Parameters:
1532
PROSPER
The criteria for selecting a correlation is to have a parameter 1 as close to 1 and a

parameter 2 as close to 0 as possible. Looking at the matches obtained, the best
matches as Vazquez-Beggs and Egbogah et al correlations:
These correlations can be selected by returning to the main PVT screen and selecting
them from the drop down menus:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1533
3.1.50.5.2.2 Adding Emulsion Data
We have now got a good match on our PVT when we are producing a pure oil,
however, we know that when water is introduced, we expect to see an emulsion
forming. We can choose where the effects of the emulsion are going to be seen in our
model by selecting from the Emulsion Occurrence drop down menu. So that a
comparison can be carried out to see the impact of the emulsion on a pressure drop
first the calculations are to be carried out with the additional emulsion correction.
Therefore select :
To input the Emulsion data, select Flowline Emulsion Data.

The emulsion curve is made up of three distinct regions; the first region starts at a
viscosity equal to that of the oil (when the water cut is zero) and increases with
increasing water cut until it hits a plateau with a maximum viscosity. This plateau is the
second region of the curve. At the end of the plateau the curve drops back down until
at 100% water cut the viscosity of the fluid is equal to that of water.
The user defines the profile by inserting a water cut for the maximum and minimum
points of the plateau and then test data is used to match the gradient of the curve in
1534
PROSPER
the first regions. From this curve the viscosity of the plateau can be determined.
Finally, if data is available for water cuts above the plateau, the final curve can be
tuned manually by the user to match these points.
The following data should be inserted:
Experimen 2000
psig
tal
Pressure
Experimen 200 oF
tal
Temperatu
re
Min Water 60%
Cut
For
Maximum
Viscosity
Max Water 80%
Cut
For
Maximum
Viscosity
Water Cut
Viscosity (cp)
105
10
115
20
130
30
150
40
188
50
234
55
200
85
53
90
10.5
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1535
Next select Match to carry out the regression on the curve in the first region:
If we select Plot the resultant profile can be seen:
1536
PROSPER
In this case the viscosities at high water cut are also matched well. If this was not the
case, the user would manually vary match parameters 4 and 5 until a match is
obtained.
To return to the main PVT screen select Done. When on the PVT screen, select
Data' section. This can be accessed by selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc).
each section:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1537
1538
PROSPER
it is produced up the wellbore. Details of the equipment to be installed can be found
below:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1539
perforations.
Done.
below:
input screen.
1540
PROSPER
Select Done to proceed to the final equipment screen.

3.1.50.5.3.6 Gauge Data
This model will have no gauges therefore the screen can be left blank:

3.1.50.5.4 Pressure Gradient without Emulsion
Now that the PVT and well description have been entered, the pressure gradient
within the well for a given set of conditions can be found. This will first be done without
the emulsion data and then later with the emulsion data so that the two can be
compared. The pressure gradient within the well is to be calculated at different water
cuts.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1541
Insert the four different water cuts to be calculated and then select Continue.
1542
PROSPER
3.1.50.5.4.3 Saving the Plot
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1543
Enter the name under which the plot is to be saved and then select Add.
screen.
3.1.50.5.5 Enabling the Emulsion Model
Now that the gradients have been calculated without the emulsion model, the same
conditions are to be calculated with the model enabled. To enable the model, enter
the PVT | Input Data screen:
Select Tubing and Pipe for the 'Emulsion Occurrence' input and then Done to return
to the main screen.
1544
PROSPER
3.1.50.5.6 Pressure Gradient with Emulsion Model

Now that the emulsion model has been enabled, the next step is to calculate the
pressure gradient within the well so that they can be compared with the gradients
calculated without the model enabled. The pressure gradient within the well is to be
calculated at different water cuts.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1545
Insert the four different water cuts to be calculated and then select Continue.
3.1.50.5.6.3 Comparing the Plots
the 'clock' button:
1546
PROSPER
the results to be plotted, which in this case would be the 'No Emulsion' results which
have been saved and the current Emulsion results:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1547
1548
PROSPER
Now that all eight gradient calculations are plotted together. In order to see each
water cut individually, the different curves can be selected and de-selected at the top
of the screen. First deselect all of the curves and then select Case 1 for both the
emulsion and no emulsion cases:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1549
This is the 0% water-cut case and therefore the two gradients are exactly the same.
This is because, at 0% water-cut there is no concept of an emulsion and the oil
viscosity calculated from the black oil correlation is used directly.
The other three water cut cases can also be selected to see the impact of the
emulsion model:
1550
PROSPER
For these cases, where the water cut is greater than zero and therefore an emulsion
is formed, a difference can be seen. The emulsion viscosity increases and therefore
the pressure drop for each case is also higher. The higher the water cut, the higher
the difference between the two because of the emulsion viscosity is increasing. If the
water cut trend were to be continued (to very high water cuts) the difference would
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1551
begin to decrease again as the plateau on the emulsion curve would have been
reached and the emulsion viscosity would become closer to the water viscosity.
be able to:
Enable and run calculations using the Emulsion model.
two files together to view the impact of the emulsion model on our results.
1552
PROSPER
3.1.51 Tutorial 47 - Modelling a Gas Lifted Gas Well

entered.
The Spectrum retrograde condensate field has now been producing for some time.
The reservoir pressure has dropped and the water gas ratio has increased to 500
STB/MMscf. The increased water being produced has lead to a denser fluid in the
well and this means that the pressure drop from the well head to the bottom hole
depth will increase. In order to reduce the mixture density of the produced fluid, the
intension is to inject gas into the well via a valve at 10000 ft depth.
Like for an oil well, injecting the correct volume of gas will decrease the mixture
density and this will reduce the pressure drop and allow more fluid to be produced.
However, if too much gas is injected, the pressure drop due to friction will increase
and cancel out the advantage gained from the reduction in density. The optimum gas
to inject will depend upon the conditions within the system and will not be constant.
Management would like to an understanding of the impact of injecting gas lift gas
when the reservoir pressure is either 1750 or 1500 psig and the WGR is 500 STB/
MMscf.
3.1.51.2Objectives
Setup the model to have Gas Lift activated.
Learn how to insert the required input data for a gas lifted gas well system in
PROSPER.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1553
b. Update the IPR section to represent the current flowing conditions in the well.
c. Carry out a coiled tubing gas lift design for the current design conditions.
d. Insert the injection depth and injection gas properties to the System | Gas Lift
Data section.
e. Run a sensitivity to find the optimum injection rate for the system.
Artificial Gas
Lift
(Continuous)
Lift
Method
Artificial No
Friction
in
Lift Type Loss
Annulus
The gas lift properties are detailed below:
Gas Lift Gas 0.7
Gravity
% H2S
% N2
% CO2
Injection
Depth
10000
feet

Reservoir
1750 psig
1554
PROSPER
Pressure
Water Gas 500 STB/
MMscf
Raio
In order to design a coiled tubing gas lifted well, the gas lift option should be enabled
For this design, select Gas Lift (Continuous) and No Friction Loss in Annulus from
the drop down menus.
The current reservoir conditions have changed from what was previously inserted into
PROSPER. This will mean that the AOF used to calculate the rates in the system
calculation will be based upon the current AOF which will give a more representative
range of values. These conditions should therefore be updated in the System | Inflow
Performance screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1555
new IPR:
1556
PROSPER
3.1.51.5.3 Inserting the Gas Lift Data
The injected gas properties and the depth at which the injection will occur now need to
be entered into the model. This can be done in the System | Gas Lift Data screen:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1557
The gas being injected has a gas gravity of 0.7 and has no impurities. The Gas Lift
Method should be changed to Fixed Depth of Injection at the bottom of the screen
and the depth of injection should be fixed at 10000 feet. This means that the gas will
always be injected at the specified depth and the ability to inject at the given depth is
not considered. In reality the ability to inject at a certain depth is dependent upon both
the pressure in the casing and the tubing at the given depth. The casing pressure must
be greater than the tubing pressure by a value which will allow the gas to be injected
through the orifice or valve which has been added to the system.
When this has been done, the gas lift system has been inserted as part of the model.
Press Done to return to the main screen.
(VLP + IPR).
At this time, we wish to calculate the gas rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 350 psig and the WGR and GOR should be set to 500 STB/MMscf
and 7432.66 scf/STB respectfully. This data should therefore be added to the top left
1558
PROSPER
The reservoir pressure is also to be changed from 1750 psig to 1500 psig. This can
also be included in the Cases screen:
screen.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1559
To view the gas rate against injection rate, select Variables from the top bar and
then Gas Rate for the Y axis variable and Gaslift Gas Injection Rate for the X axis
variable:
1560
PROSPER
The plot shows that for the higher reservoir pressure (1750 psig) even with no gas lift
injected, the well can still produce. If a small amount of gas is injected (approximately
0.5-1.5 MMscf/day) then the optimum gas rate is produced. However, this is only an
increase of 0.2 MMscf/day in production and injecting any additional gas will lead to a
lower rate being produced.
When the reservoir pressure is dropped to 1500 psig, the well cannot produce without
gas being injected. When at least 1 MMscf/day of gas is injected the well can produce
and increasing the injection rate to 2 MMscf/day will allow the maximum gas rate to
be produced. If any additional gas is injected, the production rate drops due to the
increase in the frictional pressure drop within the well.
In summary, if the reservoir pressure is 1750 psig, the well can still produce at a
WGR of 500 STB/MMscf, however, this rate can be increased by 0.2 MMscf/day if 1
MMscf/day is injected. If the reservoir pressure drops down to 1500 psig then the well
cannot produce unless at least 1 MMscf/day of gas is injected. The maximum rate can
be achieved if 2 MMscf/day of gas is injected.
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1561
be able to:
Set up a Retrograde Condensate well with Gas Lift.
1562
PROSPER
3.1.52 Tutorial 48 - Foam Lift

entered.
The Powderhall field has been producing for a number of years and the reservoir
pressure has declined to 1200 psig and the producing WGR is now 100 STB/MMscf.
The well is now producing with a WHP of 500 psig.
It is thought that under these conditions the well is likely to suffer from liquid loading.
To resume stable production it is decided to produce the well using foam lift. A
surfactant is to be injected via coiled tubing and it is required to optimise the rate of
surfactant injection.
a. Verify liquid loading behavior using the turner criteria and PE5.
b. Enable the foam lift
c. Define the flow path as annular
d. Define the microannular space between the coiled tubing and the tubing
e. Run a sensitivity to find the optimum surfactant concentration for the system.
3.1.52.3Objectives
Setup the model to have Foam Lift activated.
Learn how to insert the required input data for a Foam Lifted well system in
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1563
PROSPER.
surfactant concentration rate for the given conditions.
The following artifical lift options should be used in the design:
Artificial
Lift
Method
Foam Lift
The coiled tubing is installed at the depth of the top perforation (9800 ft). Its OD is
1.125 inches and the ID is 0.95 inches.
Updated Reservoir conditions:
Reservoir 1200 psig
Pressure
Updated producing conditions:
WGR
100
STB/
MMscf
CGR
1
STB/
MMscf
WHP
500 psig
3.1.52.5.1 Update the Model

The reservoir pressure and WGR have changed and need to be updated. Open the
IPR section (System | Inflow performance) and update the reservoir pressure to
1200 psig and the WGR to 100 STB/MMscf:
1564
PROSPER
Press Calculate and Plot to calculate and view the new IPR for the current field
conditions:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1565
3.1.52.5.2 Liquid Loading

It is suspected that the well is loading liquid.
This is back up by examination of the rates in comparison to the Turner Velocity
Criteria as well as comparing the frictional dp in the gradient calculation
If a system calculation (Calculation | System (IPR + VLP) ) is performed for a WHP
of 500psig, WGR 100 STB/MMscf and a CGR of 1 STB/MMscf using Petroleum
Experts 5 as the Vertical Lift correlation it can be observed that the VLP/IPR
intersection occurs in a region where the turner velocity criteria indicates a potential
issue:
1566
PROSPER
Examining the Sensitivity PvD for the VLP/IPR intersection indicates that the frictional
dp using PE5 is negative:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1567
A decision is taken to convert the well to foam lift by installing coiled tubing to inject
surfactant at top perforation level.
3.1.52.5.3 Activating the Foam Lift Option

In order to design a foam lifted well, the foam lift option should be enabled in the
Options | Options screen:
1568
PROSPER
Also ensure that the Annular Flow option is selected to ensure that the annular space
can be defined between the coiled tubing and the production tubing.
3.1.52.5.4 Defining the Microannulus
The coiled tubing is being run in to the perforations. The surfactant is being injected
via the coiled tubing and production is occurring in the annular space between the
casing and the coiled tubing and the microannular space between the coiled tubing
and the production tubing.
Select Downhole Equipment and Edit and then define the microannular space:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1569
3.1.52.5.5 Surfactant
The effect of the surfactant on the surface tension and foam density is going to
modelled according the default model which is outlined in Petroleum Society Paper
2007-118 by Yang and Zhang.
1570
PROSPER

Now that the foam lift system has been included in the PROSPER file, the next step is
to calculate the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can
be done with the use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR
plots to find the system point at which the well will flow. In this case, the objective is
to see how the production rate will change when the surfactant mass percentage is
varied.
(VLP + IPR).
To determine the optimum rate of surfactant injection it is required to perform a

sensitivity on the surfactant mass percentage. This can be done by selecting 'Cases':
and then defining the 'Surfactant Mass Percent' as a sensitivity variable:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1571
The flow correlation has been selected as 'Foam-Homogeneous'. The well is

producing at a WHP of 500 psig and with a WGR of 1000 STB/MMscf and with a
CGR of 1 STB/MMscf:
Select Calculate to perform the calculation and Plot and Select All Plots to view the
VLP/IPR intersections:
1572
PROSPER
We can observe that as we increase the mass percentage of surfactant the VLPs are
shifting down resulting in more production.
The rates produced versus the sensitivity variable (surfactant mass percent) can be
viewed by selecting Sensitivity Plot.
To see how the surfactant mass percent affects the gas rate, select Variables and
then Gas Rate:
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014
Examples Guide
1573
We can observe that a surfactant mass percent of about 0.4% maximises the gas
production rate.
If we examine the optimum case, surfactant mass % of around 0.4, we can also
observe that the Turner velocity has reduced to predict the onset of liquid loading
around a rate of 4.5 MMscf/day (previously it was 8 MMscf/day).
be able to:
Set up a Dry Gas Producer with Foam Lift.
surfactant mass percentages.
1574
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
June, 2014

PROSPER Complete

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

PROSPER Complete

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Petroleum Experts

Gas Coning......................................................................................................................................... 103

Match All ................................................................................................................................... 119

Geometry ......................................................................................................................................... 274

IPR Toolbar......................................................................................................................................... 448

Calculate ................................................................................................................................... 450

Calculate ................................................................................................................................... 457

Calculate ................................................................................................................................... 474

15 Help ................................................................................................................................... 663

IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................

Fluid Descriptions for

Depending upon the fluid type selected,

Gas viscosity: Lee, Carr

descriptions available, with or without

Multiphase Flash with

Water can be modelled within the EoS

The density of CO2 has been corrected

Hydrate maps can be brought in from an

This option allows the water vaporised in

1990-2014 Petroleum Experts Limited

gas to be calculated. The model will also

Steam tables have been added to

Handling of NonNewtonian Fluids

Specific model for the shear thinning or

Handling of Emulsions PROSPER includes a range of models, as

This functionality is necessary in obtaining

Continuous and Intermittent Gas Lift,

Vendors have provided a large number of

are working very closely with Centrilift for

Fancher-Brown and Duns & Ross

The Petroleum Experts models have

1990-2014 Petroleum Experts Limited

18 Slug/bubble size and

This is used by flow assurance engineers

19 Taitel Duckler Flow

This feature allows a comparison of the

Petroleum Experts 3 includes specialised

21 Advanced Mechanistic PETEX Models: Petroleum Experts 4 and

Petroleum Experts 5 has been designed

23 Simple and Advanced

solves the full energy equation, with the

The following IPR models have been

1990-2014 Petroleum Experts Limited

Petroleum Experts Gas IPR (uses

IPR now includes the calculated bottom

This is done by correcting the calculations

27 Compaction correction A correction factor can be applied to the

This is a unique model that many

29 Models able to predict

hole conditions not done)

32 Gas Coning Model

A relationship between drawdown and

If calculated velocity is less than

1990-2014 Petroleum Experts Limited

depth of pumps etc.

The following formats are available:

To ensure that the pressure drops

40 Troubleshooting ability There

For a gas lifted well, Quicklook can be

The following artificial lift methods can be

42 Artificial Lift for Gas

Gas Lift (continuous) is now available for

Valve response captured including the

Fluid modelling options